ru UU U. U
\ «H>< Mf# 5 ^
•?«>
Af^WM^rf****'* -rAM'+rvici ***» ■■ . .
'fh HKf r * #i *^l *< W *^V* T+Htiiry**-'**** 4 ^** **
it*tU■*** >+**-*i*> t t'i &*■*>■'* •’ r * j y*\*t 't>4
X y~
^ >*rw* ■
H>4 > ^ »*•
►i»Vf*W»W*4**-wW»
i J «u^*Vr‘M^4v
~ *♦#**»*/Wr♦* **-
' ^*r*^*.4'>4-*r-
Class_ AJjl I Q 5
Bank_ «N £ _
<
/
THOMAS A. EDISON IN HIS LABORATORY.
TOMB OK NAPOLEON L, PARIS
STANDARD
AMERICAN BOOK
of KNOWLEDGE
CONTAINING
rnsiriSE SPECIAL ARTICLES OF RESEARCH UPON ALL THE LATEST TOPICS OF
SCIENCE ARTS, MECHANICS, EDUCATION, HISTORY AND TRAVEL, SUCH As,
THE AUTOMOBILE, AERIAL TRANSPORTATION, LIQUID AIR, CINEMATO¬
GRAPH, SUBMARINE NAVIGATION, WONDERS OF THE ARMY AND
NAVY, TELEPHOTOGRAPHY, WIRELESS TELEGRAPH, UNDER¬
GROUND PNEUMATIC TUBES, WAR BALLOONS, DIS¬
COVERIES IN MEDICINE AND SURGERY, CIVIL
GOVERNMENT, EXPANSION, ETC.
All the Latest Inventions and Discoveries
INSTRUCTIONS IN THE USE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE ; ELOCUTION; PENMANSHIP.
,NSTRUCT.ONS orrespondence _ sqc|al et|QUETTE; b ooK-KEEP.NG;
COMMERCIAL AND LEGAL FORMS, ETC.
Courtship, Marriage and Social Life
rnnn HEALTH AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT; GYMNASTICS; SPORTS AND PASTIMES;
INDOOR OCCUPATIONS AND AMUSEMENTS; HELPS FOR HOUSEKEEPER ;
Valuable receipts; cultivation of plants, flowers, etc.
The Countries of the World
mAxnmrAI AND STATISTICAL INFORMATION; LATEST DISCOVERIES IN ELECTRICITY
ASTRONOMW UGHT AND HEAT; READY RECKONER: DICTIONARY OF DATES
AND HANDY FACTS; TABLES OF INTEREST, WEIGH TS, MEASURES, E .
THE WHOLE FORMING A
Complete Guide and Self-Instructor
ON SCIENTIFIC, COMMERCIAL, HISTORICAL, ARTISTIC AND. ALL OTHER SUBJECTS
BY HENRY DAVENPORT NORTHROP
Author of •• Story of the New World,- "Golden Manual," " Feerles, Rec.er, Etc., Etc.
Magnificently Embell ished with4 00 Pine Engravings
NATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY
No. 241 AMERICAN STREET
PHILADELPHIA, PA.
two copies received.
Library of Ccrsgpag^,
Office c f the
MAS 2 9 1900
K&glster of Copy right 14
#
57048
4G ( ( OS'
< N?
ENTERED ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS, IN THE YEAR 1900, BY
GEORGE W. BERTRON
IN THE OFFICE OF THE LIBRARIAN OF CONGRESS, AT WASHINGTON, D. C.
o
4
« f *
C 1
SECOND COPY*
V»~3 c
^ cAj» V ^
o o.
r
vj
\\
f^pefetee=
-5I\ -5A -^\ *^\ -^\ -oA -^\ -^\ -^\ -^\ -^\ ->A J*
LL Useful Information on all Subjects and for all People, truthfully describes
this new and peerless volume. The first subject treated is Education, the
Training of Mind and Body. How to Write and Speak Correctly comes
next, including full instructions in Penmanship, Grammar, Elocution, Delsarte
System of Physical Culture and Expression, Synonyms and Antonyms.
How to Remember, or Loisette’s Famous Memory System, is fully explained.
Courtship and Marriage should be carefully read by all parents and young people.
In glowing, eloquent language it teaches the true Relations of the Sexes, the Laws of
Love, How to Choose a Wife or Husband, what Temperaments should Marry, how to
make Married Life Happy, how to avoid the mistakes and follies of love-making, how to
plant and nurture that sweetest and most beautiful of all flowers, domestic bliss.
Helps for Housekeepers may be said to form a volume by itself, including the Care of
Plants, Flowers and Household Pets ; a very large and choice collection of the newest and
best Receipts for all kinds of Cooking, Renovating Clothing, Furniture, etc., and for
Cosmetics.
Good Health and How to Preserve It, is fully treated, with more than fifty Graphic
Illustrations of Gymnastics, showing how to develop and strengthen every part of the body.
This is followed by What to Do in Emergencies, in other words, How to Save the Lives
of Persons in danger from accidents, poisons, etc. This is followed by Etiquette of Polite
Society; the Art of Correspondence, including Forms for Letters; Sports and Pastimes, etc.
Then come The Largest Things on the Globe—the Highest Mountains, Longest
Rivers, Largest Trees, Buildings, etc.; Greatest Inventions, Earthquakes, Conflagrations,
Works of Art, Libraries, Railroad Magnates, Land-owners, etc. Would you know the
Date of any Important Occurrence ? Here is the full list, a history by itself.
The reader now beholds, depicted in brilliant colors, the Grand Panorama of Nations—
the Countries of the World, containing Historical, Geographical and Statistical Informa¬
tion—the Proud Achievements of Great Discoverers, Navigators, Commanders, Statesmen,
and Patriots, with the Laws, Customs and Thrilling Events, comprising a full description
of all Civilized Countries.
The Latest Discoveries in Electricity; the Wonders of Astronomy; Photography by
the new X-Rays; Phenomena of Light; Famous Gems; Indoor Amusements; Weather
and Weather Signals, are among the multitude of subjects fully treated. Then comes a
Vast Compendium of Curious Facts, gathered from History, Science, Literature, Treasures
111
IV
PREFACE.
of Art; Discoveries of every description ;• all arranged and presented in a foi in most conve*
nient for the reader. This part of itself is a vast storehouse of piactical knowledge.
The Department of Business includes the Best System of Book-keeping ever taught
in America, and can easily be learned by every boy and gill. This is followed by full
instructions showing How to Do Business, and furnishing horms for Notes, Checks, Drafts,
etc. The convenience of having these in correct form is apparent to all who have business
to transact.
Every man should have such information as will enable him to be his own lawyer, and
with this volume, which contains a full set of Legal Forms, he has a Hand-Book of Law
that is always ready for use. Here are forms for Agreements, Mortgages, Contracts, Wills,
Leases, all in the correct phraseology and suitable for reference or copy. Pull directions
are given for drawing Notes, Checks, Drafts, etc., and forms are given.
The Lightning Calculator shows at a glance the cost of any article at any price; and
it Aever makes a mistake. This is a vast saving of time and trouble, enabling one to make
reckonings almost instantly without going through the tedious process of multiplication,
addition and division. In short, this volume is a time-saver, a practical help and is
prepared and intended for constant use in every household.
There is a vast collection of Important PMcts, relating to the Government of the
United States; Presidents and Vice-Presidents; Electoral Votes; Discoveries and Settling
of Countries ; Wealth of the Principal Nations; Money and How to Make It; Value of
Metals; Interest Rules and Tables; Exports of Various Countries ; Tables of Mortality;
Tables for Telling the Age of any Person; Percentage of Nutrition in Various Articles of
Food, etc., etc. This part is an encyclopedia, stored with the most useful information,
while at the same time it is full of entertainment for all readers.
Every one prizes a book that puts much into a small space; that conducts the reader
at once into a flower garden, and does not compel him to roam through acres of weeds
before coming to a single blossom. This peerless work has gems of knowledge on every
page, and the part containing facts for reference is both a surprise and delight.
The Population of the United States during the Nineteenth Century is shown by a
comprehensive table, which is interesting to all intelligent readers. Here the marvellous
growth of our country is fully shown, as “ westward the course of Empire takes its way.”
This table is one of the most suggestive in the volume.
This outline, necessarily brief and imperfect, will aid the reader somewhat in forming
an estimate of the Contents, which cover every subject of importance and value. A full
Index completes the volume.
The publishers feel that the effort to furnish a complete and comprehensive work that
is a fountain of unlimited knowledge and a self-educator on every subject upon which the
reader needs to be informed, has been entirely successful. The vast stores of information
are drawn fiom sources that are accurate and reliable, thus rendering this volume a
standard work. Moreovei, it is fully up to date, containing the latest discoveries in every
department of science, history, education, and all other branches of knowledge.
PAGE
PAGE
EDUCATION. 17
Training of Mind and Body. 17
True Motto... 18
Self-Culture.•. 19
Value of Rfady Information. 20
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 21
How to Writf and Speak Correctly . 21
Penmanship. 23
How to Speed Correctey. 27
Use of Capitae Letters. 29
Ruees of Punctuation. 31
Generae Principees of Grammar ... 39
Errors in Writing and Speaking ... 47
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION ... 53
Exercises in Breathing. 54
Articueation. 56
Pronunciation. 56
Force. 57
Stress. 58
Meeody . 58
Pitch. 58
Infeection. 60
Time and Pauses. 60
Emphasis. 62
Gesture, with Ieeustrations ..... 63
Exampees Ieeustrating Eeocution . . 73
DELSARTE SYSTEM OF PHYSICAL CUL¬
TURE AND EXPRESSION. 79
What Deesarte Taught. 82
CUETURE OF THE BODY. 87
Free Gymnastics. 89
HOW TO REMEMBER. 90
Loisette Memory System. 90
SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS. 98
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.118
The Temperaments.121
What Temperaments Shoued and
Should Not Marry.127
The True Genteeman.132
Curse of Extravagance.134
Animae Propensities.1& 4
How Love-Making Shoued Be Con¬
ducted .135
Beind Errors of Courtship.148
Love Begets Love.149
Proposae and Acceptance.151
How to Make Married Life Happy . . 155
The Modee Husband . 162
The Model Wife. 170
HOUSE PLANTS AND FLOWERS.180
The Liey.180
Verbenas, Petunias. 182
Pansies.184
Chrysanthemums.185
Mignonette, Sweet Pea.18(
Carnations and Picotees.190
Daheias.192
The Rose.196
CARE OF BIRDS AND OTHER PETS ... 197
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER .... 214
Receipts for Everyday Use.214
Receipts for Cooking.215
ooups.216
Fish.221
Meats and How to Carve Them .... 225
Pouetry and Game.. . 238
Sauces for Meats.242
Vegeta bees.244
Saeads.246
Bread, Biscuit, Roees, Cake, Etc. . . . 248
Receipts for Renovating Ceothing . . 252
Receipts for Renovating Furniture . 258
Receipts for Cosmetics.260
GOOD HEALTH AND HOW TO PRE¬
SERVE IT.262
Wholesome Food and Air .262
Heaethfue Dwellings .264
Good Drainage.265
V
VI
CONTENTS.
Abundance of Fresh Air . . .
Best Methods of Ventilation .
Water Supply.
Use of Disinfectants.
Truths to be Remembered . .
Free Gymnastics.
Exercises with Dumb-Bells . .
The Swing and Stirrups . . .
PAGE
. . 267
. . 268
. . 272
. . 275
. . 278
. . 280
. . 295
. . 303
WHAT TO DO IN EMERGENCIES .... 320
Drowning.
Accidents by Fire.323
Hemorrhage.323
Fainting .324
Sunstroke.324
Persons who are Frozen .326
Poisons.327
Hydrophobia .327
Scalds and Burns .328
Cuts and Wounds .329
Simple Cure for Sprains. 330
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY .... 331
Introductions and Salutations . . , , 332
Art of Conversation.333
Visiting Cards.335
Calls and Visits.338
Weddings and Wedding Anniversaries 341
Dinner Giving ..... ....... 344
Breakfasts, Luncheons and Teas . . . 347
Evening Parties.350
Receptions and Suppers.350
Etiquette of Funerals.354
Dress for Special Occasions.355
‘"HE HOUSE BEAUTIFUL. 361
Artistic Home Decorations.361
Charming Colors.362
Cosy Recesses.362
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE .... 367
Forms for Letters.367
Notes of Invitation.368
Love Letters.370
Letters of Congratulation.373
Letters of Condolence.375
Business Letters.377
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.382
Lawn Tennis..
Football..
PAGE
Base Ball .. 390
Cricket ..392
Golf. 402
Foot Racing. 405
Rowing. 407
Boxing. 409
Bicycling.411
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD . 415
Miscellaneous Wonders.415-418
Grandest Temple of Worship.418
Costliest Private Mansion.418
Highest Building in the World ... 419
Largest Hotel in the United States . 419
Greatest Land Proprietor ..420
Largest Hanging Bell in the World . 420
Largest Gun in the United States . . 420
Longest Tunnels in the World . . . . 420
Largest Steam Hammer.422
Most Notable Bridges .4z2
Greatest City in the World.423
Largest Trees in the World.424
Yellowstone National Park.425
Washington Monument.425
Height of Principal Monuments and
Buildings. 425
Largest Churches and Halls.426
Highest Mountains.426
Loftiest Volcanoes.126
Greatest Depth of the Ocean .... 427
Deepest Lake in the World.427
Longest Rivers in the World.427
Size of Lakes, Seas and Oceans .... 427
Greatest Catastrophes of History . . 428
Floods and Freshets.428
Greatest Conflagrations.428
Chicago’s Great Fires. 428
Most Noted Facts in Turf History . . 429
Dimensions of Bartholdi’s Statue of
Liberty. 430
Great Wall of China.430
Coal Area of the World.430
Railroad Facts.430
Fastest Locomotive ever Built .... 432
One Railroad in Palestine.432
Seven Wonders of the World .... 432
Wonders of the New World .432
CONTENTS.
VII
PAGE
PATES OE FIRST OCCURRENCES .... 433
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD . . 439
Historical and Statistical Informa¬
tion .439
The United States.440
Fac-similE of Original Copy of the
Star Spangled Banner.450
Fac-similE of Original Copy of Our
National Hymn.451
Autographs of the Presidents .... 452
Coats-of-Arms of the States.453
Dominion of Canada ... ..... 457
Mexico.460
England.461
Scotland.464
Ireland.465
France.466
Germ/ n Empire.468
Austro-Hungarian Empire.471
Russian Empire.472
Norway and Sweden.475
Denmark.476
Holland—the Netherlands.477
Belgium.479
Switzerland.480
Italy.481
Spain.483
Portugal.484
Greece.485
Turkey.486
Egypt.488
Palestine.. 489
Arabia.490
China.490
Japan.491
British India.492
Afghanistan and Beloochistan .... 495
Siam.496
Persia.497
Barbary States.498
Abyssinia.499
Republics in South Africa.500
Cape Colony.501
Madagascar.502
Australia.502
Oceanica ..503
PAGE
VENEZUELA. .504
Brazil.505
Peru.506
Chili.507
United States of Colombia.508
Central America.508
Cuba.509
Hawaii.510
ASTRONOMY.513
How To Read the Sky.513
. Universe of Wonders.514
Vast Size of the Sun.514
The Sun a Revolving Body.515
Rapid Movement of Sun Spots.517
Pictures Made by the Sun. 520
Microscopic Photography.522
Eclipse of the Sun.. 523
Brilliant Corona. 524
Wonderful Eruptions.525
How the Sun is Colored.529
Magnificent Halos.530
Our Solar System.536
Mercury.536
Venus. 537
Mars.539
Jupiter. . 541
Saturn. 542
Uranus.543
Neptune . ..544
The Earth’s Satellite.546
Craters on the Moon’s Surface . . . 547
A Desert World.548
Amazing Distances.555
Infinite Clusters of Stars.558
Magnificent Constellations.559
Great Bear.559
Cassiopeia.. . . 560
The Twins.561
Castor and Pollux.562
Lion.562
Copernicus. ... 562
Orion.563
Strange Wanderers in Space.564
Velocity of Comets.565
Meteorites.567
Splendors of the Aurora.569
CONTENTS.
vi 11
ELECTRICITY.
Latest Discoveries.
The Phonograph.- •
Why the Wheels Go Round .
Great Motive Power.
The Telephone.
Electric Light.
Edison’s Mimeograph.
Edison’s Kinetoscope.
Electric Rifles.
Ocean Cables.
WONDERFUL PHOTOGRAPHY.
Light Piercing Opaque Substances . .
PAGE
573
573
574
576
577
578
580
582
583
584
585
586
586
Foreign Bodies Seen Under the Human
Skin.687
Bullets Located.588
PHENOMENA OF LIGHT.589
Reflection ... 589
Long Distance Signals.. 591
Singular Shadow-Pictures.591
FAMOUS GEMS.593
Queen of Jewels.593
Famous French Gems.594
Diamond Cutting.595
THE WEATHER AND WEATHER SIGNALS 596
Storm and Wind Signals.597
Weather Signs.598
RAILROAD SIGNALLING.598
American Railway Signals.599
Construction of the Signal-Box . . . 600
BUILDING SOCIETIES.601
Constitution.601
Earning Powers ..603
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.604
Chess.604
Names of Pieces and their Powers . . 604
Laws of the Game.608
Backgammon.610
Laws of the Game.611
COMPARATIVE PHYSIOGNOMY.612
Phrenology.615
CURIOUS FACTS.*.616
Things not Generally Known .... 616
The Alps.616
Alcohol.616
The Human Body.616
PAGE
Fictitious Names of Cities ...... 617
Earth’s Centre .. 617
El Dorado.6'8
“ Flying Dutchman ”.618
John Bull. 618
Liberty Bell.618
Boats Used in Duck Shooting.620
Monroe Doctrine.620
How Our Presidents Died.621
The Silver Question.621
Fictitious Names of States and Terri¬
tories .622
Stock Brokers’ Technicalities . . • . 623
Uncle Sam.623
BUSINESS TERMS AND RULES.624
BOOKKEEPING.630
Method of Keeping Books.632
Accounts.• 632
Books of Account.• . . 632
Bills and Books of Original Entry . . 633
Day Book.633
Cash Book.634
Invoice Book . s .634
Sales Book.634
Day-Book Journal.637
Rules for Debit and Credit.637
Ledger.638
Cash Account.639
Merchandise Account.640
Personal Accounts.641
Bills Receivable Account.642
Bills Payable Account.643
Expense Account.644
Capital Account.646
Loss and Gain Account.648
Trial Balances.651
Closing the Ledger.653
How to Do Business.655
LEGAL FORMS.659
Hand-Book of Law.659
Business Agreements. ... 660
General Form of Agreement.660
Laws of Partnership.661
Partnership Agreement.661
Deeds.662
Mortgages.663
I
CONTENTS.
IX
PAGE
Real Estate Mortgage. 663
Landlords and Tenants. 664
Form of Lease of a Farm and Buildings 664
Last Wills and Testaments. 665
General Form of Will. 665
STATUTES OF LIMITATIONS.666
LIGHTNING CALCULATOR.667
Ready Reckoner.• • • . . 667
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF INFORMATION . . 673
Presidents of th£ United States . . . 673
Education, Marriage, Children, etc.,
PAGE
Smallest Republic in Europe.685
What Royalty Costs England .... 685
Carlisle Tables of Mortality .... 686
How Human Life is Spent.686
How to Tell the Age of Any Person . 686
A Lady’s Chance of Marrying.687
Mode of Execution in Every Country 687
Antidotes for Poisons.687
Powers of Locomotion of Animals . . 687
The Pulse.688
Periods of Digestion.688
of the Presidents.674
Vice-Presidents.675
Votes for President.675
Politics of the Presidents.676
Popular Vote for President by States 676
Salaries of United States Officers . 677
President’s Salary.677
Cabinet Facts ..677
Religion of the Presidents.678
The White House ..678
Facts about Washington, D. C.678
Originals of the New Testament . . . 679
Bible Printed in 300 Tongues . . . . 679
Curiosities of the Bible. 679
Valuable Bibles.679
Roman Catholic Bible.679
Discoveries and Settling of Countries 679
Size of the Different Nations .... 681
Wealth of Principal Nations.681
Money.682
Weight of a Million Dollars.682
Foundations of Fortunes.682
A Business Lesson.682
Avoid Debt.682
Getting Rich by Small Inventions . . 683
Results of Saving Money.683
What a Dollar Earns Each Day . . . 683
Value of Metals.683
Average Rainfall.684
Average Annual Temperature .... 684
Derivations of Names of Months . . 684
Names of the Days of the Week . . . 684
Exports of Various Countries .... 684
Salaries of Heads of Governments . 685
Sovereigns of England. 685
Nutrition in Articles of Food .... 688
Percentage of Alcohol in Liquors . . 688
Weight of Eggs.688
Food in an Egg.689
Management of Poultry. 689
Box Measures.689
How to Drive Flies from Stables . . 689
Weight of Cattle by Measurement . 689
POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES
IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY . 690
THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF
FLOWERS. 691
Flower Language . 692
LIQUID AIR.701
Dewar Bulb. 702
THE HORSELESS AGE.705
Automobiles. 705
Electric Mobile. 706
Storage Batteries. 707
Compressed Air . 709
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.711
Luxury and Ease of Traveling .... 712
Siberian and Chinese Railways .... 713
“ Cape to Cairo ” Railway. 716
Cecil Rhodes. 717
Ninety Miles an Hour. 717
WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.719
Hertzian Waves. 719
MODERN WONDERS OF THE ELECTRI¬
CAL WORLD. 724
Rapid Telegraphing. 724
Picture Telegraphy . 724
Wireless Light . 725
NEW STUDIES OF THE STORMY SKIES 726
Size of The Whole Universe. 727
X
CONTENTS.
PAGE
Whence Comes the Heat.727
The Sun.728
Largest Known Meteor.730
Yerkes’ Great Telescope.730
GREAT CANALS OF THE WORLD ... 733
The Panama Route .733
The Nicaragua Canal.733
The Keil Ship Canal.734
Chicago Drainage Canal.735
STUPENDOUS POWER OF THE FALLS
OF NIAGARA.736
40,000 Horse Power.736
Turbines.737
CINEMATOGRAPH-MOVING PICTURES 738
“Zeotrope”. .. 738
The Kinetoscope.739
WHITE MAN’S GREED FOR THE LAND
OF THE BLACK.740
SCIENTIFIC FARMING.741
Reclaiming Bad Lands.741
Spraying and Sprinkling Plants . . . 743
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING 744
Cures by Liquid Air.744
Finsen Light Cure.745
Pasteur Serum.746
Anti-Toxin.746
The X-Ray.746
Hydrophobia.748
Appendicitis.749
Skin and Bone Grafting.750
VOYAGING AT BOTTOM OF THE SEA . 751
The “Gymnote”.751
The “ Argonoaut ”.752
Diving Apparatus.755
Universal Disarmament.756
Court of Arbitration.756
OUR NEW POSSESSIONS.757
Ladrone Islands.759
Samoan Islands.759
Porto Rico.760
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.762
Photo-Engraving.764
Zinc Etching.764
The Lineotype Machine.766
Stereotyping.768
PAGE
Monster Presses.769
DEATH-DEALING MACHINES OF WAR 772
Dum Dum Bullet. # .774
Torpedoes.775
American Navy.776
“SKYSCRAPERS” . . . ..778
“ Chicago Construction ” .778
The Tallest Building.778
Fire-Proof Brick.780
COMPRESSED AIR AND PNEUMATIC
TUBES.781
MODERN ILLUSTRATING.782
The Colortype.783
THE MEAT MARKET OF THE WORLD 784
The Pens.785
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE EN¬
TIRE WORLD.789
France.• . . 789
Germany.792
Great Britain ... 794
Russia 796
United States of America.798
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF THE
UNITED STATES.802
Porto Rico.802
Cuba.804
The Philippines.806
The Hawaiian Islands.806
TRAVELING IN THE AIR.808
STEEL ROLLING MILLS.812
ACETYLENE GAS—THE NEW ILLUM-
INANT.816
PHOTOGRAPHY IN 1900 . 818
Micro-Photography.821
RECENT OCCURRENCES.822
TRYING TO FIND THE POLES.823
The Antarctic Ocean.824
THE PARTITION OF CHINA.825
AMERICAN EXPANSION.826
Our War With Spain.827
RICHES GREATER THAN KING SOLO¬
MON’S .828
COMBINATIONS OF WEALTH.831
SOUTH AFRICA AND THE BOERS ... 833
Transvaal Government.834
Discovery of Diamonds.834
PAGE
Correct Position of a Lady in Writing . . 23
Specimen of Ornamental Pen Work ... 24
Incorrect Mode of Holding the Pen ... 25
Proper Mode of Holding the Pen .... 25
Correct Position of the Hand . 25
Specimen of Pen Flourishing. 26
Ladies’ Handwriting. 28
Specimen of Ornamental Pen Flourish . . 30
Whole-arm Capitals. 32
Signs Used by the Deaf and Dumb ... 34
Ornamental Pen Flourish. 36
Specimen of Ornamental Penmanship . . 38
Specimens of Visiting Cards. 40
The Graceful Speaker. 57
The Awkward Speaker*. 57
Presenting or Receiving. 63
Announcing . 64
Declaring . 64
Wonderment. 65
Gladness. 65
Meditation .. 65
Designating. 66
Silence. 66
Repulsion. 67
Anguish. 67
Remorse. 67
Protecting—Soothing. 68
Exaltation. 68
Denying—Rejecting. 69
Discerning. 69
Awe—Appeal. 70
Defiance. 70
Dispersion. 71
Indecision. 71
The Lover’s Day Dreams.120
Motive-vital Temperament.122
Mental Temperament.123
Vital Temperament.124
Mental-vital Temperament .125
Motive-mental Temperament.126 |
f*AGE
Gallantry of the Eighteenth Century . . 131
Cross and Obstinate.133
Jealousy.138
A Rival Discovered.140
The Proposal.141
The Lovers’ Reconciliation.145
The Wedding Ceremony.156
Selfish Propensities Large.163
A Family Jar.165
The Ideal Wife.171
The Economical Wife.175
The Happy Mother.177
Voice of the Flowers.183
Fast Friends.208
Fish Globe.210
Aquarium .211
Middle Cut of Salmon.212
Joints of Beef.226
Sirloin of Beef.227
Joints of Veal.228
Half of Calf’s Head.230
Joints of Mutton.231
Joints of Pork.234
Haunch of Venison.237
Roast Fowl.239
Boiled Turkey.240
Health and Beauty.263
Ready for the Tennis Court.266
A Model Home.270
Nature’s Beverage.273
Free Gymnastics, with Twenty-six Illustra¬
tions . 281-294
Dumb-Bells, with Thirteen Illustrations 296-302
Athletic Exercises for Training the Body . 304
Sport in the Gymnasium.307
Swing and Stirrups, with Twenty-seven Il¬
lustrations . 308-319
A Rescue from Drowning.321
Method of Grasping the Arm.323
Pressing upon the Artery.324
xi
XU
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE
In the Sick Chamber.325
A Morning Call.339
Etiquette of the Drawing Room .... 340
Etiquette of the Table.348
A Lawn Party.351
Entertaining the Guests with a Song . . 352
Travelling Costume.357
Her Morning Ride.359
Artistic Fireplace.363
Rich Pieces of Furniture.364
Selecting Paintings for Home Decoration . 365
What Shall the Answer Be?.371
A Letter of Sympathy.376
A Letter of Recommendation.378
Healthful Exercises.381
Diagram of Lawn Tennis Ground .... 384
Outdoor Sports.885
The Social Part of the Game.386
Backhand Stroke.387
Diagram of Football Grounds.389
Drop-kick.390
Diagram of a Baseball Ground ... . . 391
Cricket.392
A Critical Moment.*. . . . 393
The Wicket. 394
Net Practice. 394
Batter’s Position. 395
Ready for Play. 395
Hitting the Leg. 399
Straight-arm Delivery. 399
High-arm Delivery. 399
Catching a Ftigh Hit.400
Stopping a Ground Ball.401
Stopping a Grounder with One Hand . . 401
Golf Clubs.403
The Finish of the Race.406
A Boating Party. 493
Position in Boxing . ,.410
Leading Off with the Left.410
Hitting with the Left at the Body .... 410
Quadricycle, 1776. 412
Celeripede, 1816.412
Draisine, 1816.412
Hobbyhorse, 1821. 412
Lallement’s Velocipede.412
A Dash Across the Country.41 3
PAGE
A Bicycle Railroad.413
The Cycle in Use on the Water .... 414
The Eiffel Tower.416
View of the National Capitol.417
St. Peter’s and the Vatican, Rome ... 418
Largest Pillars in the World—Karnak . . 421
Great Suspension Bridge between New
York and Brooklyn.423
One of the Big Trees of California . . . 424
The Bartholdi Statue of Liberty .... 431
The Pilgrims at Plymouth.443
Facsimile of the Original Copy of the
Star-Spangled Banner.450
Facsimile of the Original Copy of Our
National Hymn.451
Autographs of the Presidents.452
Coats-of-Arms of the United States, with
Forty-six Illustrations. 453—456
University of Toronto.458
Parliament House, Ottawa.459
French Entering the City of Mexico . . 460
Battle of Hastings—Death of Harold . . 462
Charlemagne and His Nobles.469
Catharine the Great at the Head of Her Army 47 3
View of Dort.478
Naples, Showing Mt. Vesuvius.482
Pagoda at Chillenbaum, India.493
English Troops on the March in India . . 494
The Grand Mauna Loa in Action .... 511
The Sun and Its Remarkable Spots . . . 515
A Typical Sun-Spot.516
The Earth Floating in Space.519
Wreaths Copied by the Sun.521
The Sun Eclipsed.523
Remarkable Corona.525
Banyan Grove on the Sun.526
Explosive Phenomona in the Sun .... 527
Striking Appearances of Cloud-land . . . 528
Halos and Parhelia. 531
Parhelia Observed by Gassendi.532
Parhelia Observed by Hevelius.532
Parhelia Observed in Tennessee. 533
Bright Halo in Norway. 534
Intersection of Two Wave Systems . . . 535
Celebrated Astromoners. 537
Crescent and Spots of Venus. 530
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE
The Sun, Planets and Comet.540
Relative Sizes of the Sun and Planets . 542
The Planet Saturn.543
Volcanic Craters on the Moon’s Surface 547
Telescopic View of the Moon.549
Section of Moon’s Crescent.550
The Earth as Seen from the Moon . . . 552
Singular Aspect of the Moon’s Surface 553
Cyclone of Spiral Nebula.558
Ursa Major, or Great Bear.560
Ursa Minor, or Eittle Bear.560
Taurus or Bull.561
Cassiopeia.561
The Twins.561
Leo or the Eion.562
Orion. 563
The Scorpion .-...* .563
Various Forms of Comets ....... 665
The Great Comet of 1843 . 566
The Great Meteor Seen at Hurworth . . 567
A Shower of Brilliant Meteors on the Ocean568
Auroral Flames in the Northern Sky. . 570
Brilliant Aurora in the Arctic Seas . . 571
Edison Talking into the Phonograph . 574
Listening to Sounds from the Phonograph 575
Diagram of Trolley Car.577
Communicating by Telephone.578
The Bell Telephone . . ,.579
The Microphone.580
The Voltaic Arc.581
Edison’s Marvelous Incandescent Lamp 582
Electric Rifle. 584
Giving a Shock to People.584
An Electrical Fright.585
Photograph by the X-Rays.587
Photograph of Shot in a Rat’s Body . . 587
How You See Yourself in a Mirror . . 589
The Famous Pepper Ghost.590
Hand-shadows of Animals.592
Weather Signals.596
Wayside Signal Box.599
Interior of a Signal Box.600
Chess Board.605
Backgammon Board.610
Ape—Apish.613
A Striking Pair.• . 613
“ Puss, You Remind Me of-” ... 613
• • •
Xlll
PAGE
Owl—Owlish.614
Marked Resemblance.614
Location of Organs by Phrenologists . 615
The Old Liberty Bell.618
Layman Boat Used in Duck-shooting . 619
Passage of Hell-Gate in the Layman Boat 620
Head for Books.632
An Expert Accountant.633
Head for Mechanics.634
Alcohol Frozen in Liquid Air.702
Liquid Air Boiling on Ice.703
An Electric Automobile.706
Automobiles Passing in Review .... 708
Automobile of English Design .... 710
Modern Dining Car.711
Gentlemen’s Club on Wheels . . , . . 712
Trans-Siberian and Chinese Railway . 713
Convict Camp on the Trans-Siberian
Railway.715
Route of the “ Cape to Cairo” Railway 716
Ninety Miles an Hour.- 718
M. Guiglielmo Marconi ........ 720
Wireless Telegraph Station.721
Exterior View of a Wireless Telegraph
Station.722
Photograph of the Milky Way .... 727
An Eclipse of the Sun.728
Peary’s Great Meteor—Largest Ever
Found. 729
Yerkes’ Telescope—Largest in the World 730
Outlet of a Modern Canal Lock .... 734
California Jack-Rabbit Drive.742
Electrical Machine for X-Ray Work . . 746
So-called X-Ray Exhibition.747
Making a Skiagraph Examination ... 749
The ‘ ‘ Gymnote’ ’ Traveling at the Surface 752
The ‘‘Argonaut ” Floating at the Surface 752
Submarine Voyage of the “Argonaut” 754
Gasoline Engines.755
Linotype Machine and Operator . . . . 763
Stereotyping Room of a Large Daily
Newspaper.765
Waiting for Papers at 4 o’clock A. M. . 767
The Foundry.• . . . . 768
Engraving Half-Tones.769
Finishing Department of Electrotype
Foundry.771
XIV
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE
English Dum-Dum Bullet.774
Caring for the Wounded.776
A Modern “ Sky-Scraper ”.779
“ Knocking” Cattle.784
Killing “Kosher” Cattle 785
In the Hog “ Sticking-Pen ”.786
Inspectors Marking Hogs to be Shipped 787
Chicken Killing.788
Gas-Kite Propelled Through Mid-Air . 809
Danilewsky’s Dirigible Flying Machine 810
Flying.811
Blast Furnaces.812
PAGE
Unloading Iron Ore.813
A Steel Rail Mill . . . . ,.814
Fifteen Thousand Tons of Steel Rails . 815
Magnetic Traveling Cranes.815
Acetylene Gas Lamp.817
View of a Cocoanut Tree.818
Cocoanuts on the Tree.. . . 819
Snap-Shot Camera.819
Photograph of an Electrical Discharge 820
Electric Spark on a Photographic Plate 821
Almost at the North Pole ....... 824
Hydraulic Mining in Alaska.829
UNITED STATES BATTLESHIP TEXAS
UNITED STATES TORPEDO BOAT CUSHING
- t
UNITED STATES MONITOR MIANTONOMOH
UNITED STATES BATTLESHIP INDIANA
UNITED 8TATES BATTLESHIP IOWA
UNITED STATES PROTECTED CRUISER COLUMBIA
UNITED STATES ARMORED CRUISER BROOKLYN
UNITED STATES ARMORED CRUISER NEW YORK
EDUCATION
MONG the wist and
pithy sayings cn one
of our best known
modern writers is
this : If a man emp¬
ties his purse into
his head, no man
can take it away
from him. An investment in
knowledge always pays the
best interest.
It is by diligent attention
to this rule that the highest
success is gained. It is im¬
possible to have the noblest
type of man, physically, intellectually or
morally, without education. An uneducated
ploughboy cannot reach the commanding
heights of the widest influence; with educa¬
tion he may rise to the highest position his
country can bestow.
The biographies of the greatest statesmen,
scholars, men of letters, philosophers and
others who have gained distinction, invaribly
represent them as possessed of an eager thirst
for knowledge. Sir Isaac Newton was in the
habit of spending whole nights in the study
of astronomy and the laws that govern the
heavenly bodies. Without such close appli¬
cation he could not have made those immortal
discoveries which have been the wonder of
all thoughtful minds from his time until the
present.
It is the observation of one of our modern
writers that a human being is not, in any
proper sense, a human being until he is edu¬
cated. Thus his slumbering faculties are
aroused. The magnificent displays of knowl¬
edge dawn upon him as the morning light
brings beauty and fruitfulness to the earth.
The word education means to train, to in¬
struct, to awaken our faculties to action; or,
taking the word in its primary sense, it means
“ to draw out.” It aims at the growth and
highest possible culture of the whole man,
and the most valuable means for securing
this grand result are found in books of use¬
ful knowledge and information. These are
the tools with which the rough block is
chiselled into symmetry and beauty.
The fruits of the earth do not more
obviously require labor and cultivation to
prepare them for our use and subsistence,
than our faculties demand instruction and
regulation in order to qualify us to become
upright and valuable members of society,
useful to others, or happy in ourselves. We
must be disciplined and trained.
17
I
18
EDUCATION.
Education is a friend which no misfortune
can estrange; a companion that never be¬
comes wearisome ; a light that never grows
dim; a solace that never fails. It is the
helper of the poor and unfortunate, the hand¬
maid of genius, an introduction abroad, and
an ornament in every walk of society. With¬
out it, what is man—what can be but an
untutored savage ?
What sculpture is to a block of marble,
education is to the mind. The philosopher,
the saint, the hero, the wise, the good, the
great, often lie hidden and concealed in some
unnoticed individual, which a proper education
might have disinterred and brought to light.
The True Motto.
Education begins with life. Before we are
aware the foundatioms of the future structure
are laid. Busy pursuits, the struggle for
daily bread, and the toil that cannot be
escaped, crowd out the opportunity to engage
in the pursuit of knowledge, but if we take
the correct view of this most important mat¬
ter, we shall hold that education is never
finished, that there is always something new
to learn, that the highest summit has not
been reached, and we shall still, in the spirit
of Longfellow’s “ Excelsior,” press upward
with a noble resolve, and a determination
that is daunted by no difficulty or failure.
Too apt are we to take a narrow, limited
view of self-training. One boy is educated
to be a bookkeeper; another, to be a draughts¬
man ; another, to be a stenographer; another,
to be an electrician ; another, to be a lawyer '
or journalist. It is true that special training
is needed for special pursuits, and no less true
that the whole man needs to be educated,
whatever may be the subsequent calling to
be followed. All other training is like lop¬
ping off the branches on one side of the tree
and causing them to grow only on the other
side—very good branches, perhaps, but a
very misshapen tree.
Hear what Daniel Webster said : Knowl¬
edge does not comprise all which is contained
in the large term of education. The feelings
are to be disciplined; the passions are to be
restrained ; true and worthy motives are to
be inspired; a profound religious feeling is to
be instilled, and pure morality inculcated
under all circumstances. All this is com¬
prised in education.
Said Washington—and our entire history
since his day has proved the sagacity of his
remark : Promote, as an object of primary
importance, institutions for the general dif¬
fusion of knowledge. In proportion as the
structure of a government gives force to
public opinion, it is essential that public
opinion should be enlightened. The Father
of his Country was firm in the conviction
that ignorance should have no place among
a free people.
An Old Legend.
There is an old fable in classical My¬
thology which pictures Hydra as a serpent
crawling in the slime of marshy Lerna—a
monster with many heads, anyone of which,
if cut off, was replaced by two others unless
the wound was cauterized. The horrid crea¬
ture was slain by Hercules; this was one of
the giant’s famous achievements. No less
, true is it that ignorance is a hydra with a
thousand heads, ugly, dangerous, demonish,
and the Hercules that alone can slay it is
chat knowledge which comes from enlight¬
ened education.
One of our martyred Presidents said :
Next in importance to freedom and justice is
popular education, without which neither
freedom nor justice can be maintained. This
means that more than banks, railroads, fac¬
tories, commercial structures thirteen stories
EDUCATION.
19
high—more than all the sails of commerce
and all the ploughs that turn up golden har¬
vests from prairies, is that thorough training
which fits the citizens of a free common¬
wealth for their duties and responsibilties.
William Penn, writing to his wife concern¬
ing their children, said : For their learning
be liberal. Spare no cost; for by such par¬
simony all is lost that is saved ; but let it be
useiul knowledge, such as is consistent with
truth and godliness, not cherishing a vain
conversation or idle mind ; ingenuity, mixed
with industry, is good for the body and the
mind too.
Thus have the fathers and founders of our
nation urged, insisted upon, demanded, all
the advantages of liberal education, and,
fortunately, these have been provided for all.
fife*
O one will deny that a large and
very important part of mental
and physical training is fur¬
nished by parents and teachers,
who are the proper guardians
and instructors of the young.
Their influence is vast and far-
reaching. If it were not so, if the school¬
master and professor had no hand in form¬
ing mind and character, the doors of our
schools and academies might as well be «hut
and nailed up.
As wrapt and hidden in the stone’s embrace
The future statue lies yet undefined ;
Till the nice chisel clears the form dt igned,
The trunk, the moving limbs, the speak^ag face
Develops : so instruction’s hand must trace
The intellectual form, which lies enshrined
’Mid nature’s rude materials ; and the mind
* Invest with due proportion, strength and grace.
God, to thy teaching, delegates the art
To form the future man : the care be thine,
No shape unworthy from the marble start,
Reptile or monster ; but with j ust design
Copy the heavenly model, and impart,
As best thou canst, similitude divine.
But what can others do for us compared
with what we can do for ourselves ? Books
are our teachers and the printer’s type rules
the world.
Very justly it has been said by a recent
writer: We all have two educations, one
from others, and another, and the most valu¬
able, which we give ourselves. It is this last
which fixes our grade in society, and eventu¬
ally our actual condition in this life, and the
color of our fate hereafter. All the pro¬
fessors and teachers in the world would not
make you a wise or good man without your
own co-operation; and if such you are
determined to be, the want of them will not
prevail. We are to make the most of our¬
selves. It should be the duty of education
to make men first and discoveries afterward.
The educated man is 'die one who wears
the crown—the man who can learn from
reading and observation and then apply
what he knows. Every manufacturer, and
every other employer knows the vast differ-
20
EDUCATION.
ence between an educated and uneducated
workman. Two men come, soliciting work.
One is boorish in appearance, ungrammatical
in speech, dull in comprehension because his
faculties have never been sharpened ; he
seems to be little less than a machine and
with scarcely more comprehension. The
other is bright, quick, speaks correctly, gives
evidence of self-training and capacity. By his
side the other presents a pitiable spectacle,
and in the competition is distanced, as a trained
sprinter outstrips a man on wooden legs. This
is something occurring around us every day
and within the commonest observation.
Great Value of Ready Information.
In all education a knowledge of men and
things is indispensable. For this reason the
cultured classes of Europe, and to some
extent of our own country, have considered
it essential for the boy or girl who has
passed through the schoolroom and mas¬
tered the course of study, to seek informa¬
tion from other sources ; to take a trip
through the outside world and lay in a fund
of such knowledge as can be obtained only
by observing the daily doings of ordinary
life and the people who are the actors in
events of constant occurrence. The eye is
the prime teacher. Open it and keep it
open. Look, examine, ask questions, and
do not be ashamed to ask.
Knock on the lids of books, packed with
useful information, and say, “ I am here to
learn what you have to tell me. We are to
become well acquainted ; I am going to keep
company with you ; teach me, surprise me,
store my mind with knowledge ; unfold your
secrets ; let me into the sanctum ; I have
come to stay, and mean to traverse your
charming pages until they are worn to a
beaten path.”
Say this to your books of thought, of
knowledge, of all practical information. We
say practical, for there is much that you do
not need to know, and would not make you
wiser if you did know. Common sense is
the most uncommon, but it is the best.
What will be useful for everyday life, teach-
ing you how to think, to feel, to act, to suc¬
ceed, to make the most of yourself, to step
up higher and higher on the ladder of fame
and fortune—this is what your book should
teach.
Gold Must be Refined.
There is sure to come a time when those
who have neglected self-culture in early life
see the great mistake they have made ; they
regret it when perhaps it is too late. Al¬
though they are conscious of their own
defects, their ignorance and sad lack of
education, they have not time and opportu¬
nity to apply the remedy. You should,
therefore, make the most of your advantages
while you have them.
Very bright minds may remain in eclipse
for want of cultivation. The diamond is not
allowed to continue in its rough state ; it
must be cut and polished. Gold must be
separated from the rude ore ; it is of small
account until this is done. Cicero says,
cultivation to the mind is as necessary as
food to the body. Soil uncultivated may
produce the most luxuriant weeds, yet only
weeds ; it must be plowed, hoed, harrowed
before it will produce good fruit.
Chesterfield said : I am very sure that any
man of common understanding may, by
culture, care, attention and labor, make him¬
self whatever he pleases, except a great
poet. This is only a part of the testimony
that is given by the great minds of all ages,
affirming that close application and rigorous
discipline are essential to the highest attain¬
ments and the most brilliant success.
SPECIMEN OF BLACK-BOARD FLOURISHING.
SPECIMEN OE BLACK-BOARD FLOURISHING
The E nglish Language
How to Write and Speak Correctly
NY mode by which
ideas are commu¬
nicated is a correct
definition of lan¬
guage. In a nar¬
rower sense it
embraces human
speech, and con¬
sists of sounds expressive of
thought, made by the organs of
the mouth and throat. It also
includes written characters.
Writing is the art of expressing
ideas by visible signs or char¬
acters inscribed on some material.
It is either ideographic or phonetic. Ideo¬
graphic writing may be either pictorial, rep¬
resenting objects by imitating their forms, or
symbolic, by indicating their nature or prop¬
erties. Phonetic writing may be syllabic or
alphabetic; in the former, each character
represents a syllable; in the latter, a single
letter. The first mention of written letters
is in the account given in the Book of Exodus
of the Tables of the Law.
We are told that the Ten Commandments
were written by the finger of God on tables
or tablets of stone. This statement has led
some writers to believe that letters were
divinely invented upon this occasion.
There is no necessity, however, for taking
this view of the case; for at the time of the
“giving of the Law,” a written language
belonged to each of the nations on the
southern shore of the Mediterranean. The
Phoenician alphabet, upon which that of the
Hebrews was modelled had been in exist¬
ence for several centuries before this time,
and as Phoenicia was then a dependency of
Egypt, and engaged in active commerce with
that country, Moses was doubtless acquainted
with the Phoenician system.
How We Get the Alphabet.
The fact that the Hebrew alphabet was
modelled upon the Phoenician seems almost
a positive proof of this theory. The early
history of the alphabet has to be recon¬
structed from inscriptions, as nothing in the
shape of manuscripts is now in existence to
tell us what were the forms of the letters.
These are handed down in bronze and stone.
The date of the invention of the Phoenician
alphabet, which was the first purely phonetic
system ever used, is now definitely settled.
It was during the supremacy of the Shep¬
herd Kings over Egypt. These were princes
of Canaanitish origin, who had conquered
Lower Egypt, and were contemporary with
Abraham, Isaac, Jacob and Joseph. The
21
22
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
discoveries of science give us reason to
believe that it was the Shepherd Kings of
Avaris, who borrowed from the Egyptian
hieratic writing a certain number of alpha¬
betical characters, employed them to re¬
present the sounds of their own language,
and thus produced the Phoenician alphabet
of twenty-two letters, the origin of most of
the other alphabets of the world. The
Phoenicians not only invented the alphabet;
they taught the use of it to all nations with
whom they had commercial transactions..
With the progress of the world, the art of
writing and the characters employed were
greatly simplified, until the system in use at
present was adopted by the civilized nations
of the world.
Penmanship is the art of writing well.
It is one of the most important accomplish¬
ments a person can possess. No matter what
your position in life, the ability to write a
good, clear, legible hand, is a priceless pos¬
session. To a young man starting out to
make his way in life, it is so much genuine
capital, which he can turn to advantage at
almost every step. The great object should
be to write a firm, clear hand, with uniformly
made, well-shaped, and properly shaded
letters. An abundance of flourishes or
marks is a defect, except where ornamental
writing or “flourishing” is intended.
The present system of forming and com¬
bining letters seems to be perfect. It enables
the writer to put, his thoughts on paper
almost with the rapidity of speech, and it is
not probable that it will ever be improved
upon.
In this country two styles of penmanship
are in use. One is known as the round
hand, the other as the angular. A new sys¬
tem, known as the semi-angular, has been
introduced, mainly through the efforts of the
Spencer^ and of Payson, Dunton and
Scribner, and is winning its way to favor.
The “copy books” prepared by these masters
present the best and most progressive system
of penmanship now accessible to the learner,
and we cordially commend them to all.
Practice Necessary.
The only way in which a person can
acquire the art of writing a good hand is by
constant and conscientious practice. With
some persons good penmanship is a gift, but
all may acquire it by persistent practice.
Select a good system of copies—the series
referred to above cannot be improved upon
—and try faithfully to form your hand upon
the model selected. Do not be satisfied until
you can do as well as the master you .are
seeking to imitate.
Writing- 3Iaterials.
It is of the greatest importance that the
writing materials used by you should be of
the best quality.
The pen should be of steel or of gold.
Many persons prefer the gold pen, because it
more nearly approaches the quill in flexi¬
bility. It is also the most durable pen. A
good gold pen, properly used, should last for
years. For general use, and especially for
ornamental writing, a good steel pen is by
far the best. It enables you to make a finer
and sharper line than can possibly be made
with the gold or quill pen.
The paper should be of the best quality
and texture, clearly ruled, and not toe
rough in surface. It is most common now
to use copy books, regularly prepared and
ruled. It is a good plan, after you have
completed a copy book, to go over the same
set of copies again. This may be done by
taking half a dozen sheets of foolscap and
cutting them in half. Place the half sheets
within each other, and stitch them together,
protecting the whole with a cover of stiff
ART OF WRITING WELL.
2 3
paper. Then use the copies of the book
you have just finished, writing on the new
!x>ok you have thus made.
Blotters and Ink.
A slip of blotting-paper should be pro¬
vided for every copy book. In writing
rest the hand upon this, especially in warm
weather. The perspiration thrown off by
the hand is greasy in its nature, and soils the
paper upon which the hand rests, and lenders
it unfit to receive the ink.
Never use poor ink. Black ink should
always be used in learning to write, and in
ordinary correspondence. Blue and red inks
are designed for special purposes, and not for
ordinary use. An ink that flows freely and
is nearly black when first used is best. Do
not use a shallow or light inkstand. The
first will not allow you to fill your pen
properly; the latter will be easily turned
over. The inkstand should be heavy and
flat, and of such a form that you can at once
see the amount of ink in it, and thus know
how deep to dip your pen. Dip your pen
lightly into the ink, and see that it does not
take up too much. The surplus ink should
be thrown back into the inkstand, and not
upon the floor. By stopping the mouth of
the bottle when you have finished using it,
you will prevent the ink from evaporating
too fast, and also from becoming too thick.
A pen wiper should always be provided.
This should be of some substance that will
not leave a fibre in the slit of the pen. A
linen rag or a piece of chamois or buckskin
will answer.
Position of the Writer.
After you have learned to write, it is well
to provide your desk with a lead pencil, a
piece of India rubber, a ruler, and a bottle of
mucilage and a brush.
In writing in a sitting position, a flat table
is the best.
The position of the writer is a matter of
the greatest importance, as it decides his
comfort at the time, and exercises a powerful
influence upon his general health.
The main object is to acquire an easy and
graceful position, one in which the right
arm has full play of the muscles used in
writing.
The table should be sufficiently high to
compel you to sit upright. Avoid stooping,
as destructive of a good hand and of good
health. Your position should be such as will
enable you to fill your lungs without much
CORRECT POSITION OF A LADY IN WRITING.
effort. Sit with your right side next to the
desk or table, and in such a position that the
light will fall over your right shoulder upon
the paper.
The right forearm must be placed on the
desk so as to rest the muscle front of the
elbow, and the hand placed on the book so
as to rest the nails of the third and fourth
fingers.
The forearm must be at right angles with
the copy, the book being steadied by the
fingers of the left hand placed on the paper at
the left of the pen-point. Hold the wrist
naturally over the desk, and you will see that
the inner side is raised a little higher than
24
ART OF WRITING WELL.
25
the outer. Keep the wrist free from the desk,
and do not let it turn over to the right or the
left, or bend down or up, or otherwise.
How to Hold the Pen.
Hold the pen lightly between the thumb
and first two fingers, letting it cross the
forefinger in front of the third joint. Rest
the base of the holder at the nail of the
middle finger. Place the forefinger over the
holder. Bend the thumb and fingers out¬
ward, and the third and fourth fingers under
to rest the hand on the nails. Let the nibs
of the pen press the paper evenly.
The movements in writing are produced
by the extension and retraction of the pen-
fingers and the thumb; by the action of the
forearm on the arm-rest as a centre of motion;
the whole arm movement, which is the
action of the whole arm from the shoulder
as the centre of motion; and the union of all
these move¬
ments. In or¬
dinary writing,
the first is suffi¬
cient. In orna¬
mental writing,
flourishing,
etc., all the
various move¬
ments are em¬
ployed.
The fingers
should be kept
flexible, and
their move-
mentsaswell as
those of the
hand and wrist,
should be free
and unrestrain¬
ed. Cramping or stiffening either the fingers or
the wrist causes the handwriting to be
cramped and awkward, and greatly fatigues
the writer. The pen should be held as
lightly as though the least pressure would
crush it, and not grasped as though you
thought it would fly away.
The Standing- Position.
I11 standing at a desk to write, stand up¬
right, and with the chest well thrown out.
The desk should be high enough to compel
you to do this. It should slightly incline
from the outer edge upwards, and should
project far enough to allow you to place
your feet well under it. The principal
weight of the body should rest upon the left
foot, the right being thrown forward. Stand
with your left side toward the desk, and rest
your body on the left elbow, which should
be laid upon the desk in such a manner as to
enable-you to steady your paper or book
with the left hand. This position will en¬
able you to write freely in the ordinary
manner, or to use the whole forearm should
you desire to do so. The pen-holder should
point towards the right shoulder.
A great saving of fatigue is made by
assuming and keeping a correct position
while writing either sitting or standing. By
conscientiously attending to this matter, you
will soon acquire the habit of maintaining
a correct position, and will reap the benefit
in the ease with which you perform your
task, and in improved health.
No one should be satisfied with a bad
handwriting when it is in his power to im¬
prove it. Any one can procure a copy¬
book, and can spare an hour, or half an
hour, a day for this effort at improvement.
You should begin at the beginning, and
practise faithfully until you have reached a
satisfactory result. Remember that a good
hand is not acquired in a week or a month;
it takes long and diligent practice to produce
PROPER MODE OF HOLDINU
THE PEN.
CORRECT POSITION OF THE HAND.
■26
SPECIMEN OF PEN FLOURISHING,
ART OF WRITING WELL.
this result. The end, however, is worth all
the labor necessary to its accomplishment.
Plain Writing* Always the Best.
The great aim should be to make the
handwriting legible. An ornamental hand
is very attractive, but it may be this and ye"
not easily read. This is to fail in the first
requisite of good writing.
The advantages of writing well are
numerous, and will readily suggest them¬
selves. In the first place, it is alwavs a
pleasure to prepare a plainly and neatly-
written letter or paper. The writer is then
never afraid or ashamed for his friends to see
his writing, and is never disgraced by a
wretched scrawl in addressing a letter to a
stranger.
A good hand is also an invaluable aid to a
young man seeking employment. A mer¬
chant in employing clerks and salesmen w r ill
always give the preference to the best pen¬
man. A young man applying by letter for
a situation can scarcely offer a better refer¬
ence than the appearance of his letter.
Should you wish to become a book-keeper or
accountant, a good handwriting is a neces¬
sity.
How to Spell Correctly.
Whether a person is a good penman or
not, it is necessary that he should know how
to make use of his ability to write, or, in
other words, how to transfer correctly his
thoughts to paper.
The first requisite is to know how to spell
correctly. This is even more important
than writing a good hand. A badly-spelled
letter is much more of a disgrace to the
writer than one badly w 7 ritten. The habit
of spelling correctly may be easily acquired,
and once mastered is rarely lost. Our
language is so rich in w r ords that even the
best of spellers may sometimes be unable to
give the proper orthography of a word, but
2 7
the knowledge of the general principles
which govern the formation of English
words will enable him to meet all the ordi¬
nary demands likely to be made upon him,
These may be found in almost any spelling-
book, or work upon the principles of com¬
position. It is well, however, to give a few
of the most important here. We may remark,
in passing, that writing words out in full on
paper, or on a slate, is an admirable means of
impressing them upon the memory.
All words of one syllable ending in /, with
a single vowel before it, have double l at the
close: as mill, sell.
All words of one syllable ending in /,
with a double vowel before it, have one l
only at the close: as mail , sail.
Words of more than one syllable ending
in /, when compounded, retain but one /
each: as, fulfil, skilful.
Words of more than one syllable ending
in /, have one l only at the close: as, delight¬
ful, faithful,' except befall, downfall, recall ,
unwell , etc.
All derivations from words ending in l
have one l only: as, equality , from equal;
fulness, from full; except they end in er or
ly: as, mill, miller; full, fully.
All participles in ing from verbs ending in
e lose the e final: as, have , having; amuse,
amusing; unless they come from verbs end¬
ing in double e, and then they retain both:
as, see, seeing; agree, agreeing.
All adverbs in ly and nouns in merit retain
the e final of the primitives: as, brave,
bravely; refine, refinement; except acknowl¬
edgment and judgment.
All derivations from words ending in er
retain the e before the r : as, refer, reference ;
except hindrance, from hinder; remembrance.,
from remember; disastrous, from disaster;
monstrous, from monster; wondrous, from
wonder; cy.m'rous, from cumber, etc.
28
SPECIMEN OF BLACK-BOARD FLOURISHING-
|
m
m
mm
jpl
■I
SPECIMEN OF BLACK-BOARD FLOURISHING.
ART OF WRITING WELL.
.2 9
Compound words, if both end not in /,
retain their primitive parts entire: as, mill¬
stone, changeable, raceless; except always ,
#/.$•, deplorable, although, almost, admirable ,
etc.
All one-syllables ending in a consonant,
with a single vowel before it, double that
consonant in derivatives; as, .wac, sinner#
ship, shipping ; big , bigger; glad , gladder,
etc.
One-syllables ending in a consonant, with
a double vowel before it, do not double the
consonant in derivatives: as, sleep, sleeper;
troop, trooper.
All words of more than one syllable end-
J
ing in a single consonant, preceded by a
single vowel, and accented on the last syllable,
double that consonant in derivatives: as,
commit, committee ; compel, compelled; appal,
appalling ; distil, distiller.
Nouns of one syllable ending in y, pre¬
ceded by a consonant, change y into ies in
the plural; and verbs ending in y, preceded
by a consonant, change y into ies in the
third person singular of the present tense,
and into ied in the past tense and past
participle: as, fly, flies ; I apply, he applies ;
we reply, we replied, or have replied. If the
y be preceded by a vowel, this rule is not
applicable : as, key, keys ; / play, he plays ;
we have enjoyed ourselves.
Compound words whose primitives end in
y, change y into i: as, beauty, beautiful;
lovely, loveliness.
How to Use Capital Letters.
It is an excellent plan to keep a small
dictionary at hand, in order that you may
refer at once to the word if you are in doubt
as to its orthography. The standard recog¬
nized in the United States is either Worcester
or Webster. Johnson’s is good, or Walker’s,
and for students’ use, Stormonth’s is available
and handy.
There is no surer mark of an educated
person than the proper use of capital letters.
To omit them when they should be used is a
serious blunder, and to make too profuse a
display of them is to disfigure your writing,
and proclaim yourself ignorant of one of the
first principles of correct writing.
The rules governing the use of these let¬
ters are few, simple, and easily remembered.
They may be stated as follows:
The first word of every book, chapter,
letter, note, or any other piece of writing
should begin with a capital letter.
The names of the months and the days of
the week should always begin with a capital
letter.
The first word after a period should begin
with a capital letter.
The first word after every interrogation,
or exclamation, should begin with a capital
letter; unless a number of interrogative or
exclamatory sentences occur together, and
are not totally independent.
The various names or appellations of the
Deity should begin with a capital letter: as,
God, Jehovah, the Almighty, the Supreme
Being, the Lord, Providence, the Messiah,
the Holy Spirit, etc.
All proper names, such as the names of
persons, places, streets, mountains, lakes,
rivers, ships, etc., and adjectives derived
from them, should begin with a capital letter.
The first word of a quotation after a colon,
or when it is in direct form, should begin
with a capital letter.
The first word of an example, every sub¬
stantive and principal word in the titles of
books, and the first word of every line in
poetry, should begin with a capital letter.
The pronoun I, and the interjection O, are
always wricten in capitals.
Any words, when remarkably emphatic,
or when they are the principal subject of the
SPECIMEN OF ORNAMENTAL PEN FLOURISHING.
ART OF WRITING WELL.
composition, may begin with capitals. The
observance of these rules is important.
How to Punctuate Correctly.
A knowledge of punctuation is very im¬
portant. A document not punctuated, or
not punctuated properly, may present a neat
appearance if written in a good hand and
correctly spelled, but its value may often be
entirely destroyed by incorrect punctuation.
A notable instance of this occurred in Eng¬
land, and is thus noticed in the London
Times :
“The contract lately made for lighting
the town of Liverpool, during the ensuing
year, has been thrown void by the misplac¬
ing of a comma in the advertisement, which
ran thus: 1 The lamps at present are about
4050 in number, and have in general two
spouts each, composed of not less than twenty
threads of cotton.’ The contractor would have
proceeded to furnish each lamp with the said
twenty threads ; but, this being but half the
usual quantity, the commissioner discovered
that the difference arose from the comma
following, instead of preceding the word
each. The parties agreed to annul the con¬
tract, and a new one was ordered.”
Punctuation Marks.
A Mr. Sharpe once engraved a portrait of a
certain Richard Brothers, and gave the fol¬
lowing certificate to that effect. The docu¬
ment was designed as a simple statement of
fact. The misplacement of a comma, how¬
ever converted it into a piece of gross pro¬
fanity. It read as follows: “ Believing
Richard Brothers to be a prophet sent, by
God I have engraved his portrait.” Had the
comma been placed after the name of the
Deity, the effect would have been very dif¬
ferent.
Punctuation is the art of dividing a written
composition into sentences; and is princi¬
pally used to mark the grammatical divisions
of a sentence. The marks employed in
punctuation are sometimes used to note the
different pauses and tones of voice, which
the sense and accurate pronounciation re¬
quire.
The characters or marks used in punctua¬
tion are as follows:
The Comma, f
The Semicolon, ;
The Colon, :
The Period,
The Quotation Marks, “ ”
The Diaeresis,
The Crotchets, ( )
The Brackets, [ ]
The Exclamation, !
The Interrogation, ?
The Dash, -
The Ellipsis, * * * *
The Hyphen,
The Breve,
The Apostrophe #
The Brace,
The Acute Accent, /
The Grave Accent, v
The Circumflex Accent, a
The Caret, /\
The Cedilla, c
In addition to these the following marks
of reference are used :
The Asterisk, * The Section, §
The Obelisk, f The Parallels, ||
The Index, The Paragraph, ^
The Double Obelisk, J
Rules of Punctuation.
When two or more words are connected
witnout the connecting word being expressed,
the comma supplies the place of that word;
as “ Alfred was a brave, pious, patriotic
prince.”
Those parts of a sentence which contain the
relative pronoun, the case absolute, the nom¬
inative case independent, any parenthetical
clause, and simple members of sentences,
connected by words expressing a comparison,
must be separated by commas; as, “ The
elephant, which you saw in the menagerie,
took the child up with his trunk into his
cage.” “ Shame being lost, all virtue is lost.”
“ Peace, O Virtue, peace is all thine own.”
“ Better is a dinner of herbs with love, thai
a stalled ox and hatred therewith.”
The following words and phrases, and
others similar to them, are generally separated
32
ART OF WRITING WELL.
33
by commas from the rest of the sentence; |
namely, Nay, so, however, hence, besides,
perhaps, finally, in short, at least, moreover,
again, first, secondly, thirdly, lastly, once
more, on the contrary, etc.
The words of another writer, not formally
introduced as a quotation, and words and
clauses expressing contrast or opposition,
though closely connected in construction,
are separated by a comma; as, “I pity the
man, who can travel from Dan to Beersheba
and cry, ’Tis all barren.”
“ Though deep, yet clear ; though gentle, yet not dull;
Strong, without rage ; without o’erflowing, full.”
When the absence of a word is indicated
in reading or speaking by a pause, its place
may be suppled by a comma; as, “ From law
arises security ; from security, inquiry; from
inquiry, knowledge.”
Nouns in apposition, accompanied by ex¬
planatory words or phrases, are separated by
commas; but if such nouns are single, cr
only form a proper name, they are not
divided; as, “Paul the Apostle cf the
Gentiles was eminent for his zeal and knowl¬
edge.”
Semicolons, Colons anil Periods.
When a sentence consists of several mem¬
bers, each constituting a distinct proposition,
and having a dependence upon each other,
or upon some common clause, they are
separated by semicolons; as, “Wisdom has
builded her house; she hath hewn out her
seven pillars; she hath killed her beasts;
she hath mingled her wine; she hath also
furnished her table.”
The colon is used to divide a sentence into
two or more parts, which, although the
sense be complete in each, are not wholly
independent; as, “ Nature felt her inability
to extricate herself from the consequences of
guilt: the Gospel reveals the plan of Divine
3
interposition and aid.” Here the clauses
are complete in sense, yet form one sentence.
The colon is used when an example, a
quotation, or a speech is introduced; as,
“ The Scriptures give us an amiable repre¬
sentation of the Deity in these words: God
is love.”
The period is used at the end of a complete
and independent sentence. It is also placed
after initial letters when used alone; and,
likewise, after all abbreviations; as, “ One
clear and direct path is pointed out to man.”
“ Fear God.” “ Have charity towards all
men.” “ G. W.,” for “George Washington.”
“Geo.,” for “George.” “Benj.,” for “Ben*
jamin.” “O. S.,” for “Old Style.” “ F. R.
S.,” for “Fellow of the Royal Society.”
In a general view, the period separates the
paragraph into sentences; the semicolon
divides a compound sentence into simple
ones; and the comma collects into clauses
the scattered circumstances of manner, time,
place, relation, etc., belonging to every verb
and to every noun.
Interrogation anil Exclamation Marks.
The note of interrogation, or the question,
as it is sometimes called, is placed after every
sentence which contains a question; as,
“Who is this?” “What have you in your
hand?” “The Cyprians said to me, Why
do you weep ? ”
The exclamation point is used to express
any sudden or violent emotion; such as sur¬
prise, joy, grief, love, hatred, anger, pity,
anxiety, ardent wish, etc. It is also used to
mark an exalted idea of the Deity; and is
generally placed after the nominative case in¬
dependent; and after the noun or pronoun
which follows an interjection; as, “ How
mischievous are the effects of w-ar!” * O
blissful days ! Ah me ! how soon we pass !”
The exclamation point is also used after
ONE-HAND ALPHABET.
SIGNS USED FOR LETTERS BY THE DEAF AND DUMB.
34
ART OF WRITING WELL.
35
sentences containing a question when no '
answer is expected; as, “ What is more amia-
able than virtue! ”
Several exclamation points are sometimes
used together, either in a parenthesis or by
themselves, for the purpose of expressing
iidicule or a great degree of surprise.
The Parenthesis, Bracket, Hyphen, Etc.
A parenthesis is a sentence, or a part of a
sentence, inserted within another sentence,
but which may be omitted without injuring
the sense or construction, and is enclosed
between two closed lines like these: ( ).
The curved lines between which a paren¬
thesis is enclosed are called crotchets.
Sometimes a sentence is enclosed between
marks like these, [ ], which are called
brackets.
The following difference is to ?_>e noticed
in the use of crotchets and brackets: Crotchets
are used to enclose a sentence, or part of a
sentence, which is inserted between the parts
of another sentence: Brackets are generally
used to separate two subjects or to enclose an
explanatory note or observation standing by
itself. When a parenthesis occurs within
another parenthesis, brackets enclose the
former, and crotchets the latter ; as in the
following sentence from Stern : “I know the
banker I deal with, or the physician I usually
call in [there is no need, cried Dr. Slop (wak¬
ing), to call in any physician in this case],
to be neither of them man of much
religion.”
It may be here remarked that a parenthe¬
sis is frequently placed between commas, in¬
stead of crotchets, etc.; but the best writers
avoid the use of parenthesis as much as
possible.
The hyphen is a small mark placed between
the parts of a compound word; as, sea-water,
semi-circle.
The hyphen is also used to denote the
long sound of a vowel; as, Epicure-an,
deco-rum.
The hyphen must always be put at the end
of the line when part of the word is in one
line and part in another; but in this case,
the letters of a syllable must never be sep¬
arated ; as, extraor¬
dinary, not ext¬
raordinary.
The dash is a straight mark longer than a
hyphen; thus, —
The proper use of the dash is to express ar
sudden stop or change of the subject; but
by modern writers, it is employed as a sub¬
stitute for almost all of the other marks:
being used sometimes for a comma, semi¬
colon, colon or period; sometimes for a
question or an exclamation, and sometimes
for crotchets and brackets to enclose a paren¬
thesis.
An ellipsis or omission of words, syllables
or letters, is indicated by various marks:
sometimes by a dash ; as, the k-g, for tne
king; sometimes by asterisks or stars, like
these, * * * *; sometimes by hyphens, thus,.
- - - -; sometimes by small dots or periods,,
like these, ....
The breve (thus ^ ) is placed over a vowel
to indicate its short sound ; St. Helena.
The apostrophe is the comma placed above
the line. It is used as the sign of the pos¬
sessive case, and sometimes indicates the
omission of a letter or several letters; as,
“John’s;” “’tis” for “it is;” “ tho’” for
‘ though;” “lov’d” for “loved;” “I’ll” tor
“I will.”
The quotation marks, or inverted commas^
as they are sometimes called, consist of four
commas, two inverted, or upside down, at the
beginning of a word, phrase or sentence
which is auoted or transcribed from some
JL
author in his own words ; and two others, iv
\
36
ART OF WRITING WELL.
37
theii direct position, placed at the conclu¬
sion ; as, an excellent poet says:
“The proper study of mankind is man.”
Sometimes the quotation is marked by sin¬
gle instead of double commas.
The diaeresis consists of two periods placed
over the latter of two vowels to show that
they are to be pronounced in separate sylla¬
bles ; as, Laocoon, Zoonomia, cooperate.
The brace is employed to unite several
lines of poetry, or to connect a number of
•words with one common term ; and it is also
used to prevent a repetition in writing or
printing ; thus,
“Waller was smooth; but Dryden taught him to join 'j
The varying verse, the full-resounding line, 1
The long majestic march and energy divine.” j
C-e-o-u-s j
C-i-o-u-s ^
o _ ; o I are pronounced like shus.
"1 “O” IT”S |
T-i-o-u-s J
The cedilla, or cerilla, is a curve line
placed under the letter c ) to show that it has
the sound of It is used principally in
words derived from the French language.
Thus gargon, in which word the g is to be
pronounced like j.
The accents are marks used to signify the
proper pronounciation of words.
The accents are three in number :
The grave accent, thus, v
The acute accent, thus, '
The circumflex accent, thus, A
The grave accent is represented by a mark
placed over a letter, or syllable, to show that
it must be pronounced with the falling in¬
flection of the voice ; as, Reuthamir.
The acute accent is represented by a
similar mark, pointing in the opposite
direction, to show that the letter or syllable
must be pronounced with the rising inflec¬
tion of the voice ; thus, Epicurean, European.
The meaning of a sentence often depends
on the kind of accent which is used; thus
the following sentence, if the acute accent
be used on the word alone , becomes a ques-
tion:
“ Pleased thou shalthear, and thou alone shalthear?”
But if the grave accent be placed on the
word alone , it becomes a simple declaration •
as,
‘ ‘ Pleased thou shalt hear, and thou alone shalt hear. ”
The circumflex accent is the union of the
grave and acute accents, and indicates that
the syllable on which it is placed should
have both the rising and falling inflection of
the voice.
The caret is a mark resembling an in¬
verted V , placed under the line. It is never
used in printed books, but, in manuscripts,
shows that something has been accidentally
omitted; as,
recited
“ George has his lesson.”
A
When many notes occur on a page, and
the reference marks given above are ex¬
hausted, it is customary to double them.
Some writers prefer to use the numerals, i,
2, 3, 4, etc., as simpler. This is a matter of
taste with the writer.
Sections and Paragraphs.
The section § and the paragraph If are
used to mark the parts of a composition that
should be separated. Where you wish the
compositor to separate a paragraph into two
or more paragraphs, it is not necessary to
rewrite the page. Place the 1 where you
wish each new paragraph to begin, and the
compositor will understand your wishes.
A paragraph denotes the beginning of a
new subject, or a sentence not connected
with the foregoing.
A section is used for subdividing a chapter
into smaller parts.
It is proper here to add, that every com¬
position should be divided into paragraphs,
38
ART OF WRITING WELL.
39
when the sense will allow the separation.
Different subjects, unless they are very short,
or very numerous in a small compass, should
be separated into paragraphs.
Underscoring.
Many mistakes arise from improperly
underscoring the words of a manuscript or
letter. It is well to refrain from underscor¬
ing a word wherever you can do so with
propriety, just as you would avoid unduly
emphasizing your words in speaking. A
single line drawn under a word indicates
that it must be set by the compositor in
italics; as, “ I dearly love her.” Two lines
indicate small capitals; as, “I honor him.”
Three lines indicate large capitals ; as, “ Help,
help, I cry.”
GENERAL PRIN CIPLES OF GRA MMAR.
Although the details of Grammar and
grammatical rule are not embraced in the
plan of this work, we may with propriety
present some observations with regard to
those principles which are most frequently
forgotten or disregarded by careless writers.
These are here presented in the form of
directions.
Direction ist. In determining the
number of a verb, regard must be had to
the idea which is embraced in the subject
or nominative. Whenever the idea of plu¬
rality is conveyed, whether it be expressed
by one word or by one hundred, and how¬
ever connected, and in whatever number the
subject may be, whether singular or plural,
all verbs relating to it must be made to
agree, not with the number of the word or
words , but with the number of the idea con¬
veyed by the words.
Direction 2d. In the use of pronoun,
the same remark applies: namely, that the
number of the pronoun must coincide with
the idea contained in the word, or words, to
which the pronoun relates. If it imply
unity, the pronoun must be singular; if it
convey plurality, the pronoun must be plural.
These directions will be better understood by
an example.
Thus, in the sentence, “Each of them, in
their turn, receive the benefits to which they
are entitled,” the verbs and pronouns are in
the wrong number. The word each, although
it includes all , implies but one at a time . The
idea , therefore, is the idea of unity , and the
verb and pronoun should be singular; thus,
“Each of them in his turn receives the
benefit to which he is entitled.”
The same remark may be made with re¬
gard to the following sentences: “Every per¬
son, whatever be their (his) station, is bound
by the duties of morality.” “The wheel
killed another man, who is the sixth that
have (has) lost their (his) lives (life) by these
means.” “I do not think that any one
should incur censure for being tender of
their (his) reputation.”
Direction 3d. In the use of verbs and
words which express time, care must be
taken that the proper tense be employed to
express the time that is intended. Perhaps
there is no rule more frequently violated
than this, even by good writers; but young
writers are very prone to the error; thus the
author of the Waverley Novels has the fol¬
lowing sentence:
“ ‘ Description,’ he said, ‘ was (is) to the
author of a romance exactly what drawing
and tinting were (are) to a painter; v 7 ords
were (are) his colors, and, if properly em¬
ployed, they coidd (can) not fail to place the
scene which he wished (wishes) to conjure
up as effectually before the mind’s eye as the
tablet or canvas presents it to the bodily or¬
gan. The same rules,’ he continued, ‘ ap¬
plied (apply) to both, and an exuberance of
40
SPECIMENS OF VISITING CARDS.
ART OF WRITING WELL.
dialogue in the former case was (is) a verbose ,
and laborious mode of composition, which
went (goes) to confound the proper art of the
drama, a widely different species of compo¬
sition, of which dialogue was (is) the very
essence ; because all, excepting the language
to be made use of, was (is) presented to the
eye by the dresses, and persons, and actions
of the performers upon the stage.’”
The author was misled throughout in the
tenses of the verbs in this extract by the
tense of the verb said , with which he intro¬
duces it.
Direction 4th. Whenever several verbs
belonging to one common subject occur in a
sentence, the subject or nominative must be
repeated whenever there is a change in the
mood, tense, or form of the verb.
Direction 5th. In the use of the com¬
parative and superlative degrees of the adjec¬
tive it is to be remarked, that when two
things or persons only are compared, the
comparative degree, and not the superlative,
should be used. Thus, in the sentence,
“Catharine and Mary are both well attired ;
but, in their appearance, Catharine is the
neatest, Mary the most showy,” the superla¬
tive degree of the adjective is improperly ap¬
plied. As there are but two persons spoken
of, the adjectives should be in the compara¬
tive degree : namely, neater and more showy.
Direction 6th. Neuter and intransitive
verbs should never be used in the passive
form. Such expressions as was gone , is
grown , is fallen , is come , may be relied on ,
etc., although used by some good writers, are
objectionable.
Direction 7th. In the use of irregular
verbs, a proper distinction should be made in
the use of the imperfect tense and the perfect
r -
participle.
He done (did) it at my request; he run
Iran) a great risk ; he has mistook (mistaken)
7 T C
4r
his true interest ; the cloth w T as wave (woven)
i of the finest wool; he writes as the best au¬
thors would have wrote (written) had they
writ (written) upon the subject; the bell has
been rang (rung); I have spoke (spoken) to
him upon the subject These sentences are
instances where the proper distinction be¬
tween the preterite and participle has not
been preserved.
Direction 8th. The negative adverb
must be followed by the negative conjunc¬
tion ; as, “The work is not capable of pleas¬
ing the understanding, nor (not or) the imag¬
ination.” The sentence would be improved
by using the conjunction in pairs, substitut¬
ing neither for not.
In the following sentences, the conjunc¬
tion but is improperly used : “I cannot deny
but that I was m fault.” “ It cannot be
doubted but that this is a state of positive
gratification.”
Direction 9th. There must be no
ellipsis of any word, when such ellipsis
would occasion obscurity. Thus, when we
speak of “ the laws of God and man,” it is
uncertain whether one or tw T o codes of laws
are meant; but, in the expression, “ the laws
of God and the laws of man,” the obscurity
vanishes. A nice distinction in sense is
made by the use or omission of the articles.
“A white and red house” means but one
house; but “A white and a red house”
means two houses. In the expression, “She
has a little modesty,” the meaning is posi¬
tive; but by omitting the article, “She has
little modesty,” the meaning becomes nega¬
tive. The position of the article, also, fre¬
quently makes a great difference in the
sense, as will be seen in the following
examples: “As delicate a little thing;”
“ As a delicate little thing.”
Direction 10th. The adverb should
always be placed as near as possible to the
42
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
word which it is designed to qualify. Its j
proper position is generally before adjectives,
after verbs and frequently between the
auxiliary and the verb. The following
sentence exhibits an instance of the im¬
proper location of the adverb: “It had
almost been his daily custom, at a certain
hour, to visit Admiral Priestman.” The
adverb almost should have been placed before
daily .
Direction nth. In the use of passive
and neuter verbs, care must be taken that
the proper nominative is applied. That
which is the object of the active verb must
in all cases be the subject or nominative of
the passive verb. Thus, we say, with the
active verb, “They offered him mercy”
(i. e ., to him): and, with the passive verb,
“Mercy was offered to him;” not “He was
offered mercy,” because “mercy,” not “he,”
is the thing which was offered. It is better
to alter the expression by substituting a
synonym with a proper nominative or sub¬
ject, than to introduce such confusion of
language, as must necessarily result from a
change in the positive, fixed and true signifi¬
cations of words, or from a useless violation
of grammatical propriety.
In accordance with this direction (see, also,
Direction 6th),
Instead of
He was prevailed on,
He was spoken to,
She was listened to,
They were looked at,
It is approved of,
He was spoken of,
It is contended for,
It was thought cf,
He was called on by his friend,
These examples are commented
upon with much humor,
He was referred to as an oracle,
It would be better to say ,
He was.persuaded.
He was addressed.
She was heard.
They were seen, or viewed.
It is liked, or commended.
He was named, or mentioned.
It is maintained, or contested.
It was remembered ,or conceived.
He was visited by his friend.
These examples are ridiculed
with much humor.
He was consulted as an oracle.
Direction 12th. All the parts of a sen¬
tence should be constructed in such a man¬
ner that there shall appear to be no want of
agreement or connection among them. Thus,
the following sentence, “ He was more be¬
loved, but not so much admired as Cynthio,”
is inaccurate, because when it is analyzed, it
will be, “ He was more beloved as Cynthio,”
etc. The adverb more requires the conjunc¬
tion than after it; and the sentence should
be, “ He was more beloved than Cynthio, but
not so much admired.”
Again, in the sentence, “ If a man have a
hundred sheep, and one of them goes astray,”
etc., the subjunctive word, have , is used after
the conjunction if, in the first part of the
sentence, and the indicative ^0^, in the sec¬
ond. Both of these verbs should be in the
indicat* or both in the subiunctive mood.
No definite rule can be given which will
enable the learner to make the parts of a sen¬
tence agree in themselves, and with one an¬
other. They should be diligently compared,
and a similarity of construction be carefully
maintained ; while the learner will recollect
that no sentence can be considered grammat¬
ically correct, wdiich cannot be analyzed or
parsed by the authorized rules of Syntax.
Construction of Sentences.
In fue construction of sentences care
should be taken ',0 choose the simplest
words, and those which most directly and
strikingly convey the meaning you w T ish to
express. Three things are necessary in a
correct sentence— purity , propriety and pre¬
cision.
Purity consists in using such words and
expressions as belong to the idiom of the
English language, in place of words or
phrases drawn from foreign or dead lang¬
uages, or that are either ungrammatical, ob¬
solete, newly coined or not sanctioned by
usage. The use of words that are not Eng¬
lish is a violation of this rule, and is termed
a barbarism. The rule is also violated by
the use of words or phrases not constructed
ART OF WRITING WELL. 43
111 the English idiom This fauL is termed clearly and strikingly expressed, are the
a solecism , By using words or phrases to best.
convey a meaning different from that as- The Best Style.,
signed to them by custom, you also violate “ Style,” says Dr. Blair, “ is the peculiar
the rule. This is termed an impropriety. manner in which a writer expresses his
Propriety in writing consists in the use of thoughts bv words.”
words sanctioned by tile usage of the best
writers to convey your meaning, and in the
avoidance of low-, vulgar or less elegant and
significant words. In order to remain faith¬
ful to this principle, a waiter should bear in
mind the following rules :
Avoid low or slang expressions.
Supply words that are wanting.
Do not use the same word in different
senses. Wherever it is possible, avoid the
use of technical terms, by which is meant
terms or expressions used in some art, occu¬
pation or profession.
Do not use ambiguous or equivocal words.
Avoid unintelligible and inconsistent
words or phrases.
When words or phrases are not adapted to
the ideas you intend to communicate, avoid
the use of them.
Precision means to make your writing a clear
mid concise statement of your thoughts, so
clear that no one reading it can fail to com¬
prehend your exact meaning. You may use
words that convey a meaning different from
that you intend ; or they may not entirely
convey your meaning ; or they may convey
more than you intend. Precision is des¬
igned to express neither more nor less than
your exact thought.
Do not make your sentences very long ;
neither make them very short. When a
sentence is too long, the attention of the
reader is draw-11 off from the first part while
considering the last, and he finds it difficult
to perceive the connection between them.
Short sentences generally weaken the
thought. Sentences of moderate length,
Various terms are applied to style to ex¬
press its character, as a harsh style, a dry
style, a tumid or bombastic style, a loose
style, a terse style, a laconic or a verbose
style, a flowing style, a lofty style, an ele¬
gant style, an epistolary style, a formal style,
a familiar style, etc.
The divisions of style, as given by Dr.
Biair, are as follows : The diffuse and the
concise, the nervous and the feeble, the dry,
the plain, the neat, the elegant, the florid,
the simple, the affected, and the vehement.
These terms are altogether arbitrary, and
are not uniformly adopted in every treatise
on rhetoric. Some writers use the terms
barren and luxuriant, forcible and vehe¬
ment. elevated and dignified, idiomatic, easy
and animated, etc., in connection with the
terms, or some of the terms employed by
Dr. Blair.
The character of the style, and the term
by which it is designated, depends partly on
the clearness, the fulness, and the force with
which the idea is expressed; partly on the de¬
gree of ornament or of figurative language
employed ; while the character of the
thoughts or ideas themselves is expressed by
the names of simple or natural, affected and
vehement.
A concise writer compresses his ideas in¬
to the fewest words, and these the most ex¬
pressive.
A diffuse writer unfolds his idea fully, b>
placing it in a variety of lights.
A nervous writer gives us a strong idea oi
his meaning—his words are always express¬
ive—every phrase and every figure renders
44
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
thv picture which he would set before us
more striding and complete.
A feeble writer has an indistinct view of
his subject ; unmeaning words and loose
epithets escape him ; his expressions are
vague and general, his arrangements indis¬
tinct, and our ''onception of his meaning
wiL be faint and confused.
A dry writer uses no ornament of any
kind, and, content with being understood,
aims not to please the fancy or the ear.
A plain writer employs very little orna¬
ment ; he observes perspicuity, propriety,
purity, and precision in his language, but
attempts none of the graces of composition.
A dry writer is incapabL of ornament—a
plain writer goes not in oursuit of it
A neat writer is careful in the choice of
his words, and the graceful collocation of
them. His sentences are free from the en¬
cumbrances of superfluous words, and his
figures are short and accurate, rather than
bold and glowing.
An elegant writer possesses all the graces
of ornament—polished periods, figurative
language, harmonious expressions, and a
great degree of purity in the choice of his
words, all characterized by perspicuity and
propriety. He is one, in short, who delights
the fancy and the ear, while he informs the
understanding.
A florid or flowery writer is characterized
by excess of ornament; and seems to be more
intent on beauty of language than solidity
of thought.
A simple or natural writer is distinguished
by simplicity of plan; he makes his thoughts
appear to rise naturally from his subject; he
has no marks of art in his expressions, and
although he may be characterized by great
richness both of language and imagination,
he appears to write in that way not because
he had studied it, but because it is the mode of
expression most natural to him. The charm
of such a style is evident to all readers.
An affected writer is the very reverse of a
simple one. He uses words in uncommon
meanings—employs pompous expressions—
and his whole manner is characterized by
singularity rather than by beauty.
A vehement writer uses strong expressions
—is characterized by considerable warmth of
manner—and presents his ideas clearly and
fully before us.
The following directions are given by Dr.
Blair for attaining a good style:
The first direction is, study clear ideas of
the subject on which you are to write or
speak. What we conceive clearly and feel
strongly, we naturally express with clearness
and strength.
Secondly, to the acquisition of a good
style, frequency of composing is indispens¬
ably necessary. But it is not every kind of
composition that will improve style. By a
careless and hasty habit of writing, a bad
style will be acquired. In the beginning,
therefore, we ought to write slowly and with
much care. Facility and speed are the fruit
of experience.
Thirdly, acquaintance with the style of the
best authors is peculiarly requisite. Hence
a just taste will be formed, and a copious fund
of words supplied on every subject. No ex¬
ercise, perhaps, will be found more useful for
acquiring a proper style than translating some
passage from an eminent author in our own
words, and then comparing what we have
written with the style of the author. Such
an exercise will show us our defects, will
teach us to correct them, and, from the
variety of expression which it will exhibit,
will conduct us to that which is most beau¬
tiful.
Fourthly, caution must be used against
servile imitation of any author whatever*
ART OF WRITING WELL.
45
Desire of imitation hampers genius, and
generally produces stiffness of expression.
They who copy an author closely, commonly
copy his faults as well as his beauties. It is
much better to have something of our own,
though of moderate beauty, than to shine in
borrowed ornaments, which will at last betray
the poverty of our genius.
Fifthly, always adapt your style to the
subject, and likewise to the capacity of your
hearers or readers. When we are to write
or speak, we should previously fix in our
minds a clear idea of the end aimed at; keep
this steadily in view, and adapt our style to it
Lastly, let no attention to style engross us
so much as to prevent a higher degree of
attention to the thoughts. He is a contemp¬
tible writer who looks not beyond the dress
of language; who lays not the chief stress
upon his matter, and employs not such
ornaments of style as are manly, not foppish.
“It is a useful admonition to young
writers,” says Archbishop Whately, “that
they should always attempt to recast a sen¬
tence that does not please; altering the
arrangement and entire structure of it, instead
of merely seeking to change one word for
another. This will give a great advantage in
point of copiosness also ; for there may be,
suppose a substantive (or noun) which, either
because it does not fully express our mean¬
ing, or for some other reason, we wish to
remove, but can find no other to supply its
place. But the object may be easily accom¬
plished by means of a verb, adverb, or other
part of speech, the substitution of which
implies an alteration in the construction. It
is an exercise, accordingly, which may be
commended as highly conductive to improve¬
ment of style to practice casting a sentence
into a variety of different forms.”
The foregoing practical rules shonld be
casefully noted and followed.
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE.
The English language consists of about
thirty-eight thousand words. This includes,
of course, not only radical woids, but all
derivatives; except the preterits and partici¬
ples of verbs ; to which must be added some
few terms, which, though set down in the
dictionaries, are either obsolete or have never
ceased to be considered foreign.
Of these, about twenty-three thousand, or
nearly five-eighths, are of Anglo-Saxon
origin. The majority of the rest, in what
proportion we cannot say, are Latin and
Greek; Latin, however, has the larger share.
The names of the greater part of the objects
of sense—in other words, the terms which
occur most frequently in discourse, or which
recall the most vivid conceptions—are Anglo-
Saxon. Thus, for example, the names of
the most striking objects in visible nature,
of the chief agencies at work there, and of
the changes which pass over it, are Anglo-
Saxon. This language has given names to
the heavenly bodies, the sun, the moon, and
stars ; to three of the four elements, earth,
fire, and water; three out of the four seasons,
spring, summer and winter; and, indeed, to
all the natural divisions of time, except one ;
as, day, night, morning, evening, twilight,
noon, midday, midnight, sunrise, sunset;
some of which are amongst the most poetical
terms we have.
To the same language we are indebted foi
the names of light, heat, cold, frost, rain,
snow, hail, sleet, thunder, lightning, as well
as almost all of those subjects which form the
component parts of the beautiful in external
scenery, as sea and land, hill and dale, wood
and stream, etc.
It is from this language we derive the
words which are expressive of the earliest
and dearest connections, and the strongest
and most powerful feelings of nature ; and
46
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
which are, consequently, invested with our
oldest and most complicated associations. It
is this language which has given us names
for father, mother, husband, wife, brother,
sister, son, daughter, home, kindred, friends.
It is this which has furnished us with the
greater part of those metonymies, and other
figurative expressions, by which we represent
to the imagination, and that in a single w r ord,
the reciprocal duties and enjoyments of hos¬
pitality, friendship, or love. Such are hearth,
roof, fireside. The chief emotions, too, of
which we are susceptible, are expressed in
the same language, as love, hope, fear,
sorrow, shame; and what is of more conse¬
quence to the orator or poet, as well as in
common life, the outward signs by which
emotion is indicated are almost all Anglo-
Saxon ; such are tear, smile, blush, to laugh,
to weep, to sigh, to groan.
Most of those objects, about which the
practical reason of man is employed in com¬
mon life, receive their names from the Anglo-
Saxon. It is the language for the most part
of business; of the counting-house, the shop,
the market, the street, the farm ; and, how¬
ever miserable the man who is fond of phil¬
osophy or abstract science might be, if he had
no other vocabulary but this, we must recol¬
lect that language was made not for the few,
but the many, and that portion of it which
enables the bulk of a nation to express their
wants and transact their affairs, must be
considered of at least as much importance to
general happiness, as that which serves the
purpose of philosophical science.
Nearly all our national proverbs, in which,
it is truly said, so much of the practical wis¬
dom of a nation resides, and which constitute
the manual and vade mecum of “ hobnailed ”
philosophy, are almost wholly Anglo-Saxon.
A very large proportion (and that always the
strongest) of the language of invective,
humor, satire, colloquial pleasantry, is Anglo-
Saxon. Almost all the terms and phrases by
which we most energetically express anger,
contempt, and indignation, are of Anglo-
Saxon origin. The Latin contributes most
largely to the language of polite life, as well
as to that of polite literature.
Again, it is often necessary to convey ide $ r
which, though not truly and properly offen¬
sive in themselves, would, if clothed in the
rough Saxon, appear so to the sensitive
modesty of a highly refined state of society \
dressed in Latin, these very same ideas w T ill
seem decent enough. There is a large num¬
ber of words, which, from the frequency
with which they are used, and from their
being so constantly in the mouths of the
vulgar, would not be endured in polished
society, though more privileged synonyms
of Latin origin, cr some classical circum¬
locution, expressing exactly the same thing,
pass unquestioned.
There may be nothing dishonest, nothing
really vulgar about the old Saxon word, yet
it would be thought as uncouth in a drawinr-
O o
room, as the ploughman to wdiose rude use it
is abandoned. Thus, the word “stench y>
is lavendered over into unpleasant effluvia , or
or an ill odor • “sweat,” diluted into four
times the number of syllables, becomes a
very inoffensive thing in the shape of “per¬
spiration.” To “squint” is softened into
obliquity of vision ; to be “drunk ” is vulgar;,
but, if a man be simply intoxicated or in¬
ebriated, it is comparatively venial. Indeed,
we may say of the classical names of vices,
what Burke more questionably said of vices
themselves, “that they lose half their de¬
formity by losing all their grossness.”
In the same manner, we all know that It
is very possible for a medical man to put to
us questions under the seemly disguise of
scientific phraseology and polite circumlocu-
ART OF WRITING WELL.
tion, which, if expressed in the bare and rude
vernacular, would almost be as nauseous as
his draughts and pills. Lastly, there are
many thoughts which gain immensely by
mere novelty and variety of expression.
’This the judicious poet, who knows that the
connection between thoughts and words is as
intimate as that between body and spirit, well
understands. There are thoughts in them¬
selves trite and common-place, when ex¬
pressed in the hackneyed terms of common
life, which, if adorned by some graceful or
felicitous novelty of expression, assume an
unwonted air of dignity and elegance. What
was trivial, becomes striking ; and what was
plebeian, noble.
COMMON ERRORS TN WRITING AND
SPEAKING.
There are many popular errors in writing
Rnd speaking our language. It may be well
to notice some of them here.
We often hear the phrase, from educated
lips at that, “ Between you and I.” It should
be, “ Between you and me.”
Many persons say, “ What beautiful bread!”
It should be, “What nice breaa!”
Instead of, “A new pair of shoes,” say, “A
pair of new shoes."
Do not say, “ Restore it back to me,” but
“ Restore it to me.”
Instead of, “I seldom or ever meet her,”
say, “ I seldom meet her.”
Instead of, “ If I am not mistaken,” say,
“ If I mistake not.”
Do not say, “Not no such thing,” but
“Not any such thing.”
Instead of, “I had rather walk,” say, “ I
would rather walk.”
Instead of, “Let you and I,” say, “Let
you and me.”
Instead of, “Rather warmish,” say,
“Rather warm.”
47
Instead of, “ What a nice view,” say,
“ What a beautiful view.”
Do not say, “Bred and born.” It should
be, “ Born and bred.”
Instead of, “ If I was him,” say, “If I
were he.”
Do not say, “ I have less friends than you. 5
It should be, “ I have fewer friends than
you.”
In reply to the question, “Who is there?”
or, “Who is it?” say, “I,” or, “It is I;” and
not, “ Me,” or, “ It is me.”
“Whether I be present or no,” is wrong.
It should be, “Whether I be present or not.”
Instead of, “I had better go,” say, “It
were better that I should go.”
“A quantity of people,” is wrongs It
should be, “A number of people.”
“ Six weeks back,” is a barbarism. It
should be, “Six weeks ago.”
“A new pair of gloves.” It should be,
“A pair of new gloves.”
Instead of saying, “He was in emkie nt
danger,” say, “ He was in imminent dam
ger.”
“ Thinks I to myself,” “ Thinks I,” “ S; ys
I,” ‘ Says he,” are vulgarisms and shoulf be
avoided.
Instead of, “I only want ten cents,” s'ly
“ I want only ten cents.”
1 ‘ Because why ? ” is a barbarism. It should
be simply, “Why?”
“ The best of the two,” is wrong. Say,
“ The better of the two.”
“ There’s fifty,” is incorrect. It should be,
“There are fifty.”
“ He need not do it,” is wrong. Say, “ He
needs not do it.”
Instead of, “ It was spoke in my presence,’
say, “It was spoken in my presence^
“She said, said she,” is vulgar, as well as
incorrect. It should be, “She said.”
Instead of saying, “My clothes have grown
48
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
too small for me,” say, “ I have grown too
etout for my clothes.” The change is in you,
not in your clothes.
Do not say, “ On either side of the street.”
It should be, “ On each side of the street.”
“ I took you for another person,” is in¬
correct. It should be, u I mistook you for
another person.”
Instead of, “ His health has been shook,”
say, “His health has been shaken.”
Instead of, “ That there man,” say, “That
man.”
Instead of, “ Somehow or another,” say,
“ Somehow or other.”
Instead of, “Will I do this for you?”
-say, “ Shall I do this for you ? ”
Instead of, “What will I do?” say,
What shall I do ? ”
Instead of, “Following up a principle,”
Say, “ Guided by a principle.”
Instead of saying, “ I belong to the Ma¬
sonic order,” say, “ I am a member of the
Masonic order.”
Instead of, “ I enjoy bad health,” say,
“ My health is not good.”
“ Better nor that, ” is vulgar and wrong.
It should be, “ Better than that.”
Instead of saying, “She was remarkable
pretty,” say, “ She was remarkably pretty.”
Instead of, “ We think on you,” say,
“We think of you.”
Instead of, “ By this means,” say, “ By
these means.”
Instead of, “ All that was wanting,” say,
“ All that was wanted.”
Instead of, “ He is a bad statesman,” say,
“ He is not a statesman.”
Instead of saying, “ I am going over the
bridge,” say, “ I am going across the
bridge.”
Instead of saying, “ I left you behind at
Omaha,” say, “ I left you behind me at
Omaha.”
Instead of saying, “ He ascended up the
mountain,” say, “ He ascended the moun¬
tain.”
Instead of, “ Mine is so good as yours,”
say, “ Mine is as good as yours.”
Instead of, “Adequate for,” say, “Ade¬
quate to.”
The phrase, “ Pure and unadulterated,”
is a repetition of terms. If a thing is pure,
it is necessarily unadulterated.
Instead of saying, “They are not what
nature designed them,” say, “ They are not
what nature designed them to be.”
Instead of, “ How do you do ? ” say,
“ How are you ? ”
Instead of, “ To be given away gratis,”
say, “ To be given away.”
Instead of, “ I acquit you from,” say, “ I
acquit you of.”
Instead of, “I live opposite the park,” say,
“I live opposite to the park.”
Instead of, “The want of wisdom, truth
and honor are more visible,” say, “The want
of wisdom, truth and honor is more visible.”
Instead of, “ A surplus over and above,”
say, “ A surplus.”
Instead of, “A winter's morning,” say,
“A winter, or wintry, morning.”
Instead of, “I will send it conformable to
your orders,” say, “ I will send it conformably
to your orders.”
Instead of, “This ten days or more,” say,
“ These ten days or more.”
Instead of, “I confide on you,” say, “I
confide in you.”
Instead of, “As soon as ever,” say, “As
soon as.”
Instead of, “I differ with you,” say, “ I
differ from you.”
Instead of, “I am averse from that,” say,
“I am averse to that.”
Instead of, “ The very best,” or. “The very
worst,” say, “The best,” or, “The worst”
ART OF WRITING WELL.
Instead of, '‘No one has’nt called,” say,
“No one has called.”
Two negatives make an affirmative. Thus,
to say, “ Don’t give that child no more
sugar,” is equivalent to saying, “ Give that
child some more sugar.”
Instead of saying, “I won’t never do it
again,” say, “I will never do it again.”
Instead of, “I am conversant about it,”
say, “I am conversant with it.”
Instead of, “He died by consumption,”
say, “He died of consumption.”
Instead of, “The effort I am making for
arranging this matter,” say, “The effort I am
iiaking to arrange this matter.”
Instead of saying, “Your obedient humble
servant,” say, “Your obedient servant.”
Instead of, “You are taller than me,” say,
“You are taller than I.”
Instead of, “You are mistaken,” say, “You
mistake.”
Instead of, “I suspect the veracity of his
-story,” say, “I doubt the truth of his story.”
Instead of, “ He was too young to have
suffered much,” say, “He was too young to
suffer much.”
Instead of, “I hope you’ll think nothing
on it,” say, “I hope you’ll think nothing of
it”
Instead of, “ His opinions are approved of
by all,” say, “ His opinions are approved by
all.”
Instead of, “ Handsome is as handsome
does,” say, “Handsome is who handsome
does.”
Instead of, “In case I succeed,” say, “If I
succeed.”
Instead of, “They loved one another,” say,
“They' loved each other.”
Instead of, “The cake is all eat up,” say,
as in Ye.
Aspirate. — H , as in Hail.
Nasal Sounds. — N, as in No ; NG, as in
Sing; N y as in Finger, Sink.
Lingual Sounds. — L, as in Lull; R, as in
Rude ; R , as in War.
Palatic and Dental Sounds combined. — X, as
in Ox ; X y as in Example.
These sounds constitute all the elements
of articulation in the English language. The
exercises which follow are merely various
examples of these rudiments as they occur
in different combinations. The exercises are
also designed for lessons in pronunciation, as
this branch, not less than that of articulation,
is much neglected in early instruction, and
the practice of the one conveniently com¬
prises that of the other.
The main purpose of reading and speaking
is to communicate thought. The most im¬
portant point in elocution, therefore, is a dis¬
tinct and correct enunciation, without which
it is impossible to be rightly and clearly
understood. The chief design, accordingly,
of this department of education is, by appro¬
priate exercise, to cultivate the organs of
speech, to strengthen and discipline the
voice, and, at the same time, to eradicate
incorrect habits of utterance which may
have been contracted through early neglect.
Errors in Articulatior
The common hindrances to distinct enun¬
ciation may, as far as articulation is concerned,
be classed as follows :
First. — Feebleness, arising from a want of
full and forcible emission of voice, and of
due energy in the action of the organs, par¬
ticularly the tongue, the teeth and the lips.
Second. — Omission , a fault occasioned by
undue rapidity or hurry, and sometimes by
an inadvertent compliance with incorrect
custom.
Third.— Obscurity , caused by the want of
precision and accuracy in the functions of
the organs, and a consequent want of defi¬
niteness or correctness in the sounds of
letters and syllables.
The rule of practice, therefore, in regard
to the exercises of reading and speaking,
should be : Always to articulate with such
energy , deliberateness , and accuracy , that every
sound of the voice may be fully and exactly
formed , distinctly heard , and perfectly under¬
stood. A drawling slowness, however, and
a pedantic or irregular prominence of unac¬
cented syllables, should be carefully avoided.
Faults arising from slovenliness, and those
which seem to spring from misdirected study,
are equally objectionable.
PRONUNCIATION.
This department of elocution is sometimes
termed orthoepy (correct speech). Speech
being merely a collection of arbitrary sounds,
used as signs of thought or feeling, it is indis¬
pensable to intelligible communication that
there be a general agreement about the sig¬
nification assigned to given sounds, as other¬
wise there could be no common language.
It is equally important that there be a com¬
mon consent and established custom to regu
late and fix the sounds used in speech, tha.
these may have a definite character and sig¬
nification, and become the current expression
of thought.
Hence the necessity that individuals con¬
form in their habits of speech to the rules
prescribed by general usage—or, more prop¬
erly speaking, to the custom of the educated
and intellectual classes of society, which is,
by courtesy, generally acknowledged as the
law of pronunciation. Individual opinion,
when it is at variance with this important and
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
57
useful principle of accommodation, gives rise
to eccentricities, which neither the authority
of profound learning, nor that of strict accu¬
racy and system, can redeem from the charge
of pedantry.
It is a matter of great importance to recog¬
nize the rule of authorized custom, and
neither yield to the influence of those errors
which, through inadvertency, will creep into
occasional or local use, nor, on the other
hand, be induced to follow innovations or
changes adopted without sufficient sanction.
A cultivated taste is always perceptible in
pronunciation, as in every other expression
of mind, and errors in pronouncing are un¬
avoidably associated with a deficiency in the
%
rudiments of good education.
An occasional appeal to the dictionary
must, therefore, be useful to the majority of
persons. Persons who are desirous of per¬
fecting their pronunciation would do well to
read aloud, daily, a few columns, and mark
with a pencil those words which they find
they have been accustomed to mispronounce
themselves or to hear mispronounced by
others.
FORCE.
A primary characteristic of utterance, as
expressive of emotion, is the degree of its
energy or force. The effect of any feeling
on sympathy is naturally inferred from the
degree of force with which the sound of voice,
in the utterance of that feeling, falls upon the
ear of the hearer. The cause of this impres¬
sion upon the mind is, obviously, the law of
organic sympathy, by which one part of the
THE AWKWARD SPEAKER.
human frame naturally responds to another.
A powerful emotion not only affects the heart
and the lungs, and the other involuntary
agents of life and of expression, but starts the
expulsory muscles into voluntary action and
produces voice, the natural indication and
language of feeling.
The degree of force, therefore, in a vocal
sound is intuitively taken as the measure of
the emotion which causes it. Except, only,
those cases in which the force of feeling
paralyzes, as it were, the organs of the voice
58
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
and suggests the opposite measure of infer¬
ence, by which a choked and struggling
utterance, a suppressed or inarticulate voice,
or even absolute silence, becomes the index
.to the heart.
The command of all degrees of force of
voice must evidently be essential to true and
^natural expression, whether in reading or
speaking. Appropriate utterance ranges
through all stages of vocal sound, from the
whisper of fear and the murmur of repose to
the boldest swell of vehement declamation
and the shout of triumphant courage. But to
give forth anyone of these or the intermediate
tones, with just and impressive effect, the
organs must be disciplined by appropriate
exercise and frequent practice, for every day’s
•observation proves to us that mere natural
instinct and animal health, with all the aids
of informing intellect, and inspiring emotion,
and exciting circumstances, are not sufficient
to produce the effects of eloquence, or even
•of adequate utterance.
The want of due training for the exercise
•of public reading or speaking is evinced in
the habitual undue loudness of some speakers
and the inadequate force of others, the for¬
mer subjecting their hearers to unnecessary
pain, and the latter to disappointment and
uneasiness.
STRESS.
The term “ stress” is applied to the mode
in which force is rendered perceptible or
impressive in single sounds. The classifica¬
tion of the forms of stress is as follows :
First .—Radical stress , or that in which the
force of utterance, is usually more or less
“explosive,” and falls on the “radical”
(initial, or first) part of a sound.
Second .—Median stress , that in which the
force is “expulsive” or “effusive,” and
swells out, whether slowly or rapidly, at
the middle of a sound.
• Third. — Vanishing stress , or that which
withholds the “ expulsive ” or “ explosive ”
force till the “vanish,” or last moment of
the sound.
Fourth .—Compound stress , or that in which
the voice, with more or less of “explosive”
force, touches forcefully and distinctly on
both the initial and the final points of a
sound, but passes slightly and almost im¬
perceptibly over the middle part.
Fifth .—Thorough stress, in which the initial,
middle and final portions of a sound are all
distinctively and impressively marked by
special “expulsive force” of voice.
Sixth.— Tremor, tremulous, or intermittent
“ stress.”
MELODY.
The word “melody” may be applied to
speech in the same general sense as in the
technical language of music, to designate
the effect produced on the ear, by the suc¬
cessive notes of the voice, in a passage of
music or of discourse.
The use of this term presupposes, both in
music and in speech, a certain “pitch,” or
initial note, whether predominating in a
passage, or merely commencing it, and to
which the subsequent sounds stand in the
relation of higher or lower or identical.
The term “melody,” used as above, does
not necessarily imply a melodious or pleasing
succession of sounds, or the reverse. It has
regard merely to the fact just mentioned,
that the successive sounds to which this term
is applied, are comparatively higher or lower
on the musical scale, or in strict unison with
the first sound of a series. In this technical
sense, the word “ melody” applies to speech
as well as to music.
PITCH.
The word “melody,” used in its technical
sense, occupies, then, the same ground in
VOCAL CULTURE
elocution a~ m music, and refers us, in the
first instance, to an initial or commencins'
o
sound to which others in a series may be
compared as high or low or neither. To this
sound the term “pitch ” is applied, as desig¬
nating the particular point of the scale, as
high or low, on which the voice is thrown
out. Thus, we speak of the deep tones or
low notes of an organ, as contrasted with the
shrill sound of a fife, of the grave tone of the
voice of a man, or of the comparatively high
pitch of that of a woman ; or of the low voice
of devotion, as contrasted with the high,
shrill scream of excessive fear, or the piercing
.shriek of terror.
The correct practice of elocution, as in
appropriate speaking, recitation, or reading,
implies the power of easily and instantly
shifting the “pitch’’ of the voice, according
to the natural note of emotion required for
every shade of expression depicted in the
composition which is spoken, recited, or read.
Middle Pitch.
The “ middle ” pitch of the voice is that of
•our habitual utterance, on all occasions of
•ordinary communication in conversation or
address. It implies a medium or average
state of feeling, or a condition of mind free
from every strong or marked emotion. It
is the natural note of unimpassioned utter¬
ance, seeking to find its way to the under¬
standing rather than to the heart, and hence
avoiding high or low pitch, as belonging to
the language of feeling or of fancy.
Common conversation, a literary or a
scientific essay, a doctrinal sermon, or a
plain practical discourse on any subject
limited to purposes of mere utility, and de¬
manding the action of judgment and reason,
principally, may be mentioned as examples
of “middle” pitch, which is natural in or¬
dinary speech.
AND ELOCUTION. 59
Low Pitch.
This designation applies to the utterance
of those feelings which we are accustomed
to speak of as “ deeper” than ordinary. Low
notes seem the only natural language of grave
emotions, such as accompany deeply serious
and impressive thoughts , grave authority , or
austere manner.
The transition in the voice from “middle”
to “low” pitch would be exemplified in
passing from the utterance of a thought
which is merely serious —and so termed in
contradistinction father to one of an animated
and sprightly character—to that of one still
deeper in its shade of feeling, and which
would be appropriately termed grave. At
the stage of voice expressive of the latter, we
should perceive an obvious though not very
strikingly marked deepening of tone, or
descent on the scale.
Very Low Pitch.
This designation applies to the notes of
those emotions which are of the deepest
character, and which are accordingly asso¬
ciated with the deepest utterance. These
are, chiefly, the following : deep solemnity ,
awe, amazement , horror , despair , melancholy
and deep grief.
This lowest form of pitch is one of the
most impressive means of powerful natural
effect in the utterance of all deep and im¬
pressive emotions. The pervading and
absorbing effect of awe , amazement , horror ,
or any similar feeling, can never be produced
without low pitch and deep successive notes ;
and the depth and reality of such emotions
are always in proportion to the depth of voice
with which they are uttered. The grand¬
est descriptions in the Paradise Lost, and
the profoundest meditations in the Night
Thoughts, become trivial in their effect on
the ear, when read with the ineffectual
60
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
expression inseparable from the pitch of
ordinary conversation or discourse.
High Pitch.
The higher portion of the musical scale is
associated with the notes of brisk , gay and
joyous emotions, with the exception of the
extremes of pain, grief and fear, which, from
their preternaturally exciting power, com¬
press and render rigid the organic parts that
produce vocal sound, and cause the pecu¬
liarly shrill, convulsive cries and shrieks
which express those passions.
A “pitch” too low for the natural effect
of gay and exhilarated feeling deadens the
effect of wit and vivacity, and renders, per¬
haps, a most expressive strain of composi¬
tion tame and dull, when it should abound
in the tones of life and brilliancy.
Very High Pitch.
The extreme of the upper part of the
musical scale, as far as it is practicable to
individuals in the management of the voice,
is the natural range of pitch for the utter¬
ance of ecstatic and rapturous or uncontrollable
emotion. It belongs, accordingly, to high-
wrought lyric and dramatic passages, in strains
of joy, grief \ astonishment , delight , tenderness ,
and the hysterical extremes of passionate
emotion generally.
INFLECTION.
Reading without inflections becomes life¬
less, as nny be observed in what is usually
called a “ schoolboy tone.” This fault not
only divests language of its meaning, but
substitutes a ludicrous monotony for the
natural, animated and varied expression of
the voice in actual communication. The
hearer unavoidably loses all interest in what
is monotonously read, for it makes no appeal
either to his feelings or to his understanding.
There are two inflections—the rising and
the falling. The falling appropriately termi¬
nates a sentence ; the rising may be seen in
any ordinary interrogation. The variations
of voice between these two inflections pre¬
vent monotony.
The two simple inflections, the rising and
the falling, are superseded, in the tones of
keen and ironical emotion or peculiar signifi¬
cance in expression, by a double turn, or slide
of voice, which unites both in one continuous
sound, called the circumflex , or wave.
When no inflection is used, a monotone, or
perfect level of voice, is produced. This
tone belongs to emotions arising from sub¬
limity and grandeur. It characterizes, also,
the extremes of amazement and horror.
TIME.
The study of time, as a measure of speech,
will lead to the primary classification of single
vowel sounds as long or short in duration,
according to their character and expression,
as elements of language. The contrast in
the duration of the “tonic element,” or vowel
sound, a, in the words male and female, will
furnish examples, the a in the former being
much longer, or, in other words, occupying a
much larger space of time in utterance, than
the a in the latter. The technical designa¬
tion of this property of vocal sounds is
“quantity”—implying quantity of time, or
duration. The a of male is, accordingly,
termed a “long," the a in female a “short
quantity."
PAUSES.
Time, when applied as a measure of speech,
prescribes not only the length, or “quan¬
tity,” of sounds, but also that of the pauses, or
cessations of voice, which intervene between
sentences and between their parts, as the
intermissions of the voice are, virtually, con¬
stituents of “expression,” whether we regard
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
61
thought or feeling. Without distinct and
appropriate pauses we cannot understand
oral communication, and without occasional
impressive cessations of voice there can be
no true sympathy between speaker and
hearer.
Pauses, as classified in elocution, are of
two kinds : I st, those which express emotion ;
2 d, those which modify sense , or meaning.
Pausing, like utterance, is regulated by the
•character of the emotion or the thought
which is the subject of expression. The
pauses used in the “expression” of all
grave, deep and solemn emotions, which in¬
cline to prolonged “ quantities,” are com¬
paratively long , and thus correspond in
■character to the vocal sounds between
which they occur, and which they aid by
their harmonious effect. Brisk, gay and
lively feelings are distinguished by brief
“quantities” and corresponding short
pauses.
The pauses of sense or meaning are of
various lengths, according to the portions
•of speech which they are employed to sepa¬
rate ; thus, we observe the long pauses be¬
tween the principal parts of a discourse, the
.somewhat shorter pauses at its subdivisions,
the shorter still at paragraphs, and the
.shorter than even these at periods.
MOVEMENT.
The term “movement,” for which the
word “ rate ” is sometimes substituted refers
to the slowness or to the rapidity of utter¬
ance required by the sentiment.
The “slowest,” or “very slow move¬
ment,” is exemplified in the expression of
the deepest emotions of the soul; as horror,
■awe, profound reverence and solemnity , and
adoration .
The “ slow movement ” characterizes the
utterance of gloom , melancholy, grief \ pathos,
sublimity , solemnity and reverence , in their
usual form, profound repose, grandeur, majesty,
vast ness, power and splendor.
“Moderate movement” is the usual rate
of utterance in unimpassioned language. It;
belongs to common narration and description,
and to didactic thought. The rhetorical
modes of style to which it is applicable, are
those which are denominated the “ dry,”
the “plain,” and the “neat.”
“Lively movement” implies emotion in
that gentle form which does not exceed
liveliness or animation. The lower degrees of
all vivid feeling, are expressed by this style
of “ movement.” A slight degree of joy is
usually the under current of its effect.
Gay and Mirthful.
“Quick” or “brisk movement,” is char¬
acteristic of gay, exhilarated and glad emo¬
tion : the full feeling of joy is implied in its
“expression.” It gives utterance to all
play fid, humorous and mirthful moods. It
sometimes, on the other hand, gives its
characteristic effect to fear.
The “ movement ” designated as “ quick¬
est,” “very quick,” or “rapid,” is that of
haste, hurry, alarm, confusion and fear, when
rising to terror.
It is evident from the very nature of
“ movement,” that it must be an element of
immense power, in expression. The funeral
march suggests to the ear its effect, in music,
as associated with awe, gloom and grief; and
the music of the dance reminds us of its
power over the feelings of gladness and
exhilaration. The grave psalm, and the
song of serious sentiment, express, in their
measured regularity, the adaptation of gentle
and “ moderate movement ” to tranqidl and
sedate feeling.
The power of “ movement,” in the elocu¬
tion of a skilful reader or speaker, is indefi-
62
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
nite ; as we may observe in the difference
between a schoolboy gabbling through his
task, in haste to get rid of it, and a great
tragedian, whose whole soul is rapt in the
part of Cato uttering the soliloquy on im¬
mortality, or Hamlet musing on the great
themes of duty, life and death.
A command over the “lively” and “brisk
movements” of the voice, is not less im¬
portant than the power of slow and solemn
utterance. The style of reading which is
most frequently introduced to enliven the
evening circle at home, requires of the
reader the power to “trip it as he goes,” in
the mood of gay description , light satire , vivid
dialogue and droll humor.
The three principal faults of “movement,”
which are exemplified in the common prac¬
tice of reading, are uniform slowness , or, per¬
haps, a drawling style ; habitual rapidity ,
which prevents all deep and impressive effect,
and, perhaps, causes indistinctness of enuncia¬
tion ; a uniform “moderate ” “movement,”
which never yields to any natural influence
of emotion—so as to become appropriately
expressive, and pass from grave to gay , or
the reverse, by a change in the gait of the
voice—but utters, automaton-like, all feelings
in the same unmeaning and mechanical style ;
the voice marching on, with one uniform
measured step, over all varieties of surface,
as regards the tenor of language and the
subject.
EMPHASIS.
Every sentence contains one or more
words which are prominent, and peculiarly
important in the expression of meaning.
Special force on such words is what is called
emphasis. Its use is to impress more strik¬
ingly on the mind of the hearer the thought,
or portion of thought, embodied in the par¬
ticular word or phrase on which it is laid.
It gives additional energy to important pomes,
in expression, by causing sounds which are
peculiarly significant, to strike the ear with
an appropriate and distinguishing force. It
possesses, in regard to the sense of hearing,
a similar advantage to that of “relief,” or
prominence to the eye, in a well executed
picture ; in which the figures seem to stand
out from the canvass.
Emphasis, then, being the manner of pro¬
nouncing the most significant words, its
office is of the utmost importance to an
intelligible and impressive utterance. It is
the manner of uttering emphatic words which
decides the meaning of every sentence that
is read or spoken. A true emphasis conveys
a sentiment clearly and forcibly to the mind,
and keeps the attention of an audience in
active sympathy with the thoughts of the
speaker; it gives full value and effect to all
that he utters, and secures a lasting im¬
pression on the memory.
Errors of Emphasis.
The prevailing fault, as regards emphasis,,
is the omission or slighting of it.
Hence arises a feebleness of expression, or
a general monotony, in consequence of
which the voice fails in giving those dis¬
tinctions, or conveying that force of feeling,,
which are inseparable from a distinct and
animated manner.
An omission of emphasis leaves the sense
of whole passages obscure; and an error in
the application of it, may cause an entire
subversion of the meaning intended to be
expressed. A sentence read without just
emphasis, is an inert mass of sound, like a
body destitute of life; the same sentence
read with the discrimination and significance
of true emphasis, becomes, as it were, a
living and active being, exerting its appro¬
priate energies.
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
6$
The opposite fault is that of excessive
anxiety about emphasis , and an unnecessary
and formal marking of it by studied force of
expression.
This obtrusive tone is carefully to be
avoided, as savoring of fastidiousness and
pedantry, and indicating the presumption
that the audience are so dull in intellect as
not to appreciate the force of the speaker’s
language, unless he remind them of it by
peculiar and pointed distinctions of voice, a
thing which he does not need to do.
DDRESS, as a combination of
speech and action, directs itself
to the mind through the ear
and the eye. Regarded as an
art, it consists, accordingly, of
two parts—elocution, or the regu¬
lated functions of the voice, and gesture, or
the proper management of the body.
Gesture derives its existence from the
necessary sympathy of mind and body. It (
is by no means a mere product of art. A 1
sympathetic action of the outward frame, in
correspondence with the activity of the mind,
is necessarily exerted in the communication
of thought and feeling, and results from a
law of man’s constitution. The repression
of such action may, it is true, become a
habitual trait in the character of individuals
and of nations ; so may the opposite charac¬
teristic of redundancy in gesture. Examples
of these extremes are furnished in the rigid
stillness of body which is customary in the
elocution of Scotland or of New England,
and in the ceaseless movement and gesture
of the French.
Education, too, has a powerful influence
on delivery. The exclusive application of
the understanding, a too passive continuance
of attention, or a native sluggishness of habit,
indulged, has a tendency to quell or prevent
emotion, and to keep back its bodily indica¬
tions ; while the habitual and unrestrained
play of imagination, or of feeling, impels ta
vivid expression in tone, and to the visible-
manifestations of attitude and action. Hence
the contrasts of manner exhibited in the
PRESENTING OR RECEIVING.
delivery of the studious and sedentary, or
the phlegmatic, and that of the active, the
gay, or the imaginative—both of which usu¬
ally run to excess, producing the morbid
style of lifelessness and inaction, or the
puerile manner of mere animal vivacity.
64 VOCAL CULTURE
The genuine style of eloquence is that,
surely, which gives the strongest, freest and
truest expression to the natural blending of
thought and emotion within the human
breast—breaking through all arbitrary re¬
straint, and submitting only to the guidance
of reason, or, rather, listening intuitively to
its suggestions.
The common errors of judgment and taste
on this subject seem to lie in the supposition
that thought and feeling may be separated
in their expression. Every day furnishes
examples of speakers, who, from the cold¬
ness of their manner, seem-to think that they
can succeed in imparting sentiment without
•emotion, and of those whose rhetorical and
mechanical warmth appears to aim at elo¬
quence by emotion not founded on thought.
The tendency of deep interest, and of
earnest, cordial emphasis, is always to impart
impulse to the arm, as well as to the voice.
The instruction, therefore, or the example,
which inculcates the suppression of gesture,
is defective and injurious, as it checks the
free action both of body and mind. The
AND ELOCUTION.
unlimited indulgence in fancy, or the ungov¬
erned expression of feeling, on the other
hand, leads either to a puerile or merely
passionate manner, and loses the influence of
intellect in a false excitement of emotion.
A good address is that which, in the firs'
place, may be briefly characterized by the
epithet manly. It possesses force —conse¬
quently exemption from all forms of weak¬
ness ; freedoin (a natural consequence of
force), implying exemption from constraint
and embarrassment. These are the first and
indispensable rudiments of action.
Next in importance is an appropriate or
discriminating style—the result of genius, or
of successful discipline—which adapts itself
to different occasions, subjects and sentiments ;
varying as circumstances require, and avoid¬
ing every impropriety of manner, whether
DECLARING.
arising from personal habit or temporary
inadvertency and error.
Last in order, and as a negative quality;
chiefly, may be mentioned grace, or those
modes of action which obey nature’s laws of
symmetry and motion, from the intuitive
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
*5
perception of beauty, and the disciplined or
natural subjection of the muscular system to
the ascendancy of mind and taste.
These elementary principles are all that
have been deemed important in the instruc¬
tion attempted in the following pages. All
else, it is thought, may best be left to the
mind and manner of the individual—which,
if not perverted or neglected, would, perhaps,
render direct instruction, in any case, com¬
paratively unimportant.
ATTITUDE.
Oratory consists of two parts—one ad¬
dressing the ear through the voice, and the
other, the eye by action or gesture. The
latter implies a certain attitude of body as
essential to it, and hence the necessity of
attending, in the first instance, to the attitude
WONDERMENT.
or position in which the speaker presents
himself to the eye. The characteristics of
good attitude are firmness , freedom , appro¬
priateness and grace.
It becomes necessary here to advert to the
manner in which young speakers introduce
themselves to their audience, the introduc¬
tory bow being seldom what it should be—a
salutation of respect, actually addressed to
the assembly, but commonly a very awk¬
ward attempt at a bow, and one so performed
as to cast down the eyes towards the floor
of the room or the feet of the speaker, and
to show, not his countenance, but the crown
of his head. A bow, or any other mark of
respect (except prostration), has no meaning
in it, unless the eye of the individual who
performs it is directed to the eyes of those
to whom it is addressed.
POSITION OF THE FEET.
It is of the utmost consequence to observe
a correct position of the feet, not merely
because an incorrect position is ungraceful,
but because the easy and natural movement
of every part of the body, depends on the
feet being properly placed. Awkward and
1 constrained movements of the feet, and rigid,
unseemly action, are inseparable from a bad
attitude. An easy and graceful position, on
the contrary, favors appropriate and becom-
6
66
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
ing movement, and tends to render it
habitual.
In the various positions of the feet, care is
to be taken that the grace which is aimed at
be attended with simplicity. The position
of the orator is equally removed from the
awkwardness of the rustic, with toes turned
in and knees bent, and from the affectation
of the dancing-master, whose position runs
to the opposite extreme. The orator is to
adopt such positions only as consist with
manly and simple grace.
The toes are to be moderately turned out¬
ward, but not to be constrained ; the limbs
are to be disposed so as to support the body
with ease, and to admit of flowing and grace¬
ful movement. The sustaining foot is to be
planted firmly ; the leg braced, but not con¬
tracted ; the other foot and limb must press
lightly, and be held relaxed, so as to be
ready for immediate change and action.
In changing the positions of the feet, the
motions are to be made with the utmost
simplicity, and free from the parade and
sweep of dancing. The speaker must ad¬
vance, retire or change almost imperceptibly;
and it is to be particularly observed that
changes should not be too frequent. Fre¬
quent change gives the idea of anxiety or
instability, both of which are unfavorable.
Errors.
The common faults in the position of the
feet, are :
First .—That of resting on both feet equally ,
which gives the whole frame a set and rigid
attitude.
Second.— Pointing the toes straightforward.
which, when combined with the preceding
fault, forms the climax of awkwardness and
squareness of attitude, and, even when unac¬
companied by any other error, has the bad
effect of exposing the speaker’s side, instead
of his full front, and consequently assimi¬
lating all his movements and gestures to
those of attack in fencing.
Third .—Placing the feet too close to one
another, which gives the whole body a feeble
and constrained appearance, and destroys the
possibility of energy in gesture.
VOCAL CULTURE
Fourth .—The placing of the feet too widely
distant , and parallel to each other, which
gives the speaker’s attitude a careless and
slovenly air.
Fifth .—The placing of the feet at too wide
] a distance from each other , but with the one in
advance of the other. This is the attitude of
assumption, or of a boasting and overbearing
manner.
The observance of the different positions
will produce a firm, easy and graceful atti¬
tude, appropriate to earnest and natural de¬
livery. In complying with rules , however ,
there should be no anxiety about measured
exactness , and no appearance of studied pre¬
cision. Force and freedom, and general
propriety of manner, are the main points to
be aimed at, and strict accuracy is apt to
become but a mechanical excellence.
MOVEMENT OF THE FEET.
An occasional change of the position of
the feet is a natural and necessary relief to
the speaker in the delivery of a speech or
piece of considerable length ; it associates,
also, in an appropriate and agreeable man¬
AND ELOCUTION. 67
ner, with the introduction of a new train of
thought or a new topic of discourse, and it is
the instinctive expression of energy, warmth
and liveliness of manner. Without move¬
ment, the speaker’s body becomes, as it
were, a mass of inanimate matter. Motion,
ANGUISH. REMORSE.
when carried to excess, however, becomes
childish in its effect, as it substitutes rest¬
lessness for animation.
The motion of the feet should be carefully
timed, so as to occur at the commencement
of the parts or divisions of a speech or dis¬
course, at the introduction of new and dis¬
tinct thoughts, or in the expression of for¬
cible or lively emotion. The true time of
movement is in exact coincidence with
emphasis, and falls appropriately on the
accented syllable of the emphatic word.
The voice and the bodily frame are thus
kept in simultaneous action with the mind.
Movement, so performed, never obtrudes
itself on the attention, but becomes a natural
part of the whole delivery. The changes of
position should always be made (except only
the retiring movement, at the close of a
68
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
paragraph or of a division of the subject)
during the act of speaking , and not at the
pauses; and even the change of posture
which necessarily follows the bow, and opens
the delivery of the piece, should not be made
before beginning to speak, but along with the
utterance of the commencing clause.
PROTECTING-SOOTHING.
All changes made before speaking, or in
the intervals of speech, become apparent
and formal, and particularly all preparatory
motions that seem to adjust or fix the atti¬
tude of the speaker and produce the effect
of suspending the attention of the audience.
The frequency of movement depends on the
spirit of the composition An animated ad¬
dress or a declamatory harangue requires
frequent movement. In a grave discourse,
on the contrary, the movements are made
more seldom. Poetry requires, from its
vividness of emotion, many changes of posi¬
tion ; prose, from its more equable character,
comparatively few.
Your movements should always be easy
and natural, never forced and constrained,
never apparently studied beforehand.
MOVEMENT OF THE LIMBS.
The general air and expression of the
whole body depend much on the position of
the legs ; as we may observe by adverting to
the feeble limbs of infancy and of old age,
the rigid and square attitude of men who
follow laborious occupations, or the artificial
display of limb sometimes acquired at the
dancing-school, or exemplified on the stage.
A firm, free and graceful position of the
limbs is natural to most human beings, till
the influence of awkward custom, or of im¬
perfect health, has destroyed or impaired it.
Correct and appropriate posture, therefore,
becomes an important point in preparatory
practice and training, intended to aid the
formation of habits of rhetorical delivery.
Incorrect Attitudes.
Errors in the position of the legs occur in
the following forms :
First — A rigid and inflexible posture ,
entirely at variance with freedom and grace ;
causing the limbs to resemble supporting
posts, rather than parts of the human frame;
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
69
and interfering with the force, ease and
gracefulness of gesture.
Second .—A feeble, though perhaps slight
bending of the knees, which gives the general
attitude an appearance of timid inefficiency;
and which, when accompanied, as it often is,
by a sinking and rising motion, seeming to
keep time to the beat of the arm in gesture,
produces a childishness of mien which
throws over the speaker’s whole manner an
air of silliness.
Third. —A fault very prevalent in public
declamation arises from overlooking the fact
that a free and natural attitude reqidres the
knee of the leg which is not supporting the
weight of the body, to fall into the natural bend
of freedom and rest. The neglect of this
point—a neglect which very naturally arises
from general embarrassment or constraint—
has a very unfavorable effect on the whole
attitude.
The influence of this attitude is quite at
variance with the speaker’s aim in delivery,
which is to convince or persuade; the effect
of which, on his attitude, would be to incline
it somewhat forward, as in the natural man-,
ner of earnest address. No error, apparently
so slight, is attended with so many bad con¬
sequences as this ; nothing tends so much to
give the speaker the air of speaking at his
audience, rather than to them; yet no fault
is more common in the declamation of school
and college exhibitions. All that is objec¬
tionable in this attitude, however, would be
done away by the speaker merely allowing
the knee of the leg which does not support
the body to drop into its natural bend.
MOVEMENT OF THE TRUNK.
The actions of a human being differ from
the motions of a machine, chiefly in that
sympathy of the entire frame which makes
action appear to proceed from the whole
surface and terminate in the arm, the hand,
or the foot.
No gesture, therefore, seems to have life or
energy unless the whole body partake in it,
by a moderate yet perceptible swaying or
yielding to accommodate it, and a general im¬
pulse of the muscles to enforce it, or impart
to it additional and sympathetic energy.
70
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
Gesture, destitute of such aid, becomes nar¬
row, angular and mechanical. It is of the
utmost consequence, then, that the position
and general bearing of the body should be
free and unconstrained.
The gesture of the arms and hands must
receive a slight accompanying movement of
the trunk, and not proceed from it as from a
rigid log. Whilst care is taken to avoid
affected and ridiculous contortions, there
must be a manly and free exertion of the
muscles of the whole body, the general con¬
sent of which is indispensable to graceful
action.
MOVEMENT OF THE HEAD AND
THE COUNTENANCE.
The bearing of the head decides the
general mien of the body, as haughty and
condescending, as spiritless, dejected, em¬
barrassed, or as free from the influence of
such feelings, and wearing an easy, self-
possessed and unassuming expression, arising
from tranquility and serenity of mind. The
first-mentioned of these states of feeling
o
inclines the head upward; the second causes
it to droop or keeps it fixed by constraint;
the last preserves it from these extremes, and
allows it an .easy and natural motion.
The recitation of poetry may, in particular
instances, authorize or require a very erect,
or a drooping posture of the head; but
declamation, or public speaking, implies a
state of self-command, a rational consider¬
ation of effect, and an avoiding of the appear¬
ance's of extreme emotion. In the latter
exercise, therefore, the general air of the
head bespeaks respect for the audience,
mingling with a just self-respect, and avoids
alike a lofty or a submissive carriage. The
eyes and the other features correspond to
this manner.
The head should neither be hung bash¬
fully down nor carried haughtily erect ; it
should turn easily, but not rapidly, from side
to side ; the eyes being directed generally to
those of the persons who are addressed, but
not fastening particularly on individuals.
The abstraction of the mind, implied in
the appropriate recitation of some pieces of
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
71
poetry, may, however, render it inconsistent 1
to give to delivery the air of address; as, for
example, in the reciting of any passage in
which a distant or imaginary scene is called
up vividly to the thoughts. The eyes should,
in such cases, be directed away from those
of the audience and be fixed on vacancy.
All inappropriate and ungraceful play or
working of the features, should be carefully
avoided.
POSITION AND MOVEMENT OF THE
HAND.
The hand is, in most forms of action, the
great organ of the mind. Its power of ex¬
pression in communication, when used alone,
or accompanied by speech, is peculiar and
extensive. The position or action of the
hand invites, repels, refuses, rejects, implores
or threatens more forcibly than even the
voice or the countenance. The language and
meaning of gesture lie in the hand ; and these
cannot be expressed without an appropriate
use of this organ. The arm is, in gesture,
but the inferior agent to move and exert the
l hand, the great instrument of all expression
addressed to the eye.
The tones of the voice and the action of
the features are, no doubt, the chief vehicles
of meaning. But next to these comes the
hand as an important agent in delivery; and
in some kinds of emotion it even takes the
precedence of the voice ; in all those passions,
for instance, which by their excess tend to
render the tongue mute. In unimpassioned
speaking, the gesture of the hand is not so
prominent; but it still serves a useful purpose
in accompanying, aiding and enforcing the
impressions produced by the voice. It helps
to concentrate the action of the senses
toward the objects which are presented to
the mind, and, though a subordinate, is yet
an indispensable instrument of appropriate
and impressive delivery.
The hand should be used naturally. Point
with the finger; open the palm; close the
hand and form a rigid fist; let the hand
droop in a languid attitude; in short, speak
with it, according to the thought or emotion
you wish to express.
72
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
MOVEMENT OF THE ARM.
The freedom and force of gesture depend
entirely on the appropriate action of the arm.
The free play of the arm gives scope to ges¬
ture, which would otherwise be narrow, con¬
fined and inexpressive. The elevated thoughts
and grand images abounding in poetry re¬
quire a free, lofty and energetic sweep of the
arm in gesture; but speaking which has
'persuasion for its object, is naturally charac¬
terized by a less commanding and less imag¬
inative style of action.
Reasoning, arguing or inculcating, in the
usual manner of speech, requires chiefly
enforcing or emphatic gesture. Poetry
abounds so in variety of emotion, that the
action which accompanies the recitation of it
is frequent and forcible, and marked by vivid
transitions, with a predominance of grace¬
fulness in the whole manner. The style of
speaking adapted to prose is more calm and
moderate, and more plain in its character,
coinciding thus with the tenor of thought
and language which usually pervades prose
composition.
Action is the first, the simplest and the
most striking expression of feeling. It can¬
not, therefore, be dispensed with, but at the
risk of losing the natural animation of man¬
ner. Under the regulation of taste, it
becomes a harmonious and powerful accom¬
paniment to speech, imparting additional
force to language in all its forms, and aiding
a full and clear conception of what is
expressed.
Gesture is not a mere matter of ornament,
as is sometimes supposed. Its main object
is force of impression ; the beauty or grace
which it imparts to delivery is but an inferior
consideration. To the young learner, how¬
ever, whose habits are yet forming, the
cultivation of correct and refined taste in
regard to gesture, is a matter of great
importance.
The following are the principal gestures
appropriate in address:
The descending , used with great energy in
strong assertion and vehement argumenta¬
tion, in emphatic declaration and forcible
appeal.
The horizontal (the hand rising to a hori¬
zontal level with the shoulder), appropriate
in elevated and general thought or descrip¬
tion and in geographical and historical
allusions.
The ascending (the hand rising to a level,
nearly, with the head), expressive of sub¬
limity of thought or feeling.
RULES FOR GESTURE.
The movement or sweep of the arm, in
preparing for gesture, should always be free
and graceful, but avoiding too much extent of
space , and performed in strict time with the
movement of the voice in utterance. The line
of motion in gesture describes a curve , and
avoids in all action but that of the humorous
style a confined or angular movement.
The frequency of gesture must be pre¬
scribed by the character of sentiment in the
piece which is spoken, and by the style of
language, as moderate and plain, or impas¬
sioned and figurative ; the former requiring
little use of gesture, and the latter much.
All action must arise directly from the
sense of what is spoken , and never from arbi¬
trary notions of variety or grace . True variety
is the result of a due observance of the
preparatory and terminating lines of gesture;
and grace consists merely in preserving these
from awkward deviations.
The use of the left hand, whether singly
or in conjunction with the right, depends not
on arbitrary opinions of propriety or grace,
but usually on necessity felt by the speaker,
VOCAL CULTURE
either as regards himself or his audience.
This form of gesture, as far as it is a matter
of choice, should be sparingly adopted.
Gesture should be fluent and connected ,
not abrupt and desultory, or appearing and
disappearing in a capricious manner.
The placing of the hand on the heart had
better be omitted, if any risk must be in¬
AND ELOCUTION. 73
curred of an incorrect or objectionable action
by performing it.
Gesture appropriate to the prevailing style
of prose unites force and grace with sim¬
plicity, and has generally an outward and
downward tendency combined; avoiding
action which runs across the body of the
speaker or sweeps inwardly.
EXAMPLES WHICH ILLUSTRATE
PRINCIPLES OF ELOCUTION.
Declamatory Force.
F OR, as the ages, come and go,
The leaders of the van
Are proof that this is ever so—
The hour begets the man !
He’s Nature's heir, and he alone
Has right and title to her throne.
Not wealth, nor yet a long descent
Through many a famous line,
Can give this power to mankind lent
From Nature’s hand divine,
For with the call there comes the might
Of those who teach, or preach, or fight.
*
Moderate Force.
CHEERFULNESS.
& this a time to be gloomy and sad,
When our mother Nature laughs around ;
When even the deep blue heavens look glad,
And gladness breathes from the blossoming ground ?
The clouds are at play, in the azure space,
And their shadows at play on the bright green
vale,
And here they stretch to the frolic chase,
And there they roll on the easy gale.
And look at the broad-faced sun how he smiles
On the dewy earth that smiles on his ray,
On the leaping waters and gay young isles, -
Ay, look, and he’ll smile thy gloom away.
PATHOS.
aLM on its leaf-strewn bier,
Unlike a gift of Nature to decay,—
Too rose-like still, too beautiful, too dear,—
The child at rest before its mother lay ;—
Even so to pass away,
With its bright -mile !—Elysium, what were thou
To her that wept o’er that young slumberer’sbrow-
SOLEMNITY.
''HOU unrelenting Fast!
Strong are the barriers round thy dark domain;
And fetters, sure and fast,
Hold all that enter thy unbreathing reign.
Far in thy realm withdrawn
Old empires sit in sullenness and gloom ;
And glorious ages gone
Lie deep within the shadow of thy womb.
Childhood, with all its mirth,
Youth, Manhood, Age, that draws us to the ground,
And last, Man’s Life on earth,
Glide to thy dim dominions, and are bound.
"RANQUILITY.
T T(J\HY weep ye, then, for him, who, having w r on
\J\J The bound of man’s appointed years,—at last>
Life’s blessings all enjoyed, life’s labors done,
Serenely to his final rest has passed ;
While the soft memory of his virtues yet,
Lingers like twilight hues, when the bright sun is
set!
74
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
His youth was innocent ; liis riper age,
Marked with some act of goodness, every day ;
And, watched by eyes that loved him, calm and sage
Faded his late declining years away.
Cheerful he gave his being up, and went
To share the holy rest that waits a life well spent.
SPRIGHTLY HUMOR.
AYS Patrick to Biddy, “Good mornin’, me dear,
It’s a bit av a sacret I’ve got for yer ear;
It’s yersel’ that is lukin’ so charmin’ the day,
That the heart in me breast is fast slippin’ away.”
“ ’Tis you that kin flatther,” Miss Biddy replies,
And throws him a glance from her merry blue eyes.
Impassioned Force.
FEAR.
HILE throng the citizens with terror dumb,
Or whispering with white lips, “ The foe !—
they come, they come ! ”
ANGER AND SCORN.
HOU slave, thou wretch, thou coward,
Thou little valiant, great in villany !
Thou ever strong upon the stronger side,
Thou fortune’s champion, that dost never fight
But when her humorous ladyship is by
To teach thee safety.
HORROR.
GOD ! that horrid, horrid dream
Besets me now awake ;
Again, again, with dizzy brain,
The human life I take ;
And my red right hand grows raging hot
Like Cranmer’s at the stake.
REPROACH.
OD is my judge ! May I never see such a look
of despairing, desolate anguish, as that which
the woman cast on her master, griping her
breast with her little hand, as if he had stabbed her.
ANGUISH.
WOMAN ? Yes, only a woman ’
No ! surely it wasn’t his wife ?
She seemed dead ! and he wrestled for freedom,
As a doomed man will struggle for life.
“ It is she ! gracious God ! Is she dying ?
Or dead, sirs ?—say, tell if you can ?
Unhand me ! who murdered my poor wife? ”
And a voice answered—“ Thou art the man /**
MILITARY COMMAND.
Explosive Whispering.
ARK ! I hear the bugles of the enemy ! They
are on their march along the bank of the river.
We must retreat instantly, or be cut off from
our boats. I see the head of their column already
rising over the height. Our only safety is in the
screen of this hedge. Keep close to it ; be silent;
and stoop as you run. For the boats ! Forward !
REPULSION.
EPART ! depart, O child
Of Israel, from the temple of thy God;
For He has smote thee with His chasten
ing rod,
And to the desert wild
From all thou lov’st, away thy feet must flee,
That from thy plague His people may be free.
INVOCATION.
T(TAIRGINIUS tottered nigh
\/ And stood before the judgment seat, and held
the knife on high ;
“ O dwellers in the nether gloom, avengers of the
slain,
By this dear blood I cry to you, do right between us
twain ;
And e’en as Appius Claudius hath dealt by me and
mine,
Deal you by Appius Claudius and all the Claudian
line.”
Vanishing Stress.
EARNEST PURPOSE.
»
E’VE sworn, by our country’s assualters,
By the virgins they’ve dragged from our
altars,
By our massacred patriots, our children in chains,
By our heroes of old, and their blood in our veins,
That living, we will be victorious,
Or that dying, our deaths shall be glorious.
STERN REBUKE.
HAT shall I say to thee, Lord Scroop, thou
cruel,
Ungrateful savage, and inhuman creature!
Thou didst bear the keys of all my counsels,
That knew’st the very bottom of my soul,
That almost might have coined me into gold,
Wouldst thou have practised on me for thy use?’*
GRIEF.
Y captain does not answer, his lips are pale
and still.
My father does not feel my arm, he has no
pulse nor will.
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
75
The ship is anchored safe and sound, its voyage
closed and done,
From fearful trip the victor ship comes in with
object won ;
Exult, O shores, and ring, O bells!
But I, with mournful tread,
Walk the deck, my captain lies
Fallen cold and dead.
Exercises on Pitch.
LOW NOTES.
OT a drum was heard, nor a funeral note,
As his corse to the rampart we hurried ;
Not a soldier discharged his farewell shot
O’er the grave where our hero we buried.
We buried him darkly, at dead of night,
The sod with our bayonets turning,
By the struggling moonbeam’s misty light,
And the lantern dimly burning.
MIDDLE NOTES.
Y thoughts, I must confess, are turned on
peace ;
Already have our quarrels filled the world
With widows and with orphans : Scythia mourns
Our guilty wars; and earth’s remotest regions
Lie half unpeopled by the feuds of Rome.
’Tis time to sheath the sword and spare mankind.
We took up arms, not to revenge ourselves,
But free the Commonwealth. When this end fails
Arms have no further use. Our country’s cause,
That drew our swords, now wrests them from our
hands,
A.nd bids us not delight in Roman blood
TJnprofitably shed. What men could do,
Is done already. Heaven and earth will witness,
If Rome must fall, that we are innocent.
HIGH NOTES.
UT thou, O Hope ! with eyes so fair,—
What was thy delighted measure ?
Still it whispered promised pleasure,
And bade the lovely scenes at distance hail!
Still would her touch the strain prolong ;
And from the rocks, the woods, the vale,
She called on Echo still through all her song :
And where her sweetest theme she chose,
A soft responsive voice was heard at every close ;
And Hope enchanted smiled, and waved her golden
hair.
Exercises on Time.
SLOWEST RATE.
IGHT, sable goddess ! from her ebon throne,
In rayless majesty now stretches forth
Her leaden sceptre o’er a slumbering world,
Silence, how dead ! and darkness how profound !
Nor eye nor listening ear an object finds :
Creation sleeps. ’Tis as the general pulse
Of life stood still, and Nature made a pause—
An awful pause—prophetic of her end.
SLOW.
ENEATH those rugged elms, that yew tree’s
shade,
Where heaves the turf in many a mouldering
heap,
Each in his narrow cell forever laid,
The rude forefathers of the hamlet sleep.
For them no more the blazing hearth shall burn,
Or busy housewife ply her evening care ;
No children run to lisp their sire’s return,
Or climb his knees, the envied kiss to share.
MODERATE.
F the relation of sleep to night, and, in some
instances, its converse be real, we cannot reflect
without amazement, upon the extent to which
it carries us. Day and night are things close to us :
the change applies immediately to our sensations;
of all the phenomena of nature, it is the most ob¬
vious, and the most familiar to our experience : but,
in its cause, it belongs to the great motions which
a*u passing in the heavens. Whilst the earth glides
aronnd her axle, she ministers to the alternate
necessities of the animals dwelling upon her surface,
at the same time that she obeys the influence of those
attractions which regulate the order of many thous¬
and worlds.
The relation, therefore, of sleep to night, is the
relation of the inhabitants of the earth to the rotation
of their globe : probably it is more ; it is a relation
to the system of which that globe is a part; and still
farther, to the congregation of systems of which
theirs is only one. If this account be true, it con¬
nects the meanest individual with the universe itself;
a chicken roosting upon its perch, with the spheres
revolving in the firmament.
LIVELY.
N thy right hand lead with thee
The mountain nymph, sweet Liberty ;
And, if I give thee honor due,
Mirth, admit me of thy crew,
To live with her, and live with thee,
In unreproved pleasures free :
To hear the lark begin his flight,
And, singing, startle the dull night
From his watch-tower in the skies,
Till the dappled dawn doth rise ;
Then to come, in spite of sorrow,
And at my window bid good morrow,
Through the sweet briar or the vine,
Or the twisted eglantine.
76
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
QUICK.
OW the storm begins to lower ;
(Haste, the loom of hell prepare ;)
Iron sleet of arrowy shower
Hurtles in the darkened air.
Ere the ruddy sun be set,
Pikes must shiver, javelins sing,
Blade with clattering buckler meet,
Hauberk crash, and helmet ring.
Sisters, hence with spurs of speed !
Each her thundering falchion wield ;
Each bestride her sable steed :
Hurry, hurry, to the field !
Exercises on Inflection.
FALLING.
HEN night
Closes round the ghastly fight,
If the vanquished warrior bow,
Spare him ;—by our holy vow,
By our prayers and many tears,
By the mercy that endears,
Spare him !—he our love hath shared
Spare him, as thou wouldst be spared !
RISING.
UT while they sit contriving, shall the rest,
Millions that stand in arms, and longing wait
The signal to ascend, sit lingering here,
Heaven’s fugitives ; and for their dwelling-place
Accept this dark opprobious den of shame,
The prison of his tyranny who reigns
By our delay !
Exercises in Movement.
SLOWEST.
HAD a dream which was not all a dream.
The bright sun was extinguished ; and the stars
Did wander darkling in the eternal space,
Rayless and pathless ; and the icy earth
Swung blind and blackening in the moonless air ;
Morn came, and went—and came, and brought no day.
The world was void ;
The populous and the powerful was a lump,—
Seasonless, herbless, treeless, manless, lifeless,—
A lump of death—a chaos of hard clay.
The rivers, lakes, and ocean, all stood still ;
And nothing stirred within their silent depths.
Ships, sailorless, lay rotting on the sea ;
And their masts fell down piecemeal: as they dropped
They slept on the abyss without a surge ;—
The waves were dead ; the tides were in their grave ;
The moon, their mistress, had expired before ;
The winds were withered in the stagnant air ;
And the clouds perished : Darkness had no need
Of aid from them—She was the universe.
SLOW.
NON out of the earth a fabric huge
Rose like an exhalation, with the sound
Of dulcet symphonies, and voices sweet,
Built like a temple, where pilasters round
Were set, and Doric pillars, overlaid
With golden architrave ; nor did there want
Cornice, or frieze, with bossy sculptures graven ;
The roof was fretted gold. Not Babylon,
Nor great Alcairo, such magnificence
Equalled in all their glories, to enshrine
Belus, or Serapis, their gods ; or seat
Their kings, when Egypt with Assyria strove
In wealth and luxury. The ascending pile
Stood fixed her stately height; and straight the doors
Opening their brazen folds, discover wide
Within, her ample spaces, o’er the smooth
And level pavement : from the arched roof,
Pendent by subtle magic, many a row
Of starry lamps, and blazing cressets, fed
With naphtha and asphaltus, yielded light.
MODERATE.
HE city and republic of Carthage were destroyed
by the termination of the third Punic war,
about one hundred and fifty years before
Christ. The city was in flames during seventeen
days; and the news of its destruction caused the
greatest joy at Rome. The Roman senate imme¬
diately appointed commissioners, not only to raze
the walls of Carthage, but even to demolish and burn
the very materials of which they were made ; and, in
a few days, that city, which had once been the seat
of commerce, the model of magnificence, the com¬
mon storehouse of the w r ealth of nations, and one of
the most powerful states in the world, left behind no
trace of its splendor, of its power, or even of its
existence.
The history of Carthage is one of the many proofs
that we have of the transient nature of worldly
glory : for. of all her grandeur, not a wreck remains.
Her own w T alls, like the calm ocean, that conceals
forever the riches hid in its unsearchable abyss, now
obscure all her magnificence.
ANIMATED, OR LIVELY.
HAVE lived to see generals who once had crowds
hallooing after them wherever they went, who
were bepraised by newspapers and magazines,—
those echoes of the voice of the vulgar ; and yet they
have long sunk into merited obscurity, with scarce
even an epitaph left to flatter. A few years ago, the
herring fishery employed all Grub street: it was the
topic in every coffee-house, and the burden of ewery
ballad.
We were to drag up oceans of gold from the bottom
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
77
of the sea : we were to supply all Europe with her¬
rings, upon our terms. At present, we hear no more
of all this. We have fished up very little gold that
I can learn ; nor do we furnish the world with her¬
rings, a9 was expected. Let us wait but a few years
longer, and we shall find all our expectations a
herring-fishery.
GAY, OR QUICK.
/^NND gaiety on restless tiptoe hovers,
IjL Giggling with all the gallants who beset her ;
J And there are songs and quavers, roaring,
humming,
Guitars, and every other sort of strumming.
And there are dresses, splendid, but fantastical,
Masks of all times and nations, Turks and Jews,
And harlequins and clowns, with feats gymnastical,
Greeks, Romans, Yankee-doodles, and Hindoos.
RAPID, OR QUICKEST.
/ ~\WAY !—away !—and on we dash !—
% Torrents less rapid and less rash.
Away, away, my steed and I,
Upon the pinions of the wind,
All human dwellings left behind :
We sped like meteors through the sky,
When with its crackling sound the night
Is chequered with the northern light
From out the forest prance
A trampling troop—I see them come !
A thousand horse—and none to ride !—
With flowing tail, and flying mane,
Wide nostrils, never stretched by pain,
Mouths bloodless to the bit or rein,
And feet that iron never shod,
And flanks unscarred by spur or rod—
A thousand horse,—the wild, the free—
Like waves that follow o’er the sea,
Came thickly thundering on :—
They stop,—they start—they snuff the air,
Gallop a moment here and there,
Approach, retire, wheel round and round,
Then plunging back with sudden bound—
They snort—they foam— neigh—swerve aside,
And backward to the forest fly,
By instinct, from a human eye.
Exercises in Pauses.
[In the following examples the upright parallels show the
length of the pauses and where they should be made.]
ALARM AND FEAR.
all went merry as a marriage bell :
But hush ! |! || hark ! || || a deep sound || strikes
like a rising knell !
y?
AWE AND TERROR.
I ANY ports will exult at the gleam of her mast:
Hush! || hush ! [| thou vain dreamer! || this
hour || || is her last. || ||
Her keel hath struck on a hidden rock ; |
And her planks are torn asunder : |
And down come her masts with a reeling shock. |
And a hideous crashl| like thunder !
HORROR.
LOWLY knee to earth he bent,—his father’s
hand he took— || ||
What was there in its touch, that all his fiery
spirit shook? || ||
That hand was cold ! || || a frozen thing:— |[ || it
dropped from his like lead ! || ||
He looked up to the face above—1| the face was of
the dead : || ||
A plume waved o’er the noble brow— l| that brow
was fixed and white : |
He met, at last, his father’s eyes— || l| but in them
was no sight ! || ||
Up from the ground he sprang, and gazed— || || but
who could paint that gaze ? ||
They hushed their very hearts, || that saw its horror
and amaze.
STILLNESS, AND AWE.
/'■^V REATION sleeps : || || ’t is as the general pulse
of life | stood still ||
And nature made a pause, )| an awful pause, ||
Prophetic of her end !
SOLEMNITY, AND TRIUMPH.
HE stars | shall fade away, J| the sun himself |
Grow dim with age, || and Nature | sink in
years ;
But thou | shalt flourish in immortal youth, ||
Unhurt | amidst the war of elements, ||
The wreck of matter, )| and the crush of worlds.
GRIEF.
FAIREST of creation ! || last | and best |
Of all God’s works, || creature in whom ex¬
celled
Whatever can to sight or thought be formed,
Holy, | divine, | good, | amiable, | or sweet! ||
How art thou lost, || || how on a sudden lost, ||
Defaced, || deflowered, || and how to death | devote I
HORROR.
O completely did these masters in their art,
Hyder Ali, and his more ferocious son, absolve
themselves of their impious vow, that when
the British armies traversed, as they did, the Car¬
natic, for hundred of miles, in all directions,—
78
VOCAL CULTURE AND ELOCUTION.
through the whole line of their march, | they did
not see one man, | not one woman || not one child, || ||
not one four-footed beast || of any description what¬
ever. One | dead I uniform | silence || reigned | over
the whole region.
ORATORICAL INTERROGATION.
HO’S here so base that would be a bonds¬
man ? — || If any, speak ; for him have I
offended. || || Who’s here so rude, that
would not be a Roman? — || If any, speak ; || for
him have I offended. || || Who’s here so vile, that
will not love his country ? —1| If any, sueak ; || for
him have I offended.— || || I pause for a ±ply.
Exercises in Emphasis.
FIERCE ANGER AND DEFIANCE.
ALL, me their traitor !—Thou injurious tri¬
bune !
Within thine eyes sat twenty thousand deaths ,
In thine hands clutched as many millions, in
Thy longing tongue BOTH numbers, I would say,
Thou LIEST, unto thee, with a voice as .ree
As I do pray the gods.
ANGER AND THREATENING.
OU souls of geese,
That bear the shapes of men, how have you
run
From slaves that apes would beat!—P luto and
HELL !
All hurt behind; backs red , and faces pale
With flight and agued fear ! —Mend, and charge
home,
Or by the fires of heaven, I’ll leave the foe,
And make my wars on YOU : look tod : Come on !
DEFIANCE.
HAT in the world he is,
That names me traitor, villian-like he LIES :
Call by thy trumpet: he that dares approach,
On him, on you, —WHO NOT ?—I will maintain
My truth and honor firmly.
EMPHATIC PHRASES.
PON the whole, I will beg leave to tell the
House in a few words what is really my opin¬
ion. It is, that the Stamp Act ought to be
repealed — absolutely — totally — and immedi¬
ately.
2 . And were I an American, as I am an English¬
man, while a single foreign troop remained in my
country, I would never lay down my arms—NEVER—
NEVER—NEVER.
COMPARISON AND CONTRAST.
N Homer, we discern all the Greek vivacity ; in
Virgil , all the Roman stateliness . Homer's
imagination is by much the more rich and copi¬
ous ; Virgil's the more chaste and correct. The
strength of the former lies, in his power of warm¬
ing the fancy; that of the latter, in his power of
touching the heart. Homer's style is more simple
and animated; Virgil's more elegant and uniform.
The first has, on many occasions, a sublimity to
which the latter never attains ; but the latter, in
return, never sinks below a certain degree of epic
dignity , which cannot so clearly be pronounced of
the former.
STRONG ANTITHESIS.
FT any man resolve to do right now, leaving
then to do as it can : and if he were to live to
the age of Methuselah, he would never do
wrong.—But the common error is to resolve to act
right after breakfast, or after dinner, or to-morrow
morning, or next time . But now , just now, this
once, we must go on the same as ever.
The Delsarte System
PHYSICAL CULTURE and EXPRESSION
OF'
c-%V
AAA A A
ASE and naturalness
are among the chief
requisites for effec¬
tive reading and re¬
citing on all occa¬
sions. There is a
natural way of ex-
pressing every
thought and emotion. Mind
and body should work to¬
gether in perfect harmony.
Delsarte aims to show how
this can be done.
To the uninformed, his
name stands hazily for some
kind of mysticism. The sim¬
ple fact is, that there is no more mysticism
connected with his teachings and philosophy
than there is about any philosophy which
has to do with mind rather than with matter.
It would be impracticable here to give an
exhaustive account of Delsarte’s life and
philosophy, even were that possible. The
object will be simply to state such facts as
will enable the young student of the art of
expression to understand why “ Delsarteism,”
popularly so-called, exercises tb^ authority
it does.
In this particular field Delsarte was the
greatest teacher of modern times, and the
only one who can be said to have attained
to a philosophy of expression. He did not
leave, nor did he even formulate, a peda¬
gogical method, but he did formulate and
leave rules and principles that are funda¬
mental.
Birth and Early History.
Francois Delsarte was born November 11,
1811, at Solesmes, France. Early orphaned
and impoverished, he drifted like many
another waif to Paris, where, in the bitter
) winter of 1821, he lived in a loft with his
younger brother. As morning dawned after
one awful night, he woke to find he clasped
a lifeless body in his arms. Hunger and
exposure had proved fatal to the younger
child. As FranQois lay weeping on the
grave of the brother just buried in the pot¬
ter’s field, a ragpicker, pursuing his calling,
was attracted by what appeared to be a bun¬
dle of rags. He found the object to be a
half-starved child. Moved with compassion,
he took the lad to his own miserable abode,
and from this squalor the future teacher and
philosopher began his career as a ragpicker.
For two years he followed his wretched
avocation, but within his soul burned the
passion for music, and in his daily wander¬
ings he gratified his passion as best he could^
79
80
THE DELSARTE SYSTEM.
drinking in the ditties of itinerant vocalists,
the playing of military bands, snatches of
songs, or instrumental performances that
floated truant to his hungry ear.
At twelve, attracted by music in the gar¬
den of the Tuileries, he was observed tracing
some curious marks in the sand by one of
the musical masters of the time—Bambini.
At the request of the professor, the boy
translated his hieroglyphics into song. To
the question as to where he learned them,
he replied, “ Nobody taught me sir, I found
it out myself.” Bambini recognized genius.
He took the lad to his home and began his
education in music. During two years, such
was the progress of the boy, that “ Bambini
became the pupil, Delsarte the teacher.”
Poor and Friendless.
Just then came a great misfortune—the
death of his kind protector. Fortunately
Bambini had secured Delsarte’s admission to
the Conservatory. Again, poor and friend¬
less, he had to face the world. He was not
a favorite at the Conservatory, because he
dared to question the methods of the pro¬
fessors, reputed as they were. In after life he
proved their methods incorrect and injurious.
In consequence of what they termed his
audacity, he was given little opportunity for
public singing, and when occasion was
afforded, his style and manner were so
essentially unlike the methods of the Con¬
servatory, that the public were not prepared
for approval. We are told that only two
persons of the vast audience comprehended
and appreciated, but the opinion of those two
overbalanced all the rest—Marie Malebran,
the “ queen of song,” and Adolphe Nourrit,
“ the king of tenors.”
In due time he left the Conservatory.
Failing to obtain a position, he was forced
to subject himself to the humiliation of ask¬
ing the directors for a diploma that he might
secure a position in a lyric theatre. He was
scornfully refused and told that “ such genius
should have gravitated to its proper sphere
without difficulty or without assistance.”
Then he sought opportunity to sing at
the Opera House, begging the manager for
just one chance. When the latter eyed
him contemptuously, Delsarte, sensitive and
keenly observant, said, “ Monsieur, though
my clothes are poor my art is genuine.”
A Brilliant Triumph.
The manager, tired of his persistence and
anxious to be rid of him, ushered him upon
the stage between the acts of an opera and
roughly addressed him: “Sing, Delsarte!
In five minutes the curtain will rise. Show
the stuff you are made of, or if you ever
appear here again I will have you arrested
as a vagrant.”
And we are told that the “ beggar with
the manners of a prince ” walked to the
piano amid the jeers of the audience, and
with tears in his eyes and his heart on his
lips, sang. But what singing ! “ The long
pent-up fires of his genius burst forth. The
people were electrified ; the house rang with
bravos. Again and again he was recalled,
and every heartstring was made to vibrate
in unison with his soulful utterances. He
left the threatre the first singer of Paris.”
Soon after this, neatly attired and bearing
his appointment at the Opera Comique, he
made a brief call at the Conservatory to
confirm the directors in their judgment that
“true genius should find its proper sphere.”
He gave tangible proof of it in his commis¬
sion, and smiling, pointedly observed, “Gen¬
tlemen, you would not give me a recom¬
mendation as a chorister, but the public
have awarded me this.” This occurred in
1830.
PHYSICAL CULTURE AND EXPRESSION.
81
He soon won a European reputation. But
his voice, injured by incorrect methods of
training and the physical strain of years of
hardship, lost its power, and he left the lyric
stage at the age of twenty-three. In spite
of this, every inducement was given him to
appear in tragedy with Rachel at the
Theatre Franqais, the belief prevailing that
his vocal, difficulties were but temporary.
He believed them incurable, and turned
his attention to acting, because deeply inter¬
ested in expression as an art. He deter¬
mined to search the laws of an art hitherto
left to the “ caprice of mediocrity or the
inspiration of genius.” He found little to
aid him in the accepted teachings of the
time and was left to pursue his investigations
according to his own independent methods.
The World His Schoolroom.
The true genius of the man led him to
the right fountain—nature, the only funda¬
mental source. He studied life and its
natural expression in all its manifestations,
in all conditions, and such a course of study
took him everywhere—through hospitals,
morgues, asylums, prisons, patiently unearth¬
ing the sentiments of past genius.
He studied children at their play, weigh¬
ing humanity everywhere and in every way.
He studied years in medical colleges to
understand the construction of the human
body. He studied a lifetime to formu¬
late its expression, to convey through the
body, beautifully and rythmically, the senti¬
ments of the soul. He was a keen observer
and a careful thinker and reasoner. After
years of observation of the manifestations of
the mind through the body, he sought for
the underlying philosophy of these mani¬
festations.
All this time he was teaching, and among
his pupils were Rachel, Carvalto, Macready,
6
Pasca, Sontag and Barbot. Jenny Lind con¬
sulted him. Pere Hyacinth and Pere La-
cordaire, of pulpit fame, were also among
his pupils.
He became so great a teacher that he won
a recognition that would have brought him
wealth and a fame more widely understood
and recognized, had not death cut short his
career. He was offered an annual salary of
$20,000 to found a conservatory in the
United States. The King of Hanover, re¬
cognizing him as an artist, sent him the
Guelph Cross. A street in his native town,
Solesmes, was named in his honor.
His Own Words.
His last public appearance was in 1865,
at the Sorbonne, where the lectures of the
Philotechnique Society were given.
It is recorded that during the evening he
remarked: “ Many persons feel confident
they are to hear me recite or sing. Nothing
of the sort, gentlemen; I shall not recite
and I shall not sing, because I desire less to
show you what I can do than to tell you
what I know. I count on the novelty—the
absolute novelty—of the things I shall teach
you. Art is the subject of this conversa¬
tion. Art is divine in its principle, divine in
its essence, divine in its action, divine in its
aim. Ah! gentlemen, there are no pleasures
more lasting, more noble, and more sacred
than those of art.
“ Let us glance around us. There is not
a pleasure which is not followed by disap¬
pointment or satiety ; not a joy which does
not entail some trouble ; not an affection
which does not conceal some bitterness,
some grief, and often some remorse. Every¬
thing is disappointing to man. Everything 1
about him changes and passes away.
Everything betrays him. Even his senses,
so closely allied to his being and to which
82
THE DELSARTK SYSTEM.
he sacrifices everything, like faithless ser¬
vants betray him in their turn.”
Delsarte married, in 1833, Rosina Adrien,
the daughter of the director of the Grand
Opera House—a beautiful young girl of only
fifteen years, whose talent as a pianist had
already won her a first prize at the Conser¬
vatory. Seven children were born to them.
His son Gustave died prematurely. It is
said of him that, although not approaching
his father as a dramatist, he had a most mar¬
vellous quality of voice, and when you had
once heard that voice, which was developed
by his father’s grand method, you never
forgot its sincerity and melancholy. It
haunted you and left you longing to hear it
again.
Delsarte left Paris with his family in 1870,
taking refuge until the close of the war in
his native town of Solesmes. Already ill,
he was disheartened and crushed by the
misfortunes of his country. He worked
steadily on, however, his intellect having lost
none of its vigor, though his nature had
become more or less shadowed. After his
voluntary exile he returned to Paris in
March, 1871.
“After Delsarte had gathered so abundant
a harvest of laurels, fate decreed he had
lived long enough. When he reached his
sixtieth year he was attacked by hypertrophy
of the heart, which left his rich organization
in ruins. He was no longer the artist of
graceful, supple expression and harmonious
movements, no longer the thinker with pro¬
found and luminous ideas; but in the midst
of this physical and intellectual ruin, the
Christian’s sentiment retained its strong,
sweet energy.
“After lingering for months in a state that
was neither life nor death, surrounded by his
pious wife and weeping, praying children, he
surrendered his soul to God on the 20th of
July, 1871.”
ELSARTE was a man of re¬
ligious feeling, and knew
religious books better than
other books. He was ac¬
quainted with the lore of
the priests, to which he was
indebted for his philosophy.
Tradition affirms that he was much inter¬
ested in, and studied Swedenborg. This
theory is confirmed by the fact that cer¬
tain fundamental ideas in his philosophy and
the expression of them are intrinsically
Swedenborgian.
One of the fundamental principles of
Delsarte’s philosophy is the law of corres¬
pondence, which was discovered by Sweden¬
borg, who held that the material world
corresponds to the spiritual world and is the
manifestation of man’s mental being. In
other words, that the spiritual world is
symbolized in the physical world. Applied
to expression, the interpretation of this law
is : “ Every expression of the face, every
posture of the body, corresponds to, or is
but an outward expression of, an inner emo¬
tion or condition of the mind.”
Goldsmith has pithily said that “ language
was invented to conceal our thoughts,” and
the truth of this every one knows by per¬
sonal experience; but there is a revealer
that the will is not always strong or alert
enough to control. The involuntary gesture
reveals the inmost heart of man 1- "vond a]/
concealment or denial.
PHYSICAL CULTURE AND EXPRESSION.
83
In the correspondence of the different
parts of the body, Delsarte’s idea was not
that mental and moral atrributes dwell in
these parts, but that certain parts best repre¬
sent, best express, certain attributes. For
example, the head in its poise, etc., repre¬
sents intellect better than any other part of
the body ; the trunk, affection ; the limbs,
power. Each part can represent a certain
attribute better than it can represent other
attributes.
We See It Illustrated.
For proof of the fundamental truth of this
principle we need appeal only to our intui¬
tion, the highest of all the powers of judg¬
ment, exercising it upon the familiar illustra¬
tion of everyday life and expression. The
mother presses her child to her breast in
token of affection, not to her head or to her
arms. The head is bent in thought. We
encircle a friend with the forearm in friendly
demonstration, not with the upper arm; with
that we push aside. In this short discussion
only the merest index to lines of thought
can be suggested to the student.
Delsarte held that in gesture or movement
of the body, the parts should move in oppo¬
sition. In proof of the correctness of his
theory he appealed, as before, to the intui¬
tion, judging by common observation. When
walking normally, the right arm goes for¬
ward with the left foot. Parallelism offends
our idea of fitness and grace. Opposition
of movement marks not only beauty but
sincerity, according to his ideas, and these
things prove themselves by their appeal to
our observation.
The workings of this law can be demon¬
strated and proven through all parts of the
body—there is opposition everywhere. It
has been claimed by some that Delsarte did
not announce this as a law, but close
students of his philosophy, for whom there
was access to his notes, find sufficient evi¬
dence that he so regarded it. Delsarte was
too close an observer and too long a student
of the manifestations of the human body not
to perceive this very evident principle of
action.
Fundamentally, underlying the law of
opposition, is the law of equilibrium. To
maintain equilibrium of parts there must be
opposition. Again, another great teacher
in support of this law has called our atten¬
tion to a fact of common observation : “In
true acting you will see opposition of
movement ; in a farce, parallelisms. In the
highest Greek art, the law of opposition is
fully illustrated and strictly followed; one
of the features which distinguishes ideal
Greek art from the lower forms is the obedi¬
ence to this law. In the old Egyptian
statues, the arms and legs are always par¬
allel. In the Phidian, the highest period of
Greek art, not one instance of disobedience
to the law of opposition can be found.”
Another law of movement which claims
the student’s attention is that of
Succession.
“If two parts are used at the same time ,
they move in opposition ; but, if moved
successively, as to time, they move in the
same direction—parallel directions.” For
example, if a cultivated person hears some¬
thing when listening, the eye is turned away
from the ear; when he turns toward the
direction of the sound to examine, the eye
is turned first, then the head, then the body.
The uncultivated person turns all at
once—has no parts. The uncultivated body
moves in the mass, is lumbering, stiff, in one
word, awkward. The cultivated body is
supple and responsive to mental impulses;
in one word, graceful. Thus ease and nat-
84
THE DELSARTE SYSTEM.
uralness always exhibit themselves in per¬
sons who have all their powers under con¬
trol, and have reached the highest point of
mental and physical training.
Another law relating to movement in¬
volves this idea : “ Every gesture takes its
value from the point of departure—it is
mental, moral, or vital, according to its point
of departure.”
A gesture of mentality takes its point of
departure from the head. A gesture takes
its moral value from the chest as a point of
departure. The gesture of vitality is from
the vital part of the body. If the emotion
be anger, and intellectual anger, because of
opposition to truth, the finger will come up
to the head—“ I declare this to be so and
so.” If the anger involve the sense of right,
the point of departure will be the region of
the heart. If the offense be physical, the
gesture will be low, in the region of the hips.
Then there is the law of
Unity of Movement.
No part acts alone. The parts assist one
another, and thus in the matter of gesture
confirm one another ; otherwise, there would
be discord and lack of symmetry.
In this line Delsarte did a great deal of
pioneer work, and those who have followed
his methods have had much work to do
properly and thoroughly to insist upon this
law of action, obvious as it is.
Should any agent of the body make a
gesture which the other parts of the body
seem to deny, there is evident mental dis¬
agreement and physical awkwardness. The
gesture will seem not suitable to the thought,
although upon close discrimination the lead-
ing agent will be found to be responding
correctly.
Many an actor and public reader has been
termed untrue and justly termed awkward
because of a lack of unity in all the parts
taken together.
This is the fundamental law of all grace
and beauty in nature. “No part of the
body is used without a definite purpose in
view, and no part is used more than is abso¬
lutely necessary to the end sought.”
Awkward People.
This law, as do all these fundamental laws
of nature, appeals to our intuition for proof.
The awkward, clumsy person moves parts
not necessary to the action, indulges in
superfluous movements and finds himself in
his own way.
Following close in logical sequence and
inseparable in action, is the law of centers,
radically involving the preceding law. “ The
center seems to impel all the other parts.
That which impels the whole body is the
center of the chest.” Note that the upright,
easy, graceful walker seems impelled by the
chest. Should the head lead, we have a
mincing, weak walk. If the hips lead, there
is an appearance of vulgarity. Obedience to
this law secures grace.
These laws, as has been indicated, prove
themselves, and their collaboration and appli¬
cation in the art of expression show the care¬
ful and extensive observation and philoso¬
phical generalization of Delsarte’s thought
and work. These are the laws underlying
his philosophy.
As has been said, Delsarte was a great
pioneer in his espescial field of work—the
art of expression. He made valuable dis¬
coveries and continued making them so long
as he lived. He was profound and pro¬
gressive in his art. Without Delsarte the
evolution of expression would not be where
it is to-day.
There are, however, certain limitations
which stand in the way of his philosophy as
PHYSICAL CULTURE AND EXPRESSION.
85
a working force, and they have been a fruit¬
ful source of criticism, both just and unjust,
intelligent and ignorant. The endeavor
will be briefly to point out these limitations.
Once understood, the remedies suggest
themselves and the thoughtful student sees
all the more clearly how grand and philoso¬
phical a foundation this master laid for his
art, which needed only time and its concomi¬
tant work and progress to develop.
You Must Exercise Your Will.
As a first limitation, Delsarte made no
provision in his psychology for the human
will. It is needless to state to the intelli¬
gent student or teacher that any system of
education in any art or science whatsoever
that does not provide a method which shall
exercise and develop all the mental attributes
in their natural order and action, has a most
vital and fatal error in it, which will be shown
irrevocably in the results produced.
The will is the ‘‘chief corner-stone in
every sound form of psychology,” and to
disregard it as a mental force is to ignore
that which makes man what he is.
Delsarte rested his psychology upon a
trinity. Psychology in its most modern and
progressive stages recognizes a fraternity:
consciousness or life, affection, will, intellect.
Omit one of these and the result cannot but
be wrong.
Again, Delsarte made no provision for the
relations and responsive action of groups of
muscles. By the very law of opposition in
the human body, certain groups of muscles
act in response to other groups of muscles.
The parts of the body are not isolated and
independent. There is absolute unity in this
most perfect of all architectures.
Because of this non-provision, a system of
physical culture based rigidly and absolutely
on his principles, could not be a satisfactory
system. It would fail to provide for and
cultivate one of the most vital necessities of
the human body—the interaction of all the
muscles. There would be obvious lack of
unity and hence lack of grace in a body so
cultivated.
And this involves a further omission—he
made no provision for reflex action in the
human body, which is the secret spring of all
natural gesture. It seems incomprehensible
that so keen and thoughtful a student as
Delsarte should fail to take cognizance of
the fact that the muscles react from muscular
sense. However, in his time this sixth sense
was not recognized and understood as it is
to-day.
Spontaneous Action.
Not to understand this, paved the way to
slip into another error all the more easily.
Delsarte leaves out spontaneity . It can be
seen, of course, that it is implied in his phil¬
osophy, but it is not definitely recognized
and provided for. Right here is the vital
flaw which justly calls forth the criticism that
Delsarte’s method implicitly followed dis¬
appoints in developing the orator and the
actor, in that it makes them mechanical.
His ideas are absolutely correct, proven
by common observation, but some of his
methods of producing results to conform to
them are not only insufficient but erroneous,
because of the non-recognition of all the
mental and physical forces and their funda¬
mental principles of action.
“ Art rests right upon that law of spon¬
taneity.” Nature is spontaneous in action,
by means of that secret spring of reflex
action.
One of the truest of his followers, com¬
menting upon this very point, has put and
answered these most pertinent questions :
“ How did Delsarte learn his various prin-
8 G
THE DELSARTE SYSTEM.
ciples were true ? How did he learn what
gestures mean ? By watching what people
did when excited by their emotions. What
did these spring from ? From the sponta¬
neity of the mind.” Thus all expression
should come from an inward impulse, and
where mind and body are in perfect harmony
the expression will be exactly suited to the
thought and emotion—nothing forced about
it, nothing mechanical, but rather the free
act of a living being in distinction from a
mere machine.
Special Training.
It goes without saying, that both the
voice and the ability to express thought and
feeling must be developed and cultivated.
But it is not so quickly and generally recog¬
nized that physical culture is a necessary con¬
comitant of education in expression. Be the
mind never so well trained, profound and
agile in thought, if the body, its medium of
manifestation, be uncultivated, muscles stiff
or inert, and unable to respond quickly and
intelligently to the mental impulses, the
result must be awkwardness, weakness, and
inaccuracy of gesture.
Cultivate the muscles, rendering the whole
physique in every part pliable and quick to
respond to the emotions, and there will be
naturally the conformity to the laws which
Delsarte primarily deduced from nature.
That a student may effectively render a selec¬
tion, it is not necessary that he should care¬
fully and mechanically formulate what emo-
«
tions are appropriate to the thoughts
expressed in it, and then select and learn
the gestures appropriate to' such states of
mind.
Let him work upon the selection, calling
upon the imagination until he can live those
scenes and have those states of mind de¬
scribed, and the body will respond. The
all-wise Creator took care that the body
should not wander through the world with¬
out a motive power and controller. Nature
takes care of these things if mind and body
are normal and free to respond.
The formula is simple: “ Objects appeal
to the mind, the mind acts, the body ex¬
presses.”
Does this need proof? “Give a dog
something he wants ; some secret spring will
move his eyes and wriggle his tail just right.”
It will not be necessary to look up the proper
rules first and then instruct him to place and
move his parts to correspond. Children act
naturally, and their actions are spontaneous.
They have no rules for expression, yet in the
main no expression is more effective. They
are natural in all things.
Talking with the Body.
Gesture is the delineation in the air, by
the physical agents of the body, of mental
conceptions. “The basis of oratory is to
get the body to respond to the thought.”
In every act of the human being we have to
recognize the close and subtle relation oi
body and soul. The mind is the divine in
man, the only source of instruction to the
body.
“ Gesture is in the soul.” “ Man is a
stream whose source is hidden,” says the
philosopher, Ralph Waldo Emerson; “always
our being is descending into us from we
know not whence.” The human body is
given, as shown in its very construction, to
be the instrumentality of expression to the
soul it incarnates. It has not been limited
to one way of expression. It has been
richly gifted in this as in other things.
One way is gesture.
Gesture was, undoubtedly, man’s first and
only language. Gesture includes more than
the movements of the hands and arms, or
PHYSICAL CULTURE AND EXPRESSION.
87
the body as a whole. It necessarily includes
all the physical agents, all parts of the body,
the most subtle of all being the eye and
mouth. In reference to the mouth, this does
not mean its action in speech. There is a
subtle movement of the mouth accompany¬
ing both speech and silence that is most
significant.
Gultupe of the
OW, how can we cultivate this
responsive power of the body
to enable the body to oe a
more ready, more transparent
medium for the mind ? Ob¬
viously, the first essential con¬
dition is a healthy body, and
physical culture aids in effecting this as pow¬
erfully as in rendering the muscles elastic.
Exercising any groups of muscles impels,
physiologically, to the instinctive adjustment
of all the muscles to effect unity with the
group exercised.
For example, exercise the muscles of the
hand, put the hand in a certain attitude ; the
whole body, if it be in a normal, pliable con¬
dition, will feel constrained, uncomfortable,
unless it is permitted to adjust itself in an
attitude agreeing with that of the hand. Ii
the body be allowed to assume, in all its
parts, the corresponding attitude, there is a
comfortable muscular feeling. This instinc¬
tive feeling in the muscles is muscular sense,
and very good common sense it is, too.
To sum up, in a few words, the trend of
these statements concerning gesture is only
to say to the sincere student, let nature work
in her own divine way. Cultivate the mind
to comprehend, the body to respond, and
your gestures will take care of themselves,
as have always the gestures of every God-
inspired orator and reader.
Yet, to have some practical instruction,
based on the principles already stated, will
aid the young student.
Delsarte taught his criteria of gesture of
the hand with a cube. Holding the hand
out straight, palm up, so that the cube can
rest on it, signifies upholding, sustaining.
Delsarte adds, “ giving,” “receiving;” but
it will be observed the action of the hand is
the same for both. The hand passed to the
side gives the position of separation, which
Delsarte calls “ definition.” If the hand be
raised to attract attention, the forefinger will
be inclined to act, thus separating the person
desired from others. The hand passed to
the top of the cube covers it, protects ; thus
held flat, signifies protection; curved, im¬
plies something more tender—a caress.
Use of the Hand.
The san. „ gesture is a true one when de¬
scribing certain actions, as of animals running
—they cover so much ground. The term
“ cover ” is considered by one of our own
great teachers a more generic term than
“ protect.” The hand passed to the opposite
side gives the attitude of rejection, a familiar
gesture. The hand passed to the outer end,
palm toward the cube, signifies limitation ;
passed to the end next the person, back of
hand to cube, fingers pointing up, signifies
revelation. The palm may mean repulsion
or attraction, depending on the sentiment.
A person of great responsiveness is apt to
use both hands and also both arms. The
whole personality is interested. In merely
mental activity—reasoning—one hand, one
finger will be employed.
88
THE DELSARTE SYSTEM.
“ The “ perpendicular ” movements of the
arm are those of appellation, salutation,
affirmation. The “ lateral ” movements are
those of declaration, negation, rejection.
The “ forward” movements are those of re¬
pulsion, attraction, supplication.
The altitude of gesture depends somewhat
on the position of the object of thought.
The hand will move in curves—nature’s own
lines. All gestures are affected by the alti¬
tude which indicates the moral plane.
Greater intellectuality gives higher gestures.
The more vividly the imagination works,
rendering the thought brilliant, the higher
the gestures. Tendencies of character will
modify the gestures. A great and profound
teacher sums up the matter thus : “ The
rounded, the complete individual is one
whose gestures, like the singer’s voice, play
up and down the scale.
It must be remembered that we have
spoken of the gestures of only one agent,
the hand. The nobler and subtler gestures
are of the face and chest. The eye has a
language of its own ; it is a wonderful agent
of expression. Look your thought; speak
it with your eyes. All the features of your
face were made to talk. Let your face speak
all emotions—surprise, joy, fear, hope, ex¬
pectancy, anguish, in short, every mood of
the inner being. Feel the emotions ; make
them your own, and then express them
naturally.
Exercises for the Body.
1 . With body erect and hands at sides,
move the head to right and left, and forward
and backward ; cultivates the muscles of the
neck.
2 . With hands on the hips, move the
upper part of the body to right and left, and
forward and backward ; this cultivates the
musc^" ^ the chest and back.
3 . Close the hands, extend the arms in
front, and bring the hands together behind
the back; repeat at least twenty times.
4 . Stand erect, with arms straight at the
sides; move the arms outward from the
sides, and elevate them, bringing the hands
above the head; repeat at least twenty times.
5 . Hold the right arm out horizontally,
palm of hand upward ; double the left arm,
the tips of the fingers resting on the shoulder;
then stretch out the left arm, at the same
time doubling the right arm and placing the
tips of the fingers on the right shoulder;
repeat, and then make the movements with
both arms simultaneously.
Hands and Arms.
6. Holding the arms straight, swing them
with a rotary motion, thrusting them forward
as they are elevated and backward as they
are lowered, bringing them to the sides, and
then repeat.
7 . Lift the hands from the sides to the
shoulders, then raise the arms at full length
above the head, and also extend them hori¬
zontally, dropping them at the sides ; repeat.
8. Standing erect, with the hands on the
hips, lower the body, bending the knees, the
weight resting on the toes, and rise; repeat
at least fifteen times, but not too fast.
9 . Placing the hands on the hips, right leg
forward and left leg slightly bent ; thrust
the body forward, thus straightening the left
leg and bending the right; then placing the
left leg forward, repeat movements.
10 . With the body bent forward, closed
hands between the knees, raise the body and
elevate the hands above the head, taking
care to keep the arms straight; repeat.
11 . Place the hands on the front side of
the hips, bend the body forward, and then
rise to an erect position, at the same time
throwing the head backward ; repeat.
PHYSICAL CULTURE AND EXPRESSION.
89
12. Steady yourself with one hand on a
chair; place the other hand on the hip and
swing the leg forward across the other;
then backward ; repeat, and then swing the
other leg in like manner.
13. Steady yourself with one hand on a
chair, place the other hand on the hip, and
swing the leg forward and backward ; repeat,
and then swing the other leg in like manner.
Free Gymnastics.
14. Stretch the body forward, placing the
hands on the bottom of a chair; then
straighten the arms and raise the body.
This must not be repeated so many times as
to render the muscles sore and stiff.
15. Extend the arms forward at full
length, palms downward; then move the
hands backward and forward as far as pos¬
sible ; this renders the fingers d muscles
of the wrist pliant.
16. Stand erect with hands on the hips
and light weight on the head ; then rise on
the toes and fall.
17. Extend the arms slightly from the
sides, close the hands and then rotate them;
this cultivates the muscles of the arms.
18. With body erect and hands on the
hips, fill the lungs to their utmost capacity ;
then slowly emit the breath. Fill the lungs
again, and emit more rapidly ; again, and
emit with a quick, explosive force.
The parts primarily and directly con¬
cerned in the production of the human voice
in speech and song are the articulating
organs and chambers of resonance, the vocal
cords, the lungs, and the muscles of respira¬
tion. We cannot, however, separate the
voice from any of the vital parts.
The prime physical aid to the cultivation
of the voice is a healthy body. All the
vocal organs should respond quickly and
easily to mind and will, to the thought and
emotion, and the mental effort employed in
expressing them.
The reader must always remember that
his work is distinctly and wholly for others.
Keep ever in mind that you read your selec¬
tion to please, to instruct, to inspire your
fellow-beings, and not to exhibit yourself
and your powers ; then there will be no
danger of self-consciousness.
Then be thoroughly and entirely alive.
No perfection of manner can atone for lack
of life. Again, although there is no human
device by which to measure it, time is neces¬
sary for the transmission of thought. It takes
time for your voice to reach the physical
ear of the listener, then time for the thought
to reach his consciousness and produce its
effect. Give time for the thought to implant
itself. In addition to this, there is no more
suggestive emphasis than a pause.
You Must Think on Your Feet.
Take care not to do all your thinking
beforehand ; cultivate the power to think on
your feet, at the time you are speaking,
otherwise your reading will indeed be a reci¬
tation—a mere mechanical recapitulation of
past thinking—and it will lack the fire of the
soul’s present action, which alone touches
and inflames the hearts of others. A selec¬
tion just committed, on the other hand, with¬
out having had time to be well-grounded and
analyzed, will be given in a mass—all alike.
Talk with your audience, not at them or
over their heads. Cultivate a conversational
style. It has been said of one of the greatest
of our orators—Wendell Phillips—that his
oratory was that of “ a gentleman talking.”
Remember, the greatest thing you bring
to an audience is your own personality.
Would you succeed in your art, cultivate all
that goes to make up the great artist—body,
heart and soul.
..
w*"'f 7111, III!"? 1 .
H]
How to Remember
The Loisette Memory System
,|l""it
m
UlMf'S'li
11 ill ■.,;:>
in..
*Ss^ Os
'»2
also on how much love capacity she has, and
its state. As it in eating one dish supposed
delicious you find something bitter and
nauseating, or another you suppose common,
an inexpressibly luscious flavor, though you
know not just what you relish and loathe ;
so as far as you feel and express true manly
attributes, you enamor your wife; but as far
as you depart therefrom, you excite her
loathing and disgust; even though she has
no -idea just what she likes and dislikes.
Being the true man to her, attains two
most glorious human ends—perfects your
own manly nature and enamors her. As
every man who does business should pride
himself on doing it in the best manner pos¬
sible, so every man should pride himself on
being true to manhood, and attaining its
end, a wife’s devoted love.
Being the true woman enamors a husband
and compels him to love her in proportion ;
yet just as far as any wife departs from a
true feminine comportment toward him, she
obliges him to taste and loathe her unfemi¬
nine bitterness. Many wives take great
pains and pride in being “in fashion,” yet
none to be or act the genuine woman ;
whereas, being a mere fashionable in com¬
parison with a true woman, is like having
only a farthing compared with a fortune.
ALLANTRY, polite attentions
from gentlemen to ladies, is
a primal law of love. Thus
a man and a woman, a per¬
fect gentleman and lady,
meet at table, on steamboat,
in parlor, anywhere. Their
sexual natures impose on each toward the
other a comportment quite unlike that due
from either sex to its own. They mutually
like, admire each other ; this prompts still
more gallant attentions from him to her, with
their thankful reception. This begets that
mutual love which inspires more and more of
this identical reciprocal treatment the more
they love. They marry ; this requires and
begets still more of this same comportment,,
and their becoming parents together more
yet.
Think within yourselves just how a per¬
fect gentleman should treat a perfect lady,
and she him; and then be and do more so.
What is being a gentleman but expressing
manly characteristics gently? Think out
just what that signifies. Analyze gallantry,
a word that has always been used to
designate that courteous way male birds
evince towards female, always considerate ;
or the way in which all males naturally treat
all females. Note the attentive, kind, gen¬
erous, tender, sympathetic attentions ail
model gentlemen bestow on model ladies.
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
163
and treat your wife accordingly; and you
will soon find her “dead in love,” literally
infatuated with you.
Do gentlemen behave or speak rudely to
ladies ? or frown, scowl, sulk, or swear, be¬
fore them ? or ever tease, blame, scold, pro¬
voke, or satirize them? Are they not re¬
fined, polite, attentive to their wants, and
complimentary ? Would one angry frown
distort their pleasant countenances, or rude
act mar their polished bearing ? Would they
not watchfully discern and commend every
charm, draw the mantle of charity over all
iaults, and tear tongues sooner than up-
oraid? Yet how often do legal husbands
commit improprieties and perpetrate down¬
right vulgarities to and before their wives of
which they would no more be guilty to¬
wards other ladies than forfeit their reputa¬
tion as gentlemen ? Or if they did, they
would be banished from genteel female
society: and yet wonder why their wives
do not love them !
A Conjugal Insult.
For a husband to be ever so extra genteel,
gallant, spruce, talkative, gay, lively, compli¬
mentary, and much more besides, to other
ladies, yet dull, listless, commonplace, un¬
appreciative and inattentive to his wife, is a
conjugal outrage which must forestall further
love, and kill existing. Yet no matter how
gallant to others, provided he is more so to
her.
Wives are more ladylike, captivating,
charming, lovely, neat, tasty, fascinating,
enamoring, at parties than at home, in draw¬
ing-room than boudoir, to other gentlemen
than own husband ; yet wonder why they
are not loved more by husband, when these
other gentlemen admire them so much. Yet
what can as thoroughly disgust any husband
of his wife as her slatternly habits, common,
indifferent manners, violent temper, or other
unladylike deportment to him, with captivat¬
ing ways towards other men ? Let the mar¬
ried apply this principle to their own home
and dormitory manners and language towards
each other.
Did that last sentence you uttered, and
act you did, emanate from a true gentle¬
manly or ladylike feeling and spirit ? Would
the perfect lady or gentleman have said or
done that in that way ? If so, it redoubled,
if not, it deadened the other’s affections;
besides prompting the same spirit and cast
of conduct in the other. Would the most
perfect husband or wife have said or done
what you have just said or done? How
many husbands are ungentlemanly, even
rude and indecent, to their own wives, and
wives so ungenteel to their husbands that
they would cut any lady friend who would
do the same before any gentleman, and what
they would not have done before a negro
hostler ?
Love can never co-exist with ungentle-
manly or unladylike treatment. “ This
seems all right in theory,” you say, “ but
164
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
imposes on us men a burden too great for
any to carry. No husbands do or can treat
their wives thus.”
Those in love cannot help it. So far from
this treatment being a task, it is a luxury.
A deep, abiding affection will prompt all this,
and much more. This mutual treatment
actually does and must proportionally obtain
between all who love ; yet declines as love
wanes. Indifferent manners accompany in¬
different hearts ; while reversed love renders
behavior perfectly hateful. Though he who
dislikes his wife may try to and think he
really does do his whole duty to treat her
about right, yet all his actions toward her are
abominable, and a perpetual insult; because
his feelings are so ; though perhaps neither
can specify exactly wherein.
Conceited Simpletons.
Pride of character is one of man’s best and
woman’s strongest traits ; and in this country,
enormous and inflated. All fashions, respec¬
tability, society, etc., come from it. Honor,
ambition to be first, emulation to excel, love
of display, etc., are its products. Only love
surpasses it as an incentive to effort. Insults,
by reversing it, create the fiercest rage.
In all women it is excessive and inflated
—this being one of two indices of the female
head;—while its perpetual stimulation by
praise from cradle to marriage, usually ren¬
ders it a real feminine insanity.
Praise delights it; and is due for every
good deed. Blame outrages it, and when
not deserved, is most unjust. Stealing is no
worse than falsely accusing; as is most
scolding.
Praise kindles, blame kills love; especially
in woman. Nothing equally. How very
much she does set by tokens of masculine
appreciation, and is cut by depreciation ? On
both she is indeed a little soft. She was
wisely created thus. This trait is innerent in
her, and must be respected.
She deserves commendation for all her
good, condemnation for few bad deeds.
Why is not ambition entitled to its pay for
good services rendered, as much as acquisi¬
tion for goods delivered ? Is not neglecting
to pay its dues as disgraceful and palpably
wrong as not paying a monetary note ?
When a wife has done her best to get up a
good dinner, even though she fails, is she
not as justly entitled to her pay in praise as
that grocer in dollars for flour? Bestowing
it will surprise you that she sets so very
much by it, in its delighting her so that, un¬
less her love is already chilled out by
neglect, she can hardly contain herself.
Though so very easy to cancel these love
dues by appreciation, yet how seldom are
they “ honored ?” But how cruelly aggra¬
vating, how very wicked, to blame her after
she has done her best to please ? Scolded
wives do ten times less ; praised, twenty times
more, than blamed ones.
A Despicable Grumbler.
A superb wife, married two years, said :
“ One whole year I tried my best to suit my
husband, avoid his blame, and get his praise ;
but the harder I tried the worse I fared. My
meat, too rare yesterday, was overdone to¬
day. I fretted, cried, prayed over it till I
found I must give up to die, or else fight it
off. I chose the latter, and steeled my heart
against him and his eternal grumblings, even
scolded back ; and a wretched life we have
lived. If required to choose between another
such marriage and death, I certainly prefer
to die.”
Such cases abounu, yet are not all on one
side, as many a henpecked husband, who
deserves only praise, can attest.
Finding fault engenders more marital alien-
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
105
ations than most other causes combined;
stabs love right under its fifth rib ; spills its
warm life-blood; and must never on any
account be inflicted by or on either. Blame
from one’s own sex is most provoking and
unendurable ; but from the opposite, abso¬
lutely outrageous. No concatenation of
circumstances can justify it. This is not the
way the sexes were ordained to lessen each
Most scolded wives deserve praise or
pity. Married love-spats are worse than
courting, and inexcusable. Loving and
spatting are absolutely incompatible and
antithetic ; and can no more coexist than
health with disease, fire with water, heat with
cold, or life with death. As disease must
conquer the constitution, or the constitution
disease, so either love must succumb to these
“ I SAY YOU DID ! ”
“ I SAY i didn’t— so there!”
other’s faults, or promote each other’s virtues.
All scolding is but driving and threatening ;
which makes even boys, much more men,
defiant and vindictive. Driving contrary
mules is easy in comparison.
Happy the home where there is perpetual
sunshine ! This is the school for the young,
the nursery of virtue, the influence that
develops the noblest traits of manhood and
womanhood.
“spats,” or they to it. Though “making
up” by renewed love pledges may turn their
evil into good a few times, yet frequency
annuls its virtue. This is but sinning and
repenting ; which soon turn these new reso¬
lutions into animosities.
You must remember the old English say¬
ing about the peace that belongs to every
house with two “bears ”—bear, and forbear.
Your first spat is worse than your house
166
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
burning. Put it right out, or it will consume
your future conjugal bliss. Even your first
blame, if only by implication, and seemingly
trifling, is really horrible, in itself and its ef¬
fects. If you do not have the first, you will
never have any; but the first is about sure
to breed multitudes of those “little foxes
that spoil the vines” of love.
Cruel Neglect.
But you say: “ My family requires every
dollar I can earn, and business every moment
of my time. I must be at its helm, look after
all its details, get customers, pay debts, equal
my rivals, make a fortune, support style, an¬
swer correspondents, watch clerks, collect
debts. My time is too precious to be wasted
in courting my wife.”
Then give her a divorce, and relieve her
from this affectional starvation, for this mon¬
ster wrong is the lesser. If you starved her
body merely, you would justly abhor your¬
self, and be abhorred; yet for thus starving
her spirit-nature you are forsooth honored as
a pattern of industry and probity! She
pines on and dies out, unaware what her real
trouble is, or who causes it. She thinks,
poor confiding victim, she has a disorder of
the stomach, or liver, or nerves ; whereas
you are slowly killing her off by breaking
her heart. Lock her up without food, which
is to her body what love is to her mind, and
you have the enormity of your cruelty and
robbery, only in the physical instead of men¬
tal form.
Better away with business, dismiss clerks,
and abandon speculations, than thus torture
and kill your precious wife ; for what are
they in comparison with her ? Ask her and
yourself how many dollars will make good
this death of her affections. Would you be
happier in your wealth without her love, or
in her love with less wealth ? But you are
losing both her love and your uoliars. I
fling this declaration into the teeth of the
largest human experience, that he who duly
loves a wife in purity, can do far more work,
drive better bargains, wear more and longer,
be keener in trade, and every way a better
business man, and more successful, than if
he neglects her.
Perpetual plodding is fatal to vigorous ac¬
tion. A bow always bent loses its strength.
What is made up in time, is lost ten times
over in snap and spirit. Hence business
men patronize amusements; instinctively
craving that recreation which fits them for
their next day’s struggles. Human nature
needs diversion ; and the domestic affections
constitute its very best form. Their hearty
exercise marvellously promotes intellectual
vigor.
Take an Illustration.
Let A and B start married life and business
together, every way equal in capital, talents,
everything, except that A shall heartily love
his wife, and spend two hours every day in
nurturing her and his conjugal affections, by
riding, walking, visiting, going to concerts,
lecture-room, anywhere they please, while
B plods perpetually over his business and
ledgers ; in ten years A will be far in advance
of B in dollars , credit, health, mental sound¬
ness and clearness of judgment, in each and
all the attributes of physical, mental, and
moral advancement; besides having a tenfold
better and happier wife than B ; in addition
to all the direct aid derived from talking over
proposed plans with her, acting on her sug¬
gestions, and being aided in a thousand name¬
less ways by her silent but efficient co-opera¬
tion. And this perpetually re-increases with
time. Even as a pecuniary investment, nur¬
turing love has no equal.
How infinitely better A’s wife, as such.
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
167
than B’s ! However splendid a woman may
be by nature, when her affections die or
stray, she is of little account as a wife.
Would to God every husband could realize
how worthless she becomes without affection
for him, but how infinitely valuable there¬
with ! and the more so the more affec¬
tionate.
Crazy to Make Money.
Hastening to get rich is your fatal blunder.
In this rush after the “ almighty dollar,”
besides breaking down your own constitu¬
tion, you starve out your own and wife’s
affections. Though she has left home,
parents, and all she holds dear for you, yet
you leave her for business. She yields to
that stern necessity which keeps her loved
one so much from her open arms, but she so
wishes she could have at least a little, if oidy
a little of your time and soul. It is so hard
to stay all alone, seeing no one from morn¬
ing till night, week after week.
And when you are at home, your mind is
all on business. You may be gaining finely
in dollars, but are losing her love, which now
begins to pine. Nothing can prevent it. Her
loneliness renders her almost frantic. She
little realizes the cause of her misery, or how
to obviate it; yet it is slowly but surely eat¬
ing out her very vitals. There is no telling
how much young wives really do suffer in
and by this chilling starvation of their young
love. And this decline of its fires for want
of fuel, allows animosities, which a vigorous
love would keep at bay to supplant it.
Besides, you often come home cross-
grained, because perplexed with cares and
fatigued by struggles. Even if your long-
continued and heroic efforts for her have
induced your irritability, she sees only the
crossness, and suffers just as much from it as
.if it were not thus induced.
Never bring business troubles across your
threshold. Many, provoked by outside vex¬
ations, come home surly, and veiff on their
innocent wives and children the wrath raised
by ugly customers ; whereas, whatever may
be your business cares, you should never
allow one angry feeling to enter your domi¬
cile. This should be sacred, and kept in¬
violate from all such venomous reptiles.
Deposit business troubles along with your hat
and overcoat. Many hang up their fiddle
on the outside of their front doors, and while
cheerful and pleasant abroad, are always grum
and dictatorial within; whereas all should
take it down on entering.
Her Whole Life.
A wife’s affections must die out, unless
perpetually refed. This is absolute. Wo¬
man lives on love. It is her meat and drink,
day and night, from its first dawnings to her
latest breath. Without it she does not, can¬
not, live at all, but only stays and mopes.
To starve it is to starve all; while nourish¬
ing it nourishes all. It is to her whole being
what lubrication is to machinery. Deprived
of it, the best of feminine material becomes
hardened or deadened ; but supplied there¬
with, even a poor woman makes a good
wife.
Words utterly fail to describe the practical
difference between the same woman when
loving and loved, or hating and hated.
Her affections are the key to her whole
being, to lock or unlock all the good or bad,
and increase both. How many dollars is
that child worth ? Can money measure its
priceless value ? Yet is not that wife, if she
were all devotion to you, worth quite as
much ? The social organs are so much
larger than acquisition, that no money can
at all express the value of a good child, or
wife, or husband. And the more they love
168
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
or are beloved, the more precious they
become.
Mutual alienations detract correspondingly
from a wife’s value ; while hatred renders
her as much more a curse than no wife, as
she is the better when loving and beloved.
Her value rises and falls in proportion to the
amount of love interchanged. If a given
amount of affection renders her worth a hun¬
dred thousand dollars, a hated, hating one is
like a hundred-thousand-dollar debt, hang¬
ing like a perpetual millstone-incubus, from
which there is no deliverance ; so that losing
a wife’s love is a greater loss than her death;
because it prevents you marrying another,
and chains you to one you abhor. Losing
but a little of it is an immeasurable loss,
while gaining only a little is worth more
than thousands ; because it renders you hap¬
pier ; besides augmenting hers and your
children’s happiness.
“ Far Above Rubies.”
Count the cost, and strike the balance as
to the difference between a lovely and a hate¬
ful wife, and then “ cipher out” the value of
a good one. Solomon placed it “ far above
rubies,” and rubies are far above your store
trash. Yet even he did not duly estimate
her full value. Next decipher how much
that man gains who, by delving early and
late at his eternal “business,” spoils a good
wife, in and by letting her affections run
down or die out. Next find out how much
is gained by cherishing them, and thereby
perpetually improving both her and yourself.
Dollars cannot measure such problems.
What shall it profit a man if, in gaining the
whole world, he spoils or loses a good wife ?
And yet many of our shrewdest business
men daily pocket this very loss!
Now, and throughout your life, show your
affection for her and your admiration of her,
not in nonsensical compliment; not merely*
in picking up her handkerchief or her glove,
or in carrying her fan or parasol ; not, if you
have the means, in hanging trinkets and
baubles upon her ; not in making yourself a
fool by winking at, and seeming pleased at,
her foibles, or follies, or faults ; but show
them by acts of real goodness toward her ;
prove by unequivocal deeds the high value-
that you set on her health and .life and peace
of mind ; let your praise of her go to the full
extent of her deserts; but let it be consistent
with truth and with sense, and such as to
convince her of your sincerity.
Empty Compliments.
He who is the flatterer of his wife only
prepares her ears for the hyperbolical stuff
of others. The kindest appellation that her
Christian name affords is the best you can
use, especially before faces. An everlasting
“ my dear” is but a sorry compensation for
a want of that sort of love that makes the
husband cheerfully toil by day, break his
rest by night, endure all sorts of hardships,
if the life or health of his wife demand it.
Let your deeds, and not your words, carry
to her heart a daily and hourly confirmation
of the fact that you value her health and life
and happiness beyond all other things in the
world ; and let this be manifest to her, par¬
ticularly at those times when life is always-
more or less in danger.
It is not dangling about after a wife; it is-
not the loading her with baubles and trink¬
ets ; it is not the jaunting of her about from
show to show, and from what is called
pleasure to pleasure; it is none of these that
endears you to her ; it is the adherence to
that promise you have made her : “ With my
body I thee worship that is to say, respect
and honor by personal attention and acts of
affection. And remember, that the greatest
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
possible proui that you can give of real and
solid affection is to give her your time, when
not wanted in matters of business ; when not
wanted for the discharge of some duty,
either towards the public or toward private
persons.
Amongst duties of this sort we must, of
course, in some ranks and circumstances of
life, include the intercourse amongst friends
and neighbors, which may frequently and
reasonably call the husband from his home ;
but what are we to think of the husband who
is in the habit of leaving his own fireside,
after the business of the day is over, and
seeking promiscuous companions in the
saloon or club-house !
They Prize Fidelity.
Now, if all young men knew how much
value women set upon this species of fidelity,
there would be fewer unhappy couples than
there are. If men have appointments at the
White House, they never dream of breaking
them ; and we can assure them that wives
are as sensitive in this respect as Presidents
or Cabinet officers. No man has a right to
sport with the feelings of any innocent person
whatever, and particularly with those of one
who has committed her happiness to his
hands.
The trutn is, that men in general look
upon women as having no feelings different
from their own ; and they know that they
themselves would regard such disappoint¬
ments as nothing. But this is a great mis¬
take : women feel more acutely than men ;
their love is more ardent, more pure, more
lasting, and they are more frank and sincere
in the utterance of their feelings. They
ought to be treated with due consideration
lor all their amiable qualities and for all
their weaknesses, and nothing by which their
minds are affected ought to be deemed a trifle.
lflO'
When we consider what a young woman
gives up on her wedding-day ; she makes a
surrender, an absolute surrender, of her
liberty, for the joint lives of the parties ; she
gives the husband the absolute right of
causing her to live in what place, and in
what manner and in what society, he pleases
she gives him the power to take from her,,
and to use for his own purposes, all her
goods, unless reserved by some legal instru¬
ment ; and, above all, she surrenders to him
her person.
Examples of Self-Sacrifice.
Then, when we consider the pains which
they endure for us, and the large share of
all the anxious parental cares that fall to
their lot; when we consider their devotion
to us, and how unshaken their affection
remains in our ailments, even though the
most tedious and disgusting ; when we con¬
sider the offices that they perform, and
cheerlully perform for us, when, were we
left to one another, we should perish from
neglect; when we consider their devotion to
their children, how evidently they love them
better, in numerous instances, than their own
lives; when we consider these things, how
can a just man think anything a trifle that
affects their happiness ?
A normally-sexed woman loves to be
loved and caressed by him who has her
heart, and “that before folks,” except that
custom frowns thereon. Women, tell the
world in general, and your own husbands in
particular, just how you desire them to corm
port themselves toward you.
The married should love each other just
as young lovers do, only as much more as
they are older. Then, whatever it is proper
to feel , it is equally proper to mcinifesi
“ before folks.”
It is manly for a man to love his wife. He
170
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
was created a man expressly for this. Then
is it not as manly to express this love? and
equally feminine in her both to tenderly love
her husband and manifest her outgushing
tenderness? Is love loathsome, that it must
be stifled? It is the purest of emotions.
Only when it is perverted is it indelicate.
And if husbands and wives would but
manifest more love in purity, they would
experience far less of its animal aspect.
These young lovers are true to the mating
instinct; but discontinuing these attentions
proclaims the paralysis of love; for they can
no more help this its natural language and
manner, in proportion as they love, than help
laughing when merry or shivering when cold.
OU can make your home what
you wish it to be. You can
have the good sense, the tact,
the commanding influence that
will mould your home and give
it character. What you are
your house will be. If you are weak and
worthless, your domestic life will be a failure.
If you are a true woman, a true wife and
mother, the grand effect will be seen on
everything around you. What, then, are
some of the traits that belong to the model
wife ?
CHEERFULNESS.
Is there not a demand on our whole
nature for general cheerfulness ? It is not
only the “sunshine of the soul,” but that of
the body. The truly cheerful are not only
happier in their minds and spirits, but also in
their very bodies. The brain and nervous
system play their part in the great drama of
physical life better; the heart and stomach
and lungs work better. Indeed, all is better
throughout.
Is not that a duty which is productive of
so much happiness? But can that be a duty
which is not in our power to perform ? It
were surely an impeachment of the wisdom
and goodness of God, did he require us, in
his providence or in his word—by his natural
or his revealed law—to do that of which we
are incapable.
A Plant of Beauty.
We consider cheerfulness, then, as a matter
of duty ; and, of course, as in a great measure
in our power. It makes us happier our¬
selves ; it enables us to reflect more happiness
on others. Let young wives especially strive
to cultivate it. It is in its nature a perennial
plant; and if it is not such at the present
time, it is because it has degenerated in a
degenerate world. Let it be restored to its
pristine beauty ; and let the world thereby—
in connection with other means tending to
o
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
171
the same end—be restored to what it was
before the loss of Eden.
DISCRETION.
This is a virtue which should belong* to
o
every one. Above all, do we like to see the
young wife discreet. Discretion not only
heightens the pleasures of her existence, but
adds greatly to her reputation in the just
estimation of the wise. Coupled with mod¬
esty it more than doubles her charms.
Let discretion then be studied. Let it be
studied, too, for its immediate as well as
remote benefits. It will, indeed, bear fruit
more abundantly in later life ; but it will not
be without its value in youth. It is a plant
which it were worth while to cultivate, if
human existence were more frail, and life
more uncertain of continuance that it now is.
MODESTY.
Of all the qualities appropriate to young
wives none is more universally esteemed
than modesty. And what has been, by
common consent, so highly esteemed, we
cannot undervalue. Indeed, we do not think
it has ever been over-valued, or that it can be.
We have been somewhat amused—not to
say instructed—by the following remarks on
this trait of female character, from the pen of
one who is not only a philosopher, but a
physiologist. They are not the more inter¬
esting, perhaps, because they are somewhat
new ; but neither are they less so.
“ Modesty establishes an equilibrium be¬
tween the superiority of man and the delicacy
of woman ; it enables woman to insure there¬
by for herself, a supporter—a defender. And
while man thus barters his protection for
love, woman is a match for his power;
and the weak to a great extent, governs the
stronger.
“ It is probable that modesty derives its
cause in woman, from a certain mistrust in
her own merit, and from the fear of finding
herself below that very affection which she is
capable of exciting, and of which she is the
object. Modesty compels her love to assume
that form by which nature has taught her so
universally to express it—that of gratitude,
friendship, etc. Modesty is a means of attrac¬
tion with which nature inspires all females.”
Under this head we will just add, that
since by modesty the weaker govern the
stronger, it is of immense importance that
THE IDEAL WIFE
Admirable type of a well balanced woman ; above
the medium height, shoulders broad, chest full;
neither spare nor stout; expression intelligent, ami¬
able, and indicating force of character combined with
prudent reserve; affectionate, dignified, and con¬
trasting strongly with a vain, simpering nonentity.
woman should know the true secret of main¬
taining her power ; and also by what means
she is likely to jeopardize that power. And
without undertaking to determine what shall
be the precise rules of female action, and the
precise limits of the sphere within which the
Author of her nature designed she should
move, is it not worth the serious inquiry,
whether she does not, as a general fact, lose
influence the moment she departs widely
from the province which nature seems to
have allotted her ?
172
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
DIFFIDENCE.
This trait, though nearly related to mod¬
esty, is far from being the same thing, its
character having been more frequently
brought in question than that of modesty.
And yet it seems equally valuable. It gilds
what modesty graces; and polishes what
modesty improves.
Let not the reader confound modesty and
bashfulness; for they are by no means the
same thing. Modesty is as much opposed
to impudence as anything can be ; and yet
it is certain that impudence is often conjoined
with bashfulness. Not so often, to be sure,
in the female sex, as in the other, and yet
such a phenomenon is occasionally witnessed,
even in woman.
Bashfulness is usually the result of too low
an estimate of ourselves ; whereas, true dif¬
fidence only leads us to value ourselves ac¬
cording to our real worth. Diffidence makes
us humble, but bashfulness sometimes makes
us mean ; at least, there is danger of it. It
is, at all events, of doubtful utility; and
though we would not denounce or condemn
it, we would urge all to endeavor to rise far
above it.
But we would endeavor to cultivate and
encourage everything which belongs to true
diffidence. It will assist modesty in per¬
forming her angelic office ; and the influence
of both, united, may save from many a pang.
COURAGE.
By courage we do not mean that trait for
which man is constitutionally as much dis¬
tinguished, as woman is for the want of it.
We mean not a courage to meet and sur¬
mount physical difficulties, and encounter
outward and physical dangers. We mean,
on the contrary, that moral courage which
is confined neither to sex nor condition.
Not that physical courage is to be
despised, even by females. On the contrary,
we think it is a trait of character which is
quite too much neglected in female educa¬
tion. It is not only lamentable, but pitiable,
to see a female of twenty, thirty or fifty years
of age, shrinking at the sight of a spider or
a toad, even when there is not the slightest
prospect of its coming within three yards of
her.
Nor is it as it should be, when a young
woman, already eighteen or twenty years of
age, has such a dread of pigs and cows as
to scream aloud at the sight of one in a field,
so well enclosed that it is not possible her
safety could be endangered were the animal
ever so malicious. Such unreasonable and
foolish fears ought by no means to be en¬
couraged ; on the contrary, she who finds
herself a slave to them ought to suppress
them as fast as possible.
Groundless Fears.
This is, indeed, an important but much
neglected part of female education ; and she
who is a sufferer therefrom will do well tO'
derive a hint from these pages. The un¬
reasonable fears of which we speak are by
no means confined to the sight of toads, or
spiders, or pigs, or cows. We find them
more or less frequently and in some form or
other in nearly every family. Some are un¬
reasonably afraid of dogs and horses; others
of cats or snakes; others, again, of the dark,
or of being alone by night or by day.
Let us not be understood as saying that
no fears are to be indulged in regard to any
of these things; it is only an unreasonable
and foolish degree of fear that should be
guarded against. A cow or a horse feeding
quietly in a pasture, and separated from you
by a stout fence which no animal in any
ordinary circumstances is wont to leap, is not
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
173
a proper object of fear with a rational person
over twelve years of age.
But it is moral courage that we would
inspire in women. She has patience, and
perseverance, and fortitude—why then may
she not add to these moral courage! What
man has done, man may do, has been a
thousand times said; and the remark is not
less applicable to woman than to man. What
woman has done, woman may do. But
woman, in numerous instances, has possessed
moral courage. She has been known more
than once to “face a frowning world,” or to
oppose some of its tyrant fashions. We could
mention more than one who has thus
evinced true moral courage, and set her sex
a glorious example, which not a few of our
leaders might do well to copy.
Let woman dare to do right—aether
fashionable or unfashionable. Let her dare
to do so in the smaller no less than in the
larger matters of life. Let her dare to obey
God, and the laws of God, both natural and
revealed—both within and around her—
rather than the laws of any man or set of
men. Let her do this, and she will evince
true moral courage; a courage as far sur¬
passing the highest efforts of physical courage
or prowess as right surpasses might; virtue,
vice; or purity, impurity.
THE TEMPER.
Nothing is more unpleasant—slovenliness,
perhaps, excepted—than a bad temper. We
beseech every one who is so unhappy as to
possess such a temper to pay particular at¬
tention to what we are about to say on this
interesting and important topic.
Some women seem entirely to overlook
4 he consequences of an ill-temper. These
are numerous—too numerous to be men¬
tioned here. We shall only say that such a
temper is no less destructive—in a slow way
—to the health of the body than it is to the
mental faculties and the affections.
Some suppose their ill-temper to be con¬
stitutional, and this serves them as an apology
for neglecting to govern it. They seem to
regard it as so wrought into their very
structure, that it will hardly be possible ever
to eradicate it. They are condemned by
inheritance, as they appear to suppose, to a
perpetual war within—in which the most
they can hope for is an occasional victory.
Perfect Self-Command.
Now let us tell every woman who has
imbibed this erroneous and dangerous notion,
that the command of her temper is not placed
beyond her reach. She may acquire the
most perfect self-command, even in this
respect, if she will. Not in a moment, nor
in a day, it is true. The work may be the
labor of months or of years. Still the battle
can be won : a permanent and final victory
can be achieved.
The very general idea that single persons
somewhat advanced in life, especially females,
become habitually impatient or ill-tempered,
has too much truth for its foundation, though
it is by no means universally true. Nor is it
ever necessary that it should be so.
We wish every person could be induced
to study deeply the causes which operate on
mankind to originate or perpetuate a bad
temper. They are numerous—exceedingly
so. It is not necessary to charge much
upon our ancestors. The causes may much
oftener be found within our own minds and
bodies, would we but look for them there.
We harbor or perhaps indulge a thousand
unpleasant feelings from day to day, not
seeming to know, or at least to realize, that
as small streams form larger ones, so these
first risings of anger lead to its more out¬
breaking forms.
174
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
Not a few of the instances of irritability,
fretfulness, impatience and melancholy have
their origin in physical causes—in errors in
regard to exercise, sleep, air, temperature,
dress, eating, drinking ; and some have their
origin in mistakes about the theory or the
practice of religion. Some originate, too, in
disappointed love. In short, their sources
are well nigh endless.
AVOID BAD DIET.
It is in vain, or almost in vain, to hope for
any radical improvement in our physical, in¬
tellectual or moral condition except in pro¬
portion as the body and the bodily appetites
are kept in proper subjection to right reason
and religion.
Here we must again urge upon every
woman the duty of studying the laws of
health, and especially those of temperance.
The knowledge thus to be obtained would
be of exceeding great value to her in the
government of her passions and appetites.
It is related that a teacher in Boston,
whose general course of discipline was quite
mild, was sometimes so much affected in his
temper by high-seasoned or over-stimulating
dinners, as to be petulant and passionate,
even to blows, immediately afterward.
Now, whether this was often the case with
the individual in question, we cannot say.
This, however, we may affirm with the utmost
safety and confidence—that many an indi¬
vidual who finds her passions or her appe¬
tites more than usually troublesome or
rebellious, would do well to look for the
cause in the bad air which she breathes, the
bad foods or drinks she uses, or in some¬
thing else in herself or in her habits which
might have been prevented.
We press this part of the subject upon the
consideration of women because it concerns
not them alone, but a host of others. No
one liveth to himself, says an apostie; and
the remark is quite as important in its appli¬
cation to the young woman as to any other
individual.
One reason why we urge it is because we
are almost universally referred to moral
means and moral considerations alone, in
order to keep in subjection the body—its
passions and appetites—and seldom, if ever,
to a proper attention to our food or our
drink, our air, our exercise, or our sleep.
Nay, the hopes of the young, in regard to
keeping the body in subjection, are some'
times completely paralyzed by the grave
assertion that the strength of our passions
and appetites is constitutional—as much our
inheritance as the color of our eyes or the
contour of our physiognomies, and almost
equally unalterable.
Outrageous Cookery.
Now we would encourage no woman to
expect too much of “temperance in all
things,” without the co-operation of the
moral powers, and especially of the will.
But we would encourage her to strict tem¬
perance for her own sake and that of others.
We would say to her once more, that in
proportion to her obedience to the laws of
health, in regard to air, exercise, sleep, tem¬
perature, study, food, drink, clothing, etc.,
will be her ability to govern herself accord¬
ing to right and reason. The simpler her
diet, for example, and the more free it is from
extraneous things—as fat, condiments, etc.
—the easier will it be to keep herself in
proper subjection to herself—the body to the
immortal spirit.
One of the most powerful and ever active
causes of that slavery of the soul to the body
which every person of sense must perceive
and deplore, is our unnatural and artificial
cookery. Had it been the aim of all the
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
175
cookery in the world to make it as bad as
possible for the health of body and soul, we
know not that things could have been worse
than they are now. Very few things, indeed,
are made more palatable, more digestible or
more nutritious by it—the legitimate and
only ends of all the efforts of our fashionable
cookery. On the contrary they are made,
almost universally, a great deal worse for us.
Let the woman who would do good in
the reformation, elevation and eternal pro¬
gress of herself and those around her, not
only study deeply the laws of health and
life, but let her tax her powers of reasoning
and invention to see if it is not possible to
remove the cause of so much mischief from
our parlors, our sleeping rooms, our kitch¬
ens and our tables. Much must be done
in this respect before the world can become
what it ought to be; and woman must lead
the way —woman of some future genera¬
tion, if not of the present.
FRUGALITY.
Economy is an old-fashioned word,
which, like the thing for which it stands,
is fast going into disrepute; and it will re¬
quire no little moral courage in her who
has anything of reputation at stake to com¬
mend it.
“ Is there not something connected with
the idea of economy which tends, neces¬
sarily, to narrow the mind and contract the
heart?” This question is often asked even
by those whom age and experience should
have taught better things.
There can be no doubt that a just measure
of frugality and economy is a cardinal virtue,
and should be early inculcated, even though
it cost us some time and effort. It should
be practiced by every wife who is of necessity
housekeeper and manager. Not a few are
exceedingly improvident, and often they are
wasteful. The world seems to be regarded
as a great storehouse which can never be
exhausted, let them be as extravagant as
they may. They forget entirely the vulgar
but correct adage that “ always taking out of
the meal tub and never putting in, soon
comes to the bottom ”—and seem to take
it for granted there is no bottom to their
resources.
Our grandmothers—our great grand¬
THE ECONOMICAL WIFE.
mothers, rather—were not ashamed of fru¬
gality or economy. They were neither afraid
nor unwilling to do what they knew to be
right, simply because it happened to be
unfashionable. We are not, indeed, of that
number who place the golden age exclu¬
sively in the past. We can see errors in the
conduct of our grandmothers. But we also
see in them excellencies ; many virtues of
the sterner, more sober sort, which have
been bartered for modern customs—not to-
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGL
176
say vices—at a very great lof s by the ex¬
change. What we have thus lost, we should
be glad, were it possible, to restore.
BE SYSTEMATIC.
There is hardly anything which the ma¬
jority of our young women hate—frugality
and economy, and the study of themselves,
perhaps, excepted—so much as system. In
this respect a few of our best schools have,
within a few years, attempted something ;
and, in a few instances, with success. We
could mention several schools for females
whose teachers have done much more good
by the habits of order and system they have
inculcated and endeavored to form than by
the sciences they have taught.
The tendency of this excellent feature of
a few of our institutions is, however, pretty
effectually counteracted by the general feeling
•of the public, that the school is but a place
of painful though necessary restraint; and
that when it is over, study is over—and with
it all the system which had been either in¬
culcated or practiced. And though not a
few who have been thus compelled to live
by system for two or three years see plainly
its excellent effects, and both they and their
parents acknowledge them, still the school
is no sooner terminated than everything of
the kind is very likely to become as though
it had never been.
How important then, how supremely so,
is right education! How important to sow,
in the earliest years, the seeds of a love of
order and system ! How important to young
women especially that this work should not
be deferred; since if it is so, it is most likely
to be deferred forever.
We know full well that here and there a
housekeeper, convinced in her conscience
that she can do vastly more for herself and
others, as well as do it better, by means of
system than without it, attempts something
like innovation upon the usual random course
which prevails about her. She resolves to
have her hours of labor, her hours of recrea¬
tion and her hours of reading and visiting.
She believes life is long enough for all the
purposes of life. She is resolved to be sys¬
tematic on Sabbath and on week-days ; in
the common details of the family, in dress,
and in regard to the hours of rising, meals
and rest.
But she has a herculean task to accom¬
plish—no small part of which is to bring her
husband and the other members of her family
to co-operate with her. Yet amid every dis¬
couragement she perseveres, and at length
succeeds. Is not such a victory worth
securing?
INDUSTRY.
What ordinary virtue is there more com¬
mendable than industry? On this account
and in this view it is that well-disposed
parents sometimes employ their children in
a way not absolutely or in itself useful to
them, for the sake of the general habit. Such
parents are certainly excusable, even if their
example should not be regarded as com¬
mendable or as worthy of being followed.
Dr. Good, the well-known theological,
philosophical and medical writer, avows the
belief that man is naturally lazy ; that he
would not so much as lift a finger if he could
help it; and that all his activity grows out of
a desire to avoid present or future suffering
or pain. Perhaps this is carrying the matter
rather too far; since we see young children
positively active, not so much from the desire
of avoiding pain, as from that of procuring
pleasure. But however untrue it may be in
regard to children, it is unquestionably true
of many adults; and of some it is to be
feared of both sexes.
178
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
Of all lazy persons, however, we dislike
most to see a lazy young woman. Destined
by her Creator at once to charm, instruct
and improve the world around her, by her
looks, her words and her actions—and this
to a degree which no female has ever yet
attained—how exceedingly painful it is to
see her floating along the stream of inaction
or insignificance, without making one con¬
siderable effort to arouse her faculties—
bodily, mental and moral—from their half
dormant condition.
Too many females who are trained in the
bosom of ease and abundance, have no idea
of any attempts at benevolent effort, or even
of active, untiring industry. If they are not
more selfish than the other sex, they are
scarcely less so. They live but for them¬
selves, and seem to desire no more. Grant¬
ing, as we sometimes do, that this is the fault
of their education, is it therefore the less
pitiable ?
HEALTHY MOTHERS.
Robust health in wife and mother is almost
as indispensable as in husband and father.
He requires one who helps , not hinders, and
can take part in their mutual labors and
interests. Animal vigor is the paramount
prerequisite of everything terrestrial. With¬
out it none can think clearly or love heartily.
A nervous woman may cry frantically when
you leave her, but these morbid tears are
worse than none. Whether a wife is chosen
to love and be loved, to live with or help
along, or even as a drudge, a healthy one is
a hundred times better than a sickly.
Rosy children constitute the great ultimate
of marriage, and are worth a thousand-fold
more than sickly ones ; but their constitu¬
tional health depends much on that of their
mother, whose prime office it is to impart
vitality to her young. How can she impart
what she does not possess ? Those who
marry weakly girls may expect their little,
feeble, sickly children to cry night and day,
require continual nursing and doctoring, and
then torture them with fears lest any atmos¬
pheric change should blow them into a
premature grave, after parental heartstrings
have become fully entwined around them.
LIVE FOR AN OBJECT.
Idleness begets inanity. All, however
talented, require to be inspired to effort by
some great life-object. Better labor to aug¬
ment even unnecessary wealth, than do
nothing. Those who live on their income
should choose self-improvement, study, poli¬
tics, public business, reform, private or public
improvements, or some life-labor on which to
spend their force. “ Better wear out than
rust out” by inertia; for rust consumes faster
than wear. Those who do not need to work
for a living, should at least for fun; but work
anyhow, at something. “ He that will not
work, neither shall he eat.” Not that manual
labor is absolutely necessary, but that all
must do something. Girls, by no means-
marry drones.
Nature does not exempt women from this
executive necessity. They may choose
what, but absolutely must do something.
And what comes as natural as housekeeping?
Not but that they can be good wives yet
poor housekeepers, or good housekeepers
yet poor wives; but that good wives are far
better for being also good housekeepers.
Houses must be kept, and wives do some¬
thing, then why not they keep houses?
Hirelings may answer, but how much better
are owners ?
No family is fit to live in unless its wife
and mother is at the head of its wardrobe,
laundry, storeroom and kitchen. Obviously
she should prepare her children’s food with
COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE.
179
her own hands, for this trust is too important
to be delegated ; then why not also that of
her husband with it ? In the true family it
is mother here, mother there, mother every¬
where and for everything. If a child hurts
itself, or a bleeding finger requires doing up,
or any advice is needed, all involuntarily run
right to “mother.” She is the great “sym¬
pathetic nerve” of the whole family, its
natural indoor head and director, because
she should love husband and children de¬
votedly ; and love always involuntarily does
and keeps doing for those beloved. And
this increases her and their affections. Edu¬
cating woman for ornament is a cardinal
modern error; whereas nature requires her
to become a helpmeet.
A good wife must take right hold, with
head, heart and hands, of whatever her hus¬
band does; yet the fashionable idea is that
he must do all , while she only glitters in
fashionable attire. Not that she should not
be ornate. Her natural beauties require to
be shown to the best advantage. That which
is best generally looks best, which fruits
illustrate. Whatever is ornamental is there¬
fore useful. Use is ornament, and ornament
use, the world over. The two combine in
nature, and should in a wife; who is never
as charming as when doing something to
render others happy. Give me one who can
bake and wash, pick and cook esculents,
rnaKe bread and butter, cut and sew, and
cater to family creature comforts. Not that
half the domestic work now required is at all
necessary, nor that a wife should only know
how to work; but that she should unite the
housekeeper with the lady and wife.
-H-++
+++.+
jjjaV.jjj
;7j
J L
-LX
1 1 3
+ +
r r
+ f
|
8 |
OME should be bright and happy ; it
should have everything to make it
cheerful and pleasant. Flowers are
decorated with all the colors of the rainbow;
plants breathe, and their breath is perfume.
To cultivate these is not only a pleasant pas¬
time; they give beauty to the house and
garden.
The Beautiful Flowers.
Blooming, blooming everywhere.
In country and in town;
Blooming for the good and wise.
Looking out in rare surprise,
Laughing with a tender look,
Nodding from some cosy nock.
Dreaming by some idle brook,
Every flower an open book,
Every one a precious prize,
Smiling through the varied dyeo—
Scarlet and gold and brown—
God’s sweet thoughts of gracious care.
Blooming, blooming, everywhere,
Where quiet reigns, or strife ;
Lifting faces fair as day,
Happy greeting on our way ;
Blooming where the children play.
Blooming where fond lovers stray.
Blooming in the hush of night,
1 railing robes of crystal light
O’er the garden’s green and gold ;
Blooming for the young and old.
Blooming for the wasted hand.
Blooming free in all the land;
Fringing the world so noiselessly.
Lent to us most bountifully ;
Frail blossoms full of life,
God’s sweet thoughts of gracious care!
Blooming, blooming everywhere,
In haunts of woe and sin;
Still their mission they fulfil,
Born to do cur Father’s will—
Little tokens from above,
Little fragments of his iove,
Who can tell what soul shall take
Some new courage for their sake,
Bearing midst the sun and showers
Increase from these fragile flowers?
Thus, the blossoms’ souls abide,
When the gates above swing wide,
And he bears with him the while,
Mem’ry of the bright flowers’ smile—
As pilgrim enters in—
God’s sweet thoughts of gracious care.
Mrs. Charlotte E. Fisher.
Our American woods are tangled with
creeping vines; our meadows are beautifu?
with blossoms; rough country roads art
ornamented with flowering shrubs; our hot¬
houses look like tropical gardens. Immense
sums of money are invested in these floral
beauties whose glory lasts, perhaps, only fox
a day, but they more than pay for them*
selves, and the world would be dismal with'
out them.
The following are some plain directions
for the care and culture of the choicest of
these treasures of nature.
THE LILY.
All the species of this splendid genus,
with which we are acquainted, may be con¬
sidered worthy of a place in every good col¬
lection of plants. Many of the species are
well-known, while a greater number are not
often seen in our gardens.
The Lily is an interesting flower to the
young florist as well as the botanist, on ac¬
count of the simplicity of its structure and
magnitude and distinct character of its differ¬
ent parts and organs. The root of the Lily,
or what is generally denominated the root,
is a scaly bulb, the scales being laid over
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
181
each other, inclosing the germ, or bud. The
bulb is not a root, strictly speaking, but a
bud containing the embryo of the future
plant. The roots are thrown out from the
bottom of these bulbs, or buds, and, unlike
the fibres of the Tulip, are perennial; and on
their strength depends, in a great measure,
the vigor of the future plant.
Bulbs, long kept out of ground, are very
much weakened, and a number of years will
elapse before they recover strength to bloom
in great perfection. After the flowering of
the Lily, in August, the foliage of many
species decays; the bulbs then are in the
most perfect state for transplanting. If they
are permitted to remain long after this, and
the foliage begins to start again, they will
not bloom so strong the next year. The Lily
should not be moved any oftener than neces¬
sary. It is not like the Tulip and many
other bulbs,which are not injured, but rather
improved, by takiw them up annually after
flowering.
The Lily will do well in any well pre¬
pared border or bed. To have them in per-
pection, the soil should be excavated eighteen
inches deep, and filled with a compost of
peat or swamp muck, undecayed manure or
leaf mould, a foot deep; the remaining six 1
inches may be peat and rich mould. The
bulbs of strong growing Lilies may be
planted from four to five inches deep ; and
weaker sorts from three to four inches. In
they borders, three bulbs, of the stronger¬
growing varieties, are enough for one group,
or five, of the weeker sorts. They have a
pleasing effect when planted in masses; or
they may be planted in beds. Most of the
species are quite hardy; but they will all be
benefitted, and bloom more strongly, pro¬
vided they receive a covering of rotten
manure before winter sets in.
The Old White Lily - -This species has
always been considered the emblem of white¬
ness, and is too well-known to require any
description, A mass of White Lilies is
always beheld with admiration, and they
perfume the air with their delicious fragrance.
The White Lily is, therefore, indispensable,
and should be found in every garden. It
sometimes attains the height of three or four
feet, and is in flower about the first of July.
Turk's Cap Lily. —There are many varie¬
ties of this species; some with pure white,
others with purple, spotted, or variegated
flowers. The petals are very much reflexed,
giving them the appearance of caps. In
strong soil, and the roots well established,
the stems are sometimes thrown up from
three to five feet, producing twenty or thirty
flowers, flowering in July.
The Gold-striped Lily .—There are twa
varieties of garden White Lily with striped
leaves, one having yellow, the other white
striped foliage; both pretty in a collection.
The Umbel-flowered Orange Lily.-- This ii
a strong-growing species, producing' quite 3
number of large, upright orange flowers,
with rough interior. In contrast with the
White Lily, it makes an imposing appear-,
ance. It flowers about the first of July.
Tiger-spotted Lily. — A very common,
strong-growing species; but very showy
having fine, reflexed, orange flowers, with
black spots. It has the peculiarity of pro¬
ducing small bulbs in the axils of the leaves.
It grows from four to six feet high flowering
in August, and is a suitable plant for the
shrubbery as well as the border. It is ver>
easily propagated, as all the axil bulbs, wheij
planted in the ground, soon produce flower¬
ing plants.
Lily of the Valley. —An elegant and deli¬
cate, sweet-scented plant, which for ages has
been a favorite flower, and highly prized.
It succeeds well in the shade in any soil, and
182
MANUAL OP PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
soon spreads itself, by its slender, creeping
roots, beyond the desire of the cultivator.
It flowers in May and June.
The Japan Lily. —This magnificent species
of Lily, and its varieties were formerly
treated as green-house plants. They are
found to be as hardy as our common Lilies,
and will, therefore, prove a great acquisition
to the garden. These Lilies emit an ex¬
quisite odor.
Few plants are more handsome or attract¬
ive than the Japan Lilies. They produce a
gorgeous display, either in-doors or out; and
as they are quite hardy, they may be liberally
planted in the open border, and thus consti¬
tute one of our best autumnal flower-garden
plants.
Their propagation is simple and certain.
The bulbs may be separated, and each scale
will eventually form a new bulb. This
separation should be effected when the flower
stems are withered. The scales should be
stuck into pans of silver sand, and placed in
a cold frame or pit. After remaining one
season in this position, they should be planted
in a prepared bed of peat moss, and a little
silver sand intermixed with it; thus treated,
the bulbs will soon grow large enough to
flower.
VERBENAS.
This plant is a native of Buenos Ayres,
growing through a very extensive tract of
country. The dazzling, brilliant, scarlet
flowers cannot be exceeded by any other
plant yet introduced into this country; and
blooming from May to November, in the
open air, with us, makes it one of the most
desirable plants in cultivation.
Innumerable splendid varieties have been
raised, of every color and tint, excepting
yellow and blue. Some varieties are of a
bluish-purple, ruby-purple, lilac and dark-
purple, rose, scarlet, crimson, white, white
with red eye, scarlet wi ch purple eye, rosy
with red eye, shaded, striped, etc., in fact,
every shade of the colors named. The habits
of all are similar, naturally prostrate and
creeping plants, taking root freely wherever
the stems come in contact with the ground,
and sending forth innumerable clusters of
their many-hued, brilliant flowers from May
to November.
It is kept with difficulty through the
winter, except in rooms or in the green¬
house. In the cellar the roots soon perish;
nor are any of them quite hardy enough to
stand the winter.
They are all so easily raised from cuttings
that they can be obtained at any green-house,
for about two dollars a dozen for small plants,
which, when turned into the ground in
June, soon make large plants, and by Octo¬
ber will be three feet across. They continue
to flower after severe frosts, and are among
the last lingering flowers of autumn.
They flower from seed sown in the open
ground, in May, the same season, commenc¬
ing their bloom in August. Seedling plants
produce seed in abundance, but those that
have been a long time propagated from cut¬
tings lose that power in a great measure.
There is no end to the variety from seedling
plants. To have them come early in flower,
the seed may be brought forward in the
frame. No plant equals the Verbena for
masses, particularly when grown in beds cut
out on lawns, as the brilliancy of the flowers
contrasts finely with the green grass.
PETUNIAS.
Few things in the garden will make more
show throughout the entire season, even after
quite severe frosts, than a bed of Petunias
from a paper of seed marked “Choicest
Mixed from Show Flowers.” They will pro¬
duce a profusion of flowers, charming one
from day to day with their variations of
VOICE OF THE FLOWERS
Yes—flowers have tones—God gave to each
A language of its own ;
And bade the simple blossom teach
Where’er its seeds are sown ;
His voice is on the mountain’s height,
And by the river's side,
Where flowers blush in glowing light,
In lowliness or pride ;
We feel, all o’er the blooming sod,
It is the language of our God.
Mrs. Eswng
184
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
markings, and of color. Some retain their
distinctive characteristics, while with others
they are changeful as the kaleidoscope.
Stripes, blotches, sprays, white throats, green
edges, they are lovely. Then there are the
double sorts ; purple with white spots, white
with purple; rose color, white, purplish-crim¬
son margined with white; lilac veined with
purple; white with stripes of purple in the
center of each petal, some exquisitely fringed;
large and full as a rose, and some almost as
sweet.
The Petunia is divided into three distinct
classes, the Grandiflora, Small Flowered and
Double.
The Grandiflora varieties have a strong
succulent growth, the flowers are not so
numerous as some others, but are very large
and double, frequently measuring three inches
in diameter, and some kinds are exquisitely
marked with various shades of violet, purple,
maroon and scarlet upon white ground ;
some striped, others bordered, some marbled,
some deeply fringed. The double Petunia
gives no seed, and it is only by fertilizing
single flowers with the pollen of the double
that seed can be obtained. But Petunias of
all kinds are easily multiplied by cuttings.
The small Flowered class are those that
make our gardens so attractive with their
varied hues and markings. Some of the
new hybrids are of wonderful beauty.
A new double-fringed Petunia is named I
after President Garfield. It is thus described:
Color, light purple veined with deep purple
magenta, edged with a broad band of an
exquisite shade of green. Very novel in its
appearance and a new color in double Petu¬
nias ; flower very large and deep fringed.
Plants strong and vigorous; one of the finest
sorts ever offered, and worthy of a place in
every garden. It is a floral beauty of the
highest order.
VIOLETS.
“ Violets, sweet tenants of the shade,
In purple’s richest pride arrayed,
Your errand here fulfill ;
Go bid the artist’s simple stain
Your lustre imitate in vain,
And match your Makers skill.”
This is an extensive genus of plants, of
dwarf habits, suitable for border or rock-
work. There are many indigenous species
which flourish well in the gaaden, and will
repay the trouble of collecting them from
the woods, meadows, and pastures.
The Sweet-scented Violet should not be
wanting in any collection of plants, on ac¬
count of its fragrance and early appearance.
A single flower will perfume a large room.
The flowers appear in April, and continue
through May. There are the single white
and single blue, and the double blue and
white varieties; the double sorts are the most
desirable; they succeed best in a shady, shel¬
tered place, and are rapidly multiplied by
divisions of the plant.
PANSIES.
“ Open your eyes, my Pansies sweet,
Open your eyes for me.
Where did you get that purple hue ?
Did a cloudlet smile as you came through/
Did a little sunbeam bold *5
Kiss on your lips that tint of gold ?
Tell me the mystery.”
The Heart’s Ease, or Pansy, is a general
favorite—an old acquaintance with every one
who has had anything to do with a flower-
garden. It begins to open its modest but
lively flowers as soon as the snow clears off
in the spring, and continues to enliven the
garden till the snow comes again. The flow¬
ers are in the greatest perfection in May and
June. The burning sun of summer is un¬
favorable for their greatest beauty; but in
autumn they are fine again. The Pansy is
properly a biennial, but can be perpetuated,
by cuttings or divisions of the root.
185
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
To produce a bed of choice Pansies, select
a north aspect, with a cool bottom. Soil of
medium texture, and moderately enriched,
should be preferred for the production of
large flowers. Keep the soil frequently stirred
around them, and be careful that the border
is free from wire worm. If the plants are
put out in September, they will be estab¬
lished before winter; and I have frequently
found that plants so treated, get through the
winter quite as well as those coddled in
frames. As their propagation is easy, depend
exclusively upon young plants for the fol¬
lowing season’s bloom. Seeds should only be
saved from beds of selected flowers possessing
the best qualities; for it is only by following
this up, that improved kinds to any extent
may be obtained; and, as seed is readily pro¬
duced, it is not worth while saving that from
doubtful or indifferent sorts.
THE ASTER.
This large genus of plants embraces more
than ninety species, all inhabitants of the
United States; some of them very hand¬
some; giving life and beauty to our fields
and woods, during the autumnal months, by
the profusion of the various shades of their
blue, purple, or white flowers. Most of the
family are perennials, easily transplanted
when in flower, provided they are cut down
to the ground, and may be planted among
the shrubbery or borders, and will add grace
and beauty to the garden.
A number of perennial species are in cul¬
tivation as garden flowers, of which the New
England Aster and the Michaelmas Daisy,
both natives of North America, are perhaps
the most common, and, w 7 ith some of the
other species, are prized as among the com¬
paratively few flowers to be seen at that dull
season when the autumn is giving place to
winter. But the best known and most val¬
ued of all the Asters is the China Aster, a
summer annual, of which many varieties are
in cultivation. It was brought from China
to France by a missionary in the 18th cen¬
tury, but has been much improved and varied
by culture. The plant delights in a rich free
soil. It blossoms from July to the end of
autumn and adds much to the liveliness of
the flower-garden.
THE CHRYSANTHEMUM.
Long before this genus of plants was-
knowm in Europe or America the gardeners
of China and Japan were enthusiastic culti¬
vators of it, and it gives its name in the latter
country to the highest order of honor, “The
Order of the Golden Flower.” The colors-
are exceedingly various and beautiful, and
the form of the flowering head in some-
varieties is marked by the most perfect sym¬
metry, while in others it assumes a medusa-
like character.
The Paris Daisy or Marguerites have re¬
cently become popular as greenhouse or
bedding plants. The circumstance that it
may be had in flower during the late autumn
months and far into the winter, coupled with,
its profuse flowering and simple requirements-
for its culture, renders the Chrysanthemum
a universal favorite. There are numerous
varieties, sufficient to form an attractive
exhibit; in many places the “Chrysanthe¬
mum Show” attracts great numbers of spec¬
tators.
Cuttings are struck in November, Decem¬
ber and January. They require no heat, but
merely protection from frost, and till they
take root they must be kept in a close case
away from draughts. The soil they require
is a rich loam, with decomposed manure,
a third of the latter to two-thirds of the
former. They should be placed out of doors
from May till the time of killing autumnal
186
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
frost, when they ought to be housed to pro¬
tect them from freezing.
MIGNONETTE.
This fragrant hardy annual is too well
known to need any description. A bed of it
should be found in every garden. It con¬
tinues to bloom and send forth its sweetness
all the season, perfuming the whole region
about the premises. Self-sown plants begin
to produce flowers in June. The plants are
in great demand in and about cities, being
sold in pots and in bouquets. It is a native
of North Africa. The name is French and
signifies “ Little Darling.”
SWEET PEA.
“ Peas of all kinds diffuse their odorous powers
Where Nature pencils butterflies on flowers.”
Lathyrus odoratus is one of the most
beautiful, and also one of the most fragrant,
of the species, and is deservedly one of the
most popular annuals which enrich the
flower-garden. The varieties are, white,
rose, scarlet, purple, black, and variegated.
Each variety should be sown by itself, in
circles about a foot in diameter, three or four
feet from any other plant. When the young
plants require support, a light, neat stake, or
rod, should be stuck into the centre of the
circle, to which they should be slightly
fastened as they advance in height. Some
are in the habit of supporting them with
brush, which looks very unsightly before it
is covered with the vines.
The Sweet Pea will grow five or six feet
high, in rich ground, and continue in bloom
from July to October. The seed should be
sown as soon as the ground is in order in the
spring.
AMARYLLIS.
Amaryllis formosisshna , or Jacobean Lily,
is a flower of great beauty. It is a tender
bulb, but succeeds well when planted in May,
in the open border, in a rich, sandy soil.
The top of the bulb should hardly be covered
with earth. The flowers are large and of a
very deep red. The under petals hang down,
the upper curl up, and the whole flower
stands nodding on one side of the stalk,
making a fine appearance. The bulb rarely
produces more than two flowers, and more
frequently but one, about one foot high,
flowering in June or July. Upon the ap¬
proach of freezing weather, the bulbs must
be taken up, dried, and put away in dry saw¬
dust, where they will be secure from frost.
Aalica Stenoplalon is a magnificent species,
having large orange crimson flowers, beauti¬
fully veined w T ith scarlet. This grand novelty
was discovered in 1877 in one of the West
India Islands. The flowers are perfectly
double, and the color is rich, fiery orange red.
THE WAN PLANT.
This plant is a native of tropical Asia,
where it is partially parasitical, its roots
penetrating the bark of the trees which sup¬
port it. It was introduced into England in
1802. There are several species, but only
one is generally cultivated. Hoya Carnosa
has thick waxy leaves, and bears umbels of
beautiful flesh-colored flowers which are very
wax-like in appearance. It is an excellent
plant for house culture as it stands the ex¬
tremes of heat and cold better than most
plants, and is not easily injured by neglect.
It can be trained to climb on trellis-work to
almost any height, and when in bloom,
which continues for half the year, it is a
very interesting plant.
There are several varieties of Hoya, but
one only is generally cultivated. Silver
Variegated Foliage is very handsome, but is
of slow growth and difficult to propagate.
Imperialis is a new variety with beautiful
foliage and scarlet flowers. Cunningham has
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
187
light green leaves, deeper colored flowers
than the Carnosa and is a rapid grower.
They succeed -best in peat, with some
fibrous soil and sand. They must have per¬
fect drainage, and require a period o'f rest.
Hoya Carnosa is easily propagated from cut¬
tings. A very good method is to wrap a cut¬
ting in moss, keeping it moist until the roots
are well started.
GERANIUMS.
A lady who has been very successful with
her flower-garden, and has a rare collection
of Geraniums, writes as follows: “As Gera¬
niums are not at all fastidious about soil, I
take whatever is available, mix a small quan¬
tity of sand with it to make it friable, enrich¬
ing with old manure. I nearly fill the pot,
and then make a hole in the center, set in
the plant, press the earth firmly around it,
fill to the top and press down again, water,
and set the pot in a cool and shady place for
several days, then bring to the light for
a few hours, gradually accustoming them to
the sunshine, until they become fully estab¬
lished in their new quarters. When the
weather is sufficiently warm, I plunge the
pots in the border for the summer, covering
the pots entirely. I choose a cloudy day if
possible; if otherwise, I do the work late in
the afternoon, so that the intense sunshine
may not at first beat upon them. I prefer
massing these new plants by themselves, as
the effect is more pleasing than when inter¬
mixed with other kinds,
“The Geranium bed is the most attractive
one of my garden. It is always full of
bloom, and the varied hues commingled are
very attractive. I remove all decayed leaves
and the trusses as soon as the flowers have
faded. Frequently there will be a few de¬
cayed pips marring the beauty of a fine truss,
and these I carefully remove. All of my large
stock Geraniums which have been wintered
two years, I set by themselves, and they fur¬
nish an abundance of flowers for bouquets,
and cuttings for new plants. Where one has
a plenty of garden room, they need not mind
having several choice Geraniums of a kind
“Slips will root well during the summer
months, if set in the earth near the parent
stock, where they are shaded from the direct
rays of the sun. Care must be had to set
the cuttings well down in the soil, and firm
the earth compactly around them. In this
way one can obtain with little care nice
plants for the winter window garden, which
will be more shapely than those which have
become very branchy. Geraniums are ill-
growing plants unless pruned and trained
with skill. But they are so easily cultured,
adapting themselves to most any situation
whether of shade or sunshine, are so hardy,
and bloom so freely, that we can but admire
them though they yield no fragrant flowers.
“There are many varieties of scented¬
leaved Geraniums, and these mixed with the
odorless blossoms are almost an equivalent
Then the beautiful “Golden Bronzed Zoned”
Geraniums, and the “Silver Margined” and
“Tricolored,” are so beautiful in foliage,
while Happy Thought , with its creamy yel¬
low leaf margined with green; Distinction ,
with deep green leaves zoned with black; Mrs.
Pollock with bronze red zone belted with
bright crimson margined with golden yellow,
are exceedingly ornamental. Beside these
there are many perhaps equally attractive, not
often named in the general collection. Freak
of Nature , first sent out last year, is an im¬
provement on Happy Thought the center of
pure white narrowly margined with light
green; flowers light scarlet; habit very
dwarf and spreading. It originated with Mr.
Gray of England, and was awarded three
first-class certificates.
188
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
“Of the numerous classes into which
Geraniums are divided, few only are given
usually by florists. There are the Orna¬
mental Foliage of which we have cited a few
examples, and the Golden Tricolors, Silver
Tricolors, Golden Bronze, Nosegay and
Lilliputian Zonale; double and single Gera¬
niums.
“ New Life originated with Mr. H. Can-
nell, of Swanley, England, in our Centennial
year, and he sent out the first thousand by
subscripton only, at $5 each—not one sold
till the thousand were engaged! Now you
can purchase it at prices ranging from ten
cents to thirty. It is unique in color, being
splashed, striped, and flecked with salmon
and white on an intense scarlet ground. It
is sometimes freakish, having pips with some
petals salmon, others partly white and partly
scarlet, others pure scarlet. But this very
freak is charming, for with beautifully
striped trusses there will be others thus spor¬
tive. Its habit is dwarf, compact, and its
dark leaves zoned with black are very hand¬
some. It cannot be surpassed as a free
bloomer.
“Of the Sweet-scented Geraniums, we
have none equal to the hybrid, Mrs. Taylor ,
for beauty of foliage and of flower. It is a
fine grower, and for green to mix with flow¬
ers it is admirable. Dr. Livingstone , a more
recent novelty, is very handsome and frag¬
rant. Rose and Lemon scented are deli¬
cious. Lady Plymouth is a variegated rose;
leaves bronzy green, fringed with creamy
white, sometimes assuming a pink tinge;
very ornamental. London Blue is a very rare
variety of scented Geranium, of heavy creep¬
ing growth, with large crimped or curled
leaves covered thickly with fine spines or
hairs, and seldom blooms.”
This practical information will prove val¬
uable to all flower-gardeners.
THE SNOW-DROP.
The Snow-drop is the earliest flower of al!
the garden tribe, and will even show her
head above the snow, as if to prove her ri¬
valry with whiteness. Every third year the
roots should be taken up, in June or July,
when the leaves are decayed, and kept in a
dry place till August, when they should be
replanted. The bulbs are very small. To
make them look well and to produce a pretty
effect when in bloom, about twenty should
be planted together in a clump, one and one-
half or two inches deep. There is a variety
with double flowers; both sorts desirable;,
about six inches high in March and April.
“ The Snow-drop, who, in habit white and plain.
Comes on, the herald of fair Flora’s train.”
There is a flower called the Leucojum , or
Great Snow-drop, very similar to this, but
twice the size. Of this there are three
kinds: the Spring, the Summer, and the
Autumnal Snow-drop. The bulbs are much
larger; should be planted five inches from
each other, four inches deep. “We look
upGxi the Snow-drop as a friend in adversity,
sure to appear when most needed.”
“Lone flower, hemmed in with snows, and white as
they.”
THE GLADIOLUS.
Gladiolus communis is a hardy, showy bor¬
der-flower, of which there are several varieties
in cultivation, viz., white, purple, and red.
They should be planted in October, on a rich
sandy soil, about two and a half inches deep,
and require little protection, except the purple
variety. They have a flag-like foliage, and
produce their flowers on long, one-sided
spikes, or racemes, about two feet high, in
June and July.
Gladiolus byzanteum is also hardy, and re¬
quires the same treatment; flowers purplish-
red. The Gladiolus family includes many bril-
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
*89
liant species and varieties; most of them
green-house plants. Many of them, however,
succeed well in the open ground, when planted
in the border in May; blit it is necessary to
take them up in October, and keep the roots
dry, and from the frost, till the time of plant¬
ing again. All the species delight in a rich,
light, sandy loam, and should not be planted
more than one and a half inches under the
surface.
Among tiie choice varieties are Calypso,
Cleopatra, Eldorado, James Carter and Lord
Byron.
Gandavensis produces long spikes of the
most vivid scarlet flowers. It has flowering
stems four and five feet high, which throw
out a succession of spikes of its rich and
brilliant blossoms.
Floribunda is another beautiful species, with
a profusion of delicate pink flowers, marked
with purple, about two or three feet high, in
August. The treatment of all the tender
varieties is similar; if they are planted in
pots, forwarded in a hot bed, and turned into
the open ground in June, they flower some¬
what earlier, and grow stronger.
THE HYACINTH.
The Hyacinth is a highly esteemed florist’s
flower, of easy culture, of which more than
one thousand varieties are cultivated in Hol¬
land, forming quite an important item in the
■exports of that country, and whence, Great
Britain, the United States, and all Europe,
receive their annual supplies, and, in fact,
all parts of the world. Hyacinths are dou¬
ble and single ; of various colors, embracing
every shade of red, from a deep crimson pink
down to white; of blue, from white to almost
black, and some fewyellow and salmon color;
but thesliades of yellow are not very brilliant,
and appear yellow only in contrast with the
■white.
Some of the white, and other light varie¬
ties, have red, blue, purple or yellow eyes,
which add much to the beauty of the flower,
and others are more or less striped or shaded;
and some are tipped with green. The double
varieties are generally considered the finest,
but many of the single sorts are equally
desirable, as what is deficient in size of the
bell is made in the greater number of them;
some of the single sorts are the richest in
color.
Strong bright colors are, in general, pre¬
ferred to such as are pale ; there are, however,
many rose-colored, pure white and light blue
Hyacinths, in high estimation. Hyacinths
begin to flower the last of April in this
climate, and if shaded by an awning from
hot suns, may be kept in perfection the greater
part of a month. They never require water¬
ing at any season; keep them free from weeds;
as the stems advance in height, they should
be supported by having small sticks, or wires,
painted green, stuck into the ground back
of the bulb, to which they should be neatly
tied; otherwise, they are liable to fall dowiv
by the weight of the bells, and, as the stem
is very brittle, it is sometimes broken off
, when exposed to storms.
The most suitable time to plant Hyacinths
is in October or November. The finer sorts
will appear to the best advantage in beds,
while the more common varieties may be
distributed about the borders where most
convenient. The dimensions of the bed
should be marked out, and the soil taken
entirely away to the depth of two feet; the
earth on the bottom should then be dug and
well pulverized, and the space above filled
with the best garden mould, free from vermii
of every description, and largely composed
of rich decayed manure.
In California there grows what is called
the Twining Hyacinth. It grows in the
190
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
mountains and twines about the bushes,
sometimes growing eight or ten feet. After
it gets to the top of the bush and rests awhile,
it lets go of the earth and goes on blooming
for months regardless of the burning sun.
The flower stem breaks off near the ground,
and the flowers are kept swinging in the air,
supported only by the bush about which it
twines. The color is deep rose and is very
pretty.
Purple Hyacinth Bean .—A fine, tender
annual climber, growing from eight to fifteen
feet in a season, Treatment very much like
the common bean. Flowers in clustered
spikes. There is a variety with white flowers.
TULIPS.
Tulips ought to have a place in every
garden. They make a brilliant show in the
spring when the beds are bare of other
flowers, and afford bloom for a long time, if
a good assortment is selected. The pretty
little dwarf Due VanTholsare early bloomers
and are very gay. They are admired also
for the house, and by planting in September,
will come into flower in December. There
are early single and double Tulips, and also
late bloomers, so that by having a variety,
the border may look gay for a long time.
Parrot Tulips are large and very brilliant in
color, and picturesque in appearance.
All of these varieties succeed in ordinary
garden soil. They ought to be planted in
October or November, about four to six
inches apart, and about four inches under
the surface. Before severe frosts they need
to be protected by branches of evergreen,
straw or leaves. After blooming, and the
leaves have died down, they can betaken up,
dried and stored till autumn, if the bed is
needed for other flowers.
The bulb catalogues issued by leading
floristR in the autumn, and sent free to all
applicants, will enable you to select just what
you want.
CARNATIONS AND PICOTEES.
The Carnation and Picotee differ only in
the arrangement of the color, or markings.
The distinction is made by florists, and is of
course arbitrary. Seeds saved from one plant,
may produce both Carnations and Picotee, or
even from the same seed-pod. In an old
work in our possession, the distinction is as-
stated, but for long years any flower with an
irregular edge has been considered unworthy
of propagation. The Carnation should have
broad stripes of color running through from
the center to the edge of the petals. The
Picotee has only a band of color on the edge
of each petal.
There are two classes of Carnations, and
thousands of varieties. The class of Per¬
petual Bloomers are called Monthly and Tree
Carnations. The Garden Carnations are
hardy, and can be left in the garden during
winter by giving them a covering of leaves,
straw, or evergreen boughs. They are easily
raised from seed. Sown in June or July,,
will make good robust plants before frost,
which will bloom the following summer.
Some of them will be single, perhaps, and
these can be removed.
Those of superior merit may be multiplied
by layering . This method is to select good
healthy shoots that have not bloomed, and
make a cut midway between two joints.
First cut half way through the sho^t, then
make a slit lengthwise to a joint. Remove
the earth a few inches in depth, and press
the branch down so that this slit will open,
and then cover with the soil. Roots will
form where the cut was made, and thus a
new plant will be formed, which can be
removed in the autumn or spring. Midsum¬
mer is the best time to do this, and by
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
191
adopting this method good, healthy plants
are secured.
The plants should be well watered a day
or two before layering is commenced, and
immediately afterward—then only occasion¬
ally. They are frequently propagated by
cuttings, which can be rooted in wet sand,
or in light sandy soil.
I
Perpetual Bloomers,
Or Monthly Carnations, can be easily ob¬
tained of the florists for summer or winter
blooming; the former purchased in the
spring and the latter in the autumn. If one
raises their own stock, it is not best to allow
those to bloom much during the summer
that are wanted for winter flowering. It is
well to sink the pots in a good sunny place
in the garden, and when they run up and
show signs of bedding, cut back the stalk so
that it may become more compact and
branchy, then the buds in the late autumn
or winter, will be much more numerous.
The best for winter blooming are La
Purite (carmine), President de Grazv (white),
Peerless (white, striped with pink) and Peter
Henderson , of the well-known varieties. Of
those of recent introduction, Lady Emma is
excellent. Lord Clyde has for several years
proved to be an excellent winter bloomer.
It is of a very robust growth, like its parent
the Edwardsii , but of a more dwarf, low-
flowering habit. The ground-work is white,
thickly striped with carmine, and a frequent
blotch of maroon ; very floriferous, each stem
bearing from six to eight flowrets. Lydia is
another of the recent novelties, and is very
handsome. Flowers very large and intensely
double, of a rich rosy, orange color blotched
and flecked with carmine. Crimson King is
one of the largest Carnations, very full,
bushy habit, and robust, color crimson-scar¬
let. A pure bright scarlet is rare; when
therefore, Firebraiid , a novelty of 1880, was
announced as a bright scarlet, it produced
quite a sensation. It is very highly com¬
mended by those who have seen it. Grace
Wilder , Princess Louise and Fred Johnson ,
are new hybrid seedlings now offered for the
first time to the public.
* DIANTHUS.
The word is derived from the Greek words
Dios , divine, and Anthos , a flower, God’s
flower or flower of Jove. There are several spe¬
cies, and many varieties of Dianthus; Dian-
thus Caryophyllus is what is common known
as the Clove Pink, and from it have been pro¬
duced the double varieties called Carnations
and Picotees. The plant in its wild state is
found growing on the south side of the Swiss
Alps, at a low altitude, where the winters are
not severe. The common perennial garden
Pink is Dianthus Plumarias. The old and
well-known Chinese Pink, Dianthus Chinen -
sis, is a biennial, flowering the first season
from seed sown in spring, lives during the
winter, blooms the second year, and then
dies.
New and superb varieties have been intro¬
duced of late years from Japan, and Dianthus
Laciniatus , and Dianthus Heddewigii ’ both
single and double, make a splendid display,
and are among the most desirable of our
garden flowers. Dianthus Diadematus is of
dwarf habit, very profuse in blooming,
and the flowers are of various hues, from
white to dark maroon, and also beautifully
marbled and spotted. Of the recent novel¬
ties Eastern Queen and Crimson Belle are
superb. “Eastern Queen” is beautifully
marbled; the broad bands of rich mauve
upon the paler surface of the petals are very
striking. “Crimson Belle,” as its name im¬
plies, is of a rich crimson hue, with dark
markings; very large and finely fringed.
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS
1 MV
± fJ dLi
For early blooming it is well to sow seed
as early as April. June sowing will secure
good liardy plants for the following season.
When there is a profusion of bloom, it is
well to remove a portion of the flowers, so
that the plants may not become exhausted,
and the seed pods beyond what are desired
tor ripening, ought also to be cut off.
DAHLIAS.
The genus Dahlia comprises but few spe¬
cies, all natives of the mountains of Mexico,
whose range is from 5000 to 10,000 feet
above the level of the sea. About one hun¬
dred years ago a Spanish botanist introduced
seeds of the Dahlia into his native country,
and named the genus in honor of a Swedish
botanist, Dahl. The first seed imported
seemed to be variable and not very promis¬
ing. About seventy years since, Humboldt
sent fresh seed to Germany. Soon after this,
both seeds and bulbs were introduce'! into
England and France, and began to attracc
considerable attention, some enthusiast being
rash enough to hazard the assertion that
“ there are considerable reasons for thinking
that the Dahlia will hereafter be raised with
double flowers.”
About 1812 probably the first double
Dahlia was grown, but for several years after
this both double and single varieties were
figured in colored plates, and exhibited at
horticultural shows. That the single vari-
ties were prized is not strange, for the double
were not very good, and even as late as
1818, published figures showed very imper¬
fect flowers.
The improvement of the.Dahlia after this
was rapid, and its popularity quite kept pace
with its improvement. Dahlia exhibitions
were held in England and 011 the continent,
which were crowded by enthusiastic admirers
of this wonderful Mexican flower. For
many years the Dahlia maintained its popu¬
larity, but there is a fashion in flowers, as in
almost everything, and for a time the Dahlia
became, to a certain extent, unfashionable,
and this was well ; for it placed the flower
upon merit alone, and growers were com¬
pelled to introduce new and superior varie¬
ties to command either attention or sale for
their favorite flower.
A taste for old styles is now the “correct
thing,” and so we have imitations of ancient
earthenware, furniture, etc., and import
origmal Chinese Aster seed, and also obtain
roots of the single Dahlia from Mexico.
There are three pretty distinct classes, the
Show Dahlias, the Dwaif or Bedding, and
the Pompon or Bouquet, and to this we may
add the Fancy Dahlia. The Show Dahlia
grows from three to four feet in height, and
embraces all our finest sorts, fit for exhibi¬
tion at horticultural shows, from which the
name is derived ; the flowers range in size-
from two and a half to five inches in dia¬
meter. The striped, and mottled and spotted
varieties belonging to the Show section are
called Fancy , and though not as rich, nor
usually as highly prized as the seifs, or those
of one color, are verv attractive. The Dwarf
or Bedding Dahlia grows about eighteen
inches in height, and makesa thick, compact
bush, and covers a good deal of surface;
flowers of the size of Show Dahlias. They are
therefore very desirable for bedding and
massing.
The Pompon or Bouquet Dahlia makes a
pretty, compact plant, about three feet in
height The leaves are small, and the flowers
from one to two inches in diameter. Many
expect to find small flowers on their Dwarf
Dahlias, and feel disappointed because they
are of the ordinary size, not knowing that
it is the plant, and not the flower, that is
dwarfed, and that only the Pompon gives
the small flower. The word Pompon i$
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
198
French for topknot or trinket, meaning
about the same as the English word cockade.
The English term Bouquet is very appro¬
priate, as. the flowers are so small they are very
suitable for bouquets. Being of a spreading
habit, they cover a good deal of ground.
Unlike most of our bedding out plants, they
do best in poor soil; if rich, they grow to
branches and leaves so much, they bloom
sparingly and late.
Generally those who plant Dahlias pur¬
chase the tuberous roots, because they give
good strong plants, that flower freely without
trouble or risk. They are smaller and better
than the large, coarse roots usually grown,
because they are raised from cuttings, and
generally form their roots in pots. When a
tuber is planted, a number of buds that
cluster around its top will push and form
shoots, and if too numerous, a portion should
be removed; indeed, one good, strong plant
will suffice, and then the plant will become
a tree instead of a bush. Even then, if the
top become too thick, a little thinning of
the branches will be of advantage.
If the young shoots that start from the
neck of the bulb, are cut off near a joint and
placed in a hot-bed in sandy soil, they will
root, form good plants, and flower quite as
well as plants grown from the tuber; this,
however, requires some care and experience,
and amateurs generally will succeed best
with bulbs.
New varieties of Dahlias, of course, are
from seed. Some of them prove good, others
fair, and a portion utterly worthless. As a
general rule, we would not advise amateurs
to trouble with seeds, although there is plea¬
sure in watching the birth and development
of a new and beautiful variety.
The seed of Dahlias may be sown in pots
in early spring or end of winter, in a light,
loamy soil; they will germinate quickly,
13
and as soon as they begin to show their sec¬
ond leaves they should be pricked out into
other pots or boxes, so that they may have
plenty of room and air—they are very liable
to damp off if at all crowded. After pricking
out- they should be kept in a thrifty, growing
condition, by proper attention to watering
and temperature ; the temperature should be
maintained as near 70 0 as possible, and the
watering be sufficient to preserve a moderate
moisture.
If the green fly attack them, it will be
best to treat them to a very weak dilution
of tobacco water ; the young succulent plants
are very sensitive to smoke, and it is best not
to fumigate them. I11 about two months the
young plants should be large enough to pot
off singly, or to be transplanted into a frame
or bed, where protection can be given them
from the cold of night-time, or from late
frosts. As soon as all danger is past they
can be transplanted into their summer quar¬
ters, and should stand at least three feet
apart. The soil where they are to grow
should be rich and mellow. In August
they will come into flower, and those hav¬
ing blooms worthy of cultivation can be
retained, and the others destroyed. Only
a small proportion of the plants grown
from common seed produce flowers equal
to those now in cultivation, but when seed
is saved from a choice collection of named
varieties, the chances are that a large pro¬
portion of the plants will produce very
good flowers.
The Dahlia is called gross feeder , but it is
not. It loves moisture rather than rich ele¬
mentary food. In clay it finds the best con¬
stituents of its development—moisture, silex,
lime and alumnia. So we say to those who
love this queenly flower, if you would see the
queen in all her glory, plant in a comparative
heavy soil, no manure, and reduce the stalks
194
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
to one for eacli tuber, set the stakes firmly,
to keep the stalks from swaying, and if the
season is dry, give the bulbs a soaking with
water every evening during the drought.
My word for it you will then be proud of
your success.
The Pompon, or Bouquet Dahlia is a
favorite variety of this genus. The little
round balls of bloom are so pretty and trim.
Beatrice , blush tinted with violet; Dr. Stein ,
deep maroon, striped and mottled ; Gold-
finder, golden yellow ; Little Philip , creamy-
buff edged with lilac; Little Valentine , crim¬
son ; Mein Streifting , salmon, stripped with
crimson; Pearl, white; Prima Donna, white,
fimbriated; Perfection, deep maroon.
Single Dahlias.
Anything for a change from the common
order of things, seems to be the fashion now¬
adays, in flowers as well as in house build¬
ing and house furnishing. The antique, the
antique, is the rage ! So after years of labor
and hybridization to bring the Dahlia up
from its native state of single blessedness, to
its enormous cauliflower blooms, there comes
a reaction and now single Dahlias are praised
as “the most beautiful of all flowers,” “the
par excellence, the Londoner’s flower!” Well,
let the English florists thus praise its beauty
if they want to, but we opine that on this
side of the great ocean it will never be con¬
sidered “ the most beautiful of all flowers,”
however attractive some of them may be,
and well adapted for bouquets. There is no
danger of their superceding the doubles,
but it is well to have both when one can
afford it; their present high price puts them
beyond the reach of those whose purses are
not well filled, but in a year or two, when
the novelty is worn off, they can be pur¬
chased at half or even less, perhaps than
their present price.
We find in the Londou Garden the fol¬
lowing: “Dahlia perfecta, originally intro¬
duced by Messrs. Henderson, is perhaps the
finest flower which we possess, unless Paro-
gon, brought into notice by H. Cannell, may
be considered to bear away the palm. Lutea,
a quilled yellow, is also a grand bouquet
flower.”
The single Dahlias, Paragon and Lutea,
are now offered for the first time in this
country. Color very dark velvety maroon
with shadings of bright scarlet around each
petal; small yellow disk. Lutea is pure
yellow, with dark orange center. The
grandest novelty lately is the Dahlia Juarezii,
and not only a novelty, but a most valuable and
useful decorative plant for all purposes through
the late summer and autumn months. Its
blossoms are of a rich crimson, and very
much resemble in shape and color the well-
known Cactus, Cereus speciosissimus. Height
about three feet, very bushy flowers of very
striking appearance and quite unlike those
of an ordinary double Dahlia, the floweret^
being flat and not cupped.
CAMELLIA JAPONICA.
This is a very popular genus on account of
their rich dark-green leaves, and beautiful
rose-like flowers. They are hardy green*
house plants, and thrive best in light loam
mixed with sand and peat, but will do well
in light soil without the peat. It will not
flourish in a limestone soil.
The Camellia Japonica was sent to Eng¬
land in 1739 by Father Kamel, a mission- *
ary, for whom it was named. As a house-
plant the Camellia requires considerable care,
on acccount of the tendency of flower buds
to drop off. A northern exposure is best,
and a temperature of from forty to fifty de¬
grees. When the buds an. swelling, water
plentifully with warm watei but allow none
to stand in the saucer. Sponge the leaves
once a week. In the spring put the plant
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
195
out in a shady place on the north side of a
house or fence, not under the drip of trees,
and water it every day. Set the pots on a
hard bottom, so that no worms can get into
them. They form their flower beds during
the summer, and at this time a good growth
of wood must be encouraged.
In the Southern States the Camellia can
be raised with not more than ordinary care ;
at the North it must be considered entirely
a green-house plant, and as such will always
be highly prized. We are often asked how
it should be cared for as a house-plant, and
to all such, in the northern part of the coun¬
try, where it is necessary to maintain good
fires in warm houses for several months of
the year, we have no hesitation in saying,
let it alone, do not expend care and labor
where there is so little prospect of reward.
Camellias are of many hues, and some are
beautifully striped. Gen. Lafayette , bright
rose, striped with white, imbricated. Bell
Romann , imbricated, large flower and petals,
rose striated with bright crimson. Matteo
Molfino , petals cerise, with pure white band
down center. Mrs. Lurmann, crimson,
spotted, very beautiful. Pure colors of
white, red, crimson, rose and carmine, can
be obtained.
AZALEA.
Shrubby gr^en house-plants of easy culti¬
vation. Very showy and hardy. Like the
Camelia, they are found in all the leading
colors, and also striped, blotched and spotted.
They are both single and double.
Alexander //, is white, striped with ver¬
milion ; edges of petals fringed. Aurelia ,
white, striped with rosy orange, amaranth
spots. Flag of Truce , is a pure double
white, very fine. Her Majesty , is rosv-lilac,
edged with white. Alice , rose, blotched with
vermilion; double.
Azaleas need a light soil of sandy loam, to
which should be added one-half leaf mold.
Repotting should be done in May, trimming
the tops to bring them into shape. Then-
plunge in some sheltered spot in the garden..
In September the plants should be brought,
in under cover or into a cool room. They
do best when the temperature ranges from
forty degrees at night to sixty-five or seventy
by day. The foliage should be showered once
a week, but care must be taken that the
roots are not over-watered, as they rot easily.
Small plants bloom well, but their beauty
increases as they get age and size. The
flowers appear on terminal shoots, and are
from one inch to two and a half inches in
diameter.
Azaleas if left to themselves will develop
long shoots, that after a time become naked
below and are furnished with leaves only at
their extremities. Flower stems are formed
on the new wood of each summer’s growth,,
consequently the amount of bloom, other
things being equal, depends upon the amount
of new wood annually produced. In order
to have plants of good shape when they be¬
come large, it is necessary to give attention
to pinching and training them from the first.
The pyramid form, or more properly that of
a cone, and rounded at the top, is considered
the best for the plant, as it allows the great¬
est exposure of leaf-surface. Two principal
methods are adopted to regulate the growth
and bring plants into shape; one is by suc¬
cessive pinchings as the growth proceeds,
the other by allowing long shoots to grow
and then bending and training them down,
thus causing many of the dormant buds
along their whole length to break and de¬
velop into shoots. A skillful combination of
the two methods is probably better than
either exclusively. In this way, the life of
the plant is not injured, and its productive
power is increased.
CARE AND CULTURE OF PLANTS.
THE ROSE.
This well-known and highly esteemed
family of plants, or shrubs, embraces many
distinct species, which, by the skill of the
florist, have multiplied into thousands of
varieties,. They vary in height from one
to twelve or fifteen feet, producing flowers,
single, semi-double and double, and gener¬
ally of exquisite fragrance. The colors are,
pure white, white-tinted, shaded, striped, or
mottled; every shade of red to purple, and
all these shades and colors variously mixed;
also a few yellow varieties. There are no
black roses, although we sometimes hear of
them. Such as are sold for black roses are
those of dark shades of purple or crimson.
The foliage is also various in the different
species of varieties, but of a general charac¬
ter. They are different also in the appenda¬
ges to the plant, some having formidable
thorns, while others are entirely .destitute.
Some flower only once in the season—others
are perpetual, or everblooming. Most are
hardy, but many require protection. It is a
flower beloved by every one, not only in the
present age, but has been in all ages past,
and will no doubt continue to be the most
prominent and desirable flower as long as the
world stands. It may, with propriety, be
styled the Queen of flowers.
The Rose is pre-eminently the flower of
love and poetry, the very perfection of floral
realities. Imagination may have flattered
herself that her power* could form a more
perfect beauty ; but, it is said, she never yet
discovered such to mortal eyes. This, how¬
ever, she would persuade us to be a mere
matter of delicacy, and that she had the
authority of Apollo for her secret success :
-‘ No mortal eye can reach the flowers,
and ’tis right just, for well Apollo knows
’T would make the poet quarrel with the Rose.’
It is, however, determined, that until the
claim of such veiled beauty, or beauties,
shall rest upon better foundation, the Rose
shall still be considered as the unrivalled
Queen of flowers.
It is said, however, that the angels possess
a more beautiful kind of Rose than those
we have on earth. David saw in a vision a
number of angels pass by with gilded baskets
in their hands.
“ Some as they went, the blue-eyed Violets strew.
Some spotless Lilies in loose order threw ;
Some did the way with full-blown Roses spread.
Their smell divine, and color sLangely red ;
Not such as our dull gardens proudly wear,
Whom weathers taint, and winds’ rude kisses tear;
Such, I believe, was the first Rose’s hue,
Which at God’s word in beauteous Eden grew;
Queen of the flowers that made that orchard gay.
The morning blushes of the spring's new day.”
Cowley.
The Moss 'Rose, or Moss Provence Rose,
is well known as an elegant plant. The
flowers are deeply colored, and the rich mossi¬
ness which surrounds them gives them a
luxuriant appearance not easily described;
but it is familiar to every one. It is a frag-*
rant flower; its country is not known to us,
and we know it only as a double flower.
The origin of its mossy vest has been ex¬
plained to us by a German writer:
‘ The angel of the flowers one day
Beneath a Rose-tree sleeping lay ;
That spiut, to whose charge is given
To bathe young buds in dews from heaven;
Awaking from his light repose
The angel whispered to the Mose;
‘ O fondest object of my care,
Still fairest found where all are fair,
For the sweet shade thou’st given to me,
Ask what thou wilt, ’t is granted thee.’
‘Then,’ said the Rose, with deepened glow,
‘ On me another grace bestow.’
The spirit paused in silent thought;
What grace was there that flower had not t
’Twas but a moment;—o’er the Rose
A veil of moss the angel throws,
And, robed in nature’s simplest weed,
Could there a flower that Rose exceed?
(
ENERAL DIRECTIONS.—
To make fresh meat rich and
nutritious it should be placed
in a kettle of boiling water
(pure soft water is best), skim¬
med well as soon as it begins
to boil again, and placed where
it will slowly but constantly boil. The meat
should be occasionally turned and kept well
under the water, and fresh hot water sup¬
plied as it evaporates in boiling. Plunging
in hot water hardens the fibrine on the out¬
side, encasing and retaining the rich juices—
nnd the whole theory of correct cooking, in
a nut-shell, is to retain as much as possible
of the nutriment of food.
Roasting proper is almost unknown in
these days of stoves and ranges—baking, a
much inferior process, having taken its place.
In roasting the joint is placed close to a
brisk fire, turned so as to expose every part
to the heat, and then moved back to finish
in a more moderate heat. The roast should
be basted frequently with the drippings, and,
when half cooked, with salt and water.
In roasting all meats, success depends
upon basting frequently (by dipping the
gravy from the pan over the meat with a
large spoon), turning often so as to prevent
burning, and carefully regulating the heat of
the oven. Allow fifteen to twenty-five min¬
utes to the pound in roasting, according as
it is to be rare or well done, taking into
consideration the quality of the meat.
Roasts prepared with dressing require more
time. In roasting meats many think it
better not to add any water until the meat
begins to brown.
15
226
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
Broiling is the most wholesome method
of cooking meats, and is most acceptable to
invalids. Tough steak is made more tender
by pounding or hacking with a dull knife,
but some of the juices are lost by the oper¬
ation ; cutting it across in small squares with
JOINTS OF BEEF.
1. Sirloin.
2. Top, or aitch bone.
3. Rump.
4. Buttock, or round.
5. 'Mouse buttock.
6. Veiny piece.
7. Thick flank.
8. Thin flank.
9 - Eeg.
10. Fore rib (5 ribs).
11. Middle rib (4 ribs).
12. Chuck rib (3 ribs).
13. Shoulder.
14. Brisket.
15. Clod..
16. Sticking.
17. Shin.
18. Cheeks or head.
a sharp knife on both sides is better than
either. Tough meats are also improved by
laying for two hours on a dish containing
three or four table-spoons each of vinegar
and salad oil (or butter), a little pepper, but
no salt ; turn every twenty minutes. The
action of the oil and vinegar softens the
fibers without extracting their juices. Trim
off all superfluous fat, but never wash a
freshly-cut steak. Never salt or pepper
steak or chops before or while cooking, but
if very lean, dip in melted butter.
When you buy beef, select that which is-,
of a clear cherry-red color after a fresh cut
has been for a few moments exposed to the
air. The fat should be of a light straw'
color, and the meat marbled throughout with
fat. If the beef is immature, the color of
the lean part will be pale and dull, the bones
small, and the fat very white. High-colored,
coarse-grained beef, with the fat a deep yel¬
low, should be rejected.
In corn-fed beef the fat is yellowish, while
that fattened on grasses is whiter. In cow-
beef the fat is also whiter than in ox-beef.
Inferior meat from old or ill-fed animals has.
a coarse, skinny fat and a dark red lean.
Ox-beef is the sweetest and most juicy, and
the most economical. When meat pressed
by the finger rises up quickly, it is prime,
but, if the dent disappears slowly, or remains,
it is inferior in quality.
Joints for Roasting. —Ribs, sirloin, chump
of rump, mouse buttock, top side, fillet of
sirloin, tongue (fresh), heart.
Joints for Salting. —Round, aitch-bone,
silver-side, brisket, tongue.
Joints for Frying or Broiling. —Rump-
steak, beef-steak (well beaten), liver.
Joints for Stezving.— Beefsteak, topside,
brisket, and inferior portions, liver, ox-tail.
Joints for Puddings and Pies .—Beefsteak,,
fillet.
Joints for Soup and Gravy. —Shin, cheeks
and inferior parts, ox-tail.
To Make Tough Meat Tender, for 5 or
6 lbs.—Put the meat into an earthen bowl
with enough cold water and vinegar, equally
mixed, to half cover it; add plenty of pepper
to keep off the flies, a carrot, a turnip and ^
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
227
small onion sliced, a stalk of celery, a root
of parsley, a blade of mace, io cloves, an
inch of cinnamon and a few bits of lemon
peel. Turn the meat several times daily in
the pickle for a week, and then cook like
beef a la mode , first browning it with half a
cup of flour, then add the pickle and enough
boiling water to make a good gravy; season
it palatably and simmer the meat in it for
about 3 hours, keeping it covered; strain the
scraps of vegetables from the gravy before
serving both hot, with plain potatoes or any
preferred vegetable.
Broiled Beefsteak.—Put a gridiron over
the hot coals. A steel gridiron with slender
bars is to be preferred, as the broad bars
seem to fry the steak. Have a platter with
a little melted butter on it. When the steak
is done on one side lay it on the platter, the
cooked side down, for half a minute : then
broil the other side and serve it in the same
manner. Sift a little seasoning on it, butter
lightly; place in the oven for an instant and
serve at once on hot plates.
Fried Beefsteaks.—Cut some of the fat
from the steak and put it in a frying pan and
set it over the fire ; if the steaks are not very
tender beat them with a rolling pin, and when
the fat is boiling hot put the steak evenly
in, cover the pan and let it fry briskly until
one side is done, sprinkle a little pepper and
salt over and turn the other ; let it be rare
or well done as may be liked ; take the steak
on a hot dish, add a wineglass or less of
boiling water or catsup to the gravy; let it
boil up once and pour it in the dish with the
steak.
Gravy.—Put table-spoon flour into the
skillet, stir till brown and free from lumps,
add y 2 pint milk, stir well and season.
Beefsteak Pie.—Take some fine tender
steaks, beat them a little, season with a salt-
spoon of pepper and a tea-spoon of salt to
2 lbs. of steak ; put bits of butter, the size
of a hickory nut, over the whole surface,
dredge a tea-spoon of flour over, then roll
it up and cut in pieces 2 inches long ; put a
rich pie paste around the sides and bottom
of a tin basin ; put in the pieces of steak,
nearly fill the basin with water, add a piece
of butter the size of a large egg, cut small,
dredge in a tea-spoon of flour, add a little
pepper and salt, lay skewers across the basin,
roll a top crust to half an inch thick, cut a
slice in the center ; dip your fingers in flour
and neatly pinch the top and side crusts to¬
gether all around the edge. Bake one hour
in a quick oven.
Roast Beef.—The sirloin and rib pieces
are best for roasting. Season, dredge
lightly with flour, and place in the oven.
Baste frequently. For rare beef, a quarter
of an hour to the pound is the rule, bur the
quality of the meat should determine the
time. Thicken the drippings with browned
flour, add a little Worcestershire sauce, if
you like. Serve in a gravy-dish. Some
prefer the red juice from the meat, as it is
carved. An onion sliced and put on top of
a roast while cooking, gives a nice flavor.
Remove the onion before serving
c
SIRLOIN OF BEEF.
A sirloin of beef is cut across for the under
cut and lengthwise for the upper.
Roast Beef with Yorkshire Pudding.—
Roast the beef upon a grate laid across a
dripping-pan. Forty minutes before it is
done, pour the pudding into the pan below,
228
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
first having strained out the fat. Finish
roasting the beef, which will drip on the
pudding. The pudding will be done as soon
as the beef. (Allow fifteen minutes to the
pound if you like it rare, twenty, if well
done.) Cut the pudding into squares. Dish
the meat, and lay the squares of pudding
around it.
Yorkshire Pudding.—Mix 4 table-spoons
flour with 1 pt. milk, 3 eggs, yolks and
whites beaten separately, and a little salt.
Make the batter thin. Bake in a shallow
tin pan 10 minutes, then put under the grate
where the beef is roasting. Leave the pud¬
ding in the oven a few minutes after the beef
is taken up. Before serving, pour off the
fat from the top.
Scalloped Beef.—Take cold corned or
roast beef, cut off all the sinew and fat, and
cut into small pieces not more than half an
inch square. Line the bottom of a pudding
dish with a crust made of sea-foam crackers
crumbled fine and moistened with milk ;
then cover with a layer of meat. Season
with pepper and salt and sprinkle with bits
of butter. Alternate the layers and cover
with a crust of crackers moistened with
milk. Before putting on the upper crust
add a cupful of nice gravy or of milk and
hot water with a small lump of butter ;
cover with a plate or pie-tin and bake 45
minutes. Remove the cover and brown
nicely.
Beef Loaf.—Take 3 y 2 pounds of beef
chopped very fine ; round steak is best, 2
well-beaten eggs, 6 small crackers rolled
fine, 1 cup sweet milk, a piece of butter size
of an egg, salt, pepper and sage to taste.
Mix well, press into a bread tin, cover with
a tin and bake 2^ hours, occasionally bast¬
ing with butter and hot water.
How to Select Veal.—It should be small,
of a pinky white, and the kidney should be
well covered with fat. The calf should not
be killed after it is eight to ten weeks old, or
the meat will be coarse. Large, coarse veal
is cheaper than the more delicate kind. The
flesh should be closely grained and dry ; if
it is moist and clammy, it is approaching de¬
composition and is not fit for cooking.
Pieces for Roasting. —Fillet, breast, best
end; liver and brisket, best and scrag ends;
neck, best ends; heart, sweetbread.
For Pie .—Inferior parts.
For Boiling. —Knuckle, part of shoulder,
head, tongue and brains.
' For Frying .—Cutlets from shoulder, etc.,
liver.
For Stewing. —Breast, brisket end; neck,
scrag and best end; sweetbread, feet.
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
229
For Soup .—Inferior parts, as knuckle,
scrag, etc.
To Roast Veal.—Rinse the meat in cold
water ; if any part is bloody, wash it off;
make a mixture of pepper and salt, allowing
a large teaspoon of salt and saltspoon of
pepper for each pound of meat, wipe the meat
dry, then rub the seasoning into every part,
shape it neatly and fasten it with skewers,
and put it on a spit or set it on a trivet or
muffin rings in a pan ; stick bits of butter
over the whole upper surface, dredge a little
flour over, put a pint of water in the pan to
baste with, and roast it before the fire in a
Dutch oven or reflector, or put it into a hot
oven; baste it occasionally, turn it if neces¬
sary that every part may be done ; if the
water wastes add more, that the gravy may
not burn ; allow i 5 minutes for each pound
of meat, a piece weighing 4 or 5 pounds will
then require one hour, or an hour and a
quarter. Veal should be thoroughly cooked;
no meat undercooked is more unpalatable.
BREAST OF VEAL.
A breast of veal is used for roasting, stew¬
ing, ragout, and it is sometimes boiled so as
to roll, or a large hole is made in it for
stuffing. In carving a breast of veal, the
ribs should be first separated from the
brisket from A to B. The small bones are
considered the choicest. Cut them as at D
D D, and the long bones at C C C, and
serve according to preference.
Veal Chops.—Cut veal chops about an
inch thick, beat them flat with a rolling-pin,
put them in a pan, pour boiling water over
them and set them over the fire for 5 min¬
utes, then take them up and wipe them dry;
mix a tablespoon of salt and a teaspoon of
pepper for each pound of meat, rub each
chop over with this, then dip them first into
beaten egg, then into rolled crackers as much
as they will take up, then finish by frying in
hot lard or beef dripping, or broil them.
For the broil have some sweet butter on a
«
steak dish, broil the chops until well done
over a bright clear fire of coals (let them do
gently that they may be well done), then
take them on to the butter, turn them care¬
fully once or twice in it and serve.
Or dip the chops into a batter made of 1
egg beaten with x / 2 teacup milk and as much
wheat flour as maybe necessary. Or simply
dip the chops without parboiling into wheat
flour, make some lard or beef hot in a frying-
pan, lay the chops in and when one side is a
fine delicate brown turn the other. When
all are done take them up, put a very little
hot water into the pan, then put it in the dish
with the chops.
' Or make a flour gravy thus : After frying
them as last directed, add a tablespoon more
of fat to that in the pan, let it become boiling
hot; make a thin batter of a small tablespoon
of wheat flour and cold water, add a little
more salt and pepper to the gravy, then
gradually stir in the batter ; stir it until it is
cooked and a nice brown, then put it over
the meat or in a dish with it; if it is thicker
than is liked, add a little boiling water.
Veal Cutlets.—Two or 3 lbs. of veal cut¬
lets, egg and bread-crumbs, 2 tablespoons
minced savory herbs, salt and pepper to
taste, a little grated nutmeg.
Cut the cutlets about of an inch in
thickness, flatten them and brush them over
with the yolk of an egg ; dip them into
bread-crumbs and minced herbs, season with
pepper and salt and grated nutmeg, and fold
230
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
each cutlet in a piece of buttered paper.
Broil them and send them to the table with
melted butter or a good gravy.
Fillet of Veal. —Stuff with dressing as for
fowls, the dressing being placed in the hollow
where the bone was taken out. Roast to a
nice brown and serve with brown gravy.
Fillet of Veal Boiled. —Tie it round with
tape and put into a floured cloth. Plunge
into cold water and boil for 2 y 2 hours.
Serve with oyster or egg sauce.
Loin of Veal Roasted. —Make a stuffing
and lay it in the loin, then tie up. Put into
the dripper with a little water. When nearly
done, dredge with flour and baste with butter.
Add a little more water, and make a nice
brown gravy.
Loin of Veal Boiled. —Plunge a loin of
veal into a kettle of cold water, boil slowly
for about 2 hours. Remove the scum as it
rises, and serve with parsley and melted
butter.
Veal Pot-Pie. —Cut up some veal into
small pieces and boil in 2 or 3 qts. of water
till tender. Season while cooking. Take
out the veal and make a soft biscuit dough
with soda or baking powder. Add this
dough to the liquor in spoonfuls and boil 10
or 1 5 minutes. The pieces of veal may be
served in the same dish with the pot-pie.
Beef or Veal Pie. —Make a crust some¬
thing like tea biscut, only a little shorter.
Line a deep pie-plate or dish with the crust.
Take the cold pieces of meat left after bak¬
ing or boiling, put in a layer of meat,
sprinkle thick with cracker crumbs, add
seasoning to taste, and a piece of butter the
size of an egg. Add hot water enough to
moisten the cracker well. Lay on the upper
crust. Bake about an hour in a moderate
oven. Serve with mashed potatoes, and it
is also quite nice cold for lunch or supper.
Pressed Veal.—Boil 2 or 3 lbs. of veal
till tender. Cut or pick it up into small
pieces, and press into a mold or deep tin.
Put ^ oz. of gelatine into the liquor it was
boiled in, and pour this gravy over the meat.
It will look and taste very nice. When cold
it should be sliced with a sharp knife.
Boiled Calf’s Head (without the skin.)
—Calf’s head, water, a little salt, 4 table¬
spoons melted butter, 1 table-spoon minced
parsley, pepper and salt to taste, one table¬
spoon of lemon-juice.
After the head has been thoroughly
cleaned, and the brains removed, soak it in
warm water to blanch it. Lay the brains
also into warm water to soak, and let them
remain for about an hour. Put the head
into a stew-pan, with sufficient cold water to
cover it, and when it boils, add a little salt;
take off every particle of scum as it rises,
and boil the head until perfectly tender.
Boil the brains, chop them, and mix with
them melted butter, minced parsely, pepper,
salt and lemon-juice in the above proportion.
Take up the head, skin the tongue, and put
it on a smafl dish with the brains round it.
Have ready some parsley and butter,
smother the head with it, and the remainder
send to table in a tureen. Bacon, ham,
pickled pork, or a pig’s cheek are indispen¬
sable with calf’s head. The brains are
sometimes chopped with hard-boiled eggs.
HALF OF CALF’S HEAD.
A calf s head must be cut down the center
in rather thin slices on each side, from A to
B. The meat round the eye is scooped out
by cutting a circle 3t C; it is considered a
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
231
delicacy. A small piece of the palate and
accompanying sweetbread must be sent on
each plate.
How to Select Mutton. —It is best at
4 to 7 years of age. The color should be
dark red. It should be fat in order for it to
be tender and of good flavor. The fat should
be very white and firm, and the lean should
be fine grained and firm also. Mutton is
JOINTS OF MUTTON.
A sheep is thus divided
1. Leg.
2. Chump end Loin.
3. Best end Loin.
4. Neck, best end.
5. Neck, scrag end.
6. Shoulder.
7. Breast.
A saddle is the two loins
undivided.
A chine is the two sides
of the neck undivided.
considered best during the fall of the year,
or perhaps it would be nearer the mark to
say from August to New Year. The flavor
of mutton is thought to be improved by
keeping it a few days after it is killed. It
should be hung in a cool, dry place away
from flies, and should be wiped dry every
day.
In choosing mutton remember that the
brisket is first to become tainted, and that
part of the meat that lies around the kidneys.
Wether mutton is much the better. It can
be distinguished from the ewe by its larger
bones and darker meat. A leg of mutton
furnishes the most economical family dinner.
It shrinks less than other joints in the cook¬
ing, and has a solidity and substance that
makes it “go farther” than most meats.
Parts to Roast. —Saddle, haunch, leg,
chump end of loin, best end of loin, best end
of neck, shoulder, breast, chine, head, heart.
Salted .—Leg for ham.
Boiled. —Leg, neck, scrag end and middle.
Fried and Broiled .—Chops and cutlets
from loin and neck, cutlet from leg.
Stewed .—Scrag of neck.
SADDLE OF MUTTON.
A saddle of mutton is the joint ordered for
a small dinner party. It is cut in very thin
slices close to the back bone, B to A, and
then downward, from A to D and C. But
a lady is scarcely ever required in the present
day to carve a saddle of mutton.
SHOULDER OF MUTTON.
A shoulder of mutton must lie with the
knuckle toward the right and the blade bone
toward your left hand. In the middle of the
232
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
part farthest from you place the fork, and
then give one sharp cut from the edge to the
bone. The meat flies apart and you cut
rather thick slices on each side of the open¬
ing, A to B, till you can cut no more. Then
there are two or three slices from the center
bone to the end, B to C. Afterward turn
over the joint and cut slices from the under
side. Some people, instead of cutting the
joint in this manner, begin with the slices
cut lengthwise near the middle of the joint
from the end to the knuckle.
LEG OF MUTTON.
A leg of mutton must be placed with the
knuckle toward the left hand; you then cut
into the side farthest from you toward the
bone, B to C, helping thin slices from the
right and thick slices toward the knuckle.
The little tuft of fat near the thick end is a
delicacy and must be divided among your
guests.
LOIN OF MUTTON.
A loin of mutton is carved either through
the joints, which brings it into the form of
“ chops,” or it is cut lengthwise in a parallel
line with the joints, thus: The cut at A is a
thin slice of brown meat, followed by other
slices cut in succession. At D long slices
can be removed by cutting through to the
bone. The long lines at B and the short
ones at C indicate the situation of similar
cuts. This is the best mode for a lady, but
a loin is rather for family consumption than
for guests.
FOREQUARTER OF LAMB.
A forequarter of lamb consists of a
shoulder, the breast and the ribs. If a lady
is obliged to carve this joint, she must first
place her knife upon the shoulder, draw it
through horizontally, and then remove the
joint whole, placing it on a separate dish,
which is held for its reception. She must
then cut off the breast and separate the ribs
(see cut), but the cook should always cutoff
the shoulder and leave it on the joint.
The hindquarter consists of a leg and loin..
Boiled Leg of Mutton.—Cut off the
shank-bone, trim the knuckle and wash the
mutton, put it into a pot with salt and cover
with boiling water. Allow it to boil a few
minutes, skim the surface clean, draw your
pot to the side of the fire and simmer until
done. Time, from 2 to hours. Do not
try the leg with a fork to determine whether
it is done or not, you will lose all the juices
of the meat by so doing. Serve with drawn
butter.
Roast Loin of Mutton.—Loin of mutton,
a little salt; cut and trim off the superfluous
fat, and see that the butcher joints the meat
properly, as thereby much annoyance is
saved to the carver when it comes to table.
Have ready a nice clear fire (it need not be a
very wide, large one), put down the meat,,
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
233
\
dredge with flour and baste well until it is
done.
Broiled Mutton Chops. —Loin of mutton,
pepper and salt, a small piece of butter; cut
the chops from a well-hung, tender loin of
mutton, remove a portion of the fat and trim
them into a nice shape; slightly beat and
level them, place the gridiron over a bright,
clear fire, rub the bars with a little fat and
lay on the chops. While broiling frequently
turn them, and in about 8 minutes they will
be done. Season with pepper and salt, dish
them on a very hot dish, rub a small piece
of butter on each chop and serve very hot
and expeditiously.
Mutton Chop Fried. —Cut some fine
mutton chops without much fat, rub over
both sides with a mixture of salt and pepper,
dip them in wheat flour or rolled crackers,
and fry in hot lard or beef drippings ; when
both sides are a fine brown, take them on a
hot dish, put a wineglass of hot water in the
pan, let it become hot, stir in e ^easpoon of
brown flour, let it boil up at once and serve
in the pan with the meat.
Roast Forequarter of Lamb.—Lamb, a
little salt. To obtain the flavor of lamb in
perfection it should not be long kept; time
to cool is all that is required; and though
the meat may be somewhat thready, the
juices and flavor will be infinitely superior to
that of lamb that has been killed two or
three days. Make up the fire in good time,
that it may be clear and brisk when the joint
is put down. Place it at sufficient distance
to prevent the fat from burning, and baste it
constantly till the moment of serving. Lamb
should be very thoroughly done without
being dried up, and not the slightest appear¬
ance of red gravy should be visible, as in
roast mutton; this rule is applicable to all
young white meats. Serve with a little
gravy made in the dripping-pan, the same as
for other roasts, and send to table with it a
tureen of mint sauce.
Roast Mutton. —A leg or saddle of io
lbs. weight will require 2^ or 3 hours"
roasting. Put into a pan with a little flour
and water and salt. When nearly done,
sprinkle flour over it. Baste well in its own
drippings.
Irish Stew. —Stew some mutton chops
till they are half done, then add some onions
sliced thin and some potatoes cut in halves
and a carrot sliced fine. Just before dishing
up add a little thickening.
How to Select Pork. —See that the fat
is firm, and the lean white and finely grained,
the skin or rind thin and smooth. If the
flesh feels clammy, the pork is bad. If the
fat has kernels in it, the pig has been measly.
Very red flesh signifies scarlet fever. Pork
is the driest and fattest of meat. Bacon
and hams are salted and smoked pig’s flesh.
The pig’s blood is used in black and white
puddings.
Parts Roasted .—Spare rib, Loin, Leg, and
Head. Salted and Boiled. —Belly, Chop,
Leg, Head, Hand, Pettitoes, Chine, and
Tongue. Fried —Chops from Loin, Pig’s
Fry, and Sausages.
Roast pork is never seen at dinner parties,
but is occasionally served at a family dinner,
as it is a favorite dish with very many. It
must be placed on the table with the back
upward, and the crackling taken off before
any attempt is made to cut the meat. The
leg is carved like a leg of mutton, but the
slices should be thicker and not so large.
Slices of the crackling may be tendered with
each serving of the meat.
To Roast a Leg of Pork.—Take a sharp
knife and score the skin across in narrow
stripes (you may cross it again so as to form
diamonds) and rub in some powdered sage.
Raise the skin at the knuckle and put in a.
234
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
stuffing of minced onion and sage, bread
crumbs, pepper, salt, and beaten yolk of
egg. Fasten it down with a buttered string,
or with skewers. You may make deep in¬
cisions in the meat of the large end of the
leg, and stuff them also, pressing in the fill¬
ing very hard. Rub a little sweet oil all over
the skin with a brush or a goose feather, to
make it crisp and of a handsome brown.
JOINTS OF PORK.
A pig is thus divided :
1. Spare Rib.
2. Hand.
3. Belly.
4. Fore Foin.
5. Hind Foin.
6. Beg.
The chine is the neck
whole.
A leg of pork will require from 3 to 4
hours to roast. Moisten it all the time by
brushing it with sweet oil, or with fresh
butter tied in a rag. To baste it with its
own dripping will make the skin tough and
hard. Skim the fat carefully from the gravy,
which should be thickened with a little flour.
A roast leg of pork should always be ac¬
companied by apple sauce, and by mashed
potatoes and mashed turnip.
Pigs in Blanket—Choose fresh, large
oysters, slice breakfast bacon very thin, roll
each oyster in a slice of bacon and pin
through with a hard wood toothpick. Do
not use fat in frying, the bacon is sufficient.
Serve immediately on a hot platter.
Pork and Beans.—Pick over carefully a
quart of beans and let them soak over night;
in the morning wash and drain in another
water, put on to boil in cold water with
a teaspoon of soda; boil about 30 minutes
(when done the skin of a bean will crack if
taken out and blown upon), drain, and put
in an earthen pot first a slice of pork and
then the beans, with 2 or 3 tablespoons of
molasses.
When the beans are in the pot, put in the
centre ^ or ^ of a lb. of well-washed salt
pork with the rind scored in slices or
squares, and uppermost; season with pepper
and salt if needed ; cover all with hot water,
and bake six hours or longer in a moderate
oven, adding hot water as needed ; they can¬
not be baked too long. Keep covered so
that they will not burn on the top, but re¬
move cover an hour or two before serving,
to brown the top and crisp the pork.
Pork Sausages.—Take such a proportion
of fat and lean pork as you like, chop it
quite fine, and for every 10 lbs. of meat take
4 oz. of fine salt, and 1 of fine pepper;
dried sage or lemon thyme, finely powdered,
may be added if liked ; a teaspoon of sage,
and the same of ground allspice and cloves,
to each 10 lbs. of meat. Mix the season¬
ing through the meat, pack it down in stone
pots, or put it in muslin bags ; or fill the
hog’s or ox’s guts, having first made them
perfectly clean, thus : empty them, cut them
in lengths, and lay them three or four days
in salt and water, or weak lime water, turn
them inside out once or twice, scrape them,
then rinse them, and fill with the meat.
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
235
If you do not use the skin or guts, make
the sausage-meat up the size and shape of
sausage, dip them in beaten egg, and then
into wheat flour, or rolled crackers, or
simply into wheat flour, and fry in hot lard.
Turn them, that every side may be a fine
color. Serve hot, with boiled potatoes or
hominy; either taken from the gravy, or
after they are fried, pour a little boiling
water into the gravy in the pan, and pour it
over them, or first dredge in a teaspoon of
wheat flour, stir it until it is smooth and
brown, then add a little boiling water, let it
boil up once, then put it in the dish with the
sausage.
Chopped onion and green parsley may be
added to the sausage meat, when making
ready to fry.
Or sausage-meat may be tied in a muslin
bag, and boiled, and served with vegetables;
or let it become cold, and cut in slices.
“Mississippi Sausage.” —Eight lbs. lean
tenderloin, 6 lbs. backbone fat, 4 teaspoons
black pepper, 2 teaspoons salt, 1 teaspoon
cayenne pepper, 7 tablespoons sage. Mix
well after grinding.
Pork Chops, Steaks and Cutlets. —Fry
or stew pork chops, after taking off the rind
or skin, the same as for veal.
Cutlets and steaks are also fried, broiled,
or stewed, the same as veal.
Roast Pig.—Thoroughly clean the pig,
then rinse it in cold water, wipe it dry ; then
rub the inside with a mixture of salt and
pepper, and if liked, a little pounded and
sifted sage ; make a stuffing thus : Cut some
wheat bread in slices ^ in. thick, spread
butter on to half its thickness, sprinkled with
pepper and salt, and if liked, a little pounded
sage and minced onion ; pour enough hot
water over the bread to make it moist or
soft, then fill the body with it and sew it
to cr ether, or tie a cord around it to keep the
dressing in, then spit it; put a pint of water
in the dripping-pan, put into it a tablespoon
of salt, and a teaspoon of pepper, let the fire
be hotter at each end than in the middle, put
the pig down at a little distance from the fire,
baste it as it begins to roast, and gradually
draw it nearer ; continue to baste occasion¬
ally ; turn it that it may be evenly cooked;
when the eyes drop out it is done; or a
better rule is to judge by the weight, 15
minutes for each pound of meat, if the fire is
right.
Have a bright clear fire, with a bed of
coals at the bottom ; first put the roast at a
little distance, and gradually draw it nearer;
when the pig is done stir up the fire, take a
coarse cloth with a good bit of butter in it,
and wet the pig all over with it, and when
the crackling is crisp take it up ; dredge a
little flour into the gravy, let it boil up once,
and having boiled the heart, liver, etc., ten¬
der, and chopped it fine, add it to the gravy,
give it one boil, then serve.
Pig’s Cheek. —Is smoked and boiled like
ham with vegetables; boiled cabbage or
fried parsnips may be served with it.
Roast Spare-Rib. —Trim off the rough
ends neatly, crack the ribs across the mid¬
dle, rub with salt and sprinkle with pepper,
fold over, stuff with turkey dressing, sew up
tightly, place in dripping-pan with pint of
water, baste frequently turning over once so
as to bake both sides equally until a rich
brown.
Pork Fritters. —Have at hand a thick
batter of Indian meal and flour ; cut a few
slices of pork and fry them in the frying-
pan until the fat is fried out; cut a few more
slices of the pork, dip them in the batter and
drop them in the bubbling fat, seasoning with
salt and pepper; cook until light brown and
eat while hot.
Baked Ham. —Cover your ham with cold
236
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
water and simmer gently just long enough
to loosen the skin so that it can be pulled
off. This will probably be from 2 to 3 hours,
according to the size of your ham. When
skinned put in a dripping pan in the oven,
pour over it a teacup of vinegar and 1 of hot
water, in which dissolve a teaspoon English
mustard; bake slowly, basting with the
liquid, for two hours. Then cover the ham
all over to the depth of 1 inch with coarse
brown sugar, press it down firmly, and do
not baste again until the sugar has formed a
thick crust, which it will soon do in a very
slow oven.
Let it remain a full hour after covering
with the sugar, until it becomes a rich golden
brown. When done drain from the liquor
in the pan and put on a dish to cool. When
it is cool, but not cold, press by turning
another flat dish on top with a weight over
it. You will never want to eat ham cooked
in any other way when you have tasted this,
and the pressing makes it cut firmly for sand¬
wiches or slicing.
To Boil a Ham.—Wash thoroughly with
a cloth. Select a small size to boil, put it in
a large quantity of cold water and boil 20
minutes for each pound, allowing it to boil
slowly; take off the rind while hot and put
in the oven to brown half an hour; remove
and trim.
To Broil Ham.—Cut some slices of ham
of an inch thick, lay them in hot water
for half an hour or give them a scalding in a
pan over the fire, then take them up and lay
them on a gridiron over bright coals ; when
the outside is browned turn the other, then
take the slices on a hot dish, butter them
freely, sprinkle pepper over and serve; or,
after scalding them, wipe them dry, dip each
slice in beaten egg and then into rolled
crackers and fry or broil.
A ham may be cut in three ways: By
beginning at the knuckle, which must be
turned toward the left hand, and cut in a
slanting direction, or at the thick end, which
is then turned toward your left; or in the
ordinary manner, like a leg of mutton, be¬
ginning in the center. The slices must be as
thin and delicate as they can be cut. One
slice is given as an accompaniment to fowl
or veal.
Ham Toast. —Mince finely y of a pound
of cooked ham with an anchovy boned and
washed; add a little cayenne and pounded
mace; beat up two eggs, mix with the mince
and add just sufficient milk to keep it moist;,
make it quite hot and serve on small rounds
of toast or fried bread.
Head-Cheese.—After thoroughly cleaning
a hog’s head or pig’s head, split it in two
with a sharp knife, take out the eyes, take
out the brains, cut off the ears and pour
scalding water over them and the head and
scrape them clean. Cut off any part of the
nose which may be discolored so as not to
be scraped clean; then rinse all in cold water
and put it into a large kettle with hot (not
boiling) water to cover it, and set the kettle
(having covered it) over the fire ; let it boil
gently, taking off the scum as it rises; when
boiled so that the bones leave the meat
readily, take it from the water with a skim¬
mer into a large wooden bowl or tray; take
from it every particle of bone, chop the meat
small and season to taste with salt and
pepper, and if liked, a little chopped sage or
thyme.
Spread a cloth in a colander or sieve, set
it in a deep dish and put the meat in, then
fold the cloth closely over it, lay a weight
on which may press equally the whole sur¬
face (a sufficiently large plate will serve); let
the weight be more or less heavy, according
as you may wish the cheese to be fat or lean ;
a heavy weight by pressing out the fat will
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
237
of course leave the cheese lean. When cold
take the weight off, take it from the colander
or sieve, scrape off whatever fat may be
found on the outside of the cloth, and keep
the cheese in the cloth in a cool place, to be
eaten sliced thin, with or without mustard
- and vinegar or catsup.
After the water is cold in which the head
was boiled, take off the fat from it and what¬
ever may have drained from the sieve or
colander and cloth, put it together in some
clean water, give it one boil, then strain it
through a cloth and set it to become cold,
then take off the cake of fat. It is fk for any
use.
Pig’s Feet Soused.—Scald and scrape
clean the feet; if the covering of the toes will
not come off without, singe them in hot
embers until they are loose, then take them
off. Many persons lay them in weak lime
water to whiten them. Having scraped
them clean and white, wash them and put
them in a pot of hot (not boiling) water with
a little salt and let them boil gently, until by
turning a fork in the flesh it will easily break
and the bones are loosened. Take off the
scum as it rises.
When done take them from the hot water
into cold vinegar enough to cover them, add
to it one-third as much of the water in which
they were boiled, add whole pepper and
allspice, with cloves and mace if liked, put a
cloth and a tight-fitting cover over the pot
or jar. Soused feet may be eaten cold from
the vinegar, split in two from top to toe, or
having split them, dip them in wheat flour
and fry in hot lard, or broil and butter
them. In either case let them be nicely
browned.
To Make Lard.—Take the leaf fat from
the inside of a bacon hog, cut it small and
put it in an iron kettle, which must be per¬
fectly free from any musty taste; set it over
a steady, moderate fire until nothing but
scraps remain of the meat; the heat must be
kept up, but gentle that it may not burn the
lard ; spread a coarse cloth in a wire seive,
and strain the liquid into tin basins which
will hold 2 or 3 qts. ; squeeze out all the fat
\ from the scraps.
When the lard in the pans is cold, press a
piece of new muslin close upon it, trim it off
at the edge of the pan and keep it in a cold
place. Or it may be kept in wooden kegs
with close covers. Lard made with ^ as
much beef suet as fat is supposed by many
persons to keep better.
Venison, Roast (a New York recipe).—
Take any joint, according to taste and re¬
quirements, and cook it in the usual coat of
paste and paper. Flour it well, mixing
ground ginger and pepper with the flour, and
let it be well frothed. Make a thick sauce
by putting a pint of pure tomato pulp in a
lined saucepan, with a teaspoonful of extract
of meat and half an ounce of chopped capers ;
an ounce of black currant jelly should be
put in a few minutes later, together with the
same weight of brown roux. Season with
salt, a pinch of white sugar and ginger, a
dash of cayenne and a squeeze of lemon
juice. Send to table very hot and pour a
little plain gravy round the meat. This can
be recommended.
To carve a haunch of venison, place the
loin nearest you. Make a cut from A to B,
then serve slices from A to C. Serve fat
from the left side. Venison, in order to be
a delicacy, must be of prime qualitv and
must be carefully cooked.
238
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
Boston Tripe. —One lb. honeycomb tripe,
I egg, 2 tablespoons milk, i tablespoon of
flour, y 2 teaspoon salt, y saltspoon pepper;
beat egg, add flour, salt, pepper, milk. If
the tripe has not been soaked over night in
cold water, pour boiling water upon it, let
cool and dry with towel. Lay the smooth
side of it into the batter, then place it in
spider in hot pork fat. Cook slowly until a
delicate biown. Dip the remainder of the
batter onto the honeycomb side, turn and
cook in same way. Put on platter smooth
side down. Serve immediately. This is an
excellent receipt.
POULTRY AND GAME
HICKEN PIE.— To make a me¬
dium sized pie requires I good
sized chicken, which should be
carefully dressed, then boiled in
water sufficient to cover it until
thoroughly done. Add a little
salt and a very little pepper. When so well
done that the meat will slip from the bones,
take the bird out of the kettle, remove the
meat, break it into pieces as large as the two
fingers. The kettle with the gravy has mean¬
while been boiling, and should continue to
boil until nearly all the water is absorbed.
When it begins to fry, which indicates that
the water is boiled out, put the broken up
chicken into the kettle and allow it to cook,
watching it very closely that it does not burn,
stirring frequently. In this way it gets the
delicious browned taste that adds so much to
this dish in any form. Prepare a crust in the
same way as ordinary puff paste is made.
Line a deep pan with the paste, break an egg
into the dish and thoroughly wet the inside
of the crust, place the chicken in, then put a
top crust on, leaving a hole in the top so as
to keep moist by adding liquor in which there
is butter.
Deviled Chicken.—Prepare a mixture of
mustard, pepper and salt, moistened with a
little olive oil; put a small quantity of oil
in the spider ; add just onion enough to give
it flavor, and toss the chicken about in this a
moment ; remove, rub and brush the mix¬
ture over the chicken and broil. Serve with
a sharp, pungent sauce made of drawn butter,
onion juice, mustard and chopped capers.
Brunswick Stew. —Boil chicken or squir¬
rel with a little piece of salt bacon, add to it
tomatoes, butter beans and green corn in
time to be well cooked, a tablespoon butter
and salt and pepper.
Roast Turkey or Chicken. —Pick and
draw with care, then wash in a number of
waters. Rinse out the inside with soda
water. Wipe dry ; make a dressing of bread¬
crumbs mixed with a little butter, seasoning,
herbs, and hard-boiled eggs chopped fine.
Stuff the inside of the fowl with this. Sew
up with a strong thread; tie the neck to
prevent the stuffing from squeezing out.
Put in the oven with i or 2 cups water and
a little salt in the pan, and baste often.
Allow fifteen minutes to the pound if the
fowl is old. If young ten will do. This rule
allows for a brisk fire.
Do not let the skin get darker than a rich
brown. If there is danger of its getting
darker, lay a sheet of writing paper over the
top. Chop the giblets fine, stew them in
water enough to cover them, add them to
the gravy of the fowl ; thicken with a little
flour beaten smooth in cold water. Boil up
239
HELPS FOR THE
together, and serve in a gravy-dish. The
gravy may be seasoned with celery salt.
Dressing or Stuffing —Stale bread suffi¬
cient to fill a 2 qt. baking-dish—half Graham
and half white is best—soak till soft; add
seasoning to suit the taste. Take a pound
of nice beef-steak and cook it rarely, turning
all the juice of the meat over the prepared
dressing, chop the steaks fine and spread it
evenly over the dish; cover closely and
steam an hour.
ROAST FOWL.
The joint will usually separate by inserting
the knife between the legs and side and
pressing back the leg with the blade of the
knife, if not, it can be easily severed by a
touch of the knife. Next cut off the wing
from D to B. Remove merry thought and
side bones. Serve a slice of the white meat
with some of the dark, to each guest, con¬
sulting preferences as far as possible.
How to Cook a Fowl. —Make a paste,
by rubbing together cold, each of a cup
of butter and flour, and then stir this into
about 3 qts. boiling water, so that a smooth
gravy is formed. Carefully dress a fowl,
removing all the pin feathers, stuffing it with
any desired forcemeat, and trussing it in a
short, compact shape. Simmer the fowl in
this sauce, keeping it covered, for about 2 ]/ 2
hours, or until it is tender, and then remove
the trussing cords and serve it, either with
plain boiled or baked potatoes or with some
dumplings made like biscuit dough and
cooked with the fowl, for about 20 minutes.
A lean poor bird will become plump and
white under this treatment.
Chicken Pie. —Stew the chicken till cen-
HOCJSEKEEPER.
der, thicken the gravy a little, and add a
little milk. Line a dish with a good rich
crust, put in the chicken and gravy, season
and cover with a crust. Bake from y 2 to
of an hour.
Broiled Chicken. —Prepare in the same
way as for boiling, cut them in two through
the back and flatten them; place on a cold
gridiron over a nice red fire. After a little
time, when they have become thoroughly
hot, set them on a plate or other dish and
lard them well with a piece of butter, pepper
and salt them to taste, chiefly on the inside,
then place them on the brander and continue'
turning till done—they will take fully 20
minutes. Serve hot, with a little butter and-
plenty of stewed mushrooms—a delightful
dish.
Chicken Pie. —Cut the chickens in pieces
and boil till tender. Thicken the gravy and
season; then make a nice rich crust out of
baking powder or soda biscuit dough, line
the dish with this dough and lay in the-
chicken, taking care to have the bones all
point toward the center, so that when it is
cut you will not cut across a bone. Put in.
plenty of gravy and cover with a crust.
Chicken Pates.— Take cold chicken that
has been cooked in any way, mince fine.
Make a sauce of a cup of milk thickened'
with 1 teaspoon corn-starch or flour, add 1
tablespoon butter, seasoning to taste. Make
a good puff-paste and line small pate-pans
with it. Bake quick. Fill the crusts in the
pan with the chicken compound and set in
the oven to brown.
Chicken Cutlets. —Cut in as large pieces
as possible the thick parts of 2 chickens,
either cooked or uncooked. Dip in beaten
egg and then in cracker or bread-crumbs,
and fry to a light brown in butter. They
should be served with a thickened and well-
seasoned gravy made from the bones.
240
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
Boiled Fowl.—Having cleaned the fowl
thoroughly, sew up in a coarse white cloth,
plunge into a kettle of boiling water and boil
slowly for an hour or more, according to age
and toughness of fowl. Serve with celery,
parsley, oyster sauce or simple white sauce,
and garnish with slices of lemon.
To Curry Chicken.—Slice an onion and
brown in a little butter, add a spoon of curry
powder, allow it to remain covered for a few
minutes to cook; add a little more butter
and put in chicken, veal, etc., etc., cut up
small, thicken with a little flour. This is
excellent.
A turkey and goose are helped by cutting
slices off the breast, and then the wings and
legs are taken off. The breast is reckoned
the best and the wing next in preference.
Gentlemen are often partial to the drum¬
stick, the slender part of the leg. A little of
9_
BOILED TURKEY.
the stuffing is served with every portion of
the bird. The drumstick is often reserved
till the bird is cold and then grilled for
breakfast. The rest must be carved as you
would a fowl, dividing the breast, A to B,
and cutting the back in two. Wild duck is
helped in the same manner.
Mode of Broiling Chicken.—Dress the
chicken, wash and dry with a towel. Heat
the spider and place in it the chicken, skin
down; add salt and pepper and a lump of
butter on each half; cover with a tin and let
it cook rather slowly midway or back of the
middle if too hot. When thoroughly
browned turn and cook in the same way
until well done. This method prevents the
burnt and underdone places in chicken
broiled over coals. Garnish with parsley or
cresses and a thin slice or two of lemon.
Boiled Fowl with Oysters.—One young
fowl, 3 doz. oysters, yolks of 2 eggs, a gill of
cream; truss as for boiling, fill inside with
oysters bearded and washed in their own
liquor; secure the ends of the fowl, put it
into a tin boiler or saucepan and place the
saucepan in a kettle of boiling water. Keep
it boiling I ]/ 2 hours or rather longer, then
take the gravy that has flowed from the
oysters and fowl, of which there will be a good
quantity, stir in the cream and yolks of eggs,
add a few oysters scalded in their liquor; let
the sauce get quite hot but do not allow it
to boil, pour some of it over the fowl and the
remainder send to the table in a gravy bowl.
A trifle of powdered mace improves it.
Roast Duck.—Use onions and
potatoes, chopped fine and highly seasoned,
for the stuffing. Bind on the slices of salt
pork and baste frequently while they are
cooking in a moderately hot oven for about
2 hours.
All poultry is better to be drawn as soon
as possible after killing, while the flavor will
be much improved if it is filled with 3 or 4
onions cut in quarters, and the bird kept at
an even temperature for a week before it is
wanted for use. Wrap it up in a clean white
cloth to exclude the air and keep it from
freezing. The colder the better, provided it
just escapes freezing. The continued change
of temperature is what causes the change of
flavor, while the presence of onions permeates
the flesh, giving it an agreeable flavor which
has not the slightest suspicion of garlic.
While the fowls are roasting it is well to
add 2 or 3 onions in the side of the dripping
pan, adding more if the bird is of extra size.
Even people who have an obstinate prejudice
against onions have been known to praise
poultry and game prepared in this way, giv-
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
341
ing it the preference to the old-fashioned way
of leaving out onions altogether.
A quart of oysters add very much to the
stuffing of roast turkey, while the liquor is
sufficient wetting for the amount of bread
necessary.
Relish for Roast Duck.—Slice 6 oranges
for 6 persons; grate the rind of i and add
juice of i lemon, 3 tablespoons salad oil or
melted butter, a pinch of cayenne pepper;
mix and pour over the oranges.
Stewed Pigeons.—After preparing the
birds, cut them up and let them lie in salt
water for y 2 an hour, then wash them well
in clear water, place in saucepan with just
enough water to cover them, cook till tender.
Pour off some of the water and let them
simmer quickly till dry; season with butter,
salt and pepper to taste and serve with cream
gravy.
Quail on Toast.—Wash the birds and
wipe dry, split them down the back and broil
-over bright coals till done and browned
lightly, turning often to prevent charring;
season with butter, pepper and salt, lay on
slices of buttered toast and serve imme¬
diately.
Roast Quail or Woodcock.—After draw¬
ing the birds, wash out thoroughly with a
little borax or soda in the water, wipe dry
with a soft cloth and rub salt and pepper well
inside and out. Allow one small onion and
one small potato for each bird, with a few
bread crumbs; mince them and add half a
teaspoon of sage, with a tablespoon of melted
butter. Sew up the bird with fine cotton to
prevent tearing when taken out. Cover the
front and back with a slice of salt pork, tie
up well with grocer’s twine and place the
birds in a frying-pan, which can be covered
closely with an inverted pan.
Pour some boiling hot water over each
.bird and let them stew for about half an
hour. Remove the cover after they are well
steamed and allow them to brown nicely,
giving them closer attention for another 30
minutes. Use a little flour in thickening the
gravy, and send around green peas and cur¬
rant jelly as a relish. Squabs are very fine
eating when prepared in this way.
Quail on Toast.--Clean nicely, cut open
down the back, season and dredge with
flour. Crush them flat and put in a pan with
butter and a little water. Cover and put in
a hot oven till nearly done. Then fry in hot
butter till brown. Toast slices of white
bread, butter lightly and place the quails on
the toast. Dish each separately; thicken
the gravy in the pan with flour browned a
little and pour over the quails and toast.
Serve very hot. Delicious.
Pheasants, Partridges and Quails.—
Clean and wash in several waters, putting a
little soda in the last water, dry with a towel,
stuff with dressing same as for chicken or
turkey, sew up tight, tie down legs and
wings; steam them over hot water for an
hour or until done, then put them in a pan
in the oven with a little butter and water.
Baste frequently; they will brown nicely in
15 or 20 minutes ; place them on a platter
and garnish with parsley and jelly.
Pigeon Pie.—Prepare the pigeons as for
roasting and put a lump of butter in each
one ; border a pudding dish with puff-paste,
lay veal cutlet or a cut of tenderloin steak in
the bottom of the dish. Place a layer of
pigeons, breast downward, in the dish. Chop
5 hard-boiled eggs and cover the pigeons
with them. Put in a little veal broth en¬
riched with butter. Cover with a puff crust
and bake slowly 1 y hours.
Broiled Rabbit.—Broil slightly over the
coals to give firmness to the flesh, then cover
it with slices of fat pork from the neck to the
legs. Then roast it for an hour. Remove
16
242
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
the flesh and cut it in strips. Afterward
break the bones and cook them with some
butter and flour, onions, salt, pepper and
stock broth; boil them down to one-fourth,,
and having strained the gravy, put the slices
into it and serve it up without again boiling it.
SAUCES FOR MEATS
EW articles of cookery require
more care in making than
sauces. Most of them should
be stirred constantly, and those
containing eggs should never
boil. The thickest stew-pans
should be used for making
sauces, and wooden or silver spoons for
stirring them.
ColonePs Roast Beef Sauce. —One small
teacup vinegar, I teaspoon sugar, 2 tea¬
spoons mixed mustard, I tablespoon tomato
catsup, i tablespoon Worcestershire sauce, I
teaspoon salt, a little red pepper. Mix well.
Mayonaise Dressing. —One teaspoon salt,
I teaspoon dry mustard, ^ teaspoon red
pepper, yolks of 4 eggs, 3 tablespoons vine¬
gar, 1 tablespoon lemon juice, 2 teacups
olive oil.
Chili Sauce. —Nine large ripe tomatoes, 1
onion chopped fine, 4 hot peppers, 2 cups of
vinegar, 1 tablespoon salt, 1 tablespoon
sugar, 1 teaspoon ginger, 1 teaspoon cloves,
I teaspoon allspice, I teaspoon cinnamon, 1
teaspoon nutmeg. Boil 1 hour.
Tomato Catsup. —Take the following in¬
gredients : Eight qts. strained tomato juice,
6 tablespoons black pepper, the same quan¬
tity of salt, 4 tablespoons mustard, 1 table¬
spoon cloves, 1 qt. good vinegar, 1 cup brown
sugar, 1 teaspoon red pepper and 1 grated
nutmeg. This must be boiled slowly until
it becomes thick.
Cucumber Catsup.—Pare cucumbers and
cut them into pieces the size of a pear, lay in
a bowl as follows: a layer of cucumbers, then
a layer of salt, etc. Allow them to stand
until following day; drain off water and
season with celery seed, white and black
mustard seed, unground black pepper and a
little chopped onion. Fill bottles more than
half full of the cucumbers, then fill them up
with good vinegar.
Currant Sauce. —Five lbs. currants, 4
lbs. sugar, 1 pt. vinegar, 4 teaspoons cinna¬
mon, 4 teaspoons cloves. Boil 3 hours; nice
for meats.
Bread Sauce. —Cut a large onion in quar¬
ters and boil it in milk till tender; drain off
th( milk and pour it over grated bread
crumbs ; cover them up and let stand for
about an hour, then put in a stewpan with a
piece of butter the size of an egg mixed with
a little flour; boil up together, add a little
cream and serve. This sauce is excellent
with roast shoulder of mutton.
Apple Sauce for Roast Goose. —Pare,
core and slice some apples, stew till tender,
and add a little butter and some brown
sugar.
Celery Sauce.— Take y 2 pt. boiling milk,
5 tablespoons butter, 1 tablespoon flour, stir
together. Cut two heads of celery fine, boil
five minutes; stir the celery into the prepared
mixture and boil a few minutes. Very nice
for boiled fowl.
Kgg Sauce.—Take 5 tablespoons drawn
butter, the yolks of 2 hard-boiled eggs
mashed fine; seasoning, 4 tablespoons vine¬
gar and 3 of salad oil, a little catsup if
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
243
desired; stir well and boil for a few minutes.
This is a nice fish sauce.
Onion Sauce.— Boil the onions gently in
milk and water till they are quite soft, tnen
rub through a colander with a spoon, and
boil them up with cream or the yolk of an
egg beaten smooth with milk or melted
butter.
White Sauce for Boiled Fowl.— Put the
peel of a lemon cut very fine into a pint of
cream, with a little thyme and seasoning to
taste; simmer it gently for a few minutes,
then strain and thicken it with i tablespoon
flour beaten up with y lb. butter, boil up
and add the juice of the lemon and stir well.
Mix the sauce with a little of the hot chicken
gravy, but do not boil them together.
Lemon Sauce.—Cut thin slices of lemon
into small pieces and put them in melted
butter; let it just come to a boil and pour
over the fowl.
Mint Sauce.-— Chop mint leaves with a
sharp knife, and do it quickly or they will
turn black; add a little brown sugar and
some good vinegar. This is very nice with
roast lamb or mutton.
Horse-Radish Sauce. —Mixwell together
1 oz. grated horse-radish, y 2 oz. salt, I table¬
spoon made mustard, 3 tablespoons brown
sugar, the same quantity of vinegar, and
milk and cream to make it the consistency of
thick cream.
Dutch Sauce for Meat or Fish.— Put 6
tablespoons water and 4 of vinegar into a
stewpan, heat and thicken with the yolks of
2 eggs ; make it quite hot, but do not boil;
squeeze in the juice of ^ a lemon, and strain
it through a sieve.
To Make Drawn Butter.— Put half a
pint of milk in a perfectly clean stewpan and
set over a moderate fire; put into a pint
bowl a heaping tablespoon of wheat flour, y
lb. sweet butter and a saltspoon of salt ; work
these well together with the back of a spoon,
then pour into ft, stirring it all the time, half
a pint of boiling water; when it is smooth,
stiv it into the boiling mnk, let it simmer for
five minutes or more and it is done.
Drawn butter made after this recipe will
be found to be most excellent; it may be
made less rich by using less butter.
Melted Butter. —Put into a stewpan 4 oz.
butter, melt a little, then add 2 tablespoons
flour and stir well together; pour in y 2 pint
hot water and boil a minute, stirring con¬
stantly and always in one direction. Milk
used instead of water requires a little less
butter and looks whiter.
Melted Butter. —Mix a large teaspoon
flour smoothly with 1 cup cold water and a
pinch of salt; put this in a stewpan and add
2 or 3 ozs. butter and stir constantly until it
thickens, when it is done.
To Clarify Butter. —Simmer it gently over
a clear fire, and when melted take it off, skim
and let the sediment settle. Pour the butter
off clear into jars for use and set in a cool
place. Do this in the fall and it will keep
all winter.
Curry Powder. —Two ozs. mustard, 2 of
black pepper, 6 of coriander seed, 6 of
tumeric, x / 2 oz. red pepper, 1 oz. cardamon,
1 oz. cummin seed and cinnamon. Pound
fine, put in a bottle, cork and keep for
seasoning gravies.
Boro-tartrate for Preserving Meat and
Other Food. —Distilled water is aromatized
with nutmeg in the proportion of 1 or 2 parts
to 1000, and in this is dissolved 12 to 15
parts of boro-tartrate obtained by melting
together 2 parts of tartaric acid with 1 5 of
boracic acid. This antiseptic fluid is injected
into the arteries of the animal to be pre¬
served, which is then cut up, and the pieces,
after the bones have been removed, are im¬
mersed in the fluid for several hours and then
244
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
dried in the air. Small pieces require to be
immersed only for a short time, or their sur¬
face simply sponged with the fluid. This
will be found an excellent preservative.
English Pickle for Meat. —Dissolve 300
parts of common salt, 5 parts of saltpetre
and 50 parts of sugar in 2000 parts of water.
Boil the whole and remove the scum.
VEGETABLES
EGETABLES are a most use¬
ful accessory to our daily
food, and their cookery
should receive greater atten¬
tion than it usually does. It
is considered a very simple
thing to boil a pot of potatoes, yet their
palatableness and digestibility depend very
largely on the way it is done. Nearly all
vegetables are much better put into boiling
water, as the fine flavor is thus retained in
the vegetable instead of being soaked out in
the water. Care should be taken not to
overcook them ; and when done they should
be immediately prepared for the table and
served at once, as they are spoiled by
standing.
Scalloped Potatoes. —Four large, cold,
boiled potatoes, peeled and sliced, 2 table¬
spoons butter, 1 pt. hot milk, 2 tablespoons
flour. Melt butter and add hot milk and
flour, when thick add salt, pepper and
parsley. Put a layer of mixture in bottom
of baking dish, then a layer of potato and so
on, milk coming last. Cover with cracker
crumbs and bake 1 5 minutes.
Potatoes a la Creme. —Put into a sauce¬
pan 3 tablespoons butter, a small handful of
parsley chopped fine, salt and pepper to
taste. Stir up well until hot, add a small
teacup cream or rich milk, thicken with 2
teaspoons flour and stir until it boils. Chop
some cold, boiled potatoes, put into the mix¬
ture and boil up once before serving.
Potatoes in Cases. —Bake potatoes of
equal size, when done and still hot cut off a
small piece from each potato, scoop out care¬
fully the inside, leaving the skin unbroken,
mash the potato well, seasoning it with
plenty of butter, pepper, salt and grated
cheese; return it to potato skin with a spoon,
allowing it to protrude about an inch above
the skin. Leave the tops rough and return
to oven to brown.
Candied Potatoes. —Boil 3 large sweet
potatoes until tender, slice and place in
shallow baking dish, in layers, with sugar
and butter liberally sprinkled between.
Cover the top with sugar, then pour a tea¬
cup of boiling water thereon and set inside
the oven to brown.
Candied Sweet Potatoes. —Boil 6 small¬
sized sweet potatoes, peel them and lay on a
shallow plate or pan. Put a teaspoon butter
on each potato, sprinkle on them ^ cup of
brown sugar, 2 tablespoons of water in pan,
cook slowly and baste as you would meat.
Cinnamon, cloves, nutmeg and lemon peel
improve the flavor.
Macaroni. —Boil macaroni until tender,
drain and place in dish alternate layers of
macaroni and cheese, allowing plenty of the
latter; season with salt; prepare a custard
as for custard pie, omitting the sugar, pour
this over the macaroni, bake in a slow oven.
Potato Chips. —Pare the potatoes, shave
them very thin, soak for y 2 hour in ice-cold
salted water, drain in a colander and spread
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
245
upon a dry towel; fry a few at a time in
very hot fat, i minute being sufficient to cook
and brown them properly, sprinkly lightly
with salt, and when needed at table heat
quickly in the oven.
Sweet Potato Pone. —One quart sweet
potatoes peeled and grated ; pour over the
grated potato I pt. boiling water, stir it well;
add i teacup brown sugar, 2 teacups mo-
losses, 2 tablespoons butter, 1 heaping table¬
spoon powdered ginger, 1 teacup milk; pour
into a baking dish and bake slowly for about
2 hours.
Green Corn Oysters. —One pint grated
green corn, 1 tablespoon flour, 2 eggs, piece
of butter the size of half an egg, a pinch of
salt. Mix well and fry like pancakes.
Boston Baked Beans.— These require a
covered stone bean-pot. One qt. dry beans
makes enough for a family of 6 or 7 persons.
The beans should be looked over carefully
and put to soak in plenty of soft water over
night; skim them out of the water in the
morning and put on cold fresh water enough
to cover them when they have boiled ; put
them in the bean-pot in the same water.
Add 1 tablespoon molasses and a piece of
corned beef, about y 2 lb., with considerable
fat on it (we much prefer this to pork) and a
very little salt.
It is best to taste them when about half
done, and if they are not salt enough add
what more salt is needed. A little experience
will soon teach one just howto season them.
Bake 3 or 4 hours in a moderate oven, and
see that there is water enough kept in them,
by adding as it cooks out. There should
always be water enough so you can see it by
tipping the pot up sidewise.
Green Tomatoes and Onions, —Slice
green tomatoes without peeling, put into a
hot skillet which has been buttered, add a
layer of sliced onions, then tomatoes, etc.,
until the dish is filled. When all is cooked
tender turn into a hot dish and serve. This
is especially nice for lunch in the fall.
Fried Tomatoes. —Slice large tomatoes
into three slices, rub with flour, fry in hot
butter, browning on both sides. Dress with
a sauce made of cream, butter and season¬
ing. Serve hot.
Tomato Toast.— Proceed as for stewed
tomatoes, then run them through a colander,
add a cup of cream and serve on toast.
Tomato Relish. —One doz ripe tomatoes,
3 onions, 2 small green peppers, 3 table¬
spoons sugar, % CU P vinegar, 1 table¬
spoon salt, boil gently 1 hour.
Tomato Sauce. —Slice 2 large onion and
boil until well done; add 1 can tomatoes, 3
tablespoons sugar, pepper and salt to taste;
cook well for 20 minutes, then strain; aftet
straining let it come to a boil and add 1 tea-
spoon corn starch wet with a little water,
also a piece of butter the size of a walnut.
Boiling Cabbage, to Keep Green.—
Put 4 qts. hard water in a kettle and let k
boil. Cut a good-sized cabbage into 2 or 4
pieces, cut out the core, wash in clean cold
water, then put in kettle of boiling water.
Stir it down, put lid on till it boils fast, then
take off the lid. Stir it occasionally till done r
which will be in about 20 minutes. Strain
in a colander. By so doing you will have a
nice green cabbage.
Asparagus.— Cut off the hard ends and tie
in bunches, put into boiling water with a
little salt and boil till tender. Mix together
flour and butter in equal parts, beat to a
cream, stir in hot water off the asparagus to
make a sauce, boil together. Lay the
asparagus on slices of toasted bread ; pour
the sauce over all and serve hot. The
asparagus may be dressed in the same man¬
ner without the toast, or may be dressed
with seasoning only if preferred.
246
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
Cauliflower.— Trim off the green leaves
and soak an hour in cold water ; tie in a
coarse white cloth and plunge into a kettle
of boiling water, with a little salt; cook about
y 2 hour or till tender. It is very nice served
with either sweet cream or melted butter.
Cauliflower Fried. —Soak a cauliflower
in cold water for an hour, then boil in milk
and water till tender, divide into small
branches and set away to cool. Make a
batter in the proportion of I tablespoon flour
and 2 tablespoons milk to I egg. Heat some
fresh butter in a frying pan, dip each branch
in the batter and fry a light brown.
Cauliflower Omelet.— Chop cold cauli¬
flower very fine and mix it with a sufficient
quantity of beaten egg to make a stiff batter,
then fry it in fresh butter and serve very
hot.
Stewed Celery. —Wash 4 heads and take
off the green leaves. Cut into pieces 3 or 4
in. long, put into a steW-pan with y 2 pint of
meat broth, stew till tender. Add a little
cream and seasoning, also a little flour and
butter, and simmer together.
Sauerkraut. —Slice or chop the cabbage.
Put a layer of salt on the bottom of a barrel
or tub, then a layer of ^aobage, and so ot?
until the barrel is full. As each layer is put
in it should be pounded. The top layer
should be salt. When the barrel is full it
should be covered with a cloth and a board
to fit the barrel and a heavy weight on top.
At the end of a few days it will begin to fer¬
ment. After it does, wash the cloth on the
top every day until it begins to be clear.
The crout will be ready for use in about 4
weeks. Be sure to have a tight-fitting cover,
so as to exclude the air.
Stuffed Tomatoes. —Select large-sized,
smooth and round tomatoes. Cut from the
stem end a slice and lay aside; scoop all the
inside of tomato out, being careful not to
break through, add half as much cracker or
bread crumbs, season highly with salt and
pepper, add plenty of butter, a dash or two
o; r cayenne, put on the stove, cook 10
minutes. Now fill the hollow tomatoes with
this dressing; when full add 4 or 6 whole
cloves, putting them on top of the dressing
—either pile up high or make level and put
on the sliced top ; place tomatoes in a large
baking-pan, with a little hot water to prevent
sticking, and bake 15 minutes.
<&—
SALADS
ABBAGE SLAW.— Heat 1 cup
vinegar, yolk of 1 egg mixed
with 1 tablespoon mustard, 2
tablespoons sugar and a lump
of butter the size of an egg,
rolled in flour; cook a few
minutes and pour over the cabbage, which
must be cut up not too fine, with salt
sprinkled over it.
Celery Salad. —One qt. chopped celery,
pt. almonds, browned in butter and salted,
add mayonaise dressing. Serve on lettuce
leaves.
Potato Salad. —Take y 2 cup vinegar, y
tablespoon mustard and 1 tablespoon butter,
let them boil and then add 2 eggs beaten
with y cup sugar, stir till it thickens ; when
cold add y, cup sweet cream ; boil 6 fair¬
sized potatoes till tender, not mealy, and
when cold cut in cubes and salt and turn the
dressing over them, and over the top lay-
sliced hard-boiled eggs.
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
247
Cold Slaw.—One-half pint rich milk or -
cream, y 2 pt. good vinegar, i small cup
sugar, 3 eggs well beaten, a lump of butter
size of an egg, i heaping teaspoon ground
mustard, the same of celery seed, pepper and
salt. Cook all together until the mixture
thickens. When cool pour over cabbage cut
very fine.
Boiled Salad Dressing. —Three well-
beaten eggs, 6 tablespoons vinegar, i table¬
spoon butter, i even teaspoon pepper (white
pepper preferred), I teaspoon mustard, 2
teaspoons salt, y, cup cup of cream whipped
to a froth. Put the vinegar on to boil, when
boiling add the beaten eggs and cook dll
thickened, stirring all the time; when thick
and smooth remove from the stove and add
the butter. Work the pepper and mustard
into the salt (dry to prevent lumping when
added to the dressing), add the salt, pepper
and mustard and put away into a cool place.
When wanted for a salad add the whipped
cream and a couple of tablespoons of salad
oil if desired. For potato salad, add some
finely minced parsley and onions. For
chicken salad, use celery cut fine with a
knife, not chopped. For any fish salad,
always use salad oil in the above dressing.
For celery salad, use as above. For cab¬
bage salad, omit the mustard and add a little
sugar.
Chicken Salad. —To I pair of chickens
boiled and cut in small pieces add celery
about same quantity as chicken, 2 small
tablespoons salt, yolks of 4 hard boiled eggs,
y 2 pt. vinegar, y teaspoon cayenne pepper
(be careful with this), 3 small tablespoons
mustard, y pt. sweet cream, 1 tablespoon
flour, y 2 pt. oil (chicken oil, butter and salad
oil mixed together to make y pt.), yolks of
4 raw eggs. Put all together and let cook,
thicken but not boil, then after corking well
pour over chicken and celery. Very fine.
Fruit Salad. —One box gelatine soaked in
I pt. cold water until dissolved, 3 cups sugar,
I qt. boiling water, boil 10 minutes, flavor
with the juice of 2 lemons and a can of pine¬
apple juice, strain and let cool ; then stir in
1 can of pineapple cut in small squares, 2
oranges cut small, 2 bananas cut small. Put
into moulds and cool.
Sardine Salad. —Remove oil and outside
skin from three boxes of imported sardines,
take out as much bone as possible, cut fine,
enough pickle to season, 4 hard boiled eggs
and mix with sardines.
Dressing for Same .—One cup vinegar, 1
tablespoon sugar, 1 teaspoon salt, 1 tea¬
spoon each of mustard and pepper and 1
egg well beaten. Let boil until thick, con¬
stantly stirring, and when cold pour over the
sardines, then garnish with celery.
Banana Salad. —Cut in slices lengthwise
as thick as a dollar, arrange so the slices will
form a semi-circle-and form a hollow center;
pour over them 1 gill grape juice, sweet with
sugar, into which you have put 1 teaspoon
lemon juice. Let them get ice-cold, then
fill center with whipped cream piled high.
Beet Salad. —One quart raw cabbage
chopped fine, 1 pt. boiled beets chopped fine,
1 y cups granulated sugar, 1 tablespoon
salt, 1 teaspoon pepper, 1 teacup horse¬
radish grated. Cover with cold vinegar and
keep from the air.
Cucumber Salad. —Take 2 dozen small
cucumbers sliced thin, leaving rind, and salt
well; let stand 3 hours, add one-quarter as
many onions as cucumbers, let stand three
hours, drain off liquor and mix well with the
following salad dressing: y 2 cup sweet oil,
y 2 cup white mustard seed, y 2 cup black
mustard seed, I tablespoon celery seed, I
qt. cider vinegar.
Lobster Salad. —Cut the meat of the
lobster into small pieces or dice, make nests
248
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
of three or four small crisp lettuce leaves and
put one large spoonful of lobster in each one.
Put a spoonful of salad dressing in each, or
serve separately in a small pitcher or bowl.
Salmon Salad. —One cup canned salmon,
i cup crackers broke fine, I large onion
chopped fine, salt and pepper to taste.
Moisten well with vinegar and serve.
Tomato Salad. —Scald and peel the
tomatoes, then put on a dish a layer of sliced
tomatoes and a layer of chopped celery until
the dish is full; pour over all a French
dressing of i tablespoon vinegar, 3 table¬
spoons olive oil, 1 saltspoon pepper and salt-
spoon salt ; add a little cayenne if liked.
Veal Salad. —Boil till tender, chop fine
and proceed as in the above recipe. Garnish
with sliced lemons.
Orange Salad, —One tablespoon vinegar,
]/ 2 teacup water, 1 teaspoon powdered sugar,
a pinch of salt, a pinch of mustard, y 2 tea¬
spoon butter, yolks of 5 eggs. Mix sugar,
butter, salt, pepper, mustard and vinegar,
put on stove and heat through. Beat yolks
light and stir in hot mixture on the stove„
beat fast until it gets thick. Peel and remove-
the seeds from oranges, break into pieces,
and pour mixture over them just before
serving.
Salad Dressing. —Beat the yolks of 2
eggs to a cream, add 1 tablespoon sugar, a
generous pinch of red pepper and scant tea¬
spoon mustard. Beat together and add y 2
teacup vinegar, steam until it thickens, stir¬
ring all the time; add a pinch of celery seed.
Just before using add 2 tablespoons thick
cream. Do not dress salad until ready for
use.
• i
Bread, Biscuit,
EAST. —Twelve large potatoes,
y 2 cup of sugar, 2 yeast cakes,
y cup of salt, handful of hops.
Boil potatoes, strain water off
and set aside to cool. Mash
potatoes to cream, add sugar
and salt. Boil hops five minutes, when cool
strain the water into the yeast, soak yeast
cakes in tepid water, add when potatoes are
cool, set over night to rise.
Potato Yeast. —Pare and grate 4 large
raw potatoes, pour over them 1 qt. boiling
water and set on the stove until it thickens;
let it cool and then add 1 cup of well-raised
sweet yeast and set it in a warm place to
rise ; when quite light add I cup of sugar
and y cup of salt. This will keep 2 or 3
weeks in a cool place.
Rolls, Cake, Etc.
Hop Yeast.—To a handful of hops take 3
pints of water and boil 15 minutes ; add I
tablespoon salt. Strain the liquor, and while
boiling pour over a handful of flour. Soak
one yeast cake in a cup of lukewarm water
until soft. After the liquor has become
lukewarm add the yeast and set aside to rise.
After it has risen work in enough meal to
make it stiff; roll, cut into cakes and set to
dry. 4
Yeast That Will Keep All Summer.—
Pare and grate 12 large potatoes, add 1 tea¬
cup sugar and cup salt. Boil 2 handfuls
of hops in 1 gallon of water five minutes,
and strain onto the other ingredients. Put
the mixture into a tin pail and set in a kettle
of boiling water and stir till it thickens.
When cool add 1 pt. of good sweet yeast or
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
249
4 fresh yeast cakes. Stir well, cover up
tight and set in a warm place to rise. When
light put into a stone or glass jar and set in
a cool place in the cellar. Use y 2 cud of
this yeast for two loaves of bread.
Apple Yeast. —Six large apples, i pint
flour, i pt. cornmeal, i cup sugar, ]/ 2 cup
salt, i pt. hops, i gal. water. Simmer ap¬
ples, hops and water i hour, mash through
a sieve, add other ingredients and let cool,
then add i cup of yeast. Keep in a cool
place and use as other yeast.
The Very Best Baking Powder. —Get y 2
lb. bicarbonate of soda, I lb of pure cream of
tartar and i oz. corn starch. Sift 2 or 3
times. Use about 1 tablespoon for each lb.
of flour.
French Biscuit. —Beat together 1 cup of
sugar, 1 egg, 1 cup of butter and y 2 cup of
sour milk. Put in y 2 teaspoon soda. Use
flour enough to mold. Roll on a board, cut
into biscuits and bake in a quick oven.
Quick Soda Biscuit. —Rub 1 teaspoon of
soda and 2 teaspoons of cream tartar into 1
qt. flour. Then rub into the flour 2 table¬
spoons butter. Pour in y 2 pt. sweet milk or
cold water, add a little salt. Work the dough
into shape as quickly as possible. It should
be soft as you can handle. Roll and cut into
biscuits y 2 inch thick and bake in a quick
oven. They are delicious—light, flaky and
white. Three teaspoons baking powder may
be substituted for the soda and cream tartar.
Breakfast Biscuit. —Take 1 qt. sweet milk,
y, cup melted butter, a little salt, 2 table¬
spoons Royal Baking Powder, flour enough
to make a stiff batter ; do not knead into
dough, but drop in buttered tins from a
spoon. Bake in a hot oven—unless it i? hot
they will not be light and tender.
Cream Biscuit. —Take y 2 cup of sour
cream, 1 pt. sweet milk, 2 teaspoons cream
tartar, 1 of soda and a little salt. Mix with
sufficient flour to mold out smoothly, and
bake in a quick oven.
Graham Biscuit. —Take 1 pt. of Graham
flour, 1 cup of white flour, 2 tablespoons of
butter, 2 heaping teaspoons cream tartar, 1
of soda, a little salt. Mix with sweet milk
or water and bake in a quick oven.
Rye Biscuit. —Take y 2 pt. rye meal, 1 y
cups wheat flour, 4 tablespoons molasses, 1
egg, a pinch of salt, y 2 pt. sour milk and 2';
scant teaspoons soda. Bake quick.
Lemon Biscuit. —Take I cup butter, 2 y 2
cups sugar, 4 eggs, 1 ^ pts. flour, 1 teaspoon
baking powder, 1 teaspoon extract lemon..
Mix the butter, sugar and beaten eggs-
smooth, add the flour, sifted with the powder
and the extract. Flour the board, roll out
dough y in. thick, and cut out with large,,
round cutter; lay out on a greased tin, wasE
over with milk and lay a thin slice of citrom
on each. Bake in hot oven 10 minutes.
Graham Gems. —Take 1 pt. sweet milk,.
y 2 cup sugar, 1 teaspoon cream tartar, y>
teaspoon soda. Mix with Graham flour to*
a stiff batter. Drop into gem-pans and bake-
quickly.
Wheat Gems. —Two cups milk, 2 cups-
flour, 2 tablespoons melted butter, 2 eggs
beaten separately, y teaspoon baking soda.
Have gem-pans very hot and bake in quick
oven.
Rye Gems. —One cup of rye flour, ^ cup
Graham or white flour, y 2 cup molasses, 1
cup or a little more sour milk, 1 teaspoon
soda dissolved in the milk, small piece of
melted butter, a little salt. Have the pans
warm.
Light Rolls. —When making light bread
save enough for 2 loaves, add to it the white
of 1 egg and about 2 tablespoons of butter.
Mix well, roll out on a board and cut with a
biscuit cutter; then grease the top, fold over
and flatten a little with the hand. Put in a.
250
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
warm place to rise, and when light bake in a
moderate oven.
Bakers’ Rolls. —Take 2 lbs. light dough,
add 2 or 3 ozs. butter, 1 tablespoon sugar, 1
egg and flour enough to knead into a smooth
dough. Put in a warm place to rise, and
when they are light cut into pieces about the
size of a small egg and mold up round with
the hands ; let them stand for 10 minutes,
grease the tops, then with a small round stick
or roll press in center of each roll quite hard;
fold one side over the other, then press a
little with the hands. Put on a tin in rows,
let them rise and bake 15 minutes in a
medium oven.
French Rolls. —Take 1 qt. flour, y 2 cup
hop yeast, y 2 teacup butter and water
enough to wet. Mix well and let it rise
over night. Roll out thin and cut in squares.
Butter each and roll up. Set to rise. When
light bake in a moderate oven for y 2 hour.
They are very nice.
New England Rolls. —Take about 4 lbs.
flour, rub into it 3 oz. butter, make a hole in
the flour and add 1 pt. cold milk, 1 gill yeast,
3 oz. sugar, 1 egg and a little salt. Let this
rise over night, then mix and let stand till
noon ; make into rolls, let them get light
and bake in a rather hot oven.
Plain Muffins. —Take 2 lbs. raised dough,
rub in y lb. butter, melted; then add y 2
cup milk, 1 whole egg and 4 yolks, a little
sugar, a little salt and y lb. flour. Beat
well, till the batter is smooth, and let it rise
for awhile; then set the muffin-rings on a
buttered baking-pan, grease the rings and
half fill them. Let rise y 2 hour and bake
in a hot oven.
London Crumpets. —Take 1 y 2 lbs. flour,
1 qt. warm water, a cup of yeast, 1 table¬
spoon melted butter and 1 of syrup, 1 tea¬
spoon salt, mix all together. Set at night,
or 6 hours before baking. Beat well.
Corn Meal Muffins. —Take 1 y 2 cups of
corn meal, 2 teaspoons baking powder, 1 y 2
cups flour, 1 tablespoon sugar, y 2 teaspoon
salt, tablespoon melted butter, 2 eggs, milk
to make stiff batter.
Sponge Cake. —Ten eggs, y 2 lb. flour, 1
lb. pulverized sugar, 1 lemon, 1 small tea¬
spoon salt. Beat yolks separately and thor¬
oughly, add sugar and beat hard, add salt,
lemon juice and grated peel. Beat whites to
stiffness and add to the yolks, beating well
together. Then cut the flour in slowly with
a large knife and avoid beating after this.
Bake in two deep, long, narrow pans, in slow
oven, which is hot on the bottom. The
secret of success is in the baking and in not
beating the flour into the eggs.
Old-Fashioned Plum Cake. —Three coffee
cups sugar (soft brown the best), y 2 cup
butter, 3 eggs, 2 cups sour milk, 2 tea¬
spoons soda, a little salt, flour enough to
make it as stiff as pound cake, cloves, cin¬
namon and nutmeg to taste, 1 lb. raisins, 1
cup currants, y lb. citron, juice of 1 orange.
This makes a very large cake ; one-half the
rule fills an ordinary pan.
A Table of Weights and Measures.—
Three level coffeecups sifted flour equal 1
lb.; 2 level coffeecups pulverized sugar
equal 1 lb.; 1 y level coffeecups granulated
sugar equal 1 lb.; i 3 ,{ level coffeecups A
sugar equal 1 lb.; 4 scant teacups sifted
flour equal 1 lb.; 2 scant teacups soft butter,
packed, equal 1 lb.; 2 scant teacups granu¬
lated sugar equal 1 lb.; 2 y scant teacups
brown sugar ffiual 1 lb.
Fruit Cake. —One qt. flour, finely sifted, 1
qt. brown sugar, 2 cups butter, 12 eggs
beaten separately, 2 lbs. raisins, 2 lbs. cur¬
rants, y lb. citron, 2 lbs. blanched almonds,
1 cup molasses, 1 cup brandy or wine, 1
teaspoon ground cloves, 1 teaspoon allspice,
1 teaspoon nutmeg, 1 tablespoon cinnamon,
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
251
i tablespoon ginger, i tablespoon soda dis¬
solved in water, about y cup water. Bake
3 hours.
Huckleberry Cakes. —Mix butter the size
of an egg with 2 heaping tablespoons sugar;
add 2 well beaten eggs, a little salt, i cup
milk, 2 heaping cups flour, i teaspoon cream
tartar in the flour, i cup berries. When
using berries have the batter a little stiff.
Lastly add y teaspoon soda in a little warm
water. Bake immediately in small tins.
Angels’ Food. —Whites of 12 eggs beaten
stiff, i y 2 tumblers of granulated sugar, i
tumbler of flour, 2 teaspoons cream tartar,
i y teaspoons baking powder; sift flour with
cream tartar and baking powder four times.
Add sugar to eggs and beat until very light.
Stir in flour, a little at a time, and bake in a
loaf.
Empress Cake. —Two cups bar sugai
sifted, y cup butter, y cup sweet milk, 2
cups sifted flour, 5 eggs beaten separately, 2
level teaspoons baking powder, 1 table¬
spoon brandy, 1 tablespoon flavoring. Bake
in slow oven and do not open oven door for
1 5 minutes.
Ice Cream Cake. —One-half cup butter,
y cup sugar, y 2 cup milk, 2 cups flour, 3
eggs, 1 teaspoon cream tartar, y, teaspoon
soda. Beat the whites separately.
White Cake. —One goblet butter, 2 gob¬
lets sugar, 3 goblets flour, 1 teaspoon baking
powder, the whites of 15 eggs ; 8, 10 or 12
eggs will answer, the larger quantity makes
the nicer cake.
White Cup Cake. —Take 1 y 2 cups sugar,
1 cup butter, whites of 8 eggs, 1 cup sweet
milk, I cup corn starch, 1 y cups flour, 2
teaspoons baking powder. Flavor with rose
water.
Gold Cake. —After beating to a cream
1 y 2 cups butter and 2 cups white sugar, stir
in the well-whipped yolks of 12 eggs, 4 cups
sifted flour, 1 teaspoon baking powder, flavor
with lemon. Line pan with butter and
paper; bake in a moderate oven 1 hour.
Silver Cake. —Seven eggs, 2 cups pow¬
dered sugar, cup butter, 2 teaspoons
baking powder, 1 teaspoon cream tartar, y
teaspoon soda, 3 cups flour, 1 teaspoon
vanilla or 4 drops of almond essence. Bake
in a loaf for y hour.
Caramel Cake. —One cup butter, 2 cups
sugar, a scant cup milk, 1 y cups flour, 1
cup corn starch, whites of 7 eggs, 3 tea¬
spoons baking powder in the flour, bake in a
long pan. Take y lb. brown sugar, scant
y lb. chocolate, y cup milk, butter size of
an egg, 2 teaspoons vanilla; mix thoroughly
and cook as syrup until stiff enough to
spread; spread on cake and set in the oven
to dry.
Velvet Cake. —Two cups sugar, 4 cups
flour, 1 cup butter, 1 cup cold water, 4 eggs,
y 2 teaspoon soda, 1 teaspoon cream tartar.
Beat the butter and sugar to a cream, dis¬
solve the soda in water, mix cream tartar in
flour, beat the eggs separately, then add
other ingredients. Flavor with 1 table¬
spoon lemon or almond. Bake 1 hour in a
moderate oven. This quantity makes 2
loaves.
Zimmekuken (German Coffee Cake).—
One pt. raised dough, 1 heaping cup white
sugar, y cup butter, 2 tablespoons sweet
cream, 3 eggs, 1 cup currants or raisins, a
little cinnamon. Beat all together hard.
Put in 1 long pan or 2 short ones, raise about
20 minutes, then sprinkle sugar and cinna¬
mon on top, bake y 2 hour. Very nice with
coffee in the morning.
Cream Cake. —One cup sugar, 1 egg in
a cup. fill it up with cream, 1 cups flour, 2
teaspoons baking powder. Stir quickly and
bake.
Elba Cake.—Cream together 2 cups
252
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
sugar and y 2 cup butter, add the whites of
4 eggs beaten to a froth and beat thor¬
oughly ; 3 cups flour, 3 teaspoons baking
powder, 1 cup milk, flavor to taste.
Loaf Cake —Three eggs, 2 cups sugar, 1
cup butter, 3 cups flour, 1 cup sweet milk, 2
teaspoons baking powder.
Coffee Cake.— One egg, 1 cup sugar, y 2
cup butter, y 2 cup molasses, 1 teaspoon soda,
I cup flour, 1 cup coffee, 1 cup raisins, spices.
Blackberry Cake. —Three eggs, y cup
butter, 1 cup brown sugar, 3 tablespoons
milk (sweet or sour), 1 y 2 cups flour, 1 cup
blackberry jam, 1 teaspoon soda. Bake in
a square tin and frost the top. Very nice.
Nut Cake.— Two cups sugar, 1 cup butter,
3 cups flour, 1 cup milk, 4 eggs, 2 teaspoons
baking powder, 1 cup nut meats cut fine
(hickory nuts are very nice), y 2 teaspoon
extract almond.
Strawberry Short-cake. —Make a rule
of baking powder biscuit, with the exception
of a little more shortening; divide the dough
in half; lay one-half on the moulding board
(half the dough makes one short-cake),
divide this half again and roll each piece large
' enough to cover a biscuit tin or a large sized
pie tin; spread soft butter over the lower
one, and place the other on top of that;
proceed with the other lump of dough the
same, by cutting it in halves and putting on
another tin. Set them in the oven ; when
sufficiently baked take them out, separate
each one by running a large knife through
where the cold soft butter was spread. Then
butter plentifully each crust, lay the bottom
of each on earthen platters or dining plates ;
cover thickly with a quart of strawberries
that have been previously prepared with
sugar, lay the top crusts on the fruit. If
there is any juice left, pour it around the
cake. This makes a delicious short-cake.
Peaches, raspberries, blackberries and
huckleberries can be substituted for straw¬
berries. Always send to the table with a
pitcher of sweet cream.
RECEIPTS FOR
s Renovating Clothing
O Wash Satin, Silk Ribbons,
Brocade and Silk Damask.
—Rub the materials to be
cleaned either with yolk of
egg or Venetian soap, wash
them in tepid water, then rinse
and dry. Now dissolve good
gum-tragacanth in equal parts of wine-
vinegar and spring water, and strain the
solution through a cloth; it should not be
too thick. Dip the fabric in this solution so
that it is uniformly moistened, then squeeze
out the gum water, and by means of a brush
spread the fabric upon a smooth board and
let it dry quickly in the sun or near the stove.
But ribbons should be ironed dry.
To Wash Silk Ribbons Mixed with
Gold and Silver Threads.—Before wash¬
ing brush the ribbons with honey water to
protect the colors. Then wash in a solution
of beef’s gall and soap ; manipulate the rib¬
bon with one hand while pouring rain water
over it with the other hand. After washing
dip them in clear gum water, wrap them
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
253
between two cloths around a mangle roller,
\
and mangle them for a short time; then
fasten some weight to one end of the ribbons
and hang them up to dry.
To Remove Grease from Silk. —Lay the
silk on a table on a clean white cloth. Cover
the damage thickly with powdered French
chalk. On this lay a sheet of blotting paper
and on the top a hot iron. If the grease
does not disappear at once, repeat the
process.
To Remove Port Wine Stains. —If a
glass of port wine is spilt on a dress or table¬
cloth, immediately dash all over it a glass of
sherry. Rub vigorously with dry soft
cloths. No stains will be left.
To Clean Ladies’ Kid Boots. —Dip a
rag in almond oil and remove all the mud
from the boot, a piece at a time, drying as
you go, and never leaving the leather moist.
Polish with clean rag and more oil. If you
dislike the dulness this process leaves, when
quite dry polish with the palm of the hand.
Kid is thus both cleaned and preserved.
To Clean Colored Fabrics. —Nearly all
colored fabrics stain the lather used to clean
them, and that without losing their own
brightness in any way. No article of a dif¬
ferent color must be plunged into a wash or
rinse so stained, but must have fresh ones ;
and no colored article must be rinsed in a
blued lather. Scarlet is particularly prone
to color a wash.
Different colors are improved by different
substances being used in the wash or rinse ;
sugar of lead has the credit of fixing all
colors when first cleaned, and may be used
to those likely to run. To brighten colors,
mix some ox-gall, say two pennyworth ; but
of course the quantity must be regulated by
the quantity of suds in the wash and rinse.
For buff and cream-colored alpaca or cash-
mere, mix in the wash and rinse two penny¬
worth of friar’s balsam for one skirt. For
black materials, for one dress, two penny¬
worth of ammonia in the wash and rinse.
For violet, ammonia or a small quantity of
soda in the rinsing water. There are some
violets and mauves that fade in soda. For
green, vinegar in the rinse, in the proportion
of two tablespoonfuls of vinegar to a quart
of rinse. For blue, to one dress, a good
handful of common salt in the rinse. For
brown and gray, ox-gall. For white, blue
the water with laundry blue.
Dresses, mantles, shawls, opera-cloaks,
under-skirts, waists, etc., of all sorts (the
latter and such small articles need not be
unpicked if the trimming is removed), articles
embroidered with silk, self-colored or chintz-
colored, damask curtaining, moreen and other
woollen curtaining, may all be cleansed as
specified so fai.
Blankets should be cleaned in the same
way. Pull them out well, whilst wet, at both
sides and both ends, between two persons.
When half dry it is a good plan to take them
off the line and pull them again; when quite
dry, just give them a little more pulling out.
This keeps them open and soft. Blankets
are not blued so much as flannels, presently
described. Never use soda to them, and
never rinse them in plain water or rub on
soap.
The dyers and cleaners have a mode of
pressing articles which gives to many of
them, such as damask and moreen curtaining
and Paisley shawls, a superior appearance to
anything that can be achieved at home ; but
some of them will press articles at a fixed
price for persons cleaning them at home.
Worsted braids and fancy trimmings can
be cleaned the same way.
Muslin dresses, even of the most delicate
colors, can be cleaned in ten minutes or a
quarter of an hour, without losing their color
254
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
Melt half a pound of soap in a gallon of
water, empty it in a washing tub, place near
two other large tubs of clean water, and stir
into it one quart of bran. Put the muslin in
the soap, turn it over and knead it for a few
minutes; squeeze it out well, but do not
wring it lest it get torn ; rinse it about quickly
in the bran for a couple of minutes. Rinse
again well for a couple of minutes in clean
water. Squeeze out dry and hang it between
two lines. A clear dry day should be chosen
to wash muslin dresses; half a dozen may be
done in this way in half an hour. The last
rinse may be prepared the same way as the
rinses for woollen fabrics. A colored pattern
on a white ground must not be blued. The
bran may here be dispensed with.
When the dress is dry make the starch;
for a colored muslin, white starch, and un¬
boiled, but made with boiling water, is best
for muslin dresses. Stir the starch with the
end of a wax candle. Dip the dress. Hang
it again to dry. When dry, rinse it quickly
and thoroughly in clear water. Hang it to
dry again. Sprinkle and roll it up; after¬
wards iron it with very hot irons. Hot irons
keep the starch stiff. This rinsing after
starching is called clear-starching; none of
the stiffness but much of the unsightliness of
the starch is removed in this way.
All kinds of white muslins, lace curtains,
cravats, etc., maybe washed in a thick lye of
soap, as described, well rinsed, blued and
starched, like the muslin dresses above
named. Use blue starch to white. White
muslin waists should be very slightly
blued, and the same may be observed of
book-muslin dresses and cravats, as blue¬
looking muslin is very unbecoming to the
complexion ; a slight creamy tinge is pre¬
ferable.
Morning cambric dresses may be washed
the same way as muslin dresses ; but they do
not generally clean quite so readily, and per¬
haps may need rubbing a little in places that
are soiled.
The advantage of thus cleaning dresses in¬
stead of washing them is, first, if colored, the
process is so rapid that there is not time for
the colors to run. Secondly, the fabric is
not rubbed, and therefore not strained and
worn out. Thirdly, the process saves nearly
all labor, and is so quickly done that any
lady may manage it for herself in the absence
of a laundry maid or a lady’s maid.
Many ladies make a strong solution of
sugar of lead—some put two pennyworth in
enough cold water for one dress ; stir it well
when dissolved, and let the dress, muslin or
cotton, soak a couple of hours to set the
colors before washing it the first time. It
does not need to be repeated. Those using
sugar of lead should be careful not to do so
if they have any scratches, abrasions or
wounds about their hands.
Chintz may be cleaned in the same way as
muslin and print dresses.
To Clean Black Silk with Very Little
Trouble and Expense. —Take entirely to
pieces the dress, jacket, etc., and well shake
each piece; then spread over a table a news¬
paper, or sheet of clean paper, and on it lay
a breadth of the silk. Brush it well both
sides with a fine soft brush—a hat brush
would very well answer the purpose. Shake
it again; fold together in half, and place it
on one side of the table. In the same man¬
ner shake, brush and shake again each piece
of the silk. Remove the paper and place on
the table a clean newspaper or sheet of paper.
Newspapers answer best; they are large and
smooth, and probably at hand. On the
paper again place a breadth of the silk, and
into a clean quart pudding-basin pour a half
pint of cold water, adding half a pint of good
sweetened gin, which is better for the pur-
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
255
pose than unsweetened, as the sugar stiffens
the silk. These are the proportions for any
quantity required.
Have ready a piece of black crape or
black merino about half a yard square ; dip
it well into the liquid, and thoroughly wash
jpver the best side of the silk. Be careful that
it is well cleaned, and if possible wash it from
edge to edge and wet it well all over. Then
fold over the silk in half; then again, till the
folds are the width of those of new silk.
Place it in a clean towel, and clean each piece
of the silk in the same manner, laying one
piece on the other, and remembering by a
mark which is the last piece done, as that
this must be the last ironed.
Let the silk lie folded in the towel until a
large iron is well heated; but be careful that
it is not too hot; try it first on paper, or a
piece of old damped silk. Use two irons.
Open the towel when the iron is ready, and
place the piece of silk that was first cleaned
on an old tablecloth or sheet folded thick;
iron the wrong side quickly, from edge to
edge, until dry. Fold the silk over lightly
to the width of new silk, and place it on one
end of the table until all is done. This sim¬
ple process stiffens, cleans and makes the
silk look new.
Directions for Cleaning Black Merino,
or any Woolen Stuff, Black Cloth Jack¬
ets, Cloaks, or Gentlemen’s Clothes, etc.
—Purchase at a chemist’s five cents’ worth of
carbonate of ammonia. Place it in a clean
quart pudding basin and pour upon it a pint
of boiling water; cover it over with a clean
plate and let it stand to get cold. Having
taken entirely to pieces the dress, jacket or
cloak, shake each piece well ; then spread a
large newspaper over a deal table, place one
breadth of the material upon it, and brush it
well on both sides with a fine hard brush;
shake it again and place it on one side of the
table, folded in half. Brush and shake in
the same manner each piece, folding and
placing one piece on the other at the end of
the table. When all are brushed, remove
the paper and replace it with a fresh one,
upon which place another, if thin. Lay
upon the paper one breadth of the stuff,
quite smooth and flat, the wrong side next
the paper; then take a piece of black
merino, about half a yard square ; dip it in
the carbonate of ammonia and water (cold)
well wet it, and wash over the stuff or
cloth. If cloth, care must be taken to wash
it the right way, so as to keep it smooth;
when well washed over, fold the material in
half, and place it in a clean towel, laying
one piece over the other, until all are done.
Mark the last, as that will be the last to be
ironed.
Let the merino, or cloth, rest in the towel
for about an hour; then iron the wrong side,
after placing it on a thickly folded blanket,
or sheet, with a thin sheet of paper, old
glazed lining out of the dress, or piece of
linen, over the blanket or sheet. Iron each
piece on the wrong side until quite dry, and
have two heavy irons, one heating while the
other is in use. Fold over the pieces, the
width of the new merino, but be careful not
to fold it so as to mark it sharply, especially
cloth. Gentlemen’s clothes can thus be
cleaned without taking to pieces, or ironing,
unless quite convenient. Vest and coat
collars are thus easily renovated, the collar
is revived, grease spots and white seams
removed.
To Renovate Crape.— Brush the crape
well with a soft brush, and over a wide¬
mouthed dish of boiling water hold tightly
the crape, gradually stretching it over the
dish of boiling water. If a strip of crape, it
is very easily held tightly over the water,
letting the piece done fall over the dish until
256
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
all is completed. The crape will become
firm and fit for use, every mark and fold
being removed. White or colored crape may
be washed and pinned over a newspaper, or
towel, on the outside of a bed, until dry.
Crape that has been exposed to rain or
damp—veils especially—may be saved from
spoiling by being stretched tightly on the
outside of the bed with pins, until dry; and
no crape should be left to dry without
having been pulled into proper form. If
black crape, lace or net is faded or turned
brown, it may be dipped into water, colored
with the blue bag, adding a lump of loaf-
sugar to stiffen, and pinned onto a newspaper
■ on a bed.
Washing Clothes.—If pipe-clay is dis¬
solved in the water, the linen is thoroughly
cleansed with half the labor and fully a
saving of one-fourth of soap; and the
clothes will be improved in color equally as
if bleached. The pipe-clay softens the
hardest water. A cent’s worth to four gal¬
lons of water.
To Keep Moths from Fur and Woolen
Clothes-—In May brush fur and woolen
clothes, wrap them tightly up in linen, and
put them away in drawers. Pepper or red
cedar chips are good preservatives from
moths, but camphor is the best.
Washing Chintzes.—These should always
be washed in dry weather, but if it is very
cold it is better to dry them by the fire than
risk spoiling the colors from freezing in the
open air. It is better, if possible, to defer
their washing till the weather is suitable.
To Clean Paint.—Simmer together in a
pipkin one pound of soft soap, two ounces
soft pearlash, one pint of sand, and one pint
•of table beer; to be used as soap.
Another Way.—Grate to a fine pulp four
potatoes to every quart of water; stir it;
then let it settle, and pour off the liquor.
To Wash Point Lace.—Fix the lace in 2
frame, draw it tight and straight, make a
warm suds of Castile soap and apply it gently
to the lace with a fine brush; when clean on
one side wash the other in the same manner.
Then rinse by throwing clean water on it in
which some alum has been dissolved. Then
make some thin starch, apply it to the wrong
side of the lace, and when dry, iron it on the
same side, and pick it out with the fingers or
a bodkin. To clean the lace, if not very dirty,
without washing, fix it in the frame as above
and go over it with fine bread-crumbs, and
when done, dust out the crumbs.
To Whiten Lace.—Iron the lace slightly,
then fold it and sew it in a clean linen bag,
and place this for 24 hours in pure olive oil.
Then boil the bag in a solution of soap and
water for 15 minutes, rinse in lukewarm
water, and finally dip in water containing a
small quantity of starch. Then take the lace
from the bag and dry it stretched on pins.
To Cleanse Feathers.—Take for every
gallon of clean water 1 lb. of quicklime, mix
them well together, and when the undissolved
lime is precipitated in a fine powder pour off
the clear lime water for use. Put the feathers
to be cleansed in another tub and add to
them a quantity of the clear lime water suf¬
ficient to cover the feathers about 3 inches
when well immersed and stirred about
therein. The feathers when thoroughly
moistened will sink down and should remain
in the lime water 3 or 4 days, after which the
foul liquor is drawn off, the feathers rinsed
with clean water and then dried.
To Wash Dresses of Fast-colored Silk.
—I. Mix 1 quart of liquid ammonia in 2*4
gallons of soft water with sufficient soap.
Wash the dress thoroughly in this solution
and rinse it in running water if possible.
II. Rub the dress with yolk of egg and
wash it in clean lukewarm water, rinse in cold
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
257
water and dry at an ordinary temperature.
Soak for 12 hours yfc ounce gum tragacanth
and fleabane in water; then boil to a thin
starch, through which draw the dress, and
iron it between two cloths until dry.
To Make Washed Silk Glossy. —Dis¬
solve i ounce of gum Arabic in y gallon of
water, and add 2 tablespoonfuls of beef’s gall
-and ounce of fleabane seed. Boil the
whole for a quarter of an hour, and when
cold spread a thin coat of it on the silk with
a sponge and smooth with a linen cloth.
To Restore the Color of Fabrics.—
Sponge the silk or woolen fabric with a solu¬
tion of sal-ammoniac in half its quantity of
water. Then with a piece of the same
material rub the stains until they are dry, and
the color will be restored.
Clark’s Wash for Carpets. —Solution I.
Dissolve io parts of soap in 20 of water, and
add 3/4 parts of soda and l /> each of liquid
ammonia and spirits of wine.
Solution IE, which is the actual cleansing
liquid , consists of 4 parts of liquid ammonia
and 3 of alcohol diluted with water.
The last solution is first used, and when
the dirt loosened by it has been removed the
soap solution is applied. Carpets thus treated
retrain their original colors in all their fresh-
ness, the entire operation of washing and
drying a large carpet requiring but 2 hours,
and the carpet need not be taken up.
To Remove Stains from Woollen
Dresses. —Make a thick rubbing of soap on
a damp nail-brush. Spread the stained part
on a deal table. Scrub with the brush and
a sprinkling of water till quite removed.
Take a wet cloth and wipe off the soap.
To Remove Ink Stains. —If spilt on a
table-cloth or carpet, take up quickly all you
can into a spoon, and throw it in a plate or
saucer, or any china article which will wash
clean, or even in emergency on stout double
17
brown paper. Take a rag or coarse cloth,
dip it in cold water, and squeeze it out.
Rub the stain with it, and beyond the stain
on all sides, quickly and. plentifully, till every
mark of the ink has disappeared. If very
promptly done, no trace will remain. A
second wet cloth may be used to finish with.
Cloth table-covers are generally recovered
this way. Almost any stain falling on a
table-cloth, carpet or hearth-rug can thus be
removed by prompt measures.
Ink on Linen, Calico or White Muslin.
—Immediately lay the damaged part of the
article in plenty of milk. Immerse it well.
Let it lie. Then rub it well. Let it lie and
rub it alternately all day. Only very hard
rubbing will get it out, but every vestige
may be removed.
To Wash Velvet.— Boil, with constant
stirring, 2 beef-galls with some soap and
honey in a sufficient quantity of water.
Place the velvet upon a clean damp board
and freely apply the above mixture with a
rag. Then wrap the velvet around a mang¬
ling roller and mangle it until the dirt has
disappeared; then draw it through clean
water, mangle again, and then hang up.
When half dry moisten the velvet with isin¬
glass dissolved in water, wrap it in a cloth,
mangle it until dry, and raise the pile by
rubbing with a cloth.
Velvet , which has become hard and rough
by rain or mud, is made soft in the following
manner : Moisten the back of the velvet.
Secure a hot iron with the flat smoothing
part up and draw the moist velvet across it.
The heat converts the water into steam
which penetrates through the pile of the
velvet and separates the tangled threads.
Several Receipts for Liquid Washing
Blue. —I. Dissolve I part of indigo-carmine
in 10 of water and then add y 2 of gum-
Arabic.
253
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
II. Concentrated Liquid Washing Blue.
Bengal indigo 2 parts, fuming sulphuric acid
9, gum-Arabic 4, water 50.
III. Ordinary Liqidd Washing Blue .—
Dissolve 2 parts of indigo in 9 of fuming
sulphuric acid and mix the solution with 350
parts of water and 8 of gum-Arabic.
Washing Powders.— Washing Crystal is a
solution of borax and soda in water.
Lustrine Alsacienne (Starch Glass).—
consists of spermaceti, gum-Arabic, and borax
each 1 ounces, glycerine 4 ounces > dis¬
tilled water 1 y 2 pints, and some sweet-scented
essence. The mixture is used with or with¬
out an addition of starch. If it is to be
mixed with starch add 4 teaspoonfuls of
lustrine to 4 y 2 ounces of boiling starchy
This is a standard compound.
"j^URNITURE VARNISH.—
j . Heat gently, with constant
^ stirring, 8 parts of white wax,
' 2 of rosin, and ]/ 2 of Venetian
turpentine ; pour the mixture
) into a glazed stone pot and
add, while it is yet warm,
3500 parts of rectified oil of
turpentine. After standing for 24 hours the
mass forms a soft, buttery substance, and is
ready for use. The articles to be varnished
must be carefully cleansed with soap and
water and then dried before applying the
varnish. The polish obtained is not quite
as brilliant as that obtained by shellac var¬
nish/but has a peculiar, chaste appearance.
Furniture Renovator. —Mix thoroughly
olive oil, 1 pound; refined oil of amber, 1
pound, and tincture of henna, 1 ounce.
Keep the mixture in a well-stoppered glass
bottle. For renovating the polish of furni-
niture apply the mixture with a tuft of raw
cotton and rub dry with a cotton rag.
Liquid Polish for Silver-plated Ware.
—Dissolve 3 to 4 drachms of cyanide of
potassium and 8 to 10 grains of nitrate of
silver in 4 ounces of water. Apply with a
soft tooth-brush, wash the object thoroughly
with water, dry with a soft linen cloth, and
polish with a chamois skin. Neither whiting
nor powder of any kind should be used for
cleaning and polishing ; they only wear out
or scratch the silver In the case of solid
silver some precipitated chalk is allowable in.
the solution.
For preserving the lustre of silver or
plated ware, when not needed for actual use
for a considerable time, a coating of collo¬
dion may be employed to great advantage.
The articles are heated and the collodion is
carefully applied by means of a brush, so as
to cover the surface thoroughly and uni¬
formly. It is used most conveniently when
diluted with alcohol, as for photographic
purposes.
New Polish for Wood. — Dissolve 6
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
259
pounds of shellac in about 4 to 5 gallons of
pure alcohol. Then pour 3 y 2 ounces of
high-grade sulphuric ether over y / 2 ounces
of collodion cotton in a bottle, add 1 y
ounces of camphor, stir thoroughly and add
96 per cent, alcohol enough to completely
dissolve the cotton.
Then pour both solutions together and
shake well. The polish is then rubbed in
with an oil prepared as follows : Prepare a
saturated solution of camphor in good oil of
rosemary and add 1 ^ ounces of this to 2
pounds 3 ounces of pure linseed-oil. For
finishing, dissolve benzole in alcohol and
dilute at pleasure, taking care to apply the
solution as weak as practicable.
Good Furniture Glue. —Boil the acTred
quantity of glue with water. When suffi¬
ciently boiled pour it into a porcelain dish
and rub with a pestle into a thick paste free
from lumps. Then pour it into an earthen¬
ware dish, let it cool and cut it into pieces of
desired size. When it is to be used dissolve
2 parts of the prepared glue in 1 of ordinary
whiskey diluted with 2 of water, and let it
boil up once. The glue is now ready for
use and can be kept for some time. It
possesses extraordinary adhesive power.
Glue for Books. —Dissolve over a mod¬
erate fire 12 parts of glue to 8 of water, add
8 parts of shavings of white soap, and when
all are dissolved, 6 of powdered alum, stir¬
ring the mass constantly. The' sheets of
paper may be either dipped into this fluid or
it is applied with a sponge.
To Cleanse Marble Busts. —First free
them from all dust and then wash them with
very weak hydrochloric acid. Soap injures
the color of the marble.
To Cleanse Alabaster. —Rub the ala¬
baster carefully with shave-grass and then
with Venetian soap and chalk, stirred into a
paste with water.
To Cleanse Precious Stones. —Apply
precipitated sulphur moistened with spirit of
wine, and rub with a very soft brush.
To Cleanse and Beautify Old Oak
Furniture.—I. Wash the furniture, in case
it has any grease stains, with warm beer.
II. Boil wax and sugar in beer and rub
the furniture with this by means of a brush.
When dry rub until the article shows the
desired lustre.
Brass —Is cleansed by rubbing it with
spirits of ammonia and vinegar, and then with
blotting paper soaked in spirit of wine.
Silver —Is cleansed by placing the articles
for a few minutes in a boiling hot solution of
tartar, and then rubbing them with soft
leather.
Polishing Powder for Silverware, etc.
—Mix intimately 4 parts of washed pipe¬
clay and 1 of purified tartar.
Gold —Is cleansed with Paris red and soft
leather.
To Polish Slate (Magnus’ Patent).—
Mix intimately 7 parts of linseed oil, 1 of
ground ochre, 3 of tar oil. and 1 of asphal
turn. Apply the mixture to the surface of
the slate by means of a brush, then submit
the article to a heat of about 200° F., when
it is cooled off and polished with pumice stone
and tripoli.
To Clean Dirty or Stained Furniture.
—If the furniture is in a bad state, but not
stained, it will be sufficient to cleanse it by
well washing with spirits of turpentine, and
afterward polishing with linseed oil colored
with alkanet root. When, however, the fur¬
niture is stained or inky, it should be washed
with sour beer or vinegar, warm ; afterward
rubbing the stains with spirit of salts rubbed
on with a piece of rag. The wood may then
be polished with linseed oil colored with
alkanet root, or with beeswax dissolved in
turpentine, with a little copal varnish or resin.
260
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
To Render New Mahogany Like Old.—
This is of service in the cases of furniture
repaired, or when lacquered handles have
been changed for mahogany ones. Soap and
water will darken to some extent; but if
darker is required, use oil; or for very dark,
lime-water. This makes old furniture look
like new.
To Clean Lacquered Brass-work of Fur¬
niture.—Wash in warm water, using a soft
rag. If the work will not clean by this means,
it mus>t be relacquered.
HE COMPLEXION.— A daily
bath is an adjunct to the beauty
of the skin, and so is every¬
thing that conduces to health,
such as early hours, avoid¬
ance of close, crowded rooms,
a daily walk, pure air and
suitable diet. Too poor and too rich diet
injure the skin equally.
Care should be taken not to tan or freckle
the skin. A black veil should not be worn
in sunny weather. It is well not to wash
the face too frequently; it should be made
clean before retiring to rest at night, that
nothing may obstruct the free action of the
perspiration, and that, with the morning
ablutions, should suffice. Of one thing be
very careful; never wash the face when you
are heated, or soon after walking or dancing,
especially in cold water. Drinking cold
water, also, at such times, is greatly injurious.
Doing either is well known to cause a per¬
manent discoloration of a frightful descrip¬
tion. Tight lacing and tight boots are also
sometimes the cause of a red nose or a skin
disease.
Rose water is harmless to the skin, and
sulphur is frequently beneficial. A wash of
rose water and flowers of sulphur may be
used when there is any disfigurement of the
skin, such as we have just indicated. First
wash the face clean, shake the bottle, and
bathe the face at night for ten minutes. Let
it dry unwiped. But unless there is any
cause do not use any preparation ; let well
alone.
It is pleasant, after all, to think that the
finest beautifiers are within the reach ot
every one, and are such simple cosmetics as
cold water, fresh air, and temperate habits.
In proportion as we have endeavored to
prove how small a part the features in them¬
selves play as to the higher purposes of a
face—namely, its identity and moral charac¬
ter—we have increased the responsibility of
every one who carries a face as to the impres>
sion it ought to create. This responsibility
of course, extends equally to man as to
woman; but a larger sphere of it belongs to
the latter. With her is associated a separate
idea, that as beauty is proper to her, the
loves and the graces are felt to reside natur¬
ally in a woman’s countenance, but to be
quite out of place in a man’s. His face is
formed to be clean, and may be allowed to be
picturesque—but it is a woman’s place to be
beautiful.
Beauty of some kind is so much the attri¬
bute of the sex, that a woman can hardly
be said to feel herself a woman who has not,
HELPS FOR THE HOUSEKEEPER.
at one time of her life at all events, felt her¬
self to be fair. Beauty confers an education
of its own, and that always a feminine one.
Most celebrated beauties have owed their
highest charms to the refining education
which their native ones have given them.
It was the wisdom as well as the poetry of
the age of chivalry that it supposed all
women to be beautiful, and treated them as
such.
A woman is not fully furnished for her
part in life whose heart has not occasionally
swelled with the sense of possessing some
natural abilities in the great art of pleasing,
opening to her knowledge secrets of strength,
wonderfully intended to balance her muscu¬
lar, or—if it may be—her general weakness.
And herein we see how truly this attribute
belongs to woman alone. Man does not
need such a consciousness, and seldom has it
without rendering himself extremely ridicu-
jbus; while to a woman it is one of the
chief weapons in her armory.
Eau de Cologne.—An excellent form of
eau de Cologne may be thus prepared: Take
two drachms of the seeds of the lesser car¬
damon, and put them into a still with two
quarts of rectified spirits of wine, and add
twenty-four drops of each of the following
oils: bergamot, lemon, orange, neroli, rose¬
mary and cedrat; allow them to remain for
a few days, and then distill three pints of
perfume. Sometimes a stronger preparation
is made by employing half the quantity of
spirit to the same quantity of materials. This
preparation may also be made by omitting
the seeds, and dissolving the oils in the spirit
without distillation. In this case the perfume
will be improved by allowing the eau de
Cologne , when made, to remain at rest in a
2(51
cool place, such as a dry wine-cellar, for two
or three months before being used.
Cosmetic Wash Powder.—Mix 400 parts
of pulverized Castile soap, 33 of dry carbon¬
ate of sodium, 133 of orris root, 200 of bran
of almonds, 3 of oil of bergamot, 1 of oil of
lemon and ^ of oil of cloves. A small
quantity of this powder added to water gives
to it a lather of an agreeable odor which
cleanses and softens the skin.
Held’s Washing Powder for the Hands*
—Mix intimately fine wheat flour 500 parts,
ordinary pulverized soap 125, finely pulver¬
ized orris root 33, oil of bergamot 23^, and
keep this mixture in a well-closed jar.
In using it take 1 or 2 spoonfuls of the
powder, mix it to a thin paste with water and
rub the hands with this for some time, then
wash them in clean water and dry them
thoroughly.
Oriental Rouge.—Stir finely pulverized
orris root into water and strain it several
times through fine linen. The powder re¬
maining in the linen is dried and preserved
in a glass jar. In using the powder apply a
little of it to the part to be rouged and rub
it in with the hand for a few minutes. The
skin will become red during the process, ac¬
companied with a burning sensation, but this
ceases in a short time.
Paris Powderfor Beautifying the Com¬
plexion.—Steep a quantity of rice in pure
clean water. Change the water every day
for fourteen days until the rice is so soft that
it can be easily crushed. Then pour off all
the water and stir the rice into a white, milky
fluid. Strain this through a hair sieve or a
coarse cloth, let the fluid settle and dry the
fine flour gained in this manner, and finally
mix it with some pulverized soda.
Good Health
AND
How to Preserve It
EGARD your health as
something of vital
importance. To
maintain it is not
only essential t o
long life and happi¬
ness, but also to a
high order of mind and morals.
An Arabian proverb says : “He
who has health has hope ; and
he who has hope has every¬
thing.
“ If strong is the frame
of the mother,” says another
proverb, “ the son will give
laws to the people.” Emerson
says, “the first wealth is
health.” It is easier to prevent disease than
to cure it. To this end we must, of course,
know the conditions necessary for the posses¬
sion and preservation of health.
The agencies and influences to be spoken
of in this connection are air, water, food,
light, and the other forms of force and
matter which determine the change of tissue
in the human system. Beside these is the
influence of environment, varied by indi¬
vidual circumstances, such as climate, soil,
weather, habitation, occupation and clothing.
Health as well as disease may be inherited
by children from their parents. The import¬
ance of conforming to the rules of hygiene
must not, therefore, be judged merely from
the individual standpoint. Such conformity
262
will be valuable not only to parents, but also
to their offspring for generations, and, if
universal, will enable us, we may claim,
gradually to improve the whole human race.
The first important principle by which he
must be governed, who wishes to enjoy a
long and healthful life, is that cf securing a
normal and regular continuance of tissue-
change throughout his body. This tissue
metamorphosis, as it is called, consists in
the constantly proceeding waste of tissue
and its regeneration. That these may pro¬
gress freely, the following rules must be
complied with :
Wholesome Food and Air.
To furnish a sufficient supply of normal,
healthy blood, the food taken must be
wholesome and abundant, and the air inhaled
must contain the required amount of oxygen,
while those constituents of the blood which
represent the unavoidable tissue waste must
be readily and constantly eliminated.
The circulation of the blood must be free
and rapid, so that it may constantly pass
through all parts of the body, in order that
tissue waste may be eliminated, and that
new matter may be distributed to the tissues
in need of it, where new constituents are
ready to be taken up.
Activity must alternate with rest in order
to maintain tissue change and regeneration
at the proper standard.
HEALTH AND BEAUTY
264
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
OUR house should be so situ¬
ated that there is an outfall for
the waste water and sewage ;
and it should also be exposed
fairly to the sun. The neces¬
sity for the first is obvious ; a
word about the latter may not be out of
place. The effects of cutting off the light
are seen in the blanched condition of vege¬
tables deprived of light, or even more still in
the debilitated appearance of those parts of a
plant which are removed from it. What is
more to the point is the effect of sunlight
upon the human frame.
This has been seen in the effects upon the
health of residents in different portions of the
same barracks. The largest portion of ill-
health was always found in those sections
which were furthest removed from light and
sunshine. The companies were changed
back and forwards, but the illness always
stuck to the dark and shaded barracks. The
effect of the glancing sunlight is well seen in
the convalescent, who seems positively to
absorb strength and spirit by being bathed
in the invigorating light.
The next matter of importance in the
selection of a site is with regard to the nature
of the soil. This is important from several
points of view. It has been abundantly
demonstrated that “ dampness of soil is an
important cause of phthisis to the population
living on the soil,” and the improvement
produced by draining the subsoil in lessening
the amount of consumption is marked.
Where the soil is too damp this must be met,
as far as possible, by careful drainage of the
house and surroundings. On sand or gravel
a house stands dry and warm, provided this
subsoil drainage be efficient. On clay soils
it is more difficult to avoid dampness, on
account of the lack of absorption.
Another point to be attended to is that of
the actual warmth of different soils. Some
absorb heat much more readily than others,
and are drier and consequently warmer to
the feet. Soils give off their heat much more
rapidly than they absorb it, and so cool at
night very markedly. Sand, with some lime,
forms the soil which absorbs heat most per¬
fectly, then sand alone, and lastly clay—the
heavier the colder. Thus in cold countries
clay soils induce catarrhs, rheumatism,
phthisis, etc., and sandy sails are much to be
preferred. In hot countries sands are too
warm for health and comfort unless covered
with grass.
Rubbisn and Disease.
Of all the horrible insanitary arrangements
devised for the direct production of disease
and ill-health the most diabolical are rubbish
foundations. “Rubbish shot here” is the
herald of disease and death. It is a flagrant
violation of all sanitation. The rubbish
consists in every case, more or less, of decay -
ing organic matter, animal and vegetable.
This decomposes, and in doing so either
evolves directly active poisons, or forms a
capital breeding-place for them. The houses
are notoriously unhealthy, for when they are
built upon rubbish the engendering of disease
is converted from a probability to a certainty.
Not only is it most unwise to actually
bring poison-bearing rubbish to form founda¬
tions for houses, but every old drain, cess¬
pool, and pit should be carefully cleared
away. In the midst of stately piles of build¬
ings certain houses have been known to be
infested with typhoid fever as it were smittea
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
265
with pestilence, where old unremoved cess¬
pools remaining and poisoning the inmates
have been discovered, and their removal has
been followed by the cessation of the local
plague. It is of vital importance that the
I foundation of the house be free from poison¬
ous material.
Pipes and Ventilation.
Having seen that the site is not infected
with the material for a future host of doctors’
and undertakers’ bills, it is important to
attend to the removal of the refuse and waste
from the house, and to protect it from damp.
Drains should not, if possible, traverse a
house, and when this is unavoidable, glazed
earthenware pipes, laid in concrete or cement,
carefully sealed up at the joints, and then
covered by cement, should be used; and
protected at the walls by relieving arches, to
secure them from the effect of settlement.
Ventilation of them should be provided at
their entrance and exit, and access pipes
should admit of ready entrance to them.
They should also be periodically flushed, so
as to secure them against accumulations in
their interior.
To protect the house against damp it is
necessary that a damp-proof course be laid
over the whole of the foundation. This
should consist of hard-glazed earthenware
tiles, or slate laid in cement. In addition to
this a dry area around the main wall is
highly desirable. This is furnished by hav¬
ing an outer wall around the main wall,
leaving a space betwixt them.
Having so secured the foundation, the
outer walls may be protected against the
damp produced by driving rain either by
covering them with slate, or a waterproof
composition. Much of the damp-absorbing
power of walls depends upon the nature of
the materials used in their erection, and soft
porous materials are most objectionable.
The same may be said of floors ; which
should always be of wood.
Good Drainage.
The walls of the houses should be sub¬
stantial, and stout enough to protect the
dweller against external damp; in which
respect houses being built in towns and
suburbs are lamentably defective. The roof
should be well united, and the rain should
be collected into sufficient and well-jointed
spouting, and carefully carried off either into
cisterns or drains. If the former they should
be efficiently drained, so as to secure the
removal of the surplus water. Defective
spouts and the saturation of walls with rain¬
water are efficient factors in the production
of disease ; and a damp house is inimical to
health.
The spouting should converge to one or
more down-pipes which run from the roof
into the drains. These down-pipes serve
also another useful purpose. They serve to
ventilate the drains and carry the sewer gas
away from the house, and out into the air;
so relieving the house from the danger of
sewer-gas escaping from the water-closets,
etc., and poisoning the house.
Workingmen often fall sick because they
do not live rationally and do not breathe
sufficiently pure air. Their homes are in
many instances unhealthy, they are apt to
neglect cleanliness, and for the most part
they do not eat proper food. A workingman
who follows out sensibly the rules we have
given will find himself better off, without any
additional expense, than his fellows.
The most healthful occupations are those
which require an outdoor life, or which are
followed at least in a fresh, pure air. Pre¬
eminent among these may be named garden¬
ing, farming and cattle-raising. Of course
M 9lm
;; gr-tH'j
' MB
READY FOR THE TENNIS COURT
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
267
such a rule has some exceptions, and espe¬
cially in a country like ours, where thousands
of acres of virgin soil are broken every year,
the exhalations from the ground, to which
we trace fevers, cannot be avoided. Yet
prevention is always better than cure.
Abupdapce
S HE next point to consider about
the house is its air supply.
This is a point of no second¬
ary importance. A free sup-
- ply of air is necessary to the
wants of the system, and that
” air must possess several re¬
quisites : it must be pure and free from hurt¬
ful constituents, and be furnisned in good
quantity.
Air is a mechanical composition of nitro¬
gen and oxygen, the oxygen being about 21
^>er cent, by volume, and in addition to this
3 parts per thousand of carbonic acid gas.
Water in the form of vapor, and traces of
ammonia, may almost be regarded as nor¬
mal constituents of the atmosphere. The
oxygen is the essential element.
Oxygen in an active condition is termed
ozone. The consumption of this ozone by
the respiration of animated creatures and the
combustion of fires and flames, renders the
air of towns much less invigorating than that
of the open country or the ocean. Re¬
breathed air in close ill-ventilated rooms
leads to a sense of lethargy and depression,
not unfrequently combined with headache,
as consequences of the imperfect removal
of the carbonic acid, etc., and the absence of
active oxygen. The quantity of oxygen is
sensibly diminished in the air of towns.
The amount of carbonic acid varies under
different circumstances, but not very mark¬
edly in the open air, where it never reaches
i per cent.
o j" Fresl) Air
Air to be pure must contain a normal
proportion of its constituents ; it ceases to
be so when some are present in excess or
are deficient. It becomes impure by the
addition of foreign matters, either sclid and
merely suspended in the air, or gaseous and
diffused through it. The suspended matters
borne by the air by which we are chiefly
disturbed are the products of imperfect com¬
bustion, or smuts. They are the nuisance
of every large town, especially in dark, dull
weather. They blow in through the finest
crevices, and settle everywhere.
Rank Impurities.
In certain states of the weather, the pro¬
ducts of imperfect combustion form fogs,
which are smoke clouds. The presence of
these smuts in a condition of the finest sub¬
division is then readily demonstrated by the
expectoration ; the expectorated mucus is
dark and inky from the particles arrested and
detained by the mucous lining of the air
tubes, and drawn in by the respiration.
Through the fog the noon-day sun appears
as through a piece of smoked glass ; it is
really seen though a smoke-laden atmos¬
phere.
But in addition there are vegetable seeds,
spores, and germs ; low forms of animal
life, as bacteria ; products of animal life and
pus-cells, especially in the air of hospital
wards ; particles of fabrics, cotton and wool;
and at times mineral matter, as sand, form¬
ing in certain regions and clouds, the deadly
2(58
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
simoom which the Arabs dread. Conta¬
gious particles, though too minute to be
recognizable by the most powerful micro¬
scope, or detected by the subtlest analysis,
are borne in the air, and their presence de¬
monstrated by their effects.
The odor of plants is due to minute par¬
ticles of solid matter which are wafted off the
plants, and bear the characteristics of each.
The rose has its odor, and so have the
violet and the woodbine, they are distinct
and recognizable ; but they have never been
seen by the microscope, any more than has
scarlatinal poison ; no chemistry can deter¬
mine their composition, which is as unknown
as that of the poison of typhoid fever.
Malarial or marsh poison cannot with cer¬
tainty be referred to the class of suspended
agents, possibly it belongs to the gaseous
division. Organic matter has been found in
the dew in the malarial districts. But there
exists no doubt as to the existence of ma¬
larial poison, and much is known about it,
though its presence has never been demon¬
strated by any other means than its results.
Probably fever-poisons are not gaseous but
solid.
The gaseous impurities of air arise var¬
iously from the body itself, from the earth,
and from manufactories. The carbonic acid
which is given off by respiration is a com¬
Best Ale bloods
HE amount of air which each
person requires is that amount
which shall not allow of an
accumulation of carbonic acid
beyond a certain point. This
gas exists normally in the
air, but below four parts per
thousand; an atmosphere containing i per
mon cause of air-contamination. Its excess
in the body is always accompanied by a
deficiency of oxygen, and the effects of each
are with difficulty separated.
In “the black-hole of Calcutta” and the
well known case of the “ Londonderry,”
these two were combined, and the mortality
in each case was fearful; in the first 123
died out of a total of 146, in the latter out
of a total of 150 no less than 70 perished,
simply from lack of pure air. The amount
of oxygen may be reduced from 23 per
cent, to 20, in close ill-ventilated places;
and such diminution is not only deleterious
and dangerous if carried too far, but if only
existing to a lesser degree, it is baneful and
injurious to the health ; causing great loss
of vital force and leaving the person predis¬
posed to disease.
Emanations from the earth of an injurious
character generally take their origin in de¬
caying organic matter, and form zymotic
poisons, to be considered hereafter; but
sometimes gases are exhaled, as the choke
damp of mines, sulphuretted hydrogen, and
carbonic acid. Earth itself is a good disin¬
fectant, and organic matter efficiently buried
rarely causes any troublesome consequences.
Air is extensively contaminated by manu¬
factories and chemical works, and in more
limited areas by fumes in certain trades.
or Yepbilabioi)
cent, is odious and instinctively avoided. The
sick require more air than the healthy, and
in hospitals even 3500 cubic feet per hour
per head has not proved sufficient to prevent
the peculiar offensive odor.
Now it is obvious that the mere cubic
space afforded to each person will not in
itself meet the question. The rate at which
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
209
the air is renewed is a most important factor.
If there are 200 cubic feet of space for each
person, it is obvious that the air must be
renewed ten times per hour in order to afford
each person 2000 cubic feet of air in that
time. If the space for each person kg 400
feet, the air need only be renewed five times
per hour.
The rate with which air passes into and
through a room involves the question of
draughts. In order to keep a small room
efficiently ventilated, the movement of air
must be so rapid as to cause a draught, and
draughts are common exciting causes of ill¬
ness. Large rooms are better than small
ones, because the air has not to be so fre¬
quently renewed, and draughts are thus
avoided; the number of persons being alike
in each case. When the rate of change of
air in a room exceeds three or four times per
hour it becomes disagreeable, and warmed
air is requisite.
Natural Ventilation.
This is achieved by the readiness with
which gases diffuse themselves through the
atmosphere by winds and the circulation of
air currents. Currents are largely produced
by changes of temperatures : as seen in the
sea breeze of the morning and the land
breeze at night, the air coming off the heated
land in the evening and returning again when
the land has been cooled by night. Artificial
currents exist betwixt the heated room and
the cold air outside ; the hot air escaping out
and the cold air coming in. The rushing of
the heated air up the chimney or stove causes
a draught to the fire and consequently venti¬
lation of the room.
The efficient ventilation of a room is so
commonly productive of cold draughts, that
various contrivances have been devised to
obviate these unpleasant consequences. Yen- j
tilators have been put in the roof or ceiling,
from the known tendency of heated air to
escape upwards, and form the usual and
common means of securing a change of air
in apartments. These ventilators often form
shafts passing through the upper stories and
emerging at the roof. These ventilators are
good when they are efficient ; but it is not
always easy to know when the ventilation
through them is active.
How to Detect an Air Current.
The plan of having a strip of paper or
rag so hung as to be visible, and by its flut¬
tering telling of an air current, and by its
motionless condition informing us when the
air current is arrested, is one which might be
more generally adopted. The incoming cur¬
rent of air is and should be always directed
upward toward the ceiling, so that the cold
draught may not strike the inmates.
There are many plans in vogue for the
production of this end. One is to have either
a glass louvre inserted instead of the top
centre pane, or to have the pane cut into
strips, which may be separated or closed by
a cord. Another plan is to have the panes
doubled, the incoming air being warmed in
the spaces betwixt the panes, the course of
the current being also thereby broken. A
third plan is to have a wire screen at the top
of the window, which takes the place of the
window when it is drawn down.
But no plan will ever be so effective with
single windows as are those where the win¬
dows are double. This is a luxury to which
most people are averse, and yet the double
windows deaden sound, as well as permit of
an ample space where the air can be warmed
and its current broken betwixt the windows.
A pane can be divided into slips in the outer
window at the bottom, and a louvre put in
instead of a pane at the top of the inner win-
27a
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
dow, and then the rate of entrance can be
thoroughly regulated, and a perfect ventila¬
tion be established without draughts of cold
air.
The effect of double windows is well seen
in hospitals, and for the sake of this improved
ventilation and the deadening of sound they
should be introduced into banks, business
houses and hospitals—the last especially— '
the open air. At other times the ventilator
can be carried through a shaft to the roof,
and then the shaft can be surmounted by a
wire cap. A proper cap rotates and turns its
back to the wind and the rain> and in order
that it may do so, it should be well balanced
and rotate easily.
It is almost impossible to consider the
two subjects separately, as fire is used for
A HOME ADMIRABLY ADAPTED FOR VENTILATION, DRAINAGE AND HEALTH.
as well as into private houses ; and their
introduction would be conducive to health
and comfort.
An excellent plan of ventilation is to have
the interspace betwixt the ceiling of one floor
and the flooring of the story above, itself well
ventilated; and to allow the air carried out
of a room by a ventilation in the ceiling to
pass into this interspace, and thence out into
both purposes—indeed, cannot very easily be
used for one without involving the other.
The combustion of the fire draws a current
of air towards it in addition to the action of
the shaft or chimney, and by their combined
action a good change of air is maintained.
The open fire is much more efficient as a
ventilating than as a warming agent, and is
almost the reverse of the stove, with its heat>=
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
271
giving surface. The chimney acts as a ven¬
tilating shaft, even when the fire is not burn¬
ing, though the ventilation is not unobjec¬
tionable when the air current comes down
the chimney.
Great Waste of Heat.
In an ordinary fireplace the waste of heat
is enormous, and the statement that the ac¬
tual waste of fuel is greatest in private houses
is well founded. No less than seven-eighths
of the heat passes up the chimney; and even
with reflecting backs, etc., the waste is ex¬
cessive. At the same time such a fireplace
and chimney will ventilate a room capable of
holding from three to six persons, as the
quantity of air passing up it is equal to from
6000 to 20,000 cubic feet per hour. If the
room is small and the fire brisk, the passage
of the air through the room is keenly felt;
and you are roasted on the side turned to the
fire while the other is chilled by the cold air
which rushes in behind.
Large rooms, with an equal amount of fire,
are much more comfortable than small ones ;
provided that the large rooms are not un¬
necessarily airy and draughty. With the
ordinary fireplace then the room is rather
ventilated than warmed; and when the room
is too well closed against the entrance of the
cold air by chinks in the doorways and win¬
dows, the chimney has down draughts, and
the cold air rushes dowm as well as the heated
air mounts. The diffusion will take place
somehow.
Many have been the inventions to render
fires more useful as warming agents. One
of the best contains an air chamber at the
back, through which the air enters the
room, and is at the same time so heated as
to no longer cause a cold draught. Another
is a cottage grate of fire clay, also with an
air chamber. Less complicated plans of
causing the back of the grate to lean forward
and so throw back the heat into the room,
have been more or less adopted. The de¬
sirable fireplace, of simple yet effective con¬
struction, has still to be discovered.
Several forms of stoves have been in¬
vented to economize fuel, or to utilize the
heat produced. Two favorite forms have
the air introduced beneath the stove and
then given off, warm flanges of metal heat¬
ing the air as it passes off. A dish of water
gives to the heated air the requisite and
desirable moisture.
The “ Sun-Burner.”
Some gas stoves warm the air ere giving
it off into the room, moisture being furnished
by a water dish. But all stoves are objec¬
tionable, for while heating the air, they give
it an unwholesome dryness. The same may
be said of furnaces.
Another method of utilizing flame as a
ventilator is to have the gas lights so
arranged in the ceiling as to form the “sun-
burner,” and by adding a shaft to this
burner the already respired and vitiated air
is drawn towards the shaft and passes away
out. This forms an efficient ventilator.
But gas is an objectionable heating agent;
and the arrangement must be very perfect
to admit of its being used without actual
detriment. The products of gas consump¬
tion are very disagreeable as well as dele¬
terious, as every one knows who has been
where gas is largely burned either as gas¬
light, or in the “ clinker made-up grates,”
which, when red hot, somewhat resemble an
ordinary fire. The air is heavy, unplesant,
and laden with the products of combustion
unless the ventilation be very perfect.
Another plan of producing warmth and
ventilation is that of combined hot water
pipes and air shafts. The plan of warming
272
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
a room with hot water pipes has long been
in vogue, and in many instances it is an
excellent and efficient mode ; and it has also
been proposed to have around the water
pipes air shafts, so that the air might be
heated by the contact with the hot water pipe.
This air shaft along the hot water pipe
would surround the room, and by many
minute perforations admit of the warmed air
entering the chamber. Then, by means of
propulsion, the air could be forced into the
room at a fixed rate; and by a modification
of the machinery its rate of entrance could
be checked when desirable. Propulsion of
air into rooms dates back to the year 1734,
and the idea of warming it ere its introduc¬
tion into the room has existed since 1713.
Extraction of air by a fan is used in some
large buildings to maintain a practically
sufficient ventilation. Whenever hot pipes
are used to warm rooms it must not be for-
, gotten that there is no longer the air current
established and maintained by an open flame ;
and special means must be taken to main¬
tain the ventilation. The tendency to ex¬
clude fresh air from rooms is only too deep-
rooted, and the more effectually most of the
chinks in the room are closed the more
active will be the draught from the unclosed
N
chinks. If all the chinks are closed the
atmosphere of the room will become very
vitiated; and all the consequences of bad
ventilation will be artifically secured. Sick¬
ness is sure to result.
Tl)e Water
E will now proceed to ex¬
amine the question of
water supply: a question
not less important than
those hitherto discussed.
Water, which consists of
a chemical combination of
hydrogen and oxygen, is essential to the life
of every living thing, animal and vegetable.
The circulation of water, bearing certain
matters with it, is as important to the life
and growth of vegetables as it is to animals ;
and both alike die if deprived of it. Its sup¬
ply to crowded populations in towns has been
ever most important; and magnificent sys¬
tems of water supply characterized many
extinct civilizations, as well as forming one
of the most important subjects which engage
our attention at the present.
The aqueducts of ancient Rome and Peru
put in the shade the punier efforts of more
recent times. The dark ages were dark
indeed, and the darkness was most marked
in matters sanitary; and we are but slowly
recognizing the importance of our water
supply.
The amount of water required by each
individual per diem varies from seventy to
a hundred ounces: one third of which is
contained in our articles of food. From
half a gallon to a gallon daily is further
required for cooking purposes.
A varying quantity is consumed by differ¬
ent individuals for the purposes of abultion ;
more especially among those who have their
cold tub every morning. Another quantity
is consumed for the water-closet. The cab
culation made for towns is usually that of
thirty gallons per head ; ten for personal and
domestic purposes ; ten for municipal pur¬
poses ; and ten for trade and manufacturing
purposes. If the water supply exceed this
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
273
it is almost profuse; if it fall much below it,
it is insufficient.
There is much difference in the water
derived from various sources ; and it requires
different treatment accordingly to make it
wholesome. Rain-water requires to be
stored in cisterns, covered in and protected
from heat and cold. Being fairly pure and
soft, it should not be stored in leaden cisterns.
The waste water pipe of cisterns should
never pass from the cistern to the drain, or
sewer, unbroken.
Best Sources of Water.
River water is more or less pure, ac¬
cording to the soil and watershed from
which it is derived. If from mountains, it
is usually clear and fairly pure. It be¬
comes muddy after heavy rains, especially
in arable districts; and more in spring and
autumn, when the surface is disturbed by
the plough. The water which falls as rain
and percolates through the earth becomes
highly charged with carbonic acid, which
makes it fresh and sparkling. Where it
runs over lime or chalk it becomes ex¬
tremely hard by taking up carbonate of
lime. This hardness is removed by boil¬
ing, the lime salts encrusting the kettle or
pan; and in persons liable to vesical cal¬
culus and gravel, such boiling is very
desirable. Exposure to air also relieves
hardness and is always desirable.
Lake water is usually pure, and from the
-exposure to the air the water is soft. When
the washings of certain districts pass into it,
it may be highly charged with organic mat¬
ter, especially when it comes from mossy
moorland or bogs.
In mountainous districts of the older geo¬
logical formations the water is commonly
very pure.
From wherever water is collected, it is
usually conducted into large waterworks, and
there exposed to the air in settling ponds,
where any impurities of a solid character may
fall; after which it should be filtered through
filtering beds, and then distributed through
pipes to the different divisions of towns.
According to the original water, and the care
with which it is manipulated, is the purity of
the product. The softer and purer it is, the
more deleteriously does water act upon lead,
either in pipes or cisterns.
Water varies in purity according to its
source and the geological formation from
which it is derived.
From granite and metamorphic rocks it is
good and pure. From soft sandstone it
varies much, and maybe very impure. From
sand it varies much, as does also water from
gravel. From chalk it is good but hard, and
18
274
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
improves by boiling. From clay it is usually
surface water and impure. From surface
and subsoil it is often objectionable. From
marshes it is highly charged with organic
matter. Accordingly as these different
waters meet, will be the river water which
forms the sum total.
Water is also derived from springs and
wells, and varies according to the position
of the springs and wells and the geological
formations with which they are connected.
Failure of Artesian Wells.
Artesian wells are wells sunk to a great
depth ; that of Grenelle in Paris is 1800 feet
deep, and that of Kissingen in Bavaria is
1878 feet in depth. The water from these
wells varies much in quality, and in some
districts the quantity is affected by drought.
As a source of water supply for large towns
they are now abandoned, being fc nd in¬
sufficient.
Water is also procured by distillation, and
by this means is produced in the purest state.
It is, though bright to the eye, not palatable,
but it is indispensable for chemical and med¬
ical purposes. On a large scale fresh water
is now distilled from sea water for the use of
ships and troops, especially where the coast
water is very bad. The water from the con¬
densing apparatus of engines is very pure
and soft, capital for ablution, but not a pleas¬
ant beverage.
There are various methods for the purifica¬
tion of water. The chief are distillation,
boiling, subsidence and filtration.
Distillation means the conversion of water
into steam, and then recondensation by cool¬
ing, the impurities being left behind. It is
efficient; and, as we have just seen, useful
for some purposes.
Boiling is requisite to destroy minute
organisms and germs ; and it destroys those
dangerous and active poisons on which many
of our fevers depend. It also precipitates,
lime, for which purpose it is much used.
Subsidence permits of the settling down of
impurities, and is often useful. By the ex¬
posure to air water is much softened, and
the settling-bed serves two ends.
Water Should be Filtered.
Filtration is far the most important matter
from a sanitary point of view, and is the
favorite method for purifying water for use.
Water may be both boiled and filtered, after
which it is very pure, and free from all con¬
tamination and source of danger. Filtration
is carried on on a large scale by many water
companies, and their filter beds are elabor¬
ately prepared. The rate of descent should
not be more than six inches per hour, nor
the filtration exceed 700 gallons per square
yard each twenty-four hours. But this rate
is often exceeded. There are always spare
filter beds to admit of the beds being cleaned
and renewed.
Filtration on a small scale is now the rule
in most well-managed establishments, and
private manipulation is not superfluous with
the best water. It is very useful in the
country, where the water is not of first-class,
quality ; and that means very generally.
Filters, however, like most things, will
not go on forever, and attention from time
to time is requisite. All filters, after a time,
become clogged up, and have, therefore, to
be taken to pieces and thoroughly cleansed ;
or, if this cannot easily be done, they may
be purified by passing through them a solu¬
tion of potassium permanganate, with the
addition of a few drops of sulphuric acid,
and, afterwards, two or three gallons of pure
or distilled water, acidulated with hydro¬
chloric acid. The charcoal in a filter may
also be purified by exposing it to sun and air..
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
275
The readiness with which water conveys
the germs of disease has long been known
and this is one of the problems closely
studied by the medical profession. Water
has in it either life or death, according as it
is pure or impure.
Use of Disinfectants
ISINFECTION is to be accom¬
plished by means of antisep¬
tics, notably fire, boiling water,
chloride of lime in solution,
corrosive sublimate, sulphu¬
rous acid, green and blue
vitriol, carbolic acid, chloride
of zinc, the mineral acids, and chlorine. It
is best to use one of the first mentioned,
following it up with one of the others. Car¬
bolic acid Koch has found capable of stop¬
ping the development of micro-organisms
when diluted with four hundred parts of
water, and corrosive sublimate in a solution
of the strength of one to three hundred
thousand. The former, a product of coal-
tar, is a clear, colorless, oily liquid which
blisters the skin severely in a few moments, is
extremely poisonous, and rapidly proves fatal.
The fact is to be noted that pure carbolic
acid is not so good a disinfectant, and does
not destoy bacteria with the same certainty,
as when diluted with water ; and, farther-
more, that it displays its disinfecting proper¬
ties to best advantage when in combination
with water in the proportion of ten parts in
the hundred.
Corrosive sublimate in concentrated form
is also a violent poison, and it may be reck¬
oned a great blessing to mankind that it
suffices to destroy bacterial life in so attenu¬
ated a solution as to threaten no danger to
the human organism. A sublimate solution
of one in five thousand, which will infallibly
destroy bacilli, and which fully suffices for
most purposes of disinfection, is nevertheless,
less poisonous than a five per cent, carbolic
solution.
Articles to be disinfected must be spread
out, not left packed up in a bundle. Cor¬
rosive sublimate attacks most metals in
common use, and must therefore not be
poured into leaden pipes. A concentrated
solution of corrosive sublimate contains four
ounces of the chemical in a gallon of water.
By adding ten grains of permanganate of
potash or a pound of blue vitriol the solution
is colored and rendered recognizable. This
solution should be left to act for about two
hours. Sulphurous acid is most efficacious in
damp air.
Danger from Damp Rooms.
It is always harmful to live for any length
of time in rooms that are damp or cold,
rooms having walls dripping with dampness
or floors wet from scrubbing, and rooms
where clothes are hung to dry. The more
moisture the air contains, the less capable is it
of absorbing the vapors of our breath and with
them the disease-germs we sometimes exhale.
These are then partially retained, and impede
the inhalation of pure air rich in oxygen.
This interference with evaporation from
the lungs and skin is very hurtful. It renders
difficult the cooling-off process which our
bodies constantly require, it almost arrests
and quite neutralizes the activity of our skin,
and interferes with the purification of the
blood. The best proof of these statements
is found in the distressing influence of so-
called “ muggy weather ” when the tern-
27 G
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
perature of the air is not excessive, but the
humidity of the atmosphere is considerable.
Dry heat at from ninety to one hundred
degrees Fahrenheit is easier borne than tem¬
peratures below ninety degrees when the
humidity is at the point of saturation.
Damp air which is at the same time cold
is more objectionable than damp warm air.
On the other hand very dry air in living-
rooms is very unhealthy. This condition is
particularly found in rooms heated by steam,
by hot water pipes, or in those heated by
means of a furnace, a heater, or even a com¬
mon stove. A vessel containing water should
be kept in every such room upon the stove
or near the register. The air heated by a
furnace should pass over water before enter¬
ing the room.
Treatment of Carpets.
The carpets of a house claim a special mem-
tion from us. The plan of carpeting floors
to which we are accustomed is a decidedly
unhealthy one. When the carpets are nailed
to the floor in such a way that every portion
is covered, the dust which settles upon them
can only be partially removed by sweeping,
and accumulates in increasing quantity upon
the planking below as well as in the meshes
of the carpet itself. This dust, continually
raised by every footstep, inevitably renders
the air unhealthy ; and the evil is increased
by the layers of thick paper and cotton wad¬
ding usually interposed between the floor and
the carpet by way of lining.
The floor should be inlaid, or at any rate
laid in hard woods, and should be frequently
polished with wax. One large carpet is
used to cover the greater part of the room,
or perhaps rugs are spread in different places,
beneath tables, and before sofas, pianos, book¬
cases, and other articles of furniture, much
as we are accustomed to lay them upon our
carpets. This insures much greater cleanli¬
ness and a remakable absence of dust.
Special attention is called to those anti¬
septics, the free use of which has so much
to do with arresting disease in. the patient
and preventing its spread to others.
Excellent Purifiers.
Some of these, and the most active, too,
are produced by disengaging fumes, thus we
have :
Sulphurous acid , given off by burning
sulphur ; good for disinfecting rooms after
the removal of the sick, or dead persons.
Chlorine, is an energetic gas, and can be
readily produced by adding a little muriatic
acid to a wineglassful of Condy’s fluid, or to
crystals of chlorate of potash.
Nitrous acid f 7 Lines are given off when
strong nitric acid is added to copper filings.
They are very powerful.
Iodine is a violet fume produced by throw¬
ing some scales of iodine upon a hot plate.
It is penetrating and powerful, and even
dangerous, and apt to produce affections of
the respiratory organs if respired in any
quantity. These fumes are adapted for
empty rooms, dead houses, hearses, etc.
Carbolic acid. A very cheap and excellent
agent; it cleanses air ladened with putrefac¬
tive matters, or with the germs of lowly
organisms ; it disinfects faeces and sewers ;
it destroys fever poisons ; and is an excellent
application in surgical injuries and accidents.
It can be used to scrub floors, to add to
water for the steeping of infected clothing,
and to place in utensils to receive excreta.
It can be used for outbuildings, urinals, cess¬
pools and latrines. It is extremely pois¬
onous, and consequently it is safest in the
form of powder.
Chi or alum is cheap, active and inodorous,
but does not give off gases. It is useless tc
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
277
clear air, but disinfects fluids, sewers, etc.,
and does excellently for washing and scour-
in cr
Chloride of lime is odorous and its smell
is offensive; it is a good but unpleasant dis¬
infectant.
Chlorozone is cheap and useful; it gives off
chlorine and oxygen, and is useful for all
disinfecting purposes.
Chloride of zinc (Burnett’s solution) is a
powerful disinfectant.
Sulphate of iron is a good and cheap dis¬
infectant for sewers, cesspools, etc., and any¬
thing needing flooding. It is readily soluble
in water.
Having gone over disinfectants and their
properties, we come to Practical Disinfection ,
which can be advantageously combined with
hygienic precautions.
How to Use Disinfectants.
When there is an outbreak of infectious
disease it is necessary (i), to isolate the sick
and prevent their communication with the
unaffected; (2) to remove or disinfect all
refuse matter, decaying material, etc.; (3) to
inspect the water supply and secure its purity;
(4) to disinfect all outhouses and uncleanly
premises by limewashing, etc.; (5) to prevent
overcrowding ; and (6) to secure good and
ample ventilation.
Then come the measures to be resorted to
in the sick rooms and around the invalid.
The rooms should be kept clean; there
should be as little communication as possible
betwixt the sick and the rest of the house¬
hold, except the nursing staff. Those not
connected with the nursing should bring the
food, fuel, water, etc., into a neighboring
room, well ventilated and disinfected; and
then the nurses should, after their departure,
remove what is required and put out any¬
thing done with; thus the direct communi¬
cation of the sick and the household will be
prevented. A sheet saturated with a dis¬
infectant should be hung over the door of
the room, so as to catch any poison wafted
out when the door is opened.
All slops, etc., should be disinfected ere
being removed from the sick room; soiled
linen should be immersed in a disinfecting
solution; books and newspapers should be*
aired and disinfected, or if valueless they are:
best destroyed at once by burning. All un¬
necessary furniture, carpets and curtains, etc.,
should be removed from the sick room.
Infectious Diseases.
Then, when the disease has spent itself,
care is still requisite, for then is the danger
of causing infection at its height. This is;
especially the case in typhus fever, scarlatina
and small-pox. The scarlatinal patient
should be rubbed with glycerine and carbolic
acid, or washed with pure tar soap, and.
the poison-bearing exfoliated skin removed.
In small-pox, after the vesicles have com¬
menced to diy up, similar means may be
resorted to. The convalescent should not
mix with others as long as the skin is peel¬
ing in scarlatina, or a crust remains in small¬
pox.
After the convalescent is removed, the
room should be cleared out, scrubbed with a
disinfectant, floors, walls and woodwork.
The ceiling should be whitewashed and the
room repapered, the doors and windows
being thrown open for several days ; at
nights they may be closed, and any of the
fuming disinfectants might be disengaged,
and the room kept closed till morning.
The bedding, clothes, etc., should be dis¬
infected and washed; to hang clothes up in.
a room, and then disengage the fuming dis¬
infectants, leaving the rooms closed for hours,
is a plan which may be adopted where the
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
27 8
clothes are too valuable to be destroyed and
will not wash. Large disinfecting chambers
for clothes are now available for public use,
commonly in the hands of boards of health.
Woolen clothes, especially thick ones, as
loose clothes, blankets, etc., hold fever poison
very tenaciously, and should always be well
disinfected.
And now as to the washing of the clothes
of fever patients. Are those who wash them
liable to be infected or not? So far as the
subject has been investigated the answer is
No. In the Calcutta European General
Hospital, in twenty-five years not one of the
washers ever took cholera, for instance.
Neither do laundresses object to the clothes
of fever patients, at least so far a,s we can learn
by inquiries. Of course no reasonable person
would send the clothes away without first
putting them through a disinfectant solution.
Disinfectants are so cheap and so effica¬
cious as preventives of disease that their use
is really imperative, and their cost shoulc
I never be grudged.
Truths bo Ren)ei2)ber^d
HE plagues of past time weres
due to the insanitary
arrangements of our
ancestors.
2. Sunlight has an important
bearing upon health.
3. Pulmonary consumption is
associated with a damp
subsoil; and its prevalence is affected
by drainage.
4. Sand soils are warmer than clay soils.
5. “Rubbish” foundations are fertile
sources of disease.
6. Drains, damp-proof sources and dry areas
are required for houses in damp situa¬
tions.
7. Porous, moisture - absorbing materials
are unfitted for the construction of
houses.
8. The rain-water ought to be carefully con¬
veyed away from the house and its
walls.
9. The air supply of a house must be suffi¬
cient in order to secure the health of
the inmates.
10. Impurities in the air are often solid, as
smuts, seeds and germs.
11. Fever poisons and vegetable odors con¬
sist of minute solid particles.
12. Diminution of oxygen in the respired air,
or excess of carbonic acid gas, are
both deleterious.
13. Poisonous emanations may arise from
the earth or be given off in manufac¬
tories, and by chemical agents used
in certain crafts.
14. In imperfect ventilation the normal pro¬
portion of the constituents of the at¬
mosphere is disturbed.
15. Not less than 1200 cubic feet of air per
head per hour are requisite for health.
More is required for the sick.
16. The rate at which air passes through a
room, or is renewed, is as important
as the cubic feet of space allotted to
each person.
1 7 - Ventilation is much aided by the fires
we use.
18. Draughts may be occasioned by ven¬
tilating an apartment.
19. Ventilators are placed in the ceiling be¬
cause the heated air rises.
20. Double windows are very excellent for
giving ventilation without draughts.
21. Fires are as efficient for the purposes of
ventilation as for warmth.
22. Cold air usually finds its way in beneath
the door.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO ' PRESERVE IT.
279
23. Arranging the gaslights of a room under
the ventilator in the ceiling forms an
effective ventilating agent.
24. Air can be propelled into rooms and be
warmed before being admitted, with
good effect.
25. Too careful exclusion of air and closure
of chinks produces all the evil con¬
sequences of bad ventilation.
26. Thirty gallons of water per head daily is
the calculation of water-works com¬
panies.
27. The waste pipes of cisterns should never
communicate with the drain without
a break, to admit of the escape of
sewer gas.
28. Rain-water is soft, and though suited to
ablution is not palatable as a beverage.
29. Water becomes hard from the presence
of lime, and bright and sparkling
from the carbonic acid gas contained
in it.
30. The purer water is, the more "owerfully
it acts upon lead. Hence leaden
cisterns are especially objectionable.
31. The quality of water is affected by the
geological formations over which it
flows, or from which it is derived.
32. Artesian, or very deep wells, furnish
water of varying quality, usually very
good, but they cannot be depended
upon for the supply of large towns.
33. Water may be purified by boiling, dis¬
tillation, subsidence, and filtration.
34. Family filters should be in use in every
house. They can be cleansed by
various means.
35. On large plains it is almost impossible to
procure good water if the population
be dense.
36. Our river well-heads should be covered
with forests.
37. The removal of our sewage is important
to our health; while sewage is a
valuable manure.
38. “The rainfall to the river, and the sew¬
age to the soil ” is an apt maxim.
39. The presence of water adds to the offen¬
siveness 01 decomposing matter.
40. The “ dry removal ” is unsuited to
densely populated towns.
41. The removal of sewage by water is the
easiest, cheapest and quickest.
42. The position of a water-closet in a house
is more important than is commonly
credited.
43. Sewers should be watertight and venti¬
lated, to prevent the sewage gas from
escaping at the water-closets.
44. Sewers should be periodically flushed,
and disinfectants added to the water
used for flushing purposes.
45. Sewage in rivers pollutes them, and is
injurious to those persons who live
further down the river and drink the
water.
46. “Sewage farms,” farms irrigated by sew¬
age, are growing in favor. They are
very productive, and not injurious to
the public health.
47. Sewage does not exercise a prejudicial
effect upon the grass, or upon the
animals fed upon it, or upon the
human beings who eat them.
48. Neither is parasitic disease endangered
thereby.
49. Sewage is also cleansed by “purifica¬
tion” and “ filtration ” processes.
50. Many diseases are due to the contami¬
nation of water and air.
51. Malarial fevers arise from decaying vege¬
table matter and stagnant water.
52. Enteric or typhoid fever is the result oi
insanitary arrangements.
53. It is common in very wet and very dry
seasons.
54. It may arise without typhoid-fever-poison
being present, but its presence makes
infection almost certain.
55. It is communicated to others more by
the contamination of the drinking
fluids than by contagion proper.
56. Enteric fever may be communicated by
the milk supply.
57. Cholera is very communicable by drink¬
ing fluids tainted with its poison.
58. Cholera is much more infectious than
enteric fever, and may cling to clothes
and to persons.
59. Dysentery is associated with malarial
fever, and arises from like exciting
causes.
280
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
60. It grows up in an epidemic form in
camps and armies under insanitary
conditions.
61. Diarrhoea may be a simple means of
getting rid of offending matter in the
bowels, or it may be a grave disease.
62. Diarrhoea commonly arises from impure
air and water, especially the latter.
63. The exanthems (eruptive fevers) are pro¬
duced by infectious particles in the
air.
64. The poison long retains its activity if
not exposed to the air.
65. Epidemic disease is al\vays most serious
among those whose vital force is
undermined by insanitary surround¬
ings.
66. Decay or decomposition is a process of
oxidation—of atomic activity.
67. The particles of decomposing matter
may be invisible to the strongest
microscope, but are evident to the
smell.
68. Antiseptics unite with, matter in a state
of decay, and bring it into a condition
where it is harmless.
69. Some fumes are very powerful disinfec¬
tants, as chlorine, iodine, sulphuric
acid, etc.
70. Other disinfectants are liquid, as chlor-
alum, etc.
71. Disinfectant powders of various kinds.
are useful in water-closets, privies,,
urinals, and sewer-traps.
72. Antiseptic soaps are often useful, and
remove contamination and unpleasant,
odors.
73. The disinfection of the sick room, of the
excreta, and the soiled clothes of the
sick person is arresting the progress
of infectious disease.
74. There should be no direct communica¬
tion betwixt fever-patients and the
household : only direct communica¬
tion by the nurses should be per¬
mitted.
fullest extent. Let the step be elastic and
let the whole carriage be that of an athlete.
Many persons sneer at athletics, complain
that they are carried to excess, see no ad¬
vantage in spending one or two hours each
day in training the body, and talk about
newfangled notions. They seem to prefer
dyspepsia to a healthy stomach, a sallow
complexion to the rosy glow of health,,
a bent and shrivelled form to the upright,
strong, well-moulded, vigorous frame of one
whose physical powers are in perfect condi-
Y free gymnastics we mean those
exercises employed for develop¬
ing and strengthening the mus¬
cles and organs of the body
which do not require any appara¬
tus, such as dumb-bells, swings,
etc. It is surprising to what an
extent the body can be trained, thereby pro¬
moting health. Let the round shoulders be
straightened up. Let the muscles be made
hard and pliable. Let the chest be expanded
and the breathing power increased to the
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
281
tion. They are content to be walking
ghosts, moping about with a suggestion of
the graveyard in every look and motion.
“ Cultivate the mind,” they say, forgetting
that the first requisite for a sound mind is a
sound body.
The question is often asked : Is the
teaching of gymnastics in schools wise for
girls ? The question has been raised time
and again, and the answer practically was
given in Philadelphia, where a most thorough
course was given a three-years’ test. Objec¬
tions to the instruction were anticipated, but
all that were raised were met with a reply
so complete as to usually end them. The
most serious question raised was one regard-
place the fists together, with their backs front, the
elbows elevated as high as the shoulders. Then
describe the arcs A, B and C, D half a dozen times,
elevating the fists as at E and F.
ing the effect of exercise in the gymnasium
on delicately built girls. This was found to
be beneficial, if not too violent.
The course at the Normal School was
considered as near an ideal one as can well
be formed. The gymnasium was in charge
of a physician, and the greatest care was
taken that only good should result. Some
of those who watched the progress of the
study, expressed a fear that the hours were
too long, and reports gained circulation to
the effect that girls who should not partici¬
pate with the classes, went through the drills
for fear of losing their status in the school.
Place the elbows by the sides, in line with the
waist, and fists against the shoulders, backs front.
The right forearm is carried directly down, and re¬
turned to the commencing position four times; four
corresponding motions are made with the left fore¬
arm, terminating at B; then four downward motions
are made alternately ; and, finally, four downward
motions are described with both forearms simulta¬
neously. Then the fists are elevated to C and D.
Inquiry into these complaints developed
that none of them had ever been formally
laid before the Normal School authorities.
From all the information obtained, it appeared
that the gymnasium work in the school was
very much enjoyed by the girls, who were
enthusiastic regarding it, to such an extent
that many remained after hours in order to
receive individual instruction.
There was visible a pronounced improve¬
ment in the carriage of the students, as well
as in their general health. Those most fre¬
quently excused from the exercise were
•282
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
girls who wore tight clothing. Objections
have been raised in this enlightened age by
some fond parents that the gymnastic exer¬
cises have increased the waist measurements
of their daughters, hence they desired that
the girls should be relieved of the class
instruction. This is the height of folly.
This is the Rocking Exercise. Swing the arms
up and down, as shown by the dotted lines. Do not
keep your body stiff, but 'let it be pliable, and bend
it as shown in the figure.
Two kinds of instruction are given, gen¬
eral gymnastic' and calisthenics, the latter
being obligatory.
Regarding the whole course, the principal
speaks very frankly, and his answers cover
all questions that could well be asked.
Said he :
“The gymnasium work has, I believe,
been of advantage to the students. We en¬
deavor to guard against overwork or undue
exercise. The period of exercise does not
exceed twenty-five minutes, and the students
are permitted to drop out of the work when
they become tired or feel that it is too
fatiguing for them. When physicians’ cer¬
tificates state that students should not take
the gymnasium work, the students are ex¬
cused absolutely from that part of the exer¬
cises intended to be of personal benefit.
“As all our students are in the institution
for the purpose of being trained for teaching,
we require of everyone a knowledge of the
light calisthenic exercises without apparatus,
which, it is expected, they will be required
to teach when they enter the elementary
schools. Even from this light work stu¬
dents are excused, although it is an essen¬
tial part of the curriculum, and as neces¬
sary to the student’s preparation for her
profession as is her work in other depart¬
ments.
“While calisthenics have not been intro¬
duced as yet in the elementary schools as a
formal part of the work, yet physical exer¬
cises have, through the enterprise of many
progressive teachers, found a place already
f*\ o
This figure shows three classes of movements:
from A to B, from A to C, from A to D. Repeat
a dozen times, thrusting the fists out with a will.
in some schools. It is confidently believed
that their general introduction into the schools
is not far distant.
“ The Normal School is simply anticipating
what is believed to be a demand of the fu¬
ture, and it asks nothing of its students
which is unreasonable to ask of a teacher.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
283
It endeavors to give the instruction which
best fits the students for the work of teach¬
ing. Therefore, it can no more neglect
physical exercises as a possible part of the
elementary school work than it can neglect
drawing, music or any other part of the
teachers’ preparation.
“ As a matter of fact I have no recollection
of a complaint of injury to a student by the
gymnasium work, although I have received
many requests of physicians to relieve stu¬
dents of the work—requests which are always
honored.
The Students Enthusiastic.
“ On our own responsibility we have been
compelled to require students to cease from
work, and in one instance, at least, know
that the order from the department was a
source of some dissatisfaction to the pupil
thus affected.
“ The student who is unable to take the
physical exercises, which are intended for
personal benefit, loses nothing in her stand¬
ing if a physician’s certificate states that she
should not do the work. More than that,
the students are often excused without such
a certificate, on the judgment of the teachers
in charge.”
Exercise performed without moderation or
rule induces all forms and all degrees of
fatigue, and exposes the human machine to
the various injuries which we have described
as the accidents of work.
On the other hand, muscular work per¬
formed in gradually increasing quantity and
according to the rules of graduated training,
brings about a progressive adaptation of the
organs to the performance of more and more
violent exercise. It improves the human
motor by giving to all its machinery a greater
strength and ease of working.
Such are the results of exercise considered
as an abstract factor and reduced to the
quantity of work represented by it. But it is
only by a mental effort that we can isolate
the work done by the system from the or¬
gans concerned in its performance. Now
these organs are . not the same in all cases,
and do not work in the same manner in all
forms of exercise. Thus the practice of dif-
These movements are executed from the sides by
bending both elbows simultaneously, and drawing
the forearms in on odd numbers and straightening
the arms on even ones, first from A A to B B ; from
B B to C C; from C C to D D ; from D D to EE;
and then back, by reversing the order of the
motions. These wfill be made in regular order from
A A to E E and back, twnce with the palms out at
the sides and the thumbs back ; and twice with the
backs of the hands out and the thumbs pointed
front.
ferent exercises produces different effects on
the system.
At the outset we notice a difference be¬
tween the various exercises practiced ; they
do not all necessitate the same quantity of
work. Exercises are called violent when
they demand considerable and repeated
efforts from the muscular system; they are
called moderate when they do not demand
284
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
much work ; finally, when the muscular ex¬
ertion is reduced to a minimum, the exercise
is called gentle. Running is a violent exer¬
cise, walking at a fair pace is a moderate
exercise, and walking slowly is a gentle
exercise.
The quantity of work done is evidently
the chief element in the classification of
The right arm will describe eight as large side
circles as possible, in a forward direction, as indi¬
cated by the arrow ; then the left arm w T ill describe
eight corresponding circles ; then eight correspond¬
ing circles with the arms alternately, the left arm
commencing a circle just before the right arm has
regained its commencing position, thus rendering
the circle continuous ; and, finally, eight correspond¬
ing circles with both arms simultaneously. All side
and head circles will be described in the direction of
the palms, the student standing with the feet in the
military position, and bringing the arms close to the
head while executing the movements. Then reverse
the arms and describe the circles backwards.
bodily exercises, for it is that which most
influences their effects. But, the a*mount of
work done by the system being the same, it
is not indifferent, from the hygienic stand¬
point, whether the work is done slowly or
quickly, whether it is uninterrupted or there
are frequent periods of rest.
It is important also to know if the exercise
needs complicated and difficult movements.
if it exacts great attention of the will, or if it
can be performed automatically, and without
needing- the intervention of the conscious
faculties.
Finally, besides the different forms of the
work, it is also important to* determine the T
mechanism of the exercise, to say what parts
of the body are especially concerned in its
performance, and what are indirectly asso¬
ciated with it.
Feats of Strength.
Violent exercise is often wrongly confused
with a “feat of strength,” or a “difficult”
exercise. In all feats of strength it may
happen that the work, without being consid¬
erable, may be executed by means of a very
small number of muscles. The exercise is
then merely a kind of demonstration of the
muscular strength of the individuual, who,
for example, performs with ten muscles a
work which other people can only do with
twenty.
A man who seizes a horizontal bar with
one hand and raises himself with only one
arm, shows that he has a very strong biceps,
but the mechanical work that he performs
is; in the end, strictly equal to that done by
a man who pulls himself up with both arms.
Sometimes so-called feats of strength are
only feats of skill. In gymnastics there are
many movements which need a long appren¬
ticeship and which, in the end, can be per¬
formed with the expenditure of an insignifi¬
cant amount of force when a man has
learned the trick. The difficulty in the per¬
formance of these exercises does not con¬
sist in the expenditure of very great muscu¬
lar force, but in finding, from experience or
from teaching, the muscles which must be
thrown into action. Numerous movements
performed on the trapeze need more science,
than strength.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
285
We must not confuse “quantity of work”
with “difficulty of work.” This is a mis¬
take of daily occurrence, and the result is
that the preference is given from the hygienic
standpoint to exercises which are merely
clever, while the really violent exercises are
abandoned, being those in which force is
expended, without any laborious calculation
how to use it.
Now, the general efforts of exercises are
in proportion to the expenditure of force
which the exercise renders necessary, and
The movements are executed with the legs unbent
and their muscles rigid. The trunk is first bent to
the right as far as possible, and recovers the vertical
position four times ; then four corresponding motions
are made to the left; then four motions made to the
sides alternately; and, finally, eight motions from
side to side, the first commencing from, and the
eighth terminating at, the commencing position.
All the movements are made energetically , but in
slow time .
not to the difficulties presented by the de¬
tails of its execution.
By young men, and even in girls’ board¬
ing schools, we see the most complicated
machinery used and the most difficult—we
might say the most grotesque—movements
performed. For want of an attentive an¬
alysis people do not understand that many
of the games of young children are in
reality violent exercises, while many of the
exercises of the orthodox gymnast are
merely feats of skill.
In a “ feat of strength ” the quantity of
work done by the organism may be quite
The body is bent forward and backward instead of
sidewise. When making the forward motions, the
legs and the spine are kept straight, the bending
taking place only at the hips.
small, but generally the local work is very
considerable in relation to the strength of
the muscles which perform it. The effect
of the exercise is then especially local, and
may perhaps have no appreciable influence
on the whole system. By continual practice
in raising weights with the arm outstretched
it is possible very greatly to develop the
muscles which extend the arm on the
shoulder ; but the great organic functions,
respiration, circulation, etc., will participate
very little or not at all in the work.
The exercise will represent an expenditure
of force capable of rapidly tiring the few
muscles in action, but not enough to have
much influence on the blood-current or the
movements of the lungs.
286
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
In a difficult exercise, the performance of
which needs the perfect co-ordination of
movement, the exact weighing of the effort
of each muscle, the chief expenditure will
be of nervous energy, and the muscles will
only perform a feeble mechanical work. The
nerve centres will then have more to do with
The backward motions are usually made with the
legs straight; but pupils should occasionally bend
backward as far as possible. Four times are enough.
Do not strain your muscles, and don’t make any fool¬
hardy attempt to reach the utmost limits.
the exercise than the muscular fibres ; the
psychical faculties will come more into play
than the muscular strength.
Gymnastics, as now carried on at educa¬
tional establishments, make a man who de¬
votes himself to them, spend most of his
time in a long apprenticeship and in true
mental work. Feats of skill are done, rather
than work, in the mechanical sense of the
word.
Many pupils spend months in learning a
bi'east or a balance, and when they discover
the method, the muscular trick, they do all
at once with the greatest ease the muscular
action which the day before seemed to be
beyond their strength.
There is a close relation between increase
of respiration and increase of muscular
work. The energy and the frequency of
the movements of the heart increase accord¬
ing to the same laws. The quickening of
respiration only becomes excessive in exer¬
cises demanding a great expenditure of force.
Muscular fatigue may, on the other hand,
be severe without the amount of work done
being considerable ; in the case, for instance,
in which the work is done by a small num¬
ber of muscles.
The form taken by fatigue after exercise,,
may give, physiologically, a measure of the
work done in a given time. The muscular
fatigue of any region of the body may serve
to estimate the intensity of the local work ;
the measure of the total work will be given
by the violence of the disturbances of the
This is the sinking movement. Let the body down
as low as possible, as in the dotted part, and then
raise it on its toes to the full height sixteen times.
heart and lungs, that is to say, the intensity
of breathlessness and the quickening of the
pulse.
The measure we suggest can evidently
only be applied to the same individual, or to
two individuals equal in power of resistance,
in strength, and in habituation to work ; but
with this restriction we can adopt, as a cri¬
terion of classification, the following indica¬
tion :
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
287
When, after an exercise, a man of average
strength has experienced neither fatigue nor
breathlessness, the exercise may be called
gentle. When the exercise has caused local
fatigue without inducing breathlessness, it
will be moderate. It will be called violent
when it is accompanied and followed by
^breathlessness.
We call exercises of strength those in
which each movement represents a great
quantity of work, and brings into play the
contractile power of a great number of
muscles.
The lifting and carrying of heavy burdens
is the type of works of strength, and it is
The knee is bent as much as possible, and pointed
directly down, the calf of the leg and the heel being
pressed firmly against the thigh. Extend the leg, as
in the dotted line, a dozen times. Then give a spring
and light on the right foot, elevating the left at the
same time. Repeat the same motions with the left
leg.
really in the hard manual professions that
we can best study their effects.
Evidently the movements of gymnastics,
whose usual object is to displace the body
in various directions, cannot give rise to
muscular efforts as intense as those of a
man who displaces at the same time a heavy
burden and his own body. And, in fact,
gymnastic exercises are rarely exercises of
strength.
There are, however, movements performed
with the aid of apparatus, which seem at
first to need an enormous expenditure of
force, owing to the unfavorable positions in
Raise the right knee to the breast, as shewn in the
figure, eight times ; then t' e left knee. Then alter¬
nate, right and left, eight times.
which the bony levers act; but we soon see
that muscular effort in these movements is
in direct ratio to the inexperience of the
gymnast. By practice we are always able to
discover a process which facilitates the per¬
formance. The human machine represents
an articulated system made up of a great
number of movable pieces joined together.
Hence, there is an infinite number of com¬
binations of attitudes. Often an impercep¬
tible variation in the direction of a limb
totally changes the conditions of the work.
An undiscoverable variation in the perform¬
ance of a breasting movement diminishes by
nine-tenths the expenditure of force. Thus
an exercise which at the outset seemed
athletic, only needs, after some months prac¬
tice, very moderate work.
288
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
The first effect of an exercise of strength
should be to induce quickly fatigue of the
muscles from which enormous work is sud¬
denly demanded. But breathlessness pre¬
cedes fatigue in the course of these exer¬
cises. However slow the movements,
A facing is executed by simultaneously turning on
both heels to the right, straightening the left leg,
throwing the whole weight of the body on the right
knee, energetically raising both arms and projecting
the chest. First, this outward motion is made to the
right, and the commencing position resumed four
times; then four corresponding motions from the posi¬
tion are made to the left; then four of these outward
motions from the position are made to the right and
left alternately; and, finally, eight motions are made
in combination from side to side, the first commenc¬
ing from , and only the eighth terminating at , the
commencing position.
respiration is very quickly embarassed, and
the wrestler, or the porter with a heavy
burden must often stop for breath, long
before their muscles are fatigued.
Exercises of strength demand great mus¬
cular expenditure, but they produce all the
conditions necessary for energetic tissue-
repair. They need very little work of co¬
ordination and do not demand a frequent
repetition of movement. They occasion less
disturbance in the nerves than exercises of
speed, and do not demand, like exercises of
skill, great brain work.
Forced labor is nearly always performed
by the aid of slow and sustained contraction.
The muscular fibre of a wrestler is tense in
one direction for sometimes an entire minute ;
the muscles of a fencer are changing every
moment from repose to action, and moving
the limbs in the most varied directions.
Powerful and sustained contractions favor
the nutrition of the muscular fibre. The
nutrition of muscle is more intense in slow
In executing these movements, both to the sides
and in front, the extended leg is kept perfectly
straight , and the circles are made as high and large
as possible. The trunk is also kept as immovable as
possible. The student should practice these move¬
ments frequently, and become as perfect in their
execution as possible, as they render freer the play
of the legs in their sockets, and set in active motion
all the muscles of the trunk, especially those of the
back and loins, as well as the muscles of the legs.
contractions, because the flow of blood is
more regular and more prolonged.
Exercises of strength and forced labor , in
spite of the great quantity of work they
need, have little influence on the brain, they
affect the functions of nutrition much more
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
289
than those of the nervous system. The
energetic and sustained muscular contractions
which they render necessary draw blood to
the muscles in great quantity and keep it
there a long time. The muscular fibres
benefit from this, and increase in size.
On the other hand the blood is enriched
with a great quantity of oxygen, for increased
respiratory need is the first effect of great
expenditure of muscular force. This need
finds free and easy satisfaction in the period
of repose which inevitably follows each effort.
Finally the intensity of the combustions due
The movements are made by sliding the toes
directly front in the line D E. The right foot first
passes to E, and regains the commencing position
four times ; then the left foot; then four of these
motions from the position are made alternately;
and, finally, seven front motions are made by recip¬
rocation (four with the right foot and three with the
left), the left foot being advanced at the same time
the right foot is regaining the commencing position,
and conversely.
to a great quantity of work, promotes the
using up and prompt disappearance of the
reserve materials, and the need of quick re¬
pair; whence increased appetite.
19
On the other hand the repeated contrac¬
tions of the abdominal muscles in the fre¬
quently recurring efforts, performs a sort of
massage on the intestines which favors the
In executing charges, the student, with one fool
fixed, takes strides as great as possible without pre¬
venting an easy recovery of the commencing posi¬
tion, in the direction prescribed. The leg whose foot
remains in positio?i must be kept rigid and straight ,
and so turned upon the heel that the two feet are at
right , angles. This class of movements is done by
charging sidewise, first to the right with the right leg,
as represented by the dotted part of the figure, and
regaining the commencing position four times ; then
a charget is made to the left with the left leg, and
the commencing position regained four times ; and,
finally, eight charges are made to the right and left
alternately.
outward movement of the faeces and makes
the bowels regular.
Exercises of strength are then favorable to
all the nutritive functions. They increase
energetically, and even violently, the work¬
ing of all the organs of the body, while
leaving in relative repose the nerve-centres
and psychical faculties. Now, calm of the
nervous system is a valuable condition for
the repair of the losses sustained in work.
Observation of facts shows that athletic
exercises, when they are not beyond the
290
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
strength of the subject, place him in the most
favorable conditions of nutrition. Under the
guidance of a quiet nervous system, the func¬
tions of repair are performed with the most
In executing the charge, the right arm is carried
front and up at an angle of 45 degrees, and the left
arm back and down at the same angle, as represented
in the dotted part of the figure. In charging and
facing to the left, in like manner the left arm is
carried front and up, and the right one back and
down.
perfect regularity, and we see that the ac¬
quisitions made by the system through more
perfect assimilation exceed the losses brought
about by work. Exercises of strength tend
to increase the weight of the subject.
Exhaustion will result from excessive
work which exceeds a man’s strength even
if he is well fed. If a man wishes to get out
of his muscles a quantity of force out of pro¬
portion to their contractile power, he is
obliged to make an energetic effort of will,
and he needs a great expenditure of nervous
energy to excite the weak muscular fibre.
He can perform a work beyond his strength,
but it is by taking “from his nerves” that
which his muscles are unable to give.
In this case the exercise of strength will
not have its usual result of economizing ner¬
vous energy. A work of the nerve-centres
is necessary to increase the irritability of the
muscles. We do not know exactly in what
this work consists, but we can determine its
effects. The excessive exertion of the will
in the work leads quickly to nervous ex¬
haustion. The man becomes thin, eats and
sleeps ill; he suffers from overwork by ex¬
haustion. It is thus that we see horses
rapidly waste and get ill, although they are
well fed, if they are forced to draw too heavy
a load, and their ardent and generous nature
impels them to go on working up to the last
limit of their strength.
We call those exercises which need the
very frequent repetition of muscular move¬
ment, exercises of speed.
There are great differences among the
The movements of this position correspond to
those with parallel vertical bars ||. Each student
becomes a pair of living parallel bars—a conduit of
power—a strength-giving implement, more invigo¬
rating than any apparatus of the gymnasium. The
right arm of one forces back the left arm of the other
eight times; then the other arms are used ; then
both arms together. The legs should be extended as
in the figure; then should change position, each
in turn being extended forward.
various exercises of speed as regards the
intensity of work. Many of them are typical
violent exercises: running, for instance.
Many on the contrary need so insignificant
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
291
an expenditure of force that they hardly de¬
serve the name of exercise. A pianist play¬
ing scales, notwithstanding the extreme speed
of the movements of his fingers, performs
but a trifling muscular work.
The essential character of exercises of
speed is the rapid multiplication of muscular
movements. A series of inconsiderable
efforts, often repeated, thus allow the per¬
formance in a shoR time of a considerable
quantity of work, without bringing into play
very important muscular masses. As regards
the quantity of work done, an exercise of
speed may thus be absolutely equivalent to
an exercise of strength.
Exercises of speed, as well as exercises of
strength, may then produce a great quantity
Two pupils take the position by turning back to
back and standing erect, locking their arms, as shown
in the figure. One, bending only at the hips, raises
the other; then is lifted in turn. Repeat twenty times.
This throws the shoulders back and strengthens the
muscles of the breast and arms.
of work in a short space of time. From this
common condition are derived certain iden¬
tical effects, breathlessness for instance. But
each of these kinds of exercise has its own
character, from which are derived very dif¬
ferent results.
The one kind needs that the muscles
should contract with all the energy they
Seize the wand with the arms extended forward;
hold the arms straight and work the hands down and
up, as shown in the dotted lines. This strengthens
the muscles of the wrist. Then bend the elbows and
bring the wand to the forehead, as indicated in the
figure. Repeat thirty times.
possess; the other does not need this, but
the muscles must pass at very short inter¬
vals, and a great number of times in suc¬
cession, from repose into action.
The essential character of exercises of
speed, that to which their very remarkable
physiological effects are due, is this frequently
repeated change of the muscles from the
condition of relaxation to that of contraction.
Exercises of speed produce, quite as much
as exercises of strength, this thirst for air
which is to respiration what appetite is to
digestion. Skipping, running and the nume¬
rous children’s games whose essential char¬
acter consists in rivalry of speed amongst
the players, are as valuable, and more, as
exercises of strength, from the point of view
of respiratory hygiene.
292
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
A child which has just been playing at
running has absorbed without making any
painful muscular effort, in simple “play,” a
greater quantity of oxygen than one which
Here are two classes of movements. In the first,
the arms are kept perfectly straight. Elevate the
wand, as in the figure, and lower it, bringing it
across the lower part of the body. Repeat twenty
times. Then turn the wand over, bringing the arm
to the top of the head and the elbow to the side, as
seen in the dotted lines, and repeat.
has been made to use heavy dumb-bells.
Now the absorption of the greatest possible
quantity of oxygen seems to be, on the whole,
the thing most desired, when we need the
general effects of exercises with a hygienic
end in view.
Among the ancients the exercises of speed
always held the first rank. Running was
regarded as a criterion of athletic superiority,
and the characteristic of Achilles in Homer
was the quickness of his legs.
Exercises which need at the same time a
great expenditure of strength and a great
speed may be called forced exercises. They
demand more work from the animal machine
than it is capable of performing, and must
only be continued for a very short time,
under pain of causing serious accidents. We
rarely have to observe in men the effects of
this excessive accumulation of work.
In animals we often see examples, espe¬
cially in the horse, that noble animal which,
as Buffon says, “dies for better obedience.”
An eager horse harnessed to a heavy cart,
and made to gallop up hill, is doing at once
a work of strength and of speed, and often
Execute the movements described in the first part
of the preceding figure. Then throw the -wand over
the head, place it horizontally across the shoulders,
bending the elbows, as shown in the dotted lines.
This throws the shoulders back, and is a most invigo¬
rating exercise.
gives an example of the accidents of forced
exercise; threatened with asphyxia from the
accumulation of carbonic acid in the blood,
exposed to ruptures of vessels, or to visceral
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
293
lacerations by the violent pressure occasioned
by the effort, the animal sometimes dies sud¬
denly from a rupture of the heart, or falls
down paralyzed by a haemorrhage in the
spinal cord.
Thus, to sum up, the exercises of speed
have the advantage of producing the same
quantity of work as the exercises of strength,
and of producing the same intensity of re¬
spiratory need. Further, they increase the
activity of the respiratory functions with less
fatigue of the lungs and heart, owing to the
The wand, crossing the body in front, shows the
commencing position. Then lower the wand behind
the body into a position corresponding to the com¬
mencing position. Then, keeping the arms straight,
bring the wand to the position shown in the dotted
lines, first one hand above the head, then the other.
This compels the body to be erect, and exercises the
muscles of the shoulders and arms.
absence of effort , which only exceptionally
occurs in exercises of speed, but which is
obligatory in exercises of strength. Hence
a first cause for preferring exercises of speed
when the object is to increase the oxygena¬
tion of the patient.
As regards the muscular system, an exer¬
cise of speed, in a given time, will produce
Hold the wand above the head, keep the arms and
legs straight, and then bend forward and backward
as far as possible, taking the positions seen in the
dotted lines. Repeat twenty times.
less fatigue than a work of strength, and will
subject the motor apparatus in a less degree
to the various accidents resulting from shocks
and frictions of its constituent parts.
But these advantages are counterbalanced
by another which we must recognize in ex¬
ercises of strength, the greater development
given to the muscles. The flow of blood to
the muscular fibre is more considerable in
proportion to the intensity of the effort, and
more prolonged in proportion to the duration
of the contraction.
This fact is proved by the following obser¬
vation : In a man who is being bled, the
blood runs from the veins for a little while
and then the flow stops. If we then cause
294
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
him to move the muscles of his forearm the
flow recommences, not because the veins are
emptied by increased pressure, but because
the contraction draws more blood from the
muscles. Now if the muscles contract in an
energetic and sustained manner the flow of
blood is rapid, full and uninterrupted.
If we cause the patient to make a series of
small, rapidly repeated contractions of the
muscles of his forearm, the flow becomes
jerky, small, and in the same period of time
will furnish a lesser quantity. This experi¬
ment proves that less blood traverses the
muscles during a series of small contractions
frequently repeated than during one long
sustained contraction.
No further demonstration is needed to
prove that the nutrition of muscle must be
less active during exercises of speed than
This is the charge with the wand. In making this
sidewise motion, the full weight of the body is thrown
upon the advance leg, the other leg being kept rigid
and straight , the wand being advanced in the direc¬
tion of the charges, inclining up at an angle of 45
degrees, as in the dotted part of the figure. Then
alternate and advance the other leg.
during exercises of strength, for we know
that the nutrition of a region of the body is
active in direct proportion to the quantity of
blood with which it is supplied.
When we have frequented a gymnasium
and have observed many men performing
exercises, we have been struck by noticing
the different responses of the muscles in dif¬
ferent individuals. In some persons rapidity
of movement is, so to speak, natural, and
exercises of speed do not demand any great
effort; their muscular tissue is very irritable.
This is a combination of arm movements and a
charge. The pupils first charge toward the right,
inclining front at an angle of 45 degrees, at the same
time lifting their arms into a vertical position, with
the wand above their heads. Then the correspond¬
ing motion is made toward the left.
In other persons, on the other hand, the
muscles, although energetic, only obey the
orders of the will with considerable slowness.
A great expenditure of nervous energy is
necessary to obtain a rapid movement.
These differences are often racial, and at
the first glance are seen in the deportment.
The vivacious step of the Southron contrasts
with the calm posture of the man of the
North. The motor fibres of the former are
more responsive than those of the latter. It is
curious to see these differences manifesting
themselves in physical exercises, and to as¬
certain the difference of aptitudes resulting
from them for this or that form of work.
The English and the Germans have never
been able to rival the French and Italians in
fencing. English boxing needs above all
massive strength and power of resistance ;
brench boxing needs, on the contrary, agility
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
295
and readiness in the blows, that is, great
suddenness of attack and quickness in reply.
A boating newspaper reviewed the different
methods of rowing prevalent in different
regions. We were struck by noticing that
in a regatta the French rowed forty strokes a
minute, the Dutch only twenty-five. From
thirty-six to forty is the usual number with
our boat crews, such as Harvard, Yale, Cor¬
nell, the University of Pennsylvania, etc.
EXERCISES WITH
EALTH, good sound health
is the one object in view.
How to cultivate, tone up,
strengthen, every muscle,
every nerve, every organ of
the body—this is the ques¬
tion. It is a great one, im¬
portant, far-reaching, outstrips a thousand
others, is worth considering, in fact, must be
considered if you would live a long, happy,
useful life.
Dumb-bells have long been used in gym¬
nasiums, and their value has been fully
proved. The body needs exercise ; the
muscles should be hardened. You should
have strength; you should have speed. This
we have spoken of already. Now we must
add one thing more you need to have—
endurance.
We call exercises of endurance those in
which the work must be continued for a long
time.
In these exercises the expenditure of force
is determined less by the intensity and rapid
succession of efforts than by their duration.
It is necessary that the muscular effort shall
not be too considerable, and the movements
not too rapid, in order that fatigue under its
various forms may not interrupt them too
soon. So that an exercise of .endurance is
only moderate exercise if it lasts a short time,
while it may become forced exercise if it be
continued too long.
Power of Endurance.
In these exercises the quantity of work
done after a long time, at the end of a day,
for instance, may be very considerable, but
the expenditure of force is made in such
small fractions that there is no painful mus¬
cular effort, nor any marked disturbance in
the organic functions. So that a man per¬
forming an exercise of endurance may pass,
almost without noticing it, to strong doses
of muscular work.
The animal machine is made in such a
manner as to be able to perform without
fatigue movements of a determined intensity
and speed. When these limits are not ex¬
ceeded, no appreciable disturbance is pro¬
duced in the system, and the work is done
amidst complete tranquility of the vital
296
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
functions. Thanks to the perfect equilibrium
between the muscular exertion and the power
of resistance of the subject, he is able in ex¬
ercises of endurance to go on working for a
Place the dumb-bells in front, as seen in the figure,
and bring them to all the positions shown in the
dotted lines. Describe an arc upward and down¬
ward, keeping the arms straight. Bring the bells
together by throwing the arms straight back. Bring
one arm to the position F H, and the other to I E,
and swing in alternation. Suspend the bells at the
sides and draw them up under the arms, doubling
in the wrists. Double the elbows and throw the
bells back as far as possible over the shoulders.
long time, and let the useful effects of work
insensibly accumulate, without causing any
disturbance to the various parts concerned in
its performance.
We see at once the importance and use¬
fulness of exercises of endurance when we
have to do with a feeble system, with a per¬
son of low resisting power, to whom we wish
to give the benefits of muscular work, while
enabling him to avoid the dangers of fatigue.
Similarly we are sometimes able to give a
sick man a very energetic remedy by admin¬
istering it to him in “ fractional doses.”
The division of work into fractional quan¬
tities sufficiently small to enable the system
to support each one without disturbing its
normal functions, such is the essential con¬
dition of exercises of endurance.
Another condition is necessary to consti¬
tute an exercise of endurance ; the muscular
efforts must be at intervals sufficiently long
that the effects of a second may not be
added to that of a first. Between two suc¬
cessive doses of work there must be a suffi¬
cient time for repose.
There are organs in the human body
which perform a considerable work contin¬
uously throughout life. It is surprising, for
instance, to think how the hollow muscle we
call the heart goes on contracting from birth
till death, without ever suspending or slack¬
ening 1 its work. This is because the cardiac
muscle performs a work of endurance. The
expenditure of force at each beat is well
balanced with the power of resistance of the
Thrust the right arm forward, bend the elbow,
describing the arc C D A ; reverse the motion, and
then draw back the arm, the bell resting on the
breast. Then go through similar motions with the
left arm. Then make the motions with both arms
simultaneously.
system of which it forms a part, and the in¬
terval between the beats is a time just long
enough to rest the fibres.
We may say that respiratory fitness is the
true regulator of a work of endurance.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
297
In order that an exercise may be long
continued the first condition is that it does
not lead to breathlessness. We can go on
walking in spite of weary legs and sore feet;
but we cannot go on running when we are
out of breath.
The exercises of endurance, always leav¬
ing the working of the lungs comparatively
tranquil; do not demand the great inspira¬
tory efforts which force all the air-cells to
open out. In the state of repose there is
always a great number of air-cells remaining
inactive; their walls are flaccid and col¬
lapsed, there are whole regions of the lung
which take no part in the respiratory act.
An easy exercise is formed from the previous one,
with the up and down charge of the dumb-bells.
From the hanging down position of the arms, A,
they are drawn back, B, ready for the charge. Arms
stretched to the position seen at C. Arms drawn
back for the charge, dumb-bells over the shoulder,
little finger uppermost. Arms charge upwards, D.
The pupil may associate with this exercise local
walking, accenting each new movement with a
stamp of the foot.
When the lungs bring their whole respira¬
tory force into play, no region remains in¬
active, and the most remote air cells are
opened up. The lungs become as large as
possible, and push out the walls of the
thorax. Here is the most precious effect of
the exercises which cause breathlessness.
They tend to increase the capacity of the
In this exercise, the right hand is drawn over the
left shoulder, as seen in the figure. From this posi¬
tion a vigorous blow is executed, from high to low,
the arm being fully stretched at the middle of the
curve C, C. It is executed with the right and left
alternately. The stroke can be made upward to the
shoulder, from the hips, as well as downward, com¬
mencing with the left arm.
chest. Now the exercises of endurance do
not lead to breathlessness.
The exercises of endurance render more
active the gaseous interchange and enrich
the blood with a greater quantity of oxygen,
but their effect ceases there : they do not
excite with sufficient violence the respiratory
movements to modify the shape of the chest.
They have their indications and their advan¬
tages ; they also fall short in some direc¬
tions. The doctor must weigh the pros and
cons, and must deduce from examination of
his patient the formal indication for one exer¬
cise rather than another.
Those whose lungs are suspect, for whom
violent respiratory movements would present
dangers ; those also whose heart is not in a
298
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
state of perfect integrity, or in whom we
suspect arterial degeneration which dimin¬
ishes the strength of the vessels ; all those,
in short, whose organs of respiration and
The forearm circle .—Take tlie bells and bring
them to the position seen in the figure. The right
arm makes a circle round the left arm, while the left
arm circles round the right. The motion may be
reversed, alternated, made more rapidly. The upper
part of the arm is kept in the horizontal position.
Stand with the heels together ; then with the feet
spread, as at B, D.
circulation present a certain fragility, should
prefer exercises of endurance to exercises of
strength or of speed.
Aged men, persons suffering from gouty
or alcoholic vascular degeneration, persons
suffering from fatty infiltration of the heart,
should confine themselves exclusively to
exercise of endurance.
Patients who very easily lose breath, can¬
not perform any exercise of speed or of
strength, and the same is the case with
phthisical persons. But still patients of both
these classes have need of supplementary
respirations to compensate for the insuffi¬
ciency of the respiratory field which has
been reduced by the disease, sometimes by
as much as half. Exercises of endurance
constitute in such cases a valuable means of
treatment.
They make it possible, through increasing
by a very little at a time the carbonic acid
formed by work, that the whole of this
excess shall be eliminated at each expiration,
there being in exchange a small excess of
oxygen introduced during inspiration. If
the exercise is well regulated it can be kept
up for hours, and the patient will then have
benefitted without incurring the dangers of
breathlessness, from a series of small quan¬
tities of oxygen the sum total of which will
be equal to that gained by a healthy man in
an exercise of strength or of speed.
Generally we do not make use enough of
The hand-circling exercise .—Grasp the bells and
elevate the arms, as shown in the figure. Now
describe a circle with the other ball, moving the
hand around the surface of an ideal cone, the point
of which lies in the wrist joint.
These exercises are very useful to those who
habitually have cold hands, to those who, in writ¬
ing or similar labor, produce a one-sided activity of
that member, or where there is weakness in the
wrist joint. They should be executed with the arms
extended.
exercises of endurance in treating patients,
with lung trouble. We should boldly pre¬
scribe for tubercular or asthmatic patients,
long walks on level ground, or sustained
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
299
exercise at the oar, coming down stream and
rowing with a very slow stroke.
A man who, not being in training, goes
out for a day’s shooting, will inevitably
suffer on the following day from a more or
less severe attack of stiffness, and yet his
exercise, the type of an exercise of endur¬
ance, will not have produced breathlessness
at any time during the day.
These observations give us the key to a
A good exercise is the leg beat , towards the hand
F, where the dumb-bells are raised to the forward
horizontal position, alternately, the left and right
hand ; and the leg which corresponds with the out¬
stretched arm is swung upwards until it touches the
dumb-bell; this is facilitated by slightly lowering
the dumb-bell towards the foot.
To vary the exercise you can describe several cir¬
cles, as at C, I), E. then touching the bell at F.
Then use the other leg.
fact which is at first sight very surprising,
and even inexplicable except on our theory,
namely, that young persons support better
exercises of speed than exercises of en¬
durance.
A child seven years old will bear very
well all the games which need rapid and
prolonged running. This is owing to the
wonderful ease with which its lungs adapt
themselves to the exigences of forced res¬
piration. The carbonic acid produced by
work is eliminated with great rapidity and
causes no inconvenience to the system.
An exercise which is especially useful consists in
taking the forward spring step, with the leg that is
put forward bent at the knee, as at C; the upper
part of the body is kept as erect as possible. Unite
with this the thrusting out of the arm on che same
side as the leg which takes the forward step.
But carbonic acid is not the only product
of dissimilation due to work which must be
This is a combined bell and leg exercise. Bend
the leg, as at B, at the same time elevating the bells;
lower the bells and bring the leg to the position of
the dotted lines. Then bend the legs as far as pos¬
sible. Alternate, using the other leg.
eliminated from the system, and there are
others whose exit is slower, notably those
resulting from the dissimilation of the nitrog-
300
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
enous tissues. Now dissimilation is much
more rapid in the child than in the adult, for
the young tissues have less stability than
the adult tissues. Hence the formation of
This exercise is a beautiful one. The dumb-bells
are held in a forward horizontal position, C ; the feet
in the locked position. The left foot steps forward ;
simultaneously both arms are swung backwards, as
in the dotted lines. The foot returns to the locked
position, the dumb-bells being at the same time
carried forward to the horizontal position.
nitrogenous waste-products, of which uric
acid and urates are the chief, is more
abundant.
Exercises of endurance which allow of the
elimination of the whole excess of carbonic
acid with each expiration, lead to no accu¬
mulation of this gas, but they can cause an
accumulation of the nitrogenous waste-pro¬
ducts, for the elimination of these does not
begin, as we have shown, for three or four
hours after the muscular work which has
caused their formation. An exercise may
then be continued for four hours, and give
rise throughout this time to the formation of
nitrogenous waste-products, not one particle
of which is being eliminated.
All these waste-products will be accumu¬
lated in the blood when the exercise has
come to an end. The system which will
have escaped the effects of carbonic acid, a
gas which is eliminated as fast as it is formed,
will not escape those of nitrogenous waste-
products which will have accumulated in
large quantities in the blood. There will
be after the exercise of endurance is over, a
true uricaemia, a surcharge of the blood with
uric acid compounds.
This result explains how it is that young
persons who, thanks to the adaptive power
of their respiratory organs, have borne with
impunity an exercise of speed, and have not
lost breath, can easily suffer from febrile
stiffness, and even from febrile overwork,
after too long a walk.
Gouty persons are, like children, exposed
to the accidents of consecutive fatigue after
exercises of endurance. They have already
a constitutional tendency to the accumula-
c \
The bow swinging must be executed with the legs
a part, and with it the upper part of the body must
be bent forward; the arms hang down, the thumbs
towards each other, and the dumb-bells are swung
in a large semicircle to the right and to the left, as
seen in the figure. The whole body follows the
motion of the dumb-bells, by turning first to one
side and then to the other.
tion of uric acid in the blood, and muscular
exercise causing the production of nitrogen¬
ous waste-products which cannot be elimi¬
nated as fast as they are formed, hence there
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
301
is, when the long-continued work is over,
an abundance of uric acid compounds in the
blood. We know that an attack of gout is
due to this uric saturation of the blood, and
thus are explained the attacks of gout which,
in gouty subjects, almost inevitably follow a
very long day’s shooting, when a man has
not been prepared by gradual training.
To sum up, the exercises of endurance
allow of the performance of such work with
great economy of fatigue. They give the
system the benefit of a supplementary acqui¬
sition of oxygen, without exposing it
to the dangers of forced respiration.
They quicken the circulation of the
blood without fatiguing the heart or
violently distending the vessels. In
a word they spare the whole ma¬
chine during work.
But if they preserve the system
from the accidents of immediate
fatigue, they do not save it from
consecutive fatigue. If they enable
it to escape breathlessness, this is
not the case as regards stiffness.
Moderate and prolonged exercise,
that in which the total work is con¬
siderable, but well-divided, is suitable
for patients whose respiration needs
management. It cannot be prescribed
without preliminary training for gouty per¬
sons, and is absolutely unsuitable for chil¬
dren.
Exercises of speed are well suited to
young persons, who easily eliminate carbonic
acid. Exercises of endurance are better
suited to persons of ripe age, whose nitro¬
genous tissues resist better the processes of
dissimilation, and form less the nitrogenous
waste-products.
Exercise produces then salutary effects
alike in those who assimilate too little and in
those who do not dissimilate enough ; mus¬
cular work is a regulator of nutrition as in¬
dispensable to over-rich as it is to impover¬
ished constitutions. Hence there is no
individual, no living being, who is not in¬
stinctively impelled to this powerful general
alterative agent.
When a vigorous horse has been kept in
the stable for a long time, we see it when
first brought out make leaps and turns, and
show by its lively paces a great desire for
movement. We then say that the animal is
frisky . This great vivacity has not, however,
as its sole object the manifestation of the joy
it feels at being again at liberty; it expresses
the needfor exercise which the animal feels.
Similarly it is under the influence of the need
for exercise that the wild beasts in a menag¬
erie constantly prowl about their cages; that
children coming out of the class-room leap
' and run about the recreation ground, and
that dogs run after each other in the streets.
Every living being which has long been
motionless experiences a need for action, and
this fact is alone sufficient to prove the
hygienic importance of muscular exercise.
u v”' ;
. '-.J.
The Transfer of Dumb-Bells .—This is an entertaining and
effective exercise, which is made plain by a study of the figure.
The far-apart position is taken ; the dumb-bells are removed
from left to right, and right to left, as far as possible.
Taking up and putting down the dumb-bells: this may appro¬
priately follow the preceding exercise, and may be used at any
time when in the course of his exercises the pupil wishes to put
his dumb-bells down. By a spring he changes his position from
the locked to the apart position, and with a bending movement
of the body at the same moment, places the dumb-bells cross¬
wise before him, as at C. He returns at once with a spring
into the locked position, D, body erect. Takmg up the dumb¬
bells occurs in a similar manner, by a rapid change from the
apart to the locked position.
302
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
The need for exercise is one of the nume¬
rous sensations which lead living beings to
perform actions necessary for the preserva¬
tion of life or of health. Prolonged immo¬
bility produces a need for muscular exercise,
just as sustained work produces a need for
repose.
♦
The need for exercise is developed with
more intensity in proportion to the lowness
of the temperature; by severe and piercing
cold we are much more driven to action than
by great heat. In this case the need for
exercise is derived from the instinct which
leads us to produce heat by movement.
The Stamping Exercise is executed from the apart
position, with the body bent forward; the arms are
drawn back and thrust forward alternately, as illus¬
trated in the figure.
The need for repose is called fatigue; the
need for exercise has not received a special
name, but deserves one quite as much as
hunger, thirst , etc.
Under the influence of deficient exercise
certain materials which should be used up
each day by work, accumulate in the human
machine, the wheels of which they encumber
and the working of which they clog. These
materials are the reserves of which we have
pointed out the origin and destination. It is
necessary that the reserve materials should
be used up as fast as they are formed.
When they are not regularly destroyed
and they tend to hinder, by their accumula¬
tion, the working of the organs, we feel our¬
selves impelled to bring our muscles into
action, with the unconscious object of burn¬
ing these materials in the work, and the need
for exercise is produced.
Great Need of Exercise.
But the superabundance of the reserve
materials is not the only cause of the need
for exercise ; if insufficient exercise can lead
to the accumulation of certain useless
materials within the system, it also induces
a diminution of the materials necessary to
the balance of health, and thus leads to im¬
poverishment of the constitution; so we see
some persons whose life is too inactive, put
on too much fat and become plethoric, whilst
others waste and become thin through in¬
sufficient movement.
Thus the need for exercise is felt as much
by thin people who assimilate too little as by
fat people who do not dissimilate enough.
The need for exercise then responds to
two physiological necessities, of which in¬
stinct gives us warning. It can come from
an overcharge with reserve materials, and the
urgent necessity there is that these materials
should be burned; it may also arise from a
general sluggishness of the functions and the
need of a stimulus capable of arousing them
to fresh activitv.
More and more the American people are
tiking an active interest in physical culture.
This is the result of the increasing value
attached to sound health and the importance
of having a physique strong enough to bear
the strain imposed by our very trying climate
and modes of business. We are a fast peo¬
ple, expending a vast amount of nervous,
vital force in the grand rush and struggle
for success. No longer is it considered that
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
303
the body is of little consequence. The laws
that govern it and the methods for promo¬
ting sound health are being carefully studied.
Physical exercises of one kind or another are
taught in most of our schools, and this is the
omen of a brighter day and a generation of
people who shall be noble specimens of
physical manhood.
N the gymnasium we call ground
exercises those which are per¬
formed in the upright posture,
and which consist in succes¬
sive movements of flexion, ex¬
tension, etc., of the legs, the
arms, the trunk, the pelvis, and
the neck. These are evidently, from an
aesthetic point of view, the best of all exer¬
cises. Every limb does work in proportion
to the strength of its muscles, for it moves
only its own weight.
The body being supported on the legs
during these exercises, the vertebral column
has no tendency to assume a vicious attitude
for the maintenance of an abnormal equilib¬
rium.
These exercises would then be the best of
all if they were a little more interesting to
those who practise them. But they are very
unattractive, as they suppress all initiative
on the part of the pupil, and only need an
attentive and passive obedience to orders.
There is happily another gymnastic ex¬
ercise which combines with regularity in the
expenditure of force a peculiar attraction,
because it implies a contest of skill, agility
and readiness : this is French boxing. This
exercise is learned in a series of lessons of
which each is performed alternately by the
right and the left side of the body. In this
manner the right leg and the right arm re¬
peat exactly, when their turn comes, all the
movements which have just been performed
by the left arm and the left leg.
French boxing, in which blows are given
with the feet as well as with the fist, needs
every moment attitudes of great boldness.
Rapid Movements.
When a kick has to be given as high as
the face, the trunk must be strongly inclined
to the side to counterbalance the displace¬
ment of the centre of gravity, and this atti¬
tude would be vicious if it were always in
the same direction. But the right leg, which
has delivered a kick, has hardly returned to
the ground when the left leg must take its
turn, and repeat the attack, either directly
forwards, or by the pirouette known as the
turning kick.
With a rapidity which astonishes the spec¬
tator, the body must change from one leg to
the other with a sufficiently stable equilib-
ATHLETIC EXERCISES FOR TRAINING THE BODY.
304
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
305
rium to propel the foot in a precise direction
with great force. In order that the centre
of gravity may be displaced with such mar¬
vellous ease, the vertebral column, which
plays the part of a balancing-pole, must pre¬
serve an extreme mobility.
French boxing is, then, preferable to
fencing for the regular development of the
body of a young man and for preventing
vicious carriage.
Swimming and Climbing.
Swimming needs a regular action of all the
muscles. The body must progress in this
exercise by a movement of extension which,
beginning in the legs, spreads to the thighs,
the vertebral column and the arms.
Climbing has a great resemblance to swim¬
ming. In both these exercises progression
is brought about by alternate movements of
flexion and extension of the body and limbs.
Between these two methods of progression
there seems to be at first sight only a differ¬
ence of direction; in swimming it is hori¬
zontal, in climbing from below upwards.
But there is a capital difference as regards
the mechanism of the work; in the swimmer
the arms and shoulder move in the same
Horizontal plane; in the climber, on the con¬
trary, the arms are much in advance of the
Chest, and their movements of flexion, the
hands being fixed, tend to draw the shoulders
upwards, forwards and inwards.
In the exercise of swimming there is no
cause of deformity, and swimmers have,
therefore, generally a very regular develop¬
ment.
There are certain exercises which seem at
first sight to be performed by a very localized
group of muscles, but which a more at¬
tentive analysis shows to be generalized
throughout the body. Thus a man who
rings a heavy bell does not only work with
20
his hands which hold the rope, but with his
arms which bend, with his trunk which leans
forward, even with his feet, which contract
in order to adhere more firmly to the
ground.
Rowing is reputed to increase the size of
the biceps, and this sport is generally classed
with exercises of the arms. This is a mis¬
take, for the work of the rower is far from
being localized in his upper limbs. The
muscular effort which moves on the boat is
largely situated in the extensors of the ver¬
tebral column. The oarsman pulls above
all with his loins. Further, when the boat
is to be propelled with great speed, as in
racing, the legs work at least as much as the
arms.
The Oar and Paddle.
As we are writing these lines we are suf¬
fering from an attack of muscular stiffness
produced by resuming the exercise of rowing
after a year’s interval. In the muscles of
the arms we have merely a slight sensation
of discomfort, but those of the loins and
thighs are really painful, having been vigor¬
ously in action.
We must make a strong distinction be¬
tween exercise with the oar and that with the
paddle . In the latter exercise the canoeist
derives a fixed support from the seat, and his
legs do not help him at all. They usually
lie in the bottom of the boat inactive and
extended.
As to the trunk, it participates in the work,
not by movements of flexion and extension,
but by lateral displacements, now to the
right, now to the left. Further, the canoeist,
when making his most powerful efforts, is
not leaning backwards, like the oarsman, but
curved forwards.
This position is imposed by the necessity
of giving to the movement of the trunk a
306
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
direction opposed to that in which the water
is displaced by the motor of the boat. Now
in paddling the water is displaced from be¬
fore backwards, whilst in rowing it is dis¬
placed from behind forwards.
The canoeing movement is certainly very
graceful. The body leans in regular rhythm
to the right and to the left, and the head at
each displacement is inclined in the opposite
direction to the trunk, by a series of lateral
inflexions of the cervical vertebrae. From
these two opposed but compensatory move¬
ments, results a wave-like movement, which,
added to the rapid gliding of the frail bark,
forms a seductive picture.
A Curved Back.
But the canoeist’s back is curved like that
of the jocky, and his legs remain inactive.
Hence, in our opinion, the inferiority of
canoeing from the hygienic point of view. It
leaves the lower limbs absolutely motionless,
and it tends to produce a round back.
In rowing, the oarsman also leans forwards
at intervals in order to carry his oar back¬
wards, but this is at a stage in the exercise
where no force is required and, therefore, no
pressure is exercised on the vertebrae. The
really energetic muscular action, the one
which determines the progression of the
boat, is performed by bending the body
backwards ; at this movement of the effort
the head is high and erect, and if the move¬
ment is very powerful, the face is upturned.
The really active movement in rowing con¬
sists in extension of the dorsal spine. No
movement is more fit than this to remedy a
round back.
It will be well to point out the difference
between “ sculling ” and “ rowing.” In the
latter case there is one oar held in both
hands, which forces the oarsman to lean to
the side of his oar. In sculling there is
needed an equal and symmetrical effort of
both hands. Hence, to preserve the straight¬
ness of the body, sculling is much superior
to rowing.
We cannot review here all the exercises
_ .<
which are able to favor regular development.
But we should like to try to define certain
points which must be kept in mind when
we wish to appreciate the influence of move¬
ments on bodily form.
Wrong Modes of Exercise.
First, the body left to itself, without being
subjected to any external influence capable
of producing deformity, tends naturally to de¬
velop in a regular direction. The causes
which tend to produce deviation may be of
internal orgin, such as affections of bones or
joints, retractions of tendons or of muscles,,
and paralysis.
But the most common deformities arise
from external causes, such as pressures,
shocks, works or habits leading to a vicious
carriage. Amongst the external agents
capable of producing bodily deformity, ill-
chosen or ill-directed exercise is a very fre¬
quent cause.
The vertebral column is the axis of the
body. When it is normal in direction, the
body is upright and the attitude is elegant.
Most of the deviations of the spine have a
muscular source, and arise from the predom¬
inant action of the muscles which draw the
vertebrae in a given direction over those
which should balance the action of these by
drawing the spine in the opposite direction.
Muscular exercise tends to develop the
muscles and the bones ; it is enough that
this development should be regular, that
no region of the body should acquire an ex¬
aggerated size capable of destroying harmony
of proportion, and that no portion of the
skeleton should assume a vicious direction.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT. 307
Neglect of all exercise sometimes coin¬
cides with deviations of the body, but these
are almost always due to a habitually vicious |
carriage, such as is observed in persons of
sedentary life. The schoolboy kept in class
from morning till evening, the artisan kept
tribute the round back so common to tailors.
When muscular force is completely re¬
moved, as for instance in the dead body,
there is a tendency to fall forwards ; and if
the dead body, held upright, is supported
by the waist, we see the head lean down
SPORT IN THE GYMNASIUM.
all day in the workshop, often present de¬
viations of the figure; but the vicious
position of the body needed for writing is the
true cause of the lateral curvature of the
spine which is common in school-children ;
similarly it is to the bent attitude when
working with the needle that we must at-
towards the chest, the shoulders fall for¬
wards, and the back arched by an exagger¬
ated flexion of the spine.
This stooping attitude, due to complete
absence of muscular action, is an exaggera¬
tion of that observed in persons whose mus¬
cles are extremely enfeebled by inaction.
308
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
The round back is in these persons always
accompanied by a receding chest, first be¬
cause muscular inaction leads to diminution
in the size of the thorax; secondly, because
Figure 1.
in a side view of the body, very pronounced
convexity of the back tends by comparison
to cause the line of the sternum to appear
flat, and even concave. We observe this
characteristic deformity in all cases in which
young persons have led too sedentary a life,
deprived of air and movement.
Muscular exercise, in whatever form, gives
marvellous results in these deformities in
which we cannot properly speak of a devia¬
tion to be remedied, but rather of a weak¬
ened part to be supported. The vertebral
column promptly finds energetic support
from the spinal muscles as soon as a man
begins to perform violent movements, for
every work needing a certain expenditure of
force demands action from these muscles for
the purpose of fixing the vertebral column,
the centre and pivot in all movements of the
trunk and limbs.
But aside from these cases of excessive
debility, it is not from increased strength of
the muscles that we must demand the means
of restoring perfect uprightness to the figure.
The persons who are most remarkable for
elegance and grace are often very supple
rather than very vigorous.
Suppleness of figure comes from the great
ease with which the vertebrae can glide in all
directions over each other. From this great
mobility results the facility with which the
various pieces of the dorsal spine accommo¬
date themselves to the different attitudes of
the body, and to the rapidity with which the
trunk is balanced in all the displacements
which it undergoes. So that the greatest
possible grace of figure may be observed in
clowns.
Certain exercises which demand very
slight expenditure of muscular force have a
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
309
remarkable tendency to make the back very
straight : these are exercises which need
balancing. A rope-dancer cannot keep up¬
right on his slender support if he allows the
axis of his body to fall out of the vertical,
and this axis is represented by the vertebral
column.
All the movements of the acrobat tend to
give to the muscles which move the verte¬
brae the degree of contraction necessary that
the bony rod they form should have a per¬
fectly vertical direction.
Figure: 3.
The rope-dancer preserves when on the
ground the position which his well-disciplined
muscles are accustomed to give to the bones
on which they act.
Balancing jugglers are, like rope-dancers
and India-rubber men , types of perfect physi¬
cal straightness ; and if we compare them, in
the circus, to the gymnasts whose specialty
is the trapeze, we are struck by the superior¬
ity of the former in elegance of figure.
We have seen nothing more charming
than a little balancing girl who, at the circus,
climbed to the top of a pyramid built of
bottles, and poised herself like a bird on the
neck of the highest without displacing any
of them. It was marvellous to see the child.
Figure 4.
when she had built the fragile structure, first
make sure of the balance standing upright,
then, putting her foot on its frail support
Figure 5.
raise herself, holding in her hand the neck of
the last bottle, without the trunk deviating
from the vertical by a hair’s breadth.
It was then necessary, from the stooping
310
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
posture, to gain the upright one, and it was
only by a mathematical precision in the con-
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
traction of the vertebral muscles that the
extension of the legs and thighs could be
I
effected without upsetting the whole structure.
It is our purpose to present the uses of the
swing and stirrups, for they certainly pos¬
sess the advantages of all other gymnastic
apparatus. We would not underrate the value
of other apparatus and modes of exercise.
We offer the swing and stirrups, not as a full
response to the public demand, but as the
most complete “ multum in parvo” in the
gymnastic field, and as most admirably
adapted to the wants of those who cannot
avail themselves of the advantages of a
gymnastic institution. To all such it is a
God-send.
It is comparatively easy to devise gym-
Figure 9.
nastic exercises which shall interest a social
class, enlivened by music. But what shall
those do, who, finding it inconvenient or
disagreeable to visit the gymnasium, would
cultivate muscle and vigor at home? In the
absence of social stimulus and music, the
exercises themselves must possess peculiar
fascination. If, in addition, they bring every
part of the body into varied action, giving
the left arm, shoulder—the entire left half of
the body as much and as varied exercise as
the right, we should have the model home
gymnastics.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
311
The swing and stirrups meet these de¬
mands more successfully than any other
apparatus yet devised. While the first exer¬
cises of the first series are simple enough for
children, the last exercises of the last series
are beyond the reach of all except those who
have favorable composition and are very
much in earnest. For clergymen, ladies and
many others, who would carry on the work
at home, this invention is the most complete
means imaginable.
Two large hand rings are suspended from
i
changes can be made. The rings must be
raised, let down, drawn apart, the stirrup
straps changed, or removed altogether from
the rings, each and all with a single motion
of the hand and in a moment ; there are
various simple mechanical contrivances by
which these multifarious changes can be
made. An ingenious mechanic can scarcely
be at fault. We will suggest that in splicing
the ropes into the rings the splice should be
long and drawn close; else giving way, an
unpleasant surprise may occur; the ropes
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
the ceiling by ropes, which, running through
padded hooks, are carried to the walls. Two
other ropes extend from the walls directly to
the hand rings. A strap with a stirrup is
placed in either hand ring. By a simple ar¬
rangement on the wall the hand rings are
drawn as high as the performer can reach, or
let down within k foot of the floor; or at
any altitude they can be drawn apart to any
distance. The distance between the stirrups
and rings can be likewise varied.
The usefulness of the swing and stirrups
depends upon the facility with which these
should run through strong, padded hooks at
the ceiling, which are fastened on the upper
side of the timber with thick nuts ; the fas¬
tenings on the wall must be made secure.
The ropes with which the rings are sepa¬
rated should be armed with wrought iron
snap hooks, which can be caught into
wrought iron rings that have been firmly
lashed into the suspension rope at the point
where it connects with the hand ring.
The stirrup straps must be of very strong
white leather, with edges so rounded that
the pants will not be worn. In shortening
312
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
the straps a buckle should not be used, for
in removing the straps from the hand rings
much time would thereby be lost; nor should
a simple hook be employed, as the leather is
liable to give way and the hook to slip out.
Figure 13.
A brass H, with one side sewed into the end
of the strap doubled, and the other slipped
through slits in the body of the strap, is a
perfect thing. With this simple contrivance
the strap can be altered or taken out alto¬
gether in a second, and can never give way.
The stirrups should be very strong, with
serrated bottoms, and fastened into the ends
of the straps with strong sewing and copper
rivets.
The swing and stirrups cannot be put up
in an ordinary gymnasium; the ceiling is too
high. The best height for the ceiling hooks
is twelve feet; a ceiling as low as eight feet
will do. The apparatus can be used, how¬
ever, in a gymnasium, or in an open yard,
by the erection of a simple framework. If
suspended in an ordinary gymnasium, from
a ceiling eighteen or twenty feet high, a large
number of the most valuable exercises can¬
not be performed advantageously.
Upon a close examination of the swing
and stirrup exercises, the conviction will be
forced upon all, that by* no other means can
such a variety of valuable exercises be
reached.
A vain boasting over muscular strength is
vulgar. We regard with disfavor the cul¬
tivation of mere strength, without a noble
carriage, freedom, security, agility and grace.
Still less do we approve of a mere display of
feats. But what thoughtful person can re¬
flect upon the objects of human life, without
seeing that not only is the highest develop¬
ment of the muscular system a great advan¬
tage to those who follow mechanical occu¬
pations, but of vital importance likewise to
Figure IT
those who fill the ranks of intellectual life,
and who require, as a condition of success,
good health and strong vitality.
Only a whole man is capacitated to per¬
form in the best manner the tasks of life.
GOOD HEALTH, AND HOW TO PRESERVE IT.
313
Is it not an aim worthy our highest efforts
to develop our whole being to its fullest
capacity ?
This universal development is especially
provided for by the union of the stirrups
with the rings, from which results an infinite
combination and variety of exercises. The
gymnasium receives in this apparatus a
larger circumference than is offered by all
other gymnastic utensils combined.
The muscles of the lower part of the
body, and the nape of the neck, are more
thoroughly trained than by any other
means. The extensor muscles of the fin¬
gers, hands, arms and legs, which are never
brought into vigorous play with other gym¬
nastic apparatus, enjoy, in the use of this
apparatus, full play. The rotary and di¬
agonal movements of the muscles, which
are particularly effective in the production
of symmetry, figure prominently.
n
Figure: 15.
These exercises derive great advantage
from the fact that the points of support as
rations, at flower weddings ; for example^
rose weddings, lily weddings, daffodil wed*
dings, etc. The design itself is according to
the taste of the florist or the family, and is a
subject changing so easily with the season
or the fashion as to merit no mention here.
It is necessary for the bride to include her
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
343
new address with her wedding invitations,
unless, as is still more “ chic,” cards for
several reception days are issued after her
return. These dates being fixed, it is then
that first calls may be made upon her at her
new residence with the happy certainty of
finding her at home.
At these quiet, informal receptions, she
receives simply as a member of society,
wearing usually a rich, dark silk without any
reminders of her recent bridehood.
WEDDING ANNIVERSARIES.
The wedding anniversaries are numerous,
but only a few of these are habitually ob¬
served. Paper, wooden, tin, crystal, silver
and golden are the favorite ones, the others
being so rare as to hardly merit being in¬
cluded in the list
The following complete list of the anni¬
versaries, with the respective dates of their
occurrence, may be useful for reference :
First Anniversary.Paper Wedding.
Second Anniversary.Cotton Wedding.
Third Anniversary.Leather Wedding.
Fifth Anniversary...Wooden Wedding.
Seventh Anniversary.Woolen Wedding.
Tenth Anniversary.Tin Wedding.
Twelfth Anniversary.Silk and Linen Wedding.
Fifteenth Anniversary.Crystal Wedding.
Twentieth Anniversary.{ %
Twenty-fifth Anniversary.^.Silver Wedding.
Thirtieth Anniversary.Pearl Wedding.
Thirty-fifth Anniversary.Coral Wedding.
Fortieth Anniversary.Ruby Wedding.
Forty-fifth Anniversary.Bronze Wedding.
Fiftieth Anniversary. Golden Wedding.
Sixty-fifth Anniversary...Crown-Diamond Wedding.
Seventy-fifth Anniversary.Diamond Wedding.
Tin and Paper Weddings and some other
of the earlier anniversaries are usually occa¬
sions for happy frolics, and merry jests as to
the form the gifts will take, though the
paper wedding gives place for the presenta¬
tion of elegant books, and a supply of fashion¬
able stationery.
The Wooden Wedding is a little more
expensive in its demands, and the gifts range
from elegant suites of carved furniture down
to dainty bits of hand-carving in the shape
of panels and placques ; and from rolling-
pins and potato-mashers all the way up to
oaken mantels, rich with all manner of in¬
genious fret-work of design.
The Crystal Wedding may also show
forth a glittering array of gifts both orna¬
mental and useful.
The Silver Wedding is, perhaps, the most
important of all the wedding anniversaries.
In the matter of presents it is almost impos¬
sible to go amiss, since there is scarcely an
article of use or ornament from dining-room
to reception-room and from the library desk
to my lady’s toilet table, that has not been
made a thing of beauty and a joy forever by
the silversmith’s art.
Fiftieth Anniversary.
The Golden Wedding, from the advanced
age at which it occurs, has an element of
sadness in its celebration. The aged couple
who stand so near the brink of separation
can have little of bridal joy as they look
back to the day when they stood before the
altar in the first flush of youth, with life be¬
fore them, or as they look forward to the
shortened span of years that links them to
their loved ones here. The gifts that are
laid before them should be fitly wrought of
gold, since their love has been as gold tried
in the furnace of life.
If the family means are insufficient for
numerous valuable gifts, let all the friends
“club” together and purchase some fitting
souvenir for the occasion. Golden-rod
forms an appropriate floral decoration.
But, after all, the chief idea and the pleasure
of this anniversary is the gathering together
of as many as possible of the relatives that
344
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
yet remain to greet the pair at this, the
golden milestone of their life’s journey.
The Diamond Wedding occurs so seldom,
and is so much like the others in the manner,
if not the matter of its gifts, as to scarcely
require mention here.
The entertainment at these anniversary
celebrations is very much the same as at
weddings or other gatherings. The refresh¬
ments may be served at tables, or a “stand
up ” collation given. In this latter case,
there should be one or two tables set for the
elders of the party.
At Silver and Golden Weddings presenta¬
tion speeches are frequently made by some
friend, and at golden anniversaries a regular
program is oftimes carried out. Anniversary
poems are read, “ The Hanging of the
Crane” recited, congratulatory telegrams
from absent friends are announced, and any
old acquaintances present that *can be per¬
suaded to say a few words of “ ye olden
times” are pressed into service. Good taste,
however, would seem tc prevent any repe¬
tition of the marriage service on such an
occasion.
E hostess is expected to put
her guests, as much as pos¬
sible, at their ease. She
must encourage the timid,
and watch the requirements
of all. No accident must
ruffle her temper. In short,
she must for the time, be that perfect woman
who is—
“Mistress of herself though china fall.”
She must not seem to watch her servants;
she must not scold them. Her brow must
remain smooth through all embarrassing
hitches, her smile be bright and quick, her
attentions close and complimentary to her
guests.
On the host devolves the duty of drawing
out any of the guests with whose particular
specialties he is acquainted, and his manners,
too, must at least simulate ease, if he have
it not. Let host and hostess refrain from
boasting of the price of any article of food
upon^the table.
All the tact and good breeding at the
command of the hostess should be exercised,
first in choosing, then in arranging, the
guests to be present. Not too many are to
be bidden to the ordinary dinner; six, eight
and twelve are desirable numbers,, and four
frequently forms the cosiest party imaginable.
The reason of thus arranging for even
numbers arises from the fact that, in a mixed
dinner party, it is well to have as many
ladies as gentlemen. The conversation will
then be prevented from dropping into long,
or heated, discussions, both of which are
destructive of pleasure. It will also be
found pleasant to invite the young, and those
ol more advanced years, together for an
occasion of this sort.
Since at no social entertainment are the
guests so dependent upon one another for
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
345
mutual entertainment as at a dinner, both by
reason of its smallness and the compactness
of arrangement, it will be seen that an equal
care devolves upon the hostess in seating as
in inviting her guests.
The most tedious of one’s friends can be
tolerated at a party where it is possible to
turn to others for relief, but to be chained
for two or three hours, with the necessity
upon you of talking, or trying to talk, to the
same dull or conceited individual that the
fates have unkindly awarded as your com¬
panion, is a severe social strain upon equa¬
nimity of soul.
Hence each hostess should strive to so
arrange her guests that like-minded people
should be seated together, and people with
hobbies should either be handed over to
those likewise possessed, or into the hands
of some sympathetic listener, thus securing
the pleasure of all.
Table Decorations.
Where the resources of the dinner-giver
are limited, the simple decoration of a few
flowers arranged in a fanciful basket, or a
rare old bowl filled with roses, is sufficient,
and is far more indicative of taste and breed¬
ing than many of the set floral pieces fresh
from the florist’s hand, and speaking more
eloquently of the size of his bill than of taste
■or appropriateness.
The fancy of the hour, and a pretty one
it is, is for massing one variety of flower for
decorative purposes. Banks of crimson roses
dow r n the centre of the snowy cloth, or great
clusters of vivid red flowers, can be very
effectively employed. Shells may be filled
with flowers and used as a table decoration.
A large one in the middle, and a smaller one
on each side, has a pleasing effect. At each
plate a bouquet of flowers may be laid, those
for the gentlemen arranged as button-holes.
In choosing the flowers for decorations,
avoid those blossoms having a heavy fra¬
grance, such as the tuberose, jasmines,
syringas, as their penetrating odor is pro¬
ductive of faintness in some, and is disagree¬
able to many, while roses, lilies, lilacs, and
many other delicately-scented blossoms, are
pleasant to all.
Naturalness is to be aimed at in these
decorations, and set floral pieces are in bad
taste at a private dinner.
How the Dishes are to be Passed.
The servants, in passing the dishes, begin
with the guest upon the right hand of the
master on one side of the table, ending with
the mistress of the house. Upon the other
side they begin with the guest upon her
right and end with the host. As one ser¬
vant passes the meat or fish, another should
follow, bearing the appropriate sauce or
vegetable that accompanies it.
The servants should wear thin-soled shoes,
step lightly, be ungloved, and always have a
small-sized damask napkin wrapped around
the thumb of the right hand, as dexterity in
handling the dishes requires that they should
extend the thumb over the edge of the dish.
They should pass - all dishes at the left of
the guests, that their right hand may be free
to take them. Wines only are excepted,
these being always poured at the right.
Servants should never lean across any guest
at table in order to reach or pass an article.
It will be noticed by all interested that
the order of the formal, modern dinner a la
Russe, is very much as follows: Oysters,
soup, fish, roast, entrees, Roman punch,
game, salad and cheese, dessert, fruits,
sweets, coffee. To make this clearer, one
bill of fare will be given as an example,
always remembering that the number of
courses may be lessened in order to suit the
346
ETIQUETTE OF
taste or purse of the host. Many courses
are not a necessity, but the finest quality and
the best of cookery should mark each dish
served.
Every dinner should begin with soup, to
to be followed by fish, and include some
kind of game. To this order there is no
repeal, since “soup is to the dinner,” says
De la Regnier, “what the portico is to the
building or the overture is to an opera.”
From this there is never any deviation.
A standard bill of fare for a well-regulated
dinner is as follows:
Oysters on the Half-shell. Mock Turtle Soup.
Salmon with Lobster Sauce. Cucumbers.
Chicken Croquettes.
Tomato Sauce. Roast Lamb with Spinach.
Canvas-back Duck. String Beans served on Toast.
Celery. Lettuce Salad. Cheese Omeie>..
Pineapple Bavarian Cream. Charlotte Russe.
Ices. Fruits. Coffee.
Each course may be served on dishes dif¬
ferent from the other courses; also fancy
dishes, unlike any of the rest, may be used
to pass relishes, such as olives, and add
greatly to the beauty of the table service.
Suitable sets for fish and game, decorated in
accordance, are greatly to be admired.
If wine is not desired from principle,
merely touching the brim of the glass with
the finger-tip is all the refusal a well-trained
servant needs.
Order of Precedence.
In the matter of going out to dinner the
host takes precedence, giving his right arm
to the most honored lady guest. If the
dinner is given in honor of any particular
guest, she is the one chosen, if not, any
bride that may be present, or the oldest
lady, or some visitor from abroad. The
other guests then fall in line, gentlemen hav¬
ing had their partners pointed out to them,
and wherever necessary, introductions are
POLITE SOCIETY.
given. The hostess comes last of all, hav¬
ing taken the arm of the gentleman most to
be honored.
This is a disputed question, for the solu¬
tion of which each party gives valid reasons.
Most gentlemen prefer to give the right
arm, since the seating of the lady.is at the
right side always ; but many, to preserve the
feudal significance of the custom that bade
the good knight keep his sword arm free for
defence, if need be, offer the left. Since,
too, dinner gowns have usually a train to be
managed as best it may, ladies also prefer
the tender of the left arm, as that leaves
their own left arm free to manage the trail¬
ing, silken folds. The right arm, however,
has the balance of favor, though gentlemen
are bound to follow the example of their
host as he precedes them to the dining¬
room.
Dinner Dre^s.
Ladies dress elegantly, and in any fashion
of color, that fancy or becomingness may
dictate. Corsages, however, while open at
the neck in either square, or heart-shaped
fashion, are not as low-cut as for a ball-dress,
while the sleeves are usually of demi-length.
Gloves are always worn, and not removed
until seated at the table. They are not re¬
sumed afterwards unless dancing follows.
Very young ladies wear less expensive
toilets of white or delicately tinted wools, or
light-weight silks. *
Gentlemen are expected to wear the con¬
ventional evening dress. To be gloved or
not to be gloved is a vexed question with
them. It is well to be provided with a pair
of light gloves, and let your own self-pos¬
session and the example of others decide for
you at the moment. A gentleman fault¬
lessly gloved cannot go far wrong.
Promptness in arriving is a virtue, but
remember that you have no claim upon the
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
347
time of your host or hostess, until ten or
fifteen minutes before the hour appointed,
and, if you arrive too soon you should re¬
main a while in the dressing-room.
Departure is from half to three-quarters
of an hour after the repast, and no matter
what the entertainment, eleven o’clock
should find every dinner guest departed.
BREAKFASTS
LUNCHEONS m
AND * TEAS
BREAKFAST or a luncheon is
somewhat less formal than a
dinner and, hence, so much the
more delightful.
The breakfast party includes
both gentlemen and ladies while,
as a rule, the luncheon is an
entertainment given to ladies. The invita¬
tions to a breakfast may be written, engraved
or verbal. If a large number of guests are
invited to meet some distinguished stranger,
engraved invitations are issued.
Five days or a week’s notice is usually
considered sufficient, but if distinguished wits
and scholars are to be secured, it is well to
give a longer period, since their time, always
in demand, should be bespoken well in ad¬
vance. A reply to the invitation is a neces¬
sity, because the hostess wishes time, in case
of non-acceptance, to secure another guest.
Where the breakfast is less stately in
character, an informal note, written by the
hostess, in the first person, is a pleasant
method, or simply written on the lady’s
visiting cards under the name in this form :
Breakfast, Tuesday, ten o’clock, February
fifteenth.
Artificial light is out of place, and sun¬
shine should flood the apartment, while a
certain airiness and daintiness should pervade
the table appointments, quite the opposite
of the elaborate display that characterizes,
the dinner party. Flowers should form the
decorations of the table. Breakfast parties
are a very convenient mode of social enter¬
tainment for those whose limited means will
not admit of a more extensive display of.
hospitality.
The Hour for Breakfast.
Ten o’clock is the usual hour, though it
may be as late as twelve, thus differing from
the luncheon, which is never earlier than
one.
Breakfast parties are a favorite reunion
with literary people, who generally take the
morning hours for leisure, leaving brain
work until later in the day. Sidney Smith
said he liked breakfasts, “ because no man
was conceited before one o’clock in the day.”
In serving breakfast the bill of fare, unless
for special occasions, should never be elabor¬
ate, but rather dainty and attractive, as the
appetite usually needs tempting at this early
hour; fewer courses of a more delicate
variety should be served than at other meals.
The hostess dispenses the coffee, tea and
chocolate from the head of the table; the
substantials are set in front of the host, who
348 ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
may help the plates and hand them to the
waiter to serve; the vegetables and other
dishes may be handed from the side table.
It is well-bred to serve the breakfast with
as little formality as possible, and with as
few attendants; one servant, a maid, or man
servant is sufficient unless the party is un¬
usually large.
If grape-fruit be used for a first course, or
orange skins filled with juice, a wreath of
smilax on each plate makes a pretty decora¬
tion.
A breakfast should invariably begin with
ETIQUETTE OF THE TABLE.
fruit, followed by a course of eggs. This
latter is one of the essentials, and offers a
greater variety than is perhaps known out¬
side of France. A Spanish omelette, it
properly made, is a thing to be treasured
among the “pleasures of memory.” Stuffed
eggs, or hard boiled eggs cut in slices, with
a bechamel or white sauce, are appropriate
and generally liked. A fish course, an entree,
one meat, a salad and a sweet course should
follow next in order, concluding with coffee.
The entree and the meat may form one
course, if a slice of duck with olives, fried
chicken or some such dish be selected.
Ices of all kinds are entirely out of place
at a breakfast. An omelette souffle, peaches
with cream, or best of all a fruit salad, are
within the proprieties. This last never fails
to call forth enthusiastic appreciation. It is
simply made, and keeps perfectly for two or
three days. Half a dozen oranges should
be peeled, leaving no particle of the white
adhering, and then cut in small pieces. Half
a ripe pineapple, broken with a fork into bits
and sugared to taste, and four bananas sliced,
are mixed with the oranges, and the whole
put on ice for three or four hours. This
will be found a dish rivalling th(
ambrosia of high Olympus.
Hot Breads.
With the first course of fruit, finger-
bowls are in readiness, but are removed
at its close. Hot breads and breakfast
cakes are always suitable, and oatmeal,
carefully cooked and served with thick
cream and powdered sugar, often fol¬
lows the fruit. The closing course
should be hot cakes served with honey
or maple syrup.
If there are ladies present, or the
hostess presides, the coffee, chocolate,
etc., are poured by her, and after the
first course she asks the guests when they
will have it served.
The following will be found an acceptable
bill of fare for an ordinary breakfast party.
It can, of course, be varied to suit the con¬
venience and taste of housekeepers :
Melons. Grapes. Oranges.
Fried Perch with Sauce Tartare. Saratoga Potatoes.
Young Chickens with Cream Gravy.
Poached Eggs on Toast. Baked Mushrooms.
Broiled Quails. Tomatoes or Celery.
Bread and Butter. Crackers. Hot Cakes.
Coffee. Tea. Chocolate.
If a butler serves at a breakfast he does
not wear full dress as at a dinner.
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
349
LUNCHEONS.
A luncheon is usually an entertainment
given by a woman to women. From what¬
ever cause, luncheon parties are rapidly
gaining popularity among us. Macaulay
wrote, “ Dinner parties are mere formalities,
but you invite a man to breakfast, because
you want to see him,” and the same may
apply to luncheon parties for ladies, these
being almost exclusively their affair.
Invitations to small luncheons are usually
very informal, and may be written in the
style of a familiar note of friendship; or a
visiting card may be used, underneath the
name of which is simply written: Luncheon
at one o’clock, Thursday, January eight.
The Eatables.
The repast may be elaborately made up of
salads, oysters, small game, chocolate, ices
and a variety of dishes which will destroy
the appetite for dinner, or it may simply con¬
sist of a cup of tea or chocolate, thin sliced
bread and butter, chip beef or cold tongue,
but there is the same opportunity to display
good taste and a well-appointed table as at a
grander entertainment.
Ladies attend formal luncheons in very
elegant street or carriage costumes. They
wear rich and becoming bonnets, which they
do not take off. They appear with gloves,
removing them when seated at the table.
The toilet of the hostess may be as ele¬
gant as she wishes, anything, in fact, short
of an actual evening costume.
High tea is really the evening supper,
although sometimes the “hightea” is spread
for an earlier hour than the supper, say seven
6r eight o’clock. The ladies come in visit¬
ing costume, and the gentlemen in morning
dress in country towns. In cities, some¬
times, dress coats and light gowns are con¬
sidered essential.
One waitress, if quick and deft, can readily
wait on a dozen people, especially if all the
necessary articles for changing the courses,
plates, silver, etc., are arranged on a side
table in the room or outside the door.
There are many attractive menus that can
be suggested for teas, but the following
seems to demand as little home labor for
satisfactory results as any other. The word
tea , by the way, is something of a mis¬
nomer, as at these entertainments the bever^
ages are almost invariably coffee or choco¬
late, or both, tea being left entirely out of
the question:
Menu.
Bouillon. Bread. Crackers. Celery.
Pickled Oysters. Chicken Salad. Olives.
Peanut Sandwiches. Salted Almonds.
Chocolate. Ice Cream. Fancy Cakes.
Coffee. Fruit.
Serve the bouillon in cups, and be sure
that it is very hot. Have a thin slice of
lemon floating on the surface of each cup.
Pass crackers (the Zephyr or Snowflake
brands are best,) with this, and choice
blanched celery. If the tables are set before
the guests arrive, it is well to have a couple
of short stalks of celery laid at each plate
and spare that amount of waiting. Have
each cup and saucer set in a plate, and take
all three pieces off at once. Either tea or
coffee cups may be used, and it is, of course,
unnecessary to have them match.
Five O’clock Tea.
Some ladies make it a point to be “ at
home ” almost every day at a certain hour,
and serve tea or coffee in their drawing¬
rooms, accompanied by either wafers, mac-
caroons, fancy cakes, or small delicate sand¬
wiches, and perhaps bouillon for masculine
callers.
Such a lady who is bright and interesting,
who gives a warm welcome, yet does not
350
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
bind any one to a longer stay than the con¬
ventional ten minutes, is sure of drawing
about her a delightful circle of acquaintances,
men and women alike being pleased to drop
in on their way home from the city, or from
more pretentious gatherings.
If bread is thin enough, butter fresh, cake
good, and tea and coffee perfection, you
have provided all that is necessary. In
warm weather ices or strawberries could be
added. In England you will very seldom
be given more than this at the best houses,
and in Italy, where the afternoon receptions
are the most agreeable entertainments im¬
aginable, you will never be offered anything
more than dainty little cakes, chocolate and
tea. These slight refreshments are usually
served in the simplest way.
Teas have been a great “fad,” and while
not quite so popular, are pretty enough to
deserve mention. A table is too often con¬
fused in its arrangement of color on account
of its changes of courses. This can be
entirely done away with by adopting some
simple color scheme. A luncheon, or tea,
is easier to serve in this fashion.
Amber and white will harmonize with
celery, salads, ices and other articles needed
at a luncheon. The yellowish white, full of
sunlight, harmonizes with amber and can be
followed up to deepest bronze. Amber
glasses, creamy damask, all the tints from
white to bronze, can be used in the dishes.
Apricots heaped on amber dishes, ices tinted
in harmony, and a great mass of white roses
for a centre ornament, are appropriate.
1
s
m
EVENING PARTIES,
RECEPTIONS and SUPPERS
NVITATIONS for an elaborate
evening party are sent out ten
days or two weeks in advance
and are issued in the name of
the hostess alone. Husband
and wife may be invited to¬
gether, addressing the envelope
to “Mr. and Mrs. John Doe;” and daugh¬
ters, if there are several, may be included in
one invitation as “The Misses Doe.” Sons,
-if there be more than one, receive separate
invitations, though they can be included in
• one as “Messrs. Doe.”
But friends, even though sheltered by the
same rooftree, must receive separate invita¬
tions. To invite “ The Misses Doe and
«
Roe,” or “Messrs. Brown and Green,” or
even “Mrs. Doe and Family,” would be in
bad form. To invite the husband to any
entertainments where there are ladies without
including the wife would be a direct insult.
Invitations may be sent by post or carried
by messengers.
Next to elaborate dinners, evening parties,
receptions and suppers require the most
dressing, the most preparation and are at¬
tended with the most formality. Prompt
notice should be taken of the invitation,
although it is not so important as at dinners,
for the reason that it is not necessary for the
hostess to know just how many persons will
be present. You should contribute to the
entertainment of the company in ever}’ way
possible.
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY
351
Before supper, cards, conversation, music
are made use of to entertain the guests.
When dancing is a feature, it does not begin
until after supper, and while this amusement
is in progress opportunity for conversation,
suit its character to the company. Do not
play classical music where it cannot possibly
be appreciated, and, above all, attempt
nothing that cannot be executed perfectly.
In singing, let gentlemen remember that ii
A LAWN
games, etc., should be provided in other
rooms for those who do not dance. Rules
for going out to supper at a large party are
•the same as those at a ball.
If music is one of the features, try and
PARTY.
it is an amusing song they are to render, it
must be perfectly unexceptional in character.
Ladies should bear in mind in singing that
it is much better taste in large assemblies to
avoid the purely sentimental order of songs.
352
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
which, with the large number of beautiful
compositions at our disposal, is easily done.
Observe scrupulous silence while others
are playing and singing. If you possess any
musical accomplishments, and are asked to
contribute your share toward the entertain-
not weary your audience. 1 wo or three
stanzas of a song, or four or five pages from
a long instrumental piece are sufficient.
Remember, it is only the lady of the house
who has the right to ask you to play or
sing; to all others give a smiling refusal.
ENTERTAINING THE GUESTS WITH A SONG
ment of others, do so without waiting to be
urged; or, if you decline, decline absolutely.
Urging should not be resorted to by the
hostess, which custom would soon cure a
certain class of performers from the disagree¬
able habit of holding back for repeated solici¬
tations. If you consent to play or sing, do
In retiring from a large party it is suffi¬
cient to bow politely when expressing the
pleasure you have received. And if the
hostess or host offer the hand, shake it
cordially, but not too roughly.
An after call is required the same as after
a ball or dinner party.
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
353
RECEPTIONS.
For informal receptions, invitations are
most frequently written on the left-hand
corner of the hostess’ visiting card : Mrs.
Charles Grey, Thursday, from five to eight
o’clock.
At an evening reception, the lady should
be dressed in handsome home toilet and
receive standing. If several ladies receive
together, their cards should be enclosed with
the invitation. The simplicity of the occasion
leaves the hostess the more time to devote
to the enjoyment of her guests. Music, both
vocal and instrumental, is a great addition to
an evening reception.
Serving Refreshments.
Refreshments are generally served inform¬
ally. The table should be set tastily in the
dining room, and supplied with coffee or
chocolate at one end and a tea service at the
other. Besides these, daintily prepared sand¬
wiches, buns, cakes, ices and fruits are
served. If the reception is very select, and
the number of guests small, a servant pre¬
sents a tray with tea, sugar and cream, while
another follows with the simple refreshments
that should accompany it.
A wedding reception, or a very elaborate
•evening reception, of course admits of much
more ceremony, as well as more substantial
refreshments, than small entertainments.
Ladies attend evening receptions in demi-
toilette, with or without bonnets, and gentle¬
men in full morning dress.
SUPPER PARTIES.
Some lover of this social repast says,
“Suppers have always been invested with a
peculiar charm. They are the most con¬
versational, the most intimate and the most
poetical of all entertainments. They are the
favorite repast of men of letters, the inspira-
23
tion of poets, and a form of hospitality
eminent in history. Who has not heard of
the petite soupers of the Regency and the
brilliant minds there assembled ?”
Suppers are the popular entertainment of
gentlemen, and usually take some distinct¬
ive name, such as fish suppers, game suppers,
wine suppers, and each has suitable supplies
for the table.
The Invitations.
Invitations to suppers may be given in
person, by a friendly note, or writing on a
card of the host or hostess : “ Supper at io
o’clock, Thursday, December 18th.”
The very late city dinners have prevented
supper parties from keeping their popularity,
but there is no reason why in towns these
should not be favorite entertainments.
The same service is proper at a supper as
at a dinner, with the exception of soup-
plates. Oysters on the half-shell and bouil¬
lon served in cups are the first two courses.
Then follows the usual order of dishes, such
as sweetbreads and green peas, whatever
game may be in season, salads of all kinds,
then ices, fruits and coffee. It is not quite
so heavy a repeast as the elaborate dinner
party. Games and salads are served to¬
gether.
A Game Supper.
A game supper consists of wild fowls and
fish, with jellies, ices and bonbons, while a
wine supper admits of almost every variety
of luscious dishes, differing very little from
dinner, except that the delicacies are all cold,
and of course no vegetables are served.
Fillets of game, boned turkey, cold ham,
fish, salads, ices, jellies and creams, are
suitable to this style of entertainment.
A Fish Supper.
When a fish supper is given, dishes are
' generally composed of the products of the
354
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
sea or river. This is a fashionable mode of
entertainment for the season of Lent. Salads,
olives, pickles and sauces are served as rel¬
ishes. Sweet desserts never accompany a
fish supper, but fruits are an appropriate ad¬
dition. Coffee must be given with all suppers.
HE great sorrow brought upon
a family by the death of a
loved one renders the imme¬
diate members of the family
incapable of attending to the
necessary arrangements for
the funeral. The services of
an intimate friend, or a relative, should,
therefore, be sought. He should receive
general instructions from the family, after
which he should take entire charge of the
arrangements, and relieve them from all care
on the subject. If such a person cannot be
had, the arrangements may be placed in the
hands of the sexton of the church the de¬
ceased attended in life, or of some respon¬
sible undertaker.
The expenses of the funeral should be in
accordance with the means of the family.
No false pride should permit the relatives to
incur undue expense in order to make a
showy funeral. At the same time, affection
will dictate that all the marks of respect
which you can provide should be paid to the
memory of your beloved dead.
In some parts of the country it is custom¬
ary to send notes of invitation to the funeral
to the friends of the deceased and of the
family. These invitations should be printed,
neatly and simply, on mourning paper, with
envelopes to match, and should be delivered
by a private messenger. The following is a
correct form, the names and dates to be
changed to suit the occasion :
“Yourself and family are respectfully in¬
vited to attend the funeral of David B.
Jones, on Tuesday, March 18, 189—, at 11
o’clock A. M., from his late residence, 1926
Amber Street, to proceed to Laurel Hill
Cemetery.”
Where the funeral is from a church, the
invitation should read :
“Yourself and family are respectfully
invited to attend the funeral of David B.
Jones, from the Church of the Holy Trinity,
on Tuesday, March 18, 189-, at 11 o’clock
A. m., to proceed to Laurel Hill Cemetery.”
Where such invitations are sent, a list of
persons so invited must be given to the per¬
son in charge of the funeral, in order that he
may provide a sufficient number of carriages.
No one to whom an invitation has not been
sent should attend such a funeral, nor should
those invited permit anything but an im¬
portant duty to prevent their attendance.
When the funeral is at the house, some
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
355
near relative or intimate friend should act as
usher and show the company to their seats.
Preserve a decorous silence in the cham¬
ber of death—speak as little as possible, and
then only in low, subdued tones.
The members of the family are not obliged
to recognize their acquaintances. The latter
show their sympathy by their presence and
considerate silence.
As the coffin is borne from the house to
the hearse, gentlemen who may be standing
at the door or in the street remove their
hats and remain uncovered until it is placed
in the hearse.
The pall-bearers should be chosen from
among the intimate friends of the deceased,
and should correspond to him in age and
general character.
With regard to sending flowers, the wishes
of the family should be considered. If you
are uncertain upon this point, it is safe to-
send them. They should be simple and
tasteful. Letters of condolence are sent to>
those in bereavement by their intimate friends.
X3*
BSERVE the utmost neatness
in every detail of the toilet
for home or street. It is an
old rule, but a very good
one, that a woman may be
judged “by her boots, gloves
and pocket-handkerchiefs.”
To this maybe added “finger nails,” and
last but not least, skirt edges. “ No matter
how elegant the general get-up may be,”
asserts one fastidious critic, “if a woman’s
skirt binding is muddy, frayed, or pendant,
she is, to my mind, not a gentlewoman.”
The style of the person should have much
to do with choosing the style of dress for
any occasion. Only people lacking the
slightest originality of mind would think of
blindly following the dictates of fashion
without any reference to their own physical
style.
Very short women should not wear very
large hats. Women with very thin faces
should avoid wide hat brims and many
plumes. Women with large, full faces
should not go to the extreme in wearing
small bonnets. To do so is but to exagger¬
ate the defect in each case. No matter what
the extremity of style may be, there is always
a happy medium from which to choose.
Curls and Ribbons.
Flying curls and a great superabundance
of ribbons and fluttering ends belong only
to a young girl. To persist in an extremely
youthful style of dress long after the passing
of youth, instead of adding to the apparent
youth of the wearer, simply defeats its own
end by exaggerating the defects it was meant
to conceal.
Small, thin women should not wear too
much black. Let them wear a profus¬
ion of fluffy laces about the throat; soft,
puffy vests, or, as one writer observes, “have
consummate skill in concealing bones.”
Short, stout women should see that all
adornments, such as lolds, plaits, etc., keep
356
ETIQUETTE OF
as much as possible in perpendicular lines.
It is a mistake to think that perfect plainness
will disguise the breadth, it rather empha¬
sizes it. On this style of woman a loosely-
fitted wrap has a better effect for the street
than a tight, plain garment.
Gloves and Shoes.
To have many dresses is always a mistake
even among the very wealthy. They are
constantly going out of fashion and unless
the owner is continually seen at balls, recep¬
tions and other gatherings, they are entirely
unnecessary.
The glove of to-day is fitted comfortably.
Nothing is more indicative of a lack of taste
than to crowd the hand into a glove that is
several sizes too small for it. The same
might be said of the foot, and with more
reason, since a painfully tight shoe not only
injures the health, comfort and complexion
of the wearer, but is ruinous to all grace of
carriage.
There is nothing marks the true lady as
much as the perfection of neatness and style
in gloves and shoes. To be well gloved and
to have one’s feet neatly clad, no matter how
plain the attire, is to be well dressed.
When to Wear Jewels.
Mme. de Maintenon declared that good
taste simply indicates good sense, but many
women who boast of good sense seem not
to have the slightest idea of the times and
places for wearing precious stones.
It is conceded by all authorities that arti¬
cles of adornment consisting of or contain¬
ing jewels or precious stones should never
be worn in the street. Exception is made in
favor of rings and watches. The woman
who wishes to adopt correct form will wear
the simplest pin to fasten her gown during
the morning hours and on the street.
POLITE SOCIETY.
For ceremonious visits, a pretty and orna¬
mental pin of gold is proper, or of gold and
enamel, but even then it should have a use¬
ful purpose ; it should fasten some part of
the toilet. The enameled and gold wreaths
of myrtle or of forget-me-nots are extremely
pretty for these simple pins. So are the true
love-nots or a flower of enamel upon gold,
but without the all-prevailing diamond dew-
drop or center.
Dress for Dinner.
For dinner, a woman may wear the rich¬
est gems, it being understood that the func¬
tion is a ceremonious one, and that she shall
wear a low gown. Should she dine in a
more democratic way and the men of the
family do not wear evening dress, she natur¬
ally will wear a high gown or one possibly
open a little at the throat. She may wear a
pin with a single gem under these circum¬
stances.
For balls, operas or entertainments of cor¬
responding splender, a woman, when she is
not herself a hostess, may wear any number
of well-chosen jewels. It is quite correct to
be sumptuous in this particular, but well to
remember that jewels, like flowers, har¬
monize or do not harmonize, and that
emeralds and turquoises, for example, may
not be worn in conjunction, because, as the
French say, “ they swear at each other.”
It is not good form ta wear ornaments
made in the form of beads or reptiles. The
sacred emblem of the cross set in shining
jewels and worn at ball or rout, shows a
most pitiable ignorance of the eternal fitness
of things.
The Face Veil.
In spite of the protestations of oculists,
women continue to regard veils as an essent¬
ial part of their toilets ; first, because they
are becoming; and, second, because they
TRAVELLING COSTUME.
357
3 58
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
keep their hair in order. The plain tulles
and nets, which come in all colors, single
and double widths, are always pleasant to
wear and less trying to the eyes than the
coarser meshes. The veil of Brussels net
wrought in sprigged designs is a failure. It
is becoming to nobody, and is essentially
inartistic.
Opera Dress.
For the opera the most elegant dressing
is desirable. Ladies may wear evening-
gowns, and men dress suits. If they occupy
boxes this is almost an obligation. Light
colors render the house more attractive—are,
in fact, a part of the whole spectacle. Jew¬
els and flowers are there, and those *who
wear visiting or street costume are in the
minority.
If a man wear a dress suit it is expected
that the woman will show him sufficient
respect to wear an evening gown. The
man’s costume is donned out of respect for
the occasion and the woman, and she betrays
utter ignorance or remissness of duty when
she does not return the compliment in kind.
Middle-aged women wear the same cos¬
tume at the opera that they would at a
dinner party.
To dress for the theater is a much simpler
matter than for the opera. Display is not
required here. Elegant visiting or prome¬
nade costume is appropriate. Dressy little
bonnets or small hats, gloves, either match¬
ing the gown or light in tint, complete the
theater toilet. If a large hat is worn to the
theater, common courtesy demands its re¬
moval that those in the rear may see the
stage.
Dress for concerts admits of a little more
display than for the theater. A silk gown
with a little lace and jewelry, and white or
light kid gloves.
A dress for traveling should be plain and
serviceable; a tint should be chosen that
does not show soil or dust. A duster, an
ulster or overgarment of some kind made of
pongee silk, linen, or whatever material is in
vogue, should be worn to protect the cos¬
tume from smoke and dust.
The hat should be plain and a veil worn
to shield the eyes from cinders when travel-
ing by railway. A pair of slightly smoked
spectacles are very good for this purpose.
Carry an extra wrap and a hand-satchel to
hold the needed toilet articles. Let every¬
thing else go in the trunk. A woman bur¬
dened with “big bundle, little bundle, band-
box and umbrella,” is a burden to herself
and a terror to others.
The rule for traveling dress is that there
should be nothing about a lady to attract
attention, but this is relaxed in case of ladies
traveling a short distance for a brief visit,
who are privileged to wear the dress that
suits their purpose.
Calling or Visiting Costume.
For morning calls dress quietly in prome¬
nade costume. Wear light-colored gloves
unless in deep mourning. If driving, car¬
riage dress may be worn. For day recep¬
tions the dress may be more elaborate and
the bonnet more “dressy.”
By not carefully distinguishing between
the gowns for different occasions and over¬
dressing at all times, women lose all the
advantages of contrast in style. If lace and
silk are worn indiscriminately, what is there
left for the full dress function ?
This should be plain—tailor-made is the
best—walking length and of good material.
“Fussy” styles should not be chosen for
street wear, and the hat or bonnet should be
rather plain and harmonize with the gown.
There is much more latitude for display
permitted by the carriage dress. Rich ma-
HER MORNING RIDE.
359
360
ETIQUETTE OF POLITE SOCIETY.
terials, elegant wraps, costly furs, are all
allowable here.
Coaching parties, too, have grown to be
occasions for most gorgeous costuming.
Every hue of the rainbow is to be seen as
the lofty tally-ho rolls past, until, so great
has become the license of color and richness
of material, that the “four hundred” are
calling a halt, and soberer tints are beginning
to mark this amusement.
Do not wear too many fluttering ribbons,
especially if occupying that coveted position
■—the box seat. It does not add to the
skill and accuracy of the driver at a critical
moment to have a fluttering ribbon cut like
a whip-lash across his eyes.
Dress for Riding.
The riding-habit should be made of broad¬
cloth or some other suitable cloth. The
skirt should be weighted by sewing shot in
the lower edge of the left-hand breadths.
Equestrian tights should be worn. The habit
is sometimes worn over another dress-skirt,
when, in case of dismounting or accident, the
habit-skirt can be slipped off and the rider
still left properly attired.
Very long skirts are not worn. The habit
should fit perfectly and button to the throat.
Linen collar, a pretty tie and linen cuffs are
worn, and a leather glove with gauntlet.
The hat should be plain and of the prevail¬
ing fashion.
Evening Dress for Gentlemen.
Gentlemen’s evening dress consists of
black trousers, a low-cut black or white vest,
dress or “swallow-tail” coat, and white
necktie. The linen must be immaculate.
A young man wears a standing collar; an
elderly man, if he choose, may wear his
favorite style, with due deference to the
reigning style. One or three studs adorn
the bosom.
Properly speaking, white or very light kid
gloves are a part of evening dress, but to
say whether or not they shall be worn al¬
ways at a formal dinner is hardly safe. If
worn, remove them at the table; but at a
ball they are indispensable. On all doubt¬
ful occasions it is well to be provided with a
pair, to use if wished.
Occasions for Full Dress.
Evening dress is to be worn at balls,
large dinners, parties and the opera. It is
never worn at church, save in case of an
evening wedding. It is never worn any¬
where on Sunday. In a small town a dress
suit on any occasion is apt to seem an affect¬
ation. Never wear a dress suit anywhere
before six o’clock in the evening.
“A gentleman never looks more tho¬
roughly a gentleman than in an evening
dress,” says one writer on etiquette, and it is
well for those to whom the occasion is liable
to come to learn to wear one gracefully and
easily.
In France a dress suit is worn upon nearly
all festive occasions. In England the same
customs prevail for its use as in our own
country.
Morning Dress for Gentlemen.
Black cutaway, or Prince Albert coat
(frock coat), black vest, white in summer,
light-colored trousers, silk or some other
style of stiff hat, and a black necktie. A
light coat is never worn with black trousers.
This morning dress is worn at church, morn¬
ing receptions, informal parties, when making
calls, and at places of amusement.
° *■ °iA V*^ZAV*&*- V*l
• 0 7 r 0 ^ 0 7 k 0 7 r®^ 0 ^ 0 7 K 0 7 r ' 0
*/v yusssw/.L/?
!h„,
w%»
i!|,iiii,^. 1
"jiiiiniiil
—=- - r.~ — ,
7 i % 3J s - \wllii'i
4
. . . . _ . _ _ ... „ _ ___ *$•
l|| iiiiii" 1 ^ d fe=. * ~==^ f = ~= == r ^ fc r 4
***##*
*
4
♦
4
^4*444^^4^4*4*4*4*4*4^^1*4*4^4^4^4*4.4^4.4^4*4*4.443?
flou^e Sekutiful
Artistic Home Decorations
have
HE humblest home
can be made at¬
tractive and fulfil all
the requirements of
comfort and taste.
Many large for¬
tunes are put into
houses, and very fre¬
quently a needless ex¬
pense. Many of these
have been so luxurious
and there has been such a
painful effort to make
them sumptuous, that the
men who have built them,
and have spent in this way
large and needless sums
been made objects of
of money,
ridicule.
While no one wishes to live in a hut and
naturally desires to have pleasant surround¬
ings, there is a wide difference between this
feeling and that which seeks to outdo others
in gorgeous display. Many of the best and
noblest people in this country have lived in
log houses, and some of the grandest men
America ever produced have slept in garrets
where the snow drifted through the roof in
winter. Comfort and convenience are the
main things to be considered, and these, with
a contented heart, are about all that can be
desired.
Naturally as the country grows older we
have finer mansions, more costly furniture,
more brilliant display, and adornments costly
and magnificent. All these need not be
called in question in the case of those who
are able to afford the outlay. Our object
here is to give such hints as, if followed out,
will make any home attractive and pleasant.
Taste and Comfort.
Many ambitious little housewives, longing
to possess picturesque as well as comfortable
homes on small means, fail to give their
surroundings the proper study. It is sur¬
prising how many rooms have picturesque
possibilities little suspected or appreciated by
their owners, that properly treated would
convert these same apartments into abodes
of beauty. Many a housewife has been
annoyed beyond measure by an unsightly
jog that made all her efforts to beautify her
room of no avail. Do what she would, the
361
362
THE HOUSE BEAUTIFUL.
jog was there jn its uncompromising ugli¬
ness.
In these days of artistic ingenuity jogs and
niches are not only tolerated, but hailed with
pleasure, as are other so-called defects, giv¬
ing opportunity, as they do, for the exercise
of an ingenuity that converts them into
beauties.
Charming Colors.
A recess in the wall, or a jog, as it is
more frequently called, can be tastefully
fitted up as a wall bookcase with but little
trouble. If the walls of the room are
papered—and it to be hoped that they are,
as staring white walls are very inartistic—
the jog will probably be papered too. But
if the paper shows an aggressive pattern it
will not serve well as a background for the
books and ornaments, and the jog should in
such cases be papered with 'a plain paper of
suitable coloring. A flock paper which will
look like a velvet lining will be preferable,
and the color should be such as to har¬
monize well with the wall color.
Maroon and golden olives make good
backgrounds for books. If the jog runs all
the way up to the ceiling, have a panel of
lattice in squares let in at the top, and under
this set a pole in sockets, secured to side
pieces of wood nailed up for the purpose of
securing the lattice transom. This pole
might be a one inch brass rod, from which
to suspend curtains before the shelves. A
really elegant appearance will be given to
the room if the lattice is nicely made and
the curtains are of good color and design.
If the room shows walls coverd with paper
of a pronounced pattern and coloring, the
lattice might be of mahogany color and the
curtains of perfectly plain material. If, how¬
ever, the room has walls of a single color,
the curtains may show either a set figure at
intervals or else an all over figure, but the
colors should be quiet and subdued. The
shelves of this impromptu bookcase may be
of simple pine or some other wood that can
be stained by rubbing in thin oil paint of the
desired color.
If the shelves are not all needed for books,
some may be utilized for the keeping and
display of bric-a-brac. In a bedroom the
jog may be turned into a clothespress, with
shelves, or into a wardrobe or closet.
Cosy Recesses.
Niches may be readily converted into wall
cabinets by means of lattice doors made to
fit the opening, or by means of a small
transom, with curtain hanging directly be¬
neath. A small jog, or niche, by means of
fancy locked doors, may be changed into a
medicine closet or a repository for private
pagers. A more fanciful treatment with
Japanese fretwork and shelves will make a
charming wall cabinet for bric-a-brac. Much
depends upon the size, form and location as
to what one may make of such recesses.
A square, stiff looking apartment may be
made much pleasanter by a picturesque
treatment of one or more of the corners.
For instance, a lattice transom placed across
the corner, with a brass pole and handsome
curtains beneath it, will furnish a cosy corner
in which may be placed a triangular divan,
with two square pillows. A triangular
wooden box, with a mattress to fit, covered
with some oriental looking dark fabric, such,
for instance, as a Chinese rug or a Bagdad
couch rug, with two large square pillows to
stand against the wall, will be very pleasing,
or the corner may contain a table and chair,
or a desk and chair, to be partly revealed by
the half withdrawn curtains.
Two corners of a large room might be ar¬
ranged in this manner, giving a charming
THE HOUSE BEAUTIFUL.
363
variety to the form of the room, besides giv¬
ing extra space for certain bits of furnishing.
In a dining-room one or more corners may
be artistically fitted with glass doors and
serve for china closets. Alcoves in bed¬
rooms are always more pleasing when cur¬
tained off with some dainty furnishing re¬
vealed from behind the curtains, and an
alcove in a sitting-room may be curtained
off to form a very attractive library.
Especially pleasing is the old-fashioned
window, with its deeply set and paneled case¬
ment, affording ample space for a pleasant
seat. An old-fashioned cottage window—
pect, a holland shade will be necessary over
the sash curtains. If such a window has a
broad sill, a few potted plants will give a
finishing touch to its beauty. The long low
seat should have its long or divided cushion
covered with some pretty and durable ma¬
terial, with several small pillows.
High-topped sideboards have gone out
along with that monstrosity, the bedstead
with that towering headboard. A pretty
and artistic fancy is the low buffet without
any top at all, that prevailed a century ago.
One of the prettiest effects in a dining-room
is produced by a collection of plates hung
ARTISTIC FIREPLACE.
one of the long, low windows set above a
long low seat, with paneled back and sides
—is a treasure trove to the lover of the
picturesque, If it is an eastern or northern
window it will be best to have curtains across
its whole width, run on two slender brass
rods, the curtains to be two or three or four,
according to the width of the window; if
two, trimmed at the inner edge with tassel
braid; or if four, the two centre ones thus
treated.
Cream swiss, powdered with large dots in
cream color or in deep pink or yellow, will
make beautiful curtains for such a window.
If the window has a southern or western as-
over such a sideboard. Indeed, you can
scarcely use too much china in dining-room
decoration, stopping short, of course, of any
suggestion of a wholesale china house.
Narrow shelves with low railings over the
doors, the cabinet mantel with its shelves
and nooks, a corner cabinet with glass front
and sides, a hanging wall cabinet may all be
used for the display of odd or pretty pieces.
An excellent feature of modern houses—
suburban houses in particular—is the recep¬
tion hall, which is generally nearly square.
This is not difficult to furnish, and if it be of
generous size, it is generally arranged as a
sort of combined sitting and reception-room.
364
THE HOUSE BEAUTIFUL.
If the hall be small, one may have a hall
rack and a settle beneath, one with a box
seat preferred, as this form provides a useful
receptacle for the prompt disposal of wraps,
mackintoshes, rubber shoes, etc., where they
will be hidden from public view and still be
easy of excess.
If there is a spare corner, a “cozy” may
be fitted up; or, if not, and a window is
available, a broad, low seat will be an attrac¬
tive feature. A small, low table and a side
table with a drawer in it, a number of odd
sets and browns. When light is at a pre¬
mium, gladden the sight with its nearest
equivalent, yellow, in its variety. This
would be a most distracting color in the
glaring light of the noonday sun, but when
used upon the walls of a dark and dismal
hall it is altogether different. Choice should
be made of other colors that will prove
harmonious, always the warm rich colors,
never the cold. With such a setting any
shade of finish in oak or mahogany wood¬
work will be fitting.
RICH PIECES OF FURNITURE.
chairs, some that are easy and some selected
for their quaintness, must not be omitted.
One or more growing plants add much to
the picturesque appearance of a hall, and as
a background for these a pretty threefold
screen may be utilized with good effect.
The selection of the proper scheme of
coloring is an important consideration. When
the hall receives a plentiful supply of sun¬
light at all times of the day, a cool scale
of coloring should be selected. With a
north room, be generous with the warm rich
tints, the dull reds, olives and golden rus-
We are all of us by nature fire worshiper*
and the altar of home is, or should be, the
glowing, open fire. Next to this are the
great, clear windows meant to admit the
glorious glances of the fire worshiper’s sun.
As to the first, if you can have but one,
the house or the fireplace, give up the house
and keep the fire. If you wish to test the
soundness of this advice, build a house,
furnish it extravagantly and supply furnace
heat to all but one room, and in that room
build upon an ample hearth a glowing fire of
hickory logs, and in the presence of that
THE HOUSE BEAUTIFUL
365
genial blaze, upon the bare floor of that un¬
furnished room, will gather the united house¬
hold. The broader this family hearth the
better. The old English baronial halls with
their mighty fireplaces and their great stone
hearths had more of light and beauty than
all our modern improvements.
1 Folding doors between communicating rooms
are seldom closed. An ordinary chair within
a few feet of the space never looks well. It
shows its back to one room or the other and
is in the way.
A divan is an addition to any decorative
arrangement of either room. It does not
SELECTING PAINTINGS FOR HOME DECORATION.
Chairs and sofas we have without end in
variety and beauty. Every alcove and nook
in every possible sort of room has been
thought of and provided for except the one
place that exists in almost every house and
is the one place where people are always
wanting to sit—that is the doorway itself.
interfere with any graceful drapery that may
be arranged at the door. It is decidly use¬
ful, convenient, and gives a certain touch of
the unusual to the room.
Be careful of the pictures and their rela¬
tions to the walls. Rooms should rather be
a setting for the groups of people in it.
366
THE HOUSE BEAUTIFUL.
Too much gilding, too many gaudy oil
paintings attract the eye and detract the
mind.
One authority objects to portraits as a
decoration. “Their presence, if at all im¬
pressive. is too stimulating.”
Picture frames should never be so gorge¬
ous as to distract the mind from the picture.
Frames are to protect the picture and relate
it to the walls.
Group etchings together and put engrav¬
ings in the portfolio. Over low bookcases
pictures should be large, and in this form
they give a style to the room. Water colors
look admirable if treated in this manner, and
if two bookcases are put together so as to
form one, divide the pictures by a bracket,
on which place a jar of some unique pattern.
Small rooms require medium-size pictures,
which can be hung one above the other, and
three may even be placed on line with good
effect. For an ideal head in oil the frame
should be of broad gilt. Hang it in a good
light, and on one side group two small water-
color pieces in the fashionable white band
frame. For an oblong picture a small sketch
under it looks well equipped.
A very large and beautiful picture some¬
times sets the keynote of color for the apart¬
ment. Otherwise, subordinate them as dec¬
orations to the colorings of the room, as in
the ivory and gold room.
In a room where there are to be many
pictures, give rather a neutral color to the
walls, merely as a picture background.
Where there are finely decorated walls pic¬
tures are rather out of place, since one dec¬
oration spoils the effect of the other.
■& &
•b THE 4
4 * 4
Art of Correspondence _
Forms for Letters 4
% *£* 4|fc i?j£* *£* «|4 i$4 *$■* *£* A$4 4$fc *£* *y* i|Vj£
©
S
©
©
OLITENESS may be
shown to great advan¬
tage in the art of writing
or answering letters.
Too many persons are
guilty of neglecting their
friends; in this way es¬
trangements often chill the
friendship that has lasted long,
and would last longer still if
it were cultivated by those
little attentions and courtesies
that go so far toward making
up the deportment of the true lady or gen¬
tleman. Therefore one of the first duties
claiming our attention is that of letter¬
writing.
Fond mothers and lovers are the letter
writers of this age, almost all other corre¬
spondence being merely notes. At present
no emblazoned crests or elaborate mono¬
grams or initial letters are used in the corner
of note paper or stamped on our stationery.
The frequency and speed with which com¬
munications now fly across a city or a con¬
tinent, also do away with the sealing-wax,
and this clear red, oval fixture of our grand-
%
#
m
#
§>
t>
fathers has almost totally disappeared; this
elegant formal and ceremonious way is-
supplanted by what we call more modern
style.
There is one fashion which has never
changed, and is always in good taste : use
good, plain, thick note paper, folded square
and put in a square envelope; no mistake
can be made in using this kind of stationery-
in any part of the world.
Use of Capital Letters.
There is, however, no law forbidding the
use of monograms, some ladies still prefer it,
and use the style most familiar to their
friends; it is a fashion past, not of the pres*
ent. Invariably use black ink, no other is
in good taste; it gives the written characters
great distinctness and is the only fashionable
medium.
The capital letters only set apart the sen*
tences and paragraphs, but while their proper
use adds greatly to the beauty of an epistle,
their omission or improper use will make the
pages present a perfectly absurd appearance.
Begin every paragraph and every sentence
following a period with a capital letter.
367
368
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
Begin all proper names, all titles, as Presi¬
dent, Vice-President, General, Doctor or Cap¬
tain ; all names of places, as Chicago, Long
Branch, Niagara; the words, North, South,
East, West, and their compounds and abbrevia¬
tions,- North-east, S. W., with a capital letter.
Begin the names of the Deity with a cap¬
ital letter.
Begin every line of poetry, all titles of
books, and usually each important word of
the title, as Bancroft’s History of the United
States, the name of any historical event, as
the Civil War, with a capital letter.
The pronoun I and the interjection O must
invariably be written with a capital letter.
Begin all the names of the month, as
June, April, and all addresses as Dear Sir,
Dear Madam, with a capital letter.
Capital letters must never be placed in the
middle of a word.
Be very careful not to repeat often the same
word. Tautology is a crime in writing.
Do not underline unless in extreme cases.
Never abbreviate unless in business. Dates
should be given in figures, and money in pa¬
renthesis, thus ($15,000). Date carefully.
To a Picnic Party.
My Dear Sir : Buffalo, July 3, 189-.
We are endeavoring to get up a small excursion to
visit Niagara on the ioth of this month. Will you
do us the favor of making one of our number ? Mrs.
-and my family desire their compliments, and
request me to mention that they have taken upon
themselves the task of providing the “ creature com¬
forts ” for that occasion, and trust that their exer¬
tions will meet with unanimous approval. Should
you have no previous engagement for that day, and
feel disposed to join our party, a carriage will be at
your door by 8 o’clock on Tuesday morning; and
believe me to be,
My dear sir, yours most sincerely.
To-, Bsq.
P. S.—The favor of an early answer will oblige.
To a Boating Party.
_. July 12, 189—.
-, myself, and four others are going
down to Richmond in a six-oared boat next Wed¬
Dear -
Jack
nesday. Now, you are a jolly fellow and a good
steersman, so I hope you will give us your company
and your services; indeed, we will take no excuse.
We shall set out from my lodging at 9 o’clock, with¬
out fail.
Yours truly, in haste,
To a Private Dinner.
Frankun Square, Nov. 12, 189—.
Dear Mr. Benson :
My old friend Richard Roy is coming to take
a chop with me on Saturday the 15th, and I hope
you will come and join us at six o’clock. I know
you are not partial to large parties, so trust you will
think us two sufficient company.
Yours ever truly,
G. H. Percivae.
To a Social Party.
Mr. and Mrs. Thompson request the pleasure of
Mr. and Mrs, James s company, on Wednesday eve¬
ning next, at eight o’clock, to join a social party.
An immediate answer will much oblige.
Fifth Avenue, January 9th.
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
369
Answer, Accepting.
Mr. and Mrs. James will be most happy to avail
themselves of Mr. and Mrs. Thompson’s kind invita¬
tion to join their social party as requested.
Lennox Street, January ioth.
Answer, Declining.
Mr. and Mrs. James greatly regret their inability
to accept Mr. and Mrs. Thompson’s kind invitation
to join their social party. Nothing would have
afforded them more pleasure than to be present, but
family affliction prevents them.
Lennox Street, January ioth.
To an Excursion.
My Dear Sir : NEW YoRK ’ J ul ? 2 °- i8 9 -
May I hope that you will allow your boys and
girls to join mine in an excursion to Glen Cove on
the 27th? We expect to make rather a large party,
and have, therefore, made arrangements to dine at
the Cove House.
In haste, believe me, my dear sir, yours ever sin¬
cerely.
Mr.-.
To an Evening Company.
My Dear Gladys : A few friends will be here on
Wednesday evening next, to take a social cup of
tea, and chat about mankind in particular. Give us
the pleasure of your company. Delia Scott.
Prince Street, Saturday morning.
My Dear Delia : It affords me great pleasure to
inform you that I shall join your party on Wednes¬
day evening next. Gladys Penryn.
Spring Street, Saturday afternoon.
To a Visit.
ST. Paul, Minn., July 2, 189-.
My Dear Friend :
Being now settled at my country residence for the
summer, I lose no time in soliciting the pleasure of
your company, together with that of your family,
and trust that you will make it convenient to pass a
month or six weeks with us in our rural retirement.
I believe that you are too well aware of my friend¬
ship, to doubt every thing will be done to render
your stay with us agreeable.
My wife desires me to inform you, that unless you
comply with this, our mutual request, your name
will be erased from her good books.
Very faithfully yours.
Accepting the Foregoing.
My Dear Sir : Chicago, July 4, 189-.
Your very friendly and polite invitation demands
my immediate attention. You may be assured, that
I never willingly resign the pleasure of enjoying
your society ; and, on the present occasion, I am
extremely happy to say, that I have nothing to
prevent my acceptance of your very kind offer.
You may, therefore, expect me and my family in
the course of ten days. I hope we shall be able to
prevail on you and your good lady to return with us.
Requesting you to be assured, that I am truly
sensible of your repeated acts of friendly attention
towards me, I am, dear sir, with best wishes for your
health and happiness (in which my wife unites),
Very affectionately.
Declining the Foregoing.
Chicago, July 5, 189-.
My Worthy Friend :
I am truly obliged to you for your very friendly
invitation, and sincerely lament that the pressure of
my business prevents me at present from complying
with it; though I hope this will not induce your
amiable lady to erase my name from her good books,
especially as it is no fault of mine, my inclination
being decidedly in favor of the visit.
My family unite with me in the kindest remem¬
brances to you all ; and I subscribe myself.
Your obliged friend.
To a Bachelor Party.
Sept. 20, 189-.
My Dear Fred :
My festive self and half-a-dozen other good fellows
are going to devote a few hours on Thursday even¬
ing to having a good time. I hope you will make
one, as we have not enjoyed “ the feast of reason
and flow of soul ” in each other’s company for some
time past.
Believe me, dear Alfred,
Yours ever,
To Alfred Bellville, Esq. John Barry.
A Lady to Her Friend in the City.
Eddington, Bucks Co., Pa., June 4, 189-.
My Dear Friend :
I need scarcely tell you that I always feel the
greatest pleasure in your society, and am selfish
enough on the present occasion to covet it for a
month, or for a longer period, should it suit your
convenience. Your sincere friend,
Jennie Richman.
To Mrs. Lftty Jones, Fifth Ave., N. Y.
24
370
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
A Lover’s Letter.
No. 966 Butler Ave., July 16, 189-
My Dearest Edith :
I can no longer restrain myself from writing to
you, dearest and best of girls, what I have often been
on the point of saying to you. I love you so much
that I cannot find words in which to express my feel¬
ings. I have loved you from the very first day we
met, and always shall. Do you blame me because I
write so freely ? I should be unworthy of you if I
did not tell you the whole truth. Edith, can you
love me in return ? I am sure I shall not be able to
bear it if your answer is unfavorable. I will study
your every wish if you will give me the right to do
so. May I hope? Send just one kind word to
Your sincere adorer,
Miss Edith Eanshaw. James Martin.
A Favorable Reply.
219 Sixteenth St., July 17.
My Dear James :
Thank you for your dear letter. It has made me
very happy. My heart has long been yours, as I
will own, although you may think less of me for the
frank avowal, and I am blushing for myself while I
make it. Of course we must consult our parents be¬
fore making any serious engagement. Meanwhile,
believe me,
Sincerely yours,
Mr. James Martin. Edith.
Making a Declaration.
No. 20 Green St., March 26, 189-.
My Dear Miss Jerome :
You cannot but have been aware for some time
past that my feelings toward you have been stronger
than those of mere friendship. Our long acquaint¬
ance has given me ample opportunity to learn the
excellencies of your character, and to prize them at
their full value. It has also afforded you a like op¬
portunity to judge whether I possess those charac¬
teristics which you would desire in a husband. Am
I presumptuous in hoping that you will consent to
be my wife ? Until I receive your answer I shall
remain
Your anxious but 110 less ardent admirer,
Miss Cora A. Jerome. Robert Searees.
A Favorable Reply.
187 Park Ave., March 27, 189-.
My Dear Mr. Searees :
How can I thank you for the honor you have done
me in asking me to be your wife ? It affords me the
deepest satisfaction to assure you that ni}/ sentiments
toward you are most favorable, and that I shall be
both proud and happy to regard you as my future
husband.
Yours, most sincerely,
Mr. Robert Searees. Cora A. Jerome.
Engaged to Another.
187 Park Ave., March 27, 189-.
Dear Sir :
While confessing myself honored by the prefer¬
ence avowed for me by one whom I have every
reason to respect as a gentlemen, I feel that it would
be dishonorable in me to keep you in any suspense,
where the answer must be unfavorable.
For some time past I have been engaged to a gen¬
tleman, from whom I have every reason to expect
happiness and comfort. I must, therefore, hope that
you will henceforth regard me only in the light of a
friend; and, with the sincere wish that such a
partner as you deserve may speedily fall to your lot,.
Sincerely your friend,
Cora A. Jerome.
Mr. Robert Searees.
To the Lady’s Father.
Dear Sir :
Having made an application to your beloved
daughter for her hand, she has given her consent,
provided you and her mother will condescend to
sanction it. This, I flatter myself, you will do, my
circumstances, family, and character, being well
WHAT SHALL THE ANSWER BE?
372
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
known to you both. I shall only add, that my
happiness or misery through life depends upon your
reply; and that I will make any settlement upon
your dear daughter which you may judge necessary.
My happiness will be found on the promoting of
hers, with the possession of your esteem aud appro¬
bation. Entreating you to give a favorable reply, I
have the honor, my dear sir, to subscribe myself,
Your humble servant,
The Father’s Answer.
Dear Sir :
In reply to the letter you did me the honor of
writing, I must remark, that neither my wife nor
myself have ever interfered with the wishes of our
excellent daughter ; her whole conduct being gov¬
erned with such prudence that no room was left for
advice.
Your affection being mutual, we have only to
observe that we shall be highly gratified in giving
our girl to you, and we doubt not that you will enjoy
as much happiness in the married state as this life
will admit of. In regard to ourselves, you may be
assurred that you possess our respect and affection ;
were this not the case, we should not so readily
resign to your protection our greatest treasure.
My good wife entirely coincides with what I have
said ; we shall, therefore, expect to see you on-
next, when everything shall be arranged for your
union. I am, dear sir,
Yours, very affectionately,
The Father’s Negative Answer.
Dear Sir :
I make no doubt of the truth of your assertions,
but as I think my daughter too young to enter into
such a serious engagement, I request I may hear no
more of your passion for the present; in every other
respect,
I am your most obedient,
An Apparent Slight.
My Dearest-:
How grieved am I that you should think me
capable of wavering in my affection towards you,
and inflicting a slight upon one in whom my whole
hopes of happiness are centered ! Believe me, my
attentions to Miss-were never intended for
anything more than common courtesy. My long
acquaintance with her father, and my knowledge of
her amiable character—as well as the circumstance
of her being a comparative stranger to the-’s,—
such were my sole reasons for paying more attention
to her than I might otherwise have done.
Pray rest confident in the belief that my affection
for you is as unchanging as my regret is great that I
should ever have given you cause to doubt it, and
believe me, dearest,
Yours ever sincerely and devotedly.
Breaking an Engagement.
Miss Belew : DES MoINES ' J une I5 > l8 9 "
I am fearful that we are too precipitate in forming
a mutual engagement. Our dispositions and tastes
are so antagonistical that there would be a continual
conflict between our inclinations, which would be
productive of much sorrow.
Therefore, I desire to be released from the engage¬
ment, confident that we never could be happy as
wife and husband.
Respectfully yours,
Paue Woodruff.
Miss Myrtle Belew.
Answer.
Sir 1365 Broad Ave., June 17, 189-.
The contents of your letter, received this day,
will entail upon me years of misery—hopeless and
despairing misery! A man who will so debase
himself, who is so devoid of feeling and principle,
deserves the execration of every honorable mind.
I have been deceived, and the good qualities I
thought you possessed, and that warmed my love
into life, are now proved, by the inconsistency of
your conduct, to have been but the hypocrite’s art.
Farewell.
Myrtle Bellew.
Confessing a Change of Feeling.
My Dear Sir : Auburn, March iS, 1S9-.
I fear my avowal may give you some pain ; but it
is better to be sincere and open in matters where the
happiness of another is concerned.
To speak plainly, then, I feel that my sentiments
in regard to yourself are no longer what they were.
While my esteem for your character remains un¬
shaken, I still cannot blind myself to the fact that I
do not cherish that affection which a wife ought to
feel for her husband, and without which the married
life is one continual scene of torment and vexation.
You will not, I am sure, give me credit for acting
from mere fickleness—especially as I do not at present
entertain a partiality for any other ; but you must
pardon me when I express my firm belief that all
correspondence between us had better cease, and
that such letters as have passed between us should
be returned at the first convenient opportunity.
Assuring you that, as a friend, I shall constantly
remember you with esteem, I remain, my dear sir,
Very respectfully,
Mr. E. P. Davis. Nellie H. Spenser.
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
373
Proposing a Day for the Nuptials.
Oakland, February 28, 189-.
My Dear Blanche :
The happy day to which I have looked forward as
the blissful reward of our mutual constancy is not far
distant, if the proposal I am now about to make
should meet the approbation of yourself and parents.
It is this: that our nuptial ceremony may be per¬
formed on the twenty-fifth of next month, and in the
Third Presbyterian Church. I hope to have the
pleasure of seeing you soon ; we can then give the
subject a lengthened discussion. If, however, you
should wish to write before we meet, you can mention
briefly whether the day I have fixed will suit the
convenience of yourself and family; and in the
hope that I may claim shortly the privilege and
honor of making you my bride for a long and
happy life and of signing myself your affectionate
husband,
Believe me, for the present,
Your sincerest friend and most attached
Miss Blanche Rimmon. Raymond Beverly.
A Favorable Answer.
Oakland, March 1, 189-.
My Dear Raymond :
The affectionate letter which I have just received
is another convincing proof of your attachment.
Upon perusing it, I find that you have imposed upon
me a somewhat delicate duty, but one to which you
may conclude I feel no aversion. You wish me to
name some day, convenient to myself and relatives,,
for the performance of our nuptial ceremony. You
likewise appear anxious that that day, to which we
have looked forward as the most propitious of our
future life, may not be protracted to a distant period.
As far as my own choice is concerned, you may rest
assured that I shall not interpose the least delay;
but as I have relatives and friends, by whose con¬
venience I must, as you are aware, be in some meas¬
ure restrained, I will consult them without loss of
time, and at the earliest opportunity you shall hear
the decision to which we may come.
Yours ever affectionately^,
Mr. Raymond Beverly. Blanche Rimmon..
-U~+F>)
X^etkrs of |
V
(^ongr&tcil&i ion 1
1- 4?— jD Jr r jti r Jf- - - m - ^
To Friends, on a Marriage Anniversary.
Montgomery, Ala., October 5, 189-.
My Dear Mr. and Mrs. Trevelyan :
The announcement of the fifteenth anniversary of
your wedding recalls the long period of time through
which it has been our happy privilege to enjoy an
uninterrupted friendship. This is your crystal wed¬
ding, and you will allow me to say that I trust your
lives will always be as bright and sparkling as the
gifts which you will receive.
I am sure you are proving the blessedness of mar¬
ried life, and. they always do who enjoy mutual con¬
fidence, sympathy and support. The darkness
which at times has crossed the path along which
you have now travelled for fifteen years has always
had its silver lining, and my wish is that no greater
sorrows may overtake you in the future than have
fallen to your lot already. These you have borne
with Christian patience, and have thus transformed
them into benedictions.
Accept my hearty congratulations on this anniver¬
sary of your married life, and may another, which
shall be tinged with silver, and another still, en¬
riched with gold, fall to your lot.
Very 7 affectionately y 7 ours.
To a Lady on Her Marriage Engagement.
Vicksburg, Sept. 20, 189-
My Dear-:
No one, I believe, can be more desirous to hear of
your welfare and your prosperous settlement in the
marriage state than myself. I have long been sensi¬
ble of your worth, your goodness of heart, your rec¬
titude of principle, and your warmth of friendship.
374
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
Enviable among men will be the lot of him who is
destined to become your partner for life ; and fortu¬
nate, indeed, was Mr. - in that introduction
which first presented you to his notice. As for Mr.
-, I need scarcely observe that I approve of
your choice, in which you have shown a discrimina¬
tion that does credit to your taste, and to that good
sense which has been the guide of your past life.
Adieu, and believe me to be, my dear-,
Yours most sincerely and affectionately,
To a Gentleman.
Phii.adei.phia, Jan. 6, 189-.
Dear Oed Feeeow :
And so you really are to be a Benedict! Well!
1 have no objection, provided you feel convinced
that it is a measure likely to tend to your happiness.
For myself, I am still a bachelor, although I do not
know what such temptation as you appear to have
undergone might not do towards upsetting my
present resolutions. You know I have no antipathy
to matrimony : but, unlike yourself, I have not inde¬
pendent means sufficient to render me fearless of
consequences, and should not be disposed to involve
any woman, whom I could like sufficiently to make
my wife, in a doubtful state of circumstances, if not
in a discomfort which must be painful to a man of
proper feeling and honor. At the same time,
believe me, I cordially sympathize with your delight
at the prospect of an agreeable union, and wish sin¬
cerely that every happiness may be the result.
Ever truly yours,
To a Friend, on His Good Fortune.
LouisviEEE, Ky., Feb. 10, 189-.
My Dear Howard :
The news of your good fortune gives me great
satisfaction. No one can possess true friendship
without rejoicing in the prosperity of a friend. To
one who has always been manly, true and noble, and
who has labored persistently toward a particular end,
success must be extremely gratifying.
It will ever be my delight to hear that you are
prospering in your undertakings, and if in any way
I can serve you, you can rely upon my best en¬
deavors. With every good wish for yourself and
Mrs. Kerr.
Ever faithfully yours,
To a Friend on the Birth of a Son.
ST. Eouis, Mo., June 15, 189-.
Dear Oed Friend :
The happy announcement that a son and heir has
been born to you, gives me extreme satisfaction. I
always thought you would distinguish yourself in
some way, and would do something whereby your
name might descend to posterity. And now, my
w’orthy chum, it seems you have done it.
I will not draw any picture of the c^res and
anxieties of fatherhood, such as carrying a squalling
youngster on your arm at 3 o’clock in the morning,
running for the doctor when the little one has
spasms of wind colic, opening your eyes with aston¬
ishment at bills for shoes, dresses and toys, but will
content myself with sharing the joy which you feel
over the new arrival, and reminding you that what¬
ever may be the cares and anxieties which children
bring with them, in their intelligence, their artless¬
ness, their love, there is abundant compensation and
delight. Wishing you and the happy mother, as
well as the young gentleman who will soon have the
honor of calling you papa, the best of Heaven’s
blessings, I remain
Yours most sincerely,
To a Daughter on Her Birthday.
My Dearest Chied :
Your father, brothers and sisters all unite with me
in sending you a thousand good wishes on this your
fifteenth anniversary. We could all have desired
that circumstances would have admitted of your
spending it with us ; but feeling in these matters
must sometimes be sacrificed for our good, and our
selfish delights must not be permitted to interfere
with the prospects of those dear to us. The package
which accompanies this letter contains not only some
trifling tokens of affection from all of us, but the
materials for a little entertainment which, I have no
doubt, Mrs. Boynton will allow you to give to your
school-fellows, as I have written to beg a half-holiday
on the occasion. God bless you, my dear child! and
that every succeeding j^ear may see you increase in
all that is desirable in body and mind, is the earnest
prayer of your ever anxious parents. With best
compliments to your mistress and teachers,
Believe me, your ever affectionate mother,
To Miss Eettie Thomas. Margaret Thomas.
A Gentleman to His Son, on the Latter’s Marriage.
Phieadeephia, Jan. 30, 189-.
My Dear Son : 0 ^
It is with no small pleasure, and a slight feeling of
parental pride, that I uow congratulate you upon
your recent change of state. That you have my best
and heartiest wishes for your future happiness you
already know ; but I feel natural pleasure in again
giving them expression ; and here I have to add that
no parent could join in those wishes with more fer¬
vent sincerity than your dear and kind mother.
Your ever affectionate father,
John Paue Jones.
To Henry Paue Jones, Pottstown, Pa.
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
375
I
f
.T..A,,T..A._.A..T.„T .
TwT^twt^T
LETTERS OF
doi\dole:qde
1 '
T
On the Death of a Mother.
Tewkesbury, Mass., Nov. 8, 189-.
My Dear Wieeiam :
You have lost your mother. There is a very wail
in the words. She may never be replaced. The dear
good lady has passed away to a better land, cheered by
the knowledge of your love and affectionate tender¬
ness, consoled by the thought that her teaching,
when you were a little boy at her knee, has not been
in vain, aud that she leaves behind her for a little
while a sod who treads the path of rectitude and of
honor. Dear William, ever remember that your
darling mother watches you from on high, and as
she was devoted to you in life, so is she devoted to
you in death.
God sustain you under this heavy affliction.
Your true friend.
Mortimer Monson.
On the Death of a Child.
Dearest Sister :
I cannot write what is in my heart for you to-day ;
it is too full—filled with a double sorrow, for you
and for myself. Tears blind me ; my pen trembles
in my hand. Oh ! to be near you ! to clasp you in
my arms ! to draw your head to my bosom and weep
with you ! Darling, God comfort you, I cannot.
Eeizabeth.
On the Death of a Husband.
Rochester, N. Y., Nov. 29, 189-.
My Dear Mrs. Bureeigh :
Words fail to convey my feelings of sorrow on
receipt of the intelligence of the death of my old and
esteemed friend, your late husband. My own grief
at the loss of a true friend teaches me how crushing
must be your affliction. May the Almighty in his
goodness console you in this dark hour of your
tribulation.
Believe me always your true and sincere friend,
D. C. Jackson.
On the Death of a Wife.
Providence, R. I., Nov. 8, 189-.
My Dear Arthur :
I know how futile it is to address words, idle
words, to you in this moment of supreme anguish,
with which it has pleased God to visit you, and shall
not say more than that the loss of your pure, good,
and beautiful wife is a source of deep sorrow to the
numerous friends who had the privilege of knowing
her, and to none more than
Yours, in deep sympathy and affection,
Frank Foster.
On the Death of a Son.
Norwaek, Conn., June 3, 189-.
My Dear Jueia :
If God has plucked the bright blossom from your
home it is for a purpose none of us dare divine. He
alone can pour balm upon your crushed heart. The
holy joy is yours of knowing that angel eyes now
watch for your coming, and that your beautiful boy
will receive you when “ life’s dark day is done.”
If the tenderest sympathy could soothe you, dear
Julia, learn that you have it from your
Friend,
IyAURA.
La Fayette to Jefferson, Announcing- the Death of
Madame de La Fayette.
AnTEUIE, January 11, 1808.
My Dear Friend :
The constant mourning of your heart will be
deepened by the grief I am doomed to impart to you.
Who better than you can sympathize for the loss of
a beloved wife ? The angel who for thirty-four
years has blessed my life, was to you an affectionate,
grateful friend. Pity me, my dear Jefferson, and
believe me, forever, with all my heart,
Yours,
La Fayette.
376
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE
On a Sudden Reverse of Fortune.
Stanford, Conn., July 6,189-.
My Dear Friend :
Hackneyed phrases of condolence never yet com¬
forted a man in the hour of trouble, and I am not
couraged. When Senator Benton saw the work
of many years consumed in ten minutes, he took the
matter coolly, went to work again, and saw the
damaged repaired before his death. So, I kope, will
you. There is no motto like “Try again ” for those
A LETTER OF SYMPATHY.
going to try their effect in your case. And yet, let
me say, in heartfelt earnest, that I was deeply pained
to hear of your sudden and unexpected reverse of
fortune. Misfortune is very hard to bear when it
falls upon one like a flash of lightning from a clear
sky, without any warning. But do not be dis-
whom fate has stricken down. Besides, there are
better things than wealth, even in this world, to say
nothing of the next, where we shall neither buy nor
sell. Cheer up, and believe me, as of old,
Your friend,
J. C. Street.
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
377
4*||>4 Su^ii\e^ I(ettef^
HL, \j ^ „. ... ... ^ . _ _ .T f i .,„ *T
r § ff$f
%
4
*f* Tf* $*5* *$?
jt, •'# 1 4 ^.4‘4‘4»I*4‘4 *j|* A
A i|i4‘4‘4‘4‘4‘4*^. jpg ,1
^ 4*44 ^
Storekeeper to Merchant.
Malone, N. Y., Nov. 14, 189-.
Messrs. Goodhue & Co., New York, N. Y.
Dear Sirs : Will you please furnish me by return
mail with your list of prices for Rubber Shoes, Arc¬
tics, etc. Please quote lowest rates and best terms.
Refer to Messrs. Barnaby Bros, and Messrs. Wheeler
& Clarke, both of your city.
Yours respectfully,
Joseph Bateman.
Merchant to Storekeeper.
New York, Nov. 16, 189-.
Mr. Joseph Bateman, Malone, N. Y.
Dear Sir : Herewith we hand you complete list
of Rubber Goods, which, being of our own manufac¬
ture, we can guarantee to be of the best quality. We
have marked down the prices so low we cannot offer
better terms than cash with order or on delivery.
Awaiting your early favors, we are,
Yours respectfully,
Goodhue & Co.
Dealer Ordering Goods.
Cleveland, O., April 8, 189-.
Messrs. Ward Bros. & Co., Philadelphia.
Dear Sirs : Please send me by Merchants’
Dispatch :
1,000 “Favoritas” half-boxes . . . @ $46.
1,000 “Hard Times” do. . . . @ 29.
500 “Chicos” boxes.@ 58.
Be careful not to send any light shades of “ Favor¬
itas,” as I have got nearly all the light boxes of for¬
mer lot still on hand, there being little demand for
cigars of that color.
I enclose draft on New York for $1^2 in settlement
of my account to March 1st, the receipt of which
please acknowledge.
Yours respectfully,
Philip Marsh.
Inquiry Into Responsibility.
St. Louis, Sept. 13, 189-.
Messrs. Williams Bros., Little Rock, Ark.
Gentlemen : You will obHge us by stating if Mr.
Francis Spellman, of the firm of Spellman & Co., of
Hot Springs, Ark., is known to you, and worthy of
credit.
We are, very truly yours,
Burt, Henry & Co.
Answer to Foregoing.
Little Rock, Ark., Sept. 15, 189-.
Messrs. Burt, Henry & Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Gentlemen: Yours of the 13th inst., received,
and we are pleased to report Mr. Spellman an old
acquaintance, and entirely worthy of any trust you.
may place in him.
We are, very truly yours,
Williams Bros.
Requesting Settlement.
Portland, Me., July 10, 189-.
A. A. Knight, Esq., Bangor, Me.
Dear Sir : We have, for several days past, been
looking for a remittance from you, covering your
April account, and as the necessity of meeting our
own engagements punctually is ever before us, wc
are obliged to remind you that prompt payments are
requisite and indispensable to the credit system.
We are, yours, etc.,
T. Taylor & Co.
Apologizing for Delay.
Bangor, Me., July 15, 189-
Messrs. T. Taylor & Co., Portland, Me.
Dear Sir : I regret extremely my delay in meet¬
ing promptly the payment of April bills, and can only
excuse myself upon the ground of business depres¬
sion, and consequent difficulty in making collections.
378
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
I herewith enclose, in part payment of account
named, bank draft on your city for one hundred
dollars ($100), which please pass to my credit. The
balance I shall try to remit on the 25th inst.
I remain, yours, etc.,
A. A. Knight.
i#etter Noticing Error in Invoice.
Requesting Letter of Introduction.
Utica, N. Y., Jan. 15, 189-.
I
Mr. George Vaee.
Dear Sir : Some time ago you were kind enough
to express yourself desirous of serving me in the way
of introduction.
Would it be asking too great a favor if I were to
Morristown, N. J., Mar. 20, 189-.
Messrs. Pitkin & Pheeps, New York.
GenTeemen : We call your attention to an error
in the extension of items in your last invoice, by
A LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION.
which we are charged $113.50 more than the invoice
actually amounts to. Please correct same, and oblige,
Yours very truly,
Case, Ceark & Co.
Answer to Foregoing.
Messrs. Case, Ceark & Co., Morristown, N. J.
GENTEEMEN : We find the amount charged in your
account correct, and believe the error must have
occurred in taking off items from Invoice Book.
Enclosed we hand you a correct invoice, and beg
your indulgence for any seeming negligence.
We are, yours, etc.,
Pitkin & Pheeps.
solicit from you a letter to two or three of the most
respectable builders in New York, whom I should
like to wait upon ?
I should esteem it a very great favor if you would
oblige me, as I am convinced the position you
hold among them would considerably enhance my
chance of obtaining orders.
Apologizing for troubling you, I remain,
Yours very respectfully,
E. E. Wyant.
Soliciting Consignments.
25 New Street, New York, Oct. 1, 189-.
L. T. Warren, Esq., St. Joseph, Mich.
Dear Sir : Mr. Franklin handed us your letter
of the 25th ult., in which you asked the market
report on apples, also expenses attending them, to
which we reply: Greenings are offered at from $2.25
to $2.50 a bbl., hand picked and carefully packed.
Our commission is five (5) per cent, on sales. The
usual charges of carting from boat or cars to store,
and labor hire in store, amounting to about six
cents per barrel, are additional.
We should be pleased to hear from you further,
and will try to make satisfactory sales should you
entrust us with your shipments.
We are, yours respectfully,
Johnson, Swift & Co.
Application for Position.
West42d St.,
New York, March 30, 189-.
Messrs. Stewart & Co., No. — Broadway.
GenTeemen : In reply to your advertisement in
to-day’s Herald for a clerk competent to take charge
of a set of books, and conversant with the forms of
mercantile correspondence, I beg to offer my services
to your Firm.
I have been in the employ of Mr. A. G. Belmont
for the past five years, but about three months ago
he informed me of his desire to take his son into his
counting-house, and dispense with the services of
one clerk.
He permits me to refer to him for any testimonial
of character or ability which you may require.
Should you favor my application, believe me that
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
379
it will be my constant endeavor to fulfil faithfully
and punctually the duties required.
I have, gentlemen, the honor to be,
Yours very respeetfully,
Thomas Morris.
will prove satisfactory. Should anything, however,
prove objectionable, we shall feel obliged if you will
notify us promptly.
Yours very respectfully,
Testimonial Accompanying the Above.
NEW York, January i, 1S9-.
Mr. Thomas Morris being about to leave my em¬
ploy, it gives me great pleasure to testify to his
ability as a book-keeper. He has been in my count¬
ing-house for three years, during which time he has
always maintained the character of a conscientious,
upright and faithful clerk. He is a fine penman,
corrrect accountant, good correspondent, and of
steady moral habits.
It will afford me pleasure at any time to reply to
any application with regard to Mr. Morris, and he
leaves me with my best wishes for his future success.
A. G. Beemont.
Circular Letter.
To our Patrons and Friends :
We cordially and specially invite the attention of
our patrons and friends to our new display of ( here
state the new specialties'). We have met with such
gracious encouragement, during the past season, and
our efforts to meet the public demaud have received
such liberal support, we feel doubly assured our
present stock will prove equally as inviting, and fully
as desirable an exhibit as any we have heretofore
■snade.
Signature ,
Address.
Form of an Order to Clothiers.
Dayton, O., Nov. 10, 189-.
Messrs. Parsons & Co., 950 Broadway, N. Y.
GENTEEMEN : Please send me by express, C. O.
D., one all-wool suit for boy ten years of age, to cost
about eight or ten dollars. Also an overcoat to cost
about eight dollars. Please enclose rules for self¬
measurement with parcel, and oblige,
Yours respectfully,
Peete Rogers.
Form of Printed Blank to Accompany Invoice.
New York.18...
M.
Enclosed please find invoice of.
amounting to $ .. forwarded by.
bill of lading herewith, as per your order of.
The goods leave us in good condition, and we trust
Form of Account Sales.
New York , Oct. 13, i8g —.
Sold by HOLT & CURTIS, for Accoicnt
E. P. BARLOW, Nashville, Tenn.
300 Barrels Apples, Greenings @ $2.75....
$825 00
Paid.
Freight Penna. R.R.
$75 00
Cartage to store a nd labor.
18 00
Commission, 5 per cent.
4i 25
134 25
Net proceeds to your credit.
$690 75
Excusing Payment of Renk
265 Fiebert Street, Jan. 21, 189-.
Dear Sir :
From most unexpected and distressing circum¬
stances, of which perhaps you may, by report, have*
become acquainted before this, I regret that I have
been unable to pay my rent for the past three
months. But as up to this time the payment has
always been punctually made, I hope I may request
your kind forbearance a short time longer. Trusting
that you will accede to my request,
I am, yours respectfully,
Wileiam C. Ceark.
To Eugene Adams, Esq.
Demand for Payment.
Boston, July 15, 189-.
Mr. F. C. GlEBERT, Springfield.
Sir : Feeling much disappointed by your failure
to settle my account according to promise, I am
compelled to say that the profits on my business will
not admit of longer credit. At the same time,
I should be sorry to inconvenience you, and will
therefore fix the 27th inst. for payment, after which
it will be quite impossible for me to wait, however
unpleasant the alternative. I am, sir,
Yours obediently,
A. B. Jordan.
Reply to Above.
SprinGFIEED, July 20, 189-.
Mr. A. B. Jordan, Boston.
Dear Sir : I am happy to be able to enclose you
a check on Messrs. Rice & Co., of your city, for the
sum for which I have already been too long your
380
THE ART OF CORRESPONDENCE.
debtor. Assuring you that unforseen disappoint¬
ments have been the sole cause of any want of punc¬
tuality, I remain, dear sir,
Yours very truly,
F. C. Gilbert.
Notice of Draft.
Philadelphia, Jan. 16, 189-.
Messrs. NELSON & Co., Lancaster, Pa.
Gentlemen: We have this day deposited in
bank for collection three days sight draft on you for
one thousand dollars ($1,000), which please honor
and oblige, Yours truly,
Higginson & Ely.
Order to a Grocer.
Scotch Plains, N. J., May 1. 189-.
Messrs. Arnold & Van Nostrand, Plainfield, N.J.,
Dear Sirs : Please deliver to the bearer, with bill
of cost, the following :
28 lbs. Granulated Sugar,
3 lbs. English Breakfast Tea,
5 lbs. Java Coffee, roasted, not ground,
2 lbs. Mocha, “ “
1 box Taylor’s Family Soap,
5 gal. N. O. Molasses,
1 bbl. Flour (XXX).
Charge in account, and oblige,
Yours, etc.,
James T. Miller.
Order to a Dry Goods Merchant.
JOLIET, Ill., March 2, 189-
Messrs. Field, Leiter & Co., Chicago, Ill.,
Gentlemen : Please send me by American Ex¬
press the following :
15 yards ginghams, Renfrew Madras styles,
© 15. $ 2 * 2 5
13 yards Glasgow checks, dress styles, @12... 1.56
5 doz. napkins, © $3-5°. I 7 * 5 o
y 2 doz. ladies’ hemstitched handkerchiefs,
@$ 3 . 5 o. I# 75
3 pair ladies’ fine hose, © $1.5°. 4 - 5 °
$27-56
I inclose P. O. order for five ($5) dollars. Please
C. O. D. balance.
Yours truly,
Mrs. Maria C. Clayton,
35 Lake Avenue.
Consignees Acknowledge Receipt of Invoices, &c.
New York, Dec. 29, 189-.
Messrs. Jones, Loyd & Co., 47 Cornhill, London,
England.
Gentlemen : We beg to acknowledge receipt of
your esteemed favor of 18th inst. enclosing Invoice
and Bill of Lading of Fifteen Bales of Australian
Wool, to arrive per “Neptune,” Smith, Master.
We thank you for the honor conferred upon us, and
assure you that we will use our best endeavors to
merit a continuance of the confidence you have been
pleased to place in us.
Hoping for a safe and quick passage for the good
ship “Neptune,” we are,
Yours very respectfully,
Parker Bros
Bill of Lading and Invoice.
Savannah, March 21, 189-.
Mr. Samuel Barlow, London.
Sir : Enclosed please find invoice and bill of
lading of cotton shipped to you per the “ Otranto,”
the former amounts to $685.80 for which sum please
remit us dft. on New York at 60 days.
Awaiting the pleasure of your further commands,
We remain, yours faithfully,
Harding & Pierce.
New Partner Admitted.
Chicago, Jan. 1, 189-.
Mr. Robert Hall.
Dear Sir : I beg to acquaint you, that in conse¬
quence of my having taken into partnership my
nephew, Charles Martin, the business of my estab¬
lishment will henceforward be conducted under the
firm of Henry Martin and Nephew. Please to note
our respective signatures at foot.
Returning you my sincere acknowledgments for
the proofs of confidence with which you have
favored me during so many years, and wdiich I trust
will be continued to our new Firm, I remain,
Very respectfully yours,
Henry Martin.
Henry Martin will sign,
Henry Martin & Nephew ..
Charles Martin will sign,
Henry Martin & Nephew..
Merchants’ Apology for not Shipping as Ordered.
New York, April 15, 189-.
Mr. Philip Marsh, Cleveland, O.
Dear Sir : W e are sorry to learn by your favor of
13th inst. that we made a mistake in the mode of
shipment of your goods on the 10th inst. On refer-
ring to your order, we find that you are entirely
correct, and we will give you credit on your account
for the $2.25 excess of freight paid by you. We
certainly will be more careful hereafter, and beg to
apologize for our blunder.
Yours respectfully,
Ward Bros. & Ca
381
o
o
Pastimes I
sium
>ORK calls for play. Is it
a duty to work ?
No less is it a duty
to play, to take
recreation, to un¬
bend the bow, to
turn our physical
powers out to pas-
send them to the gymna-
• the playground. Now
for a grand romp, a splendid
game, a cordial hand-shake with
fresh air! Come on, ye pale
dyspeptics, sallow students, thin
clerks, withered business men,
lank girls and women! Let exercise stir
your blood and paint your cheeks !
No violent exertions are necessary, no
difficult feats need be attempted, no special
form of exercise need occupy much of the
time and attention ; but each day a well-
directed plan is to be followed, by which the
weak and untrustworthy parts of the body
are to be found out, and then steadily im¬
proved by exercise, until finally the body
becomes like the “one-hoss shay” in Doctor
Holmes’ ingenious parable :
In building of chaises, I tell you what,
There is always somewhere a weakest spot,
382
In hub, tire, felloe, in spring or thill,
In panel or cross-bar, or floor or sill,
In screw, bolt, thoroughbrace—lurking still.
Find it somewhere you must and will—•
Above or below, or within or without—
And that's the reason, beyond a doubt,
A chaise breaks down but doesn’t wear out.
What is true of chaises is true of animals,
man included. What the worthy deacon
did for his new “shay” we can do for our
bodies, or come near to it. Said the
Deacon :
’Tis mighty plain
That the weakes’ place mus’ stan’ the strain ;
’n’ the way t’ fix it, as I maintain,
Is only jest
T’ make that place as strong as the rest.
This is what we have to do with the
vehicle in which we travel the road of life, if
we would avoid premature collapse.
It is by no means necessary, as many
imagine, to give much time daily to exercise
in order to acquire a strong and hearty body.
On the contrary, many who, dissatisfied with
the condition of their health and strength,
have begun to take more exercise than be¬
fore, have defeated their purpose by taking
too much exercise.
To exhaust the frame by long walks and
rides, or by undertaking some difficult and
arduous system of training, would be unwise.
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
383
even if the sole object were to acquire
strength ; but where the ultimate object is
to increase the capacity for the work of life
(as it must be with every man of sense), and
this work is only indirectly dependent on
bodily strength, it is utter folly to exhaust
the frame by efforts for which it is unfit.
Let it be noticed, then, that apart from
such exercise as falls naturally into the day’s
work, an hour a day, or even four times a
week, devoted to systematic exercise, will
suffice, first to restore, and afterward to
maintain, the strength of the body. It was
with this small amount of daily training that
Maclaren obtained such remarkable results,
adding girth to the chest and limbs, increas¬
ing the weight and muscular development,
changing actually the shape of the bony
framework of the body—in grown men—not
in long periods of time, but in a few weeks.
LAWN TENNIS
<9
WN TENNIS is an adaptation
of the grand old game of ten¬
nis to out-door courts, which
may be made wherever there
is a sufficient expanse either of
turf or of smooth ground. It
is said to have been invented
long ago ; but it is only quite within late
years that it has become a favorite game
throughout the country. It may be hoped,
however, that it will long continue to enjoy
its well-earned popularity, for it combines
much of the interest and attractions of real
tennis, with this immense advantage, that it
can be played in the open air.
For schoolboys it is rather to be called a
holiday amusement than a school game.
Where there are plenty of players available,
cricket, foot ball or base ball is a much more
commendable, as well as, generally speak¬
ing, a more convenient game ; but in holiday
time comrades are not so easily to be found
in abundance, and then the charms of a
game that can be played by four, or even a
smaller number, are soon appreciated.
There is, moreover, this special recom¬
mendation of lawn tennis, that it can be
played by girls as well as boys, and that
ladies are not unfrequently known to be able
to hold their own in a double game, or even
in a single game, against really excellent
players belonging to the stronger sex.
The Court.
The Court is 78 feet long, and 27 feet
wide. It is divided across the middR by a
net, the ends of which are attached to two
posts, A and B, standing 3 feet outside of the
court on either side. The height of the net
is 3 feet 6 inches at the posts, and 3 feet at
the middle. At each end of the court, par¬
allel with the net, and 39 feet from it, are
drawn the base lines DE and FG, the ends
of which are connected by the side lines
384
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
DF and EG. Half way between side lines,
and parallel with them, is drawn the half¬
court line I H, forming the right and left
courts. On each side of the net, 21 feet
from it, and parallel with it, are drawn the
service lines KL and MN.
For average usefulness the dirt court,
requiring much the least care, is best.
Such a court is also easily made. Take any
ordinary piece of land (50 feet by 100 feet)
and bring it to a level, removing all stones
and roots ; continued rolling and sprinkling
will then produce a smooth, hard surface.
Turf, to be kept hard and firm, requires
G N
18
21
F M
39
much rolling; the grass of the court must
be of the best quality, and must be carefully
cut and weeded ; the worn spots must be
worked over and re-seeded, and frequent
brush-harrowings and re-markings are nec¬
essary. A turf court also requires periodical
rests of several days, if in anything like con¬
stant use.
Cement courts are only useful in clubs or
in countries where the soil is unfit for other
kinds of court.
In the construction of a court great stress
is to be put upon the following points, too
often neglected:
1. Sufficient space about the court. At
least 21 feet at the ends and 12 feet at the
sides should be left clear.
2. The ground must be hard, perfectly
level and smooth. To effect a proper drain¬
age the court is too often allowed a slight
slant; except in the hard court, however,
drainage may be better attained by a good
sub-soil. For turf, a foundation of about a
foot of cinders or gravel answers very well;
above this six inches of soil and then the
turf. A similar sub-soil also greatly improves
a dirt court.
3. If possible, the court should lie north
and south, unshaded by trees, to insure
L _ _E
21
CO
f—
K D
39
equality of light. Also, the player will be
greatly aided in following the ball if there
can be a dark background, such as would be
given by thick shrubbery or even a wall.
The most durable centre net, and the one
most in favor with experts, is a black tarred
one with top binding of white canvas, easily
distinguishable, even in very rapid play. It
is held in place by the posts and centre-iron.
A very serviceable post is made of pine, four
inches square, buried two and a half feet in
the ground, three feet six inches high, hav¬
ing a groove along the top and a cF f upon
the outer side.
Concerning centre-irons, there is little
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
385
choice. All are likely to interfere with the
play, but the net must be kept just three feet
high at the centre.
The backstops—an arrangement without
the court to intercept balls, saving the player
edge of the proper kind, even to the expert.
It is generally a matter of luck with the in¬
experienced player.
It is essential that the gut should be good
(chain not too thick), the handle plain and
OUTDOOR SPORTS.
the trouble of going for them—are best
made of wire netting, at least 7 feet high
and 50 feet to 75 feet long, placed 21 feet
behind the base line.
The choice of a good racket is a test of
judgment, of critical observation and knowl-
octagonal, the splice well fitting and the
hoop free from knots, with the grain going
all around. The stringing should be so
tight as to emit a distinct musical note when
struck with the fingers. If too tight, how¬
ever, it will be of little use for “driving,”
386
SPORTS AND PASTIMES
To test the balance—an important quality
—hold the racket loosely by the butt, and
jerk or swing it up and down; if it comes
up with difficulty the head is too heavy, if
too easily it is too light.
For men the weight varies from 14 ounces
to 14^2 ounces; for women 13^ ounces is
common among the best players.
Never use any but good balls; fortourna-
Lay the racket on a table with the smooth
side up. Open the hand, with the thumb
nearly at right angles to the fingers, and
then clasp the handle in such a way as to
make its upper right edge (if it were square)
fit into the hollow of the joint between the
thumb and forefinger. In closing the fingers
on the handle do not put them directly
round it, but with the first joint of each
THE SOCIAL PART OF THE GAME.
ment practice, of course, only the official
regulation ball. Both rackets and balls
should be kept in a dry, moderate tempera¬
ture; the tendency of rackets to warp may
be counteracted by use of a racket press or
weight that will hold them flat.
The manner of holding ? packet is largely
a matter of personal experiment. The main
point at issue is the advisability of changing
the hold of the racket during play.
finger slanting up the handle, which will
cause the top joints to slant down the other
way. The first two fingers should be a little
separated from the other fingers and each
other. The end of the handle should be
well within the hand, with the little finger
round the leather rim. The thumb should
not go round onto the ends of the fingers,
but should slope upwards across the uppe?
side of the handle.
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
387
The position half way between the net
and service line is agreed by most of our
best players to be the vantage ground of the
court from which they must easily protect
themselves and attack their opponents. It
then is the point to be gained and held.
In serving stand as near to the centre of
the base line as possible, it is better than the
side or defense, and gives a wider range for
The most general return is down the side
line, the ball striking near the base line, and
this may be varied by a drive across court, a
difficult stroke, which, to be effected, should
strike within the service line.
There should be a referee for every tour-
nament, whose name shall be stated in the
circular announcing such tournament. He
shall have general charge of the matches,
Ift
BACKHAND STROKE.
placing. Do not serve too swiftly to place
well, and never make a double fault. Wait
until you have your opponent at disadvan¬
tage to take the net position.
Unless you know beforehand the pecu¬
liarity of an opponent’s service, stand a foot
or two behind the base line to receive it (it is
easier to run forward than backward), and do
not try to protect your back-hand corner by
giving your right hand more ground to cover.
under the instructions and advice of the
managing committee, with such power and
authority as may be given him by the rules
and by said committee. He shall notify
the committee in case he intends to leave
the grounds during the matches, and the
committee shall appoint a substitute to act,
with like powers, during his absence.
There shall be an umpire for each match,
and as many linesmen as the players desire.
388
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
The umpire may act as linesman also. The
umpire shall have general charge of the
match, and shall decide whether the player
took the ball on the first or second bounce.
The umpire shall also decide any question
of interpretation or construction of the rules
that may arise. The decision of the umpire
upon any question of fact, or where a dis¬
cretion is allowed to him under the rules,
shall be final.
HE largest crowds ever assem¬
bled to witness any athletic
contests are those which
always gather upon the an¬
nual recurrence of the foot¬
ball contests between the
different colleges. As many
as 30,000 persons have witnessed some of
the games between the young collegians who
represent the brawn and muscle of their
respective institutions. The game appears
to have taken a firm hold upon the public,
and nearly every institution of learning has its
team, while many local and independent clubs
are in existence in every part of the country.
Those who are taking up the sport for
the first time should observe certain rules
which will enable them to become adept
players with less mistakes than perhaps
would otherwise fall to their lot.
A beginner in foot ball should do two
things. He should read the rules and he
should, if possible, watch the practice. If
the latter be impossible, he and his mates
must, after having read the rules, start in
and, with eleven men on a side, play accord¬
ing to their own interpretation of these rules.
When differences of opinion arise as to the
meaning of any rule, a letter addressed to
some one of the players upon prominent
teams will almost always elicit a ready and
satisfactory answer.
The first thing to be done in starting the
practice, is to provide regarding the acces¬
sories of the game, which in foot ball are of
the simplest kind. The field should be
marked out with ordinary lime-lines, enclos¬
ing a space of 330 feet long and 160 feet wide.
Description of the Grounds.
While not absolutely necessary, it is cus¬
tomary to mark the field also with transverse
lines every five yards, for the benefit of the
referee in determining how far the ball is
advanced at every down. In the middle of
the lines forming the ends of the field, the
goal-posts are erected, and should be eigh¬
teen feet six inches apart, with cross-bar ten
feet from the ground. The posts should
project several feet above the cross-bar.
The ball used is an oval leather cover con¬
taining a rubber inner, which is inflated by
means of a small air pump or the lungs.
The costumes of the players form another
very important feature, and should be of a
proper and serviceable nature.
The ordinary player should wear a canvas
jacket. This can be home-made or pur-
THE turning point in the game
•. .
WINTER RECREATION AND PLEASURE
%
LW
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
389
chased at a small expense from any athletic
outfitter. It should fit closely, but not too
tightly, and lace up in front so that it may
be drawn quite snugly. Some have elastic
pieces set in at the sides, back or arms, but
these additions are by no means necessary.
The trousers should be of some stout
material, fustian for example, and well padded.
This padding can be done by any seamstress ;
quilting in soft material over knees and
thighs, or the regular athletic outfitters fur¬
nish trousers provided with the padding.
Long woolen stockings are worn, and not
infrequently, shin guards, by men playing in
the forward line.
The most important feature of the entire
uniform is the shoe. This may be the ordi¬
nary canvas and leather base ball shoe with
leather cross-pieces nailed across the sole to
prevent slipping. This is the most inxe-
pensive form, but the best shoes are made
entirely of leather, kangaroo skin preferably,
fitting the foot firmly, yet comfortably, lacing
well up on the ankle, and the soles pro¬
vided with a small leather spike which can
be renewed when worn down. Inside this
shoe and either attached to the bottom of it,
or not, as preferred, a thin leather anklet
laces tightly over the foot, and is an almost
sure preventive of sprained ankles.
The cap may be of almost any variety,
and except in the cases of half-backs and
back, does not play any very important part.
These men should, however, have caps with
visors to protect their eyes from the sun
when catching a long kick.
In Touch.
a
0
a*
>-»•
a
O
Touch or Bound.
330 feet.
Touch or Bounds.
*
o3
O
O
o
03
O
O
03
O
O
u
a
O
v
a
c 3
O
o
r-
t+ - 1 i ctf
N$.l °
O
co
a
rf
O
o
—»
t -1
>—* •
C3
ft
•spnnog jo qonox
•qonox ni
•spnnog; jo ipnox
H
o
a
o
a*
O
o
p
O
o
p
DIAGRAM OF FOOT BALL GROUNDS.
390
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
The team of eleven men is usually divided
DROP KICK.
kito seven rushers or forwards, who stand in
BASE
a line facing ther seven opponents ; a quar¬
ter-back, who stands just behind this line;
two half-backs, a few yards behind the
quarter-back; and finally, a full-back or
goal tend, who stands a dozen yards or so
behind the half-backs. This gives the gen-
oral formation, but is, of course, dependent
upon the plays to be executed.
The succession of plays continues for
thirty-five minutes in a regular match. Then
intervenes a ten-minute intermission, after
which the side which did not have the kick¬
off at the commencement of the match has
possession of the ball for the kick-off at the
second thirty-five minutes.
BALL
Uli national game is base ball.
MT |[ 5 !b What cricket is to England,
this game is to our country.
Since it came into vogue its
popularity, instead of dimin-
cife ishing, has increased, and in
g all our large cities the pro¬
fessional teams have had an enthusiastic fol¬
lowing. Immense audiences not infrequently
assemble, composed of all classes of people,
applauding the fine points in the game, and
execrating the blunders made by some luck
less player.
Every school, every village, every hamlet
is more or less devoted to this sport. Boys
but! just promoted to long pants, as well as
full-grown men, can engage in it. The rules
are simple, the game is easily learned, the
exercise is healthful, the spirit of rivalry is
exhilarating, and it may be prophesied that
the day is far distant when base ball will
cease to be a national institution, holding
front rank in athletics and outdoor sports.
To enter upon a contest for the palm of
superiority in this American game, and to
display the skill in pitching, batting, and
fielding which base ball requires, needs men
of pluck, nerve, and presence of mind—
courageous and intelligent fellows, who have
their wits about them ; for the game, when
played up to its highest mark is anything
but a boys’ game in any respect, as the
amount of fatigue involved, and the injuries
frequently sustained, fully prove.
Nevertheless, base ball can be played and
enjoyed by boys as well as men, for its
theory is simple, and when played by ama¬
teurs the demand for those qualifications
which make a player excel in professional
contests is of course not so great.
The theory of base ball in brief is as fol¬
lows :—A space of ground being mafked
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
391
out on a level field in the form of a diamond, the field side take their positions the pitcher
with equal sides, bases are placed on the delivers the ball to the batsman, who en-
CENTRE
LEFT
RIGHT
CORRECT DIAGRAM OF A BASE BALL GROUND.
A. A. A.—Ground reserved for Umpire, Batsman and Catcher.
B. B.—Ground reserved for Captain and Assistant.
C. —Players’ Bench. D.—Visiting Players’ Bat Rack.
R.—Home Players’ Bat Rack.
four corners thereof. The contestants include
nine players on each side—one side takes the
field and the other goes to the bat. When
deavors to send it out of the reach of the
fielders, and far enough out on the field to
enable him to run round the bases, and if
392
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
he reaches the home base—his starting-
point—without being put out, he scores a
run. He is followed in rotation by the
others of his side until three of the batting
party are put out, when the field side come in
and take their turn at the bat. This goes
on until nine innings have been played to a
close, and then the side scoring the most
runs wins the game.
It will be readily seen that the theory of
the game is simple enough, and it is this
simplicity of construction which forms one
of its chief attractions for the masses ; and
yet to excel in the game as a noted expert
requires not only the possession of the physi¬
cal attributes of endurance, agility, strength,
good throwing and running powers, together
with plenty of courage, pluck, and nerve, but
also the mental powers of sound judgment,
quick perception, thorough control of tem¬
per, and the presence of mind to act promptly
in critical emergencies.
RICKET is an
English game. It
is fast coming to
be an American
game. Many per¬
sons consider that
it has advantages
over foot ball and
base ball. The
progress of the game is slower than that of
either of the games just mentioned, and for
this reason is not so well suited to our Amer¬
ican tastes. That cricket requires skill,
strength, patience, the mental processes of
sound judgment and quick decision, will be
disputed by no one. It is also a most healthful
outdoor exercise. The expert cricket player
must have all his physical powers in full com¬
mand and must be in the pink of condition.
The wickets are now formed of three up¬
right stumps, made usually of ash of the best
growth. Across these are two “ bails,” or
pieces of wood neatly carved and turned, and
made of almost similar material, each one of
which connects two of the three stumps, the
grooves on the top of each of the stumps
serving to secure the ends of each bail.
These are what is termed collectively a
“wicket,” and at each end of the ground, at
a distance of twenty-two yards, three stumps
are placed, the two erections serving to illus¬
trate the distinction of “ double wicket.”
A FIKIvD DAY IN ARCHERY
HENLEY REGATTA ON THE THAMES, ENGLAND.
A CRITICAL MOMENT,
394
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
In preparing for a match, the ground at
each wicket must be laid out according to
the annexed diagram. The “bowling crease”
is meant to be a sort of check upon the
bowler to prevent him from running past the
stumps. Should he in delivering a ball place
both feet on the outside of the bowling
S. S. S. Stumps. R. c. Return Crease.
B. c. Bowling Crease. p. c. Popping Crease.
crease (that is, in front of the stumps), the
ball so delivered is called a “no-ball.” The
“return crease” is intended to indicate the
limit sidewise of the bowler’s range. As for
the “popping crease,” it may be described
as a kind of check upon the batsman, for
should he not have one foot always within
or on the crease the wicket-keeper nay put
down the wicket with the ball, and so
“stump” the batsman. Accordingly, the
striker should be very careful never to go
out of his ground.
Before facing the bowler, the batsman
commonly “takes block” from the umpire.
“Block” is a spot usually a bat’s length
from the middle stump, with which it is sup¬
posed to be exactly in a line, for the purpose
of covering the wicket from the bowler’s
attack.
The old bat was curved in the form of a
butter-knife, and was obviously of little use
except for the purpose of hitting—blocking
or scientific play being things at that time
not dreamt of in the philosophy of a crick¬
eter. The bowling was what is known as
underhand, and the mysteries of roundhand,
of curves, spins and the other secrets of
attack now so skilfully employed, were ut¬
terly unknown, so that the great point of the
game was to hit without thought of defence.
And hit they did with a vengeance, if we
can believe some of the traditions of our
forefathers.
To complete the equipment of a cricket
club, it will be necessary to provide a tele¬
graph stand for announcing the scores, etc.,
and a set of nets for use in practice. A
cricket club should always have one of the
latter. You cannot always get together a
sufficient number of players every practice.
By using nets, however, practice can nearly
always be had, as it is not then so requisite
to have several players. If you have a net
with sides you will find yourself still further
assisted, as most of the hits will thus be
stopped, and no long-stop will be required,
NET PRACTICE.
and one bowler and two fieldsmen will enable
you to have a good practice. If you deter¬
mine to have a complete outfit, get the dif¬
ferent articles of good stuff and of good
makers. An unwise economy is an expen¬
sive luxury in the end.
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
395
You will find yourself much disappointed
if you labor under any sort of impression
that the science of cricket can be mastered
except after the expenditure of much time
and patience. Do not be mislead by the
idea that to be a good cricketer, either as
batsman, bowler or fieldsman, is an inborn
gift. Take the converse of that hackneyed
proverb about a poet, and be assured that a
cricketer is made, not born. It is in batting
more than in any other branches of the game
that you will find practice the great secret to
success.
You will ask what is the first point that
will have to be mastered before you can
enter on the high road to success. The an¬
swer is, Position. Master this one great
POSITION.
rudiment, and you are on the way to ad¬
vancement. It is not so easily mastered,
though; so take the best advice, and if you
can possibly secure a favorable opportunity
to watch an expert and well-tried batsman
at work, do not fail to take advantage of the
chance. If you are lucky enough to see
one of the most eminent amateur or profes¬
sional players at the wicket you will find the
benefit that will accrue from such a practical
illustration.
Do not lose sight of the first necessity of
acquiring a useful as well as proper attitude
of batting. As in most things, an evil habit
is the most expensive to a good beginner.
An easy position is as capable of achieve¬
ment as an ungraceful, cramped, and crooked
attitude, though the bent may be more in
the wrong direction.
You must first of all see that you form
for yourself a position that will enable you
to stand firmly without yielding an inch,
while at the same time it affords the greatest
facility for rapidity of motion either forwards
or backwards. You must not indulge in
eccentricities, after the fashion of the dancing
bear, or your career will be brief. Above
all things keep your right leg as firm as a
rock, as this leg essentially forms the “pivot,”
to regulate the movements of the batsman,
and you cannot adapt yourself readily to the
396
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
varying necessities of the game if the muscles
be relaxed, the knee bent, and the posture
generally that of a cat militant.
Be sure that you insist on this stout sup¬
port for your actions, for the posture of the
THE FORWARD PLAY.
other leg will be of minor importance, or at
the best a matter of choice. It is marvellous
to see the contortions in which some bats¬
men indulge, and still more surprising the
success that attends some of those who affect
the most eccentric attidudes. There are
men who stand with their legs separated to
the full extreme, after the form of the letter
V in an inverted state, and others who give
you the idea that they pay rent for the use
of the ground, and are determined to occupy
the very smallest possible space, so cramped
is their attitude.
Place your left foot about twelve inches
in front of the right, and see that it is as
nearly as possible at right angles with it.
You will find that in this position your left
eye will be just above the level of the left
shoulder; and more than one batsman insists
upon this as an absolute essential to the ac-
■ quirement of a good position. Keep your
bat well down, though not so close to the
ground as to hinder your quick recovery in
case of hitting; for mere defense of the
wicket you will soon learn to consider tame
and monotonous.
To know precisely when to play forward
and when to play backward at a certain style
of ball is an achievement in itself; but to de¬
cide on the precise course to be pursued,
and to act with the requisite amount of reso¬
lution, is a feat that will take you some time
to accomplish with anything like certainty.
There are some batsmen who lunge out at
every ball, and trust to their keenness of
vision more than to any judgment in calcula¬
tion to enable them to overthrow the best-
laid schemes of a bowler.
To get a batsman into what is called “ two
minds” is the main aim of a bowler; and it
THE BACKWARD PLAY.
is this very player that renders him the most
effectual help. Old Felix, one of the most
thoroughly qualified writers who ever dis¬
coursed on cricket, speaks feelingly on this
point: “ Every well-practiced batsman knows
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
397
there is a spot of ground—yes, there is a
spot of ground—upon which if the' ball
should alight it produces an indescribable
sensation seems to be caused by the difficulty
of being able to decide at the instant whether
or not you should lunge out to meet it,
smother it and kill it, or take it upon the
back play. For when once you throw your
body forward, in vain (should your judgment
be incorrect) will you recover yourself in
time enough to overtake the ball.”
Defence, and not defiance, should be the
motto of the young batsman, until he has
proved himself able to take his own part
against the attack from first to last with
the same amount of confidence. Take care
of the stumps, and the runs will take care
of themselves. You must feel your way
gently at the outset, until you have accus¬
tomed yourself to the style of the bowling
to which you are opposed, and until you
have begun to understand the plans of the
attacking party.
Much depends on the curve or spin that
is imparted to the bowling, and your style of
play will have to be so suited as to best
frustrate the craft of the enemy who aims
THE FORWARD CUT.
at your destruction. The intentional bias
given to the ball in its passage from bowler
to batsman must cause, at any time, more
disquietude than is occasioned when no de¬
flection arises from the course of the ball,
as obviously with a spinning ball the
batsman has a double risk to his safety,
namely, in the pitch as well as in the devia¬
tion of the ball. Play steadily at first until
you have become used to the pecularities of
the bowling.
A left-handed bowler usually may be ex¬
pected to break, or twist, from the off to a
right-handed batsmen, so that a rule may be
taken as conclusive on this point, and you
will at least have your weapons ready to
your hand for this emergency. If you
allow the ball to touch the ground, you give
it an opportunity of indulging in its revolu¬
tions, as it will take a fresh direction the
398
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
moment that it reaches the turf. You must
“smother” it before you allow it a field for
the practice of its vicious purposes, or you
must play back, and rob it of much of its
offensive action by the defensive policy of
protecting your wicket with the full width of
your bat.
You have still to learn the art of “cut¬
ting,” as the action of hitting a ball by
means of the wrist is usually denominated.
You have still to learn one of the most
effective hits in the possession of an expert
batsman, and you can never hope to attain
your diploma of the college of batsmen un¬
less you have to some extent mastered this
great necessity. Much of the efficacy of
this hit depends obviously on the batsman’s
strength of wrist, but even with this faculty
no great success can be achieved unless the
eye be quick and the judgment ready to
time the ball well as it rises from the ground.
There are two methods of cutting, known
respectively as the “forward cut” and the
“late cut,” though the latter is the more
efficacious as well as the more elegant and
likely to confer the greater honor on the rising-
batsman. The forward cut resembles more
the ordinary drive to the off, with a slight
, infusion of wrist. Take notice that in this
hit the relative uses of the two legs are re¬
versed. To realize the cut proper you will
have to make your left leg the pivot instead
of the right, as is usual in most of the ordi¬
nary hits, and the right will have to be used,
as occasion requires, to promote the correct
timing of the ball. You will have neces¬
sarily to follow, as it were, the course of the
ball, or rather to face it as you are in the act
of hitting.
Much of the secret of cutting consists in
the judgment with which the ball is timed,
and a few trials will convince you of the cor¬
rectness of this assertion. If your eye and
mind act well in concert, you need have
little fear of failure, and practice will further
enable you to make sure of your aim. It
may be that you will never be so proficient
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
399
as some who have become almost represen¬
tative batsmen by reason of this one hit ;
for to cut brilliantly demands that you should
HITTING THE LEG.
be able to calculate the time and rise of the
ball to the veriest nicety ; and flexibility of
wrist is required rather than the possession
of anything like herculean strength. It is
a stroke, none the less, that you should cul¬
tivate and endeavor to master, although
there are reasons why even the cut should be
administered with caution and never abused.
You will find here that a heavy bat will
seriously interfere with the success of your
efforts, so do not be misled by the idea that
an addition of a pound or two avoirdupois
will give you any advantage over the rest of
your fellows. Some young players seem to
think that it adds to their renown to wield a
bat more sensible plodding souls reject on
utilitarian principles. In cutting you want a
bat that you can raise with ease, not one
HIGH ARM DELIVERY.
*
that will cause the tendons of your wrist to
ache for a week afterwards.
If you are under the impression that you
have mastered the art of bowling because
you have gained a certain amount of mechan¬
ical precision in directing the course of the
ball, you are very much mistaken. You
must banish forever the notion that precision
is all that is required to become a great
bowler, or you will have wasted much time
and labor that might have been more profit¬
ably spent. You must recognize at once the
fact that to secure eminence as a bowler
400
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
needs gifts that all do not possess, as well as
a degree of nerve that practice and experi¬
ence can alone produce. You need patience
and resolution, as you well know, to become
CATCHING A HIGH HIT.
a good batsman ; but you require, in addition,
a keen perception and a readiness to discover
the weak points of your adversaries, or you
will never mature into a bowler of the high¬
est rank.
Do not over-bowl yourself at the outset,
but try your strength with a low delivery,
and a pace that will not tire or fatigue you.
You will find at first that you will have some
difficulty in pitching the ball far enough,
though the distance does not seem very
great until you have tried. You had better
do anything than retain that fault, for short
bowling is the worst of all, and even one long
hop in an over is a fatal mistake that you
must seek to overcome at all hazards. You
will assist your future prospects, too, more
than you can imagine, by selecting a neat
and easy style of delivery. It may be that
you have already formed a habit in this line
that you cannot well eradicate, and in this
case the advice may come a little too late.
It is certain that the more easy and less ex¬
haustive the style of action, the better the
chance of a bowler retaining his skill for any
length of time. If you have, unfortunately,
contracted the habit of bowling spasmodi¬
cally, without the measured steady swing
that should mark the movements of a first-
class bowler, you can hardly hope to last,
although you may electrify the world per¬
chance for a few brief seasons.
You will have to learn how best to hold
the ball, for so much depends on its course
after leaving your hand that every possible
advantage in the manner of holding has care¬
fully to be studied. It is obvious that most
0
of the rotary tendency which proves so
effectual in the case of some bowlers, is
owing to the method in which the ball is
held when it leaves the hand, so that no
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
401
chance should be allowed to escape in this
direction. There are some who deem it to
their advantage to hold the ball in the palm
of the hand, but the plan is injudicious, and
will in no way assist the object in view.
The spin of the ball and the judgment
requisite to puzzle a batsman, are matters
entirely of experience, and can be learned
only after the bowler has acquired the art of
hitting the stumps with certainty.
If you aim to be an absolute expert in the
way of bowling, you will have to cultivate
other faculties than those with which the
mere possession of a certain amount of
bodily strength has endowed you. The
science of batting has improved so much,
and developed so marvelously with the pro¬
portionate improvement in the condition of
cricket grounds, that the old order of bowl¬
ing has changed in a surprising manner, giv¬
ing place to a new and vastly more intelli¬
gent state of things. Indeed, to be a skilful
bowler nowadays requires a degree of mental
acumen that was almost unnecessary in the
past.
In the majority of elementary treatises
26
which have been written on cricket, there
has been little or no allusion made to field¬
ing, which is certainly one of the most im¬
portant qualifications in a good cricketer.
A good bat may be unluckily caught, and a
STOPPING A GROUNDER WITH ONE HAND.
good bowler may not be on the spot for the
day ; and then, if bad men be in the field,
they become mere clogs upon the other men
on their side, and do more harm than good.
It is not, therefore, by any means a waste of
time on the part of the youthful cricketer if
he steadily sets to work and learns his
duties in the field, by carefully watching the
movements of masters in the art.
In the first place, it will be universally
admitted that the primary object of a man
standing at any place is to catch the bats¬
man out or to save runs. But even with
this laudable object in view, it is strange to
see the awkward manner in which many so-
called cricketers set about the task. Often
in the case of a high catch they hurry up to
the ball in a state of excitement, which pre¬
vents them from taking a steady look at it,
and judging it properly. Their legs straddle
under them, and their hands are wide apart.
Holding a catch in such a position is only a
402
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
matter of chance, and it is frequently the
case that the lucky fieldsman is even more
astonished at his success than the lookers-on.
A golden rule for catching high hits is to
get as well under the ball as possible, and
judge where you think the ball will pitch.
Keep your wrists almost together on a level
with the lower part of your chest, but a little
distance away from it, with the palms of
your hands facing each other, and the tips
of the fingers upwards, and about eight
inches apart. By this means you will have
a sort of box to catch the ball in, and the
position of your hands will give you a chance
of hugging it to your body, if you do not
catch it clean, and the ball tries to elude
your grasp. In the case of sharp catches,
quickness ofjsye alone is of avail, and there
is generally little time to make elaborate
preparations. It therefore necessitates a
field near the wickets keeping a very sharp
look-out, or the chance will have been given
and missed, before he fairly knows anything
about it.
Backing up the wicket-keeper, or the
bowler, or another field, in cases where the
ball is thrown in, or hit to them sharply, is
the bounden duty of the careful field, and a
conscientious carrying out of this work has
saved many a match from being lost. It is
not by any means necessary for a field to
wear himself out by too great exertions, and
running after another man’s ball; but the
virtue of backing up should never be lost
sight of.
The last important point in fielding is
throwing-in to the wicket-keeper, and many
a good field in other respects is simply
a nuisance to his side from the carelessness
of his throwing-in. On all occasions the
ball should be thrown in as low as possible,
provided it does not roll along the ground.
HOUGH this is the national
game of Scotland, it is now
largely played in England,
Ireland and other parts of
the world. It is an enjoyable
and healthy amusement, in¬
volving as it does a great
amount of muscular exercise and plenty of
walking, without at the same time calling for
those spasmodic outbursts of violent energy
which render several outdoor games simply
“forbidden fruit” to hundreds of boys and
young men.
Itisplayed over “links” (English, “downs”
or “commons”) ; and the “course” will be
none the less pleasing to keen golfers should
it contain a fair sprinkling of sandpits,
broomy knolls, and other “ bunkers ” or
“hazards” (as they are styled), which it is
the chief aim and prime duty of the player to
avoid if he possibly can do so. Throughout
the common there is a series of circular
holes, four inches in diameter, situated at
various distances, ranging from 80 to 500
yards from each other, which are generally
cut on a patch of smooth turf, to facilitate
“ putting ’’—the gentle tapping of the ball
as it gets near the hole.
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
403
The players are either two in number, the
commoner and simpler arrangement, or four
(two against two, constituting what is known
as a “foursome”), in which latter case the
two partners strike the ball on their side
alternately. The object of the game is to
drive the ball from hole to hole round the
course in the fewest number of strokes, the
player (or pair of players) succeeding in
“ holing ” the ball in the fewest number win¬
ning that hole.
The greatest number of holes thus gained
in one or more rounds ordinarily decides the
match, though sometimes it is agreed to
award victory to the smallest aggregate
number of strokes taken to hole the course.
Each player must be furnished with a set of
■clubs of different lengths and shapes, to be
DRIVING.
employed according to the position of the
ball or distance to be driven ; for the ball,
having been struck from the “tee” (a snuff
of sand, or tuft of grass, to give the requi¬
site elevation for a full drive to start with),
must afterwards be struck as it happens to
lie, and must not be touched by anything
except a club until it reaches the hole—sav¬
ing in the cases provided for in the rules.
The golfer’s tools are numerous and varied,
consisting of the play-club , the grassed-driver,
the long, middle, short and baffing spoons ,
the heavy and light irons, the cleek, the nib¬
lick, and the driving and green putters . This
is a formidable list ; yet the beginner need
not be disheartened. Armed with a play-
club, a cleek and a putter, he may acquire
such proficiency as will afford him many a
THE CLUBS.
The first row are the Spoon, Putter, Driver.
The second row are the Niblick, Cleek, Sand-iron.
good day’s sport ; and as he advances in
skill he may complete his set. The three
implements named may be had for thirteen
or fourteen shillings.
The play-club , varying in length from forty-
four inches downward, should be selected
inclining rather to stiffness than to spring¬
iness in the shaft, with a medium-weighted
flattish head, neither too deep in the face nor
too broad in the back. Its primary purpose
is to drive long raking shots from the tee;
but it is also useful in playing through the
green, when the ball lies in a tolerably good
position.
It should be grasped firmly with the left
hand at the extreme end, the right being held
loosely to act as a guide, both hands being
kept close to each other, the wrists easy, and
the thumbs over, not along, the shaft, while
the knees should be a little bent. Then the
club should be drawn slowly back over the
right shoulder, but without touching it, and
404
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
brought smartly down to the ball—the swing
describing three-fourth of a circle. The
ascent can scarcely be too deliberate or the
descent too rapid. But during the operation
the eye must remain steadily fixed upon the
ball, else it will either be missed altogether
or struck on the top.
No attempt must be made to press the
shot, which is always fatal, as sureness of
aim and farness of flight are more the result
of art than strength. These conditions lie
at the foundation of style, and patience and
attention will soon carry them into success¬
ful practice. But of no less importance is
the manner in which the ball is addressed.
PUTTING.
This depends on the stand. The feet should
be from thirty to thirty six inches apart, the
left toe being turned in slightly in front of,
and nearly opposite to, the ball. A careful
study of the proper position will prevent the
ball being sent off the course to the right, by
standing too near it, or to the left, by stand¬
ing too far from it.
The putter is rightly regarded as the dead¬
liest weapon in the golfer’s armory, as it has
decided many a hard-fought contest. Thirty-
six inches long, it should possess an abso¬
lutely stiff, slender, upright shaft, slightly
curved, with a medium head, broad-faced,
and weighted with plenty of lead to insure
steadiness. This club comes into play as the
hole is approached, and necessitates dex¬
terous manipulation; as not only has distance
to be judged, but the undulations of the
ground and the impeding force of the grass
have also to be calculated.
Rules of the Game.
It must be explained that when both par¬
ties hole the ball in the same number of
strokes, the hole is halved and counts to
neither. Obviously, whoever gains the ma¬
jority of holes wins the match, which may be
finished, however, without completing the
round, if one of the sides lias placed more
holes to its credit than remains to be played.
You are said to be “dormy” when it is im¬
possible for you to lose, as, for instance, if
you are two holes ahead and there are only
two to play, because, even should your ad¬
versary win the last two, the match would
be drawn. Disparity between the competi¬
tors is balanced by “ odds,” which serve the
same purpose as points in billiards—the less
skilful getting a stroke to every hole, or
every second or third hole, as the case may
be. The advantage lies here, that if the ball
is holed by each in six strokes, the player
receiving the odds gains that hole by deduct¬
ing his allowance; or if he takes seven to his
opponent’s six, it is halved.
In conclusion, it may be desirable to point
out that the game of golf ought to be played
on links, commons or downs that are not
very much frequented, as cases are on record
where serious injury has resulted to persons
who have accidentally received a blow from
a golf ball.
The costume of the golfer is simple
enough. A cap, a jacket or short-sleeved
roomy shooting-coat, loosely fitting trousers,
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
405
woolen socks and strong boots, are the staples
of his wardrobe. Cricketing shoes are a
nuisance; and as a safeguard against slip¬
ping, too many rough nails in the soles are
worse than having none at all. A good
waist belt is preferable to braces, which do
not give the muscles of the shoulders suffi¬
cient freedom. Discarded white kid gloves
will prevent blisters arising from the friction
of the clubs; but the left hand only stands in
need of such protection, and the fingers of the
glove may be cut off below the second joint
FOOT-RACING
N order to prepare himself for a
hundreds yards race (irrespec¬
tive of the training, of which
we shall treat generally in due
course,) the candidate cannot
do better than begin by steady
walking exercise, at a medium
rate of three and three-quarter miles to four
miles an hour, of about five miles in the day,
to harden his muscles; but much walking
exercise should not be indulged in within a
fortnight of a ioo yards race, as it has a
tendency to make the knees and ankles
stiff. He may run about 200 yards twice
during his walk, but should only run
briskly, not violently ; while he is “ soft ” it
is a great mistake to put any undue strain
on the ligaments of the body.
As he becomes firmer in muscle, he may
reduce the distance which he runs, and cover
it more rapidly, until he can run the actual
100 yards at top speed. Still, it is wise not
to run the course every day at his very best;
the squeezing the last ounce out of the
powers of the body too often tells a tale,
even in so short a spin. If he runs the dis¬
tance within two or three yards of his best
powers this will do for two days out of
three. Every third day he may see what he
can really do, and try for himself where¬
abouts in the course he best makes his one
principal rush.
A 600 yards race is not frequently run at
a uniform pace ; there is some space which
the runner covers at greater speed than any
other. The runner should practice starts,
which are all important in a short spin. He
should stand thus : one foot (left for choice,)
about its own length and three inches more
in front of its fellow, the body leaning very
slightly forward, and the weight on the fore
foot.
Mile Racing.
For this more prepartory walking exercise
is wanted, and the mile should be run daily
at first, but to commence with, the pace
should be little more than a jog, at about
two-thirds of the runner’s real powers. The
speed may be increased as practice pro¬
gresses, but the full distance should not be
run out to the last gasp more than once
a week, and not at all within four or five
days, or even a week, of the race. The
same for two miles, only that a still longer
rest is needed between the last trial at full
speed and the day of the race.
A common error in all athletics is a fever
ish desire to gain success in a moment. Th. c
youth stands and sees the trained athlete
exhibiting his feats of wonderful skill, and
not only does he wish to do the same, but
he wishes to do it immediately. He is rest¬
less and impatient, chafes at the long train¬
ing required, would perfect himself in a week
406
THE FINISH OF THE RACE
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
407
or a month, and fails to comprehend the fact
that there are some things which cannot be
done in a day. The fastest runners do not
become so at once ; talk, with them and you
will know what training they have under¬
gone. Some who have promised well drop
out entirely and disappear, for the reason
that their strength and muscles have been
put to a strain that was too severe. It needs
the very best judgment and discretion to
develop the physical powers to their full
■Hmit without causing them to break down
in the process. Injury for life may be in¬
flicted in a contest lasting only three minutes.
Another thing is to be considered in foot¬
racing : the athlete must know where his
best chances of success lie. Some can run
across the country all day like wild Indians
without breaking down. Others can run
five miles, others but one mile, and the ma¬
jority even less than this distance. The
man who would be distanced in a mile run
might win a two hundred and twenty yards
dash from the entire field.
ROWING
INCE the introduction of the slid¬
ing seat, the art of rowing has
undergone material changes, but
it is open to question whether
style has gained by the altera¬
tion in the seat. The sliding
seat is an American invention,
and consists of a seat which is
capable of sliding backwards and forwards,
through the motion of the oarsman’s body.
This has the effect of reducing the swing
forward to a great extent, as the crew slide
forward in a more upright position than was
formerly the case.
The three main principles of successful
rowing are, first, perfect time, secondly, get¬
ting the oar into the water square, that is,
at right angles to it, and thirdly, rowing
the stroke right out and using the legs
well. With reference to “time,” all that
can be said in the way of advice to a
beginner is, be determined never to remove
your eyes from the shoulders of the man in
front of you. Follow his every motion, and
if the time is wrong, you will not, at all
events, be to blame. Only by observing this
rule can the whole crew row as one man.
Be careful not to hurry the body forward,
under the impression that you may other¬
wise be late, for this only makes the boat
roll, and nothing demoralizes a crew more
than that. Be sure to bring your hands
well up to your body at the end of the
stroke, and on no account keep them there
longer than you are able. A quick recovery
after a stroke and the free use of the legs
the moment the oar gets into the water are
important agents in the acquisition of that
“ lift ” which is so desirable to obtain in
boat-racing.
A well-coached crew will, when rowing,
fairly make their boat seem to jump out of
the water at the beginning of each stroke ;
and the value of all work done in front of
the rozulochs, that is, in the first part of the
stroke before the blade of the oar comes
level with the oarsman’s body, is almost
beyond estimation. As regards the oai
itself, it should be brought straight home to
the chest, the knuckles touching the body
about an inch or less below the bottom of
the breast-bone, where the ribs branch off,
thus every inch of water is made use of.
When there, the hands should be dropped
408
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
straight down, and then be turned over and
shot out again along the legs, and the body
should follow without the least pause. If
this is not done, the oar will be feathered
have been dropped down too low, and the
straps must not be used too much ; a light
touch is all that is needed. The muscles of
the body—in this case those that cross the
nimm
B- \
i III 1 1 }\ \ ' vjj \
mmjmm
f m
A BOATING PARTY.
under water, and thus the boat will be buried,
water will be thrown on the next oar, and
the recovery will be impeded.
To effect a quick recovery the back must
be perfectly straight, the knees must not
stomach—must be used, and not the boat
itself, of which the strap is a part. The
body should be swung evenly forward from
the hips, not with a jerk or a plunge, or
quicker at one time than another, but freely
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
409
and easily, as if the hip-joint worked well
and not stiffly.
Be careful always to get the oar in square;
if it goes into the water obliquely the blade
will get in much too deeply, and the ship
will roll; be sure also that the blade of the
oar is well covered by water, but no more.
Deep rowing makes the boat roll, and if the
oar is not in deep enough an insufficient
amount of work is done, and a splash is also
caused which inconveniences the other men.
In swinging backwards and forwards, be
sure to do so straight between the knees.
Many otherwise good men, screw across the
boat, and thereby not only spoil the appear¬
ance of the crew, but make the boat un¬
steady, and so spoil the pace. Feathering
under water is a very common fault in the
best of crews, and it consists in commencing
the feather before the oar is well out of the
water. This is never the case when the
stroke is rowed well out, and the hands
brought well up to the body before the
feather is commenced.
BOXING
Y boxing we do not mean prize¬
fighting, for this is only the
brutal perversion of a healthful
and manly sport.
Take your position, as shown
in the annexed figure, page 410.
The left arm must be in ad¬
vance, playing backwards and forwards easily,
the fist about on a level with the centre of
the chest. The right arm held across the
body, but not stiffly.
Keep the chin down and the mouth shut.
If you want to know the reason for this last
recommendation being printed in italics, you
may have your mouth open, just for once,
and get somebody to give you a slight tap
on the jaw. But you had better take the
hint without trying the experiment.
t
The beginner should, if possible, com¬
mence sparring with an antagonist who
knows something of the art; but if this is im¬
practicable, as in the case of a couple of lads
at a country house who want to amuse them¬
selves with boxing, let both follow the rules
carefully, and stop directly they find them¬
selves hitting wildly, or in any way ap¬
proaching to fighting at close quarters—in¬
fighting, as it is called. So long as they keep
to out-fighting, which is hitting and guarding
at arm’s length, they will be able to correct
faults and improve themselves.
To lead of with the left at the head is the
very groundwork of boxing, and cannot be
practised too carefully. It must be a dart
forward, with the whole weight of the body
behind the blow, and the movement never
can be rapid enough. The object is to
strike before the opponent can put his guard
up, and the drawing back the hand, or the
advance of either hand or foot, the minutest
fraction of a second before the other would
warn him of the attack and frustrate your
intention.
Take great care not to push or chop
downwards; with big gloves on his own
hands and on those of his opponent, the
novice sees very little opening, and is apt to
get into a slovenly style of hitting. Be sure,
therefore, to clench your fist at the moment
and dart it out like a snake’s tongue.
In hitting with the left at the body,
slightly draw back the arm and turn the
elbow outwards, ducking the head to the
right as you advance the left foot, to avoid
410
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
being stopped by a blow in the face, and
spring quickly back before raising the head
again.
The body is guarded by pressing the
arm close to the body and receiving the
blow upon it, or, better
still, by divining your an¬
tagonist’s intention, and
stopping him before he
can duck with a straight
shoot in the face. But in
merely practising the lead
off mentioned—head,
head, body—the former
guard must be adhered to.
In loose sparring the
body blow should gen¬
erally be prefaced by a
feint at the head, in order
to draw the adversary’s right arm up for
the head guard, which will leave the
“ mark ” open to your attack. The guard
for this is to bring the left arm across the
body to receive the blow, while the right is
thrown up to guard the head.
LEADING OFF WITH THE LEFT.
Feinting with the left is done by darting
out the left arm, and slightly advancing the
left foot; feinting with the right by advanc¬
ing the left foot and drawing the right arm
back.
To counter is to hit at the same time as
your adversary, the object being to take a
light blow and inflict a heavy one. Your
eye must always be kept fixed on your
opponent’s, and thus you may often divine
his intentions. When he is intent on aiming
a blow at you he is thinking less of guarding
himself, and if you can forestall him by the
smallest fraction of a second, he is hit off\ as
it were, as he delivers his attack.
Pay especial attention to the use of the
legs and feet, for if these get confused, their
owner must lose his balance, and become
powerless either for attack or defence, and
a slight blow will suffice to knock him down.
You require to step forwards, backwards,
sideways as lightly and quickly as possible,
always keeping the right foot in rear of the
left.
HITTING WITH THE LEFT AT THE BODY.
Thus, when you deliver a blow the whole
weight of your body is thrown into it; when
you receive one, you give to it, as it were,
and much of the force is lost. Or, if you
step back very smartly, it falls short alto¬
gether, while, your left foot being still in
advance, you are ready to step up again at
the instant and deliver a counter blow.
Your object should be to strengthen the
body. One man strikes a blow equal to five
hundred pounds; another lifts eleven hun¬
dred pounds; another bends his back so that
his head rests against his heels; another
runs eleven miles in an hour; another turns
sixty somersets without resting.
POSITION.
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
411
We are greatly delighted with all these—
pay our money to see them perform ; but as
neither one of these could do what either of
the others does, so we all know that such
feats, even if they were at all desirable, are
not possible with one in a thousand. The
question is not what shall be done for these
few extraordinary persons. Each has in¬
stinctively sought and found his natural
speciality, but what are the best exercises
for everybody? Such as develop lungs and
muscles and perfect the whole physical man.
VERY rider who begins cycling
when young has, as in all ath¬
letic pursuits, the advantage
over those who start later in
life. He has the elasticity of
frame to learn without unduly
straining himself, and he ac¬
quires such proficiency that cycling becomes
part of his ordinary motion. With the ex¬
ception of horse and pony riding, we can re¬
call at the moment no one pastime which
appeals equally to the old and young, except
cycling.
Many of the pastimes of youth, such as
marbles, leap-frog, etc., the boy, as he grows
to manhood, ceases to care for, and on the
other hand a youth has to grow up before
he takes kindly to shooting and such like
sports. But in cycling extremes of age meet,
and both derive in their separate ways pleas¬
ure and physical benefit from the wheel. A
boy only thinks of whether he likes a pas¬
time, and never whether it does him any
good, physically speaking.
When going on a tour the first thing to
decide is what will most be enjoyed, good
scenery and medium roads; good roads and
medium scenery, or what ? No fixed dis¬
tances can be laid down, as the wind, the
state of the roads, or the advent of rain may
play an unrehearsed but effective part in the
proceedings of any day. There is nothing
that differs so much in its capabilities as the
human stomach, and therefore the sooner
the better a boy starts on the principle that
he will be either a fool or a physician at forty,
if he does not ere that period ascertain what
he can eat to the best advantage.
Cycling Medically Viewed.
It must therefore be a great pleasure to
parents to know that in the indulgence of
cycling their children, male or female, are
not only getting amusement, but also gaining
health. It was unfortunate for cycling that
the hobby-horse, which placed a man in the
worst possible position, namely, straining his
leg whilst it was extended to its utmost,
should at the outset have prejudiced the
medical profession against cycling.
412
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
Now, however, almost without exception,
the faculty are practically unanimous in its
praise; many well-known members who
could be named being absolute enthusiasts.
The advantages of cycling are now no
longer a moot point, and in the words of a
well-known physician, every person “ can
ride with benefit to himself, except those
suffering from consumption and heart dis¬
ease, or who are decidedly prone to apo¬
plexy.” So long as a watchful eye is kept
on the young rider to see that he does not
overdo it and that he suffers no inconve¬
nience from his saddle, there is no cause for
anxiety.
There are not many regular schools for
teaching nowadays, but most venders of
machines will make arrangements for a pur¬
chaser to be taught by one of their men.
Failing this, however, it only requires the
assistance of a companion (two for choice) a
little stronger than the learner, to enable one
DRAISINE-I 8 1 6 .
novice to easily teach another. The best
preliminary step is for the learner to wheel his
HOBBYHORSE-1 82 I.
bicycle and letting it fall gently towards him,
to feel it spring upright again as he turns
lallement’s velocipede— 1866 .
the front wheel towards him, that is, the
same way the machine is falling. He will
then realize better than he could whilst in
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
413
the saddle how a bicycle rights itself,
wits are clearer when on terra firma.
His
obliged to do so at other times. Many modern
machines are faulty in this respect—handles
too low—as regards com¬
fort, appearance and health ;
but it only requires a buyer
to insist on a longer tube for
adjustment of his handles to
be comfortable. Learning
to ride is the easiest part
of early cycling. Mounting is the
most difficult, and next comes dis¬
mounting. With a professional teacher
inside a room the rider will be always
on the turn, which although increas¬
ing his earlier difficulties, makes him a
better rider when left alone than if he had
learnt on a straightaway course. If he learns
A DASH ACROSS THE COUNTRY.
Having thus gained an idea of how a
bicycle is kept on end, the learner, with a
friend on each side of him, can seat
himself in the saddle, seeing first that
it is at a proper height. The begin¬
ning and end of ease in cycling de¬
pend on this, and the gauge is as fol¬
lows : When the rider is seated on
the saddle, the centre of the bottom
of his foot should just be able to
touch the pedal at its lowest point.
In pedalling, however, he uses the ball
of his foot, that is, midway between
the centre and the toe ends, and this
enables him to use his ankles as well
as his thrust of leg; but ankle action
comes later —not in the learner’s
stage.
Every modern machine is made
with handle-bars so wide that no con¬
traction of the chest can occur in
holding them; but riders should
insist on the handles being capable
of being raised so high as to obviate
the necessity of craning forward.
When spurting, as later on in his
career the novice will, he will crane for- | in the street let it be in a secluded one, with
ward, but he should be able to avoid being | a very slight slope. Here with a friend or
A BICYCLE RAILROAD.
414
SPORTS AND PASTIMES.
friends to hold him up, he will soon acquire
the balance, but if he has a fall or two it will
give him confidence by letting him know the
worst that can happen. It is useless going
on learning when fatigue sets in; either rest
awhile or stop till next day. An hour at a
time when learning is enough for anyone.
Between Mount Molly and Smithfield, New
Jersey, there is a railway for bicyclists which
will be understood from our illustration. The
single rail is mounted on a fence, and the
bicycle is inverted in the manner shown.
Each passenger is his own locomotive, and
thus combines exercise with travel. There
is no danger of falling off and no trouble
about steering, so that the passenger can
freely look about him and enjoy the air. It
is proposed to double the track for going
and coming passengers, and to provide sta¬
tions at intervals with supplies of vehicles.
The combined tricycle and boats shown
in the figure is an American invention for
o
road and river travel. Twin boats are
fastened to a tricycle having wheels fitted
with paddles, and when in the water they
can be guided by the steering wheel, which
is made as a circular disc. The boats
can be disconnected from the tricycle at will,
and serve to hold luggage, fishing tackle,
and other paraphernalia.
It is evident that the bicycle has come to
stay. No new method of locomotion ever
leaped so rapidly into public favor. While
there have been differences of opinion as to
the physical advantages of cycling, the
weight of this opinion is decidedly in favor of
it. The exercise is healthful, when not over¬
done. Even walking may be overdone, and
is liable to the same objection that might be
made against the wheel. A
person must know when his
ride has been long enough, and
knowing this he should have
will power enough to stop.
It is nothing uncommon now
to see business men in all parts
of our country making use of
the bicycle. It gives promise
of a more robust health and a
better physique.
Cycling has a short but bril¬
liant history of the past. In
endurance man mounted on a
cycle has beaten the strongest
and fleetest of domestic animals,
the horse, out and out in a
twenty-four hours’ ride. What horse could
compete against a cycler who covers, as
some have done, over 300 miles a day?
Horses have trotted a mile rather faster, but
where is the horse which could cover forty
miles under two hours, as not one but several
cyclists have done in the fifty miles champ¬
ionship ? What horse could turn out morn¬
ing after morning, and trot or gallop to the
tune of over a hundred miles a day, as have
some cyclists in the past few years ? A prac¬
tical knowledge of cycling tends to increase
one’s wonder at these “giant performances.”
THE CYCLE IN USE ON THE WATER
THE
Largest things
IN THE WORLD
IGHEST NATURAE BRIDGE in the world is
at Rockbridge, Virginia, being 200 feet high
to the bottom of the arch.
Largest circueation of paper money is that of
the United States, being 700,000,000, while Russia
has 670,000,000.
Largest insurance company in the world is the
Mutual Life of New York City, having cash assets
of $108,000,000.
MOST remarkable ECHO known is that in the
castle of Simonetta, two miles from Milan. It re¬
peats the echo of a pistol sixty times.
Largest voecano in the world is Etna. Its base
is 90 miles in circumference; its cone 11,000 feet
high. Its first eruption occurred 474 B. C.
Largest TREE in the world, as yet discovered, is
in Tulare County, California. It is 275 feet high, and
106 feet in circumference at its base.
LARGEST desert is Sahara, in Northern Africa.
Its length is 3000 miles and breadth 900 miles ;
having an area of 2,000,000 square miles.
Largest diamond in the world is the Braganza,
being a part of the Portuguese jewels. It weighs
1880 carats. It was found in Brazil in 1741.
TaeeEST man was John Hale, of Lancashire, Eng¬
land, w r ho was nine feet six inches in height. His
hand was seventeen inches long and eight and one-
half inches broad.
Highest MONUMENT in the world is the Wash¬
ington monument, being 555 feet. The highest
structure of any kind is the Eiffel Tower, Paris, fin¬
ished in 1889, and 989 feet high.
IT is ceaimed that crows, eagles, ravens and swans
live to be 100 years old ; herons, 59 ; parrots, 60 ;
pelicans and geese, 50; skylarks, 30 ; sparrow hawks,
40 ; peacocks, canaries and cranes, 24.
GREATEST cataract in the world is Niagara, the
height of the American Falls being 165 feet. The
highest fall of water in the world is that of the Yo-
semite in California, being 2550 feet.
Most ANCIENT catacombs are those of the The¬
ban kings, begun 4000 j^ears ago. The catacombs
of Rome contain the remains of about 6,000,000
human beings ; those of Paris, 3,000,000.
Largest number of cattee ever received in one
year was that of Chicago in the year 1884, being
1,874,984 beeves, 30,223 calves, 5,640,625 hogs,
749,9^ sheep, ail d 15,625 horses. It required 9000
trains of 31 cars each, which, if coupled together,
would reach 2146 miles.
Largest producing farm in the world lies in the
southwest corner of Louisiana, owned by a northern
syndicate. It runs one hundred miles north and
south. The immense tract is divided into conveni¬
ent pastures, with stations of ranches every six
miles. The fencing alone cost nearly $50,000.
Union arch of the Washington Aqueduct is the
largest in the world, being 220 feet; 20 feet in excess
of the Chester Arch across the Dee in England; 6S
feet longer than that of the London Bridge ; 92 feet,
longer than that at Neuilly on the Seine, and 100
feet longer than that of Waterloo Bridge, London.
The height of the Washington Arch is 100 feet.
Largest ship ever built, the Great Eastern, re¬
cently broken to pieces and sold to junk dealers, was
designed and constructed by Scott Russell, at Max-
well, on the Thames. Work on the giant vessel was
commenced in May, 1854. She was successfully
launched January 13, 1858. The launching alone
occupied the time from November 3, 1857, until the
date above given. Her total length w r as 600 feet;
breadth, 118 feet; total weight w 7 hen launched,
12,000 tons. Her first trip of any consequence was
made to New York in 1859-60. She has been broken
and sold for old iron.
In 1775 there were only twenty-seven news¬
papers published in the United States. Ten years
later, in 1785, there were seven published in the
English language in Philadelphia alone, of which
one was a daily. The oldest newspaper published
in Philadelphia at the time of the F'ederal conven-
415
416
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
tion was the Pennsylvania Gazette , established by
Samuel Keirner, in 1728. The second newspaper in
point of age was the Pennsylvania Journal , estab¬
lished in 1742 by William Bradford, whose uncle,
Andrew Bradford, established the first newspaper in
Pennsylvania, the American Weekly Mercury , in
1719. Next in age, but the first in importance, was
the Pennsylvania Packet , established by John Dun¬
lap in 1771. In 1784 it became a daily, being the
first daily newspaper printed on this continent.
Statistics of twenty leading libraries in
this country show that, of over $500,000 spent, a
little over $170,000 spent was devoted to books,
while other expenses consumed $358,000. In the
Mercantile Library of New York City it cost 14 cents
to circulate a volume ; in the Astor, 14^ cents are
THE EIFFEL TOWER.
spent on each volume, or 27 cents on each reader;
in Columbia College Library, 2i>£ cents per reader ;
in the Library Company of Philadelphia, 26 cents
per volume, or 10 cents per head. The largest li¬
brary in the world is the National Library of France,
founded by Louis XIV., which now contains 1,400,-
000 books, 300,000 pamphlets, 175,000 manuscripts,
300,000 maps and charts, 150,000 coins and medals,
1,300,000 engravings and 100,000 portraits. The
Library of Congress is the largest in this country.
MOST extensive mines in the world are those of
Freiberg, Saxony. They were begun in the twelfth
century, and in 1835 the galleries, taken collectively,
had reached the unprecedented length of 123 miles.
A new gallery, begun in 1838, had reached a length
of twelve miles at the time of the census of 1895.
The deepest perpendicular mining shaft in the
world is located at Prizilram, Bohemia. It is a lead
mine, 3280 feet deep. The deepest coal mine in the
world is near Tourney, Belgium ; it is 3 ^ 4 2 f ee t in
depth, but, unlike the lead mine mentioned above,
it is not perpendicular. The deepest hole ever bored
into the earth is the artesian well at Potsdam, which
is 5,500 feet in depth. The deepest coal shaft in the
United States is located at Pottsville, Pa., 1800 feet.
From this great depth 400 cars, holding four tons
each, are hoisted daily. The deepest silver mine in
the United States is the Yellow Jacket, one of the
great Comstock system at Virginia City, Nevada;
the lower levels are 2700 feet below the hoisting
works.
Largest stone bridge on the face of the earth
is that finished in May, 1885, at Lagang, China.
Chinese engineers had sole control of its construc¬
tion. It crosses an arm of the China Sea, is nearly
six miles in length, is composed entirely of stone,
and has 300 arches, each 70 feet high. It is the most
colossal structure ever reared by man, yet we sneer
at “ heathen Chinee.” The largest truss iron bridge
in the world crosses the Firth of Tay, Scotland. It
is 18,612 feet in length and composed of 85 spans.
The longest wooden bridge in the world is that cross¬
ing Lake Ponchartrain, near New Orleans, La. It is
a trestle-work 21 miles in length, built of cypress
piles which have been saturated with creosote oil to
preserve them. The highest bridge in the United
States is over Kinzina Creek, near Bradford, Pa. It
was built in 1882, has a total span of 2,051 feet and
is 301 feet above the creek bed.
‘‘Centennial ox,” bred by Samuel Barkley of
Somerset County, Pa., was the largest specimen of
the bovine the world has ever seen. He weighed
4900 pounds the day he arrived in Philadelphia.
This mountain of beef was of mixed stock, being
short-horn, native “ scrub,” and Ayrshire, the short¬
horn predominating. After the exhibition was ended
the giant ox was butchered and exhibited as “ show
beef” at Philadelphia during the holidays of 1876.
A short-horn steer weighing 4100 pounds was slaugh¬
tered at Detroit in 1874. A. >L Meal, of Moberly,
Mo., formerly owned the largest cow in the world.
Mr. Meal disposed of her in 1883, the Cole Circus
Company being the purchasers She weighed the
day of sale 3296 pounds. Mr. John Pratt, of Chase
County, Kan., was formerly the owner of a cow
weighing 3200 pounds. She was of the common
“ scrub ” stock and stood nineteen hands high.
Great Pyramid of Cheops is the largest struc¬
ture of any kind ever erected by the hand of man.
Its original dimensions at the base were 764 feet
square, and its perpendicular height in the highest
point 488 feet; it covers four acres, one rood, and
VIEW OF THE NATIONAL CAPITOL AT WASHINGTON.
27
417
418
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD
twenty-two perches of ground, and has been esti¬
mated by an eminent English architect to have cost
not less than ^30,000,000, which in United States
currency would be about $147,200,000. Internal
evidence proves that the great pyramid was begun
about the year 2170 B. C., about the time of the birth
of Abraham. It is estimated that about 5,000,000
tons of hewn stone were used in its construction, and
the evidence points to the fact that these stones were
brought a distance of about 700 miles from quaries in
Arabia.
Largest and grandest temple of worship in
until the year 1880. The cost, in round numbers, is
set down as $70,000,000.
Capitol Building at Washington, D. C., is the
largest building in the United States. The corner
stone was laid December 18, 1793, by President
Washington, assisted by other Masons. It was par¬
tially destroyed by the British in 1814. The present
dome was begun in 1855 and finished in 1863. The
flag of the United States first floated from it Decem¬
ber 12, 1863. The cost of the entire building has
been something over $13,000,000. Its length is 715
feet 4 inches ; width, 324 feet. It covers 3^ acres
st. peter’s and the Vatican, rome.
the world is the St. Peter’s Cathedral at Rome. It
stands on the site of Nero’s circus, in the northwest
part of the city, and is built in form of a Latin cross.
The total length of the interior is 612^ English feet;
transept, 446^ feet; height of nave, 152^ feet;
diameter of cupalo, 193 feet; height of dome from
pavement to top of cross, 448 feet. The great bell
alone without the hammer or clapper weighs 18,600
pounds, or over 9^ tons. The foundation was laid
in 1450 A. D. Forty-three Popes lived and died
during the time the work was in progress. It was
dedicated in the year 1826, but not entirely finished
of ground. The distance from the ground to the top
of the dome is 307 l / z feet; diameter of the dome,
1 35 % feet—making fifth as to size with the greatest
domes of the world.
Largest and costliest private mansion in
the world is that belonging to Lord Bute, called
Montstuart, and situated near Rothesay, England.
It covers nearly two acres ; is built in gothic style ;
the w alls, turrets and balconies are built of stone.
The immense tower in the center of the building is
120 feet high, w r ith a balcony around the top. The
halls are constructed entirely of marble and alabaster.
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
419
and the rooms are finished in mahogany, rosewood
and walnut. The fire-places are all carved marbles
of antique design. The exact cost of this fairy
palace is not known, but it has never been estimated
at less than $8,000,000.
Largest body oe fresh water in the world is
Lake Superior. It is 400 miles long and 180 miles
wide; its circumference, including the windings of
its various bays, has been estimated at 1800 miles.
Its area in square miles is 32,000, which is greater
than the whole of New England, leaving out Maine.
The greatest depth of this inland sea is 200 fathoms,
or 1200 feet. Its average depth is about 160 fathoms.
It is 636 feet above sea level.
Famous Coreiss engine, the largest ever con¬
structed, and the one used to drive the machinery
in the great hall at the Centennial of 1876, is now in
the shops of the Pullman Car Company at Pullman,
near Chicago, Ill. The writer is aware that this dif¬
fers from other statements that have been made, it
being generally supposed that the Emperor of Brazil
bought the engine and removed it to his own coun¬
try. He did talk of buying it, but the bargain was
never consummated. This tireless giant works in an
upright position, is over 40 feet high, of 1400 horse¬
power, and has two 40-inch cylinders and a io-foot
stroke.
Largest ferry-boat ever constructed was named
the Solano, and is now in use daily conveying trains
across the Straits of Carquinez, between Benecia and
Port Costa. The Solano is 460 feet long, 116 feet
wide, and 20-foot depth of hold. She has 8 steel
boilers, 4 rudders and a tonage of 3841 tons. On
her decks are 4 railway tracks, with capacity for 48
ordinary freight cars and 2 locomotives, or 28 pas¬
senger coaches of the largest build.
Highest buieding in the world, not counting the
Eiffel Tower, the Washington Monument and the
City Hall, Philadelphia, is the Cologne Cathedral.
The height from the pavement to the top of the
cupola is 511 feet. It is 511 feet long, exactly the
same as the height, and 231 feet wide. It was begun
August 15th in the year 1248, and was pronounced
finished August 14, 1880, over 600 years after the
corner-stone was laid.
Highest mountain on the globe is not, as is
generally supposed, Mt. Everest, that honor belong¬
ing to a lofty peak named Mt. Hercules on the Isle
of Papua, New Guinea, discovered by Capt. Lawson
in 1881. According to Lawson, this monster is
32,763 feet in height, being 3781 feet higher than
Mt. Everest, which is only 29,002 feet above the
level of the Indian Ocean.
Largest State in our grand republic is Texas,
which contains 274,356 square miles, capable of sus¬
taining 20,000,000 of people, and then it would not:
be more crowded than Scotland is at present. It
has been estimated that the entire population of the
globe could be seated upon chairs within the boun¬
dary of Texas, and each have four feet of elbow
room.
Mississippi River, from the source of the Mis¬
souri to the Eads jetties, is the longest river in
the world. It is 4300 miles in length and drains an
area of 1,726,000 square miles. The Amazon, which
is, without doubt, the widest river in the world, in--
eluding the Beni, is 4000 miles in length and drains’
2,330,000 square miles of territory.
Largest custom-house in this or any other land
is in New Orleans. It was begun in 1848 and over
thirty years elapsed before it was finished and ready
for use. It is built of Quincy granite, the interior
being finished in finest marble. It has 111 rooms
height from the pavement to the top of the cornice
is 80 feet, and to the top of the light on the dome
187 feet. The dome itself is 49 feet square and 61
feet high ; estimated total cost of building, $4,900,000.
Largest hotel in the United States, and prob¬
ably the largest in the world, is located at San
Francisco, Cal. It is 9 stories high and cost $3,500,-
000. It is named the Palace, and has accommoda¬
tions for 1,500 guests.
Finest theatre in the world is in Paris. It is
of solid stone, finished with marble floors, and
covers about four acres of ground. La Scala, of
Milan, has the largest seating capacity, while the
Auditorium at Chicago, completed in 1889, seating
7000 people, ranks second in that respect.
A block OF coal exhibited at the Iowa State Fair
is thought to be the largest even mined ; it weighed
7000 pounds.
Largest bound book ever made is owned by
Queen Victoria. It is iS inches thick and weighs 63.
pounds. It contains the jubilee addresses of con¬
gratulation .
Largest COAL breaker in the world is in opera¬
tion at Edwardsville Colliery, Luzerne County, Pa.
It prepares for market 4000 mine cars of coal every
ten hours.
GREATEST elevation ever attained by balloonists
was 37,000 feet—about 7 miles. The aeronauts were
James Glaisher, F. R. S., and Mr. Coxwell. The
ascent was made September 5, 1862, at Wolverhamp¬
ton, England.
Longest single span of wire in the world is
used for a telegraph in India. It is stretched over
the River Kistuah, between Bezorah and Sectaua-
grum. It is over 6000 feet long, and is stretched
from the top of one mountain to the top of another,,
each mountain being nearly 2000 feet high.
420
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
Two LARGEST castings in the world are in Japan,
'one at Nara and the other at Kamakura. Both are
statues. The one at Nara is 53 feet and 9 inches
from the base to the crown of the head. It was first
cast in the eighth century, but was afterward de¬
stroyed and recast in the year 1223. The Kamakura
statue is 47 feet high.
Sydney (Australia) eighthouse is provided
with the largest electric light in the world. It has
a power of 180,000 candles and may be seen from
ships 50 miles at sea. The next largest is in the
Palais d’lndustrieandhas a power of 150,000 candles.
San Jose, California, has the most powerful elec¬
tric light in the United States, one of 24,000 candle
power.
Stone pavement in front of the residence of the
late William H. Vanderbilt, in New York City, is
made up of the largest slabs of flagging stone ever
put in a single pavement. The stones were taken
from quarries in Pike County, Pennsylvania, west of
Port Jervis, N. Y., and from the Bigelow quarries in
Ulster County, N. Y. The large slab immediately in
front of the residence is the largest slab of its kind
•ever transported from any quarry and cost the
millionaire $9200; the entire cost of the pavement
vas $47,000.
Greatest individuae land proprietor in
the world is Wilson Waddingham, w T ho in 1SS7 pur¬
chased 163,000 acres of land in San Miguel County,
Jfew Mexico. His present landed interests amount
to 1,500,000 acres, about 500,000 acres more than are
Maimed for the Duke of Westminster. In 1896
the largest producing farm in the world was one of
the same number of acres (1,500,000) situated in the
southwest corner of Louisiana. This immense farm
is operated by a northern syndicate, with J. B. Wat¬
kins as manager.
GREATEST FORTRESS, from a strategical point of
view, is the famous stronghold of Gibraltar. It oc¬
cupies a rocky peninsula jutting out into the sea,
about three miles long and three quarters of a mile
wide. One central rock rises to a height of 1435
feet above the sea-level. Its northern face is almost
perpendicular, while its east side is full of tremend¬
ous precipices. On the south it terminates in what
is called Europa Point. The west side is less steep
than the east, and between its base and the sea is the
narrow, almost level span on which the town of
Gibraltar is built. The fortress is considered im¬
pregnable to military assault. The regular garrison
in time of peace numbers about 7000.
BIGGEST cavern is the Mammoth Cave, in Ed¬
monson County, Kentucky. It is near Green River,
about six miles from Cave City, and twenty-eight
from Bowling Green. The cave consists of a succes¬
sion of irregular chambers, some of which are large,
situated on different levels. Some of the§e are tra¬
versed by the navigable branches of the subterranean
Echo River. Blind fish are found in its waters.
Largest hanging bele in the world is in a
Buddhist monastery, near Canton, China. It is
eighteen feet high and forty-five feet in circumfer¬
ence, and is of solid bronze. It is one of the eight
great bells wdiicli w r ere cast by command of the Em¬
peror Yung-lo about A. D. 1400, and is said to have
cost the lives of eight men, who were killed during
the process of casting. The whole bell, both inside
and out, is covered with an inscription in embossed
Chinese characters about half an inch long, covering
even the handle, the total number being 84,000. The
characters tell a single story—one of the Chinese
classics.
Largest stationery engine in the world
is at the famous zinc mines at-Friedensville, Pa. It
is knowm as the “ President,” and there is no pump¬
ing engine in the w'orld that can be compared with
the monster. The number of gallons of water raised
every minute is 17,500. The driving wheels are
thirty-five feet in diameter and w^eigh forty tons each.
The sweep rod is forty feet long, the cylinder no
inches in diameter, and a piston-rod eighteen inches
in diameter, with a ten-foot stroke.
Largest gun in the United States is the 20-
inch Rodman, smooth bore, at Fort Hamilton, New'
York Harbor. Its dimensions are as follows: Ex¬
treme length, 243! inches ; maximum diameter, 64
inches; minimum diameter, 34 inches; length of
bore in calibers, 10.50 inches. The service charge
is 200 pounds of powder, and the weight of the pro¬
jectile is 2000 pounds. There is also a wrought iron
lined rifled 12} inch gun at Sandy Ilook. Its weight
is 89,350 pounds; extreme length, 262} inches;
maximum diameter, 55 inches; minimum diameter’
2 7-55 inches , length of the bore in calibers, 18.53
inches. The gun is used for experimental purposes
iu testing powder.
The Longest Tunnels in the World.
Mount St. Gothard Tunnel, Italy, is 48,840 feet
long, or nearly ten miles long, and the longest in the
world.
Mount Cenis Tunnel, Italy, is 39,840 feet long,
or about seven miles long.
Hoosac Tunnel, Massachusetts, is 25,080 feet
long, or about four and one-half miles.
Nochistongo Tunnel is 21,659 feet long or
about four miles.
Sutro Tunnel is 21,120 feet long, or four miles.
Thames and Medway, England, is ij,SSo feet
long, or about two miles.
LARGEST PILLARS IN THE WORLD-RUINS OF KARNAK, EGYPT,
421
422
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
Largest Steam Hammer in the World.
The greatest steam hammer in the world, con¬
structed at the Bethlehem Iron Company’s works for
the manufacture of armor plate, was designed after
the hammer of Schneider & Co., of Le Crusot,
France, which, next to this one, is the largest
hammer in the world. It has a stroke of 125 tons,
while the Schneider hammer is only capable of
striking a ioo-ton blow. The hammer is used for
forging ingots into armor plates. These ingots are
cast of metal weighing from 100 to 150 tons, and by
this stupendous piece of mechanism are forged into
the desired sizes by 125-ton blows.
The hammer stands in the centre of a very large
building and over a year was spent in its construc¬
tion. A pit 58 by 62 feet was dug for the founda¬
tion and on walls 30 feet high the anvil stands. To
give the foundation a certain elasticity a layer of 20
steel slabs on top of Ohio white oak timbers was
made and the surface w r as rendered perfectly smooth.
It was of course entirely out of the question to cast
in a single piece the iron required and the anvil was
built by depositing on top of the steel slabs and their
timbers 22 blocks of solid cast iron. The average
weight of these blocks is 70 tons, and the entire
weight of the mass of iron and steel forming the
anvil and foundation is nearly 1800 tons.
The hammer itself is a majestic looking structure,
superimposed over the cyclopean mass of iron, form¬
ing the anvil—huge, substantial and powerful, rising
to a height of 90 feet.
Most Notable Bridges of the World.
Brooklyn Bridge was commenced, under the
direction of J. Roebling, in 1870, and completed in
about thirteen years. It is 3475 feet long and
135 feet high. The cost of building was nearly
$15,000,000.
Cantilever Bridge, over the Niagara, is built
almost entirely of steel. Its length is 910 feet, the
total weight is 3000 tons, and the cost was $900,000.
First Niagara Suspension Bridge was built by
Roebling in 1852-53, at a cost of $400,000. It is 245
feet above water, 821 feet long, and the strength is
estimated at 1200 tons.
Bridge AT Havre de Grace, over the Susque¬
hanna, is 3271 feet long, and is divided into twelve
•wooden spans, resting on granite piers.
Britannia Bridge crosses the Menai strait,
"Wales, at an elevation of 103 feet above high water.
It is of wrought iron, 1511 feet long, and was finished
in 1850. Cost, $3,008,000.
New London Bridge is constructed of granite,
from the designs of L. Rennier. It was commenced
in 1824, and completed in about seven years, at a
cost of $7,291,000.
Old London Bridge was the first stone bridge.
It was commenced in 1176 and completed in 1209.
Its founder, Peter of Colechurch, was buried in the
crypt of the chapel erected on the centre pier.
CoalbrookdalE Bridge, England, is the first
cast-iron bridge. It was built over the Severn in
1779 -
Bridge AT Burton, over the Trent, was formerly
the longest bridge in England, being 1545 feet. It is
now partly removed. Built in the twelfth century.
The Rialto, at Venice, is said to have been built
from the designs of Michael Angelo. It is a single
marble arch, 98 X feet long, and was completed in
I59i.
Bridge of Sighs, at Venice, over which con¬
demned prisoners were transported from the hall of
judgment to the place of execution, was built in 1589.
Bridge of the Holy Trinity, at Florence, was
built in 1569. It is 322 feet long, constructed of
white marble, and stands unrivaled as a work of art.
Covered bridge at Pavia, over the Ticino, was
built in the fourteenth century. The roof is held by
100 granite columns.
ST. Louis Bridge, over the Mississippi, is 1524
feet long, exclusive of approaches. There are three
arched spans of cast steel, the centre arch being 520
feet, with a rise of 47 feet; and the side spans 502
feet each, with a rise of 46 feet. The width on top,
between rails, is 50 feet. The piers rest on the bed¬
rock of the river, 136 feet below high water mark.
Captain James B Eads was the engineer.
Rush Street Bridge, Chicago, Ill., erected in
1S84, at a cost of $132,000 is the largest general traffic
drawbridge in the world. Its roadway will accom-
date four teams abreast, and its footways are seven
feet wide.
Victoria Bridge, Montreal, one of the most
famous in the world, is nearly two miles in length.
Cleveland (O.) Viaduct is 3211 feet in length,
64 feet wide, 42 feet of which is roadway ; the draw¬
bridge is 332 feet in length, 46 feet wide, and is 68
feet above ordinary stage of water.
The Greatest City in the World.
London, England, is the greatest city the world
ever saw. It covers within the fifteen miles radius
of Charing Cross (Strand) 700 miles. It numbers
within these boundaries 5,656,000 of inhabitants. It
comprises over 2,000,000 foreigners from every
quarter of the globe. It contains more Roman
Catholics than Rome itself; more Jews than the
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD
423
■whole of Palestine; more Irish than Dublin ; more
Scotchmen than Edinburgh ; more Welshmen than
Cardiff; more country-raised persons than the coun¬
ties of Devon, Warwickshire and Durham combined.
London has 49,000 persons added annually (by
birth) to its population ; has over 1000 ships and
10,000 sailors in its port every day ; has as many
beer shops and gin palaces as would, if placed side
THE GREAT SUSPENSION BRIDGE BETWEEN NEW YORK AND BROOKLYN
n UUIUTmnun w.
jrv'f ” '
*
!
ism
i|H
' \ ‘ fill
Has a birth every five minutes, has a death in it
every eight minutes ; has seven accidents every day
in its 8000 miles of streets; has on an average
40 miles of streets opened and 15,000 new houses
built in every year.
by side, stretch from Charing Cross to Portsmouth,
a distance of seventy-eight miles ; has 38,000 drunk¬
ards annually brought before its magistrates ; has
seventy miles of open shops every Sunday; has
influence with all parts of the world represented by
424
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
ONE CF THE BIG TREES OF CALIFORNIA.
a yearly delivery in its postal districts-
of 298,000,000 of letters. Eight hun¬
dred and fifty trains pass Clapham
junction every day, and the trans¬
portation (underground) railroad runs
1211 trains every day.
The London Omnibus Company
have over 700 ’busses, which carry
56,000,000 passengers annually. It is
more dangerous to walk the streets of
London than to travel by railroad or
to cross the Atlantic from New York
to Liverpool. In 1886, 130 persons
were killed and 2000 injured by
vehicles in the streets. There are in
London 15,000 police, 15,000 cabmen,
15,000 persons connected with the
post-office. The cost of gas for light¬
ing London annually is $3,000,000.
London has 400 daily and weekly-
newspapers. The ancient city of Lon¬
don was first founded by Brute, the
Trojan, in the year of the world 2832,
so that since the first building it is 3007
years old. The drainage system of
London is superb, and the death rate
very low.
The Largest Trees in the World.
The big trees of Calaveras and Mari¬
posa Counties, in California, belong to
the same genus as the common red¬
wood. This giant of the Sierras is
not a handsome tree, either when
young or aged; the branches are short,
the spray less graceful than the coast-
redwood, the leaves small and awl-
*
shaped, but the cones are several times-
larger, and the wood is of a duller
reddish hue. The forests were first
seen by white men in the spring of
1852, when a hunter named - Dowd
conducted a party of miners to the
locality where the big trees grew.
In the several groves where they have-
been found, there are many trees from
2 75 to 335 feet high, and from 25 to
34 feet in diameter. The area of Mari¬
posa Grove is two miles square, and ; t
contains 427 of the monster trees.
The largest in the Calaveras Grove
is “The Keystone State,” and is 325
feet high, and its girth six feet from
the ground is 45 feet. There are some
in the Mariposa Grove which are not so
high, but which have a greater circum-
STATE, WAR AND NAVY BUILDING, WASHINGTON
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
425
ference. “The Grizzly Gian for example, being
93 feet at the ground, and over 64, eleven feet above.
Some dozen miles south of the Mariposa Grove
is the Fresno Grove, which is said to contain
about 600 trees, the largest 81 feet in circum¬
ference ; while about fifty miles north of the
Calaveras, in Placer county, a small grove has been
discovered. Careful computations have been made
of the ages of these trees, and some cautious scientists
admit, in regard to one of them, that “its age can¬
not have exceeded 1300 years ! ”
The Largest Park in the World.
The Yellowstone National Park extends sixty-five
miles north and south and fifty-five miles east and
west, comprising 3575 square miles, and is 6000 feet
or more above sea level. Yellowstone Lake, twenty
miles by fifteen, has an altitude of 7788 feet. The
mountain ranges which hem in the valleys on every
side rise to the height of 10,000 to 12,000 feet, and
are always covered with snow. This great park con¬
tains the most striking of all the mountains, gorges,
falls, rivers and lakes in the whole Yellowstone
region.
The springs on Gardiner’s River cover an area of
about one square mile, and three or four square
miles thereabout are occupied by the remains of
springs w’hich have ceased to flow. The natural
basins into which these springs flow are from four to
six feet in diameter and from one to four feet in
depth. The principal ones are located upon terraces
midway up the sides of the mountain. The banks of
the Yellowstone River abound with ravines and
canyons, which are carved out of the heart of the
mountains through the hardest rocks.
The most remarkable of these is the canyon of
Tower Creek and Column Mountain. The latter,
which extends along the eastern bank of the river
for upward of two miles, is said to resemble the
Giant's Causeway. The canyon of Tower Creek is
about ten miles in length, and is so deep and gloomy
that it is called “The Devil’s Den.” Where Tower
Creek ends the Grand Canyon begins. It is twenty
miles in length, impassable throughout, and inac¬
cessible at the water’s edge, except at a few points.
Its rugged edges are from 200 to 500 yards apart, and
its depth is so profound that no sound ever reaches
the ear from the bottom.
The Grand Canyon contains a great multitude of
hot springs of sulphur, sulphate of copper, alum,
etc. In the number and magnitude of its hot
springs and gevsers, the Yellowstone Park surpasses
all the rest of the world. There are probably fifty
geysers that throw a column of water to the height
of from 50 to 200 feet, and it is stated that there are
not fewer than 5000 springs-
The temperature of the calcareous springs is from
160 to 170 degrees, while that of the others rises to
-200 or more. The principal collections are the
upper and lower geyser basins of the Madison River
and the calcareous springs on Gardiner’s River. The
great falls are marvels to which adventurous trav¬
elers have gone only to return and report that they
are parts of the wonders of this new’ American won¬
derland.
The Washington Monument.
The corner-stone w T as laid by President Polk, July
4, 1848, and December 6, 1884, the cap-stone was set
in position. The foundations are 126JJ feet square
and 36 feet 8 inches deep. The base of the monu¬
ment is 55 feet 1 y z inches square, and the w’alls 15
feet X inch thick. At the 500-foot mark, w’here the
pyramidal top begins, the shaft is 34 feet 5X inches
square and the walls are 18 inches thick.
The monument is made of blocks of marble 2 feet
thick, and it is said there are over 18,000 of them.
The height above the ground is 555 feet. Th#
pyramidal top terminates in an aluminum tip, which
is 9 inches high and weighs 100 ounces. The mean
pressure of the monument is 5 tons per square foot
and the total weight, foundation and all, is nearly
81,000 tons. The door at the base, facing the capi-
tol, is 8 feet wide and 16 feet high, and enters a
room 25 feet square.
An immense iron frame-w’ork supports the machin¬
ery of the elevator, which is hoisted with steel wire
ropes, 2 inches thick. At one side begin the stairs,
of w’hich there are 50 flights, containing 18 steps
each. Five hundred and twenty feet from the base
there are 8 windows, 18x24 inches, 2 on each face. The
area at the base of the pyramidal top is 11S7X feet,
space enough for a six-room house, each room to be
12x16 feet. The Cologne Cathedral is 511 feet high;
the pyramid of Cheops, 486 ; Strasburg Cathedral,
474 ; St. Peter’s at Rome, 448 ; the Capitol at Wash¬
ington, 306, and Bunker Hill Monument, 221 feet.
The Washington Monument, therefore, is the highest
structure in the w 7 orld, except the temporary Eiffel
Tower. The total cost was not far from $r,500,000.
Height of Principal Monuments and Buildings.
Places.
Names.
Feet.
Paris.
..Eiffel.
Wash., D. C.
..Washington Monument.
. 555
Philadelphia.
..Public Buildings.
. 545
Egypt.
.Pyramid of Cheops.
. 4S6
Belgium.
..Antwerp Cathedral.
. 476
France.
..Strasburg Cathedral.
. 474
Egypt.
. Pyramid of Cephrenes.
. 456
Rome.
..St. Peter’s Church.
. 44 &
426
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
Places.
Names.
Feet.
Feet.
Germany.St. Martin’s Church at Landshut. 411
England.Salisbury Cathedral..-. 400
England.St. Paul’s Church, London. 365
Italy.Cathedral at Florence. 3S6
Lombardy.Cathedral at Cremona. 397
Germany.Church at Fribourg. 386
Spain.Cathedral of Seville. 360
Lombardy.Cathedral of Milan. 355
Holland ..Cathedral of Utrecht. 356
New York.Trinity Church. 284
“China..Porcelain Tower, Nankin. 260
Paris.Church of Notre Dame. 224
Massachusetts.Bunker Hill Monument. 221
Italy.Leaning Tower of Pisa. 179
Baltimore.Washington Monument. 175
Paris .Monument, Place Vendome. 153
Italy .Trojan’s Pillar, Rome. 151
Paris.Obelisk of Luxor. no
Capacity of the Largest Churches and Hall.
St. Peter’s Cathedral....Rome.
Cathedral of Milan.Milan.
St. Paul’s Church.Rome.
St. Paul’s Cathedral.London ..... ....
Church of St. Petronio. Bologna.
Cathedral of Florence...Florence.
Cathedral of Antwerp... Antwerp.
Mosque of St. Sophia...Constantinople
St. John’s Lateran.Rome.
Cathedral of Notre 1 p ar j s
Dame./ ..
Cathedral of Pisa.Pisa.
Church of St. Stephen..Vienna.
Church of St. Dominic. Bologna.
Church of St. Peter.Bologna.
Cathedral of Vienna.Vienna.
St. Peter’s Cathedral....Montreal.
Auditorium.Chicago.
54,000
37,000
32,000
25,000
24,000
24,000
24,000
23,000
22,000
21,000
13,000
12,000
12,000
11,400
11,000
10,000
8,000
The Highest Mountains.
Xuncfoainyunga, Himalayas. 28,170
Sorata, Andes. 25,380
Illimani, Bolivia. 21,780
Chimborazo, Ecuador. 21,444
Hindoo-Koosh, Afghanistan. 20,600
Cotopaxi, Ecuador. 19,408
Antisana, Ecuador. 19,150
St. Elias, British America. 18,000
Popocatapetl, Mexico... 17 ,735
Mt. Roa, Hawaii. i6,oco
Mt. Brown. 15 > 9 °°
Mont Blac. T 5 » 77 ^
Mowna Roas, Owhyhee. 15 , 7 °°
Mt. Rosa, Alps, Sardinia. 15, 55 °
Pinchinca, Ecuador. i5> 2 oo
Mt. Whitney, California. I 5 >°°°
Mt. Fairweather, Alaska. J 4,796
Mt. Shasta, California. 14 , 45 °
Pike’s Peak, Colorado. I 4 > 3 2 °
Lit. Ophir, Sumatra. 13,800
Fremont’s Peak, Wyoming. 13 , 57 °
Long’s Peak, California. I 3 > 4 °°
Mt. Ranier, Washington. 13, 000
Mt. Ararat, Armenia. 12,700
Peak of Teneriffe, Canaries. 12,236
Miltsin, Morocco. 12,000
Mt. Hood, Oregon. 11 > 57 °
Simplon, Alps. n, 54 2
Mt. Lebanon, Syria. 11,000
Mt. Perdu, France. 10,950
Mt. St. Helen’s, Oregon. 10,158
Mt. Etna, Sicily. 10,050
Olympus, Greece. 9,754
St. Gothard, Alps. 9,080
Mt. Sinai, Arabia. 8,000
Pindus, Greece. 7,677
Black Mountain, New Caledonia. 6,467
Mt. Washington, New Hampshire. 6,234
Mt. Marcy, New York. 5,467
Mt. Hecla, Iceland. 5,000
Ben Nevis, Scotland. 4,400
Mansfield, Vermont. 4,280
Peaks of Otter, Virginia. 4,260
Ben Lawers, Scotland. 4,030
Parnassus, Greece. 3,850
Vesuvius, Naples. 3>93 2
Ben Lomond, Scotland. 3,280
Mt. Carmel. 2,000
Height of Twenty-four of the Loftiest Volcanoes
of the
World.
Height
Name of Volcano.
in feet.
Where Located.
Sahama.
..Peru.
Llullaillac.
..Chili.
Arequipa...
..Peru.
Cayambi.
..Equador.
Cotopaxi.
.Peru.
Antisaua..
..Ecuador.
San Jose.
..Chili.
Mt. St. Elias.
..Alaska.
Popocatepetl.
.Mexico.
Orizaba.
..Mexico.
Altar.
..Ecuador.
Sangai.
..Ecuador.
Klintcheoskaia.
..Kamtschatka.
Iztacihuate.
..Mexico.
Toluco.
..Mexico,
Shasta.
..United States.
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
427
Name of Volcano.
Height
in feet.
Where Located.
Fuj iyama.
...Japan.
Mauna Kea.
•-13, 953 --
...Sandwich Islands.
Mauna Loa.
....13,760...
Teneriffe.
....12,236...
...Canary Islands.
Mt. St. Helens.
....12,000...
...United States.
Mt. Hood.
....11,225...
...United States.
Peak of Tahiti.
....10,895...
Mt. Etna.
....10,874...
...Sicily.
Three of the best known volcanoes of the world,
Vesuvius, 3978 feet; Hecla, 3970 feet, and Stromboli,
3000 feet, are of much less elevation than many
others altogether unfamiliar.
Greatest Known Depth of the Ocean.
The greatest depth which has been ascertained by
sounding is five miles and a quarter (25,720 feet, or
4620 fathoms), not quite equal to the height of the
highest known mountain. The average depth be¬
tween 60 degrees north and 60 degrees south is
nearly three miles.
Deepest Lake in the World.
In the Cascade Mountains, about seventy-five
miles northeast of Jacksonville, Ore., the seeker for
the curious will find the Great Sunken Lake, the
deepest lake in the world. This lake rivals the
famous valley of Sinbad the Sailor. It is said to
average 2000 feet down to the water on all its sides.
The depth of the water is unknown, and its surface
is as smooth and unruffled as a mammoth sheet of
glass, it being so far below the mountain rim as to be
unaffected by the strongest winds. It is about 15
miles in length and about 4 % wide.
For unknown ages it has lain still, silent and
mysterious in the bosom of the great mountain
range, like a gigantic trench scooped out by the
hands of a giant genie. A hunting and surveying
party recently left Jacksonville with the intention of
ascertaining the exact depth of this mysterious body
of water, and to find out, if possible, whether or not
fish are to be found within its ghostly precincts.
The Longest Rivers in the World.
EUROPE.
Name. Miles.
Volga, Russia. 2,500
Danube.. 1,800
Rhine. 84°
Vistula. 7 °°
ASIA.
Yeneisy and Selenga. 3,580
Kiang. 3> 2 90
Hoang Ho. 3 ,° 4 °
Name. Mile*.
Amoor. 2,500
Euphrates. 1,900
Ganges. 1,850
Tigris. 1,160
AFRICA.
Nile. 3,240
Niger. 2,400
Gambia. 1,000
SOUTH AMERICA.
Amazon and Beni. 4,000
Platte. 2,700
Rio Madeira. 2,300
Rio Negro. 1,650
Orinoco. 1,600
Uruguay. 1,100
Magdalena. 1.000
NORTH AMERICA.
Mississippi and Missouri. 4,300
Mackenzie. 2,800
Rio Bravo. 2,300
Arkansas. 2,070
Red River.. 1,520
Ohio and Allegheny. 1,480
St. Lawrence. 1,450
Size of Lakes, Seas and Oceans.
Eakes.
Superior.
Michigan.
Ontario.
Champlain..
Erie.
Huron.
Cayuga..
George.
Baikal.
Great Slave.
Winnipeg.
Athabasca.
Maracaybo..
Great Bear.
Ladoga.
Constance.
Geneva.
Lake of the Woods,
Seas.
Mediterranean.
Carribbean.
China.
Red.
Japan.'..
Black.
Miles Miles
Long. Wide.
380 120
330 60
l8o 40
123 12
270 50
250 90
36 4
36 3
360 35
300 45
240 40
200 20
150 60
150 40
125 75
45 10
50 10
70 25
Miles
Long.
. 2,000
. 1,800
. 1,700
. 1,400
. 1,000
. 932
425
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
Seas.
Caspian.
Baltic....
Okhotsk.
White...
Aral_
Oceans.
Pacific ....
Atlantic.
Indian. ..
Southern
Arctic ...
Miles
Long.
. 640
. 600
. 600
. 450
. 250
Miles
Square.
So, OOO, OOO
40,000,000
20 , 000,000
10 , 000,000
5,000,000
The Greatest Catastrophes of History.
One instance shows how the human race has been -
depleted from this cause. In the Kingdom of
Naples, from 17S3 to 1857, a period of 75 years, the
loss of life by earthquakes was 111,000 or at the rate
of more than 1500 a year, out of a population of'
6,000,000. The country surrounding the Mediter¬
ranean and the intertropical area from which the
American Cordilleras spring, may be regarded as the
centers of earthquake activity, though some of the
greatest earthquakes of all time have occurred in
Eastern Asia and the East Indies.
Floods and Freshets
The list of losses by great floods and freshets in
history is as follows :
In China, where some of the greatest rivers in the
world flow between artificial banks at an elevation
considerably above the surrounding country, there
have been overflows that caused the destruction of
hundreds of thousands of lives. There have been
similar disasters in India, where, as in China, tLe
rivers had made beds for themselves with alluvial
banks higher than the plains across which they
flowed. But aside from these the colossal calamity
at Johnstown, Pa., in June, 1SS9, and through the
fated Conemaugh Valley, leads all disasters in this
country in the appalling muster roll of the dead,
numbering over 6000. In past centuries the greatest
loss of life has been by earthquake, and the follow¬
ing list embraces the loss in historic calamities :
Year. Place. Lives Lost.
1S71 China. 3,000
1574 Mill River,
Mass. 150
1575 Egypt, the
Nile. 250
Year. Tlace. Lives Lost.
1S79 Marcia, Spain 1,000
1SS7 Yellow River,
China.100,000
1S89 Johnstown,
Pa. 6,111
Greatest Conflagrations of the Present Century.
But the greatest destruction of life and property
by conflagrations, of which the world has anything
like accurate records, must be looked for within the
current century. Of these the following is a partial
list of instances in which the loss of property
amounted to $3,000,000 and upward :
Property
Cities. Destroyed
Dates.
Persons
1
Persons
1802 Liverpool.
Year. Place.
Killed.
Year. Place. '
Killed.
1805 St. Thomas..
1137 Sicily.
15,000
1792 Country be
1812 Moscow, bsrned five days ; 30,800
1158 Syria.
20,000
tween Santa
houses destroyed..
1268 Cilicia.
50,000
Fe andPana
J * • ' .
1820 Savannah.
1456 Naples.
40,000
ma..
40,000
1822 Canton, nearly destroyed.
1531 Lisbon .
40,000
1805 Naples.
6,500
1835 New York (“ Great Fire”).
1626 Naples .
70, COO
1822 Aleppo.
20,000
1837 vSt. John, N. B.
1667 Schamaki.
80,000
1829 Murcia__
5,000
1838 Charleston, 1158 buildings.
1692 Jamaica .
4,000
1830 Canton.
6,000
1842 Hamburg, 4219 buildings, 100 lives
169T Sicily.
100,000
1S42 CapeHaytien
4,000
lost.
1703 Aquila, Italy
4,000
1S57 Calabria.
10,000
1845 New York, 35 persons killed.
1703 Yeddo Japan
200,000
1859 Quito.
5,ooo
1845 Pittsburgh, 1100 buildings.
1706 TheAbruzzi.
15, 000
i860 Mendozi,
1845 Quebec, May 2S, 1650 dwellings... .
1716 Algiers.
20,000
South Am-
1846 St. Johns, Newfoundland..
1726 Palermo.
6,000
erica.
7,000
1848 Constantinople, 2500 buildings
1731 Pekin.
100,000
1868 Towns in
1S4S Albany, N. Y., 600 houses.
1746 Lima and Cal-
Peru and
1849 St. Louis.
loa.
18,000
Ecuador....
25,000
1851 St. Louis, 2500 buildings....
1754 Grand Cairo.
40,000
1875 San Jose de
1751 St. Louis, 500 buildings.
1755 Kashan, Per-
Cucuta, Co-
1851 San Prancisco, May 4 and 5, many
sia.
40,000
lombia.
14,000
lives lost.
1759 Syria.
20,000
18S1 Scio.
4,000
1851 San Francisco, June
1784 Ezinghian,
1886 Charleston...
96
1S52 Montreal, 1200 buildings
Asia Minor.
5, 000
1862 St. Petersburg.. .
, 000,000
, 000,000
35,000,000
3,000,000
10 , 000,000
3,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
429
Property
Dates. Cities. Destroyed.
1862 Troy, N. Y., nearly destroyed.
1665 Constantinople, 2800 buildings
burned..
1866 Yokohama, nearly destroyed..._
1865 Carlstadt, Sweden, all consumed
but Bishop’s residence, hospital,
and jail; 10 lives lost.
1866 Portland, Me., half the city. $11,000,000
1866 Quebec, 2500 dwellings and 17
churches.
1870 Constantinople, Pera suburb. 26,000,000
1S71 Chicago, 250 lives lost, 17,430
buildings burned, on 2124
acres.. . 192,000,000
1871 Paris, fired by the Commune. 160,000,000
1872 Boston... 75,000,000
1877 Pittsburgh, caused by riot. 3,260,000
1877 St. Johns, N. B., 1650 dwellings, 18
lives lost. 12,500,000
1SS9 Seattle, Wash. 20,000,000
From the above it appears that the greatest fires
on record, reckoned by destruction of property, are :
Chicago fire, of Oct. 8 and 9, 1871.$192,000,000
Paris fires, of May, 1871. 160,000,000
Moscow fire of Sept. 14-19, 1812. 150,000,000
Boston fire, Nov. 9-10, 1872. 75,000,000
Hamburg fire, May 5-7, 1842. 35,000,000
Taking into account, with the fires of Paris and
Chicago, the great Wisconsin and Michigan forest
fires of 187 r, in which it is estimated that 1000 human
beings perished and property to the amount of over
$3,000,000 was consumed, it is plain that in the an¬
nals of conflagrations that year stands forth in gloomy
pre-eminence.
Chicago’s Great Fires.
There were 2100 acres of land burned over, nearly
all of which area was thickly covered with buildings.
There were nearly 18,000 buildings destroyed, of
which about 2400 were stores and factories; and
there were but few short of 100,000 people rendered
homeless by the calamity. The extreme length of
the burnt district was 3^ miles, and its greatest width
a little over a mile. The fire of July, 1874, originated
on South Clark street, between Taylor and Twelfth,
and spread northeast to Michigan avenue. It was
estimated that in this fire about fifty acres were
burned over, many of the new buildings which had
been erected after the great fire of 1871 having been
leveled.
The loss of property in the great fire of 1871 was
$192,000,000, after allowing $4,000,000 for salvage on
foundations of buildings. This estimate does not
include the shrinkage of real estate values, or the
large loss to mercantile interests by the interruption
of trade consequent upon the destruction of stocks
and business facilities. Mr. Colbert estimated the
grand aggregate not very much below $290,000,000.
The loss occasioned by the fire of 1874 was estima¬
ted as follows : The net loss to insurance companies
was officially placed at $2,244,970, or 40 per cent, of
the entire loss, making an estimated total loss of
$5,612,425. The cash contributions to Chicago with¬
in three months after the fire amounted to $4,200,000.
Most Noted Facts in Turf History.
The richest stake ever run in America was the
Futurity stake of 1890, run at Sheephead Bay, L. I.,
August 30, and won by August Belmont’s cli. c. Po¬
tomac (2) by St. Blaise, dam Susquehanna, by
Leamington. The value of the stake was $77,700,
of which $68,450 went to the winner, and $4500 to
the second horse, Masher, b. c., by Ill Used also
owned by Mr. Belmont, who in addition received
$2500 for breeding first and second, making his
winnings $75,450. Stathmeath, the third horse, re¬
ceived $2250.
The Lancashire plate run at the Manchester,
Eng., September meeting of 1SS9, and won by the
Duke of Portland’s b. c. Donovan, was worth nearly
$80,000 to the winner.
Largest amount ever won by an American two-
year-old, $78,650, Potomac, b. c., by St. Blaise, 1S90.
The greatest winning three-year-old was Hanover,
by Hindoo. He won twenty races and $89,827.
Miss Woodford, br. m., foaled 1880, by imported
Billet, dam Fanny Jane, by Neil Robinson, won
more money than any animal that ever ran on the
American turf, winning in five years forty-eight
races, worth $118,970.
In 1886 the stable of Dwyer Brothers won $208,-
549.16 in purses and stakes—more money than was
ever won by any other single racing establishment
in America.
The greatest sale of thoroughbreds ever had in
this country was that of P. Lorillard in 1886, at
which twenty-seven head sold for $149,050, the
highest price being $29,000, the lowest $300.
King Thomas, by King Ban, was the highest
priced yearling ever sold at auction, L. O. Appleby
paying $38,000 for him at the Haggin sale in New
York, June 25, 1888. The following day Mr. Apple¬
by sold the colt to Senator Hearst, of California, for
$40,000.
Highest price ever paid for a horse, $105,000, for
Axtell, br. s., record, 2.12, three years old, by Wil¬
liam L. (son of George Wilkes), dam Lou, by Mam-
430
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
brino Boy. Purchased from C. W. Williams, of In¬
dependence, Iowa, by John W. Conley, of Chicago,
and others.
Dimensions of Bartholdi’s Statue of Liberty.
The figure of this statue, which is made of re¬
pousse, or hammered work—that is, thin sheets of
copper beaten into shape and fastened about an iron
skeleton—is no }4 feet high and weighs 100,000
pounds. The uplifted torch, however, is raised 26
feet, and adding to this the pedestal, the tip of the
torch is raised 220 feet from the ground. The
pedestal is of stone, 82 feet high. Some idea of the
enormous proportions of the statue may be given
from the fact that the forefinger is 8 feet long, and
4 feet in circumference at the second joint. The
head is 14 feet high and 40 persons can stand in it.
The distance from the farthest poim of polar dis¬
covery to the pole itself is 6 deg. 46 min., or in
round numbers, 460 miles. It is 30 miles less than
from Chicago to Omaha, by the lines of the Chicago,
Milwaukee and St. Paul railway, over which the
traveller rides in 24 hours. But this polar radius,
though only 460 miles in extent, is covered by ice
gorges and precipices of incredible difficulty ; and
frost is so severe that no instrument of human in¬
vention can measure its intensity, and it blisters the
skin like extreme heat.
The greatest progress that has ever been made
across these wildernesses of storm, of fury and de¬
solation, was at the rate of five or six miles in a day,
the explorers often necessarily resting as many days
as they had before travelled miles in a single day,
debarred by the obstacles that they had encountered.
The Dimensions of the Great Wall of China, and of
What it is Built.
•
It runs from a point on the Gulf of Liantung, an
arm of the Gulf of Pechili in Northeastern China,
westerly to the Yellow River, thence makes a great
bend to the south for nearly 100 miles, and then runs
to the northwest for several hundred miles to the
Desert of Gobi. Its length is 1250 miles. For the
most of this distance it runs through a mountainous
country, keeping on the ridges, and winding over
many of the highest peaks. In some places it is
only a formidable rampart, but most of the way it is
composed of lofty walls of masonry and concrete,
or impacted lime and clay, 25 feet in thickness, and
25 feet in height.
The top of this wall is paved for hundreds of miles,
and crowned with crenelated battlements, and towers
30 to 40 feet high. In numerous places the wall
climbs such steep declivities that its top ascends
from height to height in flights of granite steps. An
army could march on the top of the wall for weeks
and even months, moving in some places ten men
abreast.
Most Northern Point Reached by Arctic Explorers.
The following table shows the furthest points of
north latitude reached by Arctic explorers up to and
including the Greely expedition :
Year. Explorers.
1607—Hudson.
1773—Phipps (Lord Musgrove).
1806—Scoresby...
1827—Parry.
1874— Meyer (on land).
1875— Markham (Nare’s expeditio:
1 876— Payer.83d 07m
i 884—Lockwood (Greely’s party). 83d 24m cos
North
Latitudes.
.Sod
23m
oos
.8®d
48m
00s
.8id
I2U1
42s
. 82 d
45 m
30s
.82d
09m
oos
.83d
20m
26s
.83d
07m
oos
83d
24m
cos
The Coal Area of the World.
The coal area of the world is distributed as follows t
Sq. Miles. Sq. Miles.
United States.192,000 Germany. 1,800
British America ... 18,000 Belgium. 518
Great Britain. 12,000 Rest of Europe.100,000
Spain . 4,000 China. 2,000
France . 2,00^ Japan. 5,000
Railroad Facts.
The cost of railroads in the United States has been
$9,000,000,000.
One million persons are employed by the railroads
of the United States.
The cost of a high-class eight-wheel passenger lo¬
comotive is about $8500.
The cost of a palace sleeping-car is $15,000, or if
“ vestibuled,” $17,000.
The average cost of constructing a mile of railroad
in the United States at the present time is about
$30,000.
f he average daily earning of an American locomo¬
tive is about $100.
The “ consolidation locomotive weighs about 50
tons, and is able to draw on a level over 2400 tons.
The longest mileage operated by a single system
is that of the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe—about
8000 miles.
The line of railroad which extends farthest east
and west is the Canadian Pacific, running from
Quebec to the Pacific Ocean.
There are 60 miles of snow-sheds on the Central
Pacific Railroad.
The highest railroad in the United States is the
Denver and Rio Grande at Marshall Pass—10,852
feet.
THE BARTHOLDI STATUE OF LIBERTY
431
432
THE LARGEST THINGS IN THE WORLD.
The longest American railroad tunnel is the
Hoosac Tunnel on the Fitchburg Railroad —/\]/ 2
miles. (The St. Gothard Tunnel in Europe is over
9 miles in length.)
There are 208,749 railroad bridges in the United
States, spanning 3213 miles.
The longest railroad span in the United States is
the Cantilever span in the Poughkeepsie bridge over
the Hudson River—548 feet.
The highest railroad bridge in the United States is
the Kinzua Viaduct on the Erie road—305 feet high.
The Manhattan Elevated Railroad of New York
carries the largest number of passengers of any
American road, over 200,000,000.
A steel rail lasts, with average wear, about eigh¬
teen years.
The Fastest Locomotive Ever Built.
The largest and fastest passenger engine ever
built, was by the Rhode Island Locomotive Works,
for the New York, Providence and Boston Railroad
Company. The main driving wheels are six feet in
diameter, and set but seven feet six inches apart.
This arrangement makes her run easily on curves.
The cylinders are eighteen inches in diameter, with
twenty-four-inch stroke. The boiler is fifty-four
inches in diameter at the smoke-stack, with a wagon
top. It extends to the very end of the cab, and
necessitates the elevation of the engineer’s seat to a
height far above the fire door. The fire requires three
tons of coal before the engine pulls out of the
round-house to make her trips, and four tons will be
carried on the tender. The tank of the latter will
hold 4000 gallons of water, and the total weight of
the engine proper is 93,000 to 95,000 pounds.
She looks to be enormously high as she sets up
well in the air, and her short smoke-stack adds to
her apparent height. Everything about her is steel.
There is not a particle of brass or bright work about
her. She makes the run from Providence to Groton,
Conn., a distance of 62.5 miles, including a dead
stop at Mystic drawbridge, as required by the sta¬
tutes of Connecticut, in just 62.5 minutes, pulling at
the same time eight cars, four of which are Pull¬
man’s.
One Railroad in Palestine.
There is but one railway within the province of
the Jerusalem consulate. This connects Jerusalem
with the seaport, Jaffa, and it is 53 miles long. Its
simple Oriental name is Chemin de Fer Ottoman de
Jaffa a Jerusalem. It is a French corporation, but
is practically controlled by the Turkish government.
The line is in fair condition, but the accommoda¬
tions for passengers are very bad, and would not be
tolerated by the traveling public of Europe or the
United States. It is difficult to keep the line m
good condition, owing to the heavy grades and short
curves among the mountains. In the distance of
53 miles the ascent is nearly 2500 feet, most of
which is made during the last half of the distance.
The road is single track and narrow gauge. The
daily service consists of one passenger and one
freight train each way. The first-class fare between I
the termini is #3, and a round-trip ticket is sold
for $4.
There are numerous railway lines in South Africa,
the railroad-building industry having in recent
years assumed very extensive proportions. Owing
to the soft nature of the soil and the frequency of
the rains, most of the roadbeds are in a state of
chronic instability. There is regular railway com¬
munication between Pretoria and Cape Town, a dis¬
tance of 1040 miles. The first-class passenger fare
is 6 cents a mile.
The Great Siberian Railway—a through line
across Siberia 4715 miles long—is now under con¬
struction in three sections. This is one of the
biggest railway engineering enterprises ever under¬
taken, involving, as it does, the tunneling of great
mountains and the building of enormous viaducts
and bridges. The Cheliabinsk-Omsk line is fast
nearing completion. The Middle Siberian section,
the construction of which was begun in 1893, is now
well under way, and it is hoped that it will be fin¬
ished very soon. The main trunk of the great line
is under contract to be completed not later than
1900.
To Sweden is given the distinction of owning
more railway mileage per capita than any other
country in Europe, and a Swedish road enjoys the
further distinction of being the only railway in the
world that enters the polar circle.
The Seven Wonders of the World.
The “ pyramids ’ first, which in Egypt were laid ;
Next “ Babylon’s garden,” for Amytis made ;
Then “ Mausolo’s tomb ” of affection and guilt;
Fourth, the “ temple of Dian,” in Ephesus built;
The “colossus of Rhodes,” cast in brass, to the sun ;
Sixth, “Jupiter’s statue,” by Phidias done ;
The “pharos of Egypt ” comes last, we are told,
Or the “ palace of Cyrus,” cemented with gold.
•
The Wonders of the Nc\ World.
The group of natural objects that have beeti
classed as the seven wonders of the new world are,
Niagara Falls, Yellowstone Park, the Mammoth Cave,
the Canyons and Garden of Gods, Colorado ; the
Giant Trees, California | the Natural Bridge, Vir¬
ginia, and the Yosemite Valley.
Affirmation of the Quakers first accepted as an
oath, 1702.
Air-guns invented 1646 ; for throwing shells, 1886.
Amphitheatre in Rome built A. D. 69.
Amphyctionic Council or General Assembly of
Greece established B. C. 1497. This is the first in¬
stance on record of a free representation of indepen¬
dent states meeting to deliberate and settle their con¬
cerns by force of reason in place of arms.
Arithmetic by the Arabian figures introduced
into Europe by the Saracens of Spain in the ninth
century of the Christian era.
Assassination of Lincoln, April 14, 1S65.
Baffin’s Bay, separating Greenland from North
America, discovered by Captain Baffin in 1662.
Balloons said to have been invented by Gusmac,
a Jesuit, 1729, but probably invented much earlier,
and first used in France by Montgolfier, who
ascended in one November 23, 1782.
Banks in the United States commenced in the
early part of the Revolutionary War. The first by a
number of gentlemen in Philadelphia, June 17, 1780,
with a capital of 1839,160; instituted for the purpose
•of supplying the American army wfith provisions.
Barometers invented 1626.
Bayonets invented at Bayonne, in France, 1670.
Blood, circulation of, through the lungs, first
made public by Michael Servetus, a French physi¬
cian, in 1553.
Books in the present form were invented by Atta-
lus, King of Bergumus, 887 ; the first supposed to be
written in Job’s time.
Bread first made with yeast by the English, 1650.
Bricks first used in England by the Romans—the
size ordered by Charles I., 1625.
Burning-glass and common mirrors date back to
1680.
Cable, first Atlantic, operated 1858.
Canals are of very ancient date, the first of which
w*e have any record being that in Egypt between the
Nile and Red Sea
Cards invented in France ; first used for amuse¬
ment by Charles VI., 1380.
Carriages first introduced into Vienna 1515, into
London 1580.
Chess, the game of, invented B. C. 608.
China, first voyage to, from the United States,
1784.
China, porcelain, first spoken of in history 1591.
Chloroform was discovered in America and
Germany, 1831. In 1847 it was brought into promi¬
nent notice as an anaesthetic by Sir James Simpson,
of Edinburgh.
COLLEGE, Harvard is the oldest in the United
otates, established 1638.
Cotton first raised in Virginia 1621, first exported
1741.
Christmas day first observed as a festival, 98.
Circumnavigators of the globe ; the first was
Magellan, or rather by his fleet, as he was himself
slain on the voyage, 1522.
Clocks, called water clocks, first used in Rome,
B. C. 158.
Cloth, coarse woolen, first made at Kendal, 1390.
Coal discovered near New Castle, Eng., 1234.
Coffee first brought into England, 1644.
Coin, silver, coined at Rome, B. C. 269.
Colleges as places of public instruction, in which
academical degrees were granted, first established at
Paris, 1215.
Commerce first mentioned in the book of Genesis,
when Joseph’s brethren sold him to a caravan of
Ishmaelites.
Compass in use in Europe as early as 1180; varia¬
tion first observed by Columbus and his companions,
1492-
Congress, Continental first met in Philadelphia,
vSeptember 5, 1774.
Copper mines found in New York, 1722.
Councils. The first Nicene, when 328 fathers
attended against Arius, 325 ; at Nice, when Pope
Adrian presided and 350 fathers attended, 787.
433
28
434
DATES OF FIRST OCCURRENCES.
Christianity was propagated in Spain in 36; in
Britain, 60 ; or, as others say, in the 5th century ; in
Franconia and Flanders, in the 7th century ; in
Lombardy, Thuringia and Hesse, in the 8th century ;
in Sweden, Denmark, Poland and Russia, in the 9th
century ; in Hungary and Sclavonia, in the 10th
century ; in Vandalia and Prussia, in the nth cen¬
tury ; in Pomerania and Norway, in the 12th cen¬
tury ; in Livonia, Lithuania and part of Tartary, in
the 13th century; in Sclavonia, part of Turkey, and
the Canary Isles, in the 14th century ; in Africa, at
Guinea, Angola, and Congo, in the 15th century ;
made great progress in Prussia, both the Indies and
in China, by the Protestant faith, in the 16th cen¬
tury ; reinstated in Greece, &c., &c., in the 17th
century.
DELFT earthenware first made at Faenza, 1450.
Distillation of spirituous liquors began in the
12th century ; in Ireland, 1590.
Electricity, first idea of, given by two globes of
brimstone, 1467 ; electric spark discovered at Ley¬
den, 1746 ; first known it would fire spirits, 1756.
Emancipation Proclamation, by President Lin¬
coln, January 1, 1863.
Engraving on metal plates known in Europe,
B. C. 504 ; on wood, invented in Flanders, 1423 ;
on steel, became common about 1830 ; lithographic,
invented by Senefelder, a German, about 1796.
Envelopes were first used in 1839.
Etching on copper, with aqua fortis, invented
-512.
Fire engine, to force water, invented 1663.
Flag, American, first used at Cambridge, Mass.,
by Washington, January 1, 1776. Legally estab¬
lished by Congress, June 14, 1777 -
Gas, use of, introduced into London for lighting
shops and streets, 1814 ; first into the United States,
at Baltimore, 1821.
Gilding with leaf gold invented by Margaritone,
1273.
Gypsies quitted Egypt, when attacked by the
Turks, in 1515, and wandered over all Europe.
Glass, the art of making it, known to the Romans
at least before 79 ; known to the Chinese about 200 ;
introduced into England by Benedict, a monk, 674 ;
glass windows began to be used in private houses in
England, 1180; glass first made in England into
bottles and vessels, 1757 ; the first plate glass for
looking glasses and coach windows, made at Lam¬
beth, 1673 ; in Lancashire, 1773 ; window glass first
made in England, 1557 -
Gold was first discovered in California, in 1848.
GRIST mills invented in Ireland, 214.
Gunpowder invented, 1330; first made in Eng*
land, 1418.
Habeas Corpus Act in England passed, 1641 ;
attempt made in the Senate of the United States to
suspend it, but rejected by the House of Representa¬
tives, 1806. -
Hackney coaches first used, 20 in number, in
London, 1625.
Hair powder in use in England, 1590 ; a guinea
per year tax on those who wear it, 1795.
Handkerchiefs first manufactured at Paisley in
Scotland, 1748, when $So,ooo worth were made.
Hats invented at Paris, 1404 ; first made in Lon¬
don, 1510.
Heraldry had its rise about the year 1100.
Hour glasses were invented in Alexandria, 240,.
and introduced at Rome 158 years B. C.
Hudson’s Bay discovered by Captain Hudson,
1607.
Indigo first produced in Carolina, 1747.
Infallibility. The dogma of Pagal Infallibility
promulgated in 1870.
Inoculation first tried on criminals, 1741; vacine
discovered by Dr. Jenner, 1799.
Insurance on shipping began in England, 1560.
Iron discovered by the burning of Mt. Ida,
1406 B. C. ; first cast in England, at Backstead, Sus¬
sex, 1544; first discovered in America in Virginia,
1715.
Iron steamship, the first was built in 1830.
Jupiter’S SATELLITES discovered by Jansen, 1590.
Juries first instituted by Ethelred II., King of
England, 979 ; the plaintiff and defendant, in those
times, used to feed them ; whence the .common law
of denying sustenance to the jury after hearing
evidence.
Kerosene first used for illuminating in 1826.
Kingdom, origin of, by Nimrod at Babylon, 2233
years B. C.
King’s evil supposed to be cured by the touch of
the Kings of England, the first king being Edward
the Confessor, 1058. It was dropped by George I.
Kissing the Pope’s foot first practiced, 709.
Knitting stockings invented in Spain about
1550 .
Knives first made in England, 1563.
Lamp for preventing explosion by fire-damp in
coal mines, invented by Sir Humphrey Davy, 1815.
Lancastrian schools of education established
in most of the principal towns of England, 1810.
DATES OF FIRST OCCURRENCES.
435
, Lawns and thread gauze were manufactured
at Paisley in 1784.
LETTERS invented by Memnon, the Egyptian,
1822 B. C.
Liberty Beet, the most famous bell in America,
relic most prized by the nation, hung in the tower of
Independence Hall, Philadelphia, 1776, and was
rung when the Declaration of Independence was
adopted. It was cracked while tolling for the death
of Chief Justice Marshall, 1835, and has never been
put to public use since. It was exhibited at the
World’s Fair, Chicago, 1893, and at the Atlanta Ex¬
position, 1895.
Linen first made in England, 1253 ; the rich
people wore linen, the poorer woolen shirts.
Locomotive, the first use of one in this country
was in 1820.
Locusts, the country of Palestine infected with
such swarms of, that they darkened the air, and
after devouring the fruits of the earth, they died,
and their intolerable stench caused a pestilential
fever, 406. A similiar circumstance occurred in
France, 873 ; a large swarm of, flew over the city of
Warsaw, June 17, 1816; swarms of, made their ap¬
pearance near Aschersleben, June 24, 1816.
Looking-glasses made only at Venice, 1300.
Looms, the power loom invented by the Rev. Mr.
Cartright, a clergyman of Kent, England, 1787.
Lotteries, the first mentioned by historians for
sums of money, 1630.
Magnifying-GEAsses first made in England by
Roger Bacon, 1260.
Mammoth, first fairly complete one discovered
near the jouth of the Lena, in Siberia, 1S06.
Maps and geobes invented by Anaximander, 600
B. C.
MarbeE paper, a German invention belongingto
the 17th century.
Matches, friction, first used in 1829.
MeckeEnburg Declaration of Independence is¬
sued May 31, 1776.
Microscopes first used in Germany, 1621 ; the
double ones, 1624; solar microscopes invented, 1740.
Mieitary Academy, West Point, founded by
Congress, March 16, 1802.
Missouri Compromise passed March 3, 1820, and
appealed May 24, 1854. It restricted slavery to
south of 36° 30L
Monastery, the first founded where the sister of
St. Anthony retired, 270 ; the first founded in
France, near Poictiers, by St. Martin, 360 ; Constan¬
tine IV. sends for a great number of friars and nuns
to Ephesus, orders them to change their black habits
for white and to destroy their images ; on their
refusal he orders their eyes to be put out, banishes
them, and sells several monasteries, appropriating
the produce, 770 ; they were totally suppressed by
Act of Parliament in 1539.
Money, first mentioned as a medium of commerce
in the twenty-third chapter of Genesis, when Abra¬
ham purchased a field as a sepulchre for Sarah, in
the year of the world 2139 ; first made a.t Argos, 894
B. C.; has increased eighteen times its value from
1290 to 1640 ; and twelve times its value from 1530 to
1800.
Monroe Doctrine declared in the message of
President Monroe, December 2, 1823. Re-asserted
by President Cleveland in a message to Congress
concerning the boundary line dispute between Vene¬
zuela and Great Britain, December, 1895.
Mormons, sect of, founded by Joseph Smith,
1830 ; removed from Nauvoo to Salt Lake Valley,
Utah, July 24, 1S47.
Musicae notes invented in 1070 ; improved, 1330 ;
printed, 1502.
Nantes, Edict of, tolerating Protestants, 1598 ;
revocation, 1685.
NEEDEES first made in England by a native of
India in 1545.
New Orleans, battle of, January 8, 1815, Jackson
defeating the British. Captured by Farragut, April
26, 1862.
Newspaper, the first authentic copy was printed
in 1494 ; first daily, Frankfort Gazette , 1615. The
first English was the Weekly Newes , 1622 ; the first
in France, Gazette de France , 1631. The first adver¬
tisement appeared in 1648. The first American
newspaper was printed in Boston, September 25,1690,
and was called Publick Occurrences , Foreign and
Domestic. The first continuously printed in America
was the Boston News Letter , 1702 ; first daily, The
Pennsylvania Packet , 1784.
Nullification Ordinance passed by South
Carolina, November 19, 1832. The proclamation of
President Jackson denouncing the same was issued
December 10, 1832.
Organs were invented in 750.
Oxford University, England, founded by Al¬
fred, 886.
Painting, earliest account of, in the reign of
Ninus, about 2000 B. C.
Paper currency established in America May 15,
1775. Paper money first used in America, 1740.
Paper made of cotton was in use in 1000 ; made of
linen rags, 1319 ; made from straw, 1800.
436
DATES OF FIRST OCCURRENCES.
Parchment invented by King Attalus of Per-
gamus, 8S7 B. C.
Patent Right Law first enacted in United States,
April 15, 1790.
Paving with stones first introduced, in Paris,
1186.
Pearls, artificial, were invented 1686.
PENS for writing were first made from quills in
635. The substitution of steel for quill pens took
place early in the present century, yet strange to
say, nothing is known with certainty of the person
who first invented the metallic pen. Fountain pens
and glass pens are of recent date.
Pennypost set up in London and suburbs, by one
Murray, an upholsterer, 16S1, who afterwards as¬
signed the same to one Dockwra ; afterwards claimed
by the government, who allowed the latter a pension
of ^200 a year, in 1711; first set up in Dublin,
1774; it was improved considerably in and round
London, July, 1794 ; made a two-penny post in 1801.
Philadelphia was founded by William Penn in
16S2. Riots, native American and Irish, May 6 to 8,
1844. First National Convention of the Republican
Party, 1856.
Phonograph invented in 1877 by Thomas A.
Edison.
Phosphorous first made in 1677.
Photographs were first produced in England in
1802 ; perfected in 1841.
Pianoforte invented about 1710 in Italy.
Pins were brought from France, and first used in
England by Catherine Howard, Queen of Henry
VIII. Before that time both sexes used ribbons,
loop-holes, laces with points and tags, hooks and
eyes, and small skewers made of gold, silver and
brass. Pins were first made by machinery in
America in 1832.
Pipes of lead, for water, first cast in 1539.
Pistols first used by the cavalry in 1544.
Pitch and tar first made from pit coal at Bristol,
in 1779.
Plaster of Paris. Casting with it from the
face invented in 1470.
Porcelain of Saxony greatly improved in 1767.
Port-holes introduced for ships of war in 1545.
Post-office first established between Vienna and
Brussels in 1516. Posts established regularly between
London and all the principal towns throughout Eng¬
land in 1635. Postage stamps were introduced in
England in 1840 ; in the United States in 1847.
PoTTERY improved greatly by Wedgwood in 1763.
Prince of Wales, the title of, first given to the
king’s eldest son, 1286.
Printing. The Assyrians and Babylonians used
clay tablets, and wooden blocks were used by the
Chinese as early as 952. Printing from movable
types was invented by Faust in 144 L aQ d made
public by Gutenberg in 1454, although the invention
is also claimed for L. Kostcr, of Haarlem, as early as
1423. The first Bible was printed by Faust and
Schoffcr, in 1456, and they also printed the first
book with date, a Latin Psalter, 1457 * Wooden type
first introduced into England, by William Caxton, a
London merchant, in 1477 - The first English press
was set up in Westminister Abbey, where it remained
until 1494. The first American book, “ Escala
Espiritual,” was printed by Juan Hablas, Mexico,
about 1535. The first press in the United States was
that of Stephen Daye, at Cambridge, Mass., 1639.
Printing in colors was first introduced in 1626.
Pyramids first erected about 2170 B. C.
Quicksilver first used for refining silver ore, in
1540.
Railroad. The first passenger railroad was
opened in England, September 27, 1825 ; the first in
America, Baltimore and Ohio, 1828, although freight
was moved by rail at the granite quarries, of Quincy,
Mass., as earlv as 1826. The first steam railroad
was operated in the United States in 1830, from
Albany to Schenectady—16 miles.
Reformation in Germany, 1517; in England,
1532.
Republican Party. The first convention was
held at Pittsburgh, February 22, 1856.
Resumption of Specie Payments in the United
States—Act approved 1875 ; took effect January 1,
1879 -
Ribbon looms. It has been asserted that these
looms were first known to the Swiss, but others
claim their invention for a German in the town of
Dantzic in the 16th century.
Ruling-machines invented by a Dutchman m
London in 1792.
Saddles. Pliny informs us that one, Pelethro-
nius, was the first to introduce a piece of leather
fastened to the back of a horse for the accommoda¬
tion of its rider. For a long time these cloths and
pieces of leather were regarded as unmanly, and
were, therefore, regarded by soldiers with great
scorn. The old German races despised the Roman
cavalry for riding on such effeminate contrivances.
Saddles of the kind now used appear to have been in
use in 385. Side-saddles first used in 1380. Pre¬
vious to their introduction women always rode
astride.
The “ Maine ” was one of the Largest of the United States Warships. By its Destruction in the Harbor of
Havana over 240 lives were lost.
DATES OF FIRST OCCURRENCES.
437
Sailcloth first made in England in 1590.
Salting HERRINGS after the Dutch method first
used in 1416.
Saltpeter first manufactured in England, in
1625.
Saws. The inventor of the saw is said, by the old
Greek writers, to be Talus or Perdox. Pliny ascribes
the invention to Doedalus, but Hardouin affirms that
the passage in which he does so refers to Talus, and
net *0 Doedalus. Talus was the son of a sister of
Doedalus, and the invention is said to be due to his
using the jawbone of a snake to cut through a piece
of wood. His master grew jealous of the honor
Talus won by this invention, and caused him to be
privately put to death.
Schools, public or common, first known in
America, were established in the New England
States about 1642.
Sedan chairs introduced into England in 1734.
Sewing-machine first patented in England, in
1755. The first complete machine was constructed
by an American, Elias Howe, in 1846.
Sextant invented by Tycho Brahe, at Augsburg,
in 1550.
Shay’s Rebellion, in Massachusetts, 1786-87.
Sleeping-cars were first used in 1858. Pull¬
man’s patent dates from 1864.
Soap first made in London and Bristol in 1524.
The first express mention of soap appears in Pliny
and Galen. The former speaks of it as an invention
of the Gauls.
Speaking-trumpets invented by Kircher, a Je¬
suit, in 1652.
Spinning-wheel invented at Brunswick, 1530.
Spectacles invented by Spina, a monk, of Pisa,
in 1299.
Stamp Act enacted March 22, 1765 ; repealed
March 19, 1766.
STATUTES of the United States first revised and
codified in 1873.
Steam. The steam engine boiler was discovered
by the Marquis of Worcester in 1663. Newcom-
men’s engine was patented in 1705, and the inven¬
tion was perfected by James Watt in 1773. The high
pressure engine was invented by an American,
Oliver Evans in 1779. The first steam vessel of
which there is any record was that of Papin (France),
in 1707. Then follow those of Jonathan Hulls
(England), 1736; William Henry (Conestoga River,
Pa.), 1763; James Rumsey (Md.), 17S6; John
Fitch (Delaware River), same year. In 1806 Robert
Fulton constructed the Clermont, which plied regu¬
larly between New York and Albany, at a speed of
five miles per hour. The first steamer crossing the
Atlantic made the voyage from Savannah to Liver¬
pool in twenty-five days, A. D. 1819.
STEEL. The invention of steel is of very great
antiquity and the process of hardening iron is de¬
scribed in the Old Testament (Isaiah xliv, 12). The
helmet of Hercules, described in Hesiod, appears to
have been of steel. Homer refers to the process of
hardening steel by immersing it, while red hot, in.
cold water.
Stereotype printing invented by William Gid,
a goldsmith, of Edinburgh, in 1735.
Stirrups, according to a statement made by the
Emperor Mauritius, were first used in the 6th cen¬
tury. Hippocrates and Galen speak of a disease
which, in their time, was occasioned by long and
frequent riding, because the legs hung down without
any support.
Sugar is first mentioned in 625 by Paul Eginetta,
a physician. It came originally from China and the
East; was produced in Sicily in 114S, in Maderia in
1419, in the Canary Islands in 1503, and in the West
Indies by the Portuguese and Spaniards in 1510. In
1641 it was cultivated at Barbadoes. Sugar-refining
■was first carried out by a Venetian in 1503, and this
process was adopted in England in 1569. Sugar
cane was first cultivated in the United States in
1751, near New Orleans, the first sugar mill being
constructed in 1858.
Sunday-schools were first established bv Robert
Raikes, Gloucester, England in 1781.
Sun-dials invented 558 B. C. The first in Rome,
308 B. C., was that erected by Papirius Cursor, when
time was divided into hours.
Tanning leather. A new and more expeditious
method than that previously in use was invented in
1795 .
Tax. The first tax levied on the people was by-
Solon, 540 B. C.
Tea first known in Europe in 1610, being brought
from India by the Dutch.
Telegraphs (mechanical) invented in 1687. First
used by the French in 1794, and by the English in
1796. The first electric telegraph was operated from
Paddington to Drayton, England, in 1835, the same
year in which Morse’s telegraph was invented. The
first telegraph line in operation in America was be¬
tween Baltimore and Washington in 1844. The
first submarine cable was laid in 1851, between
Dover and Calais, and the first Atlantic cable was
operated in 1858.
438
DATES OF FIRST OCCURRENCES.
Telephone. A. Graham Bell first presented a
speaking telephone at the Centennial Exposition,
Philadelphia, in 1876.
Telescopes. The first reflecting telescope made
on the principle discovered by Sir Isaac Newton in
1692.
Temperance society, the first in this country
was organized in Saratoga County, N. Y., in March,
1S08.
Thread first made at Paisley, Scotland, in 1722.
Thermometers first invented by Drebel, a
Dutchman, in 1620 ; improved by Reaumur in 1730,
and by Fahrenheit in 1749.
Tobacco was first introduced into England, from
Virginia, in 1583.
Union of England and Scotland, 1707; Great
Britain and Ireland, 1801.
Vaccination. See Inoculation.
Ventilators first introduced by the Rev. Dr.
Hales in 1740.
Violins of the modern kind invented about 1477.
Introduced into England by Charles II.
Wall-papers first used in Spain and Holland in
1555. Flock or velvet wall-papers were first used in
1620.
War ships. In 1814 Sir Robert Seppings intro¬
duced various most important improvements for the
construction of war ships. The lower parts of the
frames of ships of war were then, for the first time,
filled in, a system of diagonal trussing was intro¬
duced, the stern was altered in form, so that it no
longer remained open to the fire of an enemy, and
the upper decks were enlarged. Sir W. Symonds
altered them so as to decrease the quantity of ballast
required in 1832. In the International Exhibition of
1851 various improvements in this direction were
shown, but great iron-cased ships were not then
thought of. In July, 1854, the first of a new class of
screw, gun vessels was launched for use during the
Russian war. To operate with these, vessels cu iron
were constructed to bombard the fortresses in the
Baltic. The first French iron-cased ship was a frigate
called the “Cloire,” and this was quickly followed
by the first English ship of that kind, the “War¬
rior.” Since then vessels of this kind have been
subject to a variety of alterations and experiments
tending to improve both their strength and their
sailing qualities. The first battle between iron ships
of war occurred in the war for the Union, the Mer-
rimac and Monitor being the contestants.
WaTCHES were invented at Nuremberg in 1477,
and were first introduced into England from Ger¬
many in 1577.
Water mills for grinding corn are said to have
been invented by Belisarius when Rome was be¬
sieged by the Goths in 555. Pliny, however, men¬
tions wheels turned by water.
Weather-cocks. The earliest mention of a
weather-cock is that made by Vitruvius, concerning
that on the tower built at Athens by Andronicus
Cyrrhestes.
Wild-fire invented by a Greek in 663.
Wilmot Proviso, to restrict slavery, offered in
the House of Representatives, August 8, 1846, by
David Wilmot, of Pennsylvania.
Wire invented at Nuremberg in 1351.
Wire-drawing. The first record we have of this
art is probably that contained in Holy Writ, where
we are told that gold was beaten and cut to threads,
so that it could be interwoven in cloth. The present
mode of forming metallic threads, that known as
wire-drawing, was first known in the 14th century.
Woolen cloth. Although the making of woolen
cloth is one of the most ancient arts, its manufacture
was not known in France until 1646, when it was
made at Sedan. It was first made in England in
1331, but was not dyed or dressed until 1667.
Yellowstone National Park established by
Act of Congress, February 28, 1871.
THE COUNTRIES
OF THE
-»» -k- *®
WORLD
— - -■'«❖«»** - - <«« ►—
Historical and Statistical Information.
# CONDENSED history of the
nations of the globe, containing
information relating to the forms
of government and present con¬
dition of the people, is not only
of interest to the general reader,
but also furnishes information of greac value.
In this way the ends of the earth are brought
near. A panorama of past events, including
those of most recent date, passes before the
eye. Here, also, means are afforded for ob¬
taining that culture which cannot be com¬
plete without a knowledge of the world at
large.
It must have occurred to every student of
history that there are great masses of rub¬
bish of no account, which are, in fact, a hin¬
drance and vexation. Only by condensing
the voluminous records of the past, and
bringing them within a narrow compass,
are we able to trace the golden chain of
events.
The following pages present the essential
facts of history, enabling the reader to obtain
a clear and intelligent idea of those annals
which preserve the life and deeds of nations
The aim has been to depict great historic
features, furnishing a record of the most
important transactions, and otherwise gather¬
ing into this treasury of knowledge such
information as will be of the greatest prac¬
tical value. This comprehensive survey of
the countries of the world forms a ready
hand-book for everyday use.
A Fountain of Knowledge.
That a knowledge of history, ancient and
modern, forms an important part of educa¬
tion, is conceded by every thoughtful person.
For this reason the study of this subject is
required in all our schools and academies,
and it is admitted that a finished education
demands a thorough acquaintance with his¬
tory, no less than with the common branches
universally taught, or with the sciences and
ancient languages. This subject is one of
the great sources of the world’s knowledge
and wisdom, and while it has its dry details
and facts, it is also invested with romance,
the charm of which never dies.
439
440
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
The comprehensive history of nations in¬
cludes their origin and certain great features
which have resulted from political changes.
We behold revolutions, sanguinary battles,
struggles for better forms of government,
the peaceful achievements of diplomacy, and
mark the great convulsions, victories and
enterprises, which have changed the pages
that record the annals of the past, and, as it
were, have formed the world anew.
MERICA, including a vast extent
of territory, embracing every
variety of climate, and bearing
within it, besides its precious
ore and gems, the germs of im¬
mense wealth, remained undis¬
covered until the nth of October, 1492,
when Christopher Columbus, a native of
Genoa, who had sailed from Spain with three
small vessels under the patronage of Ferdi¬
nand and Isabella, the Castilian monarch,
first beheld a light on the shore of the new
continent, two hours before midnight. On
the next day he set foot in the New World.
The Christian adventurers did not fail
to kneel upon the sand and offer up their
thanks for having been preserved through
the perils of a long voyage. This island was
called Guanahani, by the natives, a name
which Columbus altered to St. Salvador,
and was one of the Bahama Islands.
It is worthy of remark that the vast con¬
tinent which Columbus discovered was not
called by his name, but derived its appella¬
tion from Amerigo Vespucci, a Florentine
navigator, who made some subsequent dis¬
coveries, in company with Alonzo de Ojeda,
in 1499. Columbus did not rest satisfied
with his first successful voyage or the fame
which he acquired by it, but he undertook
others. He was, however, in the end, the
victim of jealousy and ingratitude. The
Spanish colonists at Hispaniola became dis¬
contented and preferred complaints against
him, sending home accusations and remon¬
strances by every ship that sailed to Spain.
The Discoverer in Irons.
In consequence of this, Don Francisco de
Bobadilla was sent out by the court, and in¬
vested temporarily with the chief power,
being permitted to use his own judgment in
quelling the disturbances of the colonies.
This person scrupled not to arrest Columbus,
and put him in irons, from which he would
not suffer himself to be freed, when he was
sent to Spain.
“ No,” said he, when the attendants offered
to remove them; “the truth must be ap*
parent, and my patrons are too noble, too
generous to overlook me. Then, if fortune
again smiles upon me, these will serve as
affecting memorials of sorrow past; I wil>
not part with them, and I even wish that,
when I am no more, they ma> be suspended
over my sepulchre.” When he again set
foot in Spain, he might have exclaimed, in
the language of the poet:
“ Are these the wreaths of triumph you bestow
On those who bring you eonquest home and honor?
1 MES
hi AY
.Luke
1 Winnip
'orkton
|\
i-y-Manitobi
Ignace
innipej
Eraersoi
St. Vinci
ISLE ROYALE
V E Ji /
Ridout
Minnew
^Carri]
,C rooks tori
/P -
Ramsey
jkauU SteJ
\ wu.n ~Greight§n JS, 1 ,
-Aanva^ OWeiii^V-"
1
ies moincsq
feejmej
[h'ofanswgzkA ply
SpP '''-'^Vco!
UfStr/ T' sfc-q gfo 8 , ii
imbu^
fi«aen r ‘ m ^
[oos;
(Jtn noil Bluffs
—i-JUattsmoutM VI P Z
-^—7^-. i--VOxUlatUif:.;—
4<_Atchiso,,^‘ ' , ^ e P !
ulesburg
Las tint
Keokuk^Nx/
TT lOD— ■-. 'l -Q 1;
Jlacoy \ H
laSnibaP^^l
H.Vmisjaua 0 '
UMexico. R )
inver
*mrado
pk.
ifjrfSkai.,1 1 ,.-
, tA J„‘ y J\,Jeffersprr\N
VT^VarYawC^vO
4oU-/ Nev ada j fj <£'
'hjk/ ySaleniXpfr
^^C^T^Spriagfield ^
tY^Yroaett Poplar Bluff 1
rr ■ Tj^ure^il'Knobo /
ilpa 7/ Springs ^ 0 xib/
fcljjfthlequah Newport/ /
u li /.VaaBuren A / /
^^r'.CliUy A »/#(
Ellinwo(
521
? Owens'
boroiXgl
1 aP'on burg
Tf4nid_ad
^Ulon 1~
Antonito;
^arP° r0 ,
Springerj
jWver/-^
0 Ean Il^Sdl/
dtlahomj
'C 0 1 u xnb P3 i_J>n^
I^TUsgumb i
r Ppp-\ /r
)ecatur\
^ Annistpn
efen, -$►
Biriulng ^ abt ^/,
[B'a.shbi]
Lure el
^Little RocltVl. Pc
Lot Springs oV^H' el
\ MaWeni pine^-v
Gurdonc( Bluff X
'CamcIeuvX —
^ Arkan'ea
-X'rTX'xarkana City..
Sj Llano Estacado
f&'.'A*
Peor e^ oW °
X 510 ®
Roy al
I Lc-liigli ( pyA lo ij{
A,->-a\^P n
\ — y>-Pari:
Greenvil
Staked Plat:
^ Al banyFt,
I ClscoPl
L^VCofeniun
j | ^ig Spring
’ ~Mldl an
Alvarado '
Corsicana
^tone*
Btuceveport ^ Ale
^^b^nsfiel,
atcli ito.cbesov Yi(
nei /Bufaulae
•pie / Gaines
iFloma ton_
1 Jack so;
iruns^m-
. er0 aadlf
M kso»vU»*
l\ yVaycK
'bomasvi'
ec0s > \ San /
1 c p Fort-x
Alpine
•rriganl,
-—Alex
?iSlaught«r / 1
B a tori #ouj
inciniij;
rW / ^
w
Ce 4 a ' ’
ts^^a
Cape San l
Austin:
Lake_
^Charles
Kerrvi'lle 0
"P*C uero rXTim 0
tomo 'A ColMbia ,
Victoria- oXt,
Galveston
Ciudad Porfirio
Ki ' W^Vs jr,l>
±A —Vp
lidianol;.
Tampa
Santa Totna>
Alamo*-.
' 6R lS*k«k
Charlotte Uarlv\
Hidalgo
Lanijiazos
Arctic.
Circle
>„,f Monclov
--^ocorito
%
Altat^P
Pt.Isabel
Mont erei
Torrcon
Sal ti Hof
af vJsiea PR
0 cUaA ot ^
v Ciudad (j
^Victoria
ttavan^u
^Santa ^ \
/ Cla- ra
UNITED STATES
iatecas.
pinai
Scale of Milei
ISLE OF
' PINES
Puerto
iprineij
Aguasl/
CalienVes
San Luis
Potosi i
HoAgtin
Tampico
C.S.AntonU
Scale of Miles
from
Greenwich 90
100 Longitude
.
-
-
.
$ R$ .
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
441
Columbus was liberated immediately by
royal order, and received at court with great
respect. But though Bobadilla was recalled,
Columbus in vain supplicated to be restored
to his government; he was put off by vague
promises, and the post finally given to Don
Nicholas Ovando, a practical as well as ac¬
complished man. Thus after three moment¬
ous voyages, and the acquisition of much
fame, he found himself displaced and thwarted
in a point in which he conceived his honor
concerned, and his hard-earned authority
torn from his possession.
But it was not the nature of Columbus to
sink under his misfortunes ; on the contrary
with four small caravels, the largest being
but of seventy tons burthen, he set out on
his fourth voyage of discovery with the
intention of completing the circumnavigation
of the globe, visiting the Indies, of which
Vasco da Gama had given so inspiriting an
account.
A Singular Occurrence.
Leaving Cadiz on May 9, 1 502, he reached
Martinique, one of the Windward Islands,
June 15. Having touched at Cuba, he pur¬
sued a southwesterly course, until he reached
Guanaja, an island on the coast of Honduras,
whose inhabitants had attained a pretty high
degree of civilization. Their persons were
covered with cotton garments dyed with a
variety of bright and pleasing colors.
He mentions a curious occurrence as taking
place here. He had been presented, among
other animals; with a peccary, or American
pig, and one of those monkeys with prehensile
tails, indigenous to America. The peccary
being thrown in the way of the monkey, the
latter, by a dexterous use of its tail, confined
the jaws of the pig in such a manner as to
expose it helplessly to the action of the
monkey’s claws. “ This appeared to me so
strange,” Columbus writes to his patrons,
“ that I thought fit to write it down for the
information of your majesties.”
The Spaniards entertained the most exag¬
gerated ideas of the wonders of the New
World. To most of them, it appeared a realm
of magic, a fairyland, in which supernatural
occurrences were by no means infrequent.
Thus Juan Ponce de Leon, in 1512 fitted
out three ships from Porto Rico, of which
he was governor and set forth in search of
an Indian fountain which was fabled to
restore all who bathed in it, even if they
were tormented by the infirmities of extreme
old age, to the freshness, vigor and beauty
of youth. Although he failed to find the
fountain, he made the discovery of Florida.
Extinction of the Red Men.
From the time of the first European settle¬
ments in this part of America, the number
of the Indians has diminished rapidly, and
they are now reduced to a mere handful,
whom the wave of emigration is fast rolling
to the shores of the Western Ocean. They
have seen their hunting grounds diminished,,
their forests swept away by their white foes,,
and the smoke of the Christian village rising;
where once their council-fires blazed.
The discovery of America awakened the
enterprise of various nations of the Old
World, and they fitted out numerous expe¬
ditions to conquer and colonize. North
America, which is of vast extent, its surface
containing about eight millions of square
miles, fell into the hands of the English,
French and Spanish. Mexico, so valuable
for its mines of gold and silver, inhabited at
the period of its discovery by intelligent and
peaceable nations, was conquered by Fer¬
nando Cortez, a Spanish general, who scrupled
not to make use of the basest treachery, and
to shed the blood of the natives like water.
442
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
to accomplish his purposes. Mexico was for
a long time attached to Spain, to which it
furnished immense wealth, but at present has
a republican government which it can hardly
be said to enjoy, the country is in such an
unsettled state.
The eastern shores of North America,
were settled principally by the English. In
spite of the hostility of the Indians, the rav¬
ages of disease and hardship, the colonies
increased rapidly. The population of the
middle portion of North America, now called
the United States, was estimated, in 1775 at
about 3,000,000. The number of the colonies
was thirteen. Poverty and oppression had
first driven them from their native land.
Settlement of the Colonies.
The following dates of the settlement of
the colonies, are given for reference :
Virginia, 1607.
New York, by the Dutch, 1614; occupied
by the English, 1664.
Plymouth, 1620; incorporated with Mas¬
sachusetts in 1692.
Massachusetts, 1628.
New Hampshire, 1623.
New Jersey, by the Dutch, 1624; occupied
by the English in 1664.
Delaware, by the Dutch, 1627; occupied
by the Englisn in 1664.
Maine, 163c*; united with Massachusetts
in 1677.
Maryland, 1633.
Connecticut, 1635.
New Haven, 1637 ; united with Connecti-
c ^ in 1662.
Providence, 1635 ;
Rhode Island, 1638 ;
North Carolina, 1650.
South Carolina, 1670.
Pennsylvania, 1682.
Georgia, 1733.
united 1644.
The English settlers in the northern parts
of America, were influenced by different
motives from those which actuated the Span¬
iards who quitted their native country for the
shores of the New World. The latter were
urged onward by a reckless spirit of adventure,;
by the promptings of heated imaginations,
and by the most insatiable cupidity. The
former were impelled by far worthier motives.
Many causes operated together in the mother
country, to favor emigration among the
resolute and hardy.
The people of England had been led to
examine the nature of the power to which
they were subjected, and the monstrous doc¬
trines of prerogative and religious intolerance,
were denounced by many who had courage
to think and speak for themselves upon the
subjects. The friends of republican institu¬
tions multiplied with great rapidity, the natural
result of the progress of literature, and the
increase of wealth with the commons. In
1628 the wealth of the House of Commons
far exceeded that of the House of Lords.
The English Puritans.
At the same time, the reformation which
had been carried into effect by Henry VIII,
while it had purged the country of many
abuses long complained of, had established a
form of worship which was regarded by
many as little better than that which had
given way before it. Those who refused to
conform to the established form, contempt¬
uously termed Puritans by their opponents,
and anxiously sought scope for the exercise
of religious rights, and, since the immunities
they demanded were not granted them at
home, determined to seek refuge from perse¬
cution in a remote quarter of the globe.
King James granted, in 1606, letters patent
to two companies, called the London and
Plymouth Companies, by which possession
THE PILGRIMS AT PLYMOUTH
443
444
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
was given them of the territories lying be¬
tween the 34th and 45th degrees of north
latitude; the southern part to the London,
and the northern part to the Plymouth Com¬
pany : the king himself having undertaken
to frame for them a code of laws.
Three ships were provided by the London
Company, on board of which were 105
persons, who were expected to remain at
Roanoke, which was the place of their desti¬
nation. They made a settlement on a pen¬
insula and called it Jamestown. This was
the first permanent settlement made by the
English in Virginia.
Story of Captain Smith.
Shortly after, the company received sup¬
plies from England, and an accession to their
numbers, swelling the number to 200. Two
vessels were freighted for England; one
loaded with a yellow and brilliant sand,
common in many places in the vicinity, but
supposed by the colonists to contain a large
proportion of gold; the other vessel was
loaded with tobacco. The most efficient
member of the council was Captain Smith,
who was taken by the Indians while on an
exploring expedition.
He was led to the place of execution, and
his head placed upon a stone, while Pow¬
hatan, the Indian chieftain, stood over him
with uplifted club, regardless of the earnest
solicitations of his daughter Pocahontas,
then about 13 years of age. The princess,
finding her entreaties unavailing, fell upon
Smith, folded him in her arms, and laid her
face upon his, determined to meet death
with him she could not save. Moved
by this touching devotion, Powhatan re¬
lented, and, two days afterwards, sent Smith
to Jamestown.
In 1609, the destruction of the whole
colony was planned by the Indians, but
their plans were defeated by the exertions
of the princess Pocahontas, who, in a dark
night, went to Jamestown, and put the presi¬
dent upon his guard. Pocahontas married
an English gentleman by the name of Rolfe,
embraced the Christian religion, and was
baptized by the name of Rebecca. She
died four years after at Gravesend, on her
return with her husband from England. In
1619, twenty negroes were brought to Vir¬
ginia in a Dutch vessel, and sold to the colo¬
nists, whence one may date the commence¬
ment of the slaveholding system.
In 1614 Captain Smith was sent from
England to explore North Virginia. He
ranged the coast from Penobscot to Cape
Cod, making observations on the shores,
harbors, islands and headlands ; and made a
map of the country, which on his return to
England, he showed to Prince Charles (after¬
wards Charles I), who gave it the name of
New England.
Arrival of the Pilgrims.
The Rev. Mr. Robinson with his flock, of
the Reformed Church of the North of Eng¬
land, removed to Amsterdam in 1606, and
soon after to Leyden. A variety of motives
led his congregation to turn their attention
to the New World ; the principal were, the
enjoyment of perfect liberty of conscience
“ the preservation of ecclesiastical affairs dis¬
tinct from those of the State;” and a hope
of laying the foundation of an extensive
empire, that should be purged from all
religious impurities.
Having made an arrangement with the
Virginia Company, they sailed from Ply¬
mouth, Eng., on September 6, 1620, and on
November 10th anchored in Cape Cod har¬
bor. Perceiving that they were so far north
as to be without the territory of the South
Virginia Company, some hesitation arose;
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
445
but the winter was at hand, and it was now
too late to go in search of a settlement
within the jurisdiction of that company.
Previous to their landing, after prayer
and thanksgiving, they formed themselves
into a body politic, binding themselves by a
written covenant to be governed by the
decisions of a majority. This instrument
was subscribed by 41 persons, who, with
their children and domestics, composed a
company of 101 persons. Mr. John Carver
was chosen, without one dissentient voice,
governor for one year.
Saved from Famine.
Parties were sent on shore to make dis¬
coveries. Some Indians were seen but could
not be overtaken. A considerable quantity
of corn was found in heaps of sand, secured
in baskets, which served for seed the ensuing
spring, and tended to save the adventurers
from famine. On December 6th, Carver,
Standish, Winslow, Bradford and others,
sailed to various places, to discover a suit¬
able situation for a settlement. Monday,
December 11, O. S., they landed at what was
afterwards called Plymouth, and from the
excellence of the harbor, and the favorable
appearance of the land, resolved to com¬
mence a settlement here.
In 1637 the troops of Massachusetts and
Connecticut had several engagements with
the Pequot Indians, and finally subdued
them. This year was made famous by a
great theological disturbance caused by Ann
Hutchinson, a woman of considerable talents,
who was accused of maintaining heresies,
and supporting them by lectures frequently
given to large audiences. The result was a
synod of the ministers, elders and mes¬
sengers of the churches, who, after three
week’s deliberation, condemned as heretical
eighty-two opinions which had been dis- I
seminated in New England, ind some ban¬
ishments took place, among them that of
Mrs. Hutchinson, her husband and children.
In 1750 a number of noblemen, merchants
and others, of London, together with some
influential Virginia planters, formed a society
under the name of the Ohio Company, for
the purpose of commerce with the Indians
and the settlement of parts of the country.
The French Governor in Canada fearing the
valuable fur trade of the French would be
destroyed, infringed upon the possessions of
the Ohio Company, who laid their griev¬
ances before Dinwiddie, Lieutenant-Governor
of Virginia.
The Assembly of Virginia determined to
demand, in the name of the King, that the
French should desist. George Washington,
then in his 22d year, was despatched to the
French Commandant to convey the demand.
As this was not complied with, the British
determined to attack Fort du Quesne (now
Pittsburg), and Washington commanded the
expedition, which, although unsuccessful,
reflected upon him great credit.
•4 ,<
Brave to the Last.
On the arrival of Braddock, in the spring
of 1775, various military operations were
planned. An expedition against Canada
was successful, but the conquered territory
was speedily relinquished by the victors.
General Braddock’s expedition against Fort
du Quesne was disastrous in the extreme.
Heedless of the advice of Washington, who
cautioned him against an ambush, he pressed
forward, and was surprised by the Indians.
Instead of retreating or scouring the
woods, Braddock vainly endeavored to form
his men; and continued with wanton bravery
on the spot where he was first attacked, till
three horses were shot under him; when he
received a shot through the lungs and fell.
44G
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
The remains of the army immediately
fled, bearing away the body of their rash
and unfortunate commander. Every mount¬
ed officer except Washington, was either
killed or wounded, and he was provident¬
ially preserved, fcr an Indian had marked
him as a victim, and fired at him several
times with a rifle that had never before de¬
ceived him; 64 out 85 officers, and half the
privates were killed. But Washington bore
off the wreck of the forces with consummate
skill and undaunted courage. The war was
continued until 1763, and, although the
military operations were occasionally un¬
successful, the bravery of the British and
provincial troops prevailed, and the fall of
Quebec gave a death blow to the hopes of
the French.
Events Preceding the Revolution.
We now come to the commencement of
those acts which created that patrotic feel¬
ing in the .colonies, which resulted in the
Declaration of their Independence.
In 1674 the Parliament of Great Britain
passed an act, the preamble to which ran
thus: “ Whereas it is just and necessary that
a revenue be raised in America, for defraying
the expenses of defending, protecting and
securing the same, etc.” The act then pro¬
ceeds to lay a duty on clayed sugar, indigo,
coffee, silk, molasses, calicoes, etc., being
the produce of a colony not under the
dominion of his majesty. To this the
colonists submitted; though not without
complaint and remonstrance.
Massachusetts recommended a colonial con¬
gress, to consult for the general welfare. A
congress from most of the colonies, consisting
of twenty-eight members, met at New York ;
remonstrated against the Act of Parliament;
petitioned for its repeal; and made a declar¬
ation of the rights of the colonies ; declaring
that taxation and representation were insepar¬
able ; and that Parliament had no right to
take their money ^without their consent.
In 1767, the Chancellor of the Exchequer
brought into Parliament a bill for imposing
a duty to be collected in the colonies on glass,
paper, painter’s colors and tea.
The Tea Thrown Overboard.
The colonists were again violently excited.
The corresponding committees, which had
been forming throughout the colonies for the
last two years, excited resistance, declaring
such as aided directly or indirectly in these
violations of liberty, enemies to their country.
The consequence was that the cargoes of tea,
sent to New York and Philadelphia, were
sent back: and those sent to Charleston,
stored, but not offered for sale. The tea
ships, intended for the supply of Boston, after
the inhabitants had tried in vain to have them
returned, they being consigned to the re¬
lations of Governor Hutchinson, were entered
by about seventeen persons in the disguise
of Indians, and three hundred and forty-two
chests of tea were thrown into the dock, no
other damage being done.
In January, 1775, the Earl of Chatham
brought forward a conciliatory bill in the
House of Peers, which was rejected two to
one. Lord North, the Prime Minister, intro¬
duced a bill for restraining the trade of the
New England colonies. Receiving informa¬
tion of the general opposition in the southern
colonies, he introduced another bill, equally
restraining their trade, but excepting North
Carolina, Delaware and New York.
The time had how come for testing the
nerve of the colonists. An attempt was
made by the British troops to seize the mili¬
tary stores at Concord, April 19, but they
had to encounter the armed opposition of the
militia at Concord and Lexington. Boston
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
44?
was now blockaded. Ticonderoga and Crown
Point were taken. The battle of BunkeFs
- n i
Hill followed, and an unsuccessful expedition
against Canada preceded the Declaration of
Independence.
On May io, 1775, the Continental Con¬
gress met at Philadelphia, and on June 15,
unanimously elected George Washington,
theri a member from Virginia, Commander-
in-Chief of the forces raised, and to be raised,
for the defence of the colonies. June 7, 1776,
Richard Henry Lee, of Virginia, made a
motion in Congress, for declaring the colonies
free and independent. After much debate,
on the Fourth of July, the thirteen colonies
were declared free and independent, under
the title of The United States of America.
Gallant Defence of the Fort.
An attempt was made in June and July,
with 3000 British troops, under the com¬
mand of General Clinton and Sir Peter Parker,
to destroy the fort on Sullivan’s Island, near
Charleston (S. C.). The fort was defended
by Colonel Moultrie with about 400 men.
After an action of ten hours, the British were
forced to retire with a loss of about 200 men.
Ten Americans were killed and 20 wounded.
Soon after the evacuation of Boston by
the British troops, March 17, Washington
made his headquarters at the city of New
York, with the principal part of the army.
British troops to the number of 24,000 men
under Lord Howe, and his brother, Sir
William Howe, landed, August 22, on Long
Island near the Narrows, about nine miles
from the city. The American forces, at this
time, amounted to upwards of 17,000 men,
and those principally raw recruits.
A battle was fought on Long Island,
August 27, in which the Americans were
defeated. The battle of White Plains took
place on October 28. The retreat of the
American forces through the Jerseys and
# 4 c- 1
apross the Delaware followed ; the battles
of Trenton, December 26, and Princeton,,
January 3, 1777, were also among the events
of this period.
The campaign of 1777 closed under better
circumstances. General Burgoyne surren¬
dered at Saratoga, October 17. In 1778 a
treaty of commerce and alliance was made
between Louis XVI and the Commissioners
of the United States, on February 6th.
French troops soon after arrived. Various
military operations ensued. In the Southern
States, where there was no regular American
army, the partisan warfare kept up by Marion,
Sumter, Morgan, and Green, thinned the
ranks of their enemies. On October 19, 1781,
Cornwallis surrendered at Yorktown. The
fall of this large British army may be con¬
sidered as the closing of the war.
Public Thanksgiving.
General Washington ordered divine service
in the different divisions and brigades. Con¬
gress went in solemn procession to the Dutch
Lutheran Church in Philadelphia, returned
thanks to Almighty God for the success
of the combined armies, and recommended
a day of general thanksgiving and prayer
throughout the United States.
Savannah was evacuated in July, 1782, and
Charleston in December. Great Britain ac¬
knowledged our independence November 30,
1782. Holland acknowledged the independ¬
ence of the United States in April; Sweden
in February, 1783 ; Denmark in the same
month ; Spain in March ; Russia in July.
The debt of the United States, at the close
of the war, was $40,000,000. Congress had
power to make war, and to create debts, but
no power to carry on the war, nor ability to
pay debts, but by appeals or recommenda¬
tions to thirteen independent sovereignties^
448
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
whose unanimity alone, seldom to be expected
could support public credit, or give efficacy
to the proceedings of Congress.
The new Federal Government was estab¬
lished in 1789. Washington was unani¬
mously chosen first President, and John
Adams Vice-President. Mr. Jefferson was
selected for the Department of State.
Depredations by France.
The Indian War and an insurrection in the
western part of Pennsylvania, on account of
the tax on domestic spirits were favorably
terminated. The insults and maritime dep¬
redations committed by the French, induced
America to take up arms in defence of her
rights, but a change of rulers in France pre¬
vented the effusion of blood. On the retire¬
ment of Washington, John Adams was
elected to succeed him, and in 1801, Thomas
Jefferson was chosen the third President of
the United States.
The claim of searching American vessels,
and impressing from them British seamen,
and the British orders in council prohibiting
the exportations of the United States, together
with other outrages committed by the Brit¬
ish, produced a declaration of war against
Great Britain in June, 1812. The successes
of the British were but few and trifling, while
the American navy triumphed in a series of
brilliant exploits, and the gallant defence of
New Orleans by Gen. Andrew Jackson,
crowned the American arms with laurels.
Peace was concluded at Ghent, December 24,
1814.
The next great event of national import¬
ance was the war with Mexico. What is
now known as Texas was claimed by that
country. The territory was sparsely settled,
mainly by adventurers from the Southern
States. In 1836 Texas revolted from Mexico
and established a Republic. In 1845 Texas
was annexed or re-annexed to the United
States and admitted as a State. A dispute
with Mexico at once arose as to its Western
boundary and war followed, the Union forces
being commanded by Gen. Zachary Taylor
and Gen. Winfield Scott. The war resulted
disastrously to the Mexicans under Gen.
Santa Anna, and a treaty of peace was con¬
cluded in 1848.
The Irrepressible Conflict.
The subject of slavery created a growing
agitation throughout the country, which
resulted in the formation of the Republican
party in 1856, with Col. John C. Fremont
as its candidate for the Presidency. It
sprang rapidly into power, but failed to
obtain a majority of the votes of the Elec¬
toral College. The agitation of the subject
of slavery continued with great vigor and
bitterness. Upon the election of Abraham
Lincoln as President in i860, eleven of the
Southern States seceded and formed an in¬
dependent government.
The people of the North resisted the dis¬
memberment of the Union and the great
Civil War followed. In January, 1863,
President Lincoln, by proclamation declared
the slaves in the part of the South then in
rebellion, free. The character of the strug¬
gle was at once changed in the eyes of for¬
eigners, and the sympathy of the outside
world turned gradually to the North. The
struggle between the North and the South
was one of vast magnitude. Sanguinary
battles were fought on land and water. At
length the Federal forces, under Gen. Ulysses
S. Grant, were victorious, and on April 9,
1865, the Confederate army, under Gen.
Robert E. Lee, surrendered at Appomattox
Court House, Va.
On April 15, 1865, President Lincoln was
assassinated at Washington, and an attempt
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
449
was made upon the life of Mr. Seward, Sec¬
retary of State. The war had cost the nation
some $ 10,000,000,000.
The seceded States were again taken into
the Union on conditions contained in the
13th, 14th and 15th amendments to the Con¬
stitution, abolishing slavery, and giving the
negro the right to vote. In 1867 the United
States purchased Alaska from Russia, the
principal result of which up to the present
time has been recurring complications with
Great Britain as to the right to capture seals.
The Democratic Party.
From Lincoln onward till 1884, the presi¬
dents had all been Republicans—Johnson,
Grant, Hayes, Garfield and Arthur. In 1884
the Democratic party, reorganized and con¬
taining many of the young men of the North
who had grown up since the war, elected its
candidate, Mr. Cleveland, over Mr. Blaine.
In 1888 the Democrats made the campaign
on the basis of a reformed tariff in the direc¬
tion of less protection. The Republicans
won, Mr. Harrison becoming President, and
by passing what are known as the McKinley
Bill and the Administrative Bill reformed the
tariff in the direction of protection to Ameri¬
can industries.
In 1890 a House of Representatives over¬
whelmingly Democratic was elected.
In 1892 the election resulted in the return
of the Democratic candidate, Mr. Cleveland,
by a very large majority over Mr. Harrison.
Mr. Cleveland was inaugurated on March 4,
1893.
On the first of May following, the World’s
Fair was opened at Chicago, the object of
which was to commemorate the four hun¬
dredth anniversary of the discovery of Amer¬
ica by Columbus.
The elections of November, 1894, resulted
in Republican victories all over the Union.
The Presidential campaign of 1896, which
29
was one of unusual excitement on account
of the monetary questions involved, resulted
in the election of Hon. William McKinley
as President and Hon. Garret A. Hobart as
Vice-President, the former of Ohio and the
latter of New Jersey. Mr. McKinley was
inaugurated March 4, 1897.
The insurrection which broke out in Cuba
in 1895 continued, and was a subject of grave
consideration by our Government. On the
15th of February, 1898, the United States
battleship Maine was destroyed in the harbor
of Havana, resulting in the death of 266 offi¬
cers and men. This unfortunate incident had
much to do in precipitating the war with
Spain, which was declared by the United
States, April 21, 1898.
Naval Battle of Manila.
The coast of Cuba was at once blockaded by
the North Atlantic squadron. On May 1st,
the United States Asiatic fleet, under Admiral
Dewey, destroyed the Spanish squadron in
the harbor of Manila, gaining thereby a great
naval victory. Subsequently, on the 13th of
August, Manila was bombarded and occupied
by forces under Admiral Dewey.
An attack on Santiago de Cuba by United
States troops under command of General
Shafter resulted in the capture of that city in
the early part of July. On the 3rd of the
same month the Spanish squadron, under
Admiral Cervera, attempted to escape from
the harbor of Santiago and was totally de¬
stroyed by the United States fleet. A treaty
of peace between Spain and the United States
followed, which was signed by the Commis¬
sioners of the two countries on December
10th, and ratified by the United States Senate,
February 6, 1899.
The United States forces captured Iloilo,
the capital of the Island of Panay, on Febru¬
ary nth. The Islands of Negros and Cebu
submitted on the 21st.
450
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
FAC-SIMILE OF THE ORIGINAL COPY OF THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER.
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
451
Si.
rne^~i c asf
/fe dfrzcaZ ^
T^rO&ct Ur^LS/Us p?yryZzZfeh
JD
^hisih~ A o r
/
C, oroe&M
> 1 v, 0 t a 3 SOe , >, Q /
^<7 \ / A
c ^
/ pV s** a1o **/j /
JqV •***&£»*/}£/
V / f
/i#_ ( . n y~* r* * *>-
S° Alte/unUjcJ
, ✓n Kautokeiiio
'l V o / 0
rV Ei
•ftnhtrony, V
Dodo
&* T i
’c#
S
/ o
a iU 'S&S
*k*
Ja'ClV, V \ 5 ; /y J <
/ A/ 1 — YJ\
\ (Hus fsi^ni
. Pitea r, JLulea
1 <\
0
/Juiobsia
(V / x
V> / \Keuru
ChrjstinesXl
^Si/lie Fd. __
Vaidcchuu* lal. \
„ Jiibatchi 1st- \ . n * o »
a ^ A'tidma Jut. Ui^^el
\y—
a \a^S ° D
j {\hsa?Cs-r’c" 1 -A 7 CfU
-^ ■?/ >.
^I’iauoQ. tfl 1
(‘iT <1,"
WS P iKwVI *3
737
.<,*> '■'• . / P
- ^
VIS** X *
/' ^v*. jiy//\ oV
V
. 0 ^
Xs*?
7
.^,A*'qS
["ItlSTI.I)
^ Christin
M Tanimerfors
?T^ 7 ' D I ( -
X> Kajmo'
^<5 IS T stad
(st.MWbet
jotf o'
J7.u ^ s XrEv/,ft ;E ,t>; Hi
■Bristol Chew
^ Wyt
rBctnds EnilC^
Falmoutb *
■&•« A
._ S* 1 *,5\e*“ \ N
• ^ a ’
K q^» r ‘
.'''
Belle I si. &
M antcX
\Ostrog
'77oU^°''
i*V.as’
X.
vSl’ 5 ' h
5’ , -o_ 7, r7 v >t »
0 • W ' A -
jMuuth* uf the
Sion#
*‘hb a
V-Si^o
, *'kr
;, oa A
"tona
f Terra N 0Va
f‘r a >t <
Caj/jN
>^V--y - -
•Naplt:
**£>
Xi,
/ a.
'"/(a
C ? r !a.
\ujeIv
s '*<«(« /
■' U “‘Oco
^Ua c
, j r e 11 n ^ v
'-“fill
Melilla
^ _ u
Oran
,Xc*‘» te
Ariel's
G <*li L
Iskenderun
C A
Tuiaisl
Long[itude
Ea^t
“: .
, Alk^tu'X o )/ ^ JJ ^.-1 Arcadl^'o ^ * N ■'' 1 ’° 1 °' 1 '^ 0 X. jVnajo^X.-,
Syracuse Ka^-artoS^^^o ^ % ./| Eh ^ (
C.Matctjian ^Cengo o u .Rhodes
- CcrigottO a -
20
ar CVetc
^ Adalia
Nll> rftr
■at
b-
EUROPE
Scale of Miles
Greenwich
30
0 SO juo 209 300
A
40
472
UpO!
steii^
w "“*OD
Ra 4
P e 0 P l teoa
OUt GSpalatro
^X°MostaAK^ 1 ^'S t ^°3>® o^X.^ ® ^
tlllS ^ N^vV'Easas^, Bergoyatz-q/Burgas A u tf
U b ^Hv»:^VsdPIIIAV , SeliV \ BM T X
C1 0 ,, c Antivarw / 0 J -' ^Ghuisa A1
»2p,
X _: —Y~» TVitRt.ru ^ ~
NavarinS/VC(M(stra 0 o > « 4 , /^Rhod"
“‘ U^C.Malea o Ci ° 0 VA) Khoa
C'McUajian ^Cengo o u/i‘
Ccrigotto o __ ^OP 0-
K ^ 1 ° DENMARK —
°""\® --o
ENMARK has always exerted
an influence in the affairs of
Europe out of proportion to
her size and military strength.
Her authentic history dates
from 1385, the year of the
accession of Margaret, the
“Semiramis of the North,” and wearer of
the triple Scandinavian crowns. After her
glorious reign, Sweden, after a lengthened
contest, succeeded in asserting her inde¬
pendence.
In 1658 Denmark was invaded and de¬
spoiled of some of her most important terri¬
tories by the “Lion of the North,” Gustavus
Adolphus. In 1807 a British fleet under
Lord Nelson bombarded Copenhagen and
destroyed the Danish navy, and in 1815
Norway was transferred to Sweden, Denmark
receiving in exchange the insignificant duchy
of Lauenburg, with a money indemnity ; a
work of spoliation consummated in 1864-7
by the foicible acquisition of the Schleswig^
Holstein duchies by Prussia, after a short but
sanguinary struggle, in which the latter
power, with the aid of Austria, overcame the
brave Danes by sheer force of numbers.
In 1863 died Frederick VII., the last
monarch of the House of Oldenburg, who
was succeeded by the present King, Christian
A BICYCLE PICNIC TARTY
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
477
IV., of Schleswig-Holstein-Sonderburg-
Gliicksburg.
The peaceful relations already existing be¬
tween Denmark and England were confirmed
by the marriage of Princess Alexandra of
Denmark to the Prince of Wales, at Wind¬
sor, March io, 1863.
When the war broke out between Austria
and Prussia, in 1866, and resulted in the
humiliation of Austria, the hope of Denmark
that a part of her original territory, which,
as already stated, had been acquired by
Prussia, was frustrated. Notwithstanding
her dismemberment, Denmark has prospered
to an astonishing degree, and her material
fortunes have been constantly in the ascend¬
ant. Her only trouble within the last decade
has arisen from the dissensions in the two
houses of Assembly and in the spread of
dangerous communistic opinions.
The Government of Denmark is a consti¬
tutional monarchy, the King being assisted
by a cabinet of seven ministers. Elementary
education is widely diffused and attendance
at school is compulsory for children between
the ages of seven and fourteen years, poor
parents paying only a nominal sum toward
the government schools, of which there are
about three thousand. The established
religion is Lutheran, to which the King must
belong, but complete toleration is enjoyed in
every part of the kingdom. The present
King of Greece is a prince of the royal house
of Denmark.
HOLLAND—THE NETHERLANDS
SZ5H5H5E5Z5iL5H5E5HSE5H5HSH5
Y the revolution of 1S30, Hol¬
land, or the Netherlands, was
separated from Belgium. The
earliest accounts of the Nether¬
lands are from the Romans, by
whom all the southern and cen¬
tral part (called Belgia) was
kept in subjection till the decline of their
empire in the fifth century. It was formerly
under the government of counts, but being
incorporated with the extensive possessions
of the Duke of Burgundy, the Netherlands
passed to Maximilian of Austria, father of
Charles V., who united the seventeen prov¬
inces into one state ; but the bigotry of his
son Philip II. produced the separation of
the Dutch provinces, and great dissension
and distress in the others.
They remained under the Spanish crown
until the middle of the seventeenth century,
when arduous exertions were made by Conde
and Turenne to add them to the dominions
of Louis XIV. The quadruple alliance, con¬
cluded at the Hague in 1668, however, put
a stop to their progress, but the wars from
1672 to 1679, an d 1680 to 1697, were
prosecuted chiefly for the Netherlands. At
length, in 1702, Louis obtained them, but
the French being defeated by the Duke of
Marlborough at the battle of Ramifies, in
1706, the southern provinces were brought
under the power of the allies, and assigned
to Austria at the peace of Utrecht.
A peace ensued, until the war of 1741 was
transferred to the Netherlands, and the
French under Marshal Saxe recovered them.
478
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
Bergen-op-Zoom was captured by the French
in September, 1747, and Maestricht in the
following year, when the successes of the
British navy, and the persevering aspect of
the coalition, led to the peace of Aix-la-
Chapelle in 1748, and the southern Nether¬
lands thus became restored to Austria. By
the treachery of Austria in 1756 they were
once more nearly ceded to France, but the
scheme was not carried into effect.
In the campaign of 1792 Austria again lost
the Netherlands, and though recovered in
1793, they again passed over to France in j
1794. The hope of recovering them was the
cause of the coalition of 1799 an d 1805, both
baffled in their object. The disasters of the
French army in Russia in 1812, at length
opened the long-wished-for prospect. In
1813 Germany occupied all the exertions of
the allies, but in 1814 the Netherlands were
detached by a consequence of the revolution
by which the Bourbons were restored ; and
the British Cabinet accomplished the union
of the seventeen provinces, and their erection
into an independent state, under the Prince
of Orange, in 1815. The Prince, therefore,
assumed the title of King of the Netherlands
and Grand Duke of Luxembourg.
The bill for the emancipation of the slaves
in the Dutch West Indian possessions, passet
in 1862, decreed a compensation for each
slave and came into force in 1863. The ex¬
penses of this emancipation came to $5,06$,-
366, and the number of slaves set free was
about 42,000, of whom 35,000 were in
Dutch Guiana.
The present King having no living male
issue, the succession to the
crown was vested in the Prin¬
cess of Orange, Wilhelmina,
the only child of King Wil¬
liam’s second marriage, born
in 1880. Of late years the
great question of internal
politics has been the new con¬
stitution, which was duly pro¬
mulgated November 30, 1887.
This act increased the elec¬
torate of Holland by no less
than 200,000 voters. A re¬
vision of the school laws in a
sectarian sense was carried
early in December, 1889.
Meanwhile, in 1888, the
Queen, Emma of Waldeck,
had been appointed regent in the event of
the King’s demise, and a council of guard¬
ians named to assist her in the education of
Princess Wilhelmina.
Many industries are carried on, and the
country has a large percentage of skilled
artisans. Amsterdam has had the largest
diamond-cutting trade in the world, ten
thousand persons depending on that branch
of industry, although in recent years it has
been on the decline.
The Dutch were once called the “ Carriers
of Europe.” While this designation does
VIEW OF DORT.
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
479
not apply to them now, they still have a large
mercantile marine. Minerals are scarce in
the Netherlands, but valuable clay, for the
manufacture of tiles, bricks and pottery is
found everywhere in great abundance, and
of late there has been somewhat of a revival
of the Delft-ware, which was formerly so
famous.
4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4* 4*
N the time of the Romans, Bel-
gium was included in Gaul, and
//*$■ was known as Gallia Belgica.
4 The P eo P^ e were mostly Celts,
C but while under the rule of the
it* Franks, in the 5th and 6th cen¬
turies, by irruptions from the
North the principal element of the popula¬
tion became German.
The country was afterwards divided into a
number of independent duchies, counties and
free cities, the principal of which was the
County of Flanders. The male line of the
Counts of Flanders became extinct m 1385,
and their possessions passed into the hands
of the Dukes of Burgundy, who soon after
obtained the whole of the Netherlands.
By the marriage of Mary of Burgundy
with Maximilian in 1477, the Netherlands
came into possession of Austria. Maximilian
was succeeded by his son Philip, who married
Johanna, daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella
of Spain, in 1496.
Holland, the northern portion of the Neth¬
erlands, established its independence, while
the southern portion, Belgium, continued
under the rule of Spain, Philip ceded Bel¬
gium to his daughter, Isabella, and her
husband, the Archduke Albert, in 1598,
under whom it formed a distinct and inde¬
pendent kingdom. Albert died in 1621
without issue, and the country again fell into
the hands of Spain.
Between 1659 an d 1697 Belgium lost con¬
siderable territory in the wars between Spain
and France and Holland. By the treaty of
Utrecht in 1713, Belgium was assigned to-
Austria. During the war of the Austrian
succession almost the whole country fell into
the hands of the French, but by the peace of
Aix-la-Chapelle it was restored to Austria,
1748. In 1790 the provinces of Belgium
revolted against Austrian rule, and formed
themselves into an independent state under
the name of United Belgium. They were,
however, subdued by the Austrians in the
end of the same year.
Austria’s Power Overthrown.
In the war with revolutionary France the
battle of Fleurus (1794) put an end to the
Austrian rule in Belgium. In 1815 it was
united with Holland under Prince William
I'rederick of Nassau. Belgium revolted in
1830, declared itself an independent state,
and chose Leopold, Prince of Saxe-Coburg,
as its king, in 1831. The five great powers
afterward determined the limits of the terri¬
tory, making Holland and Belgium separate
kingdoms. Leopold died in 1865, and was
succeeded by his son, Leopold II., the present
monarch.
480
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
On the outbreak of the Franco-German
war in 1870 the Belgians, fearing risks both
from Prussia and from France, mobilized
their army ; but in a special treaty arranged
by England, both belligerents recognized
anew the neutrality of Belgium, guaranteed
in 1831 and 1839. In 1885 the Congo Free
State, under the presidency of Leopold II.,
was acknowledged by the powers.
Although the country has, on the whole,
steadily grown in prosperity, and constitu¬
tional principles have been generally strength¬
ened, yet 1886-87 witnessed industrial riots
and Socialist disturbances of a serious aspect,
attended at Liege, Mons. Charleroi and other
places with great violence. The King, at the
opening of the Chambers in November,
promised that measures of reform should be
1 introduced, and this had the effect of quell¬
ing the disturbances. In 1880 the jubilee of
the state was celebrated with enthusaism.
King Leopold has distinguished himself
by being the patron of Henry M. Stanley in
his African explorations, having rendered
material aid to the explorer.
The government is a constitutional hered¬
itary monarchy, the members of the House
of Representatives being elected by citizens
who pay not less than twenty florins an¬
nually in direct taxes. The King can con¬
voke, adjourn or dissolve the Senate and
House of Representatives at pleasure. Under
the mild and successful government of Leo¬
pold, the country has prospered, and the
people seem attached to their King and con¬
stitution, and are peaceful and contented.
In 1815 the perpetual neutrality of Switz¬
erland and the inviolability of her territory
were guaranteed by Austria, Great Britain,
Portugal, Prussia and Russia, and the Fed¬
eral Pact which had been drawn up at
Zurich, and which included three new can¬
tons, was accepted by the Congress of
Vienna. The Pact remained in force till
1848, when a new constitution, prepared
without foreign interference, was accepted by
general consent. This, in turn, was, on May
2 9, 1874, superseded by the constitution
which is now in force.
Following the new constitution of 1848
came the revolt of Neufchatel against
Prussia, to which country it had belonged,
and its reception into the Swiss Confederacy
WITZERLAND,the ancient Hel¬
vetia , became, under the Roman
empire, a semi-civilized country,
and, after the fall of that power,
passed in succession under Bur¬
gundian, Frankish and Ger¬
manic sway. In 1307 a move¬
ment of the three northern
cantons of Schwyz, Uri and Unterwalden
inaugurated the ultimate overthrow of Aus-
trian rule in the result of the battle of Mor-
garten in 1315.
During the two following centuries the
other cantons fell one by one into the arms
of the Helvetic Confederation, which latter,
however, did not obtain its solidarity as a
European power until the peace of 1814.
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
481
as a canton on an equal footing with the rest.
During the Franco-German war of 1870-71
the landwehr were called out as a measure
for the maintenance of Swiss neutrality.
The sublime scenery of the Alps draws
tourists to Switzerland from all parts of the
world and renders this remarkable country
a constant and general object of interest.
ITALY
TALY, since the downfall of
Rome, has been divided into
different states, and has lost
that power which it formerly
enjoyed. Its historical remains,
its schools of art, its delicious
climate, give it an undying in¬
terest. It has been called the garden of
Europe ; and the panegyric which Pliny be¬
stows upon it does not seem in any degree
exaggerated.
The ancient inhabitants called themselves
Aborigines, offspring of the soil, and the
country was soon after peopled by colonies
from Greece. Italy has been the mother of
arts as well as of arms, and the immortal
monuments which remain of the eloquence
and poetical genius of its inhabitants are
universally known. The early part of the
history of this country is, however, involved
in the greatest obscurity. The first light
thrown on this land of darkness was by the
settlement of Greek colonies in the south,
where, eventually, a large tract of country
was called Magna Grsecia. The annals of
Rome are said to go back 750 years B. C.
Italy continued subject to one power for
more than 800 years ; until the fifth century,
when the Goths crossed the barriers of the
Alps. Toward the year 560 A. D. the
Lombards entered the north of Italy, took
Milan and Pavia, and founded a kingdom
which continued during two centuries, until
overthrown by Charlemagne.
Prolonged Military Struggles.
After his death Italy belonged to his suc¬
cessors on the imperial throne, but their
tenure was precarious, the great barons
laboring to assert their independence and the
popes to extend their temporal dominions.
The subsequent history is little more than a
succession of military struggles, of little in¬
terest, until 960, when Otho I. repaired, in
person, to the north of Italy, granted munici¬
pal rights to the cities, and improved the
interior government in general.
The whole was united to the German
Empire ; but from this compact fresh feuds
and commotions followed ; the Italian no¬
bility were jealous of their privileges ; con¬
spiracies were formed, detected and sup¬
pressed, and no constant allegiance was
exhibited to the German Government or the
magistracy put into authority by it.
A series of wars continued for several
ages. In the fourteenth century Italy was
divided into the kingdom of Naples, the es¬
tates of the Church, Tuscany, Parma and
Lombardy, the Genoese and the Venetian
territories and other petty states. For two
centuries the Venetians and the Genoese
31
482
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD
were the most considerable commercial
people in Europe, and Venice, in particular,
possessed large foreign colonies, and in 1194
took Constantinople and held in sovereignty
portions of what now constitutes Turkey in
Europe and Greece.
The foundation of the temporal power of
the popes was laid about 1080, by Matilda,
In March, 1860, Savoy and Nice were
ceded to France, to which they are still at¬
tached. Garibaldi and his volunteers con¬
quered the Two Sicilies, Francis II. of Naples
fled in terror, and the end of the great pop¬
ular uprising was that in March, 1861, Victor
Emmanual of Sardinia was proclaimed King
of Italy. The Austrians held Venice until
NAPLES, SHOWING MOUNT VESUVIUS IN THE DISTANCE.
Countess of Tuscany, who bequeathed a large
portion of her dominions to Pope Gregory
VII. After that time the popes successively
made great acquisitions of territory ; but in
1798 Rome was taken by Berthier, and
Bonaparte annexed the papal dominions to
France. They were, however, restored in
1814,
1866, when Italy and Prussia united their
forces against her. Rome remained in the
hands of the French until the outbreak of
the FYanco-German war, in spite of the
abortive revolutions instigated by Mazzini
and Garibaldi.
Finally, on September 20, 1870, the na¬
tional forces entered Rome, which became at
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
483
last the capital of United Italy. Victor
Emmanuel was succeeded in 1877 by his
son Humbert. The Pope still resides in
Rome, but has no jurisdiction except within
what is known to Italy as the “ Leonine
City.” Parliamentary government has been
accorded in the fullest degree.
The defeat of the Italian army in Abys¬
sinia, March 2, 1896, caused great excite¬
ment at Rome and elsewhere throughout the
country ; and troops were called out to sup¬
press demonstrations against the govern¬
ment ; Crispi’s ministry immediately resigned
and another cabinet was formed.
SPAIN
UN, after being partially col¬
onized by the Phoenicians and
Carthaginians, became a Roman
province under Augustus, and
some 400 years afterward was
successively overrun by the
Vandals, Goths and other north¬
ern races. In the eighth cen¬
tury the Moors successfully invaded the
country, and remained virtual masters of the
entire Spanish portion of it till the reign of
Ferdinand and Isabella, when, in 1492, they
were finally driven back into Africa.
Under Charles V., and his son Philip II.,
Spain became the greatest power in the then
world. But with the latter prince began
that decay which speedily reduced it to a
mere shadow of its past glory and import¬
ance. After the death of Charles II., in
1700, began the so-called War of the Spanish
Succession , in which the rival claims of
France and Austria to the throne terminated
in favor of Philip V., grandson of the French
King Louis XIV.
Between 1759 and 1763 an unsuccessful
war was waged against England, and in
1778 Spain again took up arms agains f that
country, and at the peace of 1783 received
the island of Minorca and the American
Floridas.
The later chief events in Spanish historical
annals have been: The struggle against
Napoleon during the so-called Peninsular
War; the restoration by French arms, in
1823, of the Bourbon dynasty in the person
of Ferdinand VII., whose tyranny had led
to a revolution in 1820; the Carlist War ,
1833-40, ending in the triumph of the Chris-
tinos; the exile of Queen Christina in 1854;
a war with Morocco in 1858-9; the annex¬
ation of St. Domingo in 1861 ; a war with
Peru and Chili in 1864-5 ; the downfall of
the Bourbon monarchy in 1868 ; the insur¬
rection in Cuba in 1868-75 ; the election of
Amadeus of Savoy as King of Spain in *870;
his abdication in 1873 ; the adoption of a
republican form of government under Castelar
and Serrano, 1873-4; and the restoration of
the monarchy in the person of Alfonso XII ,
son of Isabella, January, 1875. Spain, from
1873 to 1875, was the theatre of a civil war
waged against the government by the ad¬
herents of Don Carlos, who held nearly all
the northeast of the countrv.
9
484
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
On March I, 1896, a mob in Barcelona
attacked the American Legation, tearing
down the Stars and Stripes and trampling
them under foot. The town authorities at¬
tempted to disperse the mob and used their
efforts to protect the Legation. On the day
following, the Spanish authorities called at the
Legation, expressed regret for the unfortu¬
nate occurrence and promised full reparation.
The immediate cause of the outbreak was
the proposed resolutions, by the United
States Senate, expressing sympathy with the
attempt in Cuba to gain independence. For
several days the demonstrations against the
American flag continued and troops were
required to disperse the mobs.
NDER its ancient name of
Lusitania, Portugal was con¬
stituted a Roman province
under Augustus, and so
remained till the fifth cen¬
tury, when it became subject
to the Visigoths. In the
eighth the Moors took
possession of the country and held it for
four centuries, at the end of which period
they were driven out by Prince Alonzo
Enrique, of Castile, who thereupon was
elected King. Under the dynasty he founded
Portugal made rapid progress, and under
John I., and in the reigns of John II. and
Emanuel, 1481-1521, became eminent as a
maritime and colonizing power, establishing
settlements in the East and adding Brazil to
her dominions.
Under Sebastian III. began that fruitless
crusade against the Moors which cost that
monarch both his life and crown. Later,
Portugal became a dependency of Spain, but
in 1640 she threw off the yoke and placed
the Braganza dynasty on the vacant throne.
In 1807, after the deposition of the royal
family by decree of Napoleon, Dom Pedro,
the King, withdrew to Brazil, of which country
he became first Emperor.
The Government is a limited monarchy,
and the Legislature, known as the Cortes , con¬
sists of two houses—one of Peers, the other
of Deputies. The Roman Catholic is the
state religion, but entire toleration with
respect to others prevails.
A Steady Decline.
For many years the financial condition of
Portugal has gone steadily from bad to
worse. The rush of the European powers
to appropriate African soil awakened, for a
time, her old spirit and ambition, but the
awakening came too late. The march of
events and the energy of her rivals have
wrested from her many square miles that she
claimed as her own, but had done next to
nothing to colonize and develop. England
in the end of 1889 compelled Portugal to
abandon her claims to Nyassaland, and two
years later a treaty was signed defining the
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
485
respective spheres of influence of the two
countries in East and West Africa, especially
in the basin of the Zambesi. Further de¬
limitations were agreed upon in 1891.
In the meantime Charles I. had succeeded
his father, October, 1889. The action of
Britain occasioned an outburst of strong
popular feeling in Portugal, which the repub¬
licans turned to their own advantage, and
they were greatly helped by the successful
revolutions of the republicans in Brazil and
the expulsion of the Emperor, November,
1889. But in the home country their ad¬
vantage proved to be only temporary.
REECE shares with Rome the
absorbing interest of ancient
classic story. Glorious in
arts and arms, renowned for
her temples and mythology,
her warriors, poets and states¬
men, her controlling influ¬
ence at one time in the affairs which make
up the annals of ancient nations, she is at
once the admiration of the scholar, the artist
and the historian. Her classics have come
down to us with all the charm of learning
and romance and have long been the study
of the most cultured classes of modern times.
The earliest settlers in ancient Greece were
the Pelasgi, who were in course of time re¬
placed by the Hellenes, a people which
consisted of four tribes, namely, the ZEolians,
Dorians, Ionians and Achaians. Colonists
from Phoenicia and Egypt followed the
Hellenes, and joined with them in extending
their united sway over the country. About
2000 B. C. the great cities of Athens, Sparta,
Thebes, Argos and Corinth sprung into
existence, and became in course of time the
centres of political governments of a demo¬
cratic form, and of a progressive advance¬
ment in civilization, education and artistic
refinement. Their commerce embraced within
its scope the ports of Gaul and the Mediter¬
ranean, at the same time that their naval and
military power became extended in a cor¬
responding ratio.
Philip of Macedon.
Civil discords, however, originated the
Peloponnesian War, B. C. 434—404, by
which their union of interests became broken
up, and rendered Greece a prey to foreign
invasion under Philip of Macedon, who, after
the battle of Cheronsea, B. C. 338, became
master of the country. Afterward, by the
disruption of the Achaian League, Greece
became a Roman province, 146 B. C. Then
followed the decline and ultimate extinction
of the glories of Greek art and civilization.
Invasions by the Goths, Vandals and
Normans succeeded one another in turn till
1261, when the whole country—except
Athens and Nauplia—became merged in the
Greek Empire of Michael Palasologus. The
Turks took possession in 1481, but their
tenure of the country was contested for a
period of two centuries by the Venetians,
486
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
until finally it was definitely secured to them
by the treaty of Passarovitz.
In 1821 a revolution broke out against
the Ottoman yoke, and the independence of
Greece was secured by the interference of
foreign powers, after the defeat of the Turks
at Navarino, 1827. After a brief provisional
government under Count Capo d’lstria,
Greece was made into a monarchy by the
protecting powers, and Otho, of Bavaria,
placed on the throne in 1832. He reigned
till 1863, when he was dethroned and the
crown conferred upon George I., a prince
of the reigning house of Denmark.
m
O reputation less enviable be¬
longs to any nation of the
globe than that of Turkey.
“The Unspeakable Turk” has
long been an object of sus¬
picion and hatred by reason of
political intrigues, violation of
sacred oaths, the rapacity that characterizes
the savage, and the universal sentiment,
amounting to a tyrannical law, which subjects
everything to the reign of the Mohammedan
religion. The most recent history of Asia
is dark with the crimes and massacres that
have made Armenia the theatre of wholesale
slaughter, such as perhaps is unparalleled in
all the annals of time.
The Ottoman Empire, properly speaking,
comprehends all the countries in which
Turkish supremacy is directly or indirectly
recognized, and it includes some of the most
beautiful as well as most ancient sections of
the globe, in point of civilization. As a
whole, the empire is an aggregation of gov¬
ernments, often widely separated, and only
united by having been the subjects of a
common conquest.
The Turks are first noticed in history about
the year A. D. 800. They came originally
from Asia and are of Tartar origin. They
captured a portion of Armenia, which they
called Turcomania, and in a short time
pushed their dominion to the Hellespont,
and finally obtained a foothold in Europe.
The petty states into which their dominions
were at first divided were united under Oth-
man, one of their chiefs, in 1289. After him
came his son, and then his grandson, Amu-
lath, who established the Janizaries in 1362,
a powerful and well-disciplined army, com¬
posed of youths selected from his Christian
captives. He conquered the greater part of
Thrace, and made Adrianople his capital.
His successor, Bajazet I., conquered the
greater pait of the Eastern or Greek Empire
and besieged Constantinople; but being
summoned to Asia to stop the encroach¬
ments of Tamerlane, he had to abandon the
siege. Bajazet assumed the title of Sultan,
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
487
his predecessors being known by that of
Emir. In 1453, Mahomet II. took Constan¬
tinople and made it the capital of the Turkish
or Ottoman Empire. His grandson, Selim
I., conquered Syria and Egypt, and Solyman
the Magnificent, annexed the greater part of
Hungary and extended the Turkish domin¬
ions in the East.
The Turks Defeated.
From the reign of Solyman the power of
the Ottomans continued unabated till 1683,
when John Sobieski, King of Poland, de¬
feated the Turks and drove them out of
Austria and Hungary. Thenceforward the
power of Turkey continued steadily to de¬
cline. By the peace of Carlowitz, in 1699,
Austria, Venice and Poland received back
the territory previously wrested from them
by Turkey.
During the eighteenth century Turkey
was engaged in an almost uninterrupted
series of wars with Russia, the result of
which was seriously detrimental to the Turk¬
ish interests. Russia secured the Crimea
and Azov, and the River Dniester was made
the boundary between the two empires.
The Greeks rose in rebellion in 1821, and
adopted an independent provisional constitu¬
tion in 1822. The manly efforts made by
the Greeks in face of overwhelming odds
induced liberty-loving people in many
European countries to furnish the patriots
with men and money. Prominent among
those who figured in the struggle for Grecian
freedom was Lord Byron, who died at Mis-
solonghi in 1824. Russia, France and
England finally interfered in behalf of the
Greeks, destroyed the Mohammedan fleet at
Navarino, and compelled Turkey to acknowl¬
edge the independence of Greece, 1829.
In 1853 the Emperor Nicholas of Russia
demanded that a Russian protectorate be
established over the Greek Christians in the
Turkish Empire—a demand that was resisted
by the Sultan. Nicholas thereupon declared
war and invaded the Danubian Principalities.
England and France joined Turkey as allies
in 1854, and in 1855 Sardinia also embraced
the cause of the Sultan.
The Russians were defeated and had to
evacuate the Danubian Principalities. The
seat of war was then transferred to the
Crimea, a peninsula in the south of Russia,
on the Black Sea. Here the Russians were
defeated by the allies at the battles of Alma,
Inkerman and Balaklava. Sebastopol, the
greatest Russian stronghold on the Black
Sea, was besieged, and after a protracted
resistance capitulated. Peace was finally
concluded at Paris in 1856.
War with Russia.
The European powers having been unable
to satisfactorily settle the differences between
Turkey and her other rebellious provinces,
Russia interfered in behalf of the latter, and
declared war against Turkey in 1877. A
desperate struggle ensued, the most cele¬
brated battle fought being that of Plevna, in
which the Turks suffered a severe defeat.
The result of the war was that the Danubian
Principalities secured their independence, and
Russia received Bessarabia, Batoum, Kars
and Ardahan in Asia.
Turkey in Europe at present covers about
62,028 square miles, and has a population of
4,786,545. Turkey in Asia occupies 710,320
square miles, and has a population of over
21,608,000.
In Egypt (the principal Turkish possession
in Africa) the hold of the Sultan appears to
be very weak. The present condition of
Turkey seems to warrant the title, “ the sick
man of Europe,” for some time applied to it.
Turkey has always been true to herself.
483
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
The history of the Mohammedan power is
one of rapine, outrage and murder, and the
massacres in Armenia were only what might
have been expected. None the less the>
were enough to awaken the horror and
indignation of all civilized peoples.
HE epoch of Menes is the first
chronicle in the history of
ancient Egypt, and has been
placed at 5004 B. C. This
fact points to a very ancient
origin. Allusions are made
to Egypt in the Book of
Genesis and many other parts of the Bible.
The history of the country is largely written
upon tablets of stone, which in recent times
have been deciphered, thus rendering Egypt
a country of peculiar interest.
Unfortunately the decline which has af¬
fected all the old nations of the East has cast
down the ancient glory and left everywhere
the footprints of death. Still, in her ruins
Egypt is a country of marvelous interest.
Long subject to outside powers, she still
maintains her traditional character and
customs.
A royal dynasty ruled for some centuries
before Cambyses, 524 B. C., and by that line
of monarchs were constructed those grand
pyramids, temples and obelisks, whose re¬
mains make of Egypt the oldest of classic
lands. Cambyses brought Egypt under
Persian sway till the time of the invasion of
Alexander the Great, who built Alexandria.
After him came the line of Ptolemies, end¬
ing in the person of Cleopatra, under whom
it became a Roman province. After a
possession of 760 years the Romans gave
place to the Saracens, who ruled Egypt till
1250, when the Mameluke dynasty was
established.
At the beginning of the sixteenth century
it fell into the hands of the Turks, under
whom it became a satrapy, and the object of
incessant contention among the Mameluke
Beys. The French under Napoleon occupied
the country, 1798-1802. I11 1811, Mehemet
Ali, after a massacre of the Mamelukes, made
himself master of Egypt, and the succession
was confirmed to him and his descendants
by the treaty of London, 1841.
The Title of “ King.”
In 1866 enlarged powers were granted the
Egyptian rulers by conferring on them the
title of Khedive (king). The former Khedive
Ismail Pasha, was deposed by the Sultan,
June, 1879, and was succeeded by his son,
Mohammed Tewfik.
The reigning Khedive is Abbas, born July
1 $ 74 > son of Mohammed Tewfik, who
succeeded to the throne on the death of his
father, January 7, 1892. In the summer of
1882, in consequence of a military rebellion,
England intervened, subdued the uprising,
and restored the authority of the Khedive.
Egypt embraces 10,698 square miles and has
a population of 6,817,265. The prevailing
19 Synagogue of the Portuguese Jews.
20 Mosque.
IV—THE MOHAMMEDAN QUARTER,
21 Khan and Bazaar
22 Mineral Bath.
23 Convent and Schools.
31 Pilate’s House.
32 Place of Flagellation.
83 Ruins of a Churcdi. Ilodtee of Simon the
Pharisee.
34 Church of St. Anna..
35 House of Herod. Dervish’s Mosque.
MODERN
JERUSALEM
Damaseii
DISTINCTION or EDIFICES Gate,
Mosks and other Turkish builds
fgg Churches and Cloisters
EM Christian Cliurches^ss^^^^
EZ) Synagogues , s' vM,
r
(.olden
G ate 1 II III IV V
if/ mm
WM/ Tomb at§i
a JehoitaplraS
/ T
^ dJA hsn 1 Hmsi/TZ!
Hi! ftJ ames”ToH
mjt Zachai iah^s
W Tomb
I., ms
!>i rTInkrl’'/
WBBr&
Zions
Wmk Jm
wmimMSmmm
I The Christian Quarter
II The Armenian Quarter
III The Jews Quarter
IV The Mahommedan 9 Quarter
V The Moors Quarter
MM
24 Institute for Blind Dervishes.
25 Hospital of St. Helena.
2G Reputed site of the House of the Rich Man.
27 Reputed site of the House of St. Varonica.
28 Residence of the Turkish Pasha.
29 Arch of the “ Ecce Homo.” .
30 Place of the “Scala Sancta,” the Holy Stair¬
case.
V.-THE MOORS’ QUARTER.
a Armenian Convent. House of Caiaphas.
b American Burial Ground,
c David’s Tomb,
d Place of Wailing of the Jews.
Just within Zion's Gate are urretched abodes of
lepers.
I .on^itude East from (ire<-iiv\ i•• h
f|
c^r
i « \ •
III
rev* \
\5 =
1 A»
/ * n 5 ;
K \
488
The
one (
mass
J
Genes
The h
upon t
have t
a coun
UnfJ
fected
down 1
the fo<
Egypt
Long
mainta]
custom
A ro
before
of moi
pyrami<
mains i
lands.
Persian
Alexan<
After
ing in t
it beca
MODERN JERUSALEM.
I-THE CHRISTIAN QUARTER.
1 Goliath’s Castle.
2 Latin Convent.
3 Church of Holy Sepulchre.
4 Greek Convent-
13 Modern Evangelical Church.
14 Hospital and Syrian Convent.
II,—THE ARMENIAN QUARTER.
15 Armenian Convent, with the Church of Sfc.
James.
w mm
b\e Z EWlfH
(tile Modern Ci
vfcAncient'
Gate
Tomb of A Vexaiidfit
Nk QtsternS^
/
Kphraims
i I AA
Palace of
6f (Hanaivei
\ G i8PP
‘PdfcofioUmV
pt°sf ,oh :
fmt
Igvfe r a G a tjNgi|
Senate” %
1 Loused
thije*<^
''JchfkUi h «
■wu Garde,];
imam ny*
pff Upper JP: M
==ss£ Markets?.'
Bio grrfi
OTy of iSiWfiK
UilcSsi
^Dragon:
Foii'ntaf
First Wajll,u%;
City of David a
and Solomon, C
ff&atlj
3mu
SliCOXD \v a 1:.:; 1
cfJ?? y
built by Joth'am y
Iiezekiah,and [
Manasseh,Both ^
walls after the ill 1
exile rebuilt by '<$},
Nehemiah.
Third Wall 4||
built by Herod Agrippa
A.D.45
gt^i Priest
-Anauus I
Circumvallation of the City
by the Romans under Titus
Sp-Pompey s
LB. Folger Sc- Civ
5 Coptic Convent.
6 Ruins of St. John’s Hospital.
7 Greek Church. St. John’s.
8 Residence of the Christian Bishop.
9 Church of the Greek Schismatics.
10 Tower of Hippicus. David’s Tower.
11 Supposed site of the Tower of
Phasaelus.
32 The Prussian Consulate.
The only building in Jerusalem which
presents any appearance of comfort.
16 Nunnery of St. George.
17 Barracks.
Ill—THE JEWS’ QUARTER.
The most wretched in the city.
18 Synagogue of the Shepardim.
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
489
religion is Mohammedan, exclusive of 600,000
Copts, who have the honor of being Chris¬
tian descendants of the ancient Egyptians.
The country changes but slowly, is fixed
aud stereotyped, like all others of the Orient,
and gives little sign of progress.
1
i
m
&
. oCfoo
--•-. *
• • v ;v;;; 7*
. ;V.V.*r; \y
‘'•/A’V.'V * *
&
&
~TT
A-J
h
$
t** * • • • • • • • * • **•••••
t' * • *•*•••!• •••».. • • • • * • *. * *.••• • 7 ! • J •*,*,*•• *!'•
**••••• • • »••••’• •*•••. JI •%# r. .‘.’lu I .*• J.V.
PALESTINE
;!5l*
■¥
iiPP
~T~
--x
$
$
%
«- 4 -•
$
$1
t ALESTINE derives its name from
the Hebrew Pelescheth (“ Land
of the Philistines”), and in re¬
mote times was known as
Canaan. Under the reigns of
David and his son Solomon, it
constituted a flourishing kingdom. The
subsequent history of Palestine is identical
with that of Judea and of the Jewish people,
until its subjection by Rome.
The country remained in the power of the
Romans till the conversion of the empire to
Christianity, when it became an object of
religious veneration. In the sixth century
it fell under the sway of the Mohammedans,
which gave occasion to the Crusades. Jeru¬
salem was taken by the European forces, and
was under Godfrey of Bouillon erected into
a Latin kingdom, which endured for above
eighty years, during which the Holy Land
streamed with Christian and Saracen blood.
In 1187 Judea was conquered by Saladin,
on the decline of whose kingdom it passed
through various hands, till, in 1517, it was
finally added to the Turkish Empire.
To all Christians throughout the world
Palestine is a Holy Land. It is associated
with the lives of patriarchs, prophets and
apostles, and also with that of Jesus of
Nazareth. Early in the Christian era Jeru¬
salem received the blow that shattered its
sacred temple, and began the downfall of
the most remarkable nation of the ancient
world. The old landmarks are obliterated,
the country has been desolated, no bright
future seems to be before it, yet of all lands
on the face of the earth it is the one whose
soil is trod with reverent feet, and whose
localities have an absorbing interest to the
visitor.
Modern Changes.
As regards Jerusalem, a new town has
sprung up outside the walls, and there are
about 50,000 Jews in and about the holy
city. Yet the character of the ancient nation
has been changed and Palestine as it once
was does not exist.
The present condition of the country
shows the beginning of rapid changes in
every direction. The thousands of visitors
who every year pour into the country con¬
tribute in no small degree to alter the
character, the habits and the ideas of the
people. Roads are being everywhere con¬
structed in a country where, but a few years
ago, there were no roads. The traveler can
now drive from Jaffa to Jerusalem, from
Jerusalem to Jericho, and also from Jeru¬
salem to Hebron. Societies formed for ex-
490
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
ploration have done much toward preserving
the history of the country as revealed in its
present ruins. Those who wish to see
Palestine as it has been for a thousand years
and more, must go at once or they will never
have the opportunity.
RABIA consists of a peninsula,
with a length of about 1500
miles, a breadth of 900 miles
(Suez to Bassorah), and an area
of more than 1,000,000 square
miles. It sea-coast is over 1200
miles long, and a large proportion of the
country is an arid, sandy desert. On the
shores of the Rea Sea and Persian Gulf there
is, however, considerable good and fertile
land.
The Arabs claim descent from Ishmael,
and have always been a wild and independ¬
ent people of nomadic instincts. Their
history proper begins with the advent of the
prophet Mohammed and the foundation of
the Caliphate. There are properly from
12,000,000 to 15,000,000 inhabitants of the
Peninsula, of whom all but a few Guebres
(fire worshippers), some negroes and a few
Jews, are Mohammedans.
Coffee, believed to be indigenous, is one
of the chief articles of export, and balm,
frankincense, gum arabic, cassia and other
drugs and spices grow freely. Wheat,
barley, beans, millet and lentils form the
food of the natives, and almonds, dates, and
tamarinds are largely exported. The rivers
of Arabia are few and unimportant; the heat
is intense, and little rain falls at any season.
HE early history of China is
lost in antiquity. In the I ith
century the country was sub¬
jugated by Jenghis Khan,
whose descendants were after¬
ward supplanted by the Ming
dynasty of native princes. In
1294 the first Christian missionaries reached
Pekin. In the early part of the 17th century,
the Ming dynasty was subverted by the
Mantchoo Tartars, who substituted an empe¬
ror of their own race.
The first foreign powers to establish rela¬
tions with China was Great Britain in the
17th century. In 1839, seizure by the gov¬
ernment of opium belonging to British mer-
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
401
chants was the cause of hostilities, known as
the “Opium War,” 1840, and which was
put a stop to by treaty in 1842, by which
the Island of Hong-Kong was ceded to
England, five ports opened free to foreign
commerce, and a heavy indemnity paid the
English merchants. This treaty was fol¬
lowed by one with the United States in
1844, and with France in 1845. In 1851, a
rebellion on a large scale broke out, known
as the Tae-ping Civil War, which, after many
successes on the part of the rebels, was tem¬
porarily suppressed in 1853. Another war
with England, in conjunction with France,
occurred in 1856, in which Canton was bom¬
barded, and Pekin menaced by the Euro¬
peans. Another treaty, June 26, 1858,
terminated hostilities, and gave new and im¬
portant advantages to foreigners, among
which were the toleration of Christianity,
the opening of new ports to commerce, and
the reception at Pekin of foreign envoys.
In 1859, an attempt to ignore this treaty
led to the occupation of Pekin by English
and French troops ; after which the treaty
was ratified. From 1861 to 1868, the Tae-
ping rebellion broke out anew, with slight
intermissions. In 1867, Mr. Burlingame
was appointed envoy-extraordinary from the
United States to Pekin, and in 1868 effected
a treaty with China, which conferred on
Americans in China the same rights and
privileges possessed by Chinese in the United
States. In 1871, to avenge outrages by the
Coreans upon American shipwrecked mari¬
ners, a United States force visited their pen¬
insula. Recent years have seen the termin¬
ation of the rebellion in Sungaria, and
better relations between China and Russia,
arising over the Kashga rebellion, which was
put down in 1879.
The war between China and Japan in 1894
resulted disastrously to the former, the su¬
periority of the Japanese arms being evident
at every point of the contest. China sought
by diplomacy to avert further catastrophe,
and the strong hand of Russia was soon seen
in the terms of peace.
HE empire is politically sub¬
divided into provinces, depart¬
ments and districts, formerly
governed by upwards of 200
princes called Daimios , each
of whom held absolute power
over his own jurisdiction ; in
1870-1, these princes were made subordi¬
nate to the Mikado , or supreme ruler of the
Empire. This Mikado, or Emperor, is con¬
sidered of semi-divine origin, and was until
quite recently invisible to the people at large.
In 1542 the Portuguese established a
settlement at Nagasaki, and the Dutch
obtained a temporary footing in 1600, but
intercourse with the outside world came to
be entirely suspended until about the middle
of the present century. Since 1867, several
embassies have visited the United States and
Europe. In February, 1889, a new consti-
492
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
tution was promulgated, establishing import¬
ant reforms, such as a parliament, the right
of suffrage to all men twenty-five years old
and over, who pay a certain amount of tax,
liberty of religion, of speech and the right to
hold public meetings. Judges cannot be
removed, except by special legislation.
Japan has shown a remarkable ability to
adapt herself to Western civilization. With
singular acuteness she has adopted ideas
from other countries, and within the last few
years has undergone rapid changes. These
do not so much affect her form of govern¬
ment as her system of education, and, to
some extent, her manners and customs. The
Japanese have been called the “ \ ankees of
the Orient.”
When war broke out between her and
China in 1894, she showed herself fully
equipped for the conflict by possessing arms
of the most recent type and by being thor¬
oughly versed in the most approved methods
of military tactics. Her swift and brilliant
victory was anticipated from the first.
N the widest sense of the term,
British India comprises all that
part of the great Indian penin¬
sula which is directly or in¬
directly under British rule, as
well as certain countries beyond
that area which are under the
control or protection of the Governor-
General. The Government of the Indian
Empire is entrusted to a Secretary of State
for India, assisted by a Council of not less
than ten members, vacancies in which are
now filled up by the Secretary of State for
India.
But the major part of the Council must be
of persons who have served or resided ten
years in India, and have not left India more
than ten years previous to the date of their
appointment; and no person not so qualified
can be appointed unless nine of the continu¬
ing members be so qualified. The office is
held for a term of ten years ; but a member
may be removed upon an address from both
Honses of Parliament, and the Secretary of
State for India may for special reasons re¬
appoint a member of the Council for a
further term of five years. No member can
sit in Parliament. Therefore it will be seen
that the intention is not to allow the repre¬
sentatives in the Council to have any con¬
trolling voice in the affairs of the country,
yet they possess a certain influence.
India is the ancient name of all that part
of Southern Asia which extended from
Persia to Serica (North China). The knowl¬
edge possessed of this portion of the world
is extremely small, and dates from the ex¬
pedition of Alexander the Great. Seleucus
Nicator extended the conquests of the
Greeks beyond the furthest point reached by
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD
493
Alexander. Ptolemy learned more from
subsequent travelers, and his grand division
of the country into India Within and Beyond
the Ganges has remained to the present day.
Prom the time of the expedition of Alex¬
ander the Great, in the 4th century, B. C.,
down to the 15th century
of our era, the history of
India, divided as it was
into an infinity of independ¬
ent states, is of compara¬
tively little interest for the
general reader. In 1525
the country was invaded
by Baber, who established
the Mogul line of princes,
whose power culminated
under his successor Au-
rungzebe.
British Arms.
After the latter’s death,
1707, the Mogul dynasty
began to decline; and after
an unsuccessful attempt
made by the French to
establish their power in
India, the foundations of a
vast political power were
laid between 1750 and
1765, by the greater re¬
sources and superior mari¬
time strength of the Eng¬
lish. Since that period the
history of India presents
but a succession of battles
fought and territories con¬
quered by British arms.
In 1857 occurred the great Sepoy mutiny,
which was extinguished after much blood¬
shed. In the year following, the foreign
commerce of India, long a monopoly in the
hands of the East India Company, was
finally thrown open to the world, and their
political jurisdiction vested in the British
crown. The assassination of the Governor-
General of India, the Earl of Mayo, in 1872,
first attributed to political motives, seems to
have been only an act of fanaticism. In
PAGODA OF CHILLENBAUM, INDIA.
1878, over 500,000 deaths occurred at
Madras alone by famine.
The costume is in numerous nationalities
characterized universally by the ease, light-
I ness and loseness common in the East and
494
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
suitable to the hot climate. But it varies in
the many provinces, and, indeed, with every
nationality. The turban (pagri) has every
sort of dimension, from minute neatness to
turgid massiveness.
The waistband (dhoti) extends often below
the knee, in which case there is no trouser.
Jackets in many styles are common. The
woman’s dress in many respects resembles
scarfs and shawls is the prevailing color. As
a whoie the national dress is picturesque,
and a holiday crowd has the appearance of
a flower garden.
Four-fifths of the population are affected
largely by the caste system connected with
the popular religion. A religious sanction
in some degree attaches to infant marriage,
or child marriage, with all classes; also, to
ENGLISH TROOPS ON THE MARCH IN INDIA.
that of the men. The petticoat is not uni¬
versal. The headdress is often extended, so
as to hang gracefully down the back. The
shoe is not always worn ; indeed, the hum¬
bler classes are generally barefooted. With
them the blanket is often a plaid.
The black colors of Europe are seldom
seen, but indigo blue is common. Other¬
wise white, set off by gay margins, and rich
the seclusion of women, and to the prohib;
tion against remarriage of widows with the
upper and middle classes.
In practice the women of the masses are
not secluded, but, on the contrary, appear
everywhere, and work out of doors ; they
remarry, too, if in widowhood. The burn¬
ing of widows on the funeral pyres of their
husbands has long been suppressed by the
the countries of the world.
495
criminal law under British rule. Polyandry
is found only among a few of the aboriginal
tribes. Old customs, many of them bar¬
barous and cruel, are disappearing before the
advance of Christian civilization, but here, as
elsewhere, the advance is very slow.
FGHANISTAN is subdivided |
into the three separate princi¬
palities of Cabul, Candahar and
Herat. The Afghans belong
to the Iranic race ; they are of
a vigorous spirit and proud
temper. Afghanistan is continually being
threatened by England and Russia, both of
which nations desire the possession of Herat,
which is the key of Central Asia.
The area is estimated at 225,00 square
miles. Four-fifths of the country consists
of rocks and mountains ; the latter from the
table-land in the north, varying from 15,000
to 16,000 feet in height and in the case of
the Hindoo Coosh, to 20,493 feet.
Beloochistan is subdivided into six prov¬
inces. Nearly the whole country is moun¬
tainous, except in the northwest and along,
the coast, its general characteristics being a
rugged and elevated surface, barrenness and
deficiency of water. The famous Bolan
mountain pass, which is the only means of
communication with the interior of the coun¬
try from the plains of Northwest India, is on
the northeastern boundary. Relate, the
capital, is situate at 6000 feet above sea
level. The products vary with the climate,
which is cold in the elevated parts, and ex¬
cessively hot in the lower valley.
The pursuits of the people are mostly
pastoral. The inhabitants consist chiefly of
I of Belooches and Brohooees, two tribes
which are probably a race of mixed Tartar
and Persian descent. Beloochistan was
formerly subjected to Persia, and afterwards
to Afghanistan, but its people conquered
their independence in 1758. They are ruled
by several chiefs, under the more or less
nominal authority of the Khan of KeUt.
Products of the Country.
Among the natural productions of
Afghanistan is the plant yielding asafcetida.
The castor-oil plant is everywhere common,
and good tobacco is grown in the district of
Kandahar. Aitchison says that the culti¬
vated area around Herat produces magnifi¬
cent crops of wheat, barley, cotton, grapes,
melons and the mulberry tree ; the produc¬
tion being only limited by the amount of
labor procurable.
Surrounding the villages and in orchards
the ash, elm, apricot, apple, plum, quince,
peach and pomegranite are cultivated. In
special localities are forests of pistachio, its
leaves being used in dyeing.
The general appearance of the country
during winter is barren and arid in the ex¬
treme, owing to the absence of trees and
woody shrubs ; but in spring a mass of vege¬
tation springs up, giving a grand coloring to
the landscape. The industrial products are
silk, chiefly for domestic use, and carpets.
496
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
The manufacture of postins , or sheepskins,
is one of the most important of the indus¬
trial occupations of the people, and of late
'*~ars the trade in this article has greatly
increased. Afghanistan is crossed by several
trade-routes leading to India on the one side,
and to Persia and Turkestan on the other;
merchandise is carried by camels.
ITTLE of a reliable character is
known of the early history of
Siam. The foundation of Ayu-
thia, its former capital, dates
from 1350, and in the sixteenth
century its territorial rule ex¬
tended from the Cambodia
River as far south as the Strait of Malacca.
In 1782 the existing dynasty mounted the
throne, and in 1855—6, treaties were effected
with the United States, England and France,
which have largely facilitated foreign trade,
opened out the resources of the country, and
generally been the means of introducing
many of the arts and manners of the West¬
ern nations among the Siamese people. The
population is estimated at 6,300,000.
The monarchy is absolute and hereditary,
and there are two kings, of whom the first is
the actual reigning sovereign, the second re¬
ceiving one-third of the revenue, and exer¬
cising the administrative functions of chief
minister. Buddhism is the dominant form
of religion, and the pagodas of Siam are the
finest of all Indian temples. Within the last
few years the king has raised a small regular
army officered by Europeans ; and in time
of war the entire adult population are liable
to be called out any time for military service.
The men are of an olive color, with little
beard; but the women are of a straw com¬
plexion. They have been said to excel in
the fabrication of gold, in fireworks and in
miniature-painting ; but in mechanical inge¬
nuity they are decidedly inferior to the
natives of China and Cochin-China.
Characteristics of the People.
The chief production of Siam is rice. It
is the national food and its export forms a
great source of wealth to the country.
The Siamese are very social, vain and
fond of bright dresses and jewelry. Their
intercourse with each other is conducted
with ceremonious attention to distinctions ol
rank. They shave the heads of their chil¬
dren, with the exception of a tuft on the
crown, which is cut off with great ceremony
at the age puberty.
Marriages are negotiated by elderly
women who find out if the birthdays of the
intended bride and bridegroom are suitable,
for the Siamese are superstitious in this re¬
spect. The marriage ceremonies, during
which the chewing of betel-nut plays an
important part, last two or three days and
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
497
ail friends are entertained liberally during
this time. The houses are built of wood or
bamboo, thatched with palm. Furniture
there is none, unless a mosquito net, a mat
or two and cooking utensils be reckoned
furniture, and these are very crude.
3
3: ill
iS'§
3
M3
F M3
3 35
3
+
MH
m
i*
PERSIA
s
$
$
3*
•
3
S
?IS 3
s
55 $
t ERSIA dates its rise as a nation
from after the fall of the Assy¬
rian and Babylonian Empires,
and under Cyrus extended from
the Indus almost to Greece and
Libya. Conquered by Alex¬
ander the Great, it became during several ’
centuries afterward a Greek satrapy ; and
about 200 B. C. a Parthian monarchy. In
the third century A. D. the native rule was
restored under the Sassanides dynasty.
Later, Persia became the prey of the
Tartars, the Turks, the Afghans, until re¬
deemed by the victories of Nadir Shah.
After the death of the latter the country
again became the scene of social anarchy and
civil war, which continued till the establish¬
ment of the present dynasty. In 1871-2
the more Southern and Eastern provinces
were desolated by a terrible drought and
famine, which swept away thousands of the
inhabitants. In 1873 the Shah visited
Europe. Estimated population, 10,000,000.
Some of the immense valleys of Persia
abound with the rarest and most beautiful
vegetable productions ; among them are
wheat of the very best quality, barley and
other cereals, cotton, sugar, rice and
tobacco. The vine flourishes in many of
the provinces, and the wines of Shiraz are
celebrated. The mulberry-tree is largely
cultivated, silk being one of the most im¬
portant staples of the country. The chief
manufacture is that of silk stuffs, of the
richest kinds ; other fabrications include tex¬
tile goods, arms, carpets, shawls, etc. Persian
commerce is very extensive, and chiefly car¬
ried on with Russia by way of the Caspian Sea,
and with British India by way of the Persian
Gulf.
A Despotism.
The government is a despotism under the
Shah , or sovereign ; and though a large
amount of the taxes levied never reaches the
royal treasury, yet the latter is reported to
possess immense wealth in bullion and pre¬
cious stones. Mohammedanism of the Shiah
type is the prevailing form of religion. The
Persian (or Persic) is the most celebrated of
all the Oriental languages in respect of
strength, copiousness and poetic harmony,
and is written from right to left.
The houses in Persia, those of the wealth¬
iest people, not excepted, appear contempti¬
ble, being generally built of earth or mud
and are grouped, even in the towns, with
32
498
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
little attention to uniformity or order. The
interiors, however, of the houses of the rich
are sometimes perfect paradises of luxury
and elegance. The miserable look of the
towns is, moreover, greatly redeemed by the
beauty of the gardens which surround them.
ARBARY and Egypt formed
nearly all of Africa known to
the ancients. It was peopled
chiefly by Moors, Numidians
and Phoenician colonists; it at¬
tained great celebrity during
the Carthaginian dominion ;
was afterwards subject to the Romans, and
occupied for nearly a century by the Vandals.
The Arabs took it finally from the Romans,
about B. C. 697.
Barbary is an extensive region, comprising
all the northern portion of Africa, from
Egypt to the Atlantic Ocean, and from the
Mediterranean to the Greater Atlas. It is
divided by the Atlas range into two regions,
that on the north comprising the four
Barbary States, viz., Morocco, Algiers, Tunis
and Tripoli; and the southern region, called
Beled-ul-Jerid, or Country of Dates.
In this region stood the celebrated city of
Carthage in ancient times. Its site was
about ten miles northeast of the present city
of Tunis. It was founded by Phoenicians,
eight hundred and sixty-nine years before
the Christian era. The Phoenicians were
the first people who engaged in commerce,
and founded colonies for the purpose of
carrying on trade.
The city of Algiers was built by the
Saracens, in the year 944. The Govern¬
ment, called the Regency of Algiers, was
founded in 1518, by two Turks, named
Horuc and Hagradin. They were brothers,
and both bore the name of Barbarossa P or
Red-Beard.
American Resistance.
The country now called Morocco was
conquered by the Saracens about the same
time with the other Barbary States. So
also was Tripoli. All these states, except
Morocco, afterward fell into the hands of
the Turks. During a long period, the Bar¬
bary States were in the habit of fitting out
vessels to cruise against the ships of other
nations. Their prisoners were sold as slaves,
and never returned to their own country,
unless a high ransom was paid for them.
The Americans were the first who made
any considerable resistance to these outrages.
In the year 1803, Commodore Preble sailed
to the Mediterranean Sea with a small Ameri¬
can fleet. He intended to attack Tripoli;
but one of his frigates, the Philadelphia, got
aground in the harbor. The Turks took
possession of the Philadelphia. But one
night Lieutenant Decatur entered the har-
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
499
bor of Tripoli, and rowed toward the cap¬
tured vessel, with only twenty men. He
leaped on board, followed by his crew, and
killed all the Turks, or drove them over¬
board : the Philadelphia was then set on
fire.
After this exploit, Commodore Preble ob¬
tained some gunboats from the King of
Naples, and with these and the American
«
vessels, he made an attack on the fortifica¬
tions of Tripoli. The Bashaw of Tripoli
was forced to give up his prisoners. In the
year 1815, Commodore Decatur—the same
who had burnt the Philadelphia—was sent
with a fleet against Algiers. He captured
their largest vessels, and compelled the Al¬
gerines, apd the Tripolitans also, to agree
never more to make slaves of Americans.
In 1816, Algiers was battered by an
English fleet under the command of Lord
Exmouth. This was the severest chastise
ment that the Algerines had ever received
at that period. But in 1830, the French
sent a large naval and military force against
Algiers, commanded by Marshal Beaumont.
The war continued for seventeen years,
an Arab leader, by the name of Abd-el-
Kader, making a powerful resistance to the
French. At length Abd-el-Kader was de¬
feated and taken prisoner; so the country
was conquered, and Algiers, under the name
of Algeria , is now a province of France.
I!**!
:::
© @ ® 1 @ ® 1 @ ® © 1 ! S
“sfclii
i ABYSSINIA
I
lira;
*
♦ BYSSINIA was a part of ancient
Ethiopia; its inhabitants are of
a dark olive complexion. In
1867, the British Government,
having wrongs to avenge, sent
* to Abyssinia an army of 10,000
men ; and the expedition resulted in the death
of the Emperor Theodorus II., and the de¬
struction of his capital, Magdala.
A few years ago Italy endeavored to plant
a colony in Abyssinia. The new colony is
nearly self-supporting, but in their endeavor
to extend their influence, the Italians came
to blows with the Abyssinians whom they
had taken under their protection. Abyssinia,
the only state of Central Africa with a pre¬
tence to civilization, is made up of the terri¬
tory of a few hundred fierce clans whose
chieftains render more or less obedience to
the “ Negus ” or King. The people of that
country are nominally Christians, but their
rites are strangely mixed with Pagan usages
as old as their hills. The main difficulty
between Italy and Abyssinia seems to arise
out of the determination of the former to put
down slavery.
Early in March, 1896, a bloody battle
was fought between the Abyssinian troops
and the Italian army, in which the latter
was utterly defeated with great loss of life,
and a check was put upon the ambition of
Italy to make for herself a position like
other European nations on African soil. The
defeat created great excitement in Rome and
other parts of Italy, and led to the instant
downfall of the Crispi Ministry.
Abyssinia consists of two districts, Tigre
and Amhara and Shoa. The country is
mountainous, but in the vales the soil is
fertile. The rainy season continues from
June to September, succeeded without in¬
terval by a cloudless sky and a vertical sun,
500
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
but cold nights follow those scorching days.
Though situate between the tropics, the
productions of Abyssinia rather resemble
those of the temperate than of the torrid
zone. The population is estimated at
3,000,000.
• I-
REPUBLICS IN SOUTH AFRICA
a
NE of the earliest settlements
in South Africa was that of
the Dutch at the Cape of
Good Hope. In 1806 Great
Britain acquired their do¬
main, following which the
Dutch emigrated in large
numbers, moving north and
east. They acquired by force of arms from
the Zulas the country known as Natal, where
they settled. The number of the Boers, as
they were called, who left the British
colonies was about 10,000. They organized
a government, and in 1854 the British guar¬
anteed them complete independence.
The Boers also established a republic
known as the Transvaal, the independence
of which was acknowledged in 1852. Here
they have remained until the present time.
They have had the name of being very ex¬
clusive and refusing rights to foreigners who
wished to enter their country. In 1887 the
British attempted to take the country, and
for a while occupied it. In 1 880 the Trans¬
vaal Boers threw off the British yoke and re¬
established the republic, after a conflict with
the British, in which the latter were defeated
with great loss.
Early in 1896 a British company, with
possessions bordering on the Transvaal, at¬
tempted to conquer the Boers. In this
attempt they were led by Dr. Jameson, but
his force was signally defeated. This disaster
caused excitement throughout England,
especially as Germany expressed its sym¬
pathy with the Boers.
The population of the Transvaal is 119,-
128 Europeans, of whom half are Dutch.
The native population is 560,000.
The state has immense latent wealth in
its minerals, for, in addition to the numerous
gold-fields the deposits of silver, copper and
lead, iron, coal, cobalt, and other metals and
minerals, are sufficient to show that nature
has favored the Transvaal beyond all African
States. The country is rich in corn and pas¬
ture land. The climate is, as a rule, healthy,
and in some parts exceptionally bracing.
The number of English-speaking residences
is fast increasing on account of emigration.
Republic of Liberia.
Liberia is a small Republican State of
West Africa and occupies a part of the coast
of North Guinea. Length, 600 miles ;
breadth interiorward, 50 miles. Monrovia
is its capital, at the mouth of St. Paul’s
River. The principal exports are coffee,
sugar, palm-oil, camphor, indigo, ivory and
gold dust. The population consists of
20,000 “Americo-Liberians ” (immigrants
from America and their descendants) and
600,000 aborigines. The first settlement
was formed by free negro colonists from the
United States, at Cape Mesurado, in 1820.
The colony became an independent republic
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
501
in 1847. The constitution and government
are based upon the model of those of the
United States.
The Congo Free State has sprung out of
the discoveries of Stanley and the explora¬
tions of the International Association, founded
at Brussels for the opening up to civilization
of the Congo and its tributaries. Its auton¬
omy was recognized during 1884 and 1885
by the leading powers of Europe, and by
the United States, conditioned upon its main¬
taining the principles of free trade. There
are twelve territorial divisions, the capital
being Boma.
The central government is at Brussels,
and consists of the King of the Belgians as
sovereign, and three departmental chiefs.
On the Congo there is an Administrator-
General and several European administra¬
tors of stations and districts. The rest of
West Africa is variously “protected” by
England, France, Germany and Portugal.
APE COLONY is an extensive
territory belonging to Great
Britain, comprising the greater
portion of the South African
continent. It has an area of
183,286 square miles, with a
coastline of 1,150 miles. The entire country
consists of three elevated plateaux inter¬
sected by three great mountain-chains, be¬
tween two of which is what is called the
Great Karroo, a desert plain nearly 500
miles long by 100 broad. The principal
rivers are the Orange, Great Fish River,
Elephant, and their affluents. Saldanha
Bay is by far the best harbor on the coast.
Minerals are known variously to exist, but
have been hitherto little mined. Some gold
has been found, together with diamonds and
and other precious stones. The products
are fruits, tobacco, wool, etc. Sheep-farm¬
ing is the staple industry of the country.
The chief towns are Cape Town (the capi¬
tal), Grahamstown, Zwellendam.
The aborigines consist of Hottentots and
Caffres; the colonists are chiefly Eng¬
lish, Dutch and French. Cape Colony is
governed by an English viceroy, and is an
important British military and naval station,
being considered the key to the Indian
Ocean. In 1650, the cape was colonized by
the Dutch, from whom it was taken by the
English in 1795, and finally ceded to them
in 1815. Population, 566,158.
Ostrich-F arming.
Ostrich feathers have long been an article
of export from the Cape. For many years
they were obtained at the expense of the
death of the birds, but in 1864, ostrich-farm¬
ing was commenced at the Cape and is now
one of the leading industries. The feathers
of the wild bird are more beautiful than
those of the tame bird, and are recognized
at once by those engaged in the feather
trade. A few elephants and buffaloes are
still preserved.
502
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
^"TT * ~ ------ —- - * R :4
lilt " '•"*
It "i|i
At -ijjl
If >1
MADAGASCAR
t
.. 1 .V-.VA
I| 1 ' i}0.
Cl
nil
'll'l
w*.
>iSS
^ ‘ ADAGASCAR is the larg-
i vljraraiy est °f the African islands,
\ pm •*,** /
^rn.v/.fi situated to the east of the
continent, from which it is
separated by the Mozam¬
bique Channel, and sur¬
rounded by the waters of
the Indian Ocean. It contains a population
of about 4,000,000. It is ioio miles in
length, and 370 at its greatest breadth, con¬
taining an area estimated at 228,540 square
miles.
The island was known to the early Arabs
as Jezira-el-Komr, and became known under
its present name through Marco Polo. Its
actual discovery is due to the Portuguese,
1506. By a treaty signed at Tamatave,
December 12, 1885, Madagascar was de¬
clared a French protectorate, and a port on
Diego Suarez Bay was ceded to France,
now converted into a naval station. The
British acknowledged the French protec¬
torate of Madgascar in 1890.
The soil is fertile, with rich pasturage,
and magnificent forests abounding in valuable
trees and medicinal plants ; the other pro¬
ducts are rice, sugar, silk, cotton, cocoanuts,
bananas, sweet potatoes, indigo, pepper,
India rubber, etc. Iron ore is found in
several places, and coal is also said to exist;
gold, silver, copper and lead are also found
in small quantities. The principal manufac¬
tures are jewelry, chains, necklaces, straw
hats and dresses, termed lambas.
USTRALIA is an immense is-
land, containing 3,000,000 of
square miles, and is about
as extensive as all the United
States. The natives of Aus¬
tralia are described as the most
degraded people in the world. They are
black, and have frizzled hair like negroes ;
and they have veiy lean arms and legs.
Their features have a resemblance to the
monkey tribe, and they are said to be not
much handsomer or more intelligent than
the orang-outangs found in the Malaysian
Islands.
This great island was discovered by the
Dutch, in 1610, but the whole of it is now
claimed as a territory of Great Britain
Captain James Cook, the celebrated naviea-
o
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
503
tor, took possession of it in 1770. It is
divided into North Australia, Western Aus¬
tralia, South Australia, Victoria, Queens¬
land and New South Wales. The latter
began to be settled in 1778. It was then
called Botany Bay.
The first colonists were not a very respec¬
table sort of people. The English Govern¬
ment conceived the plan of sending criminals
to Australia, instead of keeping them in
jail, or sending them to the gallows. Ac¬
cordingly, ship-loads were transported every
year. This cannot be considered a severe
punishment, for the soil of Australia is
fertile, and the climate is delightful. During
many years there were hardly any honest
men in the new colony. Few of the inhabi¬
tants felt any reluctance to commit crimes,
or were ashamed to be found out; for they
knew that their neighbors were as bad as
themselves. In later years, however, the
people began to improve. The children of
the convicts were now growing up, and their
parents had taught them to be more virtu¬
ous than they themselves had been.
Criminals became so numerous in Austra¬
lia, that it was found necessary to plant new
colonies of them ; and in 1804 Tasmania
was appropriated to that purpose. In the
year 1853 the home government abandoned
the practice of transportation for crime. In
1850, rich gold mines were found in Austra¬
lia, which caused a sudden and extraordi¬
nary prosperity in these colonies. Many
millions of dollars, in gold, are now sent
from this island to Great Britain every year.
iANICA comprises what may
be called the fifth division of
the globe, including the great
island of Australia and a
majority of the smaller
islands lying between the
Indian Ocean and the China
Sea on one side and the
Western world on the other. A sketch of
Australia has already been given; others
may be noticed as follows 1
New Guinea was discovered by the Portu¬
guese in 1511. It is now divided between
Holland, England and Germany; the Ger¬
man portion is called Kaiser Wilhelm’s
Land.
Borneo, which, until the naturalist Wal¬
lace's explorations proved that New Guinea
had the greater area, was believed to be the
largest island in the world except Australia,
was discovered in 1578 by the Portuguese.
In 1690 they effected a settlement, but were
soon driven out from it. In 1702 and 1774
England made unsuccessful attempts to
504
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
colonize the island, but of late years she has
managed to acquire a controlling influence
over the northwestern coast of the island.
Sumatra, Java, Celebes are among the
larger single islands, while among the most
important groups are the Malay Archipelago,
in which these are included, and almost all
of which have been subjugated by the Dutch,
the Spaniards, the Portuguese and the
British ; the New Hebrides and Polynesia,
which general terms include, among others,
the Hawaiian, which is one of the most im¬
portant in the Pacific Ocean. In 1829 the
independence of these islands was acknowl¬
edged by the United States, who were fol¬
lowed in 1843 by the British and in 1844 by
the French. Oueen Liliuokalani, who sue-
ceeded Kalakaua, was deposed in 1894 and a
republican form of government was adopted.
New Caledonia, an island lying to the east
of Queensland, was taken possession of in
1853 by the French, who established there
a naval station and a penal colony, which are
still maintained.
New Zealand was first visited by the
Dutch navigator Tasman in 1642. A colony
was first established in 1840. Gold fields
were discovered in 1857 which brought a
large immigration. Executive authority is
vested in a Governor appointed by the
Crown ; there is also a General Assembly
consisting of a Legislative Council and a
House of Representatives.
Tasmania, formerly known as Van Die-
man’s Land, ceased being a penal colony in
1853, since which time its population and
prosperity have largely increased. A Gov¬
ernor appointed by the Crown holds the
executive ; there are also a Legislative
Council and a House of Assembly.
OLUMBUS on his first voyage
discovered the Paria coast on
the 31st of July, 1498. The
next year the whole Venezulean
coast was skirted by Ojeda and
Amerigo Vespucci,and the name
“ Little Venice” was given to an Indian vil¬
lage built on piles (as is common) on the
shores of Lake Maracaybo ; this is the
origin of “Venezuela,” the name now of the
whole country.
In 1527 the territory of Coro was pledged
by Charles V. to the Welsers of Augsburg,
whose governors and adventurers had eyes
and thoughts only for gold and the fabled
El Dorado. In 1558 the Crown resumed
possession; Caracas was founded in 1567,
and in 1578 became the seat of govern¬
ment.
During the 17th century the attentions ot
the Crown were limited to extracting as
much revenue from the colony as possible,
while the people entered earnestly on agri¬
culture and stock raising, and the various
religious orders arrived and partitioned out
the territory among themselves.
But the next century saw the beginning of
troubles. The government insisted on all
trade being carried on with Spain alone, and
ultimately with only one city—first Seville,
then till 1778, Cadiz. Legitimate commerce
dwindled away, and smuggling by the
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
505
Dutch and English alone interfered to keep
down the enormous prices of European
goods. The first revolt occurred in 1749;
other outbreaks kept the land in a ferment,
until in 1810 the revolution began which
ended in the independence of the country
and the withdrawal of the royal forces in
1821.
From 1870 to 1877 the “Illustrious
American,” General Guzman Blanco, was
first dictator and then president, and did
much to rescue the country from its embar¬
rassments. Joaquin Crespo is the present
ruler.
There has never been any agreement be¬
tween Great Britain and Venezuela as to the
boundary line between the latter country and
Britis 1 Guiana. T.b^ Venezuelan Govern¬
ment represented to ours at Washington that
Great Britain was disposed to make encroach¬
ments and claim territory that did not by
right belong to her.
In December, 1895, President Cleveland
sent a strong message to Congress on this
subject, in which he took occasion to assert
in very plain terms the Monroe Doctrine.
The message was received with great favor,
and a commission of investigation was ap¬
pointed by Congress. For a time there was
loud talk of war between Great Britain and
the United States, but wiser counsels pre¬
vailed, and Great Britain furnished the com¬
mission with all information in its posses¬
sion, which could be of service in reaching a
just and equitable conclusion. Population of
Venezuela, 2,270,000.
# LONG the sea coast and banks
of some of the rivers, besides
some extensive tracts in Minas-
Geraes, the country has been
brought under cultivation ; but
by far the greater portion of
the surface remains in a state of nature.
The dense forests furnish almost every
variety of useful and ornamental timber,
more than one hundred species of palms,
logwood, mahogany, Brazil, and numerous
other dye-woods, with sassafras, sarsaparilla,
ipecacuanha, and a great variety of other
drugs. Cocoa is an indigenous product;
maize, sugar, cofifee, cotton, rice, wheat and
tobacco, have been introduced by European
culture.
The animal as well as the vegetable pro¬
ducts here present the greatest diversity.
The diamond mines of Minas-Geraes are at
present the most productive known. Other
gems, and large quantities of gold, besides
silver, copper, iron and platinum, are among
the mineral riches of the same province.
Manufactures in Brazil are confined to cotton¬
weaving, tanning, and the production of
goods of primary necessity.
Brazil was discovered on the 26th of Jan¬
uary, 1 500, by the Spaniards under Pinzon,
one of the companions of Columbus. In
the same year the Portuguese fitted out an
expedition to follow up the successful dis¬
coveries of Vasco de Gama in the East, and
finally took possession of the country in
1640.
In 1808 the royal family of Portugal was
expelled by the French and took refuge in
Brazil, and the first act of Dom Joao VI.,
506
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
was to open Brazilian ports to foreign com¬
merce. Other wise and liberal measures
greatly stimulated the growth of the country.
In 1822 he was succeeded by his son who
was proclaimed and crowned Emperor as
Dom Pedro I. His reign, however, was not
a fortunate one. Vexed with the opposition
he encountered he abdicated in 1831 in
favor of his eldest son Dom Pedro II.
After a brief government by regencies,
Dom Pedro II. was crowned in 1840. He
proved to be a wise and liberal ruler and
was popular with his people until the revo¬
lutionary disturbances of 1895, when he fled
to Europe where he soon afterward died.
The population of Brazil is 14,000,000. and
a good deal of enterprise is shown in devel¬
oping the resources of the country.
flii'Tl
rap* rv- j .
SFr.t;-;v ; v.*: Vv';'*"-*:::
Nlll. "“'H|„ lu ' l| 'jl|lnn'll|,
'"‘III
m
0 PERU #
m
'III 1
""lit,
V
.i
..
. .
Hr
ERU is, for the most part, of
igneous formation and contains
a number of active volcanoes,
that of Omati being the prin¬
cipal. Earthquakes are fre¬
quent and violent. Lying off
the coast near Callao are the Chincha Islands,
which, with those of Guadafe and Macabo,
yield guano in vast quantities. Agriculture
is much neglected, although the land is pro¬
ductive of excellent coffee, cocoa, cotton ;
besides drugs, tobacco, pimento, dyestuffs,
etc. The chief articles of export are, after
guano, gold, silver, wine, sugar, quinine,
wool, etc.
When Pizarro, at the head of a small band
of Spanish adventurers, first landed on the
shores of Peru, 1532, he found it governed
by sovereigns called Incas, who were looked
up to by their subjects with awe and venera¬
tion ; and the inhabitants were distinguished
for their mild and polished manners. But
the avarice of their European conquerors led
lo scenes of blood and desolation ; the last
Inca, Atahualpa, was put to death, and the
Peruvians became the victims of the most
unheard-of cruelties.
After being for nearly three centuries a
Spanish viceroyalty, Peru, in 1821, along
with the rest of Hispano-America, achieved
its independence. In 1864, the Spaniards
seized the Chincha Islands until Peru should
make reparation for injuries inflicted upon
Spanish subjects, and held them till 1866,
when Peru agreed to pay an indemnity of
60,000,000 reals. This treaty was not rati¬
fied, and an alliance entered into with Chile.
After war for nearly three years, peace was
restored in 1869 by the intervention of the
United States. In 1881, war broke out be¬
tween Peru and Chili, resulting in the defeat
of Peru, and the occupation of portions of
the country by the Chilean army.
As a Republic.
On June 3, 1886, General Caceres, who
had gallantly defended his country against
the Chilians from first to last, became con¬
stitutional president of Peru. His policy
was retrenchment and the protection of the
Indian population. Payment of interest of
the foreign debt had become impossible.
General Caceres served his term of office,
and was peacefully succeeded as president,
on August 10, 1890, by Colonel Don Remijio
Morales Bermudez. Peru is thus slowly
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
507
recovering from the disastrous effects of a
great calamity.
The natural resources of the country are
being developed, a greater interest is taken
in public affairs, and with a more stable
government, supported by the popular will,
there is reason to predict a bright future for
Peru.
HE backbone of this country is
found in the Great Cordil-
lerras of the Andes, here at¬
taining an average height of
14,000 feet, many of whose
peaks are volcanic, notably
that of Aconcagua (the high¬
est Andean summit), which has an altitude of
23,910 feet above the sea. The coast-line
presents steep and rocky shores, broken into
by some excellent harbors. The rivers and
lagoons are so small as to be undeserving of
mention. Climate healthy, taken, as a whole; a
scarcityof rain is, however, often felt. Earth¬
quakes are of common occurrence ; the last
great shock doing much damage in 1868.
Chili is one bed of metals : silver, gold,
lead, and iron are found largely and worked;
copper, however, is the principal resource of
the national wealth, and is mined by Eng-
lishmen on an immense scale. Sulphur,
antimony, zinc, manganese, alum, nitre, salt,
coal, are other mineral items which influence
a large exportation. The soil is of varying
fertility, fattening most towards the South
and the foothills of the Andes.
Many hard woods are made useful, instead
of iron, and the fruits of the temperate zone
thrive excellently. The Chilenos have thriven
greatly since their emancipation from Spanish
rule : the bulk of commercial transactions is
carried on with Great Britain.
Valparaiso is the chief port, Santiago is
the capital; Valdivia, Concepcion, Talca are
among the largest and finest towns. The
government is formed on the constitu¬
tion of 1833, and consists of three depart¬
ments—the executive, legislative and judicial.
The first is in the hands of a president, whose
tenure of office is five years ; the legislature
consists of a Senate and Chamber of Deputies.
The state religion is the Roman Catholic;
other religions are tolerated, but their public
exercise is not allowed. Chili, before the
Spanish irruption, belonged to the Incas of
Peru; in 1535-1540, its whole extent, ex¬
cepting only Araucania, was conquered by
the lieutenants of Pizarro. It thenceforward
become a Spanish colony, until 1817, when,
after a seven years’ war with Spain, the vic¬
tory of Maypu, gained by General San Mar¬
tin, secured the independence of the country.
At present Chili is the most flourishing of all
the Hispano-American republics.
Climate and Scenery.
The temperature of Chili is remarkably
even and pleasant and always cool at nights.
In the south it is dry for about eight months
in the year and rainy the other four. Vines
ptow well on the hillsides and are a source
o
of large income. The Andes are almost
everywhere visible, covered with perpetual
snow. There are many volcanic peaks,
mostly extinct. Chili is subject to frequent
shocks of earthquake and occasionally tc
508
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
destructive tornadoes. The railway system
of Chili is well developed, and in the north¬
ern provinces there are several mineral rail¬
ways belonging to English companies. The
Constitution of Chili is Republican and based
upon that of the United States.
UNITED STATES OF COLOMBIA
ORMERLY known as New
Granada, the United States of
Colombia is one of the most
progressive of the South
American Republics. It lies
in the extreme northwest
angle of the continent. On
the north is the Caribbean Sea ; on the
northeast and east, Venezuela ; on the south¬
east and south, Brazil and Ecuador; and on
the west, the Pacific and Costa Rica. Its
extreme length from north to south is 1000
miles, and the extreme breadth from east to
west, 760 ; on the Isthmus of Panama, how¬
ever, the breadth is but 28 miles. It has an
area estimated at from 480,000 to 520,000
square miles. The population by the last
census was 2,880,633. Of these, rather
less than a million are whites, and about an
equal number have a large admixture of
Indian blood. The remainder are civilized
Indians, mulattoes, savage Indians, and the
various crosses between whites, Indians and
negroes.
The form of government established by
the constitution of 1863 resembles in many
respects that of the United States. The
president is elected for two years. The
Senate consists of three members from each
of the states, and the lower house of dele¬
gates from the several states, each sending a
member for every 50,000 inhabitants. Each
state has its own legislative and executive
officer.
NDER the head of Central
America the countries em¬
braced are the Republics of
Guatemala, San Salvador,
Honduras, Nicaragua and
Costa Rica. They declared
their independence Septem¬
ber 21, 1821, and separated
from the Mexican confederation July 21,
1823. ihe states made a treaty of union
between themselves March 21, 1847. There
has been among them since much anarchy
and bloodshed, aggravated greatly by the
irruption of American filibusters under Kenny
and Walker, 1854-5.
In January, 1863, a war began between
Guatemala (afterward joined by Nicaragua)
and San Salvador (afterward supported by
509
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
Honduras). The latter were defeated at
Santa Rosa, June 16th, and San Salvador was
taken, October 26th; the President of San
Salvador, Barrios, fled, and Carrera, the dic¬
tator of Guatemala, became predominant
over the confederacy. General Barrios,
President of Guatemala, attempts the union
of the five states, himself to be dictator,
opposed by all except Honduras, February.
He is defeated and killed in a prolonged
battle at Chalchuapa, April 2d ; peace with
the states signed April 16, 1885.
£4 EM of the Antilles,” as
Cuba has long been called,
it is at once the largest,
most picturesque and in¬
viting of all the West
India Islands. Here are
scenes of tropical loveli¬
ness, plantations with fertile soil and thrifty
products, flourishing towns and beautiful
harbors, a mixed population comprising all
social grades and all degrees of intelligence.
The insurrection going on in Cuba in 1895
and 1896, aroused the sympathies of the
American people. Spain sent a large army
to beat back the rising tide of patriotic im¬
pulse and hold the island still under her domi¬
neering rule. Secret expeditions were fitted
out from the United States, and the sym¬
pathy for the Cuban cause expressed in
C©ngress stirred the hot blood of the proud
Castilian and mobs in different parts of
Spain assaulted and dishonored the Ameri¬
can flag.
Cuba was discovered by Columbus in
1492. The Spanish settlement was consum¬
mated in 1512, and the culture of sugar-cane
and tobacco introduced about 1580. Ameri¬
can filibustering expeditions against the is¬
land occurred in 1850-51, both or'which
ended disastrously to their projectors. Ow¬
ing to the oppressive rule sanctioned by the
home government, the island broke out into
revolt in September, 1868, and her people,
declaring their independence, formed a so-
called National Junta, and appointed Don
Manuel Cespedes their commander-in-chief.
Years of Warfare.
A sort of guerrilla warfare was thus initi¬
ated, and carried on until 1878, marked by
random engagements and resultant mas¬
sacres on both sides. Since October, 1868,
about 90,000 soldiers have been sent to
Cuba from Spain, of whom scarcely 15,000
survived. In addition to these, nearly 100,-
000 were sent in 1895—96.
The soil is fertile in the extreme ; forests
of vast extent are interspersed over the in¬
terior, presenting a vegetation almost un¬
equalled for luxuriance and variety. The
climate is hot and variable ; hurricanes and
shocks of earthquake are frequent. Sugar
is the chief staple followed by tobacco, coffee,
rice, maize, tropical fruits and vegetables.
510
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
The Cobre mines yield large supplies of
copper-ore, and coal, bitumen and varieties
of marbles and valuable stones are found.
Sugar, rum, molasses, cigars and applica¬
tions of wax are the manufactures. The
heroic effort of the Cubans to throw off the
yoke of Spain, beginning in 1895, aroused
the sympathies of the American people and
for a time threatened complications between
this country and the government at Madrid..
Spain sent over 200,000 troops to Cuba to
quell the insurrection, but the heroism dis¬
played by the Cubans prevented the success
of the Spanish army. Even the death of the
famous Cuban leader, Gen. Antonio Maceo,
who was lured into ambush and shot, failed
to dispirit the insurgents, who gallantly con¬
tinued their struggle for independence.
HAWAII
OR
THE SANDWICH ISLANDS
NUSUAL interest was awak¬
ened throughout America
by the agitation in Hawaii,
or the Sandwich Islands,
which resulted in the over¬
throw of the monarchical
government and the estab¬
lishment of a Republic.
In 1843 the independence of the govern¬
ment was formally guaranteed by the English
and French. A line of monarchs followed,
the last male member of which was King
Kalakaua, who died at the Palace Hotel, in
San Francisco, January 20, 1891.
It was his travels and extravagance that
caused the financial troubles which led to a
change in the form of government. Princess
Liliuokalani, who succeeded her brother,
proved herself to be an erratic and self-willed
ruler. She was constantly at variance with
her legislature and advisers, and in January,
1895, attempted to promulgate a new con¬
stitution, depriving foreigners of the right of
franchise and doing away with the existing
House of Nobles, at the same time giving
herself power of appointing a new house.
This was resisted by the foreign element of
the community, who at once appointed a
committee of safety consisting of thirteen
members, who called a mass meeting of
their class, at which twelve or fifteen hundred
persons were present.
The Queen Condemned.
That meeting unanimously adopted reso¬
lutions condemning the action of the Queen
and authorizing a committee to take into
further consideration whatever was necessary
to protect the public safety. The committee
issued a proclamation to the Hawaiian people,
formed itself into a provisional government,
took possession of the national property and
sent commissioners to the United States,
inviting this republic to annex the islands.
A treaty to that end was proposed by Presi¬
dent Harrison in February, 1893.
When Mr. Cleveland entered upon his
second administration he set this treaty
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD
511
aside and was openly accused of expressing
sympathy with the party who favored the re¬
tention of the Queen upon the throne. The
new form of government, however, has ex¬
isted, and the islands are now under its
control.
The Sandwich Islands are thirteen in
number, the eight principal of which are in¬
habited, viz., Hawaii, Oahu, Maui, Molokai,
Lanai, Nihau, Kahoolani and Atuai. Hawaii,
The Sandwich Islands constitute a calling
place (Honolulu) for the mail-steamers
which ply between San Francisco, Japan and
China. The inhabitants are of the pure
Polynesian (Malay) type. Discovered by
Captain Cook in 1778, they were erected
into a constitutional monarchy in 1840.
Lying as they do in the middle of the
Pacific Ocean, the Hawaiian Islands, though
within the tropics, enjoy a fairly temperate
THE GRAND MAUNA LOA IN ACTION.
the largest of the group, contains the capi¬
tal. Honolulu has an area of about 4000
square miles, and embraces within its limits
two of the largest volcanic mountains in the
world—Mouna Loa and Mouna Koa—each
with an elevation of about 14,000 feet above
the sea. These islands are very fertile, pro¬
ducing grain, coffee, sugar, cocoa, arrow-
root, tobacco and fruits ; while on their fine
pastures great quantities of cattle are reared
to supply the needs of merchant-vessels.
climate. Rains, brought by the northeast
trade wind, are frequent on the side of the
mountains which faces that quarter, but on
the other parts of the islands little rain falls,
and the sky is generally cloudless. The
yearly rainfall at Honolulu, being on the
leeward side of Oahu, is under forty inches ;
that of the islands generally about fifty-four
inches.
The soil, whose constituent parts are
mainly scoriae, decomposed lava and sand,
512
THE COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD.
is generally thin and poor, but at the bases
of the mountains and in the valleys there
are extensive tracks as fertile as they are
beautiful. In Hawaii alone, on the Waimea
plains, thousands of sheep of the merino
breed find grazing ground; and on most of
the islands, while the upland slopes of the
mountains are clothed with dense forests, the
lower levels spread into grassy plains rich
with sugar and rice plantations.
The islands are separated from other lands
by a broad expanse and great depth of sea,
consequently their natural history has many
special features of its own. In the high
mountains there are some species of plants
akin to those of the American continent. The
forest trees are mainly to be found on the
windward, being the rainy side of the moun¬
tain ranges. Tropical fruits are numerous.
There are now, as has been stated, numerous
sugar and rice plantations on the islands.
The staple food of the natives consists of
poi , a kind of thick paste made from the root
of the taro plant and raw or dried fish. The
only indigenous animals are rats, mice, bats,
does and hoes, but others have been added
o o 1
since white men came to the islands ; cattle,
sheep, etc., having been introduced by Van¬
couver and other navigators. There are
large numbers of semi-wild horses in the
kingdom, and in some parts of the mountains
wild dogs are also to be found.
Reptiles are few, including on land one
species of the lizard and a few of the gecko ;
and the native birds, of which there are nine¬
teen species, are rapidly disappearing, though
foreign importations more than supply their
place. The archipelago has unfortunately
no mineral resources. Coral rock is the
material chiefly used for building purposes,
and to a less extent, basalt, compact lava
and sandstone. There is a large variety of
sea-shells, some of which are of exquisite
beauty and loveliness.
HE most exact, as
well as the most
sublime oh all the
sciences, is astron¬
omy. Where are
the souls to whom
the spectacle of
starry night is not an elo¬
quent discourse ? Where
are those who have not
been sometimes arrested
in the presence of the
bright worlds which hover
over our heads and who
have not sought for the
key of the great enigma
The solitary hours of night are in truth
the most beautiful of all our hours, those in
which we have the faculty of placing ourselves
in intimate communication with Nature.
The orb of day conceals from us the splen¬
dors of the firmament; it is during the night
chat the panoramas of the sky are open to us.
At the hour of midnight, the heavenly vault
is strewn with stars, like isles of light in the
midst of an ocean extending over our heads.
In the vaporous darkness our eyes gaze
freely on the sky, piercing the deep azure of
the apparent vault, above which the stars
33
shine. They traverse the white constellated
regions, visiting distant realms of space,
where the most brilliant stars lose their
brightness by distance ; they go beyond this
unexplored expanse, and mount still higher,
as far as those faint nebulae whose diffused
brightness seems to mark the limits of the
visible. In this immense passage of sight
thought is carried away by its flight and
wonders at these distant splendors.
It is then that thousands of questions
spring up in our minds, and that a thousand
points of interrogation rise to our sight.
The problem of creation is a great problem !
The science of the stars is a sublime science;
its mission is to embrace all created things !
At the remembrance of these impressions,
does it not appear that the man who does
not feel any sentiment of admiration before
the picture of the starry splendor, is not yet
worthy of receiving on his brow the crown
of intelligence ?
No one can study the human frame, its
marvelous bones, joints, muscles, arteries,
nerves; its breathing lungs and beating
heart, sending its thrill of life through every
fibre of the complicated system, without
being led to the thought of an all-wise
Creator. Far more true is it, if possible, that
“ an undevout astronomer is mad.”
513
514
ASTRONOMY.
Of all the sciences astronomy is the one
which can enlighten us best on our relative
value, and make us understand the relation
which connects the earth with the rest of
creation. Without it, as the history of past
centuries testifies, it is impossible for us to
know where we are or who we are, or to
establish an instructive comparison between
the place which we occupy in space and the
whole of the universe; without it we should
be both ignorant of the actual extent of our
country, its nature, and the order to which
it belongs. Enclosed in the dark meshes of
ignorance, we cannot form the slightest idea
of the general arrangement of the world; a
thick fog covers the narrow horizon which
contains us, and our mind remains incapable
of soaring above the daily theatre of life, and
of going beyond the narrow sphere traced by
the limits of the action of our senses.
A Universe of Wonders.
On the other hand, when the torch of the
Science of the Worlds enlightens us, the
scene changes, the vapors which darkened
the horizon fade away, our mistaken eyes
contemplate in the serenity of a pure sky the
immense work of the Creator. The earth
appears like a globe poised under our steps ;
thousands of similar globes are rocked in
ether ; the world enlarges in proportion as
the power of our examination increases, and
from that time universal creation develops
itself before us in reality, establishing both
our rank and our relation with the numerous
similar worlds which constitute the universe.
The sun, which so many have worshiped,
and which is, humanly speaking, the source
of life to us all, is a perpetual wonder. Its
circumference is about two million seven
hundred and seventy thousand miles. Its
distance from the earth is so great that a
railway train moving at thirty-two miles per
hour would take three millions of hours, or
three hundred and forty-two years and three
months, to travel from us to the sun, sup¬
posing that it could travel incessantly night
and day during that time. When arrived, it
would be rather more than a year and a half
in reaching the sun’s centre; three years and
a quarter in passing through the sun, sup¬
posing it was tunnelled through, and ten
years and one-eighth in going round it.
How great these dimensions are, may be
conceived from the statement, that the same
train would attain the centre of the earth in
five days and a half, pass through it in
eleven days, and go round it in thirty-seven
days. A cannon ball, moving fifty times
faster than such a train, would expend seven
years in reaching the sun.
Vast Size of the Sun.
To make a globe like the sun it would
take one million four hundred thousand
globes like the earth rolled into one! Or,
to make these facts simpler, and yet more
stupendous, the bulk of the sun is five hun¬
dred times greater than the aggregate bulk
of all the other bodies of the solar system of
which night only reveals to us a small part
—that which appears above our hemisphere
and above our particular standpoint. The
centre of the sun is a dark mass covered
with a garment of flame. But in this lumi¬
nous matter there are vast rents. We talk
of spots on the sun; spots indeed! the
space occupied or laid bare by the principal
spot is nine hundred and twenty-eight million
square geographical miles.
Arago, by a physical test, proved that this
garment of flame, this luminous matter, must
be gaseous ; so that the sun floats in an
ocean of flame, and this is so powerful that
the strongest blast furnace yet ignited by
man, at its highest power, is seven times
HOW TO READ THE SKY
515
weaker than the sun’s heat at its surface.
If the heat be electric, how great is the
wonder! being dispersed over space so great
that the earth’s surface, at a distance of
ninety-one million miles, notwithstanding the
alternation of night, receives in a year suffi¬
cient, if uniformly diffused, to liquefy a crust
of ice one hundred feet in thickness.
When we come to examine the sun by the
aid of a telescope, we find that all parts of !
the surface do not give out light
to the same extent, and that there
are certain places on it darker,
and some brighter, than the re¬
mainder of the disk. The former
are sunspots, the latter faculae.
The Sun Revolves.
The first person who exam¬
ined sunspots closely was the
illustrious Galileo, who pro¬
ceeded to determine from them
the sun’s velocity of rotation
on his axis; for he perceived
that they moved across the sun’s
body. However, since his time,
it has been shown that the spots
have a motion of their own ;
those at the sun’s equator mov¬
ing faster than those at his
poles; so that observations on
the spots alone cannot tell us
the rapidity of the revolution of the sun’s
entire mass.
It has also been noticed that the number
of these spots visible at one time does not
remain the same from year to year, and, in
fact, that about every ten years there is an
epoch at which they are especially abundant.
General Sabine has pointed out that these
periods of frequency of sunspots are coinci¬
dent with the periods of greatest magnetic
disturbance on our own globe. Accordingly,
we see that there exists a distinct and close
connection between variations in the appear¬
ance of the sun, and changes in the physical
constitution of our earth.
The interesting question now arises : what
are the sunspots? and what is their cause?
The very careful investigations of science
have thrown much light upon this interesting
subject. One of the most remarkable fea¬
tures of the spots is, that their central por¬
SUN AND ITS REMARKABLE SPOTS.
tion is darker than the edge ; and accord*
ingly, nearly a century ago, it was suggested
that they were pits in an envelope which sur¬
rounded the sun. The results of later
experiments seem to confirm this idea.
They further go to show that the faculae, or
bright patches, are really of the nature of
luminous clouds, placed, relatively to the
sun, above the level of the spots.
These faculae are generally seen behind
the spot, a position which they would neces-
THE
51G
ASTRONOMY.
sarily assume if they were thrown up to a
greater distance from his centre, and would
move more slowly. The same observations
have shown that spots are produced below
the level of the sun’s photosphere, while the
faculse are suspended in that medium. If
A TYPICAL SUN-SPOT.
this be admitted, it seems to follow that the
two phenomena are effects of a vertical cir¬
culation in the gaseous matter surrounding
the sun, the faculse being produced when a
portion somewhat denser than the medium
in which it is suspended is raised into or
above the photosphere, while spots ai e ob¬
served when such a mass is below the pho-
tospheric stratum. In fact, one of our dili¬
gent sun observers has seen a faculae,
apparently in the act of sinking, lose its
brightness and gradually pass into a spot, its
form remaining unchanged dur¬
ing the process.
There is a shorter period of
twenty months’ duration observ¬
able in the recurrence of spots,
and this coincides with the per¬
iods of recurrence of the same
relative position of Venus as
regards the sun and the earth.
The same is true of Jupiter.
Brotherhood of Worlds.
These discoveries are of the
greatest interest, as they show
us how intimately all the bodies
of our solar system are related to
each other, and how the slightest
change in any one of them ex¬
erts a definite influence on the
condition of the entire system,
despite their great magnitude and
distance from each other.
Let us see then in what the
spots of the sun consist. Gen¬
erally, this is the aspect which
they present to us in the field
of the telescope, as seen in the
accompanying engraving.
Two very distinct portions are
noticed; at the centre a well-
defined black region. Around
it a region not so black or grayish com¬
pared with the surface of the sun which
surrounds it. The central part has received
the name of “umbra;” sometimes at the
centre of this part is noticed a more intense
dark spot, which is called “the nucleus.”
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
517
The exterior region of the spot has received
the name of “ penumbra.” When it is stated
that the centre of the spot is black, this
expression must be understood as relative to
the general surface of the sun; for this
centre, however dark it may appear by con¬
trast, has been found of a light equal to two
thousand times that of the full moon.
Enormous Gulfs.
We may be led to the belief that these
spots, generally invisible to the naked eye,
are insignificant movements carried on on the
sun’s surface, and of small extent. It is not
so. They are daily and very important
phenomena. Some of them have been
known to measure 80,000 miles, that is to
say, they are ten times larger than the earth.
Our globe falling into most of them would
be lost as in a well. Besides being of this
size, they are also the seat of various actions
and prodigious phenomena.
They are not formed suddenly as a whole,
but increase to the limit they attain, and
afterwards diminish. Some only last a few
weeks, others months. Now, the movements
with which they are animated, either for their
increase or diminution, or in their internal
action, are sometimes of unheard-of rapidity.
Lately, astronomers have followed a daz¬
zling meteor passing throuph a group of
spots with a velocity of eight thousand miles
per minute. In other parts, they have
watched circular whirlwinds, dragging into
their commotion large spots like the earth,
and swallowing them up in abysses with fear¬
ful velocity.
Sometimes are seen the crests of stormy
waves extending over parts of the penumbra,
and rising on the white surface of the sun as
a still whiter and brighter substance, doubt¬
less projected in their ebullition by interior
forces. There have, besides, been seen
immense bridges of fiery substances cast
suddenly over a black spot, crossing it from
one end to the other, like an arch of lumin¬
ous striae, which sometimes is dissipated, and
falls down into the abysses of lower whirl¬
pools.
This body, wiicb each day pours out over
our heads such a pure and calm light, is the
seat of powerful actions, and prodigious
movements, of which our tempests, hurri¬
canes and waterspouts give us but a slight
idea ; for these gigantic disturbances are not
performed, as here, in an atmosphere of a
few miles thickness and over a few miles
area, but in proportions as vast as its volume.
One of the first results of the observation of
solar spots was to discover that the sun turns
on its axis in about twenty-five of our days.
Rapid Movement of Sun-spots.
Indeed, if we watch for several consecu¬
tive days any of the spots visible on the
solar surface, or a group of spots, or even
the whole sun, we shall not be long in
remarking that the spots are all animated
with the same movement from one edge to
the other of the solar disk. If, for instance,
we begin to follow a spot from its appearance
at the eastern edge, we observe that it ad¬
vances slowly towards the middle of the
body, which it reaches about seven days
after its appearance ; then it passes it, and
continues its course towards the west, and
seven days afterward it reaches the edge and
disappears.
After a period of fourteen days, employed
in traveling over the opposite hemisphere, it
reappears at the same place, and follows the
path previously pointed out. These obser¬
vations evidently show that the sun turns on
an axis. This rotation of the sun shows its
spots in the following manner: If the period
of the reappearance of the spots is from
518
ASTRONOMY.
twenty-five to twenty-eight days, this does
not refute the number of twenty-five days
before mentioned.
The difference proceeds from the earth not
remaining immovable in space, but turning
round the sun. Now, in its translatory
movement round the sun, the earth advanc¬
ing in the direction of its rotation, sees the
spots two days and a half after they have
disappeared at the point where the earth was
at the commencement of the observation.
The Sun’s Eternal Day.
This rotary movement takes place from
west to east, like that of the earth and all
planets of the system. Thus, by telescopic
examination, this body declared fixed and
incorruptible in antiquity, is stripped of its
two distinctive qualities. The diurnal rota¬
tion of the sun is twenty-five times longer
than that of the earth ; but it differs essen¬
tially in its immediate consequences, because
it does not produce on the surface the alter¬
nate day and night, which we derive from
this movement. It cannot, then, be stated
that this is the length of the solar day, for it
is not the sign of a succession of light and
darkness : the sun’s day does not go out,
and the twilight of evening does not pale it.
This world lives in a permanent light.
It neither knows our seasons nor years,
and the elements of our calendar cannot be
applied to its astronomical role. It seems
that the rapid succession of things which
constitute our time, and the changing series
of phenomena which we experience, do not
fall to his lot; continuance and endless dura¬
tion are his characteristics ; and he is free
from counting for his individual personal life
the successive ages which, on our globe,
measure life and overwhelm it with their
number.
The size of the sun exceeds the degree of
our habitual measurements too much for us
to hope to give a sufficient idea of it. In
the matter of volumes, as in that of distances
and times, the numbers too far surpass our
ordinary conceptions to appeal to our minds,
and every care that we take to represent
them to ourselves remains almost sterile.
Nevertheless, a comparison will be able to
inspire at least a nearer idea of the size to
which we refer.
If we placed the terrestrial globe in the
centre of the solar globe, like a kernel in the
middle of a fruit, the distance of the moon
would be included in the interior of the solar
body; the moon itself would be absorbed in
it, and beyond the moon to the surface of
the sun, following the same radius, we
should still have to traverse a distance of
200,000 miles. From the earth to the sun
are reckoned 91,000,000 miles. It is on
account of this great distance that this
immense body only appears to measure a
foot in diameter ; and this explains why the
ancients, and Epicurus in particular, did no'
believe it larger than that measure.
How to Ascertain the Distance.
This distance equally explains why it does
not appear to us larger than the moon, which
is only 240,000 miles away. From this it
may reasonably be asked, how this distance
from the sun to the earth could possibly be
determined. The method is too complicated
for us to explain it here in detail ; but an
idea may be given of it without exceeding
the limits of this chapter.
Between the sun and the earth there are
two planets, Mercury and Venus: the latter
has rendered the greatest service in the study
of the distance, which separates us from the
sun. As its orbit (the circumference which
it describes round the central body) is nearly
on the same plane as the earth’s orbit, it
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
519
liappens from time to time that it passes
between the sun and ourselves, and appears
like a black spot crossing the luminous disk.
This passage takes place at the singular
intervals of eight years, 113^ years —8
years, 113^ years A 8 years.
At these valuable periods, astronomers of
all countries forget their nationality, and lis¬
tening to each other like brothers, place
themselves so as to observe the pas¬
sage of Venus in different countries.
Two observers situated in the sta¬
tions most distant from each other,
note the two points where the planet,
seen from each of their stations,
seems to be projected at the same
moment on the solar disk. This
measure gives them the angle formed
by two lines starting from their sta¬
tions, and crossing each other on
Venus, and passing on to the sun.
The measure of this angle, gives what
is named the parallax of the sun.
Waiting Eight Years.
At the transit of Venus, in 1761, a
French astronomer, Le Gentil—-his
name should have preserved him
from such disappointments on the
part of Venus—was curiously re¬
quited for his love of science and
his disinterestedness. Sent to India
by the Academie des Sciences, he
embarked with arms and baggage to observe
the passage of the planet at Pondicherry.
His great activity and ardor could not con¬
quer the chances of the sea voyage; he
landed a few days after the phenomenon had
taken place.. The obstacles irritated him and
increased his courage. He formed the
heroic resolution of remaining for eight
years in the midst of that unknown country,
in order to compensate himself for his lost
observation ; he waited for the passage of
1769, and then made all desired arrange¬
ments to obtain a perfect observation.
The year and the day at length arrived!
The sky was clear and no obstacle hindered
his long resolution from at last receiving its
reward. But, alas! exactly at the moment
when the black spot was about to enter on
the solar disk, a small cloud formed in the
atmosphere and remained before the sun
until the moment when Venus left the disk,
putting an end to the possibility of all obser¬
vation. The astronomer again took the
voyage to France with a stormy sea, which
brought his days to a close.
The last transit of Venus was in 1882, and
there will not be another until June, 2004.
From considerations based on the mag¬
netic action of the sun, we may be led to
THE EARTH FLOATING IN SPACE.
5!20
ASTRONOMY.
believe that its light is of the same nature as
the electric light, only incomparably more
powerful, seeing that the elements which we
have at command are infinitely inferior to
those commanded by nature. However
bright our electric foci may be, however
dazzling their light, the whiteness of which
astonishes us, when it is projected on the
solar disk, the electric light has the appear¬
ance of a black spot.
Inconceivable Heat.
The intensity of solar heat is not less dif¬
ficult to conceive; the most intense of our
furnaces, which rise to the temperature of
white heat, does not give us a faint idea of
it. However, the following comparisons
will indicate its value. If we represent the
sun under the form of an enormous globe
built up of a million four hundred thousand
terrestrial globes, and covered entirely with
a stratum of coal fourteen miles thick, the
heat which it pours out annually in space is
equal to that which would be furnished by
this stratum of flaming coal. This solar heat
would also be capable of melting in one
second a column of ice which would measure
1 590 square miles at its base, and 192,000
miles high.
It is curious to inquire how much this
gigantic body weighs. When astronomers
place the sun in one of the pans of the im¬
mense scales with which they determine the
weight of the stars, it is necessary for them
to put in the other one, 350,000 terrestrial
globes like our own to restore equilibrium.
Many of the chemical effects of the sun’s
light are, and long have been, familiar. Linen
and cotton cloth exposed to it, for a length
of time, as is well known, will be bleached ;
and fabrics dyed of certain colors will be
faded, or changed into a different shade.
Yellow wax laid beneath the solar rays will
be turned white; and the colorless horn
silver in a few minutes changed into a violet
tint. And so of many other substances.
If a piece of paper, or a finger, be dipped
in lunar caustic, and then be exposed to the
sun, it will quickly turn black. If initial let¬
ters or names be written on linen with what
is called indelible ink, they will be at first
quite pale, but by a short exposure to the
sunlight they turn dark. If a sheet of paper
be plunged into a solution of common salt,,
then dried, and again be dipped into a solu¬
tion of silver, it becomes so sensitive to the
action of the sunrays, that if ferns and leaves
such as those represented in Fig. 1, be placed
upon it, and then exposed to the summer’s
sun, the uncovered part of the paper will
turn black, while that beneath the ferns and
leaves will remain white, presenting an exact
im^ess G f the w ] 10 le group, as in Fig. 2.
Pictures Made by the Sun.
Nothing can give a more beautiful picture
of them ; the light works through the slender
leaves, but not through the thicker and more
compact stems, and thus copies all, even to
the minutest veins. This process has been
turned to important practical purposes; it
has been of great service, for example, in
military operations, where it was necessary
to make quickly a copy of some map of
which there was only one impression. If a
duplicate had to be made by hand, it would
require several days to accomplish it; nor
would it then have been as correct as that
printed by the sun in the above manner.
It is by the chemical action of the sun, as
is well known, that the photographer brings
forth his marvelous productions—produc¬
tions which are not only of pleasing per¬
sonal interest, but of the greatest practical
value in art, science, and literature. By the
simple action of the sunrays upon certain
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
521
substances overspreading the surface of metal¬
lic or paper tablets, he can obtain an accurate
likeness of any person, place, or thing he
may desire. In this way he is enabled to
preserve for us the lineaments of those who
have benefited their race by their learning,
their skill or their bravery.
By the agency of the very rays which
illumine the countenance and reveal the bril¬
liancy of the laughing eye and the charm of
the roseate cheek, he can at once secure for
us a lifelike picture of the form and features
we most admire and love. In the same
nearly every branch of human study or inves¬
tigation. By its means the traveler is enabled
to bring home accurate representations of
the scenery, inhabitants, and productions he
has witnessed in foreign climes; the geol¬
ogist, to secure unerring delineations of the
marvellous fossils of the flora and fauna he
has discovered in the deep strata of the
earth; the astronomer, to present the tran¬
sient appearances of the eclipses he has
observed in the heavens; the meteorologist,
, to furnish a correct registry of his baro¬
meter and thermometer every hour.
Fig. I. WREATHS COPIED BY THE SUN. Fig. 2.
manner he can copy the outlines and details
of natural scenery with perfect fidelity. In
his picture will be found every undulation
of the landscape, every projecting rock,
every sinuous stream, each spreading tree,
each grazing ox, the peasant’s home, the vil¬
lage spire, together with every other object
and feature in the scene—these, all these, he
can faithfully transfer to his plate, in all their
varied and delicate shades, by the agency of
the sunbeams which illuminate the whole.
The chemistry of the solar rays, in our day,
has become a most important auxiliary to
By its aid the antiquarian is able to obtain
a fac-simile of the ruined temples, broken
statuary, and obscured inscriptions which he
has found on the fields of ancient civili¬
zation and power; the botanist, to copy with
nature’s exactness the forms and parts of
plants, the stamens, and corolla, and pistils,
and pollen of flowers; and the anatomist, to
exhibit the various organs and functions of
the body, both in their normal and abnormal
conditions.
As nothing is more general in its applica¬
tion, so nothing is more perfect and ad-
522
ASTRONOMY.
mirable in its execution, than the sunbeam.
No object is too great, and none too min¬
ute for it to depict. It can give us large
pictures, with every detail perfect and in its
right proportion, of the minutest objects,
such as insects and animalcula; and it can
furnish us with microscopic pictures, equally
correct, of objects huge or vast. This is
achieved by the intervention of lenses that
magnify or diminish the image.
Microscopic photography is of great im¬
portance in relation to anatomic prepara¬
tions, which quickly change and become
decomposed; it is also of very essential
help in the study of fixed and permanent
bodies. Jewelry, and even toys are some¬
times made, containing minute photographs
beneath small magnifying glasses. When
these are held before the eye, small trans¬
parent images, some of them portraits, some
statues, and others, writings, come into view
in admirable perfection. Such things, how¬
ever, serve rather for amusement than use.
Microscopic Photography.
But there are cases where microscopic
photography may prove of no little value
and importance. It has been suggested
that in this way the contents of ponderous
volumes might be concentrated within a few
square inches, and the books of a whole
library be reduced within the capacity of a
single drawer. Though nothing of this sort,
as far as the author is aware, has thus far
been done, yet the process has been em¬
ployed for other ends under most interesting
circumstances.
Professor Hermann Vogel relates that
during the seige of Paris, in 1870, the block¬
aded city held communication with the
world outside by means of balloons and
carrier pigeons. The first mode of commu¬
nication was almost engrossed for political
objects ; the second only admitted the trans
mission of very minute writing. Letters,
however condensed, could scarcely have
been sent more than two or three at a time
by a pigeon. In this case, microscopic
photography presented a valuable means of
concentrating many pages on a collodion
film of only one square inch, and of expe¬
diting more than a dozen of such almost
imponderable films packed in one quill.
What the Sunbeam Can Do.
Dagrand, at Paris, who first prepared
microscopic photographs, also set going the
system of these pigeon dispatches. All the
correspondence which had to be diminished
was first set up in type, and printed together
on a folio page. A microscopic photograph
was made of this folio page, contained in
about the space of 1 y 2 square inches.
This collodion film, with the image upon it,
was then glazed over by pouring leather
collodion over it; that is, collodion contain¬
ing a solution of glycerine. This glucose
collodion easily dries, separates from the
picture, and forms a transparent film; a
membrane of this kind could contain as
many as fifteen hundred despatches.
At the place of arrival these membranes
were unrolled, and then enlarged by the
help of a magic lantern; a number of writers
thereupon set to work to copy the enlarged
despatches, and ultimately forwarded them
to their respective addresses. Thus Paris
corresponded, by the aid of photography,
for six months with the world without, and
even poor persons were able to let their
relatives know that they still lived.
Another marvelous fact pertaining to the
chemistry of the solar ray is, the rapidity
with which it produces its effects upon cer¬
tain substances. A new negative process
has lately been discovered; it consists in the
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
523
use of a gelatine emulsion of silver bro¬
mide for the sensitive surface. With a plate
thus prepared, a photograph may now be
taken in one second of time which it for¬
merly took thirty seconds to secure ; and a
plate can be prepared which needs an ex¬
posure of only one-sixtieth of a second,
when a view is fairly lighted, to secure a soft
and harmonious negative.
Thus it appears that the solar rays are capa¬
ble of instantaneous chemical action, and
of producing for us a perfect picture of a
man in full activity, or of an object in rapid
motion. The likeness of an orator may be
taken at the moment of his highest pitch of
eloquence, giving not only his attitude and
gesticulation, but the very expression of his
features. A squadron of cavalry can be
pictured as they advance with rushing speed
to the deadly charge, each man, each
horse appearing a distinct figure in the
scene.
Nay, a view has been taken in which
the shadow and reflections of a swallow
passing in the air over a pond were per¬
fectly represented. How wonderful the
workings of the laws of nature! how
closely related all its parts! how admira¬
bly constituted every ray of the sun to
move every atom to accomplish the pur¬
poses of Him who worketh all in all.
Eclipse of the Sun.
The total eclipse occurs when the moon is
near to the earth, and when her distance
from us is such that her apparent diameter
is sufficient to cover the entire disk of the
sun. This is an event of great interest to
the astronomer, both on account of its short
duration and rare occurrence.
The longest time an eclipse of the sun
can be total is seven minutes; but often
it does not exceed three or four minutes.
And it takes place at any one locality
only at distant intervals; for instance, at
London, prior to the total eclipse of 1715,
no such phenomenon had been visible for
a period of 575 years.
Among all the evolutions of the crea¬
tion, visible to us, no occurrence is more
striking or impressive than this. “A total
eclipse of the sun,” says Lockyer, “ is at
once one ot the grandest and most awe¬
inspiring sights it is possible for man to
witness. As the eclipse advances, but
before the disk is wholly obscured, the
sky grows of a dusky livid, or purple, or
THE SUN ECLIPSED.
yellow crimson color, which gradually gets
darker and darker, and the color appears
to run over large portions of the sky,
irrespective of the clouds. The sea turns
lurid red. This singular coloring and dark¬
ening of the landscape is quite unlike the
approach of night, and gives rise to strange
feelings of sadness.
“The moon’s shadow sweeps across the
surface of the earth, and is even seen in the
air; the rapidity of its motion and its intense¬
ness produce a feeling that something mate¬
rial is rushing over the earth at a speed
perfectly frightful. All sense of distance is
lost ; the faces of men assume a livid hue,
524
ASTRONOMY.
flowers close, fowls hasten to roost, cocks
crow, birds flutter to the ground in fright,
dogs whine, sheep collect together as if
apprehending danger, horses and oxen lie
down, obstinately resisting the whip and the
p-oad • in a word, the whole animal world
seems frightened out of its usual propriety
and all things wear the garb of terror.”
ELESTIAL phenomena, also, at¬
tend a total eclipse, still more
grand and imposing. A few
seconds before the commence¬
ment of the total obscuration,
the stars burst out, and sur¬
rounding the dark moon on all sides is seen
a glorious halo, commonly of a silvery white
light, which is called the corona. This
radiates and extends beyond the moon, to a
distance equal to her apparent diameter, and
in some eclipses is observed to reach to a
much greater distance.
This luminous appendage is supposed to
be the sun’s atmosphere, which is not seen
when the sun itself is visible, owing to its
overpowering splendor. General Myer gives
the following description of the corona, as
observed by him from the summit of White
Top Mountain, Virginia, 5530 feet above the
level of the sea, this elevated station being
chosen in order to escape the smoke and
haze which generally prevail in lower re¬
gions :
“The eclipse presented, during the total
obscurations, a vision magnificent beyond
description. As a centre stood the full and
intensely black disk of the moon, surrounded
by the aureola of a soft, bright light, through
which shot out, as if from the circumference-
of the moon, straight, massive, silvery rays,,
seeming distinct and separate from each
other, to a distance of two or three diameters
of the lunar disk, the whole spectacle show-
, ing as upon a background of diffused rose-
colored light.
A Gorgeous Spectacle.
“This light was most intense, and ex¬
tended farthest, at about the centre of the
lower limb, the position of the southern
prominence. The silvery rays were longest
and most prominent at four points of the
circumference, two upon the upper and two-
upon the lower portion, apparently equi¬
distant from each other, giving the spectacle
a quadrilateral shape.”
Great changes in the solar prominences, as
a rule, take place only very slowly, or quite
imperceptibly. In some cases, however, the
change in the form of a prominence is so
extraordinary, and occurs with such rapidity,
that it can only be ascribed to extremely
violent agitations in the upper portions of the
solar atmosphere, compared with which the
cyclonic storms occasionally agitating the:
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
-earth’s atmosphere, sink into insignificance.
Professor Respighi is of the opinion that
the solar prominences are of an eruptive
origin and of a gaseous nature, and that
electric action in some form is concerned in
producing these eruptions. He observed
some prominences that exceeded three
minutes, or ten times the earth’s diameter,
in height; and one prominence that was not
less than twenty times the earth’s diameter,
or 160,000 miles in altitude. He also
noticed that the formation of a prominence
is usually preceded by the appearance of a
rectilinear jet, either vertical or oblique, and
very bright and well defined.
Wonderful Eruptions.
This jet rising to a great height, is seen
to bend back again, falling toward the sun
like the jets of our fountains, and presently
the sinking matter is observed to assume the
shape of gigantic trees, more or less rich in
branches and foliage. Gradually the whole
sinks down upon the sun, sometimes forming
isolated clouds before reaching the solar
surface. It is in the upper portions of such
prominences that the most remarkable and
rapid transformations are witnessed ; but a
great difference is observed in the rate with
which prominences change in figure.
Their duration, too, is very variable. Some
develop and disappear in a few minutes,
while others remain visible for several days.
He considers that the sharply defined bases
of the eruptive jets prove that the eruption
takes place through some compact substance,
forming a species of solar crust. He also
holds that the enormous velocity with which
these gaseous masses rush through the solar
atmosphere implies that the latter is of ex¬
ceeding tenuity.
Professor Young, of Dartmouth College,
by means of an instrument called “ telespec¬
troscope,” witnessed the most remarkable
outburst from the sun ever yet seen by man.
“On the 7th of September, 1871, between
12.30 and 2 p. m.,” he says, “there occurred
an outburst of solar energy remarkable for
its sudden violence. Just at noon I had
been examining with the telespectroscope an
enormous protuberance of hydrogen close
on the eastern limb of the sun. It had
remained with very little change since the
preceding noon—a long, low, quiet-looking
cloud, not very dense or brilliant, nor in any
way remarkable except for its size.
“ It was made up mostly of filaments
REMARKABLE CORONA.
nearly horizontal, and floated above the
chro) latosphere with its lower surface at a
height of some 15,000 miles, but was con¬
nected with it, as is usually the case, by
three or four vertical columns brighter and
more active than the rest. Lockyer com¬
pares such masses to a banyan grove. It
was about 100,000 miles long by 54,000
high.
“At 12.30, when I was called away for a
few minutes, there was no indication of what
was about to happen, except that one of the
connecting stems at the southern extremity
of the cloud had grown considerably brighter,
and was curiously bent to one side ; and
526
ASTRONOMY.
near the base of another at the northern end
a little brilliant lump had developed itself,
shaped much like a summer thunder-head.
The annexed figure represents the promi¬
nence at this time, a being the thunder-head.
“What was my surprise, then, on returning
in less than half an hour, to find that in the
meantime the whole thing had been literally
blown to shreds by some inconceivable up-
rush from beneath. In place of the quiet
cloud I had left, the air, if I may use the
expression, was filled with flying debris —a
mass of detached vertical fusiform filaments,
brighter and closer together where the pillars
had formerly stood, and rapidly ascending.
“ When I first looked, some of them had
BANYAN GROVE ON THE SUN.
already reached a height of nearly 100,000
miles, and while I watched them they rose
with a motion almost perceptible to the eye,
until in ten minutes the uppermost were
more than 200,000 miles above the solar
surface. This was ascertained by careful
measurement. The velocity of ascent also,
166 miles per second, is considerably greater
than anything hitherto recorded.
“A general idea of its appearance when
the filaments attained their greatest elevation
may be obtained from the accompanying cut
(Fig. 1). As the filaments rose they grad¬
ually faded away like a dissolving cloud, and
at 1.15 only a few filmy wisps, with some
brighter streamers low down near the chro¬
matosphere, remained to mark the place:
“ But in the meanwhile the little thunder-
head, before alluded to, had grown and
developed wonderfully into a mass of rolling
and everchanging flame, to speak according
to appearance. First it was crowded down,,
as it were, along the solar surface (Fig. 3, a ) !
later it rose almost pyramidally 50,000 miles
in height; then its summit was drawn out
into long- filaments and threads which were
most curiously rolled backwards and down¬
wards, like the volutes of an Ionic capital
(Fig. 2) ; and finally it faded away, and by
2.30 had vanished like the other. The
accompanying cuts show it in its full devel¬
opment ; the former having been sketched
at 1.40, and the latter at 1.55.
Grand Burst of Flame.
The whole phenomenon suggested most
forcibly the idea of an explosion under the
great prominence, acting mainly upwards,
but also in all directions outwards, and then,
after an interval, followed by a corresponding
in-rush. The same afternoon a portion of
the chromatosphere on the western limb of
the sun was for several hours in a state of
unusual brilliancy and excitement.
Such are some of the marvelous phenom¬
ena made known to us by astronomical
science. We can say with Byron in his
brilliant apostrophe :
Glorious orb ! the idol
Of early nature and the _.xrous race
Of undiseased mankind, the giants’ sons
Of the embrace of angels with a sex
More beautiful than they which did draw down
The erring spirits who can ne’er return,—
Most glorious orb ! that wert a worship ere
The mystery of thy making was revealed !
Thou earliest minister of the Almighty,
Which gladdened, on their mountain-tops, the hearts
Of the Chaldean shepherds till they poured
Themselves in orisons? Thou material God !
And representative of the Unknown—
Who chose thee for His shadow ! Thou chief star,
Centre of many stars ! which make’st our earth
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
527
Kndurable, and temperest the hues
And hearts of all who walk within thy rays !
Sire of the seasons ! Monarch of the climes,
And those w'ho dwell in them ! for near or far,
Our inborn spirits have a tint of thee,
Even as our outward aspects : thou dost rise,
And shine, and set in glory.
The formation of visible vapors, and their
aggregation in masses, take place generally
in high regions of the atmosphere under the
action of currents, in con¬
sequence of a decrease of
temperature and a due
supply of aqueous elastic
vapor being present in
those parts where clouds
arise. It is easy to per¬
ceive that these two con¬
ditions, necessary to the
production of cloud-land,
may be fulfilled in one
stratum of the atmosphere
and not in another ; and
hence the frequent diver¬
sity in the appearance of
the sky, the clear blue
fields and patches of ether
alternating with visible
vaporous structures.
The clouds are sup¬
posed to consist of minute
globules of water filled
with air; but there is
great difficulty, even with
the aid of this view of
their structure, in explain¬
ing their suspension aloft, for the globules
must be specifically heavier than the air by
which they are upborne. The theory of as¬
cending currents of heated air has been pro¬
posed by Lussac to account for their posi¬
tion ; and the retention of solar heat in the
clouds themselves, buoying them up and
causing them to float, by Fresnel.
The clouds float at different elevations,
but the higher we ascend the drier the
atmosphere is found, and the less loaded
with vapors. We shall not err much, says
Leslie, if we estimate the position of extreme
humidity at the height of two miles at the
pole, and four miles and a half under the
equator, or a mile and a half beyond the
limit of congelation. Dalton asserts that
small, fleecy patches of cloud are frequently
from three to five miles in height, and such
have been observed sailing above the most
elevated peaks of the Andes, which rise
twenty-five thousand feet above the level of
the sea ; but other authorities claim for
some visible clouds a still greater elevation.
The height varies at different seasons of the
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3-
EXPLOSIVE PHENOMENA IN THE SUN.
528
ASTRONOMY
year, and there is little doubt that it is much
more frequently below than above a mile.
STRIKING APPEARANCES OF CLOUD-LAND.
The effect is striking when, from an emi¬
nence which commands a view of an exten¬
sive plain or valley, we see the gossamer
curtain of the night resting upon the surface,
gradually rent and torn by the action of the
sun’s rays, reflect¬
ing their golden
hue as it disap¬
pears. Many of
the most felicitous
images of poetty
are derived from
this source, as in
Ossian: “The soul
of Nathos was sad,
like the sun in a
day of mist, when
his face looks
watery and dim ; ”
HH and again, when
two contending
factions are si¬
lenced by Cath-
mor : “ They sunk
from the king on
either side, like
two columns of
morning mist, when
the sun rises be^
tween them on the
glittering rocks.”
The stratus is
occasionally seen
under peculiar and
striking circum¬
stances, extending
over the surface of
a sheet of water,
without passing the
boundary of its
banks. Thus a lake
or river will exhibit
a white cloud of
visible vapor resting upon it, from which the
adjacent land is perfectly free. Sir Humphry
Davy thus explains this curious phenomenon:
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
520
“All persons who have been accustomed to
the observation of nature must have fre¬
quently witnessed the formation of mists
over the beds of rivers and lakes in calm and
clear weather after sunset; and whoever has
considered these phenomena in relation to
the radiation and communication of heat and
the nature of vapor, can hardly have failed
to discover the true cause of them.
Phenomena of Heat.
“ As soon as the sun has disappeared from
any part of the globe, the surface begins to
lose heat by radiation, and in greater pro¬
portions as the sky is clear; but the land and
the water are cooled by this operation in a
very different manner; the impression of
cooling on the land is limited to the surface,
and very slowly transmitted to the interior;
whereas in water above forty degrees Fah¬
renheit, as soon as the upper stratum is
cooled, whether by radiation or evaporation,
it sinks in the mass of fluid, and its place is
supplied by water from below; and till the
temperature of the whole mass is reduced to
nearly forty degrees Fahrenheit, the surface
cannot be the coolest part.
“It follows, therefore, that wherever water
exists in considerable mass, and has a tem¬
perature nearly equal to that of the land, or
only a few degrees below it, and above forty
degrees Fahrenheit at sunset, its surface
during the night, in calm and clear weather,
will be warmer than that of the contiguous
land; and the air above the land will neces¬
sarily be colder than that above the water;
and when they both contain their due pro¬
portion of aqueous vapor, and the situation
of the ground is such as to permit the cold
air from the land to mix with the warmer air
above the water, mist or fog will be the
result.”
The atmosphere of our globe is composed
34
mainly of two gases, oxygen and hydrogen,
whose combination forms a perfectly trans¬
parent medium. In this medium, however,
there floats at all times a vast quantity of
aqueous vapor, raised daily by the heat of
the sun, in the form of steam, from the sur¬
face of the sea and of the dry land. The
amount of water thus lifted into the air by
the process of evaporation is very great, and
far exceeds that discharged into the ocean,
during the same length of time, by all the
rivers of the earth.
How the Sun is Colored.
The aqueous vapor produced in this man¬
ner is diffused through the whole body of
the atmosphere, and is in a state of perpetual
motion and change, being rarefied into an
invisible condition, or condensed into mists
and clouds, according to the varying degrees
of heat or cold to which it is exposed; and
in this way it affects, sometimes more and
sometimes less, the general transparency of
the air, and modifies both the colors and the
forms of objects seen through it. And in
the present chapter we are to speak of the
various aspects which it gives to the solar
orb.
The sun, viewed through a vaporous
atmosphere, appears in “false colors.” When
the vapor is dry and rarefied, or in an invisi¬
ble condition, the air is clear, and the sun is
seen in its natural brightness. But if the
vapor be slightly condensed, and takes the
form of mist, he appears through it as if
shorn of his glories, a white orb, upon which
the eye can rest without pain or inconve¬
nience ; as he descends he grows still more
dull; and finally, as he approaches the hori¬
zon, he gradually assumes a rosy tint, and
at last a deep red color.
These changes are thus explained. Every
ray of the sunlight which comes to us has to
530
ASTRONOMY.
pass through the whole thickness of the
atmosphere, and the greater the distance it
has to travel the greater the portion of it
that is absorbed by the vapors in the air.
And this distance, as is obvious, increases
with the increased declination of the sun.
If we admit the atmosphere to extend
vertically to the height of sixty-two miles, a
ray of light coming from the sun at the
zenith has only these sixty-two miles to pass
through m order to reach us. But a ray
from the sun on the horizon has to travel
through seven hundred and six miles, or
more than eleven times the former distance,
and that, too, through the densest portion of
the atmosphere. In traversing this great
distance, the various colors combined in the
perfectly white ray, except the red, are, for
the most part, absorbed by the slowly con¬
densing vapors along the cooling surface of
the earth. Hence the red color in which
the sun appears at its setting and rising.
The Sun’s Apparent Form.
The sun, viewed through a vaporous at¬
mosphere, often appears, also, in a “ false
form.” Seen on the meridian, through a
clear sky, he appears as a perfect circle,
which is his true outline. But as seen near
the horizon, in certain conditions of the at¬
mosphere, instead of being circular, he ap¬
pears of an oval form, the upper and lower
sides being flattened, and the latter more so
than the former. On high mountains, and
on plateaux near the seacoast, this flattening
of the disk appears very considerable, amount¬
ing sometimes to one-fifth the apparent diam¬
eter of the sun. This peculiar deformation
is caused by the refraction or bending of the
rays of light in passing through the vapors
of the atmosphere. Sometimes the want of
homogeneity in the successive layers of the
atmosphere, caused by the unequal admix¬
ture of vapors, gives to the sun an apparent-
form of so irregular a character that he is
scarcely recognizable.
Again, the sun, viewed through the atmos¬
pheric vapors, in a certain state, appears sur¬
rounded by appendages which do not belong
to him. When the sky is hazy, and presents
a dull, milky appearance, there is frequently
to be seen around the sun a colored circle,
or halo, and the sun occupying the centre of
the circle, as h h. The inner edge of the
circle is colored red, and is well defined.
The sky within the halo is much darker
than it is for some distance without.
Magnificent Halos.
Sometimes there may be seen around the
sun a second halo or colored circle, as H H.
The inner edge of this also is red, and toler¬
ably well defined, while the outer edge is of
a pale blue color, and but faintly marked.
At rare intervals, a third halo, radius, as H'
H', has been observed, surrounding the sun.
Unlike the other two halos, this one shows
scarcely a trace of color.
All these phenomena are produced by the
refraction of the sunlight in passing through
the minute crystals of frozen vapors floating
in the atmosphere ; these crystals being of
various kinds and having their facets set at
different inclinations to one another, refract
the various colors of the sunrays at different
angles, and thus produce halos of different
diameters.
When a halo is formed around the sun.
r
there is often to be seen a white circle pass¬
ing through the sun, and parallel to the
horizon, as represented by A P P. This is
called parhelic circle, and is produced like
the foregoing by the reflection of the sun’s
light from ice prisms or snow crystals, whose
surfaces have a vertical position. At or near
those points where halos cut the parhelic
HOW TO READ THE SKY
531
circle, there is a double cause of light; and
here the illumination is sometimes so great
as to present the appearance of a mock-sun,
and is called parhelion.
The number of these mock-suns, or par¬
helia, visible at the same time, is variable ;
sometimes one or two only are to be seen,
at other times four or five ; on some occa¬
sions as many as seven have been observed
at once. The mock-suns
generally seem about the
size of the true sun, but
not quite so bright, though
occasionally they are said
to rival their parent lumi¬
nary in splendor. These
beautiful phenomena ap¬
pear most commonly in
high latitudes, but often
occur in the more tem¬
perate regions.
Parhelia have been ob¬
served frequently both in
ancient and modern times.
Aristotle records two ap¬
pearances of these meteors,
and Pliny mentions their
occurrence at Rome. A
double parhelion,which was
noticed before the Christian
era, is referred to by St.
Augustine. Many others
have been observed from
different points on the continent. On the
2d of January, 1586, Christopher Rotham
saw, at Cassel, before sunrise, an upright
column of light of the breadth of the sun’s
disk. As the sun rose, he was preceded
and followed by a parhelion, which appeared
in contact with his orb, and continued visible
for thirty minutes and then were hidden by
a cloud. On the 28th of February, 1551,
mock-suns were seen at Antwerp ; and on
the 17th of March of the same year, a similar
phenomenon, with two halos, was witnessed
at the same place. Four days after the last
named, two parhelia, with three halos, were
seen at Magdeberg.
Scheiner witnessed a singular one at Rome,
on the 20th of March, 1629. From the
zenith as a centre there was seen a great
white circle, having the true sun in its cir¬
HALOS AND PARHELIA.
cumference; this was intersected by two
concentric circles around his disk. Where
the outer of these smaller rings cut the
zenithal circle, two parhelia appeared, and
in the great circle, nearly opposite to these,
but separated by a wider arc, two others
were visible.
Gassendi describes a very remarkable in¬
stance of this phenomenon, which was seen in
1630. Around the sun were two concentric
ASTRONOMY.
colored, and these with very long
tails waving and pointing from
the true sun, together with cer¬
tain white arches crossing one
another. The true sun was about
25° high, and surrounded almost
entirely by a circle whose diame¬
ter was 45°, and colored like a
rainbow with purple, red and
yellow, its under limb being
scarcely 2 l / 2 ° above the horizon.
On each side of the sun, to¬
wards the west and east, there
appeared two mock-suns, col¬
ored, especially towards the sun,
with very long and splendid tails
of a whitish color, terminating
in a point. A far greater circle
encompassed the sun and the
halos ; the larger cut the horizon, and con- former lesser circle, and extended itself down
sequently was incomplete; these were colored in the horizon. It was very strongly colored
like the rainbow, excepting that
/he red was internal. In the
direction of the zenith, there was
a tangental arc external to these
halos ; and with the zenith as a
centre, a great white circle ran
parallel with the horizon, having
the true sun in its circumference.
At the five intersections of these
circles and arcs parhelia appeared,
and a sixth was seen in the inter¬
nal halo between the true sun
and the zenith.
One of the finest meteors of
this kind on record was seen by
Hevelius, at Sedan, on the 20th
of February, 1661. “ A little
before 11 o’clock,” he says “the
sun being towards the south and
the sky very clear, there appeared
seven suns together, in several
circles, some white and others
PARHELIA OBSERVED BY HEVELIUS.
HOW TO READ THE SKY
533
to its upper part, but was somewhat duller
and fainter on each side. At the tops of
these two circles were two inverted arcs,
whose common centre lay in the zenith, and
these were very bright and beautifully
colored.
In the middle of the lower arc, where it
coincided with the circle, there appeared
another mock-sun, but its light and colors
were dull and faintish. There appeared a
circle much bigger than the former, of a
uniform and whitish color, parallel to the
horizon, w
hich
from the
arose, as it were,
collateral mock-suns, and
passed through three other
parhelia, of a uniform whitish
color like silver. There passed
also two other white arches of
the greatest circle of the
sphere through the eastern
and western parhelia, and also
through the pole of the
ecliptic. They went down to
the horizon, crossing the great
white circle and obliquely, so
as to make a white cross at
each parhelion; so that seven
suns appeared very plainly at
the same time. This phe¬
nomenon, with certain changes in the bright¬
ness of its several parts, continued visible for
an hour and twenty minutes.”
Such parhelia have been observed at
various times and places in North America.
Barker describes a curious halo with accom¬
panying mock-suns, which he saw at Fort
Gloucester, near Lake Superior. A circle
with tangental arc surrounded the sun ; about
midway between the horizon and zenith, a
circle ran parallel to the horizon, having the
sun in its circumference ; in this horizontal
circle there appeared altogether five mock-
suns, with this peculiarity, that, directly
opposite the true sun in this great circle, a
St. Andrew’s cross was seen, the upper limbs
of which extended higher above, than the
lower one descended below, this circle ; in
the intersection of this cross and the circle,
one of the parhelia was placed. A very
curious system of circles, with several mock-
suns, appeared on the 19th of August, 1825,.
at Jackson, Tennessee.
An exceedingly curious optical appearance-
belonging to this class of phenomena, was
observed by Mr. Fallows, at the Cape of
Good Hope, when the sun’s disk was just:
PARHELIA OBSERVED IN TENNESSEE.
dipping in the ocean. On either side of the
true luminary, and within the breadth of a
degree and a half of his disk, lour mock-suns
appeared on the left, and three on the right.
They had the same shape as the true sun,
touched the water at the same instant, and
all of them disappeared together, shining as
bright spots upon the water’s edge. This
magnificent scene occurred on a delightful
evening, when not a cloud was to be seen.
Such are a few of the marvelous appen¬
dages which the vapors of the atmosphere
sometimes create around the great luminary
of the day.
534
ASTRONOMY
Now, evanescent as is the nature of all
these meteoric phenomena at which we have
glanced, and irregular as their occurrence
may be, yet they are in no sense to be re¬
garded as the result of chance. On the con¬
trary, we see in them the play of exact and
beautiful laws. All are produced according
to the principles of order established in the
beginning, by the One Supreme Lawgiver.
In all, brightness and shade prevail in their
ordained degrees; and heat and cold produce
their designed effects in sea and land and
sky. The sunrays in their passage through
visible mists, or viewless vapors, are reflected,
refracted, and absorbed, according to uniform
rules.
The diameters, distances and intersections
of the encircling halos are all measured off
after the undeviating principles of geometry.
Every tint and shade in their coloring, and
every facet and angle in the frozen particles
that produce them, display the operations
of the unerring laws of optics. Invisible
vapors, icy crystals, luminous arches, colored
halos, splendid parhelia—all proclaim the
observance of law and order. And though
the whole magnificent diorama may fade and
vanish within the brief space of five minutes,
yet, in its production, nothing has been
slighted, nothing imperfectly formed, nothing
left to be determined by chance.
If a pebble be dropped into the bosom of
a still and smooth sheet of water, a circular
depression is formed, at the point where it
sank, which spreads wider and wider, with
uniform velocity. In the meanwhile an ele¬
vation has been formed at the point where
the pebble, in entering the water, had origi¬
nally caused a depression; then as this sinks
back to its original level it pro¬
duces a wall-like circular elevation
around it, which follows up the
preceding circular depression
with equal velocity. Whilst the
water continues its up-and-down
movement at the point struck,
fresh wave-rings appear to pro¬
ceed from this central point,
which, owing to their constantly
spreading more and more widely,
give the illusory appearance of
the fluid steaming out on all sides
from the middle point.
Now, let us suppose that, in¬
stead of one pebble, two are
dropped into the water at the
same instant, but at a short distance one
from the other. We shall have then two
systems of circular waves moving and spread¬
ing out as before. As these two systems
intersect each other, they divide the surface
of the water into a regular net-work of small
elevations and depressions, as represented in
the annexed figure. Yet the one does not
destroy or efface the other ; at the points
where two wave-crests meet, the surface of
the water, if the two waves are equal, rises
to twice the height, and where two depres¬
sions meet, it sinks to double the depth.
BRIGHT HALO IN NORWAY.
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
r.o.r
ircular rampart.
When the bottom of the crater is exam¬
ined with a powerful telescope, and under
favorable circumstances, numerous rough
portions are noticed which seem to indicate
hardened lava and blocks of rock heaped
together. From this mountain, taken as a
centre, start five or six lines and rocky rami¬
fications directed towards the east and south.
These ramifications give rise to the radia¬
tion of Aristillus. They are surmounted by
an enormous quantity of peaks or basaltic
columns which rise from their summits, and
make them resemble from afar the multitude
of bell towers that are seen on some Gothic
cathedrals. Aristillus presents the general
aspect of most of the mountains of our satel¬
lite.
Thus the moon would appear very inhos¬
pitable to us. The sense of speech, like the
sense of hearing, would be lost, and, conse¬
quently, would not exist. To the privation
of these two senses, perhaps, must be added
an inferiority in the pleasures which sight
gives to us, seeing that wherever the eye
would be ^directed, it would only meet with
a scene of comparative desolation.
It is doubtless this proximity which has
caused the great reputation of the lunar orb
amongst us. No celestial body, except the
sun, has ever had a similar influence. The
whole world, it was supposed, was accessible
to the lunar influences, men, animals, plants,
minerals. The astrological opinions with
regard to this body 'were most singular.
We must quote some ; they are really too
curious to be passed over in silence. Let us
choose one or two good astrologers, learned
on the moon, and let us question them.
Curious Opinions.
Cornelius Agrippa, a famous geomancer,
thus expresses himself: The moon is called
Phoebe, Diana, Lucinus, Proserpine, Hecate,
who governs the months, half-formed ; who
illuminates the nights, wandering, in silence,
with two horns ; queen of divinities, queen
of heaven, who rules over all the elements,
to whom respond the stars, to whom return
the seasons, and whom the elements obey ;
at whose direction the thunders sound, the
seeds germinate, the germs increase; the
primordial mother of fruits, heart of Phoebus,
shining and brilliant, carrying light from one
planet to another, illuminating by her light
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
555
all the divinities, stopping various inter¬
courses with the stars, distributing the light
rendered uncertain on account of meetings
with the sun ; queen of beauty, mistress of
shores and winds, giver of riches, nurse of
men, governor of all states good and un¬
happy; protecting men by sea and land,
moderating the reverses of fortune ; dispens¬
ing with destiny, nourishing all which comes
out of the earth, arresting the insults of
phantoms, holding the cloisters of the earth
closed, the heights of heaven luminous, the
currents of the sea salutary, and ruling at
will the deplorable silence of the lower
regions, governing the world, treading Tar¬
tarus under foot; of whom the majesty
causes the birds which fly in the sky, savage
beasts in the mountains, the serpents hidden
under the earth, and the fish in the sea, to
tremble.
According to Eteilla, the moon governs
comedians, butchers, tallow and wax chand¬
lers, ropemakers, lemonade-vendors, publi¬
cans, playwrights of all kinds, masters of
great works, menageries of animals ; and, on
the other hand, professional gamblers, spies,
sharpers, cheats, bankrupts, false money-
coiners, and mad-houses ; that is to say, the
moon rules over all those whose business it
is to work during the night until sun-rising,
or to sell provisions for the night; and it
also rules over all which people would be
ashamed to commit in full day, in sight of
those who have manners. Thus each reader
may easily find out what denomination he is
and what it is that governs him.
PACE has neither beginning nor
end. The heavens are infinite
space, indefinite expanse, a void
without limits ; no frontier cir¬
cumscribes them, they have
neither beginning nor end,
neither top nor bottom, right
or left ; there is an infinity of
spaces which succeed each other in every
direction. The earth is a little material
globe, placed in this space without support
of any kind, like a bullet which sustains itself
alone in the air, like the little captive balloons
which rise and float in the atmosphere when
the thin cord which retains them is broken.
A multitude of suns, surrounded like ours
with a family of which they are the foci and
the light-givers, float likewise in all parts of
the expanse. These suns are the stars with
which the fields of heaven are scattered. In
spite of the appearance caused by perspective,
immense spaces separate all these systems
from ours, spaces so great that the highest
figures of our great numeration can scarcely
number the smallest amongst them. A dis¬
tance that our figures can scarcely express
also separates these stars from each other,
extending from depths unto depths.
ASTRONOMY.
5 5 G
Notwithstanding these prodigious inter¬
vals, these suns are in number so consider¬
able that their numeration as yet exceeds all
our means ; millions joined to millions are
inadequate to enumerate the multitude !
Let the mind try, if it is possible, to represent
to itself at one time this considerable number
of systems and the distances which separate
them one from the other! Confused and
soon humbled at the aspect of this infinite
richness, it will only learn to admire in silence
this indescribable wonder.
Heavens Piled on Heavens.
Continually rising on the other side of the
heavens, going beyond the distant shores of
this ocean without limits, it will endlessly
discover fresh new space, and new worlds
will reveal themselves to our eager gaze,
heavens will succeed to heavens, spheres to
spheres ; after deserts of expanse will open
other deserts, after immensities other immen¬
sities ; and even when carried away without
rest, during centuries, with the rapidity of
thought, the soul would continue its flight
beyond the most inaccessible limits that im¬
agination could conceive,—there even the
infinite of an unexplored expanse would
remain still open before it; the infinite of
space would oppose itself to the infinite of
time; endlessly rivalling, without our ever
being able to take away from the other:
and the spirit will be arrested, overcome with
fatigue, at the entrance of infinite creation as
if it had not advanced a single step in space.
Ye stars ! bright legions that, before all time,
Camped on yon plain of sapphire, what shall tell
Your burning myriads but the eye of Him
Who bade through heaven your golden chariots
wheel ?
Yet who, earth-born, can see your hosts, nor feel
Immortal impulses—eternity ?
What wonder if the o’erwrought soul should reel
With its own weight of thought, and the wild eye
See fate within your tracks of deepest glory lie ?
The immensity of the heavens has been
sung on many lyres ; but how can the song
of man express such a reality ? Poets have
tried to render it in verse, when one feels the
insufficiency of speech to note the immense
thoughts which this wonderful contemplation
develops in us.
Marvelous Flight Through Space.
We wish to open space before us and em¬
ploy ourselves there, in trying to penetrate
its depth. The velocity of a cannon-ball
from the mouth of the cannon makes swift
way, 437 yards per second. But this would
be too slow for our journey through space,
as our velocity would scarcely be 900 miles
an hour. In nature there are movements in¬
comparably more rapid, for instance, the
velocity of light. This velocity is 186,000
miles per second. We will place ourselves
on a ray of light and be carried away on its
rapid course.
Taking the earth as our starting-point, we
will go in a straight line to any point of the
heavens. We start, and at the end of the
first second, we have already traversed 186-
000 miles ; at the end of the second, 372,000
We continue : ten seconds, a minute, ten
minutes have elapsed—111,600,000 miles
have been passed. Flying away during an
hour, a day, a week, without ever slackening
our pace—during whole months, and even a
year, the time which we have traversed is
already so long that expressed in miles, the
numbers exceed our faculty of comprehen¬
sion, and indicate nothing to our mind;
they would be trillions, and millions of mil¬
lions.
But we will not interrupt our flight.
Carried on without stopping by this same
rapidity of 186,000 miles each second, let us
penetrate the expanse in a straight line for
whole years, fifty years, even a century—-
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
557
where are we ? For a long time we have
gone beyond the last starry regions which
are seen from the earth, the last that the
telescope has visited; for a long time we
travel in other regions, unknown and un¬
explored. No mind is capable of following
the road passed over ; thousands of millions
joined to thousands of millions express noth¬
ing : at the sight of this prodigious expanse
the imagination is arrested, humbled.
Well ! this is the wonderful point of the
every direction; and when after centuries
employed in this giddy course, we should
stop ourselves, fascinated or in despair before
the immensity eternally open, eternally re¬
newed, we should again understand that our
flights had not measured for us the smallest
part of space, and that we were not more
advanced than at our starting point. In
truth, it is the infinite which surrounds us,
as we before expressed it, or the infinite
number of worlds. We should be able to
CYCLONE OF SPIRAL NEBULA.
problem : we have not advanced a single
step in space. We are no nearer a limit than
if we had remained in the same place ; we
should be able again to begin the same
course, starting from the point where we are,
and add to our voyage a voyage of the same
extent; we should be able to join centuries
on centuries in the same itinerary, with the
same velocity,—to continue the voyage with¬
out end and without rest; we should be able
to guide ourselves in any part of space, left,
right, forwards, backwards, above, below, in
float for eternity without ever finding any¬
thing before us but an eternally open infinite.
In the bosom of infinite space, the un¬
fathomable extent of which we have tried to
comprehend, float rich clusters of stars, each
separated by immense intervals. These rich
groupings of stars have received the name of
nebulae. This name was given at the time
of the invention of astronomical lenses, when
these starry tribes were distinguished only
under a diffused, cloudy aspect, which did
not enable the eye to distinguish the com-
558
ASTRONOMY.
posing stars. This appearance not revealing
in any way the idea of solar clusters, it was
thought that fchey were only phosphorescent
vapors, whirlwinds of luminous substance, or
possibly primitive fluids, whose progressive
condensation would in the future effect the
formation of new stars. The first nebula
observed by the aid of the telescope and
pointed out as an object of particular nature,
the nebula of Andromeda, was considered
for three centuries and a half as entirely
deprived of stars.
Infinite Clusters of Stars.
Only a few years ago a Cambridge astrono¬
mer counted within the limits of this nebula
i 500 little stars, notwithstanding which, the
centre still keeps the aspect of a diffused
light, in spite of the best instruments. Later,
the astronomer Halley thought no more of
the star-clusters.
Thus, infinite space must be represented as
an immense void in the bosom of which are
suspended archipelagoes of stars. These
archipelagoes are themselves of infinite num¬
ber; the stars which compose them can be
counted by millions, and from one to the
other the distance is incalculable. They are
distributed in space in every direction, fol¬
lowing every imaginable course, and invested
with every possible form.
The fixed stars are in reality suns, many
of them thousands of times larger than our
little sun.
The existence of binary stars was dis¬
covered by Sir William Herschel toward the
close of last century. It had long been
noticed by astronomers as a remarkable
coincidence that, in several instances, a pair
of bright stars were found in close proximity
to each other, much closer than we should
have expected, supposing the stars to have
been scattered up equally distant from all
its four suns. A green and a red sun are
above the horizon, and when we look directly
at either, its color is clear, brilliant and well-
defined. But their rays meet and mingle
and unite into a dazzling snowy white, which
imparts to the whole landscape the pure
radiant look which seems to fill the firma¬
ment on a sunny day when the ground is
covered with snow. A light cloud-wreath
steals over the green sun, and a faint rosy
blush overspreads the face of the sky. The
cloud thickens, and the rosy hue deepens
into a mellow crimson.
Then the green sun sets and a blue one
rises, changing the red light of the sky into
a rich purple, veined here and there with pale
amethyst, as a few rays from the green sun
struggle through the clouds just as it sinks
beneath the horizon. The purple changes
into a deep gold as the blue sun is succeeded
by an orange one, and the gold pales down
as the red sun sinks to his rest in turn. The
orange is left alone; and when it, too, sets,
night comes on apace.
All the Colors of the Rainbow.
And now the moons rise and shed their
radiance on the scene. But how differently
do they show from the pale uniform light
that beams from our own plain satellite !
Every color of the rainbow glows from their
faces; in belts, in spots, in lunes, their
checkered disks reflect every shade of hue
that the artist’s palette can produce.
The parts illumined by one sun alone
1 effect, more faintly than the rest, the colors
of their respective orbs; those which come
within the light of two or three of them will
shine more brightly and with gayer com¬
binations of colors; while in the parts on
which all the four suns shine at once we find
again the snowy white, so bright as to sparkle
almost with the light of day.
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
559
But where there are four great lights to
rule the day, night will be of nnfrequent
occurrence and of short duration; and soon
the four suns, their noctural course ended,
begin at once to draw nigh to their rising.
Pale, slender threads of red, green, blue, and
orange steal out from the darkness in four
quarters of the horizon ; and these widen and
lengthen till they mingle together at their
extremities in softly shading hues of white,
indigo, and gold. Brighter and broader they
grow, and the gorgeous variegated belt
spreads rapidly from horizon to zenith, till at
last the suns have fairly risen, and their
many-colored rays combine again into the
dazzling white of the perfect day.
..
EPRESENTATIVE maps were
formed of the heavens by the
ancients, and from the time of
Hipparchus, the Greek astrono¬
mer, they were able to class the
stars, distingushing them ac¬
cording to their brightness. The bright
clusters are called constellations, and the
ancient astronomers gave them, for the most
part, the names of animals according to
their supposed resemblance to some repre¬
sentative of the animal kingdom.
Let us form the geography of the heavens.
The innumerable figures of animals, men or
objects, with which the sphere is adorned,
will not all be drawn here, seeing that they
would only serve to confuse the mind with
imaginary lines. Formerly they printed
celestial atlases, where the figures were
represented with exquisite care, so much so,
mdeed, that they ended by forgetting the
stars, and the sky was nothing more than a
menagerie. In spite of the interest of the
images, we will not follow this example.
At present, let us see how to direct our
course for reading correctly the great book
of the heavens.
THE GREAT BEAR.
There is one constellation known to every¬
one ; for greater simplicity we will begin
with it, as it will serve as a starting-point to
go towards the others, and as a sign to find
its companions. This constellation is the
Great Bear, which has also been called
David’s Chariot, or Charles’s Wain ; which
the ancients called Septem trioncs (whence
came the word septentrion ), or, again, Helix ,
Plaustrum; which the Greeks addressed
under the name of Arktos Megale; which the
Arabs called Aldebb al Akbar , and the
Chinese, three thousand years ago, addressed
as the Tcheou-pey , the god of the north.
Thus it can boast of a high celebrity.
If, 'however, in spite of its universal noto¬
riety, some have not yet had occasion to
make its acquaintance, the following is the
sign by which it may always be recognized.
560
ASTRONOMY.
Turn towards the north, that is to say,
opposite the spot where the sun is at noon.
Whatever may be the season of the year,
the day of the month, or hour of the night,
you will always see there a large constella¬
tion formed of seven stars, four of which are
quadrilateral, and at a right angle with the
side.
Have you not all seen it ? It never sets.
Night and day it watches above the northern
horizon, turning slowly in four-and-twenty
hours around a star of which we shall speak
presently. In the figure of the Great Bear,
the three stars of the extremity form the
tail, and the quadrilateral forms the body.
In the Chariot the four stars form the wheels,
and the three the car. Above the second
between these latter, good sights distinguish
a very small star called Alcor, which is also
called the Cavalier. The Arabs used it to
test a good eye.
This constellation is also called the Big
Dipper, from its supposed resemblance to a
dipper. If a straight line be carried through
the two stars on the side opposite the handle,
a star less brilliant than the preceding ones
is found, which forms the extremity of a
figure like the Great Bear, but smaller and
directed in a contrary direction. This is the
Little Bear, or Little Chariot, also formed of
seven stars. The star to which our line
brings us, that which is at the extremity of
the Bear’s tail, or at the end of the shaft of
the Chariot, is the Pole-Star. Always found
in its place, it is an example of fidelity.
The Pole-Star has a certain
renown, like all personages who
distinguish themselves from
others, because, among all the
stars which twinkle in our starry
nights, it remains immovable in
the heavens. At any moment
of the year, day or night, if you
observe the sky, you will al¬
ways find it occupying the same
place. All the other stars, on
the contrary, revolve round it
every twenty-four hours, a, hold
for the centre of this immense
whirlpool! The Pole-Star remains immov¬
able over one pole of the world, whence it is
used as a fixed point by navigators of the
pathless ocean, as well as by travelers in an
unexplored desert.
URSA MINOR.
CASSIOPEIA.
Looking at the Pole-Star, stationary in the
midst of the northern region, we have the
south behind us, the east to the right, the
west to the left. All the stars revolving
around the Pole-Star, from right to left.
URSA MAJOR, OR GREAT BEAR.
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
561
ought to be recognized according to their
mutual relations rather than according to the
cardinal points. On the other side of the
Pole-Star, relating to the Great Bear, is
another constellation easily recognized. This
is Cassiopeia, which is formed of five stars of
the third magnitude, arranged somewhat like
the slanting strokes of the letter M. This
group takes every possible position, going
round the pole; sometimes being above,
sometimes below, sometimes to the left and
sometimes to the right; but it is always easy
to find, seeing that, like the preceding con¬
stellation, it never sets and is always opposite
TAURUS OR BULL.
to the Great Bear. The Pole-Star is the
axle around which these two constellations
revolve.
We go from west to east. We shall easily
recognize the Bull by the group of the
Pleiades which sparkle on its shoulder, by
that of the Hyades which glimmer on its
forehead, and by the magnificent star which
marks its right eye, the star Aldebaran, of
the first magnitude. It is, moreover, situated
just above the splendid constellation of Orion.
The Pleiades, which are seen in the an¬
nexed engraving, are a group of about 80
stars, resolved by the telescope. The ancients
counted in the Pleiades seven stars more
3(5
brilliant than the ground sprinkled with
golden dust. At the present time only six
can be counted with the naked eye. Alcyone
in Pleiades appears to be the central point of
the universal heavens.
This region, marked with Orion, Sirius,
the Twins, the Goat, Aldebaran and the
Pleiades, is ths most magnificent region of
the celestial sphere. It is towards the end
of Autumn that it shines in our hemisphere
THE TWINS.
in the evening. The Twins are, in the fable,
Castor and Pollux, sons of Jupiter, celebrated
for their indissoluble friendship, for which
they were rewarded by immortality. The
Greeks also gave the name of Castor and
Pollux to those lights which appear round
562
ASTRONOMY.
vessels after storms, electrical phenomena
now called the fires of Saint Elmo.
The Crab or Cancer may be distinguished
at the bottom of the line of Castor and
Pollux, in five stars of the fourth or fifth
magnitude. It is the least important body
of the zodiac. While Hercules was fighting
the Lion of Nemea, the Crab, aiding the ven¬
geance of Juno, pinched the heel of the hero,
who crushed it with his foot, but the queen
of heaven gave it its reward by placing it in
the heavens.
The Lion is a cluster of beautiful stars,
situated to the east of the Twins. The most
brilliant of these stars is of the first magni¬
tude, and is called Regulus, the heart of the
Lion; the three others are of the second
magnitude. The sun enters the Lion at the
summer solstice, and causes it to disappear
by covering it with his fires; this is the vic¬
tory of Hercules over the Lion of Nemea.
It was also for the same cause the symbol
of strength and power. Being the abode of
the sun during the month of July, it was
again the sign of burning heats and of plagues
which they sometimes brought with them.
In the eyes of astrologers of the middle
ages, this was its terrible aspect. The Vir¬
gin comes after the Lion.
Copernicus (the He-goat) is not rich in
bright stars. Those which sparkle on his
forehead, are the only ones which can be
distinguished by the naked eye. In some
authors Copernicus represents the goat Amal-
thea, which nursed Jupiter on Mount Ida,
and received a place in heaven as a reward.
According to others, it represents the return
of the sun to the winter solstice through the
gates of the tropics. Again, according to
others, it was a he-goat which was brought
up with the king of the gods, and which
discovered and sounded the marine trumpet,
and produced fear among the Titans in their
war with Olympus. The fright¬
ened gods hid themselves in the
forms of different animals;
Apollo changed into a crane,
Mercury into an ibis, Diana into
a cat. Such a metamorphose
was never seen. Lastly, Pan
into Capricornus, having a goat’s
body and the tail of a fish. He
appeared, also, to wish to steal
away with the giants who scaled
heaven.
Aquarius forms with his three
tertiaiy stars a very obtuse tri¬
angle. The base is prolonged in a string of
stars from the side of Capricornus, and to¬
wards the left to the Urn. Thence begins a
sinuous line of very small stars descending
to the horizon. This is the water poured out
by Aquarius. Aquarius appears to personify
Ganymede, who was raised by Jupiter’s eagle
to serve as cup-bearer to the gods after the
downfall of Hebe.
The Scorpion, with its heart marked by
the brilliant Antares, a star of the first mag¬
nitude, is easily recognized. It is not that
the form can be distinguished ; for this form
is not better sketched out by the stars which
compose it, than the preceding figures have
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
563
been. But it is well understood that, when
we speak of recognizing a constellation, we
refer simply to the groups of stars which
bear its name and not to its mythological
figure. The Scales and Scorpion only
formed one sign, with the Latins before
Augustus : the Scales were thert the claws
of the Scorpion. As Augustus was born on
the 23d of September, flattery leagued itself
with astrology to celebrate the happiness
promised to the earth by the birth of this
emperor ; the Scales, which the Egyptians
had formerly instituted in the original sphere,
were replaced in the heavens as a symbol of
Justice.
The verses of the Eneid may now be easily
interpreted. As a sign of misfortune and
fear, the Scorpion was cursed among all the
constellations. It was said, especially, that
it had an invincible hatred towards Orion,
because this figure sets when the former
rises, and vice versa. It was not only the
terror of the stars, but also the terror of the
sun himself, that Ovid has described it to us.
ORION.
THE SCORPION.
ORION.
Among the southern constellations Orion
is the most beautiful; we must not pass it
without doing homage to it. It is during
fine winter nights that this constellation
shines over our heads. No other season is
so magnificently constellated as the winter
months. Whilst nature deprives us of cer¬
tain enjoyments on the one hand, it presents
us with others no less precious. The won¬
ders of the heavens present themselves to us
from the Bull and Orion at the east, as far as
the Virgin and Bootes at the west; of eigh¬
teen stars of the first magnitude, which may
be counted in the whole extent of the firma¬
ment, a dozen are visible at nine o’clock in
the evening, not counting many beautiful
stars of the second order and the remarkable
nebulae worthy of the attention of mortals.
5G4
ASTRONOMY.
Thus it is that nature establishes every¬
where harmonious compensation and, whilst
it darkens our short and frosty winter days,
it gives us long nights enriched with the
wealthiest creations of the heavens.
The constellation of Orion is not only the
richest in bright stars, but it conceals also
treasures for the initiated which no other can
present. We might almost call it the
California of the heavens. Let as speak
first of its nebulae, situated below the second
star of the Belt.
This has been minutely examined and the
different regions of its cluster have been
studied and described in all their details. In
proportion as the instruments have become
more powerful, the stars, which constellate
it, appear more numerous, which has hap¬
pened in all telescopic observations of
nebulae; and, whilst in early days it was
asked with great uncertainty if there was
only a phosphorescent cloud, a vaporous
mass—astronomers afterwards arrived at the
conviction that it was formed of an immense
number of heaped-up suns.
It occupies a large space in the sky, its
apparent dimension being equal to that of the
lunar disk. When we think of the distance
which separates us from this agglomeration,
we are dismayed at the real extent which
it embraces in the midst of the boundless
void and limitless expanses of the sky,
tpcinqe Wanderers in
pace
OMETS are tailed bodies that
suddenly come to light up the
heavens, and were long re¬
garded with terror, like so many
warning signs of divine wrath.
Men have always thought them¬
selves much more important than they really
are in the universal order; they have had the
vanity to pretend that the whole creation
was made for them, whilst in reality the
whole creation does not suspect their exist¬
ence. The earth we inhabit is only one of
the smallest worlds; and therefore it can
scarcely be for it alone that all the wonders
of the heavens, of which the immense major¬
ity remains hidden from it, were created.
The word comet is derived from a Greek
word signifying hair, a title which had its
origin in the hairy appearance often exhibited
by the haze of luminous vapor, the presence
of which is, at first sight, the most striking
characteristic of eomets.
The chief point of difference between them
and the planets is, that their orbits are very
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
565
elongated; and, instead of being nearly cir¬
cular, they take the elliptical form. In
consequence of the nature of these orbits,
the same comet may approach very near the
sun, and afterwards travel from it to immense
distances. Thus, the period of the comet of
1680 has been estimated at 3000 years. It
approaches the sun, so as to be nearer to it
than our moon is to us, whilst it recedes to
a distance eight hundred and fifty-three times
greater than the distance of the
earth from the sun.
•
Great Velocity.
On the 17th of December,
£ 680, it was at its perihelion—
that is, at its greatest proximity
to the sun; it is now continu¬
ing its path beyond the Nep¬
tunian orbit. Its velocity varies
according to its distance from
the solar body. At its perihelion
it travels thousands of leagues
per minute; at its aphelion it
does not pass over more than a
few yards. Its proximity to the
sun in its passage near that body
caused Newton to think that it
received a heat 28,000 times
greater than that we experience
at the summer solstice; and that
this heat being 2000 times
greater than that of red-hot
iron, an iron globe of the same dimensions
would be 50,000 years entirely losing its
heat.
Two tnousand years ago, Seneca wrote :
A day will come when the course of these
bodies will be known, and submitted to
rules, like that of the planets. The prophecy
of the philosopher is realized. It is now
known that, like the planets, comits gravitate
round the sun, and depend equally on its
central attraction. Only, instead of moving
in orbits, circular, or nearly so, they describe
oval curves—very long ellipses. This is the
great distinction established between them
and planets. Instead of being opaque,
heavy, and important bodies like our planets,,
they are of great lightness, and extreme,
tenuity.
But there are many comets which astron¬
omers can prove will never again return to>
the neighborhood of the sui They come
from the remote depths of space, at a stu¬
pendous distance from the sun and all his
train of planets ; on beginning to feel the
effect of his attraction they move towards our
system, and at length they come sufficiently
near to it to be visible through a telescope,
and as surely as they do so, so surely are
they detected by the keen eyes of some of
the numerous astronomers who are always
VARIOUS FORMS OF COMETS WITH THE DATES OF
THEIR APPEARANCE.
ASTRONOMY
£6G
on the watch for these bodies. They come
on nearer to the sun, till their pace exceeds
that of the earth itself, but they do not plunge
headlong into him.
Notwithstanding the vast powers of his
attraction, they just whirl around the mighty
luminary. Exposed to the fearful heat of
iiis beams, the tail is developed to an enor¬
mous length. By some unknown law, which
Professor Tyndall has recently sought to
explain in a very ingenious manner, the tail
stands out away from the sun as the comet
whirls around it; then, after having passed
the sun, the comet retreats again. It grad¬
ually becomes fainter, gradually is lost sight
of by our telescopes, gradually plunges again
into the depths of space, never again to
revisit our sun, never again to be beheld by
human eye. Such is the history of many of
the great comets which at different times
have struck terror into the inhabitants of the
earth—they have retreated never more to
return.
The great comet of 1843 was one of
the most remarkable ever ob¬
served. The nucleus of this
was so brilliant that it could be
seen with the greatest ease in full
daylight. This comet is remark¬
able for coming nearer to the sun
than any other of these bodies
whose paths have been deter¬
mined with accuracy. It was
found to approach the sun to
within a distance of thirty-three
thousand miles. It is easy to cal¬
culate, though not easy to
imagine, what must be the heat
in such a position. It would
doubtless be many hundred
times greater than the tempera¬
ture of molten iron.
Strange Visitors.
The distinctive character of
comets lies especially in the
length of their course, and in the
immense duration of their jour¬
neys round the sun, through the
celestial regions. The following
lines are by the poet Conder:
Mysterious visitant, whose beauteous light
Among the wondering stars so strangely gleams !
Like a proud banner in the train of night,
The emblazon’d flag of Diety it streams—
Infinity is written on thy beams ;
And thought in vain would through the pathless sk'
Explore thy secret course. Thy circle seems
Too \ ast for Time to grasp. Oh, can that eye
Which numbers hosts like thee, this atom earth
descry ?
THE GREAT COMET OF 1 843.
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
567
Meteorites are those solid fiery bodies
which from time to time visit the earth,
sweeping through the sky with immense
velocity in every direction, and remaining
visible but a few moments ; they are gener¬
ally attended by a luminous train, and dur¬
ing their progress explosions usually occur,
followed by the fall of stones, to which the
name of aerolites is given.
We must not confound the magnitude of
the meteorite with that of the aerolite, for
the latter is nothing
more than a fragment
thrown off from the
former and falling to
the earth, while the
main body sweeps
onward in its course.
The diameter of the
Weston meteorite
was computed to be
300 feet, and that of
a meteorite observed
at Windsor, in
August, 1783, was
calculated to be no
less than 3210 feet,
or more than three-
fifths of a mile.
Meteors or shoot¬
ing stars may be oc¬
casionally seen on any clear night, but it is
about the middle of August and November
that the display is most brilliant. Sometimes
meteoric showers of several hours’ duration
are witnessed. Meteors are supposed to be
small bodies revolving around the sun, like
the planets, in orbits which cross that of the
earth. When the earth in its annual revo¬
lution arrives sufficiently near, under the in¬
fluence of its attraction they approach it with
great velocity, and on entering the atmos¬
phere of the earth they take fire. In most
cases they are consumed before reaching the
earth, and thus disappear in the sky.
Sometimes, however, when the mass is
large, a loud explosion takes place, and frag¬
ments from a few pounds to a ton in weight
fall to the ground. In one case a meteoric
stone nearly ten tons in weight was found in
France. Such wanderers from far distant
space or from other worlds are made up of
materials similar to those we find in the
earth—iron, nickel, quartz, talc, etc. These
meteors, when large, are often inexpressibly
brilliant. One seen at Hurworth, England,
in 1854, lit up the heavens for half an hour
with as bright a light as that of the sun, and
finally burst with a thunderous explosion
heard for many miles.
The periodical meteoric showers of August
and November are caused by our orbit carry¬
ing us, at those periods of the year, right
through great clusters of these aerolites. It
has been estimated that not less than a hun¬
dred thousand million of them are annually
THE GREAT METEOR SEEN AT HURWORTH.
568 ASTRONOMY.
A SHOWER OF BRILLIANT METEORS ON THE OCEAN.
caught by our atmosphere ; and when we
consider the comparative smallness of the
ring which we traverse, we can see that the
absolute number of the meteorites belonging
to our system must
be something in¬
comparably ex¬
ceeding human
calculation.
In the immediate
neighborhood of
the sun, where his
attraction exercises
the most direct and
potent influence,
they will be found
in special abund¬
ance; and it is to
the fact of their ex¬
ist e n c e that we
must look for an
explanation of the
corona, and per¬
haps of yet greater
and more interest¬
ing mysteries of
our system. The
corona is simply
the sunlight re¬
flected from their
surfaces, as it is
from the disks of
the moon and
planets. For a vast
distance round the
sun the whole
firmament is pow¬
dered with them as
thick as hailstones,
and the reflection
from them pro¬
duces a continuous
luminous glow, lost
indeed in the overpowering brightness of
ordinary sunlight, but shining out with ex¬
quisite lustre when his direct beams are cut
off from us.
HOW TO READ THE SKY.
569
f F all optical phenomena, the
aurora borealis, or the north¬
ern daybreak, is one of the
most striking, especially in
the regions where its full
glory is revealed. It fires
the sky above the horizon
with shooting jets of flame.
What fills with dazzling beams the illumined air ?
What wakes the flames that light the firmament ?
The lightnings flash : there is bright splendor there,
And earth and heaven with fiery sheets are blent;
The winter’s night now gleams with brighter, love¬
lier ray,
Than ever yet adorned the golden summer’s day.
The appearances exhibited by the autora
are so various and wonderful. A cloud, or
haze, is commonly seen in the northern
region of the heavens, but often bearing
towards the east or west, assuming the form
of an arc, seldom attaining a greater altitude
than forty degrees, but varying in extent
from five to one hundred degrees. The
upper edge of the cloud is luminous, some¬
times brilliant and irregular. The lower
part is frequently dark and thick, with the
clear sky appearing between it and the hori¬
zon. Streams of light shoot up in columnar
forms from the upper part of the cloud, now
extending but a few degrees, then as far as
the zenith, and even beyond it.
Instances occur in which the whole hemi¬
sphere is covered with these coruscations ;
but the brilliancy is the greatest, and the
light the strongest, in the north, near the
main body of the meteor. The streamers
have in general a tremulous motion, and
when close together present the appearance
of waves, or sheets of light, following each
other in rapid succession. But no rule obtains
with reference to these streaks, which have
acquired the name of “the merry dancers,”
from their volatility, becoming more quick
in their motions in stormy weather, as if
sympathizing with the wildness of the blast.
Such is the extraordinary aspect they present,
that it is not surprising the rude Indians
should gaze upon them as the spirits of their
fathers roaming through the land of souls.
They are variously white, pale red, or of a
deep blood color, and sometimes the appear¬
ance of the whole rainbow as to hue is
presented.
Vivid Illumination.
When several streamers emerging from
different points unite at the zenith, a small
and dense meteor is formed, which seems to
burn with greater violence than the separate
parts, and glows with a green, blue, or purple
light. The display is over sometimes in a
few minutes, or continues for hours, or
through the whole night, and appears for
several nights in succession. Captain Beechey
remarked a sudden illumination to occur at
570
ASTRONOMY
one extremity of the auroral arch, the light
passing along the belt with a tremulous,
hesitating movement towards the opposite
end, exhibiting the colors of the rainbow ;
and as an illustration of this appearance, he
refers to that presented by the rays of some
molluscous animals in motion.
Captain Parry notices the same effect as a
common one with the aurora, and compares
it, as far as its motion is concerned, to a
person holding a long ribbon by one end,
and giving it an undulatory movement
through its whole length, though its general
position remains the same. Captain Sabine
likewise speaks of the arch being bent into
convolutions, resembling those of a snake in
motion. Both Parry, Franklin and Beechey
agree that no streamers were ever noticed
shooting - downwards from the arch.
The preceding statement refers to aurora
in high northern latitudes, where the full
magnificence of the phenomenon is displayed.
It forms a fine compensation for the long and
dreary night to which these regions are
subject, the gay and varying aspect of the
heavens contrasting refreshingly with the
repelling and monotonous appearance of the
earth. We have already stated that the
direction in which the
aurora generally makes its
first appearance, or the
quarter in which the arch
formed by this meteor is
usually seen, is to the
northward.
Effulgent Arch.
But this does not hold
good of very high latitudes,
for by the expeditions
which have wintered in the
ice, it was almost always
seen , to the southward;
while, by Captain Beechey,
in the “ Blossom,” in Kot-
zerne Sound, two hundred
and fifty miles to the south¬
ward of the ice, it was
always observed in a north¬
ern direction.
Dalton has furnished the
following account of an
aurora, as observed by him : Attention was
first excited by a remarkably red appear¬
ance of the clouds to the south, which
afforded sufficient light to read by at eight
o’clock in the evening, though there was no
moon nor light in the north. From half¬
past nine to ten there was a large, luminous,
horizontal arch to the southward, and several
faint concentric arches northward. It was
particularly noticed that all the arches seemed
HOW TO READ THE SKY
0/1
exactly bisected by the plain of the magnetic
meridian.
At half-past ten o’clock streamers ap¬
peared, very low in the southeast, running
to and fro from west to east. They increased
in number, and began to approach the zenith,
apparently with an accelerated velocity, when
all on a sudden the whole hemisphere was
covered with them, and exhibited such an
astonishment, but the uncommon grandeur
of the scene only lasted one minute. The
variety of colors disappeared, and the beams
lost their lateral motion, and were converted
into the flashing radiations.
The great distinction between the polar
countries and the other regions of the globe,
is their long day and long night. Describ¬
ing an immense spiral around the horizon,
BRILLIANT AURORA BOREALIS IN THE ARCTIC SEAS.
appearance as surpasses all description.
The intensity of the light, and prodigious
number and volatility of the beams, the
grand intermixture of all the prismatic colors
in their utmost splendor, variegating the
glowing canopy with the most luxuriant and
enchanting scenery, afforded an awful, but at
the same time the most pleasing and sublime
spectacle in nature. Every one gazed with
the sun gradually mounts to the highest
point of his course; then, in the same man¬
ner, it returns towards the horizon, and bids
farewell to the earth, slowly dying away in a
gloomy and ghastly twilight. And, for six
months, the Arctic wildernesses knew it not.
When the navigator, says Captain Parry,
finds himself buried for the first time in the
silent shadows of the polar night, he cannot
572
ASTRONOMY.
conquer an involuntary emotion of dread; he
feels transported out of the sphere of ordin¬
ary existence. These deadly and sombre
deserts seem like those uncreated voids which
Milton has placed between the realms of life
and death. The very animals are affected
by the melancholy which veils the face of
nature. Under the influence of the almost
perpetual gloominess Dr. Kane’s Newfound¬
land dogs went mad, and died.
Dazzling Radiance.
But if the sun for six months of the year
deprives the circumpolar countries of the
splendor of its fires, an imposing phenomenon
frequently illuminates the long nights with
dazzling radiance, as if nature sought to com¬
pensate for the absence of the orb of day by
the most impressive of all her optical won¬
ders. The polar nights are nearly always
lighted up by the gorgeous lustre of the
aurora ; called borealis or australis, accord¬
ing to the poles at which it is produced.
Shafts and rays of light shoot upwards to
the zenith. These luminous sheaves pass
through all the colors of the rainbow; from
violet and sapphire to green and purple-red.
Sometimes the columns of light issue from
the resplendent arch mixed with blackish
rays ; sometimes they rise simultaneously at
different points of the horizon, and unite to
form a sea of flame pervaded by rapid undu¬
lations. On other occasions, fiery dazzling
standards are unfurled to float lightly in the
air. A kind of canopy of soft and tranquil
light, which is known as the corona, an¬
nounces the close of the phenomenon. There¬
upon the luminous shafts begin to wane in
splendor, the richly colored arcs dissolve, die
out, and soon of all the magnificent spec¬
tacle nothing remains but a whitish cloudy
haze.
The arch of the aurora is only part of a
ring of light, which is elevated considerably
above the surface of our globe, and whose
centre is situated in the vicinity of the pole.
It is easy, then, to account for the different
aspects it presents to observers placed at
different angles to it. A person some de¬
grees south of the ring would necessarily see
only a very small arc of it towards the north,
from the interposition of the earth between
him and the observer ; if he stood nearer the
north, the arc would appear larger and
higher; if immediately below it, he would
see it apparently traversing the zenith ; or if
within the ring, and still further north, he
would suppose it to culminate in the south.
It is supposed that the centre of the ring
corresponds with the magnetic north point,
in the island of Boothia Felix.
Magnetic Needle Affected.
The phenomenon generally lasts several
hours, and is frequently diversified by pecu¬
liar features ; so that sometimes it seems to
present the hemispherical segment of a
gigantic wheel ; sometimes it waves and
droops like a rich tapestry of colored light,
in a thousand prismatic folds; and, at other
times, it may be compared to a succession
of resplendent banners, or streamers, waving
in the dark and intense sky.
The arch varies in elevation, but is seldom
found more than ninety miles above the ter¬
restrial surface. Its diameter must be enor¬
mous, for it has been known to extend from
Italy to the polar regions, and has been
simultaneously visible in Sardinia, Connecti¬
cut, and New Orleans.
Of the magneto-electric origin of the
aurora no doubt can be entertained. When
it occurs, the magnetic needle is invariably
affected, the very noticeable perturbation
being greatest at the climax of the auroral
brilliancy.
F late years the science
of electricity has made
strides so rapid as to
surprise even those
who are constantly
looking for wonders
in scientific discovery.
The achievement of Ben
Franklin in drawing lightning
from the clouds with his kite
has been surpassed a thou¬
sand fold. The triumphs of
Edison, Bell and others read
almost like miracles, and
whereas it was once supposed
that electricity was little else than a destruc¬
tive force, it has now been caught, tamed,
harnessed and made to work for the good
of man.
The electric light, illuminating the streets
of every city; the telephone, repeating what
you say here at a point miles distant; the
phonograph, speaking, singing, reproducing
sounds of every description ; the kineto-
scope, exhibiting the motions of actual life ;
the megaphone, sounding its trumpet blast
far beyond the natural reach of the human
voice; the application of the mysterious
force of electricity to the uses of ordinary
travel, such as street cars, and even railways
hitherto operated by steam—these are only
a few of the wonderful inventions and appli¬
cations of the subtle agent which has sud¬
denly leaped from the clouds and seems to
be almost transforming the face of the
earth.
If a stick of sealing-wax is rubbed vigor¬
ously with a woolen cloth, it will be found
capable of attracting small shreds of paper.
This is the simplest experiment in electricity.
Many other substances, such as resin, vul¬
canite, glass, etc., can be made to show the
same phenomenon. To obtain the best
effect with any given substance a particular
rubber must be chosen. For example, a
cat’s fur, slightly warmed, is every efficient
in electrifying vulcanite or resin, while silk,
amongst simple substances should be used
to excite glass.
A Powerful Agent.
Thus, in a simple manner, we discover in
nature the existence of an invisible force.
Its power may be said to be unlimited. It
can shatter the stateliest granite column. It
can rive in twain the brawniest oak. It can
destroy instantly every form of animal life.
Not until within a comparatively recent
period has this force been mastered and
made to work out beneficent results.
573
574
ELECTRICITY.
In a general way it may be said that in
using electricity it is produced by friction,
and stored as water might be in a tank and
then the force is turned on when the power
is required. All else relates to the con¬
struction of the necessary apparatus.
MR. EDISON TALKING INTO THE PHONOGRAPH.
l\)q PI)or>o6rapl)
ERY few even of those who
have heard the dulcet strains
of some sweet song from
the depths of the phono¬
graph, understand in the
least the mechanism by
which the sounds are produced. The ex¬
planation is as follows : The phonograph is
composed of a metal cylinder covered with a
thin layer of wax, on which a pointed pen
inscribes tracings, corresponding to the
vibrations caught by a membrane placed on
top of the pen.
The wax-coated cylinder is rapidly re¬
volved by means of an electric battery, and
as one speaks in front of the membrane, the
cylinder advances slowly in a horizontal
position, at the same time revolving rapidly.
The membrane vibrates much or little,
according to the sounds emitted by the
operator. The pen moves according to the
•vibrations, and peculiar, almost imperceptible
tracings on the wax are the result. On top
of the membrane is a funnel into which the
operator speaks. The picture shows Mr.
Edison talking into this funnel.
LATEST DISCOVERIES
575
To obtain reproductions of the sounds as
inscribed on the wax cylinder, it is replaced
in its original position. Another pen of
different construction than tne first is put
into play, and in a most exact and delicate
manner transfers to the wax of another
cylinder the tracings on the first. The funnel
is replaced by a rubber tube having two,
four or six branches, according to the number
found in many hotels and public places.
The first cylinder is carefully made as above
described, and duplicated as many times as
required. Each cylinder is then placed in a
case, and the phonograph may be put in use
when required.
The new and perfected Edison phonograph
has already gone into very general use and
many thousands are distributed in American
LISTENING TO SOUNDS FROM THE PHONOGRAPH.
of the auditors, and the tubes are applied to
their ears, as in the illustration.
Not only can we hear the sounds from
the same phonograph into which they are
spoken, but the cylinders may be preserved
and taken wherever we wish; by placing
them again in a mechanism as above de¬
scribed, the original sounds may be re¬
produced.
In this manner are made the phonographs
business offices, where they facilitate corre¬
spondence in a variety of ways. They are
also employed by stenographers as a help in
the transcription of their shorthand notes.
Heretofore these notes have been slowly
dictated to amanuenses, but they are now
frequently read off to a phonograph and then
written out at leisure. The phonograph is,
however, being used for direct stenographic
work and it reported verbatim forty thousand
67G
ELECTRICITY.
words of discussion at one presidential con¬
vention, the words being quietly repeated
into the machine by the reporter as quickly
as they were uttered by the various speakers.
A large number of machines are in use by
actors, clergymen, musicians, reciters and
others, to improve their elocution and singing.
It is also worthy of note that voice records
remain of distinguished men, who “ being
dead, yet speak.”
tl)eeIs Go Roupd
EW people understand the prin¬
ciple upon which street cars
are propelled by what is known
as the Trolley system. Most
people know that a power¬
house, a trolley wire and a
motor are necessary to the
system, but of the functions of
the various parts they have but a faint con¬
ception. “What makes "he wheels go
round ” is a mystery, yet it can be easily
explained.
First, there are boilers to generate steam
for the engines, and the engines in turn drive
the generators, which produce the myste¬
rious power or “juice,” as it is commonly
called by the electricians, for the motors in
the cars. It is obvious, therefore, that the
prime factor in the operation of an electric
railway is steam, the electric current acting
only as a convenient and subtle agent for
transmitting and distributing the power.
The voltage of an electric circuit cor¬
responds to the pressure in water pipes.
The voltage of a dynamo depends on three
conditions, namely, the speed of revolution
of the armature, the number of coils of wire
in the armature, and the strength of the
magnetic field. For incandescent lighting,
i io volts are generally used, while for rail¬
ways the pressure is 500 volts.
The current from the generator in the
power-house goes to the switchboard, where
it passes through an ammeter, which indi¬
cates the amount of current being given out,
through a switch, by means of which the
current may be shut off at will, and through
a circuit-breaker, which opens the circuit
automatically in case of a short circuit on
the line or an overload.
From this point one side of the circuit is
composed of the feeder (heavy insulated
copper cables) and the other side of the
ground or return. Formerly the rails alone
connected with the ground formed the
return, but owing to various causes, among
them the electrolytic action on water and
gas pipes, the modern practice is to supple¬
ment the rails with heavy copper wires,
which afford an easier path for the current
than the pipes. The feeders run parallel
with the tracks, either overhead or under¬
ground, as the case may be, and at points
along the line are “ tapped ” or connected to
the trolley wire.
How the Current is Applied.
Each car is provided with two motors, the
armatures or revolving parts of which are
connected to the axles of the cars. A motor
is made almost exactly like a generator. In
fact, if driven by an engine, it will generate
an electric current the same as the generator.
Therefore, when the power of the engine
drives the armature of the generator in the
power house, causing it to give out a cur¬
rent, this current supplied to the motor
causes its armature to revolve and develop
same mechanical power originally re¬
quired to drive the generator, eliminating, of
LATEST DISCOVERIES.
577
course, the various losses due to friction and
leakage.
Next the current goes through the motor.
While delivering a lecture before an audi¬
ence of unskilled laymen, a well-known
electrical engineer was asked how the cur¬
rent gets into the car, and he replied : “ The
conductor brings it in.” Of course he
meant the copper conductor running down
the trolley pole, and not the innocent fare-
taker and bell-ringer.
Practical Illustration.
The method of allowing the current to
pass through the motor in the car is illus¬
trated in the annexed sketch. The top line
is the trolley wire and R shows the rails.
Between these there is maintained a pressure
of 500 volts. W is the trolley wheel in
contact with the trolley wire, and attached
to the trolley pole. In electrical contact
with the trolley wheel and running through
the trolley pole is an insulated copper wire
C. This wire is shown in the sketch, but is,
of course, concealed in the car. It runs to
the familiar metal case on the platform.
This case contains the controller, which con¬
sists of a system of coils of wire, resistance
arranged so that the speed of the motors
may be varied by the motorman by turning
the switch or controller handle to different
points.
The controller is also so constructed that
by turning another handle the motor will
revolve in the opposite direction, backing the
,car. The coils are so arranged that the two
motors may be thrown in parallel or in
series, which means in the first case that
each motor completes a circuit by itself,
while in the second case the same current
flows through both motors. Only one
motor is shown in the sketch, which is
sufficient to illustrate the principle.
The direction of flow is shown by the
arrow heads. The current from the gen¬
erator G in the power house flows to the
feeders and trohey wire. From the trolley
wire it flows through the trolley wheel W,
through the wire C in trolley pole to the
controller S, where it is turned on or off by
means of the controller handle. From here
it flows through another wire to the brush
B of the motor M, through the armature of
the motor and out at the brush B B, then
through a wire into the car wheel to the rail
R, which carries the current back to the
negative brush of the generator G.
Great Motive Power.
The flashing often seen at the wheels of
an electric car is caused by imperfect contact
between the wheel and rail, and is due often
to dust on the rail or similar causes.
Already the electric current has been ap¬
plied to ordinary railroad traffic. The most
advanced thought on this subject points to
the time not far distant when electricity will
be the great motive power superseding steam.
Its advantages are evident at a glance. The
speed which it is capable of furnishing, the
absence of annoying smoke, the facility with
which it can be operated, all indicate that its
practical results will be of great service, will
form an epoch in scientific discovery and
constitute a new mode of carrying on those
great industries which are dependent upon a
motive power, at once efficient and easily
manipulated.
37
578
ELECTRICITY.
Successful efforts have been made to place
the conducting wires in the earth, thus avoiding
the danger of having them over head. The
advantage of this is apparent, and being accom¬
plished, we shall have the most complete
motive power ever brought into use.
The achievements thus far in electrical
science are among the greatest triumphs of
the age. These have come rapidly and in
vivid succession. The most acute thought
and inventive genius have been displayed in
the practical application of this greatest and
most marvelous of all the agents treasured
in the storehouse of nature.
Tf>e Telepl^opp
UPPOSE you want to communi¬
cate with your neighbor across
the street: a wire is stretched
between the two houses and con¬
nected to the two telephones ;
from the remaining binding
screw of each telephone wires
are conducted, say, to the gas-pipe, and
the bare wire wound round the bare pipe,
brass pipe, as the joints of the latter some¬
times intercept altogether the flow of elec¬
tricity.
Philosophy of the Telephone.
We already know that when sound-waves
impinge on anything like the ferrotype
plate of a telephone, such a plate is made tc
vibrate ; and a piece of iron like this vibrat-
COMMUNICATING BY TELEPHONE.
so that there may be metallic contact.
Conversation may now be carried on as in
the annexed figure. For short distances
you will perhaps find least difficulty by using
a double wire instead of connecting to the
ing in the neighborhood of a magnet will
considerably disturb its lines of force. If
these fluctuating lines of force, therefore,
are crossed by rings of wire, currents of
electricity will be generated in the wire.
LATEST DISCOVERIES.
579
And so it is every time one speaks into a
telephone, for electricity is generated and
sent along the wire to the other end, in a
direction which varies with the “ in-and-
out ” action of the telephone plate.
You will clearly see, then, that electricity
is produced at the transmitting end. What
happens where the listener has his attentive
ear to the telephone ? The electricity travels
round the coil of the receiving telephone,
and varies the magnetism of the bar within
it, which in its turn varies its attraction upon
the ferrotype plate; the ferrotype plate
begins to vibrate, and it vibrates in such a
way as to reproduce the sounds which were
spoken into the transmitting end.
Transmission of Sound.
That we should ever be able to “ talk by
lightning ” was not dreamed of for many
years after the discovery of the telegraph
proved that messages could be transmitted
through motions of the electric instrument
producing signs. Now we do not have to
write the communication, but can speak to a
person many miles away, and converse
almost as freely as we would with one by
our side in the same room.
The principle is that of the transmission
of sound. The air, the water, woods,
metals are all conductors, but it has been
proved that a metallic conductor, a tele¬
graphic wire, with electricity for the driving
force, is the best transmitter ever discovered.
The telephone has rapidly sprung into use,
and has become a necessity in our large
towns, where, on account of the pressure of
business, time is money and moments count
for as much as hours did once. A man of
business can call up his neighbor, who is
near or his customer miles away, and in a
brief time the matter in hand is disposed of.
The description of the instrument is as
follows : An electro-magnet or spool of
copper wire is fastened to the end of a steel
bar which has been charged with magne¬
tism ; the ends of the wire are carried down
to the outer part of the rubber case, and
connected by screws to the line wire.
In front of the spool, and a little way
from the end of the bar magnet, a piece of
“ ferrotype ” sheet iron is placed. When a
LIN £
THE BELL TELEPHONE.
current of electricity is sent into the tele¬
phone and through the spool of wire, thn
sheet iron plate is caused to vibrate in unisoe
with the breaking of the current, by reason
of the alternate attractions and cessations of
attraction of the plate by the electro-magnet,
and a sound is produced, as already ex¬
plained.
The microphone is an instrument for in¬
tensifying and making audible very feeble
580
ELECTRICITY.
sounds. It produces its effects by the
changes of intensity in an electric current,
occasioned by variations in the contact resist¬
ance of conducting bodies. It has always
been known that many solids are excellent
THE MICROPHONE.
conductors of sound. One of the little ex¬
periments of boyhood is for one lad to hold
his head under water while another, not far
away, strikes two stones together under the
surface. The water coming in close contact
with the ear, and being a good conductor of
sound, produces something in the nature of
a shock, quite as startling as would be the
firing of a pistol near one’s head. This, it
must be understood, is not the principle of
the microphone or tele¬
phone. There must be a
conductor for the electric
current, but the current
itself is indispensable.
Thus, not only by the
telegraph can words be
transmitted, but also in a
more direct way, and even
the tones of the human voice can be distin¬
guished. It is literally true that we talk by
lightning, and can speak to a listener a thou¬
sand miles away. Our age finds in electricity
its most marvelous field of discovery.
Tl>e Elec
HE problem, long-studied by
scientists, of procuring from
this subtle force in nature a
light that would be of ser¬
vice and outstrip all other
means of illumination has
been solved, and in every
town now, of any dimensions, electric light¬
ing is in successful operation.
Pure incandescence is represented by four
systems—Edison, Maxim, Swan and Lane
Fox. The light from this description of
lamp is from the heating of a carbon filament
due to its high resistance to the passage of
the current. This filament is surrounded by
a hermetically sealed glass bulb from which
all the air has been extracted.
The life of the lamp depends greatly as
to how carefully this process has been car¬
ried on. It is not sufficient only to extract
the air when the lamp is cold, but the pro-
lirk Liol)t
cess must be carried on when the lamp is
burning, and the exhaustion must be con¬
tinuous for some time. These Hmps can be
worked either by an alternating or a con¬
tinuous current machine ; and, unlike those
of partial incandescence, require a tension
current, while the former work best with a
quantity one.
The Edison lamp is generally considered
to be the pioneer of this system of illumin¬
ation. Whether this be so or not the name
of the inventor has been for a considerable
time associated with lighting by incandes¬
cence, although his early experiments were
with a lamp containing a metallic substance.
The lamp consists of a blown glass globe
containing a very fine filament made from the
fibre of bamboo carbonized. The length is
fixed according to the resistance required.
Each end of the filament is nipped be¬
tween a miniature vise composed of platinum
LATEST DISCOVERIES.
581
connected with the terminals of the lamp.
These are fixed in an insulated socket, which
also holds the glass bulb. The socket is
furnished with a screw which fits into a pro¬
jection on the bracket or holder, so that the
act of screwing in the lamp makes the neces¬
sary connection with the conducting wires.
By turning a tap the lamp can be removed
without interrupting the passage of the cur¬
rent. The maximum duration of the lamp
is stated to be twelve hundred hours. The
chief feature of the Edison
system is the manner in
which the inventor distrib¬
utes the current from a main
generator of his own design,
which is always used with
this system of lighting.
The engraving on next
page is a perfect represen¬
tation of Edison’s latest
electric lamp, with its vari¬
ous parts shown in detail.
Fig. I shows the carbon
horseshoe ready for use, full
size ; Fig. 2 represents the
horseshoe when just cut
from the Bristol board, illus¬
trating, by its comparison
with Fig. i, the enormous
shrinkage it undergoes dur¬
ing the process of carbonization.
The only index to the completion of this
process is the crackling of the oxide formed
on the exterior of the iron boxes in which
the horseshoes are placed. After their re¬
moval from the boxes the carbons are placed
between the jaws of small platinum vises,
a, a, supported on thin platinum wires
blown in the glass base and forming the
electrodes. The resistance of the slender
horseshoe is one hundred ohms. ; and while
the lamp shown, Fig. 3, is intended to give
a light equivalent to a single four-foot gas
jet, it may be forced to give a light equal to
eight or ten of such jets.
The carbons are so tough that one of
them has been subjected to the test of ap¬
plying and removing the electric current a
number of times equivalent to thirty-six
years of actual daily use, and without being
in the least impaired. The horseshoe form
of the carbon has a great advantage over
the voltaic arc, the light being softer, more
diffused and less trying to the eyes. It is,
besides, perfectly uniform and steady. The
lamps are connected in multiple arc, that is,
the two wires leading from the electrical
generator run parallel to each other, and
the lamps are placed between them and are
connected with each wire.
Easily Handled.
The entire lighting apparatus of any
building consists in the lamps and a few
wires. The lamp in its present form is as
simple and as easily handled as a candle,
and can be taken from its socket and re¬
placed even while the current is on. The
construction of this socket is shown in
Fig. 4. The lamp has, attached to its elec¬
trodes, slips of copper which are bent up
against the sides of the glass, touching two
springs at opposite sides of the socket. One
of these springs is connected with one of the
electrical conductors ; the other merely
touches the copper strip, and does not form
a part of the electrical conductor until it is
touched by the thumb-screw, b , this latter
being connected with the second electrical
conducting wire.
To start the light it is only necessary to
turn the screw, b , till it touches the spring.
To stop the light the screw is turned in the
reverse direction. From this it is obvious
that an electric lamp is more easily managed
582
ELECTRICITY
than a gas burner, as it requires neither
lighting nor regulating ; while it is equally
plain that these lamps, having withstood the
test of time, the inventor has solved a pro¬
edison’s marvelous
found problem, and become one of the
world’s great benefactors.
Edison’s Mimeograph.
The Mimeograph was designed and
patented by Mr. Thomas A. Edison. In
designing the mimeograph, Mr. Edison took
as his fundamental principle the stylus or
point, the writing implement of man since
the art was first invented. It is the natural
tool by which the hand can trace characters,
and it is this stylus or point, peculiar to the
mimeograph in the line of duplicating ma¬
chines, which created for it such a decided
and permanent popularity.
With the stylus as first principle, Mr.
LATEST DISCOVERIES.
583
Edison built the mimeograph, with reference
to the stylus as the writing instrument, de¬
signing the other parts to meet its require¬
ments.
The mimeograph belongs to the stencil
class of duplicating machines, which, as is
well known, is the best type of such devices.
The stencil is made on a sheet of fine
specially manufactured tissue paper, which is
coated on one side with a film of sensitive
material.
Fine Steel Plate.
The cutting agent of the mimeograph is a
plate of fine tool steel, upon which are cut
intersecting corrugations, numbering two
hundred to the inch, thus making on the
plate a surface of small sharp points, so fine
and minute that a magnifying glass is re¬
quired to bring them distinctly to the eye ;
upon this steel plate, which is imbedded in
a table or plate of polished slate, the sheet
of sensitive paper is placed, and the stencil is
formed by writing on the paper over the
steel plate with the stylus, which is made of
tempered steel and nickel plated.
As the steel point of the stylus (which is
ground to a round or smooth point) passes
over the sensitive paper, it presses the paper
against and upon the steel plate, and the fine
sharp points puncture it from the under
side making a series of orifices or holes, each
one a two-hundredth part of an inch from
the next, in the lines of the writing.
The point of the stylus, although tapered
to the size of a nicely sharpened lead pencil,
really rests on three of the cutting points of
the writing plate (as the corrugated steel is
termed) at one time.
It thus glides easily and smoothly over
the roughened surface without tearing the
paper, but still with just enough friction to
make the act of writing a pleasant operation,
almost identical to that done by a medium
hard lead pencil.
After the stencil is made, the next opera¬
tion is to prepare the stencil sheet (as the
sensitive paper is now called) for the purpose
of printing copies of which it is the original.
The ink is squeezed from its collapsible
tube upon a slate used for that purpose, and
a hand roller made of a peculiar composition
is passed- over it, spreading the ink evenly
over the slate, and at the same time charging
the roller.
The sheet of paper upon which the copy
is to be printed, is placed upon a blotter
resting on the baseboard beneath the stencil
sheet, and the ink roller is passed over the
stencil sheet, forcing the ink through the
perforations and upon the impression paper,
thus making a print. This last operation is
repeated until the required number of copies
are obtained.
The modus operandi just described is for
the purpose of reduplicating autographic
matter.
Edison’s Kinetoscope.
Perhaps the simplest statement of the
principle upon which this instrument is con¬
structed, would be to call it the reproduction
of motion. The observer looks through a
glass into a small cabinet and appears to see
living figures. These may be men, or
animals, and they are in action. Just as the
phonograph makes a faithful record of
sounds, so the kinetoscope gives us a repro¬
duction of the actions of living creatures.
The following is what Mr. Edison himself
says on the subject: “ In the year 1887 the
idea occurred to me that it was possible to
devise an instrument which should do for
the eye what the phonograph does for the
ear, and that by a combination of the two
all motion and sound could be recorded and
584
ELECTRICITY.
reproduced simultaneously. This idea, the
germ of which came from the little toy called
the zoetrope, and the work of Muybridge,
Marie and others, has now been accom¬
plished, so that every change of facial
expression can be recorded and reproduced
life size. The kinetoscope is only a small
model illustrating the present stage of
progress, but with each succeeding month
new possibilities are brought into view.
“I believe that in coming years by my
own work and that of others, who wil 1
doubtless enter the field, grand opera can be
given at the Metropolitan Opera House at
New York, without any material change
from the original, and with artists and musi¬
cians long since dead.”
After the instrument was perfected the
succession of pictures was found to be rapid,
and those instruments exhibited in nearly all
our towns are found to work most satis¬
factorily.
Electric Rifles.
The practice of firing big guns by elec¬
tricity is already well established, but hith¬
erto no practical attempt has been made to
explode the shells of small arms electrically.
An electric rifle has been designed in which
it is sought to carry out this principle.
The source of the current is a battery A,
which is fitted into the stock either from the
side or from the ends. The holes B B are
connected to springs C C, from which the
wires D D run respectively to a spring M,
bolted at I to the lock plate, and to the
insulated hammer H fixed on the upper part
of the trigger G. Q is the shell containing
an insulated pin, the head of which O pro¬
jects beyond the base of the shell. If neces¬
sary, two pins can be placed parallel with
each other and insulated until their points
nearly meet. Between the base of the car¬
tridge and the hammer is a pin K encircled
by a spring and riveted into a cross plate J
at one end, the other end being fitted into an
insulated thimble L, the point of which
nearly touches the shell pin head O. When
the cartridge has been inserted and the gun
closed, the spring M rests on the metal base
of the cartridge.
As the trigger is pulled, the hammer
strikes the plate J forcing the point of the
thimble L into contact with the projecting
end O of the cartridge pin. An arc is estab¬
lished at P O, ’which explodes the contents
of the cartridge.
The point of the firing pin P can be placed
anywhere within the explosive powder cf
the cartridge, but by extending it near the
bullet, as shown in the illustration, a more
effective explosion of the powder is secured.
To Get an Electric Shock.
Suppose there are four persons (A, B, C
and D) who are desirous of receiving the
shock. A wire is wound round the outer
coating of the Leyden jar; the jar is then
charged and placed on the table. The four
persons join hands, and while A holds the
LATEST DISCOVERIES.
585
end of the wire leading from the outer coat¬
ing of the jar, D has also hold of a wire
which is in communication with one of the
knobs of a discharger. You now seize the
insulating handle of the discharger and bring
one knob only in contact with the knob of
the Leyden jar. A shock will be experi¬
enced by the four persons, and unless A be
cautioned he may, by his sudden antics, pull
the jar off the table.
A Singular Effect.
There are many effects, some of them odd
and humorous, which can be produced by
electricity. For example, place the figure
of a human head, with flowing hair, on the
AN ELECTRICAL FRIGHT.
end of a rod stuck into the prime conductor.
Immediately it becomes charged with elec¬
tricity its hair stands on end as if it had
received a terrible fright.
How Ocean Cables Are Made.
The cable consists first of a core comprising
the conductor made of a strand of copper
wires, and the insulating covering of gutta
percha or India rubber to prevent leakage of
the electric current. Outside of this is a
layer of tanned jute yarn. This protects the
gutta percha or rubber from the sheathing of
steel wires which is the next covering, and
which varies according to the depth of water
in which the cable is to be laid. Outside of
this again is a combination of jute yarn and
a bituminous mixture. This is applied in a
melted condition from a spout as the cable
is passed underneath. During the time the
cable is being manufactured and laid, elec¬
trical tests are taken to insure perfection.
The finished cable is then kept coiled in
large circular iron tanks under water. Simi¬
lar tanks are in the cable ship, and when at
sea the lengths are paid out over a large
pulley at the stern. The speed is regulated
by several retarding wheels and a brake
wheel, over and under which the cable has
to pass. The strain to which it is subjected
at any given moment is indicated by a
dynamometer.
Method of Laying.
When all the cable has been paid out, the
end is carefully sealed up and attached to a
stout rope. This is lowered to the bottom
of the sea and the other end of the rope is
attached to a buoy which is to mark the end
of the cable, which is usually laid in three
sections. One laid, for instance, was started
from Waterville and laid out to a given point
in deep water. The second section was laid
from Canso, on the American side, also into
deep water, after which the fifteen hundred
intervening miles were laid and all three
spliced together.
But the laying of a cable is as nothing to
the difficulty experienced in repairing it,
especially if the work has to be done during
rough weather, when the sea runs mountains
high and the gales continually blow the ship
away from the scene of operations. Some¬
times the cable is found buried in sand
several thousand fathoms from the surface of
the water. When it is only a flaw and the
strands themselves are whole the task of
repairing it is slight; but when the cable
has actually parted and both ends have to
be found and again spliced together, it is.
sometimes a work of several months.
VJ CV ( j
.Si Wonderful Photography
BY THE
Roentgen Rays
ARLY in 1896 it was
announced that Pro¬
fessor Roentgen, of
Wurzburg Univer¬
sity, Germany, had
discovered a method
by which certain
substances could be
photographed, not merely
showing the exterior surface,
but also the interior sub¬
stances. As the composition
of the rays of light was un¬
known, these rays were desig¬
nated by the algebraical term
of X, meaning an unknown quantity. The
discovery caused great interest throughout
the world, and immediately experiments were
begun in many places, especially by profes¬
sors in medical schools.
It was soon ascertained that some parts of
the human body, for example the hand,
could be photographed and all solid sub¬
stances beneath the flesh could be distinctly
seen. In this way the bones of the hand
are reproduced, and if there should be such
a solid substance as a bullet of lead, it can
be located and extracted. The importance of
this discovery, especially to medical science,
cannot be overestimated.
Experiments were carried on at Yale
College with the following results : One of
the professors laid a sensitive photographic
plate horizontally in a wooden box, placed
the object to be experimented with on top
of the box, and suspended his Crookes tube
above them both. He then turned on the
electric current, which generated the newly
discovered rays in the tube, which, in turn,
threw them upon the objects below.
Through Opaque Substances.
In the first experiment Mr. Bumstead used
a leather pocketbook containing several coins.
He thus photographed the coins, the rays
going completely through the leather, the
resistance of which was trifling compared
with what it would hitve offered to light.
He also photographed in the same way
a pair of eyeglasses in their case. The
result showed that the glasses were photo¬
graphed, while the case was scarcely visible.
A lead pencil was experimented on, and the
result was an excellent picture of the lead,
with the wooden portion dimly outlined.
A couple of English walnuts which had
never been opened were exposed, and a
splendid view of the kernels was obtained.
All these exposures lasted about an hour.
The experiments were carried on in open
daylight, the plates, of course, being kept
from the sun in an ordinary holder.
Probably the most interesting of Mr.
Bumstead’s experiments were those with
animals. For this purpose he used a fish,
a mouse and a frog. After the usual expos¬
ure the backbone of the fish was easily dis¬
tinguishable.
586
WONDERFUL PHOTOGRAPHY—ROENTGEN RAYS.
The frog picture displayed a portion of the
skeleton with more or less vividness, the
plainest parts being the leg bones. The
PHOTOGRAPH OF HUMAN HAND SHOWING THE
ANATOMY IN DETAIL.
most distinct part of the mouse’s skeleton
was the skull, which could be traced with
little difficulty. The little fleshy nose
of the mouse did not give nearly as
much resistance to the rays as the
bone, and this fact was the most useful
result of the experiments.
One experimenter relates the result
as follows :
“ My last attempt has resulted in
giving me a perfect photograph. I
used as a subject the leg of a man
which had been fractured in a railroad
accident two years ago. The fracture
was in the upper third of the tibia, or,
in other words, in the large bone of the
leg a few inches above the knee. I placed
an ordinary camera on one side of the leg
and directly opposite on the other side of
587
the member I placed the tube at a distance
of three or four inches.
“ The result was a clearly defined photo¬
graph. The bone appears rounded and not
flat, as in the shadowgraphs heretofore pro¬
duced. The fracture is perfectly plain. It
can be traced all around the bone. The
surface of hardened lime salt, which forms
after a fractured bone has been set, shows
clearly.
“ Then comes the most remarkable part
of the photograph. Running down each
side of the bone is a line showing the loca¬
tion of the marrow. The marrow is darker
in the picture than the bone itself. Then,
through the marrow a dark line can be seen,
showing the mark of the fracture on the
opposite side of the bone. In the centre of
the bone are two spots, plainly discernible,
showing the fibrous tissues of the nerves.”
A standard medical journal comments as
follows, upon the advantages of the dis¬
covery :
“As far as our present knowledge goes
the positive advantages to medicine seem to
be limited to three conditions : fractures,
dislocations, and tumors of bones, encysted
bullets, needles or pieces of glass in the tis¬
sues and earthy calculi.
PHOTOGRAPH OF SHOT INSIDE OF A RAT’S BODY.
588
WONDERFUL PHOTOGRAPHY—ROENTGEN RAYS.
“As a means of ascertaining that the parts
had been placed in proper position after
adjustment, it would however, be most
valuable, for of course all splints and dress¬
ings, except plaster or metallic splints, would
be as ‘translucent’ as the soft tissues them¬
selves. Its principal value, however, would
be in obscure cases with much swelling,
‘green-stick’ fractures for instance, in partial
luxations, and in medico-legal cases when
the proper setting of a fracture or reduction
of a dislocation was in question.
“ In the locating of bullets, some brilliant
results have been already recorded, in which
the bullet beyond the reach of touch or
probe has been found by the X ray and
successfully removed.”
One experiment at Berlin, Germany,
located a needle in the stomach of a young
woman which caused great irritation and
incessant expectoration of blood. It was
determined as a last resort to bring the
patient to the Roentgen laboratory in the
hope that the X ray would locate the needle,
and that it might be extracted without en¬
dangering the young woman’s life.
The plate plainly showed every bone of
the upper part of the body and the needle
was found lying point downward in the lower
right angle of the stomach.
Surgeons being present, it was resolved to
remove the needle at once. The patient was
placed under the influence of chloroform, and
the cause of the excruciating sufferings whicn
threatened her life, was taken from the
stomach by skillful surgical manipulations.
The statement has been made that if, at
the time President Garfield was felled by an
assassin’s pistol, this method of photography
had been in use, the bullet could have been
located and doubtless the life of the President
could have been saved. The probes of the
surgeons were of no avail; they were work¬
ing in the dark. No such fatal result could
have happened if this new discovery had
been known at that time. Its effects upon
medical science are of the most marked and
beneficial description.
The announcement has already been made
tha*- success has attended efforts to pho¬
tograph the brain, thus locating tumors in
that organ. In fact, the whole human body
is likely to be surveyed and examined in all
the workings of its wondrous mechanism.
A photograph will tell the surgeon just what
internal parts are diseased and will save all
exploration with the knife. This, apart from
the curiosity attending such a discovery, has
led the scientific world to hail the new pho¬
tography with delight.
UBSTANCES which are
not sources of light
have the power to re¬
flect it from their sur¬
faces when it falls on
them. Thus glass is
a very good reflector;
and the still surface of water
is also exceedingly good in
this respect, so that as you
walk along the bank of a
river its surface may appear
like pearl by reflecting the
white light of the clouds,
margin greener than the
emerald in mirroring the grassy
slopes of the bank on the other side.
We are now in a position to consider the
formation of the image in a large looking-
o-lass. The observer standing on the right
receives borrowed light proceeding from the
points i, 2 and 3 (see figure), which is again
reflected from the surface of the glass into
bis eye. As a result the observer perceives
his very image at each of the three points
I, 2 and 3, appearing behind the glass at 1',
2' and 3', and the same with all the points
between and around which make up the
object and image.
A Curious Effect of Reflection.
If you take this book and turn any of its
pages towards a looking-glass, you will find,
upon attempting to read the reflected print,
that you cannot do so at all. The word
MAGIC, for example, appears as if it were
reversed ; and so with any other word, for
they look just as they would if we could
take each word and turn it completely over
around one end as centre. This phenomenon
is known as lateral inversion , and you really
see it when you look at your image in a
looking-glass, for the left side of your face
appears really as the right side in the look-
ing-glass, and so on.
You would have to travel now for many
a day to find an educated person who believes
in ghosts. Time was, however, when you
would have to travel quite as long to find
some one who did not believe in them.
There could then be found people who had
seen them, so' they thought, with their own
eyes, and therefore were as much convinced
of their reality as Hamlet was when he saw
the ghost of his father at Elsinore. The
belief still exists in unfrequented nooks—
places where advanced ideas are a long time
in reaching—and it exists alongside with a
belief in witchcraft and such like nonsense.
When a ghost appears nowadays, an inves¬
tigation—not always of the gentlest kind—
has generally shown that the sheeted spectre
has been made of solid flesh, much too solid
589
590
PHENOMENA OF LIGHT,
to vanish or permit of a stout cudgel pass¬
ing through it. By universal consent, then,
ghosts are now relegated to the stage. How
real they appear there probably every lad is
aware, for has he not seen them in white
flowing robes, walking along and speaking,
and exhibiting the ghostly attribute of per-
Often, when you have stood gazing out ot
the window in the evening, you have seen,
as if outside, a lamp or gas-jet, but the exact
picture of the light within the room. The
ghost of the light, it is plain at once to see,
results from the transparent pane of glass
just opposite you acting as a reflector. Pep-
THE FAMOUS PEPPER GHOST.
mitting a performer to run his sword through
them without their being in the least affected ?
For many a day after he has doubtless won¬
dered how the thing was done, and has at
last given it up in despair, while all the time
the explanation was to be had without step¬
ping out of doors even, so very easy to
understand are some of these things.
per’s famous ghost is produced just in the
same way.
A large plate of transparent glass on the
stage faces the audience, being inclined at an
angle of 45 °. Below this the actor stands
in a pit, with a strong light falling on him.
The audience cannot see him, but his image
as reflected from the glass is very ap-
PHENOMENA OF LIGHT.
591
parent, and seems to be on the stage and
somewhere behind the transparent reflector,
so that in gazing steadfastly at the ghost
you fail to perceive the glass which produces
it. Ghosts produced in this way are often
shown, but you will have no difficulty in
detecting the large plate of glass on the
stage now that your attention is directed
to it.
Long-Distance Signals.
Often during the campaigns in Zululand,
Afghanistan and Cuba a peculiar mode of
transmitting news was adopted when the
telegraph lines had been cut by the enemy,
or where no telegraph lines had been erected.
The plan is so exceedingly simple that you
will understand it at once. You have often
noticed that the window-panes of houses
miles away have looked like burnished gold;
it has happened at such times that they were
so placed with reference to the sun and
yourself that the light from the great lumi¬
nary has been reflected from them straight
in your direction. A single bit of looking-
glass placed in the same plane as these
windows would have acted just in the same
way.
Now suppose you have a comrade on a
distant hill, with a piece of looking-glass so
placed that the light of the sun or moon is
sent in your direction, you could see the
flare a great many miles away, and each
time he brought his cap before it the bright
point would disappear. If, therefore, you
have arranged with your friend that a cer¬
tain number of times of taking his cap away
from the mirror—that is, of producing a
given number of flashes—shall mean a cer¬
tain thing, he is able to communicate with
you ; and if you have a mirror too, you may
communicate with him, and so hold a con¬
versation.
Often in this way has one camp flashed
news to another over the heads of their
common enemies, and the line of communi¬
cation could not be cut, as would have been
the case had the two camps been connected
by ordinary telegraph. Here, then, we see
one of the most elementary principles in
Physics employed for a very important
purpose.
Many a time in thoughtful mood you will
have watched the dancing shadows formed
by the flickering firelight, and perchance, as
your own shadow has suddenly appeared on
the wall behind you, you have given a start
at its giant size and extraordinary form.
You can readily perceive the cause of such
a shadow, which is briefly this—that light
from the fire travelling in straight lines can¬
not pass round corners to any marked ex¬
tent, so that when an object stands in its
way all behind it is in darkness, and the
form of this area of darkness will vary with
each movement. Hence, from the same
object employed as a light obstructor a
wonderful variety of shadow-forms may be
produced, and perhaps in nothing is this so
remarkably shown as in hand-shadows.
Singular Shadow-Pictures.
In the accompanying cut you have a
variety of hand-shadows with the particular
disposition of the hands which is required
to produce them. Other forms of hand-
shadows you will doubtless find out as you
are practicing these, and they will afford
many a half-hour’s amusement as you lead
out your shadow-animals, including the bear
and the goat, the dog and the pig, and a
host of others.
We need scarely give any directions as to
their production, for, if the gas-light be, say,
in the middle of the room, and you want to
cast the hand-shadows on a particular wall,.
692
PHENOMENA OF LIGHT.
the hands are brought between the gas¬
light and the wall, and their distance from
the former is regulated according to your
the parts which give rise to the shadow of
the mouth. Moreover, if you are able to
imitate the sounds of any of the beasts
HAND-SHADOWS OF ANIMALS.
wish as to the size of shadow you want.
We may add that you will be able easily to
represent the jaws of your hand-shadows
moving by bringing together and separating
whose hand-shadows you can form—as, for
example, the bark of the dog, the bray of
the donkey, and the lowing of the cow—
your entertainment becomes complete.
Famous Gems
ROYAL gift is now in the hands
of the Pope of Rome. It is a
diamond, the size of which has
never been equalled in the whole
world, unless the story of the
Braganza diamond was true.
That diamond, it was said, weighed in the
rough 1680 carats. The loss in cutting
generally comes to one-half or a little less
than two-thirds. This would make the
gem weigh about 560 carats when cut. The
stone was said to be worth ,£3,000,000
sterling or $15,000,000. What became of
the Braganza is not known. It is probably
now famous after successive cuttings and
various owners under a name which has no
association with the original finder.
Very little is yet known of the immense
diamond now the property of the Pope. The
meagre cable despatches from Rome said
that it was found by an African chief in the
mines at Jagersfontein, and is said to be the
largest known, weighing in the rough 971
carats. It came into the possession of the
President of the Transvaal Republic, who sent
it to the Pope. It is described as being of a
bluish white cast and practically perfect, the
only blemish being a tiny spot, invisible to
the naked eye.
What the value of this stone is can
hardly be estimated. When cut the weight
of the stone will be about 450 carats, and,
if perfect, it should be worth the gigantic
sum of $20,000,000. Large South African
diamonds have not the same value that the
Brazilian stones have. An eighty-carat gem
is a common find in the African mines, but
most of the large stones discovered there
are yellow in color, which largely depreci¬
ates the value. Still, from its gigantic size,
the Pope’s diamond has at once taken a fore¬
most place among the great gems of the
world, and two thousand years from now it
will probably be talked and written about
just as the Koh-i-noor is to-day.
The Queen of Jewels.
The most valuable cut stone in the world
is the King of Portugal’s Brazil diamond,
which weighs 525 carats and is worth, if
genuine, the magnificent sum of $28,-
000,000.
The Koh-i-noor or mountain of light,
owned by Queen Victoria, is worth $3,500,-
000. This brilliant is 2000 years old. The
Hindoos trace it back to the time of the god
Krischna. It was certainly in the treasury
of Delhi, and was taken in the conquest of
593
38
594
FAMOUS GEMS.
that city by Ala-ed-Din. From him it came
into the possession of the Sultan Baber, of
the Mogul dynasty, in 1526. This prince
esteemed its worth at the sum which it
would take to maintain the whole world for
a single day. The jewel was seen by
Tavernier among the jewels of Aurengzebe,
but it had been reduced by the unskillful
cutting of Hortensio Borgio from 793 carats
to 186, the weight it possessed at the Paris
Exhibition of 1851.
The Emperor Indignant.
The Emperor Aurengzebe not only re¬
fused to pay Borgio for the cutting, so in¬
censed was he at the great loss, but he con¬
fiscated all of his property, and was with
great difficulty prevented from cutting off
his head.
Nadir Shah, the conqueror of India, pos¬
sessed himself of the stone by a trick ; then
it passed from his descendants into the pos¬
session of Achmed Shah, whose son, Shah
Sujah, was forced, in his turn, to give the
prize to Runjeet Singh. After the capture
of Lahore, at the time of the Sikh mutiny,
it fell into the hands of the British troops,
who presented it to Queen Victoria in 1850.
The brilliant had an irregular form, with
several hollows at the base and at the sides,
and there were several fissures on the sur¬
face. After great discussion among scien¬
tists the stone was intrusted to Mr. Costen,
of Amsterdam, for recutting, and the results
were marvelous. Little was lost in size
comparatively, and, instead of being a luster¬
less mass little better than a piece of rock
crystal, it is now a matchless, fire-flashing
brilliant weighing 10 1-16 carats, and forms
a valuable part of the crown jewels of Eng¬
land.
One of the diamond wonders of the world
is the Orloff, which is set in the scepter of
the Czars of Russia. It weighs 194^
carats. Like the Koh-i-noor it has the
under side flat and is rose cut. The dia¬
mond is supposed to have formed one of
the eyes of an idol in a Brahmin temple.
It is also said to have been set in the famous
peacock throne of Nadir Shah.
Be its origin what it may, it is certain that
it was stolen by a Frenchman, who sold it
in Malabar for ^28,000. It was purchased
by the Armenian Schaffras, who, in turn,,
sold it in the year 1774 to the Empress
Catharine II. of Russia for 450,000 roubles,
a pension of 20,000 roubles and a patent of
nobility. Another beautiful diamond belong¬
ing among the Russian crown jewels is the
Shah, which weighs 86 carats and is abso¬
lutely perfect, a mass of fire and brilliancy.
It was presented to the Emperor of Russia
by Cosroes, the son of Abbas Mirza.
Famous French Gem.
Among the other famous diamonds is the
Regent or Pitt diamond, which forms part of
the French crown jewels. Its weight is
136^ carats, and its estimated worth to-day
is $1,000,000. It was bought by the Duke
of Orleans, then Regent of France, of Pitt,
the Governor of Fort George, in the year
1 7 1 7, f° r ^ I 35> 000 > i n the rough stone
weighing 410 carats, and the cutting cost
A2000. Pitt published a pamphlet declar¬
ing that he purchased the stone in Golconda
of Jamelchund, a Hindo merchant. This
diamond was stolen from the Garde Meuble
in 1792, but was mysteriously restored. Its
final cutting occupied two years and cost
^ 3500 .
The Emperor Napoleon I. had it set in the
hilt of his sword of state, and it was cap¬
tured by the Prussians at Waterloo. This
wonderful stone was shown at the French
Exhibition in 1855.
FAMOUS GEMS.
595
The Empress Eugenie has a superb stone,
absolutely perfect, which weighs 51 carats ;
it is set as a pendant, and was purchased for
her by Napoleon III.
The Florentine belongs to the Emperor
of Austria; it weighs 139^ carats, and it is
worth $500,000. It is yellowish in color
and is rather thickly covered with facets like
a rose diamond. In shape it is pointed top
and bottom.
Disappeared and Returned.
The noted Sancy diamond is almond-
shaped ; it weighs 53 carats ; it was found
on the body of the Duke of Burgundy in
1479 an d was bought by the King of Portu¬
gal. After many changes it finally came to
James II. of England, who sold it to Louis
XIV. for ,£25,000. It disappeared, with
many other valuable things, in the dark days
of the Revolution, and some years later be¬
came by purchase the property of Prince
Paul Demidoff.
After the battle of Culloden the city of
London purchased a magnificent diamond at
a cost of $57,000 and presented it to the
Duke of Cumberland. It was known there¬
after as the Cumberland diamond ; its weight
is 32 carats. It was one of the the stones
claimed by the crown of Holland.
There are perhaps 8,000 dealers in dia¬
monds in the world who carry in their stock
stones worth perhaps $350,000,000. The
remainder are in the hands of private indi¬
viduals. There is always something fasci¬
nating about the subject of diamonds, and
rich and poor like to read about precious
stones. It is estimated that during the last
twenty-five years the American people have
paid duty on at least $ 180,000,000 worth of
diamonds and other precious stones. In
1893 alone they imported $15,203,563
worth, but in 1894 there was a falling off,
owing to the hard times, and the total was
only $4,856,895. This does not include
uncut diamonds, of which we imported
more than 1,000,000 worth in 1892, $800,-
OOO worth in 1893, and $566,267 worth in
1894.
Diamond- Cutting.
In 1880 we imported only $ 129,000 worth
of uncut diamonds, and in 1889 only $250-
000 worth. The large increase of late has
been due to the fact that a number of Ameri¬
can jewelers have opened diamond-cutting
establishments. There are now fifteen estab¬
lishments in the United States, which employ
from one to twenty men. There are 4,000
manufacturers in Europe and about 200 in
the United States, who employ between
7,000 and 8,000 persons as cutters and
polishers.
Perhaps 28,000 people are employed in
the diamond mines throughout the world.
We read that in past centuries 60,000 people
were working in some single Indian mines at
one time, and perhaps that statement is not
exaggerated, since by the aid of modern
machinery one miner can now accomplish as
much as twenty who use the primitive
methods. The total value of all the dia¬
monds in the world undoubtedly exceeds
$ 1,000,000,000.
The Weather
AND
Weather Signals
HE new system of weather sig¬
nals was introduced by the
United States Signal Office
of the War Department in
1887, and has since been in
use at all the stations of the
service. The flags adopted
for this purpose are four in number, and of
the form and dimensions indicated below :
No. 1.
White Flag.
Clear or fair weather.
No. 2.
Blue Flag.
Rain or snow.
No. 3.
Black Triangular
Flag.
Temperature signal.
No. 4.
White Flag with Black
Square in Center.
Cold wave.
Number 1, white flag, six feet square, indi¬
cates clear or fair weather. Number 2, blue
596 -
flag, six feet square, indicates rain or snow.
Number 3, black triangular flag, four feet at
the base and six feet in length, always refers
r
to temperature; when placed above numbers
1 or 2 it indicates warmer weather ; when
placed below numbers 1 or 2 it indicates
colder weather; when not displayed, the in¬
dications are that the temperature will remain
stationary, or that the change in temperature
will not vary five degrees from the tempera¬
ture of the same hour of the preceding day.
Number 4, white flag, six feet square, with
black square in center, indicates the approach
of a sudden and decided fall in temperature.
T his signal is usually ordered at least twenty-
four hours in advance of the cold wave. It
is not displayed unless a temperature of
forty-five degrees, or lower, is expected.
When number 4 is displayed, number 3 is
always omitted.
When displayed on poles, the signals are
arranged to read downwards ; when dis¬
played from horizontal supports, a small
streamer is attached to indicate the point
from which the signals are to be read.
No. 1, alone, indicates fair weather, station¬
ary temperature.
THE WEATHER AND WEATHER SIGNALS.
597
No. 2, alone, indicates rain or snow,
stationary temperature.
No. i, with No. 3 below it, indicates fair
weather, colder.
No. 2, with No. 3 above it, indicates
warmer weather, rain or snow.
No. i, with No. 4 below it, indicates fair
weather, cold wave.
*
No. 3, with Nos. i and 2 below it, indi¬
cates warmer, fair weather, followed by rain
or snow.
No. 4, followed by Nos. 2, i and 3, in the
order given, indicates the approach of a cold
wave, to be succeeded by rain or snow—
this, in turn to be followed by fair weather
and colder temperature.
Storm, Cautionary and Wind-Direction
Signals.
A red flag with a black center indicates that
the storm is expected to be of marked violence.
A yellow flag with a white center indicates
that the winds expected will not be so severe,
but brisk ; seaworthy vessels can meet them
without danger. The red pennant indicates
easterly winds, that is, from the northeast to
south inclusive, and that generally the storm
center is approaching.
If above cautionary or storm-signal, winds
from northeast quadrant are more probable ;
below , winds from southeast quadrant. The
white pennant indicates westerly winds ; that
is, from north to southwest inclusive, and
that generally the storm center has passed.
If above cautionary or storm-signal, winds
from northeast quadrant are more probable ;
if below , winds from southwest quadrant.
Winds and Storms.
Constant Winds. —The Trade Winds are
due to the inrush of cold air from the poles
toward the equator in order to supply the
place of the heated column of air which
ascends from the latter ; owing to the east¬
ward rotation of the earth, the air proceed¬
ing from the N. becomes a N. E. wind, and
that from the S. a S. E. wind. The heated
air flows to the poles as an upper current,
and, cooling, descends to the surface to form
the westerly winds, or anti-trades, of the
temperate zones.
Variable Winds. —When in turn each of
the northern and southern hemispheres is
brought directly under the sun’s influence, a
heated column ascends, and a consequent in¬
rush of the surrounding air takes place, giving
rise to the periodical winds or Monsoons.
Peculiar Winds. —The more important
are the Mistral, Fohn and Sirocco, confined
to the countries of the Mediterranean. A
hot, dry wind blows from Central Africa,
termed variously the Khamsin in Egypt,
Sirocco in Algeria, Shume in Morocco,
and the Harmattan in Upper Guinea. A
hot wind occurs on the coasts of Australia,
termed the Australian Harmattan. Cold,
dry winds, the “ Northers,” occur in the
Western Mississippi and Gulf of Mexico.
The cold Puna winds of South America
blow west from the ice-topped Cordillera.
The Pamperos, strong, dry, sudden S. W.
winds, occur in the S. E. of South America.
Calms. —At the meeting line of the trade
winds in the equatorial regions a belt of
calms is observed, called the Equatorial
Calms. Between the beginning of the west¬
erly winds and that of the trades, there is a
second series termed the Calms of Cancer
and Capricorn.
Whirlwinds otcur in the desert regions
of the tropics during the hot season, and are
caused by the friction of two winds moving
in opposite directions, the direction of rota¬
tion being taken from the wind which prevails.
Hurricanes are vast whirlwinds of great
velocity and destructive power, experienced
598
RAILROAD SIGNALLING.
in certain areas of the tropical and adjoining
temperate zones.
The Tyfhoons of eastern seas are similar
to hurricanes in effect, and are probably due
to the meeting of the S. W. Monsoon with
the N. E. Trade.
Tornadoes are a species of hurricane met
with on the west coast of Africa and in West
Indian seas between io° S. and 20° N. lat.
European Storms have a course from
S. W. to N. E., and seldom extend over an
area of less than 600 miles in breadth.
Weather Signs.
A rainbow in the morning gives the shep¬
herd warning ; that is, if the wind be east¬
erly, because it shows that the rain cloud is
approaching the observer.
A rainbow at night is the shepherd’s de¬
light. This is also a good sign, provided
the wind be westerly, as it shows that the
rain clouds are passing away.
Evening red and next morning gray are
certain signs of a beautiful day.
When the glow worm lights her lamp, the
air is always damp.
If the cock goes crowing to bed, he’ll cer¬
tainly rise with a watery head.
When you see gossamer flying, be ye sure
the air is drying.
When black snails cross your path, black
clouds much moisture hath.
When the peacock loudly bawls, soon
we’ll have both rain and squalls.
If the moon shows like a silver shield, be
not afraid to reap your field.
But if she rises haloed round, soon we’ll
tread on deluged ground.
When crows fly sporting high in the air,
it shows that windy storms are near.
*«§4 iffc ^ 4^ **j* 4^4 4^4 ^ 4^4 * j* 4^4 4^ 4^4 ^
4*4 ^ _ 44 -
It Railroad Signalling its
4 * 4 * 4* 4*4* 4* 4*4* 4* 4‘fc5fi§M4‘'4* 4* 4*4*444444* 4* 4^
T is doubtful whether the aggre¬
gate plant used in all manufac¬
turing industries can equal the
value of railroads. The capital
engaged in banking is but a
trifle beside it. The world’s
whole stock of money of every
kind, gold, silver, and paper, would purchase
only a third of its railroads.
Some of the most colossal fortunes ever
accumulated by single individuals have grown
out of their moneyed interest in railroads.
As a means of investment and making money
on the rapid plan, railroad stocks are unsur¬
passed. While in some instances the bubble
has burst and the result has been bankruptcy,
in others, the effect has been opposite.
Yet these facts by no means measure the
whole importance of the railroad in the
modern industrial system. The business
methods of to-day are in one sense the
direct results of improved means of trans¬
portation. The railroad enables the laree
establishment to reach the markets of the
world with its products; it enables the laree
o
cities to receive their food supplies, if neces-
RAILROAD SIGNALLING.
599
sary, from a distance of hundreds or thous¬
ands of miles. And while it thus favors the
concentration of capital, it is in itself an
extreme type of this concentration.
American Railway Signals.
One pull of the bell cord signifies “stop.”
Two pulls mean “go ahead.”
Three pulls mean “back up.”
One whistle signifies “down brakes.”
Two whistles signify “ off
brakes.”
Three whistles mean “back
up.”
Continued whistles indicate
“danger.”
Short rapid whistles, “a cat¬
tle alarm.”
A sweeping parting of the
hands on a level with the eyes
means “ go ahead.”
A slowly sweeping meeting
of the hands over the head
signifies “back slowly.”
A downward motion of the
hands, with extended arms, sig¬
nifies “stop.”
A beckoning motion with
one hand indicates “back.”
A red flag waved up the
track indicates “danger.”
A red flag by the roadside
means “ danger ahead.”
A red flag carried on a locomotive signi¬
fies “an engine following.”
A red flag raised at a station means
“ stop.”
A lantern swung at right angles across
the track means “stop.”
A lantern raised and lowered vertically is
a signal to “ start.”-
A lantern swung in a circle signifies
“back the train.”
In traveling in a railway train, everyone
must have observed the signal-boxes, which
differ very much in size—from that of a
small hut, with its three or four shafts or
steel handles, to that of a considerable cot¬
tage at a junction, with thirty, forty, or even
more. And in front of this glistening line
stands the signalman, moving backwards and
forwards, now closing this which had been
open, now opening that which had been shut.
But the mere opening and shutting of these
bristling steel handles form but a small part
of his work, though these shafts communi¬
cate with and open or close them.
In every signal-box—at all events, in
every box of great extent—there are two
clocks of somewhat peculiar construction
right in front of this row of handles—clocks
which can be seen immediately on looking
up. Then near at hand are telegraph dials
and bells for receiving messages, as well as
WAYSIDE SIGNAL-BOX.
RAILROAD SIGNALLING.
600
telegraph-despatching desks, and a writing-
desk in the corner, on which books of
record are carefully laid out.
The main end of the block system is to
prevent more than one train or engine mov¬
ing between two signal-boxes at the same
time. Everyone knows the semaphore sig¬
nal up for danger, down for clear line;
the main line is clear; and it is because of
this that lapses of memory, leading to fatal
issues, are most likely to arise.
For it has to be remembered that the sig¬
nalman must give the same attention to a
single engine, or to an engine with one bag¬
gage car, as to an express train ; he must
signal to the next station what it is that he
INTERIOR OF A SIGNAL-BOX.
and this summarizes the signalman’s primary
duty.
Where this alone is the requirement, the
work is much simplified and straightforward,
but where traffic is great it is inevitable that
there should be no end of goods trains, return
engines, trucks, and cars, which, to make
way for the specials and expresses, must be
switched into sidings to wait for relief till
has passed, and whether it bears a lamp
behind it, and of what character, so that the
next signalman may be certain, whether in
dark or light, that he has passed all intact
that his predecessor did, and that nothing
has slipped or parted from the engine.
It lequires a man of cool temper and clear
head to be charged with such vast responsi-
I bility,* involving property and human life.
MORE popular description of
these societies would be, so¬
cieties by which every man
may become “ his own land¬
lord,” their main purpose being
to collect together the small
periodical subscriptions of a number of mem¬
bers, until each in his turn has been able to
receive a sum sufficient to aid him materially
in buying his dwelling house.
The origin and early history of these
societies is not very clearly traceable. A
mention of “building clubs” in Birmingham,
England, occurs in 1795 ; one is known to
have been established by deed in the year of
1809 at Greenwich; another is said to have
been founded in 1825, under the auspices
of the Earl of Selkirk, at Kirkculbright, in
Scotland.
We furnish below a sample Constitution
of a prosperous Building Society, which can
be used in the organization of one of these
Associations.
CONSTITUTION.
ARTICLE I.
TITLE AND OBJECT.
This Association shall be known by the
name, style and title of the
American Building and Loan Association,
the character and object of which is to accu¬
mulate a fund by the contribution of its mem¬
bers, which shall enable them to purchase a
homestead or other real estate, or to borrow
money for their use and investment in any
lawful business, and for these purposes to-
have, possess and enjoy all the rights, bene¬
fits and privileges of the Acts of Assembly
in such cases made and provided.
ARTICLE II.
STOCKHOLDERS.
The stockholders of this Association shall
be Citizens of the United States. Women
can hold stock in their own right, minors by
guardians or trustees.
ARTICLE III.
ELECTIONS AND OFFICERS.
The number, title, functions and compen¬
sation of the Officers of this Association, their
terms of office, the time of their election, as
well as qualifications of electors, the manner
of voting and of holding the periodical meet¬
ings, shall be determined by the By-Laws.
ARTICLE IV.
SHARES.
Section /. The stock of this Association
shall be issued in Annual Series ; and the
capital shall not consist of more than 5000
shares.
Sec. 2. Every stockholder shall pay a
subscription fee of twenty-five cents per
share upon joining the Association, and
thereafter one dollar dues per share every
month. These payments shall be made to
the Board of Directors at the place to be
designated by the stockholders. No stock¬
holder shall hold more than fifty shares in
one series.
601
60-
BUILDING SOCIETIES.
Sec. J. Stockholders not having loans, in
arrears in their monthly contributions for the
term of six months, shall be regarded as
having withdrawn from the Association, and
shall receive in full payment of their claims
against the same, the actual amount of
monthly dues paid by them, without interest,
first deducting all fines charged against their
shares. Every share of stock shall be sub¬
ject to a lien for the payment of unpaid
instalments and other charges incurred
thereon. The By-Laws may prescribe the
form and manner of enforcing such lien.
Sec. /j .. Stockholders desiring to with¬
draw from the Association shall, after hav-
ing given thirty days’ notice of their inten¬
tion so to do, receive, after the expiration of
the first year, interest on their monthly dues
at the rate of six per cent, per annum, less
the losses and expenses incurred on each
share.
Sec. 5. Upon the death of a stockholder,
his or her legal representatives shall be en¬
titled to receive the amount paid in on his
or her stock, with interest at six per cent,
per annum, less all fines and other charges.
No fines shall be charged to a deceased,
member’s account after his or her decease,
unless the legal representatives of such dece¬
dent, by continuing the payments on such
stock for three months after his or her
decease, shall have thereby assumed the fur¬
ther payment on the stock.
ARTICLE V.
LOANS.
Section 1. Every stockholder shall be
entitled to a loan of two hundred dollars on
each share of stock, and the preference shall
be given to the stockholder bidding the
highest premium, which premium, if any be
bid, shall be paid once only.
Sec. 2. Stockholders having taken loans
from the Association, shall pay interest to
the Board of Directors monthly, at the rate
of six per cent, per annum for the amount
of money actually received by them. The
interest shall be reduced at the end of the
fiscal year to the extent of the amount paid
off annually on the principal during the
year, and interest be charged only on the
balance for the ensuing year.
A loan may be paid off at any time, in one
payment, in larger payments than regular
dues, or by regular monthly payments, but
it shall be expressly understood that said
payments of monthly dues, or larger pay¬
ments, shall be payments on account of the
loan or mortgage.
When the whole amount of a loan has
been paid off in payments of monthly dues,
or by larger payments as aforesaid, such
stockholder shall receive his securities and
have them satisfied of record ; provided that
all arrears and expenses be fully paid and
discharged.
Sec. j. In case a stockholder having a
loan shall be in arrears in his monthly dues
for the term of six months, the Board of
Directors may proceed to collect the whole
amount of the loan, with interest and ex¬
penses, according to law. This action must
be ordered by at least a three-fourths vote
of the Board.
ARTICLE VI.
CONTINUANCE OF CORPORATION.
This corporation shall not expire or be
dissolved from neglect on the part of the
stockholders to elect officers at the time
mentioned in the Charter or By-Laws, and
all elected officers shall hold their offices
until their successors have been duly elected.
ARTICLE VII.
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.
Every stockholder shall be entitled to a
certificate for the stock held by him or her,
to be issued in the name and under the seal
of the Association, signed by the President
and attested by the Secretary, which certifi¬
cates may be transferred or assigned, in
person or by attorney, in the presence of the
Sec.ietaiy; and such transferee, by comply¬
ing with the rules and regulations of the
Association, may become a member thereof.
Fifty cents shall be paid to the Secretary for
such tiansfer of the stock, and for duplicates
issued to replace lost certificates.
BUILDING SOCIETIES.
603
ARTICLE VIII.
WITHDRAWAL AND CANCELLATION.
The By-Laws may provide for the invol¬
untary withdrawal and cancellation, at or
before maturity, of shares of stock not bor¬
rowed on ; provided that such withdrawal
and cancellation shall be pro rata among the
shares of the same series of stock ; and pro¬
vided further, that not less than legal interest
shall be credited and allowed to each share
so withdrawn and cancelled.
ARTICLE IX.
DISTRIBUTION.
Stockholders having loans from the Asso¬
ciation pay back the actual amount received.
Stockholders having no loans may con¬
tinue to pay their monthly dues until the
real assets of the Association are sufficient to
pay the sum of $200 on each share.
ARTICLE X.
BY-LAWS.
The Stockholders may make or alter By-
Laws for the better management of the
Association, which shall not be repugnant to
this Constitution, to the Constitution of this
Commonwealth, or of the United States of
America.
ARTICLE XI.
ALTERATION OF THE CONSTITUTION.
The Constitution or the By-Laws shall
not be altered or amended, except at a
regular monthly or special meeting of the
stockholders, and then only by the vote of
two-thirds of the members present.
The table given below will answer many
inquiries concerning earning powers.
Table of Earning Powers.
These powers are 1 , 4 , 9 , 16 , 25 , 36 , 49 ,
64 , 81 , 140 , 121 and 144 . While not exactly
true, they are based on the view that when
$12 have been paid in—$1 each month—the
average time is six months for the total $12.
In the partnership plan the total gain is
divided anew every year, so as to give each
dollar invested a like per cent, per annum.
It is assumed that $12 invested for six
months has an earning power of “one.” It
follows then that $24 invested for an average
of one year has the earning power of “ four,”
because 24 is twice the amount of $ 12 , and
because 12 months is twice the time of six
months. One is twice the money and twice
the time of the other. Two powers repre¬
sent money and two powers represent time ;
therefore 2 x 2 = 4 .
It will be seen that $120 is ten times as
much as $12, and that the time of invest¬
ment is ten times as long; therefore, 10 X
10 = 100 for the power of $ 120 . These
powers are obtained by squaring the number
of years that the series have run, namely,
12 X 12 = 144 , for $144 paid in.
The table referred to is as follows :
$144 - 4 - 12 = 12 X 12 = 144 X 6 = $8 64 one per ct,
132 -4- 12 = 11 X 11 = 121 X 6 = 7 26 one per ct.
120 -4- 12 = 10 X 10 = 100 X 6 = 6 00 one per ct.
108 - 4 - 12 = 9 X 0= 81X6= 4 86 one per ct.
96 - 4 - 12 = 8 X 8= 64 X 8 = 3 84 one per ct.
84 - 4 - 12 = 7 X 7 = 49 X 6 = 2 94 one per ct.
72 - 4 - 12 - 6 X 6 = 36 X 6 — 2 16 one per ct.
60 - 4 - 12 = 5 X 5 = 25 X 6 = 1 50 one per ct.
48 - 4 - 12 = 4 X 4 = 16 X 6 = 96 one per ct.
36-4-12= 3 X 3= 9X6= 54 one per ct.
24-4-12= 2 X 2= 4X6= 24 one per ct.
12-4-12= IX 1= 1X6= 06 one per ct
The table also shows what one per cent,
gain is at the end of one year and up to the
end of 12 years.
The rule to find one per cent, is as follows :
Square the number of years in a series and
multiply by 6.
\ ears. One per cent.
10 X 10 = 100 X 6 = $6 00
The use of this one per cent, table is to
ascertain the rate of gain per annum credited
on building society reports to the various
shares of stock when share values are given
on the reports. After the profits are divided
the accountant may make sure that each dol¬
lar invested has received a like per cent, per
annum by making proper use of the “ one per
cent.” column in the above table. We give as
an example the following figures from a report:
Paid in.
Gains.
Values.
$60
$12 00
$72 00
48
7 68
55 68
36
4 32
40 32
24
1 92
25 92
12
48
12 48
gll/, _
AKE home bright a*nd happy.
Throw open the shutters
and let in the sunlight.
Some homes have a cold
chill about them, for the
reason that it is all work
and no play, no amuse¬
ment. Food must be provided for the
young; so must pastime. There are games
that not only amuse, but also discipline the
mind and teach one to think, to look ahead,
to work out of tight places. One of these is
CHESS.
Chess—ancient as it is—still holds its own
against all “ new-born gauds.” It is still
the favorite game among the educated, and
is considered an essential accomplishment in
most family circles, where, beyond doubt, it
is beneficial in assisting the mental develop¬
ment of the young.
The game is played on a board divided
into sixty-four squares, colored alternately
black and white. It is the same as that
used at Draughts. Eight pieces of different
denominations and powers, and eight Pawns,
are allotted to each compeitor. As a neces¬
sary distinction, each set is colored in a
different way ; one commonly being White,
the other Red, or Black. The pieces are
named as follows : King, Queen, Bishops,
Knights, Rooks, Pawns.
Every player is provided with one King,
one Queen, two Bishops, two Knights, and
two Rooks, besides the eight Pawns.
604
In placing the board, care must be taken
that a White comer square be at the right
hand of each player. It should also be
observed that the Queen must be olaced
upon a square of her own color.
The Pieces: Their Powers and Mode of
Action.
The King can move in any direction—
forward, backward, sideways, or diagonally,
provided always, of course, that he does not
move into check. The King possesses one
great prerogative—that of never being taken ;
but by way of counterbalancing the advan¬
tage of this exemption, he is restrained from
exposing himself to check. He can move
only one square at a time, except when he
castles , which he may do oi>ce during each
game. He may then move two squares.
He cannot castle when in check, nor after he
has once moved, nor with a Rook that has
been moved, nor if any of the squares over
which be has to move be commanded by an
adverse piece.
The Queen can move either horizontally
or diagonally. She combines the powers of
the Bishop and the Rook. She can, at one
move, pass along the whole length of the
board, or, if moving diagonally, from corner
to corner. Although she can move and take
in the same manner as a Bishop, or as a
Rook, she must make the whole of one
move in one direction, and cannot combine
in one move the powers of these two pieces ;
she cannot move round a corner at one step.
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
605
The Rook, (sometimes called the Castle)
may pass along the entire length of the
board at one move. It may move back¬
wards, or forwards, or sideways—but always
horizontally, never diagonally.
The Bishop can move only in a diagonal
direction, but can go any number of squares,
from one to eight, or as far as the space be
open. The Bishop can never change the
color of his square. Thus, the White King’s
Bishop being on a White square at the
beginning, remains so throughout the game.
This is a necessary consequence of his move
being purely diagonal.
The Knight has a power of moving which
is quite peculiar and rather difficult to ex¬
plain. He moves two squares at once, in a
direction partly diagonal and partly straight.
He changes the color of his square at every
move. The Knight is the only piece that
possesses what is styled the “ vaulting
motion.” He is not precluded from going
to a square between which and his own
other pieces intervene.
Thus, instead of moving your King’s Pawn
two, as your first move, you might, if good
play permitted it, move out either of your
Knights right over the row of Pawns in
o o
front. This power is possessed by the
Knight alone, all the other pieces being
obliged to wait until there is an opening in
front of them before they can emerge. The
Knight can move over the sixty-four squares
of the board in as many moves. There are
manv ways of doing this, but Euler s solu¬
tion, unlike most others, is based on math¬
ematical calculation, and is not a mere
exceriment.
X
The Pawn moves in a straight line towards
the adverse party. It cannot move out of
its file except in capturing one of the opposing
Pawns, or pieces, when it steps one square
in a diagonal or slanting direction, and
occupies the square of the captured piece. It
can only be moved one square at a time,
excepting in the first move, when the player
has the option of advancing it two squares.
The Pawn is the only piece which cannot
retreat, and which does not take in the
direction in which it moves. For full ex¬
planations relative to “ Queening the Pawn,”
and taking a Pawn en passant , see instruc¬
tions on those points.
Abbreviations.
The abbreviations which are invariably
used in Chess publications are the following:
BI.ACK.
WHITE.
ORDER OF THE MEN ON THE BOARD.
K. for King ; Q. for Queen ; B. for
Bishop ; Kt. for Knight ; R. for Rook ; P.
for Pawn; Sq. for Square ; and Ch. for
Check. The pieces on one side of the board
are distinguished from those on the other in
the following manner :
Those on the same side as the King are
named after him, as K.’s B. (King’s Bishop);
K.’s Kt. (King’s Knight) ; K.’s R. (King’s
Rook) ; while those on the same side as the
600
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
Queen are named Q.’s B. (Queen’s Bishop);
Q.’s Kt. (Queen’s Knight) ; Q.’s R. (Queen’s
Rook). The Pawns are distinguished in like
manner. The Pawn occupying the square
in front of the King’s B. is called the K.’s
B.’s P. ; that in front of the K.’s Kt. is
called the K.’s Kt.’s P. ; that in front of the
Q.’s R. is called the Q.’s R.’s P., etc.
Technical Terms Used in the Game.
The Move.— Whichever player opens the
game by making the first move, is said to
have “ the move.”
Check.— When your King is attacked by
any piece, he is said to be in check ; and it is
your opponent’s duty to give you warning
of such an event by crying “ check,” when
he makes the move. You must then put
your King out of check by moving him, by
taking the checking piece, or by interposing
one of your own men between the checking
piece and your King, thus “ covering ”
check, as it is termed.
Checkmate is the term used when the
King is in inextricable check— i. e., when
none of the above means avail to place him
beyond the range of the attacking pieces.
When a checkmate is obtained, the game is
at an end, that being the sole object.
Discovered Check is when the player
moves a Pawn or piece from before another
piece, thereby opening or “ discovering ”
check— e. g., the Black Rook may be on a
line with the opposing King, the only inter¬
vening piece being a Black Pawn. The re¬
moval of this Pawn “ discovers check.”
Double Check is when check is discov¬
ered as above, the King being also attacked
by the piece moved.
Perpetual Check is when the King of
one of the players can be checked almost at
every move, and when he has little else to
do but move out of check. When the
game has reached this stage, the weaker
player may demand that checkmate shall be
given in a certain number of moves, in de¬
fault of which it may be declared a drawn
game. (See Rule VIII.)
Drawn Game.—A drawn game may arise
from several causes : I. As above. 2. Stale¬
mate. (See “Stalemate.”) 3. Equai play :
“ Between very good players ” (remarks
Philidor), “ it sometimes happens that the
equipoise in force and position is constantly
sustained in the opening, in the intermediate
stages, and in the last result; when either
all the exchangeable pieces have been
mutually taken, or the remaining forces are
equal—as a Queen against a Queen, a.
Rook against a Rook, with no advantage in
position, or the Pawns are mutually blocked
up.” 4. Absence of mating power — i. e. y
when neither player possesses the force re¬
quisite to obtain a checkmate. (See “ Mat¬
ing Power.”) 5. Unskilful use of a suffi-
cently strong force: If one player is superior
in force to his adversary, and possesses the
requisite mating power, the game may still
be drawn by the unskilful use of that superi¬
ority. If he cannot effect a checkmate in
fifty moves it may be declared a drawn game.
Stalemate describes that state of the
game when one of the players has nothing
left but his King, which is so placed that,
although not in check, he cannot move with¬
out going into check.
Castling is a double operation, accom¬
plished by moving the King and one of the
Rooks at the same time. When the removal
of the Bishop and the Knight on the one side,
or of the Bishop, Knight and Queen on the
other, has cleared the intervening squares,
the King may castle with either of his Rooks.
If it should be done on the King’s side of
the boaid, the King is to be placed on the
Knight’s square, and the Rook on the
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
Bishop’s ; if in the Queen’s section, the King
must be moved to the Bishop’s square, and
the Rook to the Queen’s.
In other words, the King, in either case,
must move two squares, and the Rook be
placed on the opposite side of him to that on
which he stood before. It is universally laid
down that the King shall not castle when in
check, nor when he has previously moved,
nor with a Rook that has moved, nor if a
square over which he has to pass be com¬
manded by an adverse piece.
En Prise. —A piece is said to be en prise
when under attack.
En Passant (in passing ).—If your adver¬
sary has advanced one of his Pawns to the
fifth square, and you move one of your
Pawns in either of the adjoining files two
squares, he is entitled to take your Pawn,
en passant , as though you had only moved
it one square. This peculiar mode of cap¬
ture can only be effected by Pawns.
Ranks and Files. —The lines of squares
running from left to right are known as
Ranks , and those perpendicular to them,
running from one player to the other, are
called Files.
Passed and Isolated Pawns. —A Pawn
is said to be “passed” when it is so far
advanced that no Pawn of the adversary’s
can oppose it. An Isolated Pawn is one that
stands alone and unsupported.
Double Pawn.—T wo Pawns on the same
file.
“J’adoube” (signifying I adjust, or I
arrange') is the expression generally used
when a player touches a piece to arrange it
without the intention of making a move.
Perhaps it is not absolutely necessary that he
should say “ J'adoube'j but he must at any
rate use an equivalent expression.
To Interpose. —This term explains itself.
If your King or one of your pieces is at¬
607
tacked, and you move another of your
pieces between the attacking piece and the
piece attacked, either for the purpose of
covering check, or as a means of protection,
or with any other object, you are said to
“ interpose.”
Winning the Exchange.— You are said
to “win the exchange” when you gain a
Rook for a Bishop, a Bishop for a Knight,
or, in short, whenever you gain a superior
piece by giving an inferior.
Queening a Pawn. — You are said to
“Queen a Pawn” when you advance it to-
the eighth square on the file. You may
then claim a Queen, or any other piece, in
exchange for it. Formerly the rule was
that you might substitute for it any piece
you had previously lost, but, according to
the modern game, three or more Rooks, or
Bishops, or Knights, may be obtained in
this w r ay.
Gambit. —This term, which is derived
from the Italian, describes an opening in
which a Pawn is purposely sacrificed at an
early stage of the game, in order subse¬
quently to gain an advantage. Several
Gambits are distinguished by the names of
their inventors, such as the Cochrane Gambit,
the Muzio Gambit, the Salvio Gambit, etc.
There are also the Bishop’s Gambit, the
Queen’s Gambit, etc., etc.
Mating Power. —The force requisite to
bring about a checkmate: a King and Queen
against King and two Bishops, King and two
Knights, King and Bishop and Knight, or
against King and Rook, can effect check¬
mate. King and two Bishops can mate
against King and Bishop, or King and Knight.
King, with two Bishops and Knight, can mate
against King and Rook. King, with Rook
and Bishop, can mate against Rook and
King. King can always draw against King
and Bishop, or King and Knight. King and
■608
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
Rook against either a King and Bishop, or
King and Knight, makes a drawn game, etc.
Laws of the Game.
The following “ laws ” are in force in all
the principal clubs in this country :
I. —If a player touch one of his men,
unless for the purpose of adjusting it, when
he must say “J’adoabe ” (see Law IV.), or it
being his turn to move, he must move the
piece he has so touched.
[Walker gives the following remarks on
this law—“When you touch a piece with
the bona fide intention of playing it, the say-
ing ‘ J'adonbe' will not exonerate you from
completing the move. A Chessplayer’s
meaning cannot be misunderstood on the
point; and were it otherwise, you might hold
a man in your hand for five minutes, and
then saying ‘ J'adoube' replace it, and move
elsewhere ! ”]
II. —If the men are not placed properly at
the beginning of the game, and this is dis¬
covered before four moves have been made
on each side, the game must be recom¬
menced. If the mistake should not be found
out till after four moves have been made, the
game must be proceeded with.
III. —Where the players are even, they
must draw lots for the first move, after which
they take the first move alternately. When
a player gives odds, he has the option of
making the first move, and the choice of men
in every game.
[In giving odds, should it be agreed upon
to give a Pawn, it is customary to take the
K. B. P. If a piece is to be given, it may
be taken from either the King’s or Queen’s
•side.]
IV. —If a player should accidently or
otherwise move or touch one of his men
without saying “ J'adoidicf his adversary
may compel him to move either the man he
has touched or his King, provided the latter
is not in check.
V. —When a player gives check, and fails
to give notice by crying “ Check,” his adver¬
sary need not, unless he think proper, place
his King out of check, nor cover.
[If it is discovered that the King is in
check, and has been so for several moves
past, the players must move the men back to
the point at which they stood when check
was given. If they cannot agree as to when
check was first given, the player who is in
check must retract his last move, and defend
his King.]
VI. —The player who effects checkmate
wins the game.
VII. —Stalemate constitutes a drawn game.
VIII. —If, towards the end of the game,
one of the players has what is called the
“ mating power,” his adversary may demand
that checkmate shall be given in fifty moves.
If this is not accomplished, it shall be de¬
clared a drawn game.
IX. —The operation of “Castling” can¬
not be effected when the King is in check,
nor when the King or Rook has been pre¬
viously moved, nor when the space be not
clear between the King and Rook, nor when
any of the squares over which the King has
to pass are commanded by the adversary.
X. —So long as you retain your hold of a
piece you may move it where you will.
[Great dissatisfaction is sometimes caused
by the latitude which this law allows. It
has often been said that this law would be
improved if it were made compulsory to
move the piece in the direction in which it
had been inclined, and that when it has been
rested on a particular square it should re¬
main there, and the move considered com¬
plete. “To finger the squares of the board
whilst planning your move is strictly legal,
but a most villanous habit.”]
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
609
XI. —No limit is fixed to the time allowed
for the consideration of each move. Where
great delay occurs, a third party may be
appealed to ; and if he should pronounce
the delay vexatious, the player refusing to
move loses the game.
[This is a necessary law, but it would
often be desirable to come to a mutual agree¬
ment as to the time beforehand. No greater
bore can be imagined than an excessively
cautious player. In matches of conse¬
quence the time is generally stipulated.]
XII. —Should you move one of your ad¬
versary’s men instead of your own, he may
compel you to take the piece you have
touched, should it be en prise, or to replace
it and move your King ; provided, of course,
that you can do so without placing him in
check.
XIII. —Should you capture a man with
one that cannot legally take it, your adver¬
sary may compel you either to take such
piece (should it be en prise') with one that
can legally take it, or to move the piece
touched ; provided that by so doing you do
not discover check, in which case you may
be directed to move your King.
XIV. -—Should you move out of your
turn, your adversaiy may compel you either
to retract the move, or leave the piece where
you placed it, as he may think most advan¬
tageous.
XV. —If you touch the King and Rook,
intending to Castle, and have quitted hold of
the one piece, you must complete the act of
Castling. If you retain your hold of both,
your adversary may compel you to move
either of them.
XVI. —The game must be declared to be
drawn should you fail to give checkmate in
fifty moves, when you have
King and Queen against King
King and Rook “
King and 2 Bishops against King.
King, Bishop, and Kt. fs
King and Pawn “
King and 2 Pawns “
King and minor piece “
XVII.—Drawn games ot every description
count for nothing.
XVIII.—Neither player may leave a game
unfinished, nor leave the room without the
permission of his adversary.
XIX. —Lookers-on are not permitted to
speak, nor in any way express their appro¬
bation or disapprobation while a game is
pending.
XX. —In case a dispute should arise on
any point not provided for by the laws, a
third party must be appealed to, and his
decision shall be final.
Comparative Value of the Pieces.
The Pawn is always accounted the lowest
in value. Its importance, however, like that
of all the other pieces, changes as the game
progresses. Towards the end of a game its
value is considerable.
The Knight is of more value in the first
attack than in the final struggle. It loses
force as the game proceeds. In certain
situations the Knight is of incomparable
value. Its peculiar vaulting power gives it
considerable importance in complicated posi¬
tions. Walker considers it of equal value
with the Bishop.
The Bishop. —Mr. Walker gives a list of
the advantages which the Bishop and Knight
possess over each other, and sums up by
expressing it as his opinion, “ founded on
practical experience, that the Bishop is
superior to the Knight only in imagination ;
and that the two pieces should be indiscrim¬
inately exchanged by the learner, as being of
strictly equal value in cases of average
position.” Most other authorities, however,
39
610
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
maintain that the Bishop is, upon the whole,
slightly superior to the Knight.
The Rook is reckoned to be about equiv¬
alent to a Bishop and two Pawns, or a Knight
and two Pawns. It is seldom called into active
play at the commencement of a game, but
it gradually rises in importance, till towards
the close it may almost be said to command
the game. In actual play, it is probably
oftener instrumental in giving checkmate
than any other piece. With the King, a
Rook can mate against a King—a power
possessed by no piece besides the Queen.
The Queen decreases in power as the
game proceeds. Throughout, however, she
holds by far the first position in value.
The King, though seldom of much use
for purposes of attack at the beginning,
acquires considerable force as the game
becomes narrowed. His power of moving
in any direction, and attacking any piece
besides the Queen, is often of great value.
The plan of comparing, by means of fig¬
ures, pieces of which the value varies so
considerably, is obviously somewhat imprac¬
ticable, and the estimate cannot in all cases
be relied on. To the learner, however, it
may be of some service in conveying to him
a vague idea of their relative value. Sup¬
pose the Pawn to stand as I ; the value of
the Knight may be estimated at rather more
than 3 ; that of the Bishop rather less than
4 ; that of the Rook at about 5 ; and that of
the Queen at about jyi.
BACKGAMMON.
The game of Backgammon is allowed on all
hands to be the most ingenious and elegant
game next to chess. The word is Welch, and
signifies littlebattle . The origin and antiquity
of the game has been accordingly ascribed to
the Cambro Britons, although it is claimed
also by the French and Spaniards.
This game is played with dice by two
persons, on a table divided into two parts,
upon which there are twenty-four black and
white spaces, called points.
Each player has fifteen men, black and
white to distinguish them. If you play into
the left-hand table, two of your men are
placed upon the ace point in your adversary’s
inner table ; five upon the sixth point in his
outer table ; three upon the cinque point in
your own outer table ; and five upon the
sixth point in your own inner table, and the
adversary’s men are to be placed so as to
correspond with yours in a directly opposite
position.
The object of the game is to bring the
men round to your own “ home,” or inner
table; consequently, all throws of the dice
that tend to this, and impede your adversary
in executing the same design on his part, are
in your favor. The first most advantageous
throw is aces, as it blocks the sixth point in
your outer table, and secures the cinque
point in your inner table, so that your adver¬
sary s two men upon your ace point cannot
escape with his throwing either quatre,
cinque or six. Accordingly, this throw is
often asked and given between players of
unequal skill by way of odds, and is con¬
sidered only fair.
INDOOR AMUSEMENTS.
611
Hoyle’s Instructions.
1. If you play three up, your principal ob¬
ject in the first place is either to secure your
own or your adversary’s cinque point. When
that is effected you may play a pushing game,
and endeavor to gammon your opponent.
2. The next best point (after you have
gained your cinque point) is to make your
bar-point, thereby preventing your adversary
running away with two sixes.
3. After you have proceeded thus far,
prefer making the quatre point in your own
table, rather than the quatre point out of it.
4. Having gained these points, you have
a fair chance to gammon your adversary if
he be very forward. For suppose his table
to be broken at home, it will be then your
interest to open your bar-point, to oblige
him to come out of your table with a six,
and having your men spread, you not only
may catch that man which your adversary
brings out of your fable, but will also have
a probability of taking up the man left in your
table, upon the supposition that he had two
men there. And if he should have a blot
at home, it will be then your interest not to
make up your table, because if he should
enter upon a blot which you are to make for
the purpose, you will have a probability of
getting a third man, which, if accomplished,
will give you at least four to one of the
gammon ; whereas, if you have only two of
his men up, the odds are that you do not
gammon him.
5. If you play for a hit only, one or two
men taken up of your adversary’s makes it
surer than a greater number, provided your
table be made up.
Techanical Terms.
Backgammon. —The entire game won.
Bar. —The division between the two sec¬
tions of the board.
Bar-point.— The point adjoining the bar.
Bearing your Men. —Removing them
from the table after bringing them home.
Blot. —A single man upon a point.
Doublets. —Two dice bearing the same
number of pits.
Gammon.— To win a gammon is to win
two out of the three points constituting the
game.
Hit.— To remove all your men before
your adversary has done so.
Home.— The inner table.
Making Points. —Winning hits.
To Enter.— To enter is to place a man
again on the board after he has been ex¬
cluded on account of a point being already
full.
Laws of the Game.
Hoyle appends the following laws of the
game to his treatise :
1. If you take a man or men from any
point, that man or men must be played.
2. You are not understood to have played
any till it is placed upon a point and quitted.
3. If you play with fourteen men only,
there is no penalty attending it, because with
a lesser number you play to disadvantage,
by not having the additional man to make up
your tables.
4. If you bear any number of men before
you have entered a man taken up, and which
consequently you were obliged to enter,
such men, so borne, must be entered again
in your adversary’s tables, as well as the
man taken up.
5. If you have mistaken your throw, and
played it, and your adversary have thrown,
it is not in your or his choice to alter it,
unless both parties agree.
These laws of the game are simple and
easily learned, and, moreover, Backgammon is
one of the most diverting games for the home
circle or an evening’s pleasant amusement
I Comparative
^ Face Reading . Physiognomy
HE study of character and its
indications is as old as human
inquiry, and therefore the ten¬
dency of mind in this direction
must arise from a special men¬
tal trait. The changing ex¬
pression of the face is every-
wheie regarded as a mirror in which the pass¬
ing thought or present emotion can be seen.
If one be long afflicted by grief or blessed
by joy, wearied by trouble or vexed with
care, shadowed with melancholy or excited
by wit, inspired by faith or led by conscience,
inflated by pride or subjected to its domina¬
tion, the emotions awakened by these different
states and revealed in the face, may become
so far fixed as to defy concealment. But
let one’s circumstances be suddenly changed ;
let grief be turned to joy, and trouble, care,
and vexation will fade from the countenance >
and leave scarcely a trace.
Then there are expressions of face inherited
from joyous or sorrowing parentage. In the
same family one child absorbs the sunshine
of its mother’s joy, and it glows from its face
for a lifetime ; another, if circumstances have
changed, will wear the tear marks, or the
expression of bitterness that darkened the
mother’s life; and no doubt the brain as
well as the face will bear a similar and even
more permanent record.
The very attitudes and motions assume,
by long habit, an expression of the inner
life. One accustomed to the exercise of
312
authority gets a stiffer spine, a more ex¬
alted head, and firmer lines of the face, and
th& brain confoi xiis in development and ac¬
tivity to the conditions that have become
habitual.
For centuries the face has been studied,
and attempts have been made to reduce the
face to a science with greater or less ap¬
proaches to success. People will study the
face and its expression and be influenced by
it without having any science or rules for it,
or any means of explaining it. Yet their
impressions will be correct.
Likeness Between Men and Animals.
It is interesting to note the very striking
facial resemblance between men and some of
the animals, as shown in the accompanying
engravings. The animal world appears to
have been created on one general plan, and
types of face and features among the lower
orders are constantly reproduced among the
higher.
Near the close of the last century the
physiology of the brain became the subject
of special investigation by an eminent phy¬
sician of Germany, Dr. Gall, and he claimed
that he had discovered signs of character in
the brain, that it can be safely studied as the
basis of character, and that whatever the
face 01 attitudes or motions may reveal, the
impulse comes from the brain. His mode
of investigation has acquired the name of
Phrenology.
COMPARATIVE PHYSIOGNOMY.
613
For nearly a hundred years the
term Phrenology has been before the
world, and has been understood to
relate to the laws and activities of
the human mind, and that in some
way it is related to the brain as its
organ. A few have studied Phre¬
nology and accepted it heartily ;
others have made it a topic for con¬
tempt or ridicule, and, though thou¬
sands of the general public have little
or no knowledge on the subject, other
thousands have more or less informa¬
tion respecting it, and, so for as they under¬
stand it, they believe and accept it.
A brief outline of the doctrines of Phre¬
nology may here be made :
APE. APISH.
First. The brain is the organ or instru¬
ment of the mind, just as the eye is the in¬
strument of sight. Every trait of character,
every talent, propensity, or senti¬
ment has its organ.
There is a general belief that
somehow the intellect stands related
to the brain, and when an injury to
any part of that viscus occurs, the
newspapers will say that the intel¬
lect was, or was not, affected by
the injury. But a doubt exists
whether the brain is also the seat
of the feelings and the propensities.
A STRIKING PAIR.
To say that some injury of the brain
did not affect the intellect, is about as defi¬
nite as it would be to say that a man was
injured in the head, but that his eye-sight,
or his smelling power, or his hearing
was not affected, and therefore eye¬
sight and hearing do not necessarily
belong to the head; but Phrenology
teaches that every sentiment, every
element of taste and aversion, of hope
and fear, of love and hatred, as well
as the intellectual faculties and mem¬
ory, have their special seats in some
part of the brain.
Second. The mind is not a single
power, but has many faculties, some
of which may be stronger or weaker than
the others in the same person ; from which
arises the great variety of character.
PUSS, YOU REMIND ME OF
614
COMPARATIVE PHYSIOGNOMY.
Third. Each faculty or propensity of the
mind has its special organ in the brain.
Fourth. Size of brain, the quality being
good, is the true measure of its power. The
OWL. owlish.
brain, when deficient in size or low in qual¬
ity or health, is always connected with a low
degree of mental power. Even among the
lower animals the brain is found to be large
and complicated in proportion to the variety
and strength of their faculties.
Fifth. There are several groups of facul¬
ties, and each of these groups is represented
by organs located together in the brain.
The organs of the intellect are situated
in the forehead in what are called the
anterior lobes of the brain ; those of the
social nature in the back head, or pos¬
terior lobes of the brain ; those of pas¬
sion, appetite, and self-preservation, in
the side head, or middle lobes of the
brain ; while those organs which mani¬
fest aspiration, pride, ambition, are in
the crown of the head, and those of
sentiment, sympathy, morality and re¬
ligion in the top head.
Sixth. Each faculty of the mind,
each sentiment and propensity, has its own
organs, as each function of the body has its
specific organ. If this were not so, each
person would manifest the same amount of
talent or power on all subjects, ouch as
arithmetic, language, music, mechanism, the
power of reasoning, love of property, cour¬
age, prudence or pride. Everybody knows
that persons rarely ever show equal
talent on all topics, and that a man
may be a genius at one thing and find
it impossible, by long training, to
become even tolerably successful in
other things. If the mind were a
single power and the brain a single
organ this would not be the case.
The senses of seeing, hearing, tast¬
ing, smelling, are not always possessed
by each person in an equal degree of
perfection, these several powers being
dependent on different organs, and
each related to a special part of the brain ;
so the mental faculties and dispositions are
alike unequal in a given person, owing to
the greater strength or weakness of their
respective organs in the brain ; hence some
people represent partial genius, others partial
idiocy or partial insanity, and these facts are
explained and sustained only by the phreno¬
logical theory of the mind.
MARKED RESEMBLANCE.
Seventh. The Quality and Temperament
of the organization determine of the degree
of vigor, activity and - Trance of the men¬
tal powers.
COMPARATIVE PHYSIOGNOMY,
610
Temperament is indicated by external
•signs, including the build, complexion and
texture. Men recognize different qualities
in their judgment of horses, cattle and other
stock, although they do not use the terms
we apply to mankind. Men who deal in
timber know that the quality of different
mist as wide a range of quality may be
found in the human race. Speed, activity,
strength, endurance in birds and horses
are recognized and understood. The trim,
compact game-chicken that weighs five
pounds finds little difficulty in vanquishing
the clumsy, coarse and tall Shanghai or
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE ORGANS AS FIXED BY PHRENOLOGISTS.
kinds of wood has infinite variety; the
spongy palmetto of the South, the soft tex¬
ture of the willow, or the coarse character
of the hemlock in contrast with oak, hick¬
ory, ebony, lignum vitae, showing that con¬
trasts of temperament or quality in wood are
various.
To a critical phrenologist and physiogno-
Chittagong that may turn the scales at four¬
teen pounds; and temperament is a term
which, rightly understood, explains the rea¬
son of these peculiarities.
A practical knowledge of Phrenology is
considered by many persons of great assist¬
ance in deciding what occupation a young
man or woman should follow..
CURIOUS FACTS
Things Not Generally Known
■ o o •
• ° • O •
•O^'o.
■ • •
O
■ O-*. O^. o
• O -5^- O ^ O
o ■
O '
O O •
»
LPS, THE.—These mountains comprise about
iSo peaks, from 4,000 to 15,732 feet high, the
latter being the height of Mont Blanc, the
highest spot in Europe. The summit is a sharp
ridge, like the roof of a house, consisting of nearly
vertical granite rocks. The ascent of these awful
solitudes is most perilous, owing to the narrow paths,
tremendous ravines, icy barriers, precipices, etc.
In many places every step has to be cut in the
ice, the party being tied to each other by ropes, so
that if one slips he may be held up by the rest, and
silence is enforced, lest the noise of talking should
dislodge the avalanches of the Aiguille du Midi.
The view from the mountain is inexpressibly grand.
On the Alps, the limit of the vine is an elevation
of 1,600 feet; below 1,000 feet, figs, oranges and
olives are produced. The limit of the oak is 3,800
feet, of the chestnut 2,800 feet, of the pine 6,500 feet,
of heaths and furze to 8,700 and 9,700 feet, and per¬
petual snow exists at an elevation of 8,20c feet.
Aucohou—Who Drinks It?—I t has been the
endeavor of the census-takers, in 1890, to obtain, as
far as possible, such facts as relate to the use of
alcohol as a beverage . It appears that alcohol,
as such (in some cases diluted with water, but with¬
out any coloring or extraneous flavoring), is used by
a certain foreign element of our population. It is
drunk to a great extent by Poles, Norwegians,
Swedes, Finns, Hungarians and Fussians. The
quantity thus consumed is larger than is generally
supposed.
Inquiry of some of the large houses in the North¬
west, familiar with this particular trade, elicits the
information that fully one-half of the alcohol sold in
that section is drunk, it being the favorite beverage
of these foreign races. It is estimated, by competent
authority, that about fifteen barrels of alcohol are
daily consumed for that purpose in New York city
alone. A considerable amount is consumed by the
same element in the coal regions of Pennsylvania,
and undoubtedly in other localities.
Body, Th£ Human. —The average height of a
newly-born infant is 18 inches ; average weight, 6.77
616
lbs. The average weight of the newly-born male-
child is 7I lbs., of the female child 6} lbs. It takes.
3 years for the child to grow the second 18 inches,
so as to be 3 feet high.
Average weight of adult male, 145 lbs. ; height, 5.
ft. 7 inches ; chest measurement of male, 36 inches ;
drawing strength between hands, 75 lbs.
The skeleton is one inch shorter than the measure¬
ment of the living person—skeleton weighs about 14
ibs.—there are 240 bones. The body contains about
12 lbs. of blood ; about 6^3 ozs. pass through the
heart in each beat, and in adults from 65 to 75 beats
occur per minute. All this passes through the lungs
and is revivified by the oxygen of the air—as bright
red blood goes by the subdivision of the arteries to
every minutest portion of the body, and returns laden
with impurities as dark venous blood through the
veins to the heart again.
The heart is a little larger than the fist, and weighs
about 9 to 11 ozs.
The adult male brain weighs 49 to 50 ozs., female
44 to 45 ozs. ; the nerves of motion and sensation
from every portion of the body end in the brain and
spinal cord.
The lungs consist of about 174 million sacs or cells
at the end of minute tubes that unite to form larger
tubes, and these form the two bronchial tubes, and
these unite in the windpipe, opening into the mouth
and nose. At each breath the lungs are filled with
air, the purpose of which is to oxygenate the blood.
The blood absorbs about 30 ozs. of oxygen per day
sufficient to consume in the tissues of the body the
carbon from about 3 lbs. of bread. The utmost
amount of air expirable at one breath is calculated
at 200 to 250 cubic inches.
The stomach lies beneath the lungs, near the
centre of the body, and is a sac of a capacity of about
a pint (without distension), in which the food is
changed by the digestive juices and ferments.
The liver, to the right, and beneath the stomach,
weighs 50 to 60 ozs. ; it changes the starch of foods
to sugar, secretes bile, and otherwise aids in digestion.
Spleen, to left of stomach, about the size of fist*
weighs 5 to 7 ozs.; functions undetermined.
CURIOUS FACTS
617
The intestines, about 34 feet in length ; the diges¬
tion of the food and the absorption of its nutrient
qualities into the lacteals and the blood is completed
in the intestines.
The two kidneys weigh each about 4^ ozs.; about
1,000 ozs. of blood passes through them in an hour,
and by them the waste fluid portions of the food
not useful to the blood are strained out. The waste
fluids of the body are also exuded through the pores
of the skin. The area of the surface of the body is
about 2,500 square inches, it contains about 7,000,000
pores, each about } of an inch long, or a total length
of nearly 28 miles of pores.
The secretions of the bod^, saliva, gastric juice,
chyle, bile etc., which are absorbed from the blood
and reabsorbed by it in twenty-four hours, amount
to 25 lbs. Adults require eight or nine hours’
sleep.
Caused over the Coaes. —Originally “hauled
over the coals,” derived from the ordeal by fire in
early days, one form of which consisted in making
the accused walk over burning coals. This method
of persuasion was often employed to get money from
Jews by the kings and barons of early centuries.
Cities, Fictitious Names oe. —Aberdeen, Scot¬
land, Granite City.
Alexandria, Bgypt, Delta City.
Alton, Ill., Tusselburgh.
Akron, O., Summit City.
Baltimore, Md., Monumental City.
Birmingham, O., Bran Town.
Boston, Mass., Puritan City; Modern Athens;
Hub of the Universe ; City of Notions ; Athens of
America ; The Hub.
Brooklyn, N. Y., City of Churches.
Buffalo, N. Y., Queen City of the Takes.
Cairo, City of Victory.
Cincinnati, O., Queen City; Porkopolis; Queen
of the West ; Paris of America.
Chicago, Ill., Garden City.
Cleveland, Forest City.
Dayton, O., Gem City of Ohio.
Detroit, Mich., City of the Straits.
Duluth, Minn., Zenith City.
Edinburgh, Scotland, Maiden Town ; Northern
Athens ; Modern Athens ; Athens of the North.
Gibraltar, Key to the Mediterranean.
Hannibal, Mo., Bluff City.
Havana, Cuba, Pearl of the Antilles.
Holyoke, Mass., Paper City.
Indianapolis, Ind., Railroad City.
Jerusalem, Palestine, City of Peace ; City of the
Great King.
Kansas City, Mo., Mushroomopolis.
' Keokuk, la., Gate City.
Uafayette, Ind., Star City.
Limerick, Ireland, City of the Violated Treaty.
Lowell, Mass., City of Spindles ; Manchester of
America.
London, England, City of Masts; Modern Babylon.
Louisville, Ky., Falls City.
Madison, Wis., Lake City.
Milan, Italy, Little Paris.
Milwaukee, Wis., Cream City.
Minneapolis, Minn., City of Flour.
Nashville, Tenn., City of Rocks.
New Haven, Conn., City of Elms.
New Orleans, La., Crescent City.
New York, Gotham ; Empire City ; Metropolitan
City.
Pekin, Ill., Celestial City.
Philadelphia, Pa., Quaker City ; City of Brotherly
Love; City of Homes.
Pittsburg, Pa., Iron City ; Smoky City ; Birming¬
ham of America.
Portland, Me., Forest City.
Paterson, N. Y., Lyons of America.
Peoria, Ill., Whisky Town.
Quebec, Canada, Gibraltar of America.
Quincy, Ill., Gem City.
Racine, Wis., Belle City.
Rome, Italy, Eternal City ; Nameless City ; Queen
of Cities ; Seven-Hilled City ; Mistress of the World.
Rochester, N. Y., Flour City.
St. Louis, Mo., Mound City.
St. Paul, Minn., Gem City.
San Francisco, Cal., Golden City.
Salem, Mass., City of Peace.
Salt Lake City, City of the Saints.
Springfield, Ill., Flower City.
Streator, Ill., City of the Woods.
Toledo, O., Corn City.
Venice, Italy, Bride of the Sea.
Washington, D. C., City of Magnificent Distances.
Winnipeg, Manitoba, Gate City of the Northwest.
Dixie. —An imaginary place, somewheie i.i the
Southern States of America, celebrated in a popular
negro melody as a perfect paradise of luxurious ease
and enjoyment. The term is often used as a collec¬
tive designation of the Southern States.
Earth’s Centre.— All bodies weigh less the fur¬
ther removed they are from the centre of the earth.
A block of stone weighing 700 pounds upon the sea¬
shore, will weigh only 699 pounds if carried up a
mountain three miles high. A pendulum oscillates
more quickly at the poles than at the equator,
because the earth is flatter by twenty-six miles at the
poles—that is, the “ bob ” of the pendulum is that
much nearer the earth’s center, and therefore heavier*
and so swings more quickly.
618
CURIOUS FACTS.
Ely Dorado ( Spanish , the golden land .)—A name
given by the Spaniards to an imaginary country,
supposed, in the sixteenth century, to be situated in
the interior of South America, between the rivers
Orinoco and Amazon, and to abound in gold and all
manner of precious stones. Expeditions were fitted
out for the purpose of discovering this fabulous
region ; and, though all such attempts proved abor¬
tive, the rumors of its existence continued to be
believed down to the beginning of the eighteenth
century.
“Flying Dutchman.” —The name given by
sailors to a spectral ship, which is supposed to
cruise in storms off the Cape of Good Hope, and the
sight of which is considered the worst of all possible
omens. She is distinguished from earthly vessels
by bearing a press of sail when all others are unable,
from stress of weather, to show an inch of canvas.
The cause of her wanderings is variously explained.
According to one account, a Dutch captain, bound
home from the Indies, met with long continued
head-winds and heavy weather off the Cape of Good
Hope, and refused to put back, as he was advised to
do, swearing a very profane oath that he would
beat round the cape if he had to beat there until the
day of Judgment. He was taken at his word, and
doomed to beat against head-winds all his days. His
sails are believed to have become thin and sere, his
ship-sides white with age, and himself and crew
reduced almost to shadows. He cannot heave to or
lower a boat, but sometimes hails vessels through
his trumpet, and requests them to take letters home
for him. The superstitution has its origin, probably,
in the looming, or apparent suspension in the air,
of some ship out of sight—a phenomenon sometimes
witnessed at sea, and caused by unequal refraction in
the lower strata of the atmosphere.
“ Golden AGE ” and “ Iron Age.”—T he Eliza¬
bethan was the Golden Age of England, the Vic¬
torian is the Iron Age , the Silver Age was the reign
of Queen Anne. The first named period was noted
for giants of literature, simplicity of manners, integ¬
rity of conduct, honesty of intention, and domestic
virtues. The second is an age of commerce and
hard matter-of-fact. The third was noted for elegant
refinement, delicacy of speech, luxurious living,
politeness, and artificial manners.
‘‘Go TO Haeifax.” —Halifax law was, that the
criminal should be “condemned first, and inquired
upon after. ’ ’ Halifax also has the credit of inventing
the rude guillotine of Maunaye, and easily became
a place of terror to rogues. In the United States it
is now used as a coarse expletive, Halifax, i. e., Hell.
Hobson’s Choice. —Tobias Hobson was the first
in England who let out hackney horses. To each
who applied, Hobson obliged him to take the horse
which stood nearest the stable-door, hence the
modern “Hobson’s choice,” meaning practically
none. “Neck or nothing” commonly added was
probably “ Next or nothing.”
John Buee. —This nickname is derived from the
satire of Dr. Arbuthnot, representing the English¬
man under that name as a bluff, kind-hearted and
bull-headed farmer. In the minds of some it is asso¬
ciated with Dr. John Bull, organist to Queen Eliza¬
beth, and a celebrated musician.
“Kick The Bucket.” —This term, meaning to
die, alludes to the way in which a slaughtered pig is
held up. The ends of a bent piece of wood, tech¬
nically called a “bucket,” are fastened behind the
tendons of the hind legs in order to suspend the car¬
cass. It has sometimes been said to have originated
from a method of committing suicide by standing on
a bucket, adjusting the noose and then kicking the
bucket away.
Liberty Beee. —The order for the bell was given
in 1751. The State House of Pennsylvania, in
Philadelphia, work on which had been suspended
for a number of years, was then approaching com-
THE OLD LIBERTY BELL.
pletion. J he lower floors were already occupied by
the Supreme Court in the chamber, while in the
other assembled the Freemen of the Province of
Pennsylvania, then consisting of one body. A com¬
mittee was appointed by the Freemen, with Peter
Norris as chairman, and empowered to have a new
bed cast for the building. The commission for the
CURIOUS FACTS.
619
bell wrs in the same year awarded to Robert Charles,
of London, the specification being that the bell should
weigh about 2000 pounds and cost £ 100 sterling.
It was to be made by the best workmen, to be
examined carefully before being shipped, and to
contain, in well-shaped letters around it, the inscrip¬
tion : “ By order of the Province of Pennsylvania,
for the State House in the City of Philadelphia,
1752.” An order was given to place underneath this
the fatal and prophetic words from Leviticus xxv.
to : “ Proclaim liberty throughout all the land, unto
all the inhabitants thereof.”
undertook to recast the bell, which, on being
opened, revealed a bell which pleased very much.
But it was also found to be defective. The original
bell was considered too high, and a quantity of
copper was added to the composition, but too much
copper was added. There were a great many witti¬
cisms on account of the second failure, and the
ingenious workmen undertook to recast the bell,
which they successfully did, and it was placed in
position in June, 1753.
On Monday, the 8th of July (not the 4th), at
noon, true to its motto, it rang out the memorable
THE LAYMAN BOAT USED IN DUCK SHOOTING.
The reason for the selection of this text has been a
subject of much conjecture, but the true reason is
apparent when the full text is read. It is as follows :
“ And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year and proclaim
liberty throughout the land and to all the inhabitants
thereof.” In selecting the text the good Quakers
had in memory the arrival of William Penn and their
forefathers more than half a century before.
In August, 1752, the bell arrived, but though in
apparent good order, it was cracked by a stroke of
the clapper while being tested. It could not be sent
back, as the captain of the vessel who had brought
it over could not take it on board. Two skillful men
message of ‘‘Liberty throughout the land and to all
the inhabitants thereof.”
For fifty years the bell continued to be rung on
every festival and anniversary until it eventually
cracked. This happened in July, 1S35, when it was
tolling for the death of Chief Justice John Marshall.
An ineffectual attempt was made to cause it to con¬
tinue serviceable by enlarging the cause of its dis
sonance and chipping the edges. It was remove
from its position in the tower to a lower story, an
only used on occasions of public sorrow, such as tlu
death of ex-Presider.ts and statesmen. Subsequently
it was placed on the original timbers in the vestibule
620
CURIOUS FACTS.
of the State House, and in 1873 it was suspended in
a prominent position immediately beneath where a
larger bell presented to the city in 1866 now pro¬
claims the passing hours.
Man in The Moon.—A name popularly given to
the dark lines and spots upon the surface of the
moon, which are visible to the naked eye, and -which,
when examined with a good telescope, are discov¬
ered to be the shadows of lunar mountains. It is
one of the most popular, and perhaps one of the
most ancient superstitions in the world, that these
lines and spots are the figure of a man leaning on a
fork, on which he carries a bundle of thorns or
brushwood, for stealing while on a Sunday he was
confined in the moon. The account given in Num¬
bers xv. 32 of a man who was stoned to death for
gathering sticks upon the Sabbath-day, is undoubt¬
edly the origin of this belief.
Monroe Doctrine.— In 1822, during the Presi¬
dency of Janies Monroe, the Spanish-American
colonies having fought their w’ay to independence as
against Spain, they were recognized as an indepen¬
dent power by the United States. In his annual
message to Congress in 1823, the President pro¬
claimed the celebrated doctrine of non-interference,
as follows : “That as a principle the American con¬
tinents, by the free and independent position which
they have assumed and maintained, are henceforth
not to be considered as subjects of future coloniza¬
tion by any European power.” This doctrine is
attributed to Adams, who was Secretary of State
under Monroe.
Pi}eim)atic Sporting goat
fix* out on page 619 will give you a very good
idea of its general construction. The upper or
floating surface is divided into four compart¬
ments, separately inflated, any one of which will sus¬
tain one in the water, and so constructed that it can
be neither capsized nor sunk under any reasonable
conditions. It combines all the essential features of
a perfect boat, being light, weighing but 18 pounds,
conveniently carried, comfortable, impervious to air
and water, and not liable to puncture.
flie boat is provided with loops, carrying straps
and rings inside and outside for all conveniences and.
CURIOUS FACTS.
621
■emergencies. In the loops around the outer edges
wild rice or any other marine grain or plant may be
placed so as to form a complete blind which will
enable the sportsman to float down to a flock of
ducks without his presence even being suspected.
For this purpose there is a blind, mounted on net¬
ting, with supports so arranged as to fit perfectly in
the loops of boat, made in two sections which com¬
pletely envelop the boat, and these roll, when not in
use, into a very small compass.
The air compartments are quickly and easily
inflated, either by the lungs or, better and quicker,
with any of the pumps listed. The total weight of
boat is from 18 to 20 pounds, and when inflated
occupies a space of 45 inches long by 32 inches in
width. When deflated it folds into a very small
space, about 16 x 20 inches, and can be conve¬
niently carried under the seat of a buggy or wagon,
in a boat, or carried safely packed in a trunk with
other traps.
These pneumatic boats are more comfortable to
sit in than any small boat in use ; the position is
that of sitting, the legs going into the boots from the
knee down ; this brings the entire weight on the
under side and below the floating compartments,
greatly increasing their stability and rendering them
absolutely non-capsizable.
In the use of this boat you have no oars to contend
with ; there is no splash of the waters, leaves no
wake, is entirely noiseless in its movements and
gives perfect freedom to arms and body. The boots
are sufficiently large to go over any shoe.
The boats have been practically tested under all
possible conditions, in lakes, rivers and the open
sea, and have been found safe in all waters and in
all sorts of weather. They have proved themselves
equal to all emergencies. Under ordinary conditions,
two or three miles per hour can be comfortably
covered. It is available for every purpose for which
one goes into the water.
HoW 0^ r Presidents Died
FORGE WASHINGTON died from a cold,
which brought on laryngitis ; buried on his
estate at Mount Vernon, Va.
2. John Adams died from senile debility; buried
at Quincy, Mass.
3. Thomas Jefferson died of chronic diarrhoea ;
buried on his estate at Monticello, Va.
4. James Madison died of old age ; buried on his
estate at Montpelier, Vt.
5. James Monroe died of general debility ; buried
in Marble Cemetery, New York city.
6. John Quincy Adams died of paralysis, the fatal
attack overtaking him in the House of Representa¬
tives ; buried at Quincy, Mass.
7. Andrew Jackson died of consumption and
dropsy ; buried on his estate, the Hermitage, near
Nashville, Tenn.
8. Martin Van Buren died of catarrh of the throat
and lungs ; buried at Kinderhook, N. Y.
9. William Henry Harrison died of pleurisy,
induced by a cold taken on the day of his inaugura¬
tion ; buried near North Bend, Ohio.
10. John Tyler died of a mysterious disorder like
a bilious attack ; buried at Richmond, Va.
11. James K. Polk died from weakness, caused by
cholera ; buried on his estate at Nashville, Tenn.
12. Zachary Taylor died from cholera morbus, in¬
duced by improper diet ; buried on his estate near
Louisville, Ky.
13. Millard Filmore died from paralysis ; buried in
Forest Hill Cemetery, Buffalo, N. Y.
14. Franklin Pierce died from inflammation of the
stomach ; buried at Concord, N. H.
15. James Buchanan died of rheumatism and gout;
buried near Lancaster, Pa.
16. Abraham Lincoln, assassinated by J. Wilkes
Booth ; buried at Springfield, Ill.
17. Andrew Johnson died from paralysis ; buried
at Greenville, Tenn.
iS. Ulysses S. Grant died from cancer of the
throat ; buried at Riverside Park, New York city.
19. Rutherford B. Hayes died from paralysis of the
heart ; buried at Fremont, O.
20. Janies A. Garfield died from the bullet of an
assassin, Charles Guiteau ; buried at Mentor, O.
21. Chester A. Arthur died from Bright’s disease 5
buried at Rural Cemetery, Albany. X L Y.
T'I?e Silver Qtiestioi]
f N all civilized countries either gold or silver has
been adopted as the standard of monetary value.
The following is a list of the most important
countries in the world, divided into three groups,
those using (1) a gold standard, (2) a silver stand¬
ard, (3) a double or variable standard. Of these
last it may be said that the term “variable ” is pre¬
ferable to that of “double,” inasmuch as the double
standard never exists at one and the same time, gold
or silver becoming alternately the standard, as the
622
CURIOUS FACTS.
state of the exchanges makes the one or the other
the more desirable as the practical medium of
exchange. Its weight is a chief objection to the use
of silver in business transactions. Silver has long
been a matter of discussion, both in Congress and
out, and party lines are to some extent drawn,
according to views on this subject.
Gold Standard.
Australia.
Brazil.
British Colonies in Africa
British N. America.
Denmark.
Egypt.
German Empire.
Great Britain and Ireland.
Liberia.
New Zealand.
Norway.
Portugal.
Sweden.
Turkey.
Silver Standard.
Australia.
Hungary.
Bolivia.
India.
China.
Japan.
Cochin China.
Mexico.
Colombia.
Peru.
Ecuador.
Russia.
E. Indian Isles.
Tripoli.
Double or Variable
Standard.
Argentine Republic.
Italy.
Belgium.
Netherlands.
Chili.
Roumania.
Cuba.
Spain.
France.
Switzerland.
Greece.
Venezuela.
Hayti.
United States.
States ai]d territories—Sljeir Fictitious farcies
Alabama (Ala.).—The name is of Indian origin,
signifying “ Here we rest.”
Arizona Ter. (Ariz.)—An Indian word, meaning
“sand hills.”
Arkansas (Ark.).—French and Indian words,
signifying “ Bow of Smoky Waters.” The fictitious
name of the State is “ Bear State,” from the number
of these animals formerly found there.
California (Cal.).—From Spanish words, mean¬
ing “hot furnace.” The fictitious name is “The
Golden State.”
Colorado (Colo.).—Spanish word, meaning “col¬
ored.”
Connecticut (Conn.).—An Indian name, signify¬
ing “ The Long River.” The nicknames are “ Free¬
stone State,” “ Nutmeg State,” and “ Land of Steady
Habits.”
Dakota (Dak.).—Indian word, meaning “allied.”
Delaware (Del.).—Named in honor of Lord De
La War. It is called “The Diamond State,” from
its small size and its intrinsic worth ; also “ Blue Hen
State.”
Florida (Fla.).—From the Spanish, meaning
“ flowery ; ” so called from the abundance of flowers,
and the day (Easter Sunday) upon which it was dis¬
covered. From its shape it is sometimes called
“ The Peninsular State.”
Georgia (Ga.).—Named in honor of King George
II. of England. The nickname is the “Empire
State of the South.”
Illinois (Ill.).—An Indian word, signifying
“ Tribe of Men.” The sobriquet is “ Prairie State ; ”
also, “Sucker State.”
Indiana (Ind.).—So called from the Indians.
The original meaning of the word India is “ river.”
The nickname is “The Hoosier State.”
Iowa (la.).—An Indian word, meaning “The
Sleepy Ones.” The fictitious name is “ The Hawk-
eye State.”
Kansas (Kan.).—Indian word, signifying “ Smoky
Water.” The sobriquet is “ Garden of the West.”
Kentucky (Ky.).—Indian name signifying “The
Dark and Bloody Ground.” The nickname is “ The
Corn-Cracker State.”
Louisiana (La.).—Named in honor of King Louis
XIV. of France. The sobriquet is “The Creole
State.”
Maine (Me.).—So called from Maine in France.
The fictitious name is “The Pine Tree State.”
Maryland (Md.).—Named in honor of Queen
Henrietta Maria, of England.
Massachusetts (Mass.).— An Indian name, sig¬
nifying “ Blue Hills.” The fanciful name is “ The
Bay State.”
Michigan (Mich.).—Indian word, meaning “The
Lake Country. ” It is nicknamed ‘ ‘ The Lake State; ’ ’
also, “ The Wolverine State.”
Minnesota (Minn.).—From Indian words mean¬
ing “Cloudy Water.” It is called “The Gopher
State.”
Mississippi (Miss.).—Indian word for “Father of
Waters.” It is nicknamed “The Bayou State.”
Missouri (Mo.). —Indian word, meaning “ Muddy
Water.” The Missourians are called “ Pukes.”
Nebraska (Neb,).—An Indian word, meaning
“ Shallow River.”
CURIOUS FACTS.
623
Nevada (Nev.).—A Spanish word, signifying
“Snow-clad.” The fictitious name is “The Sage
Hen State.”
New Hampshire (N. H.).—Named from Hamp¬
shire county, Eng. The sobriquet is “The Granite
State.”
New Jersey (N. J.).—Named for the Isle of Jer¬
sey. The sobriquet is “ The Jersey Blue.”
New Mexico Ter. (N. M.).—Spanish. Named
from the country of Mexico, meaning “ The Place of
Aztec, God of War.”
New York (N. Y.).—Named in honor of the
Duke of York and Albany. It is called “ The Excel¬
sior State ” and “The Empire State.”
North Carolina (N. C.).— Named, with South
Carolina, in honor of Charles II. of England. The
fictitious names are “ The Old North State,” “ The
Tar State” and “The Turpentine State.”
Ohio. —An Indian word, signifying “ Beautiful.”
It is nicknamed “ The Buckeye State.”
Oregon (Ore.).—Signifies “River of the West.”
Pennsylvania (Pa.).—“Penn’s woodland” is
the signification. The sobriquet is “ The Keystone
State.”
Rhode Island (R. I.).—Named from the Isle of
Rhodes, in the Mediterranean. Rhodes signifies a
“ rose.” It is nicknamed “ Little Rhody.”
South Carolina (S. C.). —Named in the same
manner as North Carolina, which see. The sobri¬
quet is “ The Palmetto State.”
Tennessee (Tenn.).—Derived from Indian words
signifying “River of the Eig Bend.” It is nick¬
named “The Big Bend State.”
Texas (Tex.).—Spanish; it is said to signify
“Friends.” It is nicknamed “The Lone Star
State.”
Utah (Utah).—Named from the Utes, or Utah
Indians.
Vermont (Vt.).—From the French, signifying
“Green Mountain.” It is called “The Green
Mountain State.”
Virginia (Va.).—Named for Elizabeth, Queen of
England—the “Virgin Queen.” It is nicknamed
“ The Mother of States,” also “The Old Dominion.”
Washington (W.).—Named for President Wash¬
ington.
West Virginia (W. Va.).—It is nicknamed the
“ Panhandle State.”
Wisconsin (Wis.).—Named from its principal
river, and that from the French, meaning “ flowing
westward.’' The fictitious name is “The Badger
State.”
Wyoming (Wyo.).—An Indian term, meaning
“ large plains.”
Stock grokers’ ^ecljuicalities
A Bull is one who operates to depress the value
of stocks, that he may buy for a rise.
A Bear is one who sells stocks for future delivery,
which he does not own at the time of sale.
A Corner is when the Bears cannot buy or bor¬
row the stock to deliver in fulfillment of their con¬
tracts.
Overloaded is when the Bulls cannot take and
pay for the stock they have purchased.
Short is when a person or party sells stocks when
they have none, and expect to buy or borrow in time
to deliver.
Long is when a person or party has a plentiful
! supply of stocks.
A Pool or Ring is a combination formed to con¬
trol prices.
A broker is said to carry stocks for his customer
when he has bought and is holding it for his account.
A Wash is a pretended sale by special agreement
between buyer and seller, for the purpose of getting
a quotation reported.
A PUT and Call is when a person gives so much
per cent, for the option of buying or selling so much
stock on a certain day, at a price fixed the day the
I option is given.
Uflele San)
^^HIS is the popular title for the provisions for
\£) the United States. In the year 1812, a large
quantity of provisions for the army was pur¬
chased at Troy, N. Y., by Elbert Anderson, a gov¬
ernment contractor. The goods were inspected by
two brothers, Ebenezer and Samuel Wilson. The
last-named was invariably known among the work¬
men as “Uncle Sam.” The packages were marked
L. a.—U. S. On being asked the meaning of these
initials, a workman jokingly replied that he did not
know unless they meant Elbert Anderson and
Uncle Sam. So the title became current among
workmen, soldiers and people, and the United States.
Government is known as Uncle Sam.
mpi
m
Ha
1
a
m
BUSINESS
TERMS AND RULES
Abandonment. —Relinquishing to underwriters prop¬
erty saved from shipwrecks.
Abatement. —Discount; sum allowed on payment of
money before due.
Acceptance. —A receiving so as to bind the agreement
to pay a bill or draft.
Accommodation Paper. —The loan of commercial
paper or credit.
Accrued. —Interest or increase due and unpaid.
Account. —A statement ; an arrangement of debits
and credits in relation to any person or thing ; a
record of business transactions.
Account Sales. —A statement of the product arising
from the sale of goods received bv a. merchant
from another party, and sold for his benefit,
together with the costs and charges incurred in
making such sale.
Accountant. —One who is skilled in accounts.
Actuary. —A clerk of certain courts and insurance
offices ; one skilled in annuities ; an acting
officer.
Administrator. —One who manages an intestate
estate.
Adjustment. —Settlement of a difference between two
parties.
Ad valorem. —According to value.
Advance. —Additional price, stock above par.
Advances. —Sums of money paid by a merchant upon
goods lodged in his hands for sale at future time.
This term also covers money loaned by bankers
on bills of lading.
Affidavit. —A declaration under oath made in
writing.
Agent. —A person who acts for another ; a deputy.
Adulteration. —Mixing a spurious with a genuine
article.
Allowance. —Abatement, a deduction made for
various reasons.
Ambassador. —An envoy of the highest rank sent to
a foreign government.
Appraise. —To estimate the value of goods or
property.
Appurtenance .—That which appertains or belongs to
something else.
Arbitration .—The referring of a controversy to
persons chosen by the parties to decide it.
624
Arrear. —That which is behind in payment.
Assay. —To determine the amount of a particular
metal in an ore or metalic compound.
Assess. —To tax, or value for the purpose of taxing.
Assets. —Resources, property in possession or money
due.
Assignee. —One to whom something is assigned, one
who receives property to dispose of for the
benefit of creditors.
Assignor. —One who makes a transfer to another.
Assignment. —The transfer of property to assignees.
Assume. —To take on one’s self or become liable for
the debts of another.
Attachment. —A writ or warrant for the purpose.
Attest. —To call to witness or give official testimony
required in solemn instruments.
Attorney ( Power of). —A document by which a
person authorizes another to act in his stead.
Auditor. —A person authorized to examine and
adjust accounts.
Award. —The decision of arbitrators in a disputed
transaction.
Bail. —Surety for another; giving security foi
appearance on trial.
Bailee. —One to whom goods are delivered in trust
Bankrupt. —A person who, by reason of inability to
meet his obligations, surrenders his property to
his creditors and seeks the relief allowed him by
law. At present there is no general law upon
this subject, the laws of the several States regu¬
lating it.
Bill of Exchange. —An order drawn by a creditor
upon his debtor demanding of him payment of a
specified sum of money at a designated time.
The acceptance of such a bill renders it a bind¬
ing obligation upon the person upon whom it
is drawn.
Bill of Lading. —A printed receipt given by the mas¬
ter of a vessel, or the agent of a transportation com-
pany, for freight shipped by sucli vessel or com¬
pany. Upon the presentation of a bill of lading
at the point of destination, the carrier must de¬
in er the freight to the person presenting the bill.
Bills Discounted. —Promissory notes, acceptances,
or bills of exchange discounted for the accom¬
modation of an indorser by bankers.
BUSINESS TERMS AND RULES.
625
Bills Payaoie. —Promissory notes or drafts held by a
merchant against others for future payment.
Bills Receivable. —Promissory notes or drafts due to
a merchant by others.
Bill of Rights. —A bill permitting an importer to
examine his goods at the custom-house.
Bullion. —Uncoined gold or silver, including gold
dust, ingots or bars.
Call Loan. —Money loaned by a banker or other
person, secured by the deposit of stocks, bonds,
or other marketable securities, to be repaid when
called for.
Capital. —Money or property invested in business.
Carat. —Weight showing the degree of fineness of
gold.
Carte blanche. —Signature of an individual or indi¬
viduals on blank paper with space above to write
a note ; full power.
Chancellor. —A judge of a court of chancery or
equity.
Charter. —A formal writing conferring title, right or
privileges.
Charter-party. —A contract by which the whole or
part of a vessel is let ' a merchant or other
person for the conveyance of goods on a par¬
ticular voyage.
Check. —An order upon a bank, or banker, to pay on
demand to the person named in the check, or to
his order, the sum of money specified in the
body of the check in writing.
Choses in action. —Things of which the owner has
not the possession, but merely the right of
action for the possession, as notes, accounts, etc.
Choses in possession. —Things of which one has pos¬
session.
Clearance. —Certificate from the custom authorities
permitting a vessel to leave port.
Clearing. —Act of leaving.
Clearing-house. —Place where banks exchange checks
or drafts and settle their differences.
Closed Policy. —A policy in which the amount
insured is definitely stated.
C. O. D. —Collect on Delivery. Goods sent by
express marked in this way must be accom¬
panied by the bill for them. This bill is col¬
lected and receipted by the messenger of the
express company before delivering the goods.
Codicil. —A supplement to a will.
Collaterals. —A term used to designate stocks, bonds,
or other securities deposited to secure the pay¬
ment of loans.
Commission. —The percentage for buying or selling
goods or stocks.
Common law. —In Great Britain and the United
States the unwritten law that receives its binding
40
force from immemorial usage; in distinction
from written or statute law.
Compact. —An agreement by which the parties are
firmly bound together.
Compound. —To settle on terms different from the
original agreement.
Compromise. —An amicable adjustment by mutual
concession.
Common Carrier. —One who makes it a business to
transport goods; railroad companies are com¬
mon carriers.
Consignee. —The person to whom goods are sent or
consigned.
Consignment. —Goods consigned or trusted to an
agent to be sold.
Consignor. —One who commits or consigns goods to
another.
Consols. —The three per cent, funded debts of Eng
land.
Contraband. —Prohibited ; illegal.
Contract. —An agreement based upon sufficient con¬
sideration to do or not to do some particular
thing.
Condition precedent. —A condition which must be
carried out before the obligation is performed.
Countersign. —To sign, as secretary or subordinate
officer, a writing which has been signed by the
superior. *
Coupon. —An interest certificate attached to a bond ;
when paid, it is cut off.
Coverture. —The state of a married woman.
Currency. —Money in current use.
Customs. —Duties on goods imported or exported.
Custom House. —The place where duties are paid,
and vessels enter and clear.
Days of grace. —Usually three days allowed for the
payment of a note after maturity.
Debenture. —A certificate for bounty or rebate to be
paid to the exporter of goods.
Deed. —A sealed instrument used in the conveyance
of real estate
Defalcation. —A deduction ; abatement or diminu¬
tion, as in a promissory note.
Defaulter. —One who fails to pay or account for
money intrusted to him.
Demand. —An asking by authority ; a claim by
right.
Demise. —To convey ; to bequeath by will.
Demurrage. —Allowance for detention of a ship
beyond a specified time.
Demurrer. —An assent to facts for an issue on law.
Demurer. —An exception to evidence produced ; to
rest or stay.
Deputy. —One appointed to act for another ; a repre¬
sentative.
BUSINESS TERMS AND RULES.
*26
Discount. —In mercantile transactions, a discount
means a deduction of a certain amount from the
face of a bill for cash. In banking, a discount
means the deduction of a certain amount from
the face value of a note or bill, as a payment for
allowing the holder of the note the immediate
use of the money ; the rate of discount varies.
Dividend. —A portion allotted to stockholders in
dividing the profits.
Donee. — One to whom a gift is made or a bequest is
given.
Donor. —One who gives or bestows.
Draft. —A bill of exchange used for domestic pur¬
poses.
Drawback. —Duty refunded on exported goods.
Drawee. —One on whom a draft is drawn ; the
payor.
Drawer. —One who draws a bill or draft.
Duplicate. —A copy or transcript of anything.
Duress. —Personal restraint, or fear of personal in¬
jury or imprisonment. It nullifies all contracts
into which it enters.
Earnest. —A pledge, like money deposited, affords
good grounds for reliance.
Effects. —Goods or property of any kind.
Embargo. —Prohibition of vessels from sailing.
Embarassment —Financial distress ; on the verge
of bankruptcy.
Embassy. —-A public message or commission ; the
person by whom it is sent.
Embezzlement. —Unlawful appropriation of what is
intrusted to one’s care.
Endorse. —To write one’s name on the back of a
%
check, note, or draft.
Engross. —To copy a manuscript.
Equity. —In law, qualifying or correcting the law in
extreme cases.
Estate. —The degree, quantity, nature and extent of
interest which a person has in real property.
Estoppel. —In law, some previous act which estops
or precludes a man from making a given plea or
pretence.
Exchange. —Act of bartering; a bill drawn for
money ; a place where merchants meet; a dif¬
ference between the value of money in two
places, or the premium and discount arising
from the purchase and sale of funds.
Executor. —One who settles the estate of a testator.
Executory. —Yet to be performed.
Exports. —Goods or produce carried abroad in com¬
merce.
Face .—The amount expressed on a note or draft.
Factor. —An agent to whom goods are consigned—
differs from broker in that the factor has the
custody of tne goods.
Failure. —Act of becoming insolvent.
Fac Simile. —An exact copy.
Fancy Stocks. —Term applied to stocks subject to
sudden fluctuation in price.
Favor. —A note or draft is said to be in favor of the
payee.
Fee Simple. —An estate held by a person in his own
right and descendible to his heirs.
Financier. —An officer of finance ; one having charge
of the revenue.
Fiscal. —Pertaining to a treasury or revenue.
Foreclose. —To cut off the power of redemption under
a'mortgage.
Forestall. —To buy goods before they reach the
market.
Folio. —Page of a book, usually the two opposite
pages.
Franc. —A French silver coin, value about 20 cents.
Frank. —A free letter; a writing which exempts
from postage.
Fraud. —Artifice by which another’s right or interest
is impaired.
Free Trade. —The policy of conducting international
commerce without duties.
Freehold. —Rand held by free tenure or in fee simple,,
subject to no superior or conditions.
Funds. —Stock or capital, a sum of money.
Gauging. —Measuring the contents of casks, etc.
Grant. —Conveyance ; bestowment ; a thing con¬
veyed by deed.
Gross Weight. —Weight of goods, including case,
bag, etc.
Guarantee or Guaranty. —A surety for performance
by a third person ; one who warrants.
Guarantor. —A warrantor.
Habeas Corpus. —A writ to deliver a person from
false imprisonment.
High Seas. —Waters of the ocean outside of the juris¬
diction of any country.
Honor. —To accept and pay when due.
Hypothecate. —To pledge as security.
Import. —To bring from another country.
Importer. —One who brings goods from abroad
Impost. Duty on goods paid by the importer.
Indemnity .—Recompense for injury or loss.
Indenture. —A writing containing a contract.
Indorsement. —A writing on the back of a note.
In re. —In the matter of.
Insolvency. —Inability to pay all debts.
Insurance. —Indemnity from loss; the rate paid for
indemnity.
Instalment. Part of a sum of money paid or to be
paid from time to time.
Interest, fhe use of money ; premium paid for the
use of money.
BUSINESS TERMS AND RULES.
627
Intestate. —Dying without making a valid will.
Investment. —The laying out of money in the pur¬
chase of property.
Inventory. —A list of goods.
Invoice. —A list of goods bought or sold, or con¬
signed.
Jettison. —A voluntary throwing of goods overboard
at sea in a storm to lighten ship.
Jointure. —An estate in lands settled on a woman in
consideration of marriage.
Joint Stock. —Property held in common by a com¬
pany.
Joint-tenancy. —Joint occupancy ; not so close inti¬
macy as partnership.
Journal. —A book used to classify and arrange busi¬
ness transactions.
Judgment Note. —A note in the usual form, with the
addition of the power to confess judgment if not
paid.
Jurisdiction. —The authority by which judicial offi¬
cers take cognizance of and decide causes.
Larceny. —The taking of goods or other personal
property feloniously.
Law-merchant. —The general body of commercial
usages in matters relative to commerce.
Lease. —A letting of land, etc., for hire ; the writing
or contract for such letting.
Legacy. —A bequest; a particular thing or certain
sum of money given by last will or testament.
Ledger .—Book of accounts.
Lessee. —One to whom a lease is made.
Letters of Credit. —A letter authorizing the holder to
receive money on account of the writer.
Liability. —Debt or claim against a person.
License. —Begat permission to sell goods or to do
certain things.
Lien. —A legal claim on property to satisfy debt.
Liquidate. —To pay off, as debts ; to settle or adjust
accounts.
Loan. —To deliver to another, for temporary use ;
the thing lent.
Malfeasance. —An act which one has no right to do.
Mandatory. —One to whom business is intrusted or
charge given.
Manifest. —A list of articles comprisirg a vessel’s
cargo.
Margin. —A sum of money deposited with a broker,
in stock transactions, to protect him against loss
by the depreciation of stocks held by him for
another party. Also the difference between the
value of securities deposited as collateral and
the amount loaned upon them.
Marine. —Relating to the sea.
Maritime Law. —Baw relating to harbors, ships and
seamen.
Mark. —A weight in European countries for esti¬
mating gold and silver ; a German gold coin
equal to 23 T 3 ^c.
Mart. —A place of public sale ; a market.
Maturity. —The date when a note or draft falls due
or is payable.
Maximum. —The highest figure.
Mercantile Law. —Baw relating to business trans¬
actions.
JMerger. —The absorption of a thing of lesser import¬
ance by a greater, whereby the lesser ceases to
exist, but the greater is not increased. For in¬
stance, a note on which a judgment is recovered
is absorbed by and merged in the judgment.
Minimum. —The lowest figure.
Mint. —The place where money is coined.
Misfeasance. —Doing in an improper manner, by
which another receives an injury.
Mitigation. —Bessening the amount of a judgment,
penalty or punishment.
Money. —Current coin and circulating medium.
Money Broker. —A broker who deals in money or
exchanges.
Monopoly. —The sole power of vending goods.
Alortgage. —The conveyance of real estate as col¬
lateral security of a debt.
Mortgagee. —The person to whom the conveyance is
made.
Alorlgagor. —One who makes the mortgage.
Negotiable. —That may be transferred by endorse¬
ment and delivery, or by delivery alone.
Negotiate. —To transact business or treat with
another respecting trade or treaty.
Net. —Clear of all charges and deductions.
Net Proceeds. —The sum left after deducting com¬
mission or discount, etc.
Non-feasance. —The non-performance of an act that
should be done.
Non-suit. —Abandoning a case, usually by order of
the court.
Note. —An obligation without a seal; a written
promise to pay.
Notary Public. —An officer whose chief business it is
to protest paper for non-payment.
Open Policy. —A policy upon which amounts yet to
be ascertained and insured may be entered at
different times.
Ostensible Partners. —Those whose names are made
known to the public.
Outstanding Debts— Those unpaid.
Overt. —Open to view, not secret, but manifest.
Par.-M and my note, @ 60 days^for balance, $600,
Pai(Tonefmonth’s RenP, in advance, $100. Paid for Stationery, $12.50. Sold to John Stilz & Son 200 yds, Cassi-
meres (a), $2 25 = $450. Received in cash, on account, $200, and their note, @ 10 days, for $250. Bought of
Wendell Fay & C0T500 yds. Black Serge, @ $2.25 = $1125. Gave them cash, on account, $625, and my note,
0 3 o days, 'for $500. Sold to Hughes & Miller, 250 yds. Serge, © $2.75 = $687.50. Received from them,
cash, $687.50.
C3G BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
The cash items in preceding transactions would appear in Cash Book as follows:
Dr. Cash. Cash. Cr,
The purchases mentioned above would appear in the Invoice Book as foliov/s:
Philadelphia, March i, 189 .
Camden Woolen Mills
650 yds. Cassimere,
@
/ /
$*■•75
ii37
50
1
Wendell, Fay & Co.
500 yds. Black Serge,
@
$2.25
1125
00
The sales mentioned above would appear in the Sales Book as follows:
Philadelphia, March i, 189 .
Jno. Stilz & Son
200 yds. Cassimere,
@
/ /
£2.25
450
OO
Hughes & Miller
250 yds. Serge,
@
$2.75
6S7
50
Those items mentioned above, which do not appear in the Cash Book, Invoice
Book and Sales Book, would be entered in the Day Book as follows:
Philadelphia, March i, 189 .
Gave Camden Woolen Mills my note, @ 60 days, to balance their bill
this date
/ /
600
oc
Received from John Stilz & Son their note, @ 10 days, for balance of bill
of this date
/ /
250
OO
Gave Wendell, Fay & Co. my note, © 30 days, to balance their account
c
0
OO
1
BOOK-KEEPING.
637
THE JOURNAL.
Is a book in which the debits and credits of
transactions appearing in the books of origi¬
nal entry may be written before they are
taken to the Ledger, and it is also used for
the recording of debits and credits needed
in closing the Ledger.
The writing of debits and credits in the
Journal is called Journalizing.
BAY-BOOK JOURNAL.
The Day Book and the Journal are fre¬
quently combined in a book called the Day
Book-Journal, in which the Day Book entry
is written and journalized immediately un¬
derneath, and the amounts extended in the
money columns as in the Journal, the money
columns in the Day Book-Journal being used
(or debits and credits instead of for items and
totals as in the Day Book.
RULES FOR DEBITING AND
CREDITING.
The rules for debiting and crediting Per¬
sonal Accounts, be they with individuals,
linns or corporations, are:
Debit the account of those to whom you
give any value. Credit the account of those
from whom you receive any value.
The rules for debiting and acrediting
accounts with things are:
Debit the thing received, or that which
costs value. Credit the thing parted with
or that which produces you value.
“Posting” is the process of transferring
the various entries in the Cash Book and
Day Book to their proper accounts in the
Ledger. It is the custom of the best book¬
keepers to post their books once a week, and
thus avoid an accumulation of work at the
end of the month; but in no case should the
posting be delayed longer than once a month.,
as it is necessary to close the Cash Book and
Day Book on the last day of each month as
has been already explained.
The book-keeper must be careful to post
each entry on the proper side of the account
in the Ledger, and to write the figures
correctly, as the slightest error will throw
the books out of balance.
Memorandum of transactions entered m the Day Book , on page 380, and here Journalized.\
March i, 189 .—Gave Camden Woolen Mills my note, @ 60 days, to balance account, $600. Received
from John Stilz & Son their note, @ 90 days, for balance of bill this date, $250. Gave Wendell, Fay & Co.
my note, @ 30 days, to balance their account, $500.
These would appear in the Journal as follows:
Philadelphia, March i, 189 .
Camden Woolen Mills
Bills Payable
/ /
600
00
600
00
Pills Receivable
250
00
(
Jno. Stilz & Son
250
00
/ /
Wendell, Fay & Co.
500
00
1
i
1
Bills Pavable
500
00
Memorandum of transactions entered in the Cash Book , on page 380, and here Journalized .’
March 1, 189 .—Invested in business $2000. Gave Camden Woolen “Mills, on account, $537.50. Paid one
month’s Rent, $100. Paid for Stationery, $12.50. Received from Jno. Stilz & Son, on account, $200. Gave
Wendell, Fay & Co., on account, $625. Received from Hughes & Miller, on account, $687.50.
638
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
These would appear in the Journal as follows:
Philadelphia, March i, 1S9 .
Cash
CO
CO
Cl
50
Merchant
2000
OO
Jno. Stilz & Son
200
OO
Hughes & Miller
687
50
Camden Woolen Mills
537
50
Expense
100
00
.
Expense
12
50
Wendell, Fay & Co.
625
00
Cash
I275
OO
Memorandum of transactions entered in the Invoice Book , on page 380, and here Journalized .
March, 1 189 .—Bought of Camden Woolen Mills bill of Cassimeres amounting to $1137.50. Bought of
Wendell, Fay & Co. bill of Serge, $1125.00.
These would appear in the Journal as follows:
Philadelphia, March i, 1S9 .
Mdse.
Camden Woolen Mills
2262
|
50
H 37
50
^ - ---
Wendell, Fay & Co.
1125
00
Memorandum of transactions entered in the Sales Book, on page 380, and here Journalized.
March 1, 189 .—Sold John Stilz & Son Cloths to the amount of $450. Sold Hughes & Miller bill of Clotha
to the amount of $687.50.
These would appear in the Journal as follows:
Philadelphia, March i, 1S9 .
Jno. Stilz & Son
450
00
Hughes & Miller
Mdse.
6S7
5 °
1137
50
LEDGER.
The Ledger is the principal book, and all
other books are subservient to it. It is the
book of accounts, and in it are gathered
from the books of original entry, either
directly or through the Journal, all the
business transactions of which a record has
been made; but nothing can be entered into
tile Ledger until (1) it is known to what
account the entry belongs, and (2) o\ which
Aide it is to be entered. For each person
who becomes indebted to us, or to whom we
owe anything, and for each sort of property
of which we may become possessed, an
account must be opened and indexed, and
the date and amount of the item placed
therein. Numerous transactions are thus
brought, in this condensed form, into a very
small compass. The debtor, or charged
items, are placed on the left hand side and
the creditor, or discharged, or trusted items.,
on the right hand side. By deducting th£
sum of the items on the one side, from the
sum of the items upon the other side, an
easy determination is made of the amount
due us, ot due by us, or the amount of
BOOK-KEEPING.
639
property on hand, or the actual gain or loss.
The Ledger is a summary of the transac¬
tions, and gives only the date and amount
of the items, the page of the books from
which they have been brought, and the
name of the corresponding accounts. For
other particulars, reference must be made to
the books of original entry and to the
auxiliary books.
A double entry Ledger is usually divided
vertically in the middle, and the ruling is
the same on the left as on the right.
Transactions appear in the books of origi¬
nal entry in the order of the date of their
occurrence, but in the Ledger they are clas¬
sified in the order of their kind, all of the
same kind being grouped together and con*
Itituting an account.
An account in the Ledger is an arrange¬
ment of the debits and credits of business
transactions of a like character, in a space set
apart for them with the name or title of the
account written at the top.
The Ledger is made up exclusively of
these different kinds of debits and credits,
or different accounts, and everv account has
two sides—a debit or left hand one, and a
credit or right hand one. Below will be
found a space ruled as a page of a double
entry Ledger, with the use of each division
denoted:
(Side.)
Dr.
(Name of account.)
Birrs Receivable.
(Side.)
Cr.
189
>iy
14
Tojno. Wanamaker
560
75869
189
J ul y
By W. M. Singei ly
CASH ACCOUNT.
Cash Account does not contain the items
found in the Cash Book, but it is debited
u To Sundries” for the total amount of cash
received from all sources and credited “By
Sundries” for cash expenditures of all kinds.
The Cash Account in the Ledger is in it¬
self a skeleton Cash Book, or a Cash Book
from which particulars have been excluded.
As more money cannot be paid out than
is received, Cash Account will either close it¬
self when all the money has been paid out,
or will close “By Balance” for whatever
amount remains unexpended. The differ¬
ence between the two sides at any time
should agree with the amount of Cash on
hand at that time.
It is the custom of most book-keepers to
use what is called a Petty Cash Book. Any
blank book ruled with dollar and cent col¬
umns will answer. The Petty Cash Book is
for expenditures only, and saves the book¬
keeper a great deal of time and labor which
would be required were all the minor ex¬
penses entered in the Cash Book and trans¬
ferred separately to the Ledger.
Cash is a Non-speculative Account. Take
the following example:
640
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
Cash.
Dr.
Cr 0
189
189
—
—
Jan.
31
To Sundries
5
500
00
Jan.
3 i
By Sundries
5
300
OO
Feb.
29
“ do
20
300
00
Feb.
29
“ do
20
400
00
Mar.
31
“ do
34
200
00
Mar.
3 i
“ do
34
150
OO
Apr.
30
“ do
46
100
00
Apr.
30
“ do
46
200
OO
May
3 i
“ do
53
200
00
May
3 i
“ do
53
j 10000
June
30
“ do
64
500
00
June
10
“ do
64
30000
< t
< <
“ Balance
1 35000
1800
00
0
0
CO
t-l
GO
109
I
June
30
To Balance
I 350
OO
It will be noticed that the total Receipts
of Cash are entered on the Debit, or left hand
side, and that the total Payments are entered
upon the Credit, or right hand side.
MERCHANDISE ACCOUNT.
This is a Speculative Account , and is
charged with all goods or other property
which we buy for the purpose of selling in
the regular line or conduct of our business.
It embraces the manufacturers’ wares, shop¬
keepers’ goods and the produce or property
in which a merchant trades, as well as the
staple commodities of a country in the hands
of regular dealers in them.
Merchandise is always Credited for the
sale of that which has been charged against
it. It may be likened to a clerk to whom is
intrusted all the goods, etc., bought, and who
is discharged from the responsibility of their
care when they are sold.
This account must be credited “By In¬
ventory” for the amount of merchandise on
hand, as shown in the Inventory, then the
account is to be closed “To ” or “ By Loss and
Gain” account, according as the difference
between the two sides shows a gain or a
loss.
After closing and ruling this account, it
must be debited “To Inventory” for the
amount of the stock on hand.
The reader is recommended to rule several
pages of a blank book, and to practice keep¬
ing a Day Book according to the instructions
herein contained. By this it is not meant
that he should simply copy or confine him¬
self to the forms given in these pages. He
should, beginning with the Cash and Day
Books, open a complete set of books, and
keep them as though he were actually en¬
gaged in business, extending them as far as
possible, and posting them as directed in
these instructions. This will give him an
amount of practice which will be found very
useful.
Purchases and Sales of Merchandise.
January io, 189 .—Bought from John Wanamaker bill of goods amounting to $652.75. Bought from Straw-
bridge & Clothier a number of articles amounting to $126.37. Bought from Coffin, Altemus & Co. a case of
Muslin for $141.63. Received from Wood, Brown & Co. Cassimeres to the amount of $1394.60. Bought from
Morris & Lewis Beavers amounting to $3264.48. Bought of Hood, Bonbright & Co. Dry Goods to the amount
of $ 463 - 74 -
Sold M. L. Waterhouse & Sons, Frankford, Phila., Beavers to the amount of $326.48. Sold Curwen Stod-
dart & Bro. Beavers to the amount of $652.50. Sold S. C. Webster & Sou Dry Goods to the amount of $231 87
Sold Mrs. M. D. Graham, Dover, Del., goods to the amount of $75.
Inventory of stock on hand amounts to $5300.
BOOK-KEEPING.
641
These entries taken from the Day Book, through the Journal, will appear in the Mer*
chandise Account of the Ledger as follows:
Mdse. o.
189
Jan.
10
ToJ. Wanamaker
8
652
75
189
Jan.
10
By M. L. Waterhouse
8
^26 a8
4 4
“ Strawbridge & Clothier
8
126
37
44
4 4
“ Curwen Stoddart & Co.
8
652
5 °
“ Coffin, A. & Co.
8
141
6 3
( 4
4 4
“ S. C. Webster & Son
8
231
87
“ Wood, B. & Co.
8
1394
60
<<
<<
“ Mrs. M. D. Graham
8
75
00
•< 4
4 4
“ Morris & Lewis
8
3264
78
<<
t 4
“ Inventory
12
5500
00
“ Hood, Bonbright & Co.
8
4 6 3
74
<<
4 4
44
4 4
“ Loss and Gain
15
741
98
4 4
67S5
85
6785
85
189
Jan.
31
To Inventory
14
55 oo
00
PERSONAE ACCOUNTS.
A Personal Account is an account with
either an Individual, a Firm, ora Corpora¬
tion, or with such a natural or legal person
as may sue or be sued at law.
An Account bearing the name of an Indi¬
vidual, Firm, or Corporation should be
debited for all moneys paid, all goods sold^
or for property of any sort or kind transfer¬
red to such individual, firm, or corporation.
Such an Account should be credited for
all moneys received, or goods bought, or for
property of any sort or kind received from
such individual, firm, or corporation.
If the sum of the debits of such an Account
is greater than the sum of the credits, the
individual, firm, or corporation is in debt,
and constitutes what is called in business a
Book Account due to the merchant or busi¬
ness man, or an Asset, or a Resource, and
will close “ By Balance.” If, on the other
hand, the sum of the credits is greater than
the sum of the debits, the merchant or busi¬
ness man owes the individual, firm, or cor¬
poration, and it is called a Liability, and will
be closed “To Balance.”
A very great assistance to the book-keeper
in checking his books is the habit, now well-
nigh universal, of sending out statements of
accounts on the first of each month, by which
we learn whether or not the books of our
customers agree with our books, and, receiv¬
ing from those to whom we are indebted,
similar statements, we learn how our ac¬
counts appear on the Ledgers of those to
whom we are indebted, and thus is insti¬
tuted a comparison between our accounts as
they appear on their books and their ac¬
counts as they appear on our books. •
This matter of sending out monthly state¬
ments should be borne in mind, because it is
of assistance to the book-keeper in testing
the correctness of his books, as well as for
its importance to the financial management
of the business. One can never be too
prompt in making monthly statements.
Personal Accounts are Non-speculative
Accounts.
Business Transacted with Individuals, Firms and Corporations.
Vebruary io, 189 .—Sold Robert Boyd, bill of Oils and Paints to amount of $135.50. Also sold him 100
shares Reading R. R. Stock, @ $30 a share, $3000. Bought of him ioo.shares Penna. R. R. Stock, @ $52 a
share, $5200. Received from him Cash for amount of bill of goods sold him, $i 35 - 5 °* Paid him, on account o r
balance due on exchange of Railroad Stocks, $1000.
41
642
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
This will appear in Robert Boyd’s Account of the Ledger as follows :
Dr.
189-.
Feb.
10
4 4
( 4
4 <
4 4
4 4
4 4
To Mdse.
“ Reading R. R. Stock
“ Cash
“ Balance
Robert Boyd. Or.
189-.
By Penn a. R. R. Stock
10
135
50
Feb.
ro
10
5200
oa
10
3000
00
44
4 4
“ Cash
10
135
50 -
10
1000
00
——
1200
00
-— "
5335
50
5335 5^
I
189-.
Feb.
10
By Balance
1200 90
It will be noticed that Personal Accounts,
be they with individuals, firms or corpora¬
tions, are debited for all values given to them,
and credited for all values received from
them. The observance of this principle will
be of benefit in all bookkeeping.
BILLS RECEIVABLE ACCOUNT.
A Bill Receivable is a written obligation
for the unconditional payment of a certain
sum of money at a specified time to a certain
person, his order or bearer, without interest,
issued by any one but the merchant, and
payable to him by virtue of the written
promise contained in it. It may be either a
negotiable promissory note, or an acceptance
of a time draft.
Bills Receivable Account in the Ledger
is debited whenever such a note or draft is
received, and is credited whenever such a
note or draft is transferred to another, either
in the course of trade, or when surrendered
to the maker upon payment.
The language of a negotiable promissory note varies in different States of the Union
The following are the more common forms :
$175° PA- Phi lad'a, March 15, 189-.
Thirty days after date , /promise to pay .
to the order of Sharpless Brothers .
Seventeen hundred and fifty . Dollars ,
at the Girard National Bank , without defalcation , value received.
No. 12. Due 4/14/17/9-. Edward Hayworth.
#A7 to°o Baltimore , Md.,fune 14 , 189-.
Thirty days after date, I promise to pay .
to the order of Jno. IV. Garrett's Sons .
Three hundred and eighty-seven . pp Dollars ,
value received.
No. 3. Due 7/14/17/9-. a. B. Long.
Drafts are sometimes drawn after date and sometimes after sight. Those drawn after
date, if accepted, are payable the prescribed time, plus three days of grace, after the date of
the instrument. Those drawn after sight are payable the prescribed time, plus grace, after
acceptance, in neither case are they binding upon the person upon whom they are drawn
unless he agrees to honor them by his written acceptance across the face. An acceptance
of a draft is as binding upon the person who signs it as is his signature to a note.
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
G43
It will be noticed tliat Bills Receivable Account is always debited when notes and
accepted drafts payable to the merchant or business man are received and credited
whenever such notes and accepted, drafts are transferred to others.
BILLS PAYABLE ACCOUNT.
A Bill Payable is a written obligation for
the unconditional payment of a certain sum
of money at a specified time to a certain
person, his order or bearer, without interest,
issued by one and payable by him by virtue
of his written promise contained in it. It
has to some extent the force of a note, given
over the signature of the one who is obli¬
gated to the amount named in the note.
Bills Payable Account is credited when
one issues, either in the form of a promissory
note, or of an acceptance of a time draft
drawn upon him, such a written obligation,
and it is debited when one redeems such
obligations.
The language of a Bills Payable is the
same as that of a Bills Receivable. It is
called a Bills Payable when one is uncondi¬
tionally liable as maker or acceptor of the
obligation, and it is called a Bills Receivable
when it is held by some other person than
the maker or acceptor. The same note or
acceptance has both names applied to it;
that is, it is both a Bills Receh'^b 1 ^ and a
Bills Payable. It is a Bills Pay a Die only to
one person. All other persons who may
become holders of it, call it a Bills Receiv¬
able. The name is not applied because the
note or acceptance is received by the mer¬
chant, or parted with by him, but the name
arises from the relation which the holder
bears to the note or acceptance. If, as above
stated, the relation be that of payor of the
note or acceptance when due, the payor will
call it a Bills Payable, and all other persons;
who may have handled the note or accept¬
ance call it a Bills Receivable.
STORE FIXTURES ACCOUNT.
A storekeeper needs shelving, counter^
desks, a fireproof safe, etc., and when he pur¬
chases such property for his own use, he does
not charge it to Merchandise, because he does
not buy the shelving, etc., for the purpose of
selling it, nor would it be just to his business
to pay for such property and call it an expense
of business; for, if he should sell out, these
fixtures would constitute a valuable piece of
property, which he could sell to his succes¬
sor, or, if he were to go out of business, they
could be sold to a dealer in fixtures. The
rule requiring a separate account to be kept
of fixtures, in distinction from merchandise
is very serviceable and should be observed.
Again, if the business man was not a store¬
keeper, but a manufacturer, he would need
to buy machinery, tools, etc., and *n some
departments of business this account ,?ould
be called “ Machinery and Tools. ?
Store Fixtures, or Machinery and Tools, or
Furniture, would be debited for the full value
of all such property purchased, and would be
credited in case any of it should ever be sold.
These are Speculative Accounts and must
be credited with the amount of Inventory of
Stock on hand in each, and the accounts
then closed into Loss and Gain.
After closing and ruling these accounts,
they must be debited “To Inventorv” for
the amount of the stock on hand.
Store Fixtures Purchased and Sold.
March 9 189 .Bought of Amos Hillborn & Co. Office Desks and Chairs, costing $150. Bought Irom
Marvin Safe Co. one large double Fireproof Safe, $225. Bought of Cornelius & Co. Gas Fixtures for office, $60.
Wm. C. Merritt has put up Shelving and Counters and sent me his bill, amounting to $85.
July 15, 189 .—Sold for Cash, to a dealer, my Office Desks for $60. Bought ol Hall & Garrison new double
Desk, $50.
644
BOOK-KEEPING.
This will appear in a Store Fixtures Account of the Ledger as follows:
Dr . Store Fixtures.
189
189
■ -
Mar.
9
To A. Hiilborn & Co.
19
150
00
July
5
By Cash
19
60
44
4 4
“ Marvin Safe Co.
19
225
00
1 4
< 4
“ Cornelius & Co.
19
60
00
44
4 4
“ W. C. Merritt
19
85
00
July
5
“ Hall & Garrison
19
50
1
00
EXPENSE ACCOUNT.
This is an account which enables a busi¬
ness man to gather together all the running
expenses of his business in one place for any
given period. It informs him of the outgo,
while other accounts show v *.n what the
income and profit are.
It is debited for all moneys paid, or liabil¬
ities incurred, from which no direct return
is expected, as, for instance, rent of store,
hire of clerks, advertising, etc. Under this
general head or account is emerged up on
the debit side everything that is expended
in the conduct of the business, except that
spent for the commodities in which one
deals, and such matters as have been pre¬
viously described as Store Fixtures, or
Machinery and Tools, etc., or Furniture.
It is frequently subdivided. If one desires
to know just how much is spent for rent,
he opens a Rent Account and charges that
account with the money either paid for rent,
or owed for rent, and does not put it in
Expense Account. If, for any reason, the
merchant desires to know how much he is
spending for clerk hire, he opens an account
called Salary Account or Clerk Hire Account.
If one desires to know how much he is
spending for Postage, he may open a Post¬
age Account, and not charge postage until
the end of the year, when he would debit
Expense for the whole sum. In general,
it may be said that where the amounts spent
for a particular kind of expense are large, it
is good usage to open a specific account for
that kind of expense, leaving the Expense
Account to be charged only with those
things which cannot be very well individ¬
ualized, and which would not amount to
any considerable sum in a year.
Expense is a Speculative Account , and
closes into Loss and Gain.
REAL ESTATE ACCOUNT.
This is the name of a Ledger Account to
which is charged the cost of all Real Estate,
consisting either of land or buildings, or
both. It is frequently the case that a book¬
keeper lias as many Real Estate Accounts as
there are independent properties possessed,
and they are distinguished one from another
by words in the title of the account denot¬
ing the localitv, or previous owners cf the
property.
Real Estate Account is debited with its
cost, with repairs and all taxes.
It is credited for the sales and for all rents
received.
DISCOUNT AND INTEREST ACCOUNT.
This account is debited for all moneys
which one pays for money borrowed, and for
all discounts allowed debtors on their bills
for payment of the same before maturity.
It is credited for all moneys received for the
loan of money, or for discounts allowed by
creditors for the payment of bills before
maturity. The importance of this account
will be seen when we consider that a large
part of business is carried on by loans and
discounts.
It is a Speculative Account, and closes into
Loss and Gain.
645
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
Discounts i cceivcd cuid allowed, and transactions with others involving interest.
189 'Ti^" CCe ^ V ^ fron J J* B ’ Lippincott Co. an allowance of 5 per cent, for cash payment of bill of
p 13 ’? n Allowe ^ Granville B. Haines & Co., 3 per cent, discount for cash settlement of bill of May 21,
u' ” ai V ^^. aran ^ ee . Jrust Co. 4 months’ interest on my loan from them of $5000, $100. The College Bank
charged me for discounting a bill receivable for $900, © 3 months, $14.10. I discounted for R. J. Allen his note
for $1000, and charged him discount of #15. J
This would appear i.i Discount and Interest Account cf the Ledger as follows:
Discount and Interest.
Cr.
Id9
June
C<
To G. B. Haines & Co.
“ Guarantee Trust Co.
Cash
<<
27
48
37
189
June
1
27
100
00
< <
i t
27
14
10
ByJ. B. LippincottCo
“ Cash
27
13
27
15
93
00-
DebitS show the merchant what borrowing money and collecting his bills before
maturity has cost him.
Credits show the merchant what he has
before maturity.
MATERIAL. ACCOUNTS AND
LABOR ACCOUNTS.
In a manufacturing business, instead of
charging directly to the Merchandise Account
the cost of production, it is a well-approved
custom to open a Material Account to which
is charged the cost of the raw material, and
to open a Labor Account to which is charged
the wages expended upon the manufacture
of the goods.
made by loaning money and paying his bills
When closing the Ledger, Material Ac¬
count must be credited for the amount of
material on hand as shown by the Inventory,
and then both of these accounts (Material
and Labor) should be closed into Mer¬
chandise Account.
They are A on-speculative Accounts , and
are kept so as to make clear just how much
of the cost of the manufactured article arises
from labor, and how much from raw material,
Purchases of Raw Material.
June 16, 189 .—Bought of E. A. Greene & Co. 6000 lbs. Mestizo Wool, © 28c. = $i6So. Bought of Sheble &
Mill 10,000lbs. Common Domestic Wool, @ 20c. = $2000.
This would appear in Material Account of the Ledger as follows :
Dr. Material Account. Cr.
1S9
June
t6
To E. A. Greene & Co.
29
16S0 00
189
July
1
By Mdse
29
3680
«<
< i
“ Sheble & Hill
29
2000 00
i
36S0 00
•
3 68 °
Payments to Artisans for Piecework;
June 16, 1S9 .—Paid Geo. Doll, for week’s work at loom, $13. Paid Jos. Cook, for loom work, $14.50. Paid
And. Wagner, for designs for carpets, $35.25.
This would appear in the Labor Account of the Ledger as follows:
D>\ Labor Account. Cr.
189
—
189
By Mdse.
62
'one
16
To Geo. Dolt
29
13
00
July
1
29
75
* n
< 6
“ Jos. Cook
29
14
50
___
«(
«
“ Andrew Wagner
29
35
25
---
62
75
1
62
7 %
%
G4G
BOOK-KEEPING.
CAPITAL. ACCOUNT.
The Capital Account is variously named
by book-keepers. By some the name of the
Proprietor of the business is used; by others
the word “Stock,” and some call it the Cap¬
ital Account. The name Stock is quite
aged, but it is often misunderstood by
learners as having something to do with
the stock of goods on hand when the Inven¬
tory is taken. The use of the name of the
Proprietor as a caption for this account is
growing in favor, and where there is more
than one proprietor it is positively necessary
that the names of the proprietors should be
used.
This account is debited for his liabilities
and credited for his resources at the time of
beginning business, it is also debited for any
withdrawals of capital made by the proprie¬
tor and credited for any additional invest¬
ments made by him; but if the withdrawals
made by him are for personal expenses, they
should be kept in a personal expense account
until the closing of the Ledger, and should
then be charged up to the Capital Account
in one lump sum. It is also debited at the
time of settling the business for the net loss,
if one has been made, or credited with the
net gain found to have been made at the
time of settling business.
In some cases this account is credited with
interest on investments, and debited for
interest on withdrawals. In other cases no
investments are to be accounted for.
The net capital invested in the business is
found by subtracting the sum of the debits
from the sum of the credits. It is what the
business owes the proprietor, because it is
the amount by which the resources exceed
the liablilities. In an adverse condition of
business the sum of the debits may be the
larger. If so, it shows net insolvency, which
is the amount that the proprietor needs to
put into the business to enable the debts
to be paid. The net capital is shown by
the entry “To Balance” .above the ruling,
and net insolvency is shown by the entry
‘ ‘ By Balance ’ ’ above the ruling,
Capital Account is a No ^speculative
Account.
Transactions wliich belong in the Capital Account.
January I, 189 .—J. F. Morris and A. B. Lewis have formed a copartnership, under the firm name of MoniS
& Lewis. Morris invests Merchandise to the amount of $1500; Cash, $ 2000; Bills Receivable, $1000. The
business is to pay off certain of his promissory notes, to the amount of $500, and amounts which he owes—Terry
& Co., $600, and Folwell Bros. & Co., $400. The net amount invested by him is, therefore, $3000. A. B. Lewis
invests : Cash, $2000 ; Merchandise, $2500; Bills Receivable, $ 2000, and the business is to pay off certain of his
promissory notes to the amount of $1200. His net investment is, therefore, $5300.
July 1, 189 .—The business is settled, showing a net gain of $6Soo, one-half of which goes to Lewis and one-
half to Morris.
This would appear in the proprietors’ Capital Accounts of the Ledger as follows:
Dr. J- F. Morris (Capital Account). Cr.
189
189
—
—
Jan
1
To Bills Payable
32
500
00
Jan.
1
By Mdse.
31
1500
00
<<
< <
“ Terry & Co.
32
600
00
i i
< <
‘ ‘ Cash
31
2000
00
4 i
< c
“ Folwell, Bro. & Co.
32
400
00
i <
< (
“ Bills Receivable
31
1000
00
>iy
1
“ Balance
6400
00
July
1
“ Loss and Gain
32
3400
00
7900
00
7900
00
' -*-»■-
1
189
1
July
1
By Balance
1
6400
00
Dr.
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
A. B. Lewis (Capital Account).
Cr.
647
189
Jan.
July
1
1
To Bills Payable
“ Balance
32
1200
8700
00
00
189
Jan.
< <
a
July
I
< <
< <
I
By Cash
“ Mdse.
“ Bills Receivable
‘ ‘ Loss and Gain
1
32
32
32
32
2000
2500
2000
3400
00
00
00
00
9900
00
9900
00
189
July
I
By Balance
8
CO
00
This account will be debited for the business man’s liabilities, withdrawals, etc., for
the net loss, and sometimes for interest on withdrawals. It is credited for investments of
all sorts, net gain, and sometimes interest on investments.
PERSONAL EXPENSE ACCOUNT, OR
PRIVATE ACCOUNT.
This account is debited for what the busi¬
ness man takes out for his personal use, or
for the maintenance of his family. It is very
rarely ever credited. It should not be credited
except when the merchant returns some of
the money which he had previously drawn.
The Account is opened and kept to enable
the bookkeeper to charge against the Mer¬
chant’s Capital Account his personal expenses
in one sum.
It is a Non-speculative Account , and is
closed into the Capital Account at the time
of closing the Ledger.
Amounts Drawn Out by a Merchant for Personal and Family Use .
February i, 1S9 .—A. B. Lewis drew out, for his own use, $200. March 15th.—He withdrew $300. June
'9th.—He drew out S500.
This would appear in the Merchant’s Personal Account of the Ledger as follows :
Dr. A. B. Lewis’ Personae Expenses. Cr.
189
189
Feb.
1
To Cash
32
200
00
July
1
By A. B. L. Cap. Ac.
32
1000
00
Mar.
15
“ do
32
3 °°
00
_ _
June
9
“ do
3 2
500
00
-" '''
1000
00
•
1000
00
INVENTORY ACCOUNT.
This account is debited for the amount of goods and other property on hand at the
time of taking an account of stock, and is credited for the same after the losses and gains
have been ascertained.
It is a Non-speculative Account.
Account of Stock of Mitcliell, Fletcher & Co.
Merchandise, $9763.38. Store Building, $9000. Counters, Shelving, Desks, Chairs, Fireproof Safe, Gas
SFixtures, etc., $1625. 100shares Reading Railroad Stock @ 32, $3200.
648
BOOK-KEEPING.
This would appear in Inventor}" Account of the Ledger as follows !
Dr.
Inventory.
189
189
fuly
1
To Mdse.
35
9763
38
July
44
< •
“ Real Estate
35
9000
00
4 4
fc
4 4
“ Store Fixtures
35
1625
00
<(
u
44
“ Reading Rail Road Stock
35
3200
00
<<
23,588
38
1
i
Cr.
By Mdse.
“ Real Estate
“ Store Fixtures
“ Reading Rail Road Stock
35
9763
3 &
35
9000
00
35
1625
OG
35
3200
OO
23,588
38
LOSS AND GAIN ACCOUNT.
Loss and Gain Account is debited with all
Losses and credited with all gains. The dif¬
ference between the sum of the debits and
the sum of the credits is the net gain or net
loss. If the sum of the debits is the greater,
it is a net loss ] if the sum of the credits is
] the greater it is a net gain
Into this account are brought all the losses
and gains which have occurred in the busi-
o
ness, and they are here compared and the net.
gain or loss determined.
It is a Non-speculative Accor nt , and closes
into the Capital Account.
Schedule of Losses and Gains.
July i, iSo .—Porter Sc Coates, on closing their Ledger for the year, find that they have gained : On Mer¬
chandise, $21,630.80; on Real Estate sold during the year, $2,800 ; on Discount and Interest, $963.40; on Penna_
R. R. Stock, $1140; on Phila. & Reading R. R. Stock, $813.
They have lost: On Expense Account, $581.60 ; on Salary Account, $9830; on Rent, $5000.
Their net gain for the year is, therefore, $11,935.60.
This would appear in Loss and Gain Account of the Ledger as follows;
Dr. Loss and Gain. Cr .
I89
I89
—--—
July
I
To Expense
36
581 60
July
1
By Mdse.
36
21,630
80
44
4 4
“ Salary
3 6
9830,00
4 4
4 4
“ Real Estate
36
2800
00
a
4 4
“ Rent
36
5000 00
44
4 4
“ Discount and Interest
36
963
40
tt
4 4
“ Porter
36
596780
4 r
4 4
“ Pa. R. R. Stock
36
1140
00
it
44
“ Coates
36
5967,80
4 4
4 •
“ P. & R. R. R. Stock
3 6
813
00
27,347
20
27,347
20,
Debits are losses; Credits are gains.
SHIPMENT ACCOUNTS.
Shipments are names given to accounts to
which are charged the cost of goods sent to
be sold for our account and at our risk by a
Factor, or Bailee, called a Commission Mer¬
chant The account is kept for the purpose
of ascertaining the gain or loss on goods sent
to a particular person.
At the time of shipping, the account, by
whatever name it may be called, is debited
for the cost of the merchandise and all ex¬
penses incurred in shipping the same. It is
credited for the net sum yielded by our goods
in the hands of the Commission Merchant.
The shipments are distinguished one from
another by the letters of the Alphabet, or the
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
G49
N mnerals, or by naming the person to whom
they are sent.
Great care should be taken when crediting
the Shipments for net proceeds, to charge
them to the Commission Merchant as a
Factor, and not as a person, for he holds
the business man's money, not as a debt due
to the business man, but as the business
man’s funds in trust until they are remitted,
and returned to the proper owner.
These are Speculative Accounts , and close
into Loss and Gain.
Goods sent to be sold at our risk and on our account , and returns for same.
January 2, 189 .—Shipped and consigned to Charles Berger, to be sold on our account and at our risk, 150
yds. Brussels Carpet, @ 65c., $97.50; 500 yds. Ingrain Carpet, % 50c., $250.00; 1000 yds. Stair Carpet, @ 45c.,
$450.00; in all, $ 797 - 50 - Paid shipping expenses, $7.50. (13th) Received from Charles Berger an account of
sales, showing our net proceeds to be $772.56.
This will appear in the Shipment Account of the Ledger as follows;
Dr. Shipment, Charles Berger. Cr.
189
*
189
Jan.
2
To Mdse.
38
79 7
50
Jan.
13
By C. Berger, Factor
39
1
772
56
44
4 4
“ Cash
38
!
7
50
Debits show the cost of the go^ds sent, and also the expenses, and credits what they
produce.
SHIPMENTS IN COMPANY.
This is the name given to an account
representing the business man’s interest in a
lot of goods sent to be sold partially at his
risk and partially on his account.
Shipment in Company is made debtor for
the cost of the merchant’s interest at the time
the goods are shipped, and it is credited for
the net proceeds of his share at the time the
commission merchant renders the account of
sales.
Goods sent to be sold partially at our risk
Shipments in Company are distinguished
one from another by letters of the Alphabet
or Numerals, in the same manner as Ship¬
ments.
Care should be taken at the time of receiv¬
ing the account sales from the commission
merchant to charge the commission merchant
as a Factor or Bailee, for the reasons named
under the head of Shipment Accounts.
These are Speculative Accounts , and close
into Loss and Gain.
and partially on our account , and returns for
same.
June 1, 189 .—Shipped to Russell & Mason 1000 Bales Cotton, valued at $60,000, on which they are to assume
one-fourth of the risk by reason of having paid a part of the purchase price. They are to have a proportionate
share of the gains. Paid expenses of shipment, $12.50.
July 3, 189 .—Received account sales from Russell & Mason of my interest in the shipment, showing my net
proceeds to be $46,500.
This will appear in the Shipment in Company Account of the Ledger cl 3 follows :
Dr. Shipment in Co. with Russell & Mason. A. Cr .
189
June
1
To Mdse.
40
45,oco 00
189
July
3
By R. & M., Factors
40
46,500
00
4 4
4 4
“ Cash
40
9
I
37
I
1
Debits show the cost of the merchant’s interest in the Shipment and the expenses for
his share of same ; credits show what that interest has yielded him.
BOOK-KEEPING.
350
FACTOR’S OR BAILEE’S ACCOUNTS.
These are accounts kept by the business
man with Commission Merchants engaged
in the sale of his goods.
They are debited for the net proceeds re¬
ported to the business man by his Commis¬
sion Merchant on each account sales, and
they are credited whenever the money or
other property may be sent by the Commis¬
sion Merchant to the business man.
The employment of the account enables a
business man to prove conclusively the rela¬
tion existing between himself and his Com¬
mission Merchant; that the Commission
Merchant holds i:i his hands in trust as the
property of the business man anything
that may be to the debit of Factor’s Ac¬
count. It enables one to distinguish clearly
the difference between debts due by the Fac¬
tor as an individual and moneys held by him
as an Agent, cr Factor, or Bailee.
CONSIGNMENTS, SALES ACCOUNTS, Etc.
These are names given to Accounts repre¬
senting goods received from another business
house, to be sold on its account and at its
risk, by a Commission Merchant as a Factor,
or Bailee, or Agent.
Such Accounts are debited for any ex¬
penses incurred in receiving, o^ handling, or
storing the goods, and also for whatever the
Commission Merchant may charge for the
services rendered by him in selling them, or
guaranteeing payment for same. They are
credited for what the goods bring and the
difference between the amount for which the
goods are sold and the charges of the Com¬
mission Merchant, either for services rendered
or money expended, belongs to the Owner,
and is held by the Commission Merchant as
the Owner’s money, in trust, until it is
remitted. Care should be taken, when the
Consignment Account is closed, that cr^it
will be given to the owner as Principal or
Bailor.
These are Non-speculative Accounts; for,
after the Commission Merchant reimburses
himself for his outlay and pays himself for
his trouble, the balance belongs to the .
Owner.
MERCHANDISE COMPANY.
This is a name given to an account of
goods received from another business man,
to be sold partially at his risk and partially
at tlu commission merchant’s risk.
Such accounts are debited for the commis¬
sion merchant’s share of their cost, also for
moneys expended on them by the commis¬
sion merchant, and for his services in selling
them, as well as for the net proceeds belong¬
ing to the shipper. They are credited for
the sales of the goods, and close into Loss
and Gain.
They are Speculative Accounts , and illu¬
strate very clearly the difference between buy-
ing goods outright and receiving them to
sell them at another person’s risk, for the
shipper must be credited in his personal
account for that part of the cost of the goods
on which the commission merchant takes
the risk. That is an absolute purchase by
the commission merchant of that much of
the goods, and he owes for that part or share
of them as he owes for any other goods
which he buys outright; but for the ship¬
per’s net proceeds credit should be given to
another account than the personal account
of the shipper, called by his name ; with the
word Principal, cr Bailor, added, for such
money belongs to the shipper, and is held
by the commission merchant in trust foi
him.
PRINCIPAL’S OR BAILOR’S ACCOUNTS.
These accounts enable the Commission
Merchant to show with clearness that in cer¬
tain transactions he is acting as an agent^
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
601
md that certain credits on his books are not
debts due by him, but money or property
belonging - to bis principal, held by him in
trust.
They are credited whenever an Account
•Sales is rendered, and the Consignment
Account, or Sales Account, is closed out.
They are debited whenever the money, or its
equivalent, is remitted.
They are Non-speculative Accounts.
COMMISSION ACCOUNT. GUARANTEE
ACCOUNT.
These Accounts are credited for the Com¬
mission charged by the Commission Merchant
to his customers for his services in selling
their goods.
It is very rarely ever debited ; such a cir¬
cumstance could only arise by the Commis¬
sion Merchant getting some other one in his
line of business to aid him in selling the
goods and giving them a part of his Join-
mission for doing it. In any such case Com¬
mission Account would be debited.
Guarantee Account is sometimes associated
with Commission Account; that is to say,
the Commission allowed by the business man
to the Commission Merchant may be intended
to cover the pay for selling the goods, and
also a recompense for guaranteeing the sound¬
ness of the accounts made by selling the
goods payable at some future time. In some
lines of business 2 J /z per cent. is allowed for
selling and per cent, for guaranteeing,
and the 5 per cent, is credited to the one
account called “ Commission and Guarantee
Account.” Some book-keepers may prefer
to keep a Commission Account by itself and
a Guarantee Account by itself.
They are Speculative Accounts, and close
into Loss and Gain.
PRACTICAL DEDUCTIONS.
Every business transaction in the hands c r
a double-entry book-keeper requires:
First .—Some Ledger Account, or Ac¬
counts, to be debited, and some Ledger Ac¬
count, or Accounts, to be credited.
Second .—In every business transaction,
the debit, or sum of the debits, carried to the
Ledger, must equal the credit, or sum of the
credits, taken to that account.
The fundamental law of book-keeping by
double entry is, that there should be as much
placed upon the debit side as there is placed
upon the credit side, and no business can be
transacted, however slight, which does not
require at least one debit and one credit to
be made in the Ledger.
TRIAL BALANCES.
One of the most perplexing positions the
book-keeper ever occupies is at the time
when he takes off a trial balance. This te
made up from the face of the Ledger, and
consists of the names of all open Ledger
accounts, with their debit balances in one
column and their credit balances in another
column. If the debit balances amount to a
sum equal to the total of the credit balances,
the trial balance is said “to come out all
right,” but the debit side of the Ledger can
be equal to the credit side of the Ledger,
and yet the Ledger contain many errors;
and were the book-keeper furnished with
no better proof of the correctness of his
work he would have very little ground for
the satisfaction whicn is universally felt by
a book-keeper when his trial balance does
thus “come out right.” A little reflection
will cause it to appear that the debit and
credit balances of the Ledger can be equal
and yet errors like these abound:
1. Errors in entering a transaction in
books of original entry, as, for instance, a
sale in the Invoice Book, or a purchase m
the Sales Book; the omission of the whole
j of a transaction. All of which may be
BOOK-KEEPING.
C52
described in a general way as mis-entries in
the books of original entry.
2. If the transaction is incorrectly Journ¬
alized; that is to say, Bills Payable should
be credited when we get somebody else’s
note discounted, or anything of that char¬
acter. To be spoken of in general as mis¬
takes in debiting or crediting.
3. Any mistake in posting, provided the
right amount has been taken to the right
side 0/ the Ledger, but to a wrong account.
Thus, in posting, if a debit belonging to A’s
account is taken to the debit side of B’s
account, and the right amount is used, an
error will be produced in two accounts, and
yet there will not be any disturbance of the
equality of the footings of the trial balance.
Any transposition of figures, if the transpo¬
sition occurs on both sides. These errors
may be spoken of in general as mis-posts.
A practical, satisfactory check upon one
in book-keeping is the custom, almost uni¬
versal, of sending out statements of accounts
to debtors at the beginning of each month.
If the recipient should find he is over¬
charged, the book-keeper would learn his
mistake.
Trial balances are taken off at two stated
periods, one at the end of each month show-
ing- the debtor and creditor balances of all
open accounts, and one taken off after the
Ledger is closed, showing the debtor and
creditor balances of all accounts which
remain open at that time. When the
entries have been correctly made in the
Ledger, and the trial balance taken off with¬
out mistake, the debit and credit columns of
balances will equal each other.
Nothing more, however, is proven by
either of the trial balances than that the
Ledger is in balance—a satisfactory thing
for every book-keeper to know.
A Ledger, and the Trial Balance of Same.
June 30, 1S9 .—The Ledger shows the following balances on this date : Merchandise, Dr., $2547.40; Cash,
Dr-, $i 547- 8 4 ; Bills Payable, Cr., $365 ; John Thomas, Dr., $145.10 ; Richard Mann, Dr., $75 ; George Brown, Cr.,
$325.15 ; Alfred Douglas, Cr., $61.89; Store Fixtures, Dr. $360; Expense, Dr., $76.70; Students’ Capital Account,
Cr., $4000.
This will appear in the Monthly Trial Balance as follows
Triai, Balance, June, 189 .
Balances.
Dr.
Cr.
I
Merchandise
3
Cash
2547
40
7
Bills Payable
1547
84
9
John Thomas
365
OO
10
Richard Mann
145
10
11
Geo. Brown
75
00
12
Alfred Douglass
325
15
13
Store Fixtures
6 l
80
14
Expense
360
00
15
Students’ Capital Account
76
70
4000
OO
*
N ,
4752
04
4752
04
BUSINESS RULES AND FORMS.
653
CLOSING THE LEDGER.
A very interesting branch of a book¬
keeper’s work is closing the Ledger. There
are two general ways of closing accounts:
“‘To or By Loss and Gain” and “To or By
Balance.” To close an account is to make
both sides equal. In the process of closing
the Ledger, all the losses and gains that
have occurred in the business are gathered
together in the Loss and Gain Account, and
there compared. The gains are placed upon
the credit side; the losses upon the debit
side. When the credit side is the greater,
the account is closed “To Capital Account,”
and shows a net gain. The opposite entry,
“By Loss and Gain,” is made in the Capital
Account, and increases the capital. When
the debtor side is the greater, the account is
closed, “By Capital Account,” and shows a
net loss. The opposite entry, “To Loss and
Gain,” is made in the Capital Account, and
decreases the capital.
Red ink should not be used at all, unless
it is used for a definite purpose. A safe
general rule is to use black ink in the
Ledger in the recording of all entries which
come from other books, and to use red ink
m making entries which are made for the
purpose of closing and bringing down the
balances to the new accounts. Custom is
not uniform, however, regarding this rule.
Very many of those who use red ink for
closing, prefer to use black ink in making
the transfers of the closing entries.
In closing the Ledger, it is necessary to
remember the classification cf Ledger Ac¬
counts, separating clearly those which are
speculative and show losses and gains from
those which are non-speculative and show
resources and liabilities. To the former
class, showing losses and gains, belong Ex¬
pense, Discount and Interest, Commission,
Insurance, Merchandise, etc., etc. To the
latter class, showing resources and liabilities,
belong accounts with Individuals, Firms and
Corporations, Cash, Bills Receivable, Bills
Payable, etc.
Unless the property possessed in the busi¬
ness has all been sold, it is a necessary step
in closing the Ledger to take an account of
Stock and to credit the respective accounts
heretofore charged with the amount of prop¬
erty now on hand. Nor should a Ledger be
closed until a first trial balance has been
taken off, and the Ledger found to be in
balance, and also, there should be a test of
the correctness of the Ledger by comparing
the Cash and Bills Receivable balances with
the Cash on hand and the Bills Receivable
on hand, and the sending out and receiving
of Statements.
First .—Close all Speculative Accounts
into “Loss and Gain” account by journal¬
izing and posting.
Second .—Close “Loss and Gain” account
into the Capital Account by journalizing and
posting.
Third .—Close “Inventory” account by
crediting it and debiting the corresponding
accounts.
Fourth .—Then close all accounts now un¬
closed, “To” or “By Balance,” ruling them
up and bringing down the balance on the
opposite side of each account so closed.
All entries “To” or “By Balance” to be
made in red ink.
Fifth .—After the Ledger is closed take off
a trial balance to ascertain if the Ledger is
still in balance.
If the work is correctly done, the two
sides of the trial balance will be equal, for
the reason that in the case in which the
business is possessed of more assets than
liabilities, there will be found upon the debit
side all the resources, and on the credit side
! all th^ labilities, together with the net
654
BOOK-KEEPING.
capital, which is the excess of resources over
liabilities; and the net capital properly ap¬
pears on the same side with the liabilities,
because the business owes to its proprietor
that which he has invested in it; and if all
the assets were collected, dollar for dollar of
. their face value, as they appear on the books,
and the liabilities were paid out of them,
the net capital would appear as a surplus, to
be paid over to the proprietor. So, in ad¬
versity, the debit side of the trial balance
will, as before, consist of the resources, to¬
gether with the net insolvency, which, taken
together, will equal the credit, or liability
side, for the reason that the proprietor would
have to furnish, from other resources, the
amount of the insolvency of the business to
enable the liabilities to be discharged, and
the net insolvency is properly placed with
the resources for this reason.
BANK DEPOSITS.
No reference has been made in this book
to a ledger account with a bank, as it is not
customary, and is objectionable. Money in
bank is generally regarded as money on
hand in another safe, an account of which
appears, or should appear, on the stub of the
check book. When money is deposited the
liability of the bank for the money so depo¬
sited is acknowledged by the receiving teller
by an entry on the debit side of a pass book,
called the bank book. From this the book¬
keeper should copy the amount and add it to
the previous balance in bank, as shown by
the stub in his check book. From this he
should deduct the amount of each check
drawn, the difference showing the amount
in bank subject to draft. This may not al¬
ways agree with the balance as shown by the
bank book when settled at bank, for the
reason that a business man subtracts from
his bank balance the amount of the check
at the time of its issue. The bank does not
charge the account of a customer for a check
drawn until it is presented and paid at bank.
In keeping the check book there are many
advantages arising from entering on the stub.
The Philadelphia Clearing House Associa¬
tion furnishes to the business community
quite a number of useful rules to be observed
by those doing business with a bank. W&
quote a few as follows :
“ If you write or stamp over your endorse¬
ment upon all checks which you send to be
deposited to your credit in bank the words,
1 For deposit to our credit,’ it will prevent
their being used for any other purpose.”
Another is that you “Do not give your
checks to strangers.” Another is that “It
is desired that all your checks for large
amounts should be presented for payment by
a person known to the pa)' mg teller or other
officer of the bank.”
Another is: “In conformity with the rules
adopted by all barks of this city and mem¬
bers of the Clearing Elouse Association, you
are hereby notified that you are held resnon-
sible as endorser for the non-payment of all
checks upon other banks of this city, mem
bers of said Association, deposited by you as
cash in this bank, until the close of the
business day next succeeding that on which
such checks are deposited. This bank receiv¬
ing such checks only for collection on your
account through the exchanges of the Clear¬
ing House. Upon all other checks and drafts
deposited by you as cash your responsibility
as endorser continues until payment has been
ascertained by this bank.”
PROTEST.
Besides these suggestions it is well to re¬
member that not only with checks but with
promissory notes held by you and secured to
you by endorsement, that you lose the secur¬
ity of the endorsement if you fail to protest
those not paid at maturity-
CORRECT FORMS FOR NOTES, BILLS, CHECKS,
DRAFTS, RECEIPTS, ETC
LLpersons transacting business find
it necessary to write various busi¬
ness forms. Among those in most
frequent use are Receipts, Orders,
Bills of articles purchased, Prom-
p issory Notes, Checks, Drafts, etc.
To better understand these, it is well to be
acquainted with the meaning of the various
commercial terms to be constantly seen in
our general reading.
COMMERCIAL TERMS.
$ -means dollars , being a contraction
of U. S., which was formerly placed before
any denomination of money, and meant, as
it means now, United States Currency.
£ - means pounds, English money.
@ stands for at or to. lb for pound, and bbl.
for barrel; ^ for per or by the. Thus, Butter
sells at 20@30c ^ ft), and Flour at $8@i2
f bbl.
% {or per cent, and ^ for number.
June i —Wheat sells at $ i. 2 o@ 1.25, “seller
July.” Seller Jidy means that the person who
sells the wheat has the privilege of delivering
it at any time during the month of July.
Selling short, is contracting to deliver a cer¬
tain amount of grain or stock, at a fixed price,
within a certain length of time, when the
seller has not the stock on hand. It is for the
interest of the person selling “short,” to depress
the market as much as possible, in order that
he may buy and fill his contract at a profit
Hence the “shorts” are termed “bears.”
Buying long , L to contract to purchase a
certain amount of grain or shares of stock at
a fixed price, deliverable within a stipulated
time, expecting to make a profit by the rise of
prices. The “longs” are termed “bulls,” as
it is for their interest to “operate” so as to-
“toss” the prices upward as much as possible.
PROMISSORY NOTES.
A promissory note is a promise or engage¬
ment in writing to pay a specified sum at a
time therein limited, or on demand, or at
sight, to a person therein named, or his order
or assigns, or to the bearer. The persoa
making the note is called the drawer or maker.
A note is void when founded upon fraud.
Thus, a note obtained from a person when in¬
toxicated, or obtained for any reason which is
illegal, cannot be collected. If, however, the
note is transferred to an innocent holder, the
claim of fraud or no value received will not
avail. The party holding the note can collect
it if the maker is able to pay it. A note given
upon Sunday is also void in some States.
Notes bear interest only when it is so ex¬
pressed; after they become due, however, they
draw the legal rate of the State. If it is in¬
tended to have the note draw more than the
legal rate of interest, after maturity, the
655
'656
HOW TO DO BUSINESS
words should so specify in the body of the
note as follows: “with interest at the rate of
-per cent, until paid.” Notes payable
on demand or at sight, draw no interest until
after presentation or demand of the same has
been made, unless they provide for interest
from date on their face ; they then draw the
legal rate of interest of the State.
If “with interest” is included in the note,
it draws the legal rate of the State where it is
given from the time it is made.
If the note is to draw a special rate of in¬
terest higher than the legal, but not higher
than the law allows, the rate must be specified.
If the note is made payable to a person or
order, to a person or bearer, to a person or
his assigns, or to the cashier of an incorporated
company or order, such notes are negotiable.
When transferring the note, the indorser
frees himself from responsibility, so far as the
payment is concerned, by writing on the back,
above his name, “Without recourse to me in
any event.”
The simple indorsement of the name of the
person selling the note, which serves as a
transfer, upon the back of the same, is not in
some States a guarantee for the payment of
the note at maturity. When it is designed
particularly to be a guarantee, it should be so
stated on the back of the note, as follows:
JOHN MEEK.
“ For value received , I (or we) hereby guarantee
the payment of the within note at maturity , or at any
time thereafter , with interest at - per cent, until
paid; and agree to pay all costs or expenses paid or
incurred in collecting the same.”
JOHN MEEK.
When a note is made payable at a definite
period after date, three days beyond the time
expressed on the face of the note (called days
of grace) are allowed to the person who is to
pay the same, within which to make such
payment. Notes payable “on demand ” are
not entitled to days of grace.
If a note is payable at a bank, and is held
there on the day upon which it falls due, until
the usual hour for closing, ready for receiving
payment thereon, no further demand upon
the maker is necessary, in order to charge the
indorser. The demand must, in all cases, be
made upon the last of the days of grace ; a
demand before that time passing for nothing
as against the indorser.
The days of grace, which must be com¬
puted according to the laws of the State
where the note is payable, are to be reckoned
exclusive of the day when the note would
otherwise become due, and without deduction
for Sundays or holidays ; in which latter case,
by special enactments in most of the States,
notes are deemed to become due upon the
secular day next preceding such days. Thus,
a note, due upon the twenty-fifth day of
December, is payable on the twenty-fourth,
as the day when due is Christmas day ; if the
twenty-fourth chance to be Sunday, it is due
upon the twenty-third.
In order to charge an indorser, the note, if
payable at a particular place, must be pre¬
sented for payment at the place upon the
veiy day it becomes due; if no place of pay¬
ment be named, it must be presented, either
to the maker personally, or at his place of
business, during business hours, or at his
dwelling house, within reasonable hours ; if
payable by a firm, a presentment may be
made to either of the partners, or at the
firms place of business ; if given by several
persons jointly, not partners, the demand
must be made upon all. If the note has been
lost, mislaid, or destroyed, the holder must
still make a regular and formal demand offer¬
ing the party, at the same time, a sufficient
indemnity for failure to return the note.
HOW TO DO BUSINESS
657
NEGOTIABLE NOTE.
With interest at legal rate per cent, from date.
ate
yix
yK
'ate
SK 1
'ate
y&
Chicago, III., Jan. i, 18—.
Qy^zee &$cm£^d afterdate, for value received, (2/ promise
to pay ^S^az/ed or order, ifflazzc/zec/ ^Lo/ZaZd^
with interest. C WiZZtam C Sow/e.
NEGOTIABLE NOTE.
W T ith interest at ten per cent, after maturity, until paid.
ate
y&
ate
y&
'ate
y&
ate
y&
ate
y&
'£te
y&
$-/ 6 > 0 , Des Moines, Iowa., April 2 , 18—.
For value received, nzne/^
26
.52
57
1.14
100
2.
27
•134
53
•29
200
1.
27
•54
58
1.16
200
4 -
28
.14
59
.295
300
1.50
28
.56
59
1.18
300
6.
29
.144
60
.30
400
2.
29
.58
60
1.20
400
8.
30
• 15
61
.302
500
2.50
30
.60
61
1.22
500
10.
31
.154
62
•31
1000
5 -
31
.62
62
1.24
1000
20.
At
I Cent.
At 5 Cents.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
1
. 1
32
.32
63
•63
1
• 5
32
1.60
63
3-15
2
. 2
33
•33
64
.64
2
.10
33
1.65
64
3-20
3
• 3
34
•34
65
•£>5
3
• 15
34
1.70
65
3-25
4
• 4
35
•35
66
.66
4
.20
35
1-75
66
3-30
5
• 5
36
.36
67
.67
5
.25
36
1.80
67 '
3-35
6
. 6
37
•37
68
.63
6
•30
37
1.85
68
3 40
7
• 7
38
.38
69
.69
7
•35
38
1.90
69
3-45
8
. 8
39
•39
70
.70
8
.40
39
i -95
70
3-50
9
• 9
40
.40
7 i
• 7 i
9
• 45
40
2.
7 i
3-55
10
. 10
41
.41
72
• 72
10
.50
4 i
2.05
72
3-60
11
.11
42
.42
73
•73
11
• 55
42
2.10
73
3-65
12
. 12
43
•43
74
•74
12
.60
43
2-15
74
3-70
13
• 13
44
•44
75
•75
13
•65
44
2.20
75
3-75
14
.14
45
•45
76
.76
M
.70
45
2.25
7 <>
3- 80
15
.15
46
.46
7 S
•73
15
•75
46
2.30
78
3 - 9 °
16
. 16
47
•47
80
.80
16
.So
47
2-35
80
4 -
17
•17
43
.48
82
•83
17
•35
48
2.40
82
4.10
18
. 18
49
•49
84
.84
18
.90
49
2.45
84
4.20
19
.19
50
•50
86
.86
19
•95
50
2.50
86
4-30
■20
.20
51
• 5 i
88
.88
20
I.
5 i
2-55
88
4.40
21
.21
52
•52
90
.90
21
1.05
52
2.60
90
4-50
22
.22
53
•53
92
.92
22
1.10
53
2.65
92
4.60
23
.23
54
•54
94
•94
23
I -15
54
2.70
94
4.70
24
•24
55
•55
96
.96
24
1.20
55
2.75
96
4.80
25
.25
56
.56
98
.98
25
1.25
56
2.80
98
4.90
26
.26
57
•57
100
1.
26
1.30
57
2.85
100
5 -
27
.27
53
.58
200
2.
27
1-35
58
2.90
125
6.25
28
.28
59
•59
300
3 -
28
I.40
59
2-95
150
7-50
29
.29
60
.60
400
4 -
29
1-45
60
3 -
175
8.75
30
• 30
61
.61
500
5 -
30
1.50
61
3-05
200
10.
3 i
•31
62
.62
liooo
10.
3 i
1-55
62
3.10
225
n.25
670
LIGHTNING CALCULATOR.
At io Cents.
At 25 Cents.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
Nd.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
i
. 10
32
3.20
63
6.30
1
.25
32
8.
63
15-75
2
.20
33
3-30
64
6.40
2
•50
33
8 25
64
16.
3
•30
34
3-40
65
6.50
3
-75
34
8.50
65
16.25
4
.40
35
3-50
66
6.60
4
1.
35
8-75
66
16.50
5
.50
36
3.60
67
6.70
5
1 25
36
9 -
67
16-75
6
.60
37
3-70
63
6.80
6
1.50
37
9-25
68
17.
7
.70
38
3.80
69
6.90
7
i -75
38
9.50
69
17-25
8
.80
39
3 - 9 °
70
7 -
8
2.
39
6-75
70
17.50
9
.90
40
4 *
71
7.10
9
2.25
40
10.
7 i
17-75
IO
1.
4 i
4.10
72
7.20
10
2.50
41
10.25
72
18.
ii
1.10
42
4.20
73
7-30
11
2-75
42
10.50
73
18.25
12
1.20
43
4-30
74
7.40
12
3 -
43
10.75
74
18.50
13
1.30
44
4.40
75
7-50
13
3-25
44
11.
75
18-75
14
1.40
45
4-50
76
7.60
14
3-50
45
11.25
76
19.
15
1.50
46
4.60
78
7.80
15
3-75
46
11.50
78
19.50
16
1.60
47
4.70
80
8.
16
4 -
47
11.75
80
20.
17
1.70
48
4.80
82
8.20
17
4-25
48
12.
82
20.50
18
1.80
49
4.90
84
8.40
18
4-50
49
12.25
84
21.
19
1.90
50
5 -
86
8.60
19
4-75
50
12.50
86
21.50
20
2.
51
5-10
88
8.80
20
5 -
5 i
12.75
88
22.
21
2.10
52
5-20
90
9 -
21
5-25
52
13 -
90
22.50
22
2.20
* 53
5-30
92
9.20
22
5-50
53
13-25
92
23 -
23
2.30
54
5-40
94
9.40
23
5-75
54
13.50
94
23.50
24
2.40
55
5-50
96
9.60
24
6.
55
13-75
96
24.
25
2.50
56
5.60
98
9.80
25
6.25
56
14.
98
24.50
26
2.60
57
5-70
100
10.
26
6.50
57
14-25
100
25.
27
2.70
58
5.80
125
12.50
27
6-75
58
14.50
125
31-25
28
2.80
59
5-90
150
15.
28
7 -
59
14-75
150
37-50
29
2.90
60
6.
175
17-50
29
7-25
60
15 -
175
43-75
30
3 -
61
6.10
200
20.
30
7-50
61
15-25
200
50 -
31
3 -io
62
6.20
225
22.50
3 i
7-75
62
15-50
225
56.25
At 12* Cents,
or * of a
Dollar.
At 33* Cents,
or * of a
Dollar
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
1
.12$
32
4 - ,
63
7 . 87 *
r
• 33 *
32
io.66|
63
21*
2
.25
33
4-12*
64
8.
2
• 66|
33
11.
64
21 - 33 *
3
• 37 *
34
4-25
65
8.12$
3
I.
34
H- 33 *
65
21 66*
4
.50
35
4-372
66
8.25
4
1 - 33 *
35
11.66*
66
22.
5
.62*
36
4-50
67
8 - 37 *
5
I.66J
36
12.
67
22.33*
6
•75
37
4.62*
68
8.50
6
2.
37
12.33*
68
22.66*
7
.87*
38
4-75
69
8.62*
7
2.33 k
38
12.66*
69
23 -
8
1.
39
4-87*
70
8-75
8
2.66*
39
* 3 -
70
23 - 33 *
9
1.12*
40
5 •
7 i
8.87*
9
3.
40
13 - 33 *
71
23.66*
io
1.25
4 i
5.12*
72
9 - ,
10
3 - 33 *
4 r
13.66*
72
24.
II
1 - 37 *
42
5-25
73
9.12*
IX
3-66*
42
14 - ,
73
24 - 33 *
12
1.50
43
5-372
74
9-25
12
4 -
43
14 - 33 *
74
24.66*
13
1.62*
44
5-50
75
9 - 37 *
13
4 - 33 *
44
14.66*
75
25 -
14
1-75
45
5.62*
76
9-50
14
4.66*
45
T 5 -
76
25 - 33 *
15
1 - 87 *
46
5 - 75 ,
73
9-75
15
5 -
46
15 - 33 *
78
26.
l6
2.
47
5 - 87 *
80
10.
16
5 - 33 *
47
15-66*
80
27 -
17
2.12*
48
6.
82
10.25
17
5-66*
48
16.
82
27 - 33 *
18
2.25
49
6.12*
84
10.50
18
6.
49
16.33*
84
28.
19
2 - 37 *
50
6.25
86
10-75
19
6 - 33 *
50
16.66*
86
28.66*
20
2.50
51
6-372
88
ii.
20
6 66*
5 i
17 -
88
29.66*
21
2.62*
52
6.50
90
1125
21
7 - ,
52
17 - 33 *
9 °
30 -
22
2-75
53
6.62*
92
11-50
22
7 - 33 *
53
17 66*
92
30.66*
23
2.87$
54
6-75
94
n -75
23
7-66*
54
18.
94
31 - 33 *
24
3 -
55
6.87*
96
12.
24
8.
55
18 - 33 *
96
32 -
25
3-12*
56
7 -
98
12.25
25
8 - 33 *
56
18.66*
98
32.66*
26
3-25
57
7.12*
100
12.50
26
8.66*
57
19.
100
33 - 33 *
27
3 • 37 a
58
7-25
125
15-62*
27
9 -
58
19 - 33 *
125
41.66*
28
3-50
59
7 - 37 *
150
18.75
28
9 - 33 *
59
19.66*
150
50 .
29
3-62*
60
7-50
175
' 21.87^
29
9-66*
60
20.
175
58 . 33 *
30
3-75
ol
7.62*
200
25 *
30
10.
61
20 33*
200
66.66*
31
3 - 87 *
6 2
7-75
225
23 . 12 *
31
10 33*
62
20 66*
225
75 -
LIGHTNING CALCULATOR.
on
At 433
Cents
or -fa of a
Dollar
At 56? Cents,
or of a
Dollar.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
i
•434
32
14 -
63
27.56?
1
• 56 t
32
18.
63
35 - 43 ?
2
.875
33
14 43 ?
64
28.
2
I . 12?
33
18.56?
64
36
3
i. 3 i 4
34
14.874
65
28.43?
3
1.68?
34
19 12?
65
36.56?
4
1-75
35
J 5 - 3 U
66
28.874
4
2.25
35
19.68?
66
37 - 12 ?
5
2.183
36
15.75
67
29.31?
5
2.81?
36
20.25
67
37 - 68 ?
6
2.62 i
37
16.18?
63
2 9-75
6
3 - 37 ?
37
20.81?
68
38.25
7
3.063
38
16.624
69
30.18?
7
3-932
38
21.37?
69
38.81?
8
3-50
39
17.06?
70
30.624
8
4-50
39
21.93?
70
39 - 37 ?
9
3 - 93 i
40
17-50
7 i
3 i-o 6 ?
9
5-064
40
22.50
7 i
39 - 93 ?
IO
4-374
4 i
17 - 93 ?
72
31-50
10
5.624
41
23.06?
72
40.50
ii
4.8U
42
18.374
73
3 i 93 ?
11
6.182
42
23.62?
73
41.06?
12
5-25
43
18.814
74
32-374
12
6-75
43
24.18?
74
41.62?
13
5 - 6 S 3
44
19 25
75
32.8r?
13
7 - 3 U
44
24 - 75 ,
75
42.18?
14
6 .124
45
19.68?
76
33-25
14
7.874
45
25 - 31 ?
76
42 . 75 ,
15
6.56!
46
20.124
78
34-125
"5
8.432
46
25.87?
78
43 - 87 ?
16
7 -
47
20.56?
80
35 -
16
9 -
47
26.43?
80
45 -
17
7 - 43 ?
48
21.
82
35-874
17
9 - 56 ?
48
27 -
82
46.12?
18
7.874
49
2 I- 43 ?
84
36.75
18
10.12?
49
27 56?
84
47.25
19
8.313
50
21.874
86
37.624
19
10.684
50
28.12?
86
48 . 37 ?
20
8.75
5 i
22.31?
83
38.50
20
11.25
5 i
28.68?
8S
49-50
21
9. i8l
52
22.75
90
39-374
21
ii.8i?
52
29.25
90
50.62?
22
9 62$
53
23.18?
9 2
40.25
22
12.375
53
29.81?
92
51 - 75 ,
23
lo.o 64
54
23.624
94
41.124
23
12-932
54
30 . 37 ?
94
52.87?
24
10.50
55
24.06?
96
42.
24
13-50
55
30.93?
96
54 -
25
10.93?
56
24.50
98
42.875
25
14.06?
56
31-50
98
55 - 12 ?
26
H -373
57
24 - 93 ?
100
43-75
26
14.624
57
32•06?
100
56.25
27
ir. 8 i 3
53
25-374
125
54.68?
27
15-18?
58
32.62?
125
7031?
28
12.25
59
25.81?
150
65.624
28
15-75
59
33 -18?
150
84 . 37 ?
29
12.683
60
26.25
175
76.56?
29
16.31?
60
33-75
175
98 - 43 ?
30
13.124
61
26.68?
200
87.50
30
16.87?'
61
34 - 31 ?
200
112.50
31
13.653
62
27.124
225
98.43?
3 i
17 - 43 ?
62
34 - 87 ?
225
126.56?
At 50 Cents.
At 87V Cents, or ? of a
Dollar.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts
1
.50
32
16.
63
31.50
1
.874
32
28.
63
55 - 12 ?
2
1.
33
16.50
64
32 .
2
i- 75 ,
33
28.87-?
64
56.
3
1.50
34
17 -
65
32.50
3
2.624
34
29-75
65
56.87?
4
2.
35
17-50
66
33 -
4
3-50
35
30.62?
66
57-75
5
2.50
36
18.
67
33-50
5
4 - 37 ?
36
31-50
67
58.62?
6
3 *
37
18.50
68
34 -
6
5 - 25 ,
37
32 . 37 ?
68
59-50
7
3-50
38
19.
69
34-50
7
6.12?
38
33-25
69
60.37?
8
4 -
39
19.50
70
35 -
8
7 * .
39
34 - I2 ?
70
61.52
9
4.50
40
20.
7 i
35-50
9
7-874
40
35 - ,
7 i
62.12?
10
5 -
4 i
20.50
72
36.
10
8 - 75 ,
4 i
35 . 87 a
72
63 -
n
5-50
42
21.
73
36-50
11
9 62?
42
36 - 75 ,
73
63-87?
12
6.
43
21.50
74
37 -
12
10.50
43
37.62?
74
64-75
13
6.50
44
22.
75
37-50
13
11-374
44
38.50
75
65.62?
14
7 -
45
22.50
76
38 .
14
12.25
45
39 - 37 ?
76
66.50
15
7.50
46
23 -
78
39 -
15
13 • 12 a
46
40.25
78
68.25
16
8.
47
23.50
80
40.
16
l 4 .
47
41.12?
80
70 .
17
8.50
48
24.
82
41.
17
14-872
48
42 ‘o I
82
71-75
18
9 -
49
24.50
84
42.
18
15 - 75 ,
49
42.87?
84
73-50
19
9-50
50
25.
86
43 -
19
16.622
50
43 - 75 .
86
75-25
20
10
5 i
25-50
88
44.
20
17 - 50 ,
5 i
44.622
88
77 -
21
10.50
52
26.
9 °
45 -.
21
18.37?
52
45-50
90
78.75
22
11.
53
26.50
92
46.
22
19 - 25 ,
53
46.372
92
80.50
23
11.50
54
27.
94
47 -
23
20.124
54
47.25
94
82.25
24
12.
55
27-50
96
48.
24
21.
55
48.12?
96
84.
25
12.50
56
28.
98
49 -
25
21.874
56
49 - ,
98
85-75
26
13.
57
28.50
100
50 .
26
22.75
57
49.87?
100
87.50
27
13-50
58
29.
125
62.50
27
23.624
58
50.75
125
109.37?
28
14.
59
29.50
150
75 -
28
24.50
59
51.62?
150
131-25,
20
14.56
60
30.
175
87.50
29
25-374
60
52.50
175
1 53 .12*
30
15.
61
30.50
200
100.
30
26.25
61
53 - 37 ?
200
175 -
31
15-50
62
31 -
225
112.50
3 i
27.12?
62
54-25
225
196.87?
672
LIGHTNING CALCULATOR.
At $1.25 Cents.
"No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
1
1.25
36
45 -
7 i
88-75
2
2.50
37
46.25
72
90.
3
3-75
38
47.50
73
91.25
4
5 -
39
48-75
74
92.50
5
6.25
40
50 -
75
93-75
6
7-50
41
51-25
76
95 -
7
8-75
42
52-50
77
96.25
8
10.
43
53-75
78
97-50
9
11.25
44
55 -
79
98.75
10
12.50
45
56-25
80
100.
11
13-75
46
57-50
81
101.25
12
15 -
47
58.75
82
102.50
13
16.25
48
60.
83
103.75
14
17-50
49
61.25
S 4
105.
15
18.75
50
62.50
85
106.25
16
20.
5 i
63-75
86
107.50
17
21.25
52
65 -
87
108.75
18
22.50
53
66.25
88
no.
19
23-75
54
67.50
89
hi. 25
20
25 -
55
68.75
90
112.50
21
26.25
56
70 -
9 i
H 3-75
22
27-50
57
71-25
92
115 -
23
28.75
58
72.50
93
116.25
24
30 .
59
73 75
94
117.50
25
31-25
60
75 -
95
ii 8.75
26
32.50
61
76.25
96
120.
27
33-75
62
77-50
97
121.25
28
35 -
63
78.75
98
122.50
29
36.25
64
80.
99
123-75
30
37-50
65
81.25
100
125.
31
38.75
66
82.50
125
156.25
32
40.
67
83-75
150
1S7.50
33
41-25
68
85 -
175
218.75
34
42.50
69
86.25
200
250.
35
43-75
70
87.50
225
281.25
At $1.50 Cents.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
1
1.50
36
54 -
7 i
106.50
2
3 -
37
55-50
72
108.
3
4-50
38
57 -
73
109.50
4
6.
39
58.50
74
1 ir.
5
7-50
40
60.
75
112.50
6
9 -
41
61.50
76
114.
7
10.50
42
63 -
77
115-50
8
12.
43
64.50
78
117.
9
13-50
44
66.
79
118.50
10
* 5 -
45
67.50
80
120.
11
16.50
46
69.
81
121.50
12
18.
47
70.50
82
123.
13
19.50
48
72 .
83
124.50
14
21.
49
73-50
84
126.
n
22.50
50
75 -
85
127.50
16
24.
5 i
76.50
86
129.
17
25-50
52
78 .
87
130.50
18
27.
53
79-50
88
132.
19
28.50
54
81.
89
133-50
20
30 -
55
82.50
90
135 .
21
31-50
56
84.
9 i
136.50
22
33 -
57
85.50
92
138.
23
34-50
58
87.
93
139-50
24
36 -
59
88.50
94
141.
25
37-50
60
90.
95
142.50
26
39 -
61
91.50
96
144.
27
40.50
62
93 -
97
145-50
28
42.
63
94-50
98
147.
29
43.50
64
96.
99
148.50
30
45 -
65
97-50
100
150.
3 i
46.50
66
99.
125
187.50
32
4S.
67
100.50
150
225.
33
49.50
68
102.
175
262.50
34
51 -
69
103.50
220
300.
35
52.50
70
105.
250
337-50
At $1.75 Cents.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
No.
Dols. Cts.
1
1-75
18
31.50
35
61.25
52
91.
69
120.75
86
150.50
2
3-50
19
33-25
36
63 -
53
92-75
70
122.50
87
152.25
3
5-25
20
35 -
37
64-75
54
94-50
7 i
124.25
88
154 .
4
7 -
21
36.75
38
66.50
55
96.25
72
126.
89
155.75
5
8-75
22
38.50
39
68.25
56
98.
73
127-75
9 °
157.50
6
10.50
23
40.25
40
70.
57
99-75
74
129.50
9 i
159-25
7
12.25
24
42.
4 i
71-75
58
ior.50
75
131.25
92
161.
8
14.
25
43-75
42
73-50
59
103.25
76
133 -
93
162.75
9
15.75
26
45-50
43
75-25
60
- 105.
77
134-75
94
164.50
10
17.50
27
47-25
44
77 -
61
106.75
78
136.50
96
168.
II
19.25
28
49.
45
78.75
62
108.50
79
138.25
98
171.50
12
21.
29
50.75
46
80.50
63
110.25
80
140.
100
175 .
13
22.75
30
52.50
47
82.25
64
112.
81
141.75
125
218.75
14
24.50
3 i
54-25
48
84.
66
U 3-75
82
143-50
150
262.50
15
26.25
32
56 .
49
85.75
65
115.50
83
145.25
175
306.25
16
28.
33
57.75
50
87.50
67
117.25
84
147 .
200
350 .
17
29.75
34
59.50
51
89.25
68
119.
S 5
148.75
225
393-75
iUHsaa
*v-
ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF
VALUABLE INFORMATION
%v
JiSte:
C:
. ......I 1 ^i..........l.......i.....;;M.....I.,;;; f ;;; — •** *'»**3*?!!*! ...l.lii................................ m£ 7.IT!..... ij;.. J !?!I IT*..*1
rP - 1 @ © © * © © © © © ■© © ©, © ©m ©!;$•©. i iiliii
Presidents of the United States.
HE various States,
during January,
1789, held elections
for choosing elec¬
tors by whom the
States were to be
represented in the
selection of their first Presi¬
dent. On the first Wednes¬
day in February of the same
year, 1789, the electors
appointed, met in their re¬
spective States to cast their
votes for President and Vice-
President. After some fur¬
ther action, we have the
historic record that, on the
first Wednesday in March, George Wash¬
ington was chosen President and John Adams
was selected for Vice-President.
Washington being at Mt. Vernon, Va.,
considerable time was necessary to advise
him of his election. His journey north was
slow, owing to the ovations and enthusiastic
welcomes that greeted him at every point.
Upon his arrival at New York a delay in the
ceremony of inauguration, incidental to prepa¬
rations of getting Federal Hall in readiness,
was occasioned ; so that it was not until April
30th that everything was in shape for his
being sworn into ofifice. John Adams took
the oath as Vice-President, April 21st.
43
The salary to be paid the President was a
source of much discussion in Congress, in
view of the fact that the Constitution required
that the President should receive a compen¬
sation for his services. Washington had
stated that he did not wish any salary. The
limits suggested by Congress ranged from
$15,000 to $70,000. It was finally placed
at $25,000. This remained the presidential
salary until Grant’s second term, when it
was increased to $50,000, March 3, 1873.
Valuable Information.
The following tables give very complete
information respecting our National Govern¬
ment. They treat of the education, marriage,
etc., of the different Presidents, giving statis¬
tics also respecting the Vice-Presidents, and
furnishing the figures in the popular and
electorial votes.
The names of the political parties are also
given, one of Tiich it will be seen has a
history dating back to 1801. There is also
a table showing the annual salaries of the
principal United States officers. The records
show that there have been six Secretaries oi
State who became Presidents. No Secre¬
taries of the Treasury, the Navy, or the
Interior, nor any Postmasters, or Attorney
Generals have become President. The reader
will also notice interesting facts concerning
Washington and a great number of tables.
673
674
OUR NATIONAL GOVERNMENT.
Education, Marriage, Children, Etc., of the Presidents.
Washington ...
Adams.
Jefferson.
Madison.
Monroe.
Adams, J. Q..
J ackson.
Van Buren....
Harrison, W..
Tyler.
Polk.
Taylor.
Fillmore.
Pierce.
Buchanan.
Lincoln.
Johnson.
Grant.
Hayes.
Garfield.
Arthur.
Cleveland.
Harrison, B...
McKinley.
EDUCATIONAL ADVANTAGES.
Common school.
Graduate, Harvard College, 1755
^ Clvo/111nfn Cnllorro AViIIiqtyi
1762 .
Graduate, Princeton College, 1771 ...
Entered College William and Mary.
Graduate, Harvard College, 1787 ....
Self-taught.
Academy.
Entered Hampden, Sydney College..
| 1806 .
University of North Carolina.
Common school.......
Public school.
Graduate, Bowdoin College, 1824 ....
Graduate, Dickinson’s College, 1809 .
Self-taught.
Self-taught. ...
f Graduate, West Point Mil. Academy,
{ 1843 .
Graduate, Kenyon College, O., 1842 .
Graduate, William’s College, 1856 ...
Graduate, Union College, 1848 .
Common school..'.
Allegheny College, 1861 .
PROFES¬
SION.
EARLY
vocat’on
Planter...
Surveyor.
. Lawyer...
Teacher..
>
. Lawyer...
Lawyer...
. Lawyer...
Lawyer...
. Politician
Lawyer...
. Lawyer ..
Lawyer...
. Lawyer...
Lawyer..
. Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Army.
Medicine.
y
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
. Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Army.
Soldier....
Lawyer...
Tailor.
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Farmer...
Politician
Tailor.
>
Army.
Tanner....
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Lawyer...
Teacher...
Lawyer...
Teacher...
Lawyer...
Teacher...
. Lawyer...
Lawyer...
. Lawyer...
Lawyer...
ANCESTRY.
English.
English.
Welsh..,
English.
Scotch...
FATHERS
BUSINESS*
, Planter
.Farmer
Planter
Planter
.Planter
English.j. •. .Lawyer
Scotch-Irish —Farmer
Dutch...
English.
English.
Scotch-Irish
English.
English.
English.
....Farmer
.Statesman
..Jurist
...Farmer
...Planter
...Farmer
...Farmer
Scotch-Irish ..Merchant
English .... F armer
English.
Scotch.
Scotch.
English.
Scotch-Irish
English.
English.
Scotch.
.Sexton
.Tanner
..Merchant
....Farmer
Clergym’n
Clergy m’n
.Farmer
..Mechanic
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF VALUABLE INFORMATION.
675
Vice-Presidents.
1-2
3
4
5-6
7
8-9
10-11
12
John Adams 1
Thomas Jefferson 1 .
Aaron Burr. .
George Clinton 2 .
Elbridge Gerry 2 .
D. D. Tompkins.
John C. Calhoun 3 .
Martin Van Buren 1 ....
13 Richard M. Johnson..
14John Tyler 4 .
15 George M. Dallas.
16 Millard Fillmore 4 .
17!Wm. Rufus King 2 .
18 John C. Breckinridge
19 Hannibal Hamlin.
2o'Andrew Johnson 4 .
Schuyler Colfax.
Henry Wilson 2 .
William A. Wheeler.
21
22
23
1789; Mass.
1796 Va....
1800 N. Y.
1804'N. Y.
1812 Mass.
1816 N. Y.
1824
1832
1836
1840
1844
S. C..
N. Y.
Ky....
Va.
Penn,
54
53
44
65
68
42
42
50
1 735 Quincy, Mass.
1743 Shad well, Va..
1756 Newark, N. J.
i739iUlster Co., N. Y...
1744 Marblehead, Mass.
1774 Scarsdale, N. Y_
1782 Abbeville, S. C.
1848 N. Y.
24 Chester A. Arthur 4 .
25 Thomas A. Hendricks 2 .
26 Devi P. Morton.
27 Adlai E. Stevenson.
28 Garret A. Hobart.
29
3°
1852
1856
i860
1864
1868
1872
1876
1880
1884
1888
1892
1896
Ala.
Ky....
Me....
Tenn.
Ind...
Mass.,
N. Y.
N. Y.
Ind...
N. Y.,
Ills...
N. J...
1820
1826
1836
1812
1814
1825
1850
17S2 Kinderhook, N. Y. 1862
56) 1780! Louisville, Ky. 1850
1862
TS64
1874
1853
1875
1891
1875
1885
1875
50] 1790 Green way, Va.
. 52'1792 Philadelphia, Pa.
4S 1800 Summer Hill, N. Y,
66 1786 Sampson Co., N. C.
35 1821 Lexington, Ky.
5i
56
1809 Paris, Me.
1808 Raleigh, N. C.
45 1823 New York, N. Y.
60 1812 Farmingham, N. H..
57 1819 Malone, N. Y.
50 1830 Fairfield, Vt.
65 1819 Muskingum Co., O...
641824 Shoreham, Vt.-
57T835 Christian Co., Ky.
.'52’1844 Monmouth Co., N. J.
1887
1886
1885
Quincy, Mass.
Monticello, Va.
Richmond Co., N. Y.
Washington, D. C....
Washington, D. C....
Richmond Co., N. Y.
Washington, D. C....
Kinderhook, N. Y....
Frankfort, Ky.
Richmond, Va.
Philadelphia, Pa.
Buffalo, N. Y.
Dallas Co., Ala.
Lexington, Ky.....
Portland, Me.
Greenville, Tenn.
Mankato, Minn.
Washington, D. C.
Malone, N. Y.
New York, N. Y.
Indianapolis, Ind.
1 Later elected President.
2 Died in office.
3 Resigned.
4 Succeeded to Presidency.
Popular and Electoral Votes for President,
PARTY.
Popular
Vote.
Elec.
Vote.
736,656
<3
26
14
11
48
YEAR. CANDIDATES.
1828 .. Andrew Jackson.Democrat. 647 , 231..178
1828 .. John Q. Adams.Federc..,... 509 , 097 .. 83
1832 .. Andrew Jackson.Democrat. 687 , 502..219
1 832 .. Henry Clay.Nat. Repub... 530 , 189 .. 49
1832 .. John Floyd.Whig. 11
1832 .. William Wirt.Whig. J
1836 .. Martin Van Buren...Democrat. 761 , 549.170
1836 .AV. H. Harrison.Whig
1836 .. Hugh L White.Whig
1836 .. Daniel Webster.Whig
1836 .. W. P. Mangum.Whig
1840 .. Martin Van Buren...Democrat. 1 , 128 , 702 ..
1840 .. W. H. Harrison.Whig. 1 , 275 , 017..23 1
1840 .. J. G. Birney.Liberal. 7 , 059 ...^..
1844 .. Tames K. Polk.Democrat. 1 , 337 , 243 . 1/0
1844 .. Henry Clay.Whig. 1 , 299 , 068 .. 1O0
1844 .. James G. Birney.Liberal. 62 , 300 ......
1848 .. Zachary Taylor.Whig.
1848 .. Lewis Cass.Democrat. 1 , 220 , 541.127
1848 .. Martin Van Buren...Free Soil. 291 , 263 ......
1852 .. Franklin Pierce.Democrat. 1 , 601 , 474..254
1852 .. Winfield Scott.Whig. 1 , 386 , 578 .. 42
1852 .. John P. Hale.Free Soil. 156 , 149 ......
1856 .. James Buchanan.Democrat. 1 , 838 , 169..174
1856 .John C. Fremont.Republican... 1 , 341 , 262.114
1856 .. Millard Filmore.American. 874 . 534 .. 8
1860 .. Abraham Lincoln Republican... 1,866 852..180
I860!.Stephen A. Douglas..Democrat.L 375 . 157 .. 72
1860 . J. C. Breckinridge....Democrat. 845 ,/ 0 o.. oJ
PARTY.
.John Bell.Union.
.Abraham Lincoln.Republican...
.Geo. B. McClellan...Democrat.
.U. S. Grant.Republican...
.Horatio Seymour.Democrat.
.U. S. Grant.Republican...
.Horace Greeley.Liberal.
.Charles O’Conor.Democrat.
.R. B. Hayes.Republican...
.Samuel J. Tilden.Democrat.
.G. C. Smith.Prohibition....
.James A. Garfield.Republican...
.W. S. Hancock.Democrat.
.James B. Weaver.Greenback....
.Grover Cleveland.Democrat.
.James G. Blaine.Republican...
.Benjamin F. Butler..Teople’s.
.John P. St. John.Prohibition....
.Benjamin Harrison...Republican...
.Grover Cleveland.Democrat.
.Clinton B. Fisk.Prohibition....
.A. J. Streeter.Union Labor.
.Benjamin Harrison...Republican...
.Grover Cleveland.Democrat....,
James B. Weaver.Populist...
.William McKinley...Republican...
.William J. Bryan.Dem.-Pop....
Joshua Levering.Prohibition....
.John M. Palmer.N. Democrat.
Popular Elec.
Vote. Vote.
589,581.. 12
2,216,067..212
1.808.725.. 21
3,015,071..214
2.709.613.. 80
3,597,070..286
2,834,079......
29,408.
4,033,950..185
4.284.885.. 184
Q ^99
4,449’053.'.214
4,442,035.155
307,306.
4.874.986.. 219
4,851,981.182
175,370.
150,369.
5.439.853.. 233
5.540.329.. ! C3
249,506.
146,935.
5,162,874.145
5.556.562.. 277
1,055,424.. 22
7.101.401.. 271
6,470,656.176
130,560,.
132,056.
676
OUR NATIONAL GOVERNMENT.
Politics of the Presidents.
The subjoined table will be found interesting, as a
reference, to many of our readers. Of course, the
name of Washington heading the list does not mean
that he wthe candidate of any party or faction, but
is placed there to complete the roll. The name of the
President is given, the date of his inauguration and
the party to which he belonged. In connection with
this it is interesting to note the ballots cast at the
national conventions and the popular vote for Presi¬
dent by States.
NAME. INAUGURATION. POLITICS.
George Washington.April 30, 1789.Unanimous.
John Adams.March 4, 1797......Federal.
Thomas Jefferson.March 4, 1801.Democrat.
James Madison.March 4, 1809.Democrat.
James Monroe.March 4, 1817.Democrat.
John Ouincy Adams....March 4, 1825.Federal.
Andrew Jackson.March 4, 1829.Democrat.
Martin Van Buren.March 4, 1837.Democrat.
Wm. Henry Harrison..March 4, 1841.Whig.
John Tyler.April 6 , 1841.Whig.
James K. Polk.March 4, 1845.Democrat.
Zachary Taylor.March 5, 1849.Whig.
Millard Fillmore.July 9, 1850.Whig.
Franklin Pierce.March 4, 1853.Democrat.
James Buchanan.March 4, 1857.Democrat.
Abraham Lincoln.March 4, 1861.Republican.
Andrew Johnson.April 15, 1865......Republican.
Ulysses S. Grant.March 4, 1869.Republican.
Rutherford B. Hayes...March 5, 1877.Republican.
James A. Garfield.March 4, 1881.Republican.
Chester A. Arthur.Sept. 20, 1881.Republican.
Grover Cleveland.March 4, 1885.Democrat.
Benjamin Harrison.March 4, 1889.Republican.
Grover Cleveland.March 4, 1893.Democrat.
William McKinley.March 4, 1897.Republican.
Ballots Cast at the National Conventions
in 1896.
The National Republican Convention for nominat¬
ing candidates for the presidency and vice-presidency
was held at St. Louis, June 16, 1896. The platform
reaffirmed the doctrine of protection and declared for
the gold standard. President McKinley was nomi¬
nated on the first ballot. He received 661J votes;
Reed, 84J; Quay, 61J; Morton, 58; Allison, 35J.
Garret A. Hobart was nominated for the vice-presi¬
dency.
The Democrats met in Chicago, July 7, 1896. W.
J. Bryan, of Nebraska, was nominated for the presi¬
dency on the fifth ballot. He received 500 votes;
Bland 106; Pattison, 95; Matthews, 31; Boies, 26.
Arthur Sewall, of Maine, was nominated for the vice¬
presidency.
The Sound-Money Democratic National Convention
was held at Indianapolis, September 2, 1896. Senator
John M. Palmer, of Illinois, was nominated for the
presidency, and Gen. Simon B. Buckner, of Kentucky,
for the vice-presidency.
The result of the election is recorded below:
Popular Vote for President by States
in 1896.
States. McKinley. Bryan. Palmer. Levering.
Alabama. 54,737 131,219 6,464 2,147
Arkansas. 37,512 110,103 893 889
California. 146,588 144,166 . 2,573
Colorado. 26,271 161,269 . 1,717
Connecticut. 110,297 56,740 4,336 1,806
Delaware. 20,452 16,615 956 602
Florida. 11,889 32,213 1,778 868
Georgia. 20,191 94,232 2,708 .
Idaho. 6,324 23,192 . 181
Illinois. 607,130 466,703 6,390 9,796
Indiana. 323,719 305,771 2,146 3,056
Iowa. 289,293 223,741 4,519 3,192
Kansas. ■ 158,541 171,810 1,209 2,351
Kentucky. 218,171 217,890 5,114 4,781
Louisiana. 22,012 77,096 1,810 .
Maine. 80,421 34,504 1,864 1,571
Maryland. 136,978 104,745 2,507 5,928
Massachusetts.... 279,976 105,711 11,749 2,998
Michigan. 293,327 237,251 6,930 4,968
Minnesota. 193,501 139,626 3,202 4,343
Mississippi. 4 730 63,457 1,021 390
Missouri. 304,940 363,652 2,355 3,169
Montana. 10,490 43,680
Nebraska. 101,064 115,999 2,797 1,196
Nevada. 1,939 8,377 .
New Hampshire. 57,444 21,650 3,420 776
New Jersey. 221,367 113,675 6,373 5,614
New York. 819,838 551,513 18,972 16,075
North Carolina... 155,222 174,488 578 635
North Dakota 26,336 20,689 . 356
Ohio. 527,945 478,547 1,831 5,060
Oregon. 48,711 46,739 974 789
Pennsylvania. 728,300 427,127 11,000 19,274
Rhode Island. 37,437 14,495 1,166 1,160
South Carolina... 9,313 58,801 824 .
South Dakota. 40,802 40,930 . 992
Tennessee. 148,773 168,176 1,951 3,098
Texas. 164,886 368,299 5,030 185
Utah. 13,861 67,053 .
Vermont. 50,991 10,607 1,329 728
Virginia. 135,388 154,985 2,127 2,341
Washington. 39,153 51,646 1,668 968
West Virginia.... 104 414 92,927 677 1,203
Wisconsin. 269,135 165,528 4,584 7,509
Wyoming. 10,072 10,855 . 159
Total. 7,101,401 6,470,656 132,056 130 560
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF VALUABLE INFORMATION. 677
Annual Salaries of Principal United States
Officers.
LEGISLATIVE.
President. $ 50,000
Vice-President. 8,000
Secretary o f State. 8,000
Secretary of Treasury. 8,000
Secretary of Interior. 8,000
Secretary of Navy. 8,000
Secretary of War. 8,000
Secretary of Agriculture. 8,000
Postmaster-General. 8,000
Attorney General. 8,000
Speaker of House of Representatives. 8,000
United States Senators. 5,000
Representatives in Congress. 5,000
UNITED STATES MINISTERS TO
England.$ 17,500
Germany. 17,500
France. 17,500
Russia. 17,500
China. 12,000
Brazil. 12,000
Spain. 12,000
Japan. 12,000
Mexico. 12,000
Central America. 10,000
Chili. 10,000
Peru. 10,000
Venezuela. 7,500
Turkey. 7>5°°
Sweden and Norway. 7 , 5 3°
Netherlands. 7,5°°
Denmark. 5 ,oco
Greece. 5> oco
Uruguay. 5 , 000
Portugal. 5 ,ooo
S witzerl and. 5 , 000
Liberia. 4,000
JUDGES.
Chief Justice U. S. Supreme Court.$ 10,500
Associate Judges. 10,000
United States Circuit Judges. 6,000
U. S. District Judges.from $ 3,500 to. 4,5°°
Judge of U. S. Court of Claims. 4,5°°
HEADS OE DEPARTMENTS.
Director of Geological Surveys. $ 6,000
Auditor of Railroad Accounts. 5 . 000
Superintendent of Census. 6 ,coo
Superintendent of Naval Observatory. 5 > 000
Commissioner of Patents. 5>°°°
Director of the Mint. 4,5°°
Commissioner of General Land Office. 4,000
Superintendent of Signal Service. 5,500
Commissioner of Pensions. 5 , 000
Superintendent of Nautical Almanac. $ 4,400
Commander of Marine Corps. 4,500
Commissioner of Indian Affairs. 4,000
Commissioner of Education. 3 , 00 a
Salaries of the United States Army and
Navy Officers.
ARMY.
General...$ 13,500
Lieutenant-General. 11,000
Major-General. 7,500
Brigadier-General. 5,500
Colonel. 3)500
Lieutenant-Colonel. 3,000
Major. 2,500
Captain. 2 ,ooo
Regimental Adjutant.„„. 1,800
First Lieutenant. 1,600
Second Lieutenant. 1,400
NAVY.
Admiral.$ 13,000
Vice-Admiral. 9,000
Rear-Admiral. 6,000
Commodore. 5,000
Captain. 4,500
Commander. 3,500
Lieutenant-Commander. 2,800
Lieutenant. 2,400
Master. 1,800
Ensign. 1,200
Midshipman. 1,000
Tlie President’s Salary, etc.
Most people believe that the $ 50,000 a year which
the President gets as his salary is.the sum total. This
is a mistake. $ 36,064 is given him, in addition to his
salary of $ 50 , 000 , to pay the salaries of his subordinates
and clerks. His private secretary is paid $ 3 , 250 , his
assistant private secretary $ 2 , 250 , his stenographer
$ 1 , 800 , five messengers, each $ 1 , 200 , a steward $ 1 , 800 ,
two door-keepers, each $ 1 , 200 , four other clerks at
good salaries, one telegraph operator, two ushers $ 1,200
and $ 1 , 400 , a night usher $ 1 , 200 , a watchman $ 900 , and
a man who takes care of the fires who receives $864 a
year. In addition to this, there is given him $ 8,000
for incidental expenses such as stationery, carpets, and
the care of the presidential stables. And under anoth¬
er heading there is given him nearly $ 40,000 more.
Of this $ 12,500 is for repairs and refurnishing the White
House, $ 2,500 is for fuel, $ 4,000 is for the green-house,
$ 15,000 is for gas, matches and the stable. The White
House, all told, costs the country in connection with
the President considerably over $ 125,000 a year.
Cabinet Facts.
There were six Secretaries of State who afterward
became Presidents, namely, Jefferson, Madison, Mon¬
roe, John Quincy Adams. Van Buren, and Buchanan.
I
078
OUR NATIONAL GOVERNMENT.
Monroe was Secretary of War for a short time after he
had served in the State Department, and General
Grant was Secretary of War adinterim. There have
been no Secretaries of the Treasury, the Navy, or the
Interior, nor any Postmasters or Attorney Generals
who have become President. Jeff Davis was Secretary
of War under President Pierce.
Religion of the Presidents.
Washington, Garfield, and Harrison were the only
Presidents who were church members, but all, one ex¬
cepted, were men who revered Christianity. Adams
married a minister’s daughter, and was inclined to
Unitarianism. Jefferson was not a believer, at least
while he was Chief Magistrate. Madison’s early con¬
nections were Presbyterian. Monroe is said to have
favored the Episcopal Church. John Quincy Adams
was like his father. Jackson was a Presbyterian and
died in the communion of that church. Van Buren
was brought up in the Reformed Dutch Church, but
afterward inclined to the Episcopal Church. Harrison
leaned toward the Methodist Church, and Tyler was an
Episcopalian. Polk was baptized by a Methodist
preacher after his term of office expired. Taylor was
inclined to the Episcopal communion. Fillmore at¬
tended th? Unitarian Church, and Franklin Pierce was
a member, but not a communicant, of a Congregation-
alist Church, at Concord. Buchanan w r as a Presbyte¬
rian, as is also Benjamin Harrison. General Grant
attended the Methodist Church, and President Garfield
the Church of the Disciples.
Presidents of the United States Inaugurated
on Other than the 4th of March.
George Washington, April 30 , 1789 ; James Monroe,
second term, March 5 , 1821 ; John Tyler, April 6 , 1841 ;
Zachary Taylor, March 5 , 1849 ; Millard Fillmore, July
10 , 1850 ; Andrew Johnson, April 15 , 1865 ; R. B. Hayes,
March 5 , 1877 .
THE WHITE HOUSE.
The residence of the President of the United States
is officially known as the Executive Mansion, which
means that it is the residence of the head of the Executive
branch of the Government; but it is seldom called in
ordinary talk, either by those who live in it, or by the
American people in general, anything but the White
House. This is a very unpretentious title, and it is
interesting to note how the residence of the President,
■hi a country which is full of w T hitc houses, came to bear
this simple name as its special property.
The explanation is easily found. The first Executive
Mansion at Washington was occupied in 1800 . It was
built of freestone, and was unpainted ; but in 1814 the
British Army occupied Washington, and burned, with
oth-r public buildings, the President’s house, leaving
it a blackened ruin.
The house was rebuilt on the same site, and the. same
walls were used in its construction ; but trey ueT so
discolored by smoke that, on the suggestion. of General
Jackson, they were painted white, not o >x\y to improve
their appearance, but in token of the successful de¬
fiance of British fire by the American Republic.
The mansion soon became the “ White Hou c e ” ii
the mouths of the people cn account of its dazzling
color, and from that day to this it has been repainted
white every ten years. Its name commemorates a
patriotic feeling, therefore, as well as serves to describe
the appearance of the mansion, for the original coat of
white paint was a sort of protest against the vandalism
of the British, and every subsequent coat has served to
perpetuate the protest.
INTERESTING FACTS ABOUT
INGTON, D. C.
The dome of the United States Capitol io ^ 87 ^ feet
high. The w r eight of the iron alone in U.r* dome of
the Capitol is 8 , 909,200 pounds.
Of the domes to large buildings i a the
settlement of the first permanent colony there, 1607,
West Indies discovered by Columbus, 1492.
The Political Divisions of the World, Ar¬
ranged According to Size.
Sq miles.
Russian Empire...7,862,568
Chinese Empire...4,695,334
British Empire...4,419,559
United States.3,578,392
British N. Am.3,523,083
Brazil.3,231,047
Australian Cont...2,945,2i9
Turkish Empire...i,9i7,472
India.1,552,028
China (proper)....1,300,000
Argentine Repub. 826,828
Mexico. 773,144
Egypt. 659,081
Turkestan. 640,516
Persia. 562,344
Bolivia. 535,769
Peru. 510,107
Venezuela. 368,235
U. S. of Colombia 357,179
Tripoli. 344,423
Morocco. 259,593
Afghanistan. 258,530
Texas. 247,356
Austria,. 240,381
Madagascar. 232,313
Ecuador. 218,984
France. 209,428
Spain. 195,607
California. 188,981
Central America.. 178,869
Sweden. 170,634
Beloochistan. 165,830
German Empire.. 160,207
Abyssinia. 158,392
Dakota. 152,000
Japan. 149,399
Montana. 143,776
Prussia. 135,806
Chili. 132,624
Paraguay. 126,352
New Mexico. 121,201
Great Britain. 121,115
Norway. 120,295
Arizona. 113,916
Nevada. 112,090
Italy. 109,837
Colorado. 104,500
Oregon. 95, 2 74
Idaho. 90,932
Utah. 88,056
Wyoming. 88,000
Minnesota. 83,531
Kansas. 81,318
Transvaal Repub¬
lic. 77,964
Sq. miles.
Nebraska.
• 75,995
Washington.
.69,994
Indian Territory.
.68,991
Uruguay..
66,716
Missouri..
•65,350
Florida.
59,268
Georgia.
.58,000
Michigan...__
• 56,451
Illinois.
• 55 , 4 io
Iowa.
• 55,045
Wisconsin.
• 53 , 9 2 4
Arkansas.
.52,198
Alabama.
.50,722
North Carolina.
.50,704
Orange Free State...
.48,019
Mississippi.
• 47 U 56
New York.
.47,000
Pennsylvania.
.46,000
Tunis.
• 45 , 7 io
Tennessee.
.45,600
Louisiana.
• 4 L 346
Ohio...
• 39,964
Virginia.
• 38,352
Portugal.
• 37,977
Kentucky.
.37,68o
Maine.
.35,000
South Carolina.
.34,000
Indiana.
•33,809
Bavaria...
29-373
West Virginia.
.23,000
Servia.
.21,210
Greece.
• 19,353
St. Domingo.
.17,826
Switzerland.
•15,722
Denmark.
• 14,734
Netherlands.
Belgium.
- 11,373
Maryland.
.11,124
'^rmont.
Hayti..
.10,205
Liberia.
• 9,567
New Hampshire....
Fejee Islands.
•• 8,033
Massachusetts.
Sandwich Islands...
•• 7,633
New Jersey.
•• 7-570
Wurtemburg.
• 7,532
Baden.
•• 5 , 9 i 2
Saxony.
•• 5,779
Mecklenburg-Schw
erin.
• • 5,190
Connecticut.
.. 4,674
Papal States..
•• 4,552
Hesse Darmstadt...
•• 2,969
Oldenburg.
.. 2,469
Wealth of Principal Nations.
Argen. Rep..$i,66o,ooo,ooo
Australia. 4,950,000,000
Austria.18,060,000,000
Belgium. 4,030,000,000
Canada. 3,250,000,000
Denmark. 1,830,000,000
France.40,300,000,000
Germany.31,615,000,000
Great Britain ano
Ireland..43,600,000,000
Greece.$1,055,000,000
Holland. 4,935,000,000
Italy.12,755,000,000
Mexico. 3,190,000,000
Norway. 1,410,000,000
Portugal. 1,855,000,000
Spain. 7,965,000,000
Sweden. 3,475,000,000
Switzerland.. 1,620,000000
U. States.47,475,000,000
682
ENCYLOPEDIA OF VALUABLE INFORMATION.
Money.
Money first mentioned as a medium of commerce in
the twenty-third chapter of Genesis, when Abraham
purchased a field as a sepulcher for Sarah, in the year
of the world 2139; first made at Argos, 894 before
Christ. Silver has increased 30 times its value since
the Norman conquest, viz: a pound in that age was
three times the quantity what it is at present, and ten
times its value in purchasing any commodity; first
coined in the United States, 1652 ; first paper money,
1690.
Weight of a Million Dollars.
The United Slates gold dollar contains 25.8 troy
grains. A troy pound contains 5760 troy grains, but
the ordinary pound of currency, avoirdupois, weighs
7000 troy grains. Therefore $1,000,000 in United States
gold coin weigh 36S6.4 pounds avoirdupois. A United
States standard silver dollar weighs 412.5 troy grains.
$1,000,000 in United States silver coin of the present
standard weigh 56,931 pounds avoirdupois, or nearly
28X tons.
Foundations of Fortunes.
Senator Farwell began life as a surveyor.
Cornelius Vanderbilt began life as a farmer.
Wanamaker’s first salary was $1.25 a week.
A. T. Stewart made his start as a school-teacher.
Jim Keene drove a milk-wagon in a California town.
Cyrus Field began life as a clerk in a New England
•store.
Pulitzer once acted as stoker on a Mississippi steam¬
boat.
“ Lucky” Baldwin worked on his father’s farm in
Indiana.
Dave Sinton sold sugar over an Ohio counter for $1
a week.
Moses Taylor clerked in Water street, New York,
at $2 a week.
George W. Childs was an errand boy for a bookseller
at $4 a month.
J. C. Flood, the California millionaire, kept a saloon
in San Francisco.
P. T. Barnum earned a salary as bartender in Niblo’s
Theatre New York.
Jay Gould canvassed Delaware County, New York,
selling maps at $1.50 apiece.
C. P. Huntington sold butter and eggs for what he
could get a pound and dozen.
Andrew Carnegie did his first work in a Pittsburgh
telegraph office at $3 a week.
Whitelaw Reid did work as correspondent of a Cin¬
cinnati newspaper for $5 a week.
Adam Forepaugh was a butcher in Philadelphia
when he decided to go into the show business.
Senator Brown made his first monsy by plowing his
neighbor’s fields with a pair of bull calves.
A Business Lesson.
Peter Cooper was one of the most successful, careful,
and prudent business men of his time. He was strongly
opposed to the methods of many merchants who launch¬
ed out into extravagant enterprises on borrowed money,
for which they paid exorbitant rate of interest. The
following anecdote illustrates this point very forcibly:
Once, while talking about a project with an acquaint¬
ance, the latter said he would have to borrow the money
for six months, paying interest at the rate of 3 per cent,
per month.
“Why do you borrow for so short a time?” Mr.
Cooper asked.
“Because the brokers will not negotiate mils for
longer.’'
“ Well, if you wish,” said Mr. Cooper, “ I will dis¬
count your note at that rate for three years.”
“Are you in earnest?” asked the would-be bor¬
rower.
“Certainly, I am. I will discount your note for
$10,000 for three years at that rate. Will you do it?”
“ Of course I will,” said the merchant.
“ Very well,” said Mr. Cooper ; “just sign this note
for $10,000 payable in three years, and give your check
for $800, and the transaction will be complete.”
“But where is the money for me ?” askei the aston¬
ished merchant.
“You don’t get any money,” was the reply. “Your
interest for thirty-six months at three per centum per
month amounts to 108 per centum, or $10,800; there¬
fore your check for $Soo just makes us even.”
The force of this practical illustration of the folly of
paying such an exorbitant price for the use of money
was such that the merchant determined never to bor¬
row at such ruinous rates, and he frequently used to
say that nothing could have so fully convinced him as
this rather humorous proposal by Mr. Cooper.
Avoid Debt.
Every man who would get on in the world should,
as far as possible, avoid debt. From the very outset of
his career he should resolve to live within his ineome,
however paltry it may be. The art of living easily as
to money is very simple—pitch your scale of living one
degree below your means. All the world’s wisdom on
the subject is most tersely epitomized in the words of
Dickens s Micawber: “ Annual income, twenty pounds;
annual expenditure, nineteen six; result, happiness.
Annual income, twenty pounds ; annual expenditure,
twenty pounds naught and six ; result, misery.” Many
a man dates his downfall from the day when he begav
borrowing money. Avoid the first obligation, for, that
incurred, others follow, one necessitating the other;
every day the victim will get more entangled; then
follow pretexts, excuses, lies, till all sense of shame is
lost, the whole life becomes a makeshift, and the debtor
G33
IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE.
in despair finally resolves to live by indirect robbery
and falsehood.
Getting’ Rich by Small Inventions.
The New Jersey man who hit upon the idea of attach¬
ing a rubber erasing tip to the end of the lead pencil i s
worth $ 200 , 000 .
The miner who invented a metal rivet or eyelet at
each end of the mouth .of coat and trowsers pockets,
to lesist the strain caused by the carriage of pieces of
ore and heavy tools, has made more money from his
letters patent than he w’ould have made had he struck
a good vein of gold-bearing quartz.
Every one has seen the metal plates that are used to
protect the heels and soles of rough shoes, but every
one doesn’t know that within ten years the man who
hit upon the idea has made $250,000.
As large a sum as was ever obtained for any inven¬
tion was enjoyed by the Yankee who invented the
invented glass bell to hang over gas-jets to protect
■aeiliugs from being blackened by smoke.
The inventor of the roller skate has made $1,000,000,
aotwithstanding the fact that his patent had nearly ex¬
pired before the value of it was ascertained in the craze
for roller skating that spread over the country a few
years ago.
The gimlet-pointed screw has produced more wealth
than most silver mines, and the Connecticut man who
first thought of putting copper tips on the tees of
children’s shoes is as well off as if he had inherited
$1 ,000,000, for that’s the amount his idea has realized
for him.
The common needle threader which every one has
seen for sale, and which every woman owns, was a boon
to needle users. The man who invented it has an
income of $10,000 a year from his invention.
A minister in England made $50,000 by inventing an
odd toy that danced by winding it with a string.
The man who invented the return ball, an ordinary
wooden Dali with a rubber string attached to pull it
backj made $1,000,000 from it.
Results of Saving Small Amounts of Money.
The following show’s how easy it is to accumulate a
fortune, provided proper steps are taken. The table
shows what would be the result at the end of fifty
years by saving a certain amount each day and putting
it at interest at the rate of six per cent.:
Daily Savings. The result.
One cent.$ 95 °
Ten cents. 9 5°4
Twenty cents. 19,006
Thirty cents. 28,512
Forty cents. 38, 01 5
Fifty cents. 47 > 5 2 °
Daily Savings. The result.
Sixty cents.....$57,024
Seventy cents. 66,528
Eighty cents. 76,032
Ninetv cents......... 85,537
One dollar. 95,041
Five dollars.475,208
Nearly every person wastes enough in twenty or
thirtv years, which, if saved and carefully invested,
would make a family quite independent; but the prin¬
ciple of small savings has been lost sight of in th.*
general desire to become wealthy.
Wliat a Dollar Saved Each Day Will Earn.
One dollar per day saved in the cost of fuel amounts,
with interest, on basis of 312 working days in a year,
to following:
Four Six Eight Ten
Per Cent. Per Cent. Per Cent. Per Cent*
One Year. $324 48 $330 72 $336 96 $343 20
Five Years. 1,757 50 1,86420 1,97680 2,0952s
Ten Years.3,895 76 4,359 14 4,881 40 5,469 73
Fifteen Years.. 6,479 24 7,69782 9,14918 10,90430
Twenty Years.. 9,662 39 12,16572 15,41994 19,65678
Value of Metals.
Fully ninety-nine persons in every hundred, if asked
to name the most precious metals, would mention
gold as first, platinum as second, silver as third. If
asked 1 to name others a few might add nickel, and a
very few aluminum to the list.
Let us see how near the truth they would be. Gold
is worth about $240 per pound, troy • platinum $130,
and silver about $12. Nickel would be quoted atabout
60 cents and pure aluminum $8 to $9 to the troy pound.
We w’ill now compare these prices with those of the
rarer and less well known of the metals. To take them
in alphabetical order, barium sells for $975 a pound,
when it is sold at all, and calcium is worth $1,800 a
pound, while cerium is a shade higher—its cost is $160
an ounce, or $1,920 a pound. Chromium brings $200 ;
cobalt falls to about half the price of silver, -while
didymium is the same price as cerium, and cerium $10
cheaper on the ounce than calcium, or just $1,680 per
pound.
If the wealth of the Vanderbilts be not overestimat¬
ed, it amounts to nearly $200,000,000. With this sum
they could purchase 312 tons of gold and have some¬
thing left over, but they couldn’t buy two tons of gal¬
lium, that rare metal being worth $4,250 an ounce.
With this metal the highest price is reached, and it
may well be called the rarest and most precious of
metals.
Glucinum is worth $250 per ounce; indium, $158;
irinium, $658 per pound ; lanthanium, $175, and lin-
thium, $160 per ounce. Niobium costs $128 per ounce;
asmium, paladium, platinum, potassium and rhodium
bring respectively, $640, $400, $59, $32 and $512 per
pound. Strontium costs $128 an ounce; tantium,
$144 ; tellurium, $9 ; atliorium, $272 ; vanadium, $320;
vitrium, $144, and ziconium, $250 an ounce.
Barium is more than four times as valuable as gold,
and gallium more than 162 times as costly, while many
of the metals are twice and thrice as valuable.
Aluminum, which now costs $8 to $9 a pound, will
eventually be produced as cheap as steel.
684
IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE.
Lightning conductors afford protection over a circle
whose radius equals their height from the ground ;
formerly considered twice.
Average Annual Rainfall in the United
S tates.
fLACE Inches.
Neah Bay, Wash. Ter...123
Sitka, Alaska. 83
Ft. Haskins, Oregon... 66
Mt. Vernon, Alabama.. 66
Baton Rouge, La. 60
Meadow Valley, Cal.... 57
Ft. Tonson, Indian Ter. 57
Ft. Myers, Florida. 56
Washington, Arkansas. 54
Huntsville, Alabama... 54
Natchez, Mississippi.... 53
New Orleans, La. 51
Savannah, Georgia. 48
Springdale, Kentucky.. 48
Fortress Monroe, Va... 47
Memphis, Tennessee... 45
Newark, New Jersey... 44
Boston, Massachusetts.. 44
Brunswick, Maine. 44
Cincinnati, Ohio. 44
New Haven, Conn. 44
Philadelphia, Pa. 44
Charleston, S. Carolina 43
New York City, N. Y.. 43
Gaston, N. Carolina. 43
Richmond, Indiana. 43
Marietta, Ohio. 43
St. Louis, Mis iri. 43
Muscatine, Iowa. 42
Baltimore, Maryland... 41
New Bedford, Mass. 41
Providence, R. 1 . 41
Ft. Smith, Arkansas_ 40
place. Inches.
Hanover, N. H.40
Ft. Vancouver.38
Cleveland, Ohio.37
Pittsburgh, Pa.37
Washington, D. C.37
WhiteSulph’r Spgs.,Va-37
Ft. Gibson, Indian Ten.36
Key West, Florida.36
Peoria, Illinois.35
Burlington, Vermont....34
Buffalo, New York.33
Ft. Brown, Texas.33
Ft. Leavenworth, Kan...31
Detroit, Michigan.30
Milwaukee, Wisconsin..30
Penn Yan, New York...28
Ft. Kearney.25
Ft. Snelling, Minnesota25
SaltLake City,Utah Ter.23
Mackinac, Michigan.23
San Francisco, Cal.21
Dallas, Oregon.21
Sacramento, California..2i
Ft. Massachusetts, Col „ .17
Ft. Marcy,New Mex. T.16
Ft. Randall, Dakota T...16
Ft. Defiance, Arizona.... 14
Ft. Craig, New Mex. T. 11
San Diego, California.... 9
Ft. Colville, Wash. Ter.. 9
Ft. Bliss, Texas. 9
Ft. Bridger, Utah Ter... 6
Ft. Garland, Colorado... 6
Average Annual Temperature in United
States.
riace of Average
Observation. Temperature.
Tucson, Arizona.69
Jacksonville, Florida.69
New Orleans, La.69
Austin, Texas.67
Mobile, Alabama.66
Jackson, Mississippi.64
Little Rock, Arkansas...63
Columbia, S. Carolina...62
Ft. Gibson, Indian Ter..6o
Raleigh, North Carolina59
Atlanta, Georgia.58
Nashville, Tennessee.58
Richmond, Virginia.57
Louisville, Kentucky....56
San Francisco, Cal.55
Washington, D. C.55
St. Louis, Missouri.55
Baltimore, Maryland.54
Harrisburg, Pa.54
Wilmington, Delaware-53
Trenton, New Jersey.53
Columbus, Ohio.53
Portland, Oregon.53
Ft. Boise, Idaho.52
Place of Average
Observation. Temperature.
Salt Lake City, Utah.52
Romney, West Virginia52
Indianapolis, Indiana...51
Leavenworth, Kansas,...51
Sante Fe, NewMex.Ter.51
Steilacoom. W. Ter.51
Hartford, Connecticut...50
Springfield, Illinois.50
Camp Scott, Nevada.50
Des Moines, Iowa.49
Omaha, Nebraska.49
Denver, Colorado.48
Boston, Massachusetts...48
Albany, New York.48
Providence, R. 1 .48
Detroit, Michigan.47
Ft. Randall, Dakota Ter.47
Sitka, Alaska.46
Concord, N. H.46
Augusta, Maine.45
Madison, Wisconsin.45
Helena, Montana Ter...43
Montpelier, Vermont....43
St. Paul, Minnesota.42
The Derivations of the Names of the
Months.
January. —The Roman Janus presided over thebe**
ginning of everything ; hence the first month of the
year was called after him.
February. —The Roman festival Februs was held
on the 15th day of this month, in honor of Lupercus,
the god of fertility.
March. —Named from the Roman god of war,.
Mars.
Aprie. —Latin, Aprilis, probably derived from
aperire, to open ; because spring generally begins and
the buds open in this month.
May. —Latin, Maius, probably derived from Maia, a
femine divinity worshiped at Rome on the first day of
this month.
June. —Juno, a Roman divinity worshiped as the
Queen of Heaven.
Jury (Julius).—Julius Caesar was born in this
month.
August. —Named by the Emperor Augustus Caesar,
B. C. 30, after himself, as he regarded it a fortunate
month, being that in which he had gained several vic¬
tories.
September. —Latin, septem or 7. September was
the seventh month in the old Roman calendar.
October. —Latin, octo. Eighth month of the old
Roman year.
November. —Latin, novem, or 9. November was
the ninth mouth in the old Roman year.
December. — Latin, decern, or 10. December was
the tenth month of the early Roman year. About the
21st of this month the sun enters the Tropic of Capri¬
corn, and forms the winter solstice.
Days of the Week.
Sunday.— Saxon, Sunnaudseg, da}' of the sun.
Monday. —German, Montag, day of the moon.
Tuesday. —Ang-Saxon, Tiwesdaeg, from Tw, the god
of war.
Wednesday. —Ang-Saxon, Wodnesdaeg, from Odin,
the god of storms.
Thursday. Danish, Thor, the god of thunder.
Friday. Saxon, Frigedasg, day of Freya, goddess
of marriage.
Saturday. —Day of Saturn, the god of time.
The names of the seven days of the week originated
with the Egyptian astronomers. They gave them the
names of the sun, moon and five planets : viz., Mars,
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn.
The Chinese and Thibetans have a week of five days
natned after iron, wood, water, feathers and earth.
Principal Exports of Various Countries.
Arabia. Coffee, aloes, myrrh, frankincense, gum
arabic.
685
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF VALUABLE INFORMATION.
Belgium.—G rain, flax, hops, woolens, linens, laces,
various manufactures.
Brazil. —Cotton, sugar, coffee, tobacco, gold, dia¬
monds, wheat and dry goods.
Canada, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick.—
Flour, furs, lumber, fish.
Cape Colony. —Brandy, wine, ostrich feathers,
hides, tallow.
Central America. —Logwood, mahogany, indigo,
cocoa.
Chili. —Silver, gold, copper, wheat, hemp, hides,
sugar, cotton, fruits.
China. —Tea, silks, nankeens, porcelain, opium,
articles of ivory and pearl.
Denmark. —Grain, horses, cattle, beef, pork, but¬
ter, cheese.
Eastern, Western and Southern Africa.—
Gold, ivory, ostrich feathers.
Egypt.—R ice, grain, linseed, fruits, indigo, cotton,
sugar.
Ecuador and New Grenada.—C offee, cotton,
indigo, cocoa, fruits, sugar.
France —Silks, w ? ooiens, linens, cotton, wine,
brandy, porcelain, toys.
Germany. —Linen, grain, various manufactures of
silver, copper, etc.
Great Britain. —Woolens, cottons, linens, hard¬
ware, porcelain, etc.
Greenland. —Whale oil, whale bone, seal skins.
Hindoostan. —Cotton, silks, rice, sugar, coffee,
opium, indigo.
Holland. —Fine linens, woolens, butter, cheese,
various manufactures.
ITALY. —Silks, wine, oil, grain, fruits.
Ireland. —Linens, beef, butter, tallow, hides, pota¬
toes, barley.
Japan. —Silk and cotton goods, japanware, porce¬
lain.
Mexico. —Gold, silver, logw r ood, cochineal, fruits.
PERSIA. —Carpets, shawls, wine, silk, cotton, rice,
rhubarb, guns, swords, etc.
PERU. —Silver, gold, Peruvian bark, mercury, suga-,
cotton, fruits.
RUSSIA. —Hemp, iron, linen, grain, timber, furs,
tallow, platina.
Spain and Portugal. — Silks, w t oo1, wine, oil,
fruits, salt.
Sweden and Norway. —Iron, steel, copper, tim¬
ber, fish.
Switzerland. —Watches, jewelry, paper, laces,
linen, cotton and silk goods, etc.
Turkey. —Gr^in, ffmits, cotton, oil, wines, carpets,
muslin, swords.
United States.—
Eastern States -—Lumber, beef, pork, fish, cottons,
woolens, etc.
Middle States .—Flour, wheat, salt, coal, cottons,
woolens.
Souihern States. —Cotton, rice, tobacco, corn, lum-
I ber, pitch, fruits.
Western Stales. —Corn, wheat, lead, coal, iron, salt,
lime, beef, pork.
Venezuela. —Sugar, coffee, cocoa, cotton, indigo,
fruits.
West Indies. —Sugar, rum, molasses, coffee, spice,
cotton, indigo, fruits.
Salaries Paid to Heads of Governments.
Various governments pay their chiefs as follows:
The United States, $50,000 a year ; Persia, $30,000,000;
Russia, $10,000,000; Siam, $10,000,000; Spain,
$3,9 00 , 00 °; Italy, $3,000,000; Great Britain, $3,000,-
000; Morocco, $2,500,000 ; Japan, $2,300,000; Egypt,
$L 575 >°°°; Germany, $1,000,000; Saxony, $700,-
000; Portugal, Sweden and Brazil, each $600,000;
France, $200,000; Hayti, $240,000; Switzerland,
$3,000.
Sovereigns of England.
“First William the Norman ;
Then William, his son,
Henry, Stephen and Henry,
Then Richard and John ;
Next, Henry the third,
Edwards, one, two, three,
And again, after Richard,
Three Henrys we see.
Two Edwards, third Richar-,' '
If rightly I guess ;
Two Henrys, sixth Edward,
Queen Mary, Queen Bess,
Then Jamie, the Scotchman,
Then Charles, whom they slew,
Yet received after Cromwell
Another Charles, too;
Next James the second
Ascended the throne ;
Then good William and Mary
Togetlier came on ;
’Till Annie, Georges four
And fourth William all past;
God sent us Victoria,
May she long be the last!’’
The Smallest Republic in Europe.
The honor which was claimed for Gersau belongs to
the independent hamlet of Foust. This pretty group of
huts, situated a few hours distant from Oleron, in the
department of the lower Pyrenees, belongs neither to
France nor Spain. It has somewhat over 100 citizens.
They have no mayor or other civil official. They have
not even an established church or priest of their own,
but attend at a neighboring village. The very weak¬
ness of this little republic preserves it in existence.
What Royalty Costs England.
As a sample of what royalty costs the people of
Great Britain alone, Whitaker gives the following an¬
nuities to the royal family :
C8G
IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE.
Her Majesty—
Privy purse. /6o,ooo
Salaries of household.131,260
Expenses of household.172,500
Royal bounty, etc. 13,500
Unappropriated. 8,540
^385,800
Prince of Wales. 40,000
Princess of Wales. 10,000
Prince Albert Victor. 10.000
Crown Princess of Prussia. 8,000
Duke of Edinburgh. 25,000
Princess Christian of Schleswig-Holstein. 6,oco
Princess Louise (Marchioness of Lome). 6,000
Duke of Connaught. 25,000
Duke of Albany. 25.000
Duke of Cambridge. 6,000
Duchess of Mecklenburg-Strelitz. 3,000
Duke of Cambridge. 12,000
Duchess of Teck. 5,000
Total.^566,800 ©r 12,834,000
Carlisle Tables of Mortality.
How Human Life is Spent.
According to a French statistician, taking tne mean
of many accounts, a man of 50 years of age has slept
6,000 days, worked 6,500 days, walked 800 days, amus¬
ed himself 4,000 days, was eating 1,500 days, was sick
500 days, etc. He ate 17,000 pounds of bread, 16,000
pounds of meat, 4,600 pounds of vegetables, eggs and
fish, and drank 7,000 gallons of liquid, namely, watei.
tea, coffee, beer, wine, etc., altogether.
How to tell the Ag-e of any Person.
There is a good deal of amusement in the following
magical table of figures. It will enable you to tell how
old the young ladies are. Just hand this table to a
young lady, and request her to tell you in which col¬
umn or columns her age is contained, and add together
the figures at the top of the columns in which her age
is found, and you have the great secret. Thus, sup¬
pose her age to be 17, you will find that number in the
first and fifth columns ; add the first figures of these
Showing how many persons out of 10,000 will die
annually, on the average until all are deceased,
by Life Insurance Companies.
Used
Year.
No. Alive.
Deaths.
Year.
No. Alive.
Deaths.
At Birth.
10,000
8,461
L539
41
5,009
69
I
682
42
4,940
71
2
7,779
5°5
43
4,869
71
3
7,274
276
44
4,798
71
4
6,998
201
45
4,727
70
5
6,797
121
46
4,657
69
6
6,670
82
47
4,588
67
7
6,594
58
48
4,521
63
8
6,536
48
49
4,458
6l
9
6,493
33
50
4,397
59
10
6,460
29
5i
4,338
62
Ii
6,43 t
3i
52
4,276
65
12
6,400
32
53
4,211
68
13
6,368
33
54
4,i43
70
14
6,335
35
55
4,073
73
15
6,300
39
56
4,000
76
16
6,261
42
57
3,924
82
17
6,219
43
58
3,842
93
18
6,176
43
59
3,749
106
19
6,133
43
60
3,633
122
20
6,090
43
61
3,52i
126
21
6,047
42
62
3,395
127
22
6,005
42
63
3,268
125
23
5,963
42
64
3,M3
125
24
5,92i
42
65
3,018
124
25
5,879
43
66
2,894
123
26
5,83 6
43
67
2,771
123
27
5-793
45
68
2,648
123
28
5,748
5°
69
2,525
124
29
5,698
56
70
2,401
124
3°
5,642
57
7i
2,277
134
3 1
5,585
57
72
2,143
146
S 2
5,5 2 8
5 6 ,
73
1.997
156
33
5,472
55
74
1,841
166
34
5,4i7
55
75
1,675
160
35
5,362
55
76
L515
156
3 6
5,307
56
77
i,359
146
„ 37
5,251
57
78
1,213
132
38
5,194
58
79
1,081
128
1 39 .i.,
5,136
. 61
80
953
116
40
5,075
66
81
U 8 37 .
112
two columns.
Here is the magic table :
1
2
4
8
16
32
3
3
5
9
17
33
5
6
6
10
18
34
7
7
7
11
19
35
9
10
12
12
20
36
:i
11
13
13
21
37
13
14
14
14
22
38
15
15
15
15
23
39
17
18
20
24
24
40
19
19
21
25
25
4i
21
22
22
26
26
42
23
23
23
27
27
43
25
26
28
28
28
44
27
27
29
29
29
45
29
30
30
30
30
46
31
3i
3i
3i
3i
*7
33
34
36
40
48
48
35
35
37
4i
49
49
37
38
38
42
50
50
39
39
39
43
5i
51
4i
42
44
44
52
52
43
45
43
46
45
46
45
46
53
54
53
54
47
47
47
47
55
55
49
50
52
56
56
56
5i
5i
53
57
57
57
53
54
54
58
58
58
55
55
55
59
59
59
57
58
60
60
60
60
59
59
61
61
61
61
61
62
62
62
62
62
63
63
63
63
6 3
63
Another NLctliod of Telling^ .Any One's Age
Girls of a marriageable age do not like to tell how
old they are, but you can find out by following sub¬
joined instructions, the young lady doing the figuring.
Tell her to put down the number of the month in which
she was born ; then to multiply it by two ; then to add
five ; then to multiply it by 50; then to add her age;
then to subtract 365 ; then to add 115 ; then tell her to
csr
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF VALUABLE INFORMATION.
tell you the amount she has left. The two figures to
the right will denote her age, and the remainder the
month of her birth. For example, the amount is 822,
she is twenty-two years old, and was born in the eighth
month (August). Try it.
A Lady’s Chance of Marrying
Every woman has some chance to marry ; it may be
one to fifty, or it may be ten to one that she will. Re¬
presenting her entire chance at one hundred at certain
points of her progress in time, it is found to be in the
following ratio:
Between the ages of 15 and 20 years.14 y 2 per cent.
Between the ages of 20 and 25 years. 52 per cent.
Between the ages of 25 and 30 years. 18 per cent.
Between the ages of 30 and 35 years.15 per cent.
Between the ages of 35 and 40 years. 3^ per cent.
Between the ages of 40 and 45 years. 2per cent.
Between the ages of 45 and 50 years... of 1 per cent.
Between the ages of 50 and 56 years...of 1 per cent.
After sixty it is one-tenth of one per cent, or one
chance in a thousand. A pretty slender figure—but
FIGURES are often SLENDER at that age.
Mode of Execution in Every Country.
Country.
Mode.
Publicity.
Austria.
..Gallows.
Bavaria.
..Guillotine.
Belgium.
..Guillotine.
Brunswick.
..Ax.
China.
..Sword or cord.
Denmark.
..Guillotine.
Ecuador.:.
..Musket.
.Public.
France.
..Guillotine.
Great Britain.
.Gallows.
Hanover.
.Guillotine..
Italy.
.Sword or gallows"'
.Public.
Netherlands..
..Gallows.
Oldenberg.
.Musket.
Portugal.
.Gallows.
Prussia.
.Sword.
Russia.
.Musket,gallows, or
sword Public.
Saxony.
Guillotine.
Spain.
..Garrote.
Switzerland-
Fifteen cantons.
..Sword.
Two cantons.
..Guillotine.
Two cantons.
..Guillotine.
United States (other
than New York)....
..Gallows.
f Mostly
New York.
...Electricity.
*Capital punishment abolished in 1876.
Antidotes for Pois* ns.
In cases where the other articles to be used as anti¬
dotes are not in the house, give two tablespoonfuls of
mustard mixed in a pint of warm water. Also give
large draughts of warm milk or water mixed with oil,
butter or lard. If possible give as follows .
For Bed-Bug Poison,
Blue Vitrioe,
Corrosive Sublimate,
Read Water,
Saltpetre,
Sugar of Lead,
Sulphate of Zinc,
Red Precipitate,
Vermilion,
For Fowler’s Solution,
White Precipitate,
Arsenic,
For Antimonial Wine,
Tartar Emetic,
For Oil Vitriol,
Aqua Fortis,
Bi-Carbonate Potass a,
Muriatic Acid,
Oxalic Acid
For Caustic Soda,
Caustic Potash,
Volatile Alkali,
j- Give Milk or White of
Eggs, in large quantities.
Give prompt Emetic of'
Mustard and Salt—tabic-
-spoonful of each; follow
with Sweet Oil, Butter 01
. Milk.
Drink warm water to en¬
courage vomiting. If
• vomiting does not stop,
give a Grain of Opium
in water.
Magnesia or Soap, dis-
- solved in water, every
two minutes.
Drink freely of water with
Vinegar or Lemon Juice in.
it.
For Carbolic Acid
) Give Flour and Water or Glu.^
J tinous drinks.
For Chloral Hydrate,
Chloroform,
Pour cold water over the
head and face, with arti¬
ficial respiration, Galvanic'
Battery.
For Carbonate of Soda,
Copperas,
Cobalt,
Prompt Emetic ; Soap or
Mucilaginous drinks.
For Laudanum,
Morphine,
Opium,
Strong Coffee, followed by Ground
Mustard, or Grease in warm water
to produce vomiting. Keep in mo¬
tion.
For Nitrite of Silver —Give common Salt in water.
For Strychnine, ) Emetic of Mustard or Sulphate of
Tinct. nux vomica / Zinc, aided by warm water.
Powers of Locomotion of Animals, and
Average Velocities of Various Bodies.
A man walks.
Per hour
or
Per Sec.
4 feet.
A horse trots.
7
<<
or
10 “
A horse runs.
4 <
or
29 “
Steamboat runs.
18
( 4
or
26 “
Sailing vessel runs.
( k
or
14 “
Slow rivers flow.
3
< 4
or
4 “
Rapid rivers flow.
7
4 <
or
10 “
A moderate wind blows..
7
4 <
or
IO “
A storm moves.
36
4 4
or
32 “
A hurricane moves.
( 4
or
117 “
A rifle ball moves.
4 4
or
1,466 “
Sound moves.
743
(4
or
1,142 “
Light moves.
miles per second.
Electricity moves.,,,,,,.288,000 miles per second.
688
IMPORTANT FACTS FOR REFERENCE.
The Pulse.
The natural rate of the pulse varies at different ages
as follows:
Beats per Minute.
At birth. 130—140
One year.. 115—130
Two years.. 100—115
Three years... 95—105
Four to seven years. 85— 95
Seven to fourteen years. 80— 90
Fourteen to twenty-one years. 75-- 85
Twenty-one to sixty years. 70— 75
Old age. 75— 85
Periods of Digestion.
SUBSTANCE.
Rice, boiled.
Eggs, whipped, raw.
Trout, fresh, fried.
Soup, barley, boiled.
Apples, sweet, mellow, raw.
Venison steak, broiled...
Sago, boiled.
Tapioca, boiled.
Barley, boiled.
Milk, boiled.
Liver, beef, fresh, broiled.
Eggs, fresh, raw.*.
Apples, sour, mellow, raw.
Cabbage, with vinegar, raw.
Milk, raw.
Eggs, fresh, roasted.
Turkey, domestic, roasted.
Goose, wild, roasted.
Cake, sponge, baked.
Hash, warmed.
Beans, pod, boiled.
Parsnips, boiled.
Potatoes, Irish, baked.
Cabbage, head, raw.
Custard, baked.
Apples, sour, hard, raw.
Oysters, fresh, raw.
Eggs, fresh, soft boiled.
Beefsteak, broiled.
Mutton, fresh, broiled.
Mutton, fresh, boiled.
Soup, bean, boiled.
Chicken soup, boiled.
Dumpling, apple, boiled.
Oysters, fresh, roasted.
Pork, salted, broiled.
Porksteak, broiled.
Mutton, fresh, roasted.
Bread, corn, baked.
Carrot, orange, boiled.
Sausage, fresh, broiled.
H. M.
I
• I 30
I 30
I 30
I 30
I 45
1 45
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 15
2 15
2 3 °
2 3 °
2 3 °
2 3 °
2 3 °
2 30
2 3 °
2 30
2 <5
2 50
2 55
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 15
3 15
3 15
3 15
3 15
3 15
3 20
Oysters, fresh, stewed. 3 30
Butter, melted.. 3 30
Cheese, old, raw. 3 3 °
Oyster soup, boiled. 3 30
Bread, wheat, fresh, baked. 3 30
Turnips, flat, boiled. 3 30
Potatoes, Irish, boiled. 3 30
Eggs, fresh, hard boiled. 3 30
Eggs, fresh, fried. 3 30
Green corn and beans, boiled. 3 45
Beets, boiled. 3 45
Salmon, salted, boiled. 4
Beef, fried. 4
Veal, fresh, broiled. 4
Fowls, domestic, boiled. 4
Beef, old, salted, boiled. 4 1^
Pork, salted, fried. 4 15
Pork, salted, boiled. 4 30
Veal, fresh, fried. 4 30
Cabbage, boiled. 4 30
Pork, roasted. 5 15
Suet, beef, boiled. 5 30
Percentage of Nutrition in Various Articles
of Food.
Raw Cucumbers. 2
Raw Melons. 3
Boiled Turnips. 4*-^
Milk. 7
Cabbage. 7^
Apples.10
Currants.10
Whipped Eggs.13
Beets.14
Apples.16
Peaches.20
Boiled Codfish.21
Broiled Venison.22
Potatoes.22^
Fried Veal.24
Roast Pork.24
Percentage of Alcoln
Scotch Whisky. 54*53
Irish Whisky.51.a
Rum.53-68
Gin.51.6
Brandy. 53-39
Burgundy. 14-57
Cape Muscat.18.25
Champagne (still).13.80
Champagne (sp’rkl’g) 12.61
Constantia.19-75
Gooseberry Wine.11.48
Roast Poultry...26
Raw Beef..26
Raw Grapes.27
Raw Plums.29
Broiled Mutton.30
Oatmeal Porridge.75
Rye Bread.79
Boiled Beans._.87
Boiled Rice...88
Barley Bread.88
Wheat Bread.90
Baked Corn Bread.91
Boiled Barley.92
Butter.92
Boiled Peas.93
Raw Oils.95
1 in Various Liquors,
Currant Wine.20.50
Port.22.90
Madeira.22.27
Teneriffe.19.79
Sherry.19*17
Claret.15.1
Elder. 8.79
Ale. 6.87
Porter. 4.02
Malaga.17.26
Rhenish. 12.8
Small Beer. 1.28
Weight of Eggs.
The following table of the weight of eggs per pound
of various breeds of fowls and the number of eggs laid
in a year is approximately fair, though it may vary
under exceptionally adverse or favorable conditions i
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF VALUABLE INFORMATION.
639
Varieties. Eggs
„ . , Per lb -
Light Brahmas. 7
Dark Brahmas. 8
Partridge Cochins. 7
Black, White, Buff Cochins. 7
Plymouth Rocks. 8
Houdaus..-. 8
La Fleche. 7
Creve Cceurs. 8
Black Spanish. 8
Leghorns. 8
Hamburgs. 9
Dominiques. 8
Games. 9
Bantams. 16
No. Eggs
Per Year.
130
I30
130
120
150
155
135
145
155
l6o
150
135
140
90
Food in an Egg.
An egg contains as much nourishment as a pound
and an ounce of cherries, a pound and a quarter of
grapes, a pound and a half of russet apples, two pounds
of gooseberries and four pounds of pears; and 114
pounds of grapes, 127 pounds of russet apples, 192
pounds of pears, and 327 pounds of plums are equal
in nourishment to 100 pounds of potatoes.
Rules for tlie Management of Poultry.
I. Good dry houses, well ventilated but void of
drafts.
2 0 Keep your hen houses clean and the floor covered
with ashes.
3. Whitewash inside monthly from March 1st to
October 1st.
4. Feed regularly, but never overfeed ; cease feeding
when the fowls cease to run for it.
5. Scatter the food on the ground when the weather
will permit.
6. Feed mixed grain, or alternate, as corn one day,
oats nexi, wheat next, etc.
7. Allow adult fowls freedom as early in the morn¬
ing as they desire.
8. Keep hens with chicks in small coops (well cov¬
ered and dry) until the chicks are three weeks old.
9. Feed chicks morning, noon and afternoon.
10. Mix ground black pepper with the morning
food.
II. Grease the hens well under the wings, breast and
fluff feathers as soon as the chicks are taken off, with
ointment made of lard and carbolic acid ; one table¬
spoonful of lard to ten drops of acid.
Box Measures.
Farmers and market gardeners will find a series of
box measures very useful, and they can readily be made
by anyone who understands the two-foot rule and can
handle the saw and hammer. The following measure¬
ments, it will be seen, vary slightly from the United
States bushel adopted tey some of the States, but are
sufficiently accurate for aA ordinary purposes:
44
A box 16 by i6p£ inches square and 8 inches deep
will contain a bushel, or 2150.4 cubic inches, each inch
in depth holding one gallon.
A box 24 by 11.2 inches square and 8 inches deep
will also contain a bushel, or 2150.4 cubic inches, each
in depth holding 1 gallon. A box 12 by 11.2 inches
square and 8 inches deep will contain half a bushel, or
1075.2 cubic inches, each inch in depth holding half a
gallon.
A box 8 by 8.4 inches square and 8 inches deep will
contain half a peck, or 298.8 cubic inches. The gal¬
lon, dry measure.
A box 4 by 4 inches square and 4.2 inches deep will
contain 1 quart, or 67.2 cubic inches.
How to Drive Flies from Stables.
Scatter chloride of lime on a board in a stable, to
remove all kinds of flies, but more especially biting
flies. Sprinkling beds of vegetables with even a weak
solution, effectually preserves them from caterpillars,
slugs, etc. A paste of one part powdered chloride of
lime, and a half part of some fatty matter placed in a
narrow band round the trunk of the tree, prevents
insects from creeping Lip it. Even rats, mice, cock¬
roaches and crickets flee from it.
How to Keep Flies from Horses.
Procure a bunch of smartweed and bruise it to cause
the juice to exude. Rub the animal thoroughly with
the bunch of bruised weed, especially on the legs, neck
and ears. Neither flies or other insects will trouble
him for twenty-four hours. The process should be
repeated every day. A very convenient way of using
it is, to make a strong infusion by boiling the weed a
few minutes in water. When cold it can be conveni¬
ently applied with a sponge or brush. Smartweed is
found growing in every section of the country, usually
on wet ground near highways.
A Rule for Determining’ tlie Weight of
Live Cattle by Measurement.
There are many rules for estimating the weight of
cattle by measurement, but one of the authorities on
the subject says that “There is no rule that comes
nearer than good guessing,” and that no two animals
will weigh alike according to measurement. The
same authority further remarks that a rule, as good as
any, is to find the superficial feet by multiplying the
girth, just behind the shoulder-blade, by the length
from the fore part of the shoulder-blade to the root of
the tail. Thus an ox girthing seven feet nine inches,
and measuring six feet in length, would contain seven
and three-fourtlis times six or 46^ superficial feet.
For cattle, grass fed, the following is given as the
weight per superficial foot: Girth less than 3 feet, 11
pounds ; girth 3 to 5 feet, 16 pounds ; girth 5 to 7 feet,
23 pounds ; girth 7 to 9 feet, 31 pounds.
(ff/ r
m
ss
ffl
Popdlatiorj of tf^e United States
•$■ During tpe I^iijeteer^tlj Century •$•
w
ft
1
m
i
m
States and
Territories.
1810
1820
1830
1840
1850
i860
Alabama.
127,901
309,527
590,756
771,623
064,201
Arizona.
Arkansas.
14,255
30,388
97,574
209,897
92,597
435,450
379-994
34,277
460,147
4,837
112,216
75,o8o
140,424
1,057,286
California.
Colorado.
Connecticut-.... .
Dakota.
261,942
275,148
297,675
309,978
370,792
Delaware.
72,674
24,523
72,749
32,039
76,748
39,834
34,730
516,823
78,085
43,712
54,477
691,392
9 I , 53 2
51,687
87,445
906,185
District of
Columbia
Florida.
Georgia .
252,433
340,985
Idaho.
Illinois.
12,282
24,520
55,162
147,178
157,445
343,031
476,183
685,866
43 ,H 2
851,470
988,416
192,214
i, 7 n, 95 T
1,350,428
674,913
107,206
1,155,684
708,002
628,279
687,049
1,23 r,066
749 ,H 3
172,023
79 L 305
1,182,012
Indiana.
Iowa.
Kansas.
Kentucky.
406,511
76,556
228,705
380,546
472,040
4,762
564,135
152,923
298,169
407,350
523,159
8,765
687,917
215,739
399,455
447,040
610,408
3L659
779,828
352 , 4 H
5 oi ,793
470.019
737,699
212,267
982,405
517,762
583,169
583,034
994,514
397,654
7,077
606,526
682,044
Louisiana.
Maine.
Maryland.
Massachusetts...
Michigan.
Minnesota .....
Mississippi.
Missouri..
40,352
20,845
75,448
66,557
136,621
140,455
375,651
383,702
Montana.
Nebraska.
28,841
6,857
326,073
672,035
93,516
3,880,735
992,622
Nevada.
New Hampshire
New Jersey.
New Mexico.
214,460
245,562
244,022
277,426
269,328
320,823
284,574
373,306
317,976
489,555
6 i ,547
3 ,° 97,394
869,039
New York.
North Carolina..
North Dakota....
959,049
555,500
1,372,111
638,829
1,918,608
707,987
2,428,921
753,419
Ohio..
230,760
581,295
937,903
1,519,467
1,980,329
2 , 339 , 5 H
Oklahoma.
Oregon.
13,294
2,311,786
147,545
668,507
52,465
2,906,215
174,620
703,708
Pennsylvania....
Rhode Island....
South Carolina..
South Dakota....
810,091
76,931
4 i 5 ,n 5
1,047,507
83,015
502,741
1,348,233
97,199
581,185
1,724,033
108,830
594,398
Tennessee.
Tpyas
261,727
422,771
681,904
829,210
1,002,717
212,592
11,380
314,120
1,421,661
1,109,801
604,215
40,273
315,098
L 596 , 3 i 8
n ,594
Utah ..
Vermont.
217,895
974,600
235,966
1,065,116
280,652
1,211,405
291,948
1 , 239,797
Virginia.
Wn.
Flowers needed.
Blue Convolvulus. Bonds.
Xyy. Marriage,
A few whole straws. Unite us.
C01
092
THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS.
4-
A Fareweee.
Farewell !* give me good wishes. Forget me not.
Flowers needed.
Sprig of Spruce Fir. Farewell.
Sweet Basil. Give me your good
wishes.
Forget-Me-Not. Forget me not.
5 -
Your patriotism, courage, and fidelity merit ever¬
lasting remembrance.
Flowers needed.
Nasturtium...
..Patriotism
Oak leaves.
..Courage.
Heliotrope.
..Fidelity.
Everlasting, or Immortelles..
...Everlasting remem-
brance.
6 .
A Red Rose.
...I love you.
7 -
An Impertinence.
Your insincerity and avarice make me hate you.
Flowers needed.
Cherry Blossom, or Foxglo vz...Insincerity.
Scarlet Auricula. Avarice.
Turk’s Cap. Hatred.
8 .
A Warning.
Beware of deceit. Danger is near. Depart.
Flowers needed.
Oleander. Beware.
White Flytrap. Deceit.
Rhododendron. Danger is near.
Sweet Pea. Depart.
9 -
A Rebuke.
Your frivolity and malevolence will cause you to be
forsaken by all.
Flowers needed ,
London Pride. Frivolity.
Lobelia. Malevolence.
Laburnum. Forsaken.
10.
Be assured of my sympathy. May you find conso¬
lation !
Flowers needed.
Thrift. ....Be assured of my sym¬
pathy.
Red Poppy..... Consolation.
11.
By foresight you will surmount your difficulties.
Flowers needed.
Holly. Foresight.
Mistletoe.,. You will surmount your
difficulties ,
Modifications of the Flower Language.
If a flower be given reversed ,, its original
signification is understood to be contradicted,
and the opposite meaning to be implied.
A rosebud divested of its thorns, but re¬
taining its leaves, convey the sentiment, “ I
fear no longer; I hope; ” thorns signify fears,
and leaves hopes.
Stripped of leaves and thorns, the bud,
signifies, “There is nothing to hope or fear.”
The expression of flowers is also varied by
changing their positions. Place a marigold
on the head, and it signifies “Mental anguish;”
on the bosom, “Indifference.”
When a flower is given, the pronoun / is
understood by bending it to the right hand ;
thou , by inclining it to the left.
“Yes,” is implied by touching the flower
given with the lips.
“ No,” by pinching off a petal and cast¬
ing it away.
“I am,” is expressed by a laurel-leaf twisted
round the bouquet.
“ I have,” by an ivy-leaf folded together^
“ I offer you,” by a leaf of the Virginian
creeper.
THE VOCABULARY.
Abecedary.
Abatina.
Acacia.
Acacia, Rose or White.
Acacia, Yellow.
Acanthus.
Acalia.
Achillea Millefolia.
. War .
Achimenes Cupreata.
Aconite (Wolfsbane).
Aconite, Crowfoot.
Adonis, Flos.
African Marigold.
Agnus Castus.
Agrimony.
tude .
Almond (Common).
Almond (Flowering).
Almond, Laurel.
Alispice.
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
CO 3
Aloe... Grief. Religious su
perstition.
Aithaea Frutex (Syrian Mallow) Persuasion.
Alyssum (Sweet). Worth beyond beauty.
Amaranth (Globe). Immortality. Unfad¬
ing love.
Amaranth (Cockscomb). Foppery. Affectation.
Amaryllis. Pride. Timidity. Splen¬
did beauty.
Ambrosia... Love returned.
American Cowslip. Divine beauty.
American Elm. Patriotism.
American Linden. Matrimony.
American Starwort. Welcome to a stranger.
Cheerfulness in old
age.
Amethyst. Admiration.
Andromeda. Self-sacrifice.
Anemone (Zephyr Flower). Sickness. Expectation.
Anemone (Garden). Forsaken.
Angelica. Inspiration , or magic.
Angrec. Royalty.
Apricot (Blossom). Doubt.
Apple. Temptation.
Apple (Blossom). Preference. Fame
speaks him great and
good.
Appie, Thorn. Deceitful charms.
Apocynum (Dogsbane). Deceit.
Arbor Vitae. Unchanging friend¬
ship. Live for me.
Arum (Wake Robin). Ardor. Zeal.
Ash-leaved Trumpet Flower ....Separation.
Ash Mountain. Prudence , or With me
you are safe.
Ash Tree. Grandeur.
Aspen Tree. Lamentation , or fear.
Aster (China). ..Variety. Afterthought.
Asphodel. My regrets follow you
to the grave.
Auricula. Painting.
Auricula, Scarlet... Avarice.
Austurtium.. Splendor.
Azalea. Temperance.
Bachelor’siButtons. ..Celibacy.
Balm. Sympathy.
Balm, Gentle. Pleasantry.
Balm of Gilead. Cure. Relief.
Balsam, Red. Touch me not. Impa¬
tient resolves.
Balsam, Yellow. Impatience.
Barberry,,... Sharpness of temper.
Basil. Hatred.
Bay Leaf.. I change but in death .
Bay (F/'se) Rhododendron. .....Danger% Bcwqyc*
Bay Tree... Glory.
Bay Wreath... Reward of merit
Bearded Crepis. Protection.
Beech Tree. Prosperity.
Bee Orchis... Industry.
Bee Ophrys. Error.
Begonia. Deformity.
Belladonna. Silence. Hush I
Bell Flower, Pyramidal. Constancy.
Bell Flower (small white). Gratitude.
Belvedere. I declare against you
Betony. Surprise.
Bilberry... Treachery.
Bindweed, Great. Insinuation,
tunity.
Bindweed, Small... Humility.
Birch.... Meekness.
Birdsfoot, Trefoil. Revenge.
Bittersweet; Nightshade. Truth.
Black Poplar. Courage.
Blackthorn. Difficulty.
Bladder Nut Tree... Frivolity. Amusement.
Bluebottle (Centaury). Delicacy.
Bluebell. Constancy. Sorrowful
regret.
Blue-flowered Greek Yaler\a.n.. Rupture.
Bonus Henricus. Goodness.
Borage. Bluntness.
Box Tree..... Stoicism.
Bramble. Lowliness. Envy. Re¬
morse.
Branch of Currants. ....You please all.
Branch of Thorns. Severity. Rigor.
Bridal Rose. Happy love.
Broom. Humility. Neatness.
Browallia Jamisonii. Could you bear poverty?
Buckbean. .Calm repose.
Bud of White Rose. Heart ignorance of love.
Buglos,. Falsehood.
Bulrush..'. Indiscretion. Docility.
Bundle of Reeds, with their
Panicles. Music.
Burdock. Importunity. Touch
me not.
Bur. Rudeness. You weary
me.
Buttercup (Kinkcup). Ingratitude. Childish¬
ness.
Butterfly Orchis.... Gayety.
Butterfly Weed. Let me go.
Cabbage. Profit.
Cacalia. Adulation.
Cactus. Warmth.
Calla ^Ethiopica... Magnificent beauty .
694
the language and sentiment of flowers.
Calceolaria...
.../ offer you pecuniary
assistance , or I offer
you my fortune .
Cal yean thus .
....Benevolence.
Camelia Japonica, Red .
... Gnpretending excel-
lence.
Camelia Japonica, White .
...Perfected Loveliness.
Camomile. . ..
...Energy in adversity .
Campanula Pyramida.
...Aspiring.
Canary Grass.
...Perseverance.
Candytuft.
...Indifference.
Canterbury Bell.
...Acknowledgment.
Cape Jasmine.
...lam too happy.
Cardamine.
...Paternal error.
Carnation, Deep Red.
....Alas! for my poor
heart.
Carnation, Striped.
....Refusal.
Carnation, Yellow .
...Disdain.
Cardinal Flower .
...Distinction.
Catchfly .
...Snare.
Catchfly. Red .
... Youthful Love .
Catchfly, White . .
,.. .Betrayed.
Cattleya .
....Mature charms.
Cattleya Pineli .
... Matronly grace.
Cedar. ...
....Strength.
Cedar of Lebanon .
...Incorruptible.
Cedar Leaf ...
...I live for thee.
Celandine (Lesser) .
.. Joys to come.
Cereus (Creeping) .
... Modest gen ins.
Centaury .
... Delicacy.
Champignon.
...Suspicion.
Chequered Fritillary.
....Persecution.
Cherry Tree, White..
...Good education.
Cherry Tree, White.
...Deception.
Chestnut Tree ...
...Do me justice. •
Chinese Primrose.
...Lasting love.
Chickweed.
...Rendezvous.
Chicory.
....Frugality.
China Aster...
. .. Variety.
China Aster, Double .
...1 partake your senti-
ments.
China Aster, Single .
.../ will think of it.
China or Indian Pink .
...Aversion.
China Rose .
...Beauty always new.
Chinese Chrysanthemum .
....Cheerfulness under ad-
versity.
Chorozema Varium .
...You have many lovers.
Christmas Rose .
...Relieve my anxiety.
Chrysanthemum, Red .
...I love.
Chrysanthemum, White .
... Truth.
Chrysanthemum, Yellow .
....Slighted love.
Cineraria .
...Always delightful.
Cinquefoil ..
...Maternal affection.
Circsea .
...Spell.
Cistus, or Rock Rose .
...Popular favors
Cistus, Gum. ....Ishall die to-morrow.
Citron.. Ill-natured beauty-
Clarkia. The variety of your
conversation delights
me.
Clematis. Mental beauty.
Clematis, Evergreen.. Poverty.
Clianthus. Worldliness , Self-seek-
ing.
Clotbur... Rudeness. Pertinacity.
Cloves. Dignity.
Clover, Four-leaved. Be mine.
Clover, Red. Industry.
Clover, White. Think of me.
Cobaea. Gossip.
Cockscomb, Amaranth. Foppery. Affectation.
Singularity.
Colchicum, or Meadow Saffron .My best days are past.
Coltsfoot. .Justice shall be done.
Columbine. Folly.
Columbine, Purple. Resolved to win.
Columbine. Red. Anxious and trem¬
bling.
Convolvulus... Bonds.
Convolvulus, Blue (Minor). Repose. Night.
Convolvulus, Major. F.xtinguished hopes.
Convolvulus, Pink. Worth sustained by ju¬
dicious and tender
affection.
Corchorus. Impatient of absence.
Coreopsis. Always cheerful.
Coreopsis Arkansa. Love at first sight.
Coriander. Hidden worth.
Corn. Riches.
Corn, Broken. Quarrel.
Corn Straw. Agreement.
Corn Bottle. Delicacy.
Corn Cockle. Gentility ,
Cornel Tree. Duration.
Coronella... Success crown your
wishes.
Cosmelia Subra. The charm of a blush.
Cowslip. Pern i veness. Win ning
grace.
Cowslip, American. Divine beauty.
Crab (Blossom). Ill-nature.
Cranberry. Cure for heartache „
Creeping Cereus. Horror.
Cress. Stability. Power.
Crocus ... Abuse not.
Crocus, Spring. Youthful gladness.
Crocus, Saffron... Mirth.
Crown, Imperial. Majesty. Power.
Crowsbill. Envy.
Crowfoot..... Ingratitude.
605
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
Crowfoot (Aconite-leaved) .
. Lustre.
Cuckoo Plant.
Cudweed, American...
brance.
Currant.
Cuscuta.
Cyclamen..
Cypress.
Daffodil........
Dahlia.
Daisy.
Daisy, Garden.
Daisy, Michaelmas.
thought.
Daisy, Party-colored.
Daisy, Wild.
Damask Rose.
Dandelion...
Daphne.
.... Glory. Ini mortality.
Daphne Odora.
....Painting the lily .
Darnel..
.... Vice.
Dead Leaves...
....Sadness.
Deadly Night-shade.
....Falsehood.
Dew Plant.
....A serenade.
Dianthus.
....Make haste.
Diosma.......
,...Your simple elegance
charms me.
Dipteracanthus Spectabilis...
...Fortitude.
Diplademia Crassinoda.
....You are too bold.
Dittany of Crete.
....Birth.
Dittany of Crete, White.
...Passion.
Dock.
...Patience.
Dodder of Thyme...
...Baseness.
Dogsbane .
... Deceit. Falsehood.
Dogwood...
...Durability.
Dragon Plant,.
...Snare.
Dragon wort.
... Horror.
Dried Flax.
....Utility.
Ebony Tree...
...Blackness.
Echites Atropurpurea.
.. .Be warned in time.
Eglantine (Sweetbriar).
...Poetry. I wound heal.
Elder.
...Zealousness.
Elm.
...Dignity.
Enchanters’ Night-shade.
...IVricher aft. Sorcery.
Endive.
...Frugality.
Escholzia.
...Do not refuse me.
Eupatorium.
...Delay.
Everflowing Candvtuft.
...Indifference.
Evergreen Clematis.
...Poverty.
Evergreen Thorn.
..Solace in adversity.
Everlasting....
...Never-ceasing remem-
brance.
Everlasting Pea......
..Lasting pleasure.
Fennel....... ..
.. IVor thy all praise.
Strength ,
Fern.....
Sincerity.
Ficoides, Ice Plant.
Fig...
Fig Marigold.
Fig Tree..
Filbert .
Fir.
. lime.
Fir Tree.
Flax .
Flax-leaved Goldenlocks.
Fleur-de-lis.
Fleur-de-Luce.
Flowering Fern.
Flowering Reed.....
Flower-of-an-Hour.
....Delicate beauty.
Fly Orchis..
....Error.
Flytrap.
....Deceit ,
Fool’s Parsley.
... .Silliness.
Forget-Me-Not.
....True love.
Foxglove..
....Insincerity.
Foxtail Grass.
...Sporting.
Franciscea Latifolia.
... Beware of falsefriends.
French Honeysuckle.
...Rustic beauty.
French Marigold.
... .Jealousy.
French Willow.
...Bravery and humanity .
Frog Ophrys.
...Disgust.
Fuller’s Teasel.
...M isanthrofy.
Fumitory.
...Spleen.
Fuchsia, Scarlet.
... Taste.
Furze, or Gorse.
... Love for all seasons „
Garden Anemone.
...Forsaken.
Garden Chervil.
...Sincerity.
Garden Daisy.
...1 partake your senti «
ments.
Garden Marigold.
...Uneasiness.
Garden Ranunculus..
... You are rich in altraC'
tions.
Garden Sage.
...Esteem.
Garland of Roses.
...Reward of virtue.
Gardenia...
..Refinement.
Germander Speedwell.
..Facility.
Geranium, Dark.
...Melancholy.
Geranium, Horse-shoe-leaf...,
...Stupidity.
Geranium Ivy.
...Bridal favor.
Geranium, Lemon.
...Unexpected meeting.
Geranium, Nutmeg..
...Expected meeting.
Geranium, Oak-leaved.
... True Friendship
Geranium, Pencilled.
...Ingenuity.
Geranium, Rose-scented.
...Preference.
Geranium, Searlet.
... Comforting.
Geranium, Silver-leaved.
..Recall.
Geranium, Wild.
...Steadfast Piety.
Gillyflower.
...Bonds of affection.
Gladioli.
..Ready armed .
GOG
THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS.
Glory Flower. Glorious beauty.
Goat’s Rue. Reason.
Golden Rod. Precaution.
Gooseberry. Anticipation.
Gourd..... Extent. Bulk.
Grammanthus Chloraflora. Your temper is too
hasty.
Grape, Wild. Charity.
Grass. Submission. Utility.
Guelder Rose. Winter. Age.
Hand Flower Tree. Warning.
Harebell. Submission. Grief.
Hawkweed. Quicksightedness.
Hawthorn. Hope.
Hazel. Reconciliation.
Heartsease, or Pansy. Thoughts.
H eath. Solitude.
Helenium. Tears.
Heliotrope.. Devotion , or I turn
thee.
Hellebore. Scandal. Calumny.
Helmet Flower (Monkshood). .Knight-errantry.
Hemlock. You will be my death.
Hemp. Fate.
Henbane... Imperfection.
Hepatica.„....... Confi dence.
Hibiscus. Delicate Flower.
Holly. Foresight.
Holly Herb. ....Enchantment.
Hollyhock. Ambition. Fecundity.
Honesty. Honesty. Fascination.
Honey Flower. Love sweet and secret.
Honeysuckle. Devoted. Affection.
Honeysuckle (Coral). The color of my fate.
Honeysuckle (French). Rustic beauty.
Hop. Injustice.
Hornbeam. Ornament.
Horse Chestnut. Luxury.
Hortensia... You are cold.
Houseleek.. Vivacity. Domestic In¬
dustry.
Houstonia. Content.
Hoya... Sculpture.
Hoyabella. Contentment.
Humble Plant..-.. Despondency.
Hundred-leaved Rose. Dignity of mind.
Hyacinth. Sport. Game. Play.
Hyacinth, Purple. Sorrowful.
Hyacinth, White. Unobtrusive lovliness.
Hydrangea. A boaster.
Hyssop..... .. Cleanliness.
Iceland Moss.. Health.
Ice Plant. Your looks freeze me.
Imbricata..... Uprightness. Senti¬
ments of honro.
Imperial Montague.
. Power.
Indian Cress.
Indian Jesmine (Ipomcea)...
....Attachment.
Indian Pink (Double).
....Always Lovely.
Indian Plum.
....Privation.
Iris.
....Message.
Iris, German.
....Flame.
Ivy .
.... Friendship. Fidelity
Marriage
Ivy, Sprig of, with Tendrils.
....Assiduous to please.
Jacob’s Ladder.
....Come down.
Japan Rose.
...Beauty is your only at'
traction.
Jasmine.
....Amiability.
Jasmine, Cape.
... Transport of joy.
Jasmine, Carolina.
...Separation.
Jasmine, Indian.
...I attach myself to you.
Jasmine, Spanish.
...Sensuality.
Jasmine, Yellow.
...Grace and elegance .
Jonquil.
../ desire a ?eturn of af-
fection.
Judas Tree.
...Unbel ief. Betray a l.
Juniper.
...Succor. Protection.
Justicia.
.. The perfection of female
loveliness.
Kennedia.
..Mental beauty.
King-cups...
...Desire of riches.
Laburnum.
..Forsaken. Pensive
beauty.
Lady’s Slipper.
..Capricious beauty. Win
me and wear me.
Lagerstraemia, Indian..
..Eloquence.
Lantana.
..Rigor.
Lapageria Rosea.
..There is no unalloyed
good.
Larch.
..Au dac i ty. Boldness.
Larkspur.
.. L ig fitness. Levity.
Larkspur, Pink.
..Fickleness.
Larkspur, Purple.
..Ha ugh t iness.
Laurel.
..Glory.
Laurel, Common, in flower...
..Perfidy.
Laurel, Ground....
. .Perseverance.
Laurel, Mountain.
..Ambition.
Laurel-leaved Magnolia.
..Dignity.
Laurestina.
..A token.
Lavender.
.Distrust.
Leaves (dead).
..Melancholy.
Lemon.
.Zest.
Lemon Blossoms.
..Fidelity in love.
Leschenaultia Splendens.
..You are charming ;
Lettuce.
. Cold-heartedness.
Lichen.
.Dejection. Solitude.
Lilac, Field.
.Humility.
Lilac, Purple..
. First emotions of love •
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
C97
Lilac, White..
Lily, Day.
Lily, Imperial.
Lilv, White..
Lily, Yellow..
Lily of the Valley.
Unconscious sweet¬
ness.
Linden or Lime Trees.
Lint.
Live Oak...
Liverwort.
Liquorice, Wild..
Lobelia..
Locust Tree.
Locust Tree (Green).
grave.
London Pride.
Lote Tree.
Lotus.
Lotus Flower.
Lotus Leaf.
Love in a Mist.
Love lies Bleeding.
Lucern.
Lupine.
Madder.
Magnolia.
Magnolia, Swamp.
Mallow.
.... Mildness
Mallow, Marsh.
Mallow, Svrian.
Mallow, Venetian.
Mallow Creeana..
.... Will you share my for-
tunes?
Manchineal Tree..
....Falsehood.
Mandrake.
....Horror.
Maple.
....Reserve.
Marianthus.-.
....Hopefor better days.
Marigold.
....Grief.
Marigold, African.
.... Vulgar Minds.
Marigold, French..
... .Jealousy.
Marigold, Prophetic.
....Prediction.
Marigold and Cypress.
....Despair.
Marjoram.
....Blushes.
Marvel of Peru.
....Timidity.
Meadow Lychnis.
....Wit.
Meadow Saffron.
....My best days are past.
Meadowsweet.
.... Uselessness.
Mercury.
.... Goodness.
*
Mesembryanthemum.
....Idleness.
Mezereon.
....Desire to please.
Michaelmas Daisy.
.. .Afterthought.
Mignonette.
.... Your qualities surbass
your charms .
Milfoil. War.
Milkvetch. Your presence softims
my pains.
Milkwort.. Hermitage.
Mimosa (Sensitive Plant). Sensitiveness.
Mint. Virtue.
Mistletoe. I surmount difficulties.
Mitraria Coccinea. Indolence. Dulness.
Mock Orange. Counterfeit
Monarda Amplexic&ulis. Your whims are quite
unbearable.
Monkshood. A deadly foe is near.
Monkshood (Helmet Ylosvzr)..Chivalry.
Moon wort. Forgetfulness .
Morning Glory. Affectation.
Moschatel. Weakness.
Moss. Maternal love.
Mosses. Ennui
Mossy Saxifrage. Affection.
Motherwort. Concealed love.
Mountain Ash. Prudence.
Mourning Bride. Unfortunate at t ach-
ment. I have lost all.
Mouse-eared Chickweed. Ingenuous simplicity.
Mouse-eared Scorpion grass. Forget me not.
Moving Plant. Agitation.
Mudwort. Happiness. Tranquil¬
ity.
Mulberry Tree (Black). I shall not survive you.
Mulberry Tree (White). Wisdom.
Mushroom.. Suspicion , or I can't
entirely trust you.
Musk Plant.- Weakness.
Mustard Seed. Indifference.
Myrobalan. Privation.
Myrrh. Gladness.
Myrtle. Love.
N arcissus. Eg otism.
Nasturtium. Patriotism
Nemophila. Success everywhere.
Nettle, Common Stinging. You are spiteful.
Nettle, Burning. Slander.
Nettle Tree. Conceit.
Night-blooming Cere us. Transient beauty.
Night Convolvulus. Night.
Nightshade. Falsehood.
Oak Leaves.
Oak Tree.
Oak (White).
Oats.
Oleander.
Olive.
Orange Blossoms
Bravery.
Hospitality.
Independence.
The witching soul of
music.
.Beware.
Peace.
Your purity equals youi
loveliness*
THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS.
698
Orange Flowers.
tivities.
Orange Tree..
Orchis.
Osier.
Osmunda.
Ox eye.
Palm.
Pansy.
Parsley.
Pasque Flower.
Passion Flower.
When the flower is
reversed , or Faith if
erect.
Patience Dock.
Pea, Everlasting.
Lasting pleasure.
Pea, Sweet.
Peach.
your charms , are
unequalled.
Peach Blossom.
Pear.
Pear Tree...
Penstemon Azureum.
Pennyroyal.
Peony.. ...
Peppermint.
Periwinkle, Blue.
Periwinkle, White.
Persicaria.
Persimmon..
...... Bury me amid Na¬
ture's beauties.
Peruvian Heliotrope.
Petunia.. .
me.
Pheasant’s Eye..
Phlox.
Pigeon Berry.
Pimpernel.
Pine. .
Pine-apple.
Pine, Pitch .
Pine, Spruce.
. Hope in adversity.
Pink.
Pink, Carnation.
Pink, Indian, Double.
Pink, Indian, Single.
. Aversion.
Pink, Mountain.
Pink, Red, Double.
. Pure and ardent love.
Pink, Single..
Pink, Variegated.
Pink, White.
. Ingenious ness. Talent.
Plantain...
Plane Tree.
...Genius.
Plum, Indian.
....Privation.
Plum Tree.
...Fidelity.
Plum, Wild.
.. .Independence.
Plumbago Larpenta.
...Lloly wishes.
Polyanthus....
,.. .Pride of riches.
Polyanthus, Crimson....
.... The heart's mystery.
Polyanthus, Lilac.
.... Confidence.
Pomegranate.
....Foolishness.
Pomegranate Flower.
....Mature elegance.
Poor Robin..
.... Compensation , or its
equivalent.
Poplar, Black.
.... Courage.
Poplar, White.
...Time.
Poppy, Red...
. .Consolation.
Poppy, Scarlet.
. Fa nt as tic extrava -
gance.
Poppy, White.
Potato..
...Benevolence.
Potentilla..
esteem.
Prickly Pear.
Pride of China..
_ Dissension.
Primrose... ....
. Early youth and sad -
ness.
Primrose, Evening...
Primrose, Red.
Privet.
Purple Clover..
Pyrus Japonica.
Ouaking-grass.
Ouamoclit.
Queen’s Rocket.
coquettes. Fashion.
Quince..
Ragged-robin...
. Wit.
Ranunculus.
charms.
Ranunculus, Garden.
tractions.
Ranunculus, Wild.
Raspberry.
Ray Grass.
Red Catchfly.
. Youthful love.
Reed.
Reed, Split. ..
Rhododendron (Rosebay)...
. Danger. Beware.
Rhubarb.
Rocket. . Rivalry.
Rose. Love.
Rose, Austrian. Thou art all that u
lovely.
Rose, Bridal. Happy love.
Rose, Burgundy. Unconscious beauty.
MANUAL OF PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.
699
Rose, Cabbage.
Rose, Campion.
Rose, Carolina.
Rose, China.
Rose, Christmas...
iety.
Rose, Daily.
Rose, Damask.
Rose, Deep Red.
Rose, Dog...
Rose, Guelder.
Rose, Hundred-leaved.
Rose, Japan.
traction.
Rose, Maiden Blush.
find it out.
Rose, Montiflora.
Rose Mundi.
Rose, Musk.
Rose Musk, Cluster.
Rose, Single.
Rose, Thornless.
Rose, Unique.
Rose, White.
Rose, White (withered'!.
Rose, Yellow.
ousy.
Rose, York and Lancaster.
Rose, Full-blown placed over
two Buds .
Rose, White and Red together. Unity.
Roses, Ciownof..
Rosebud, Red.
Rosebud, White.
Rosebud, Moss.
Rosebud, (Rhododendron)..
. Beware. Danger.
Rosemary.
. Remembrance.
Rudbackia.
Rue.
.... Disdain.
Rush.
.... Docility.
Rye Grass.
.... Changeable disposition.
Saffron...
....Beware of excess.
Saffron Crocus.
Saffron, Meadow..
. My happiest days are
past.
Sage.
.... Domestic virtue.
Sage, Garden.
....Esteem.
Sainfoin.
....Agitation.
Saint John’s Wort.
....Animosity.
Salvia, Blue. ..
.... Wisdom.
Salvia, Red.
. Energy.
Saxifrage, Mossy.
....Affection.
Scabious.
.... Unfortunate love.
Scabious, Sweet.
.... Widowhood.
Scarlet Lychnis.....
,...Sunbeaming eyes .
Schinus.
Scotch Fir.
Sensitive Plant
Shamrock.
Shepherd’s Purse.
Siphocampylos.
Snakesfoot.
Snapdragon.
Snowball.
Snowdrop..
Sorrel.
Sorrel, Wild.
Sorrel, Wood.
Southernwood.
Spanish Jasmine.
Spearmint.
Speedwell.
Speedwell, Germander,
Speedwell, Spiked.
Spider Ophrys.
Spiderwort.
Spiked Willow Herb....
Spindle Tree.
Star of Bethlehem.
Starwort..
Starwort, American.
Stephan otis.
Stock.
Stock, Ten Week.
Stonecrop.
Straw, Broken.
Straw, Whole.
Strawberry Blossoms...
Strawberry Tree.
Sultan Lilac.
Sultan, White.
Sultan, Yellow.
Sumach, Venice.....
Sunflower, Dwarf.
Sunflower, Tall.
Swallow-wort.
Sweet Basil.
Sweetbriar, American...
Sweetbriar, European...
Sweetbriar, Yellow.
Sweet Pea.
Sweet Sultan.
Sweet William..
Sycamore.
Syringa.
Syringa, Carolina.
....Religious enthusiasm.
...Elevation.
...Sensibility.
... Indifference.
... L ight-heartedness.
...I offer you my all.
..Resolvedto be noticed.
..Horror.
...Presumption alsti
“No.”
..Bound.
...Hope.
...Affection.
... Wit ill-timed.
..Joy.
, .Jest. Bantering.
..Sensuality.
...Warmth of sentiment .
..Female fidelity.
.Facility.
.Semblance.
.Adroitness.
..Esteem, not love.
..Pi ' 3 tension.
. T our charms are ei
graven on my hear
..Purity.
.Afterthought.
. Cheerfulness in old age,
.. Will you accompany
me to the East?
.Lasting beauty.
.Promptness.
. Tranquillity.
.Rupture of a contract.
.Union.
.Foresight.
. Esteem , not love.
./ forgive you.
. Sweetness.
. Contempt.
.Splendor.
..Adoration.
.Haughtiness.
. Cure for heartache
.Good wishes.
.Simplicity.
.1 wound to heal.
Decrease of love.
.Delicate pleasure <.
.Felicity.
, Gallantry.
.Curiosity.
.Memory.
Disappointment
700
THE LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS.
Tamarisk.
,.. Crime.
Tansy (Wild).
.../ declare war against
you.
Teasel.
. ..Misanthropy.
Tendrils of Climbing Plants..
... Ties.
Thistle, Common.
..Austerity.
Thistle, Fuller’s.
.. .Misanthropy.
Thistle, Scotch.
...Retaliation.
Thorn, Apple.
..Deceitful charms.
Thorn, Branch of..
...Severity.
Thrift.
..Sympathy.
Throatwort.
..Neglected beauty.
Thyme.
..Activity or courage.
Tiger Flower.
...For once may pride be-
friend me.
Traveller’s Joy.
... Safety.
Tree of Fife.
...Old age.
Trefoil.
...Revenge.
Tremella Nestoc..
..Resistance.
Trillium Pictum.
...Modest beauty.
Triptillium Spinosum.
...Be prudent.
Truffle.
..Surprise.
Trumpet Flower.
...Fame.
Tuberose.
..Dangerous pleasures.
Tulip, Red.
...Declaration of love.
Tulip, Variegated.
..Beautiful eyes.
Tulip, Yellow.
..Hopeless love.
Turnip..
...Charity.
Tussilage (Sweet-scented).
.Justice shall be done
you.
Valerian.
..A71 accommodating
disposition.
Valerian, Greek.
...Rupture.
Venice, Sumach.
.. In telle dual excellence.
Splendor.
Venus’ Car.
..Fly with me .
Venus’ Pooking-glass.
..Flattery.
Venus’ Trap.
..Deceit.
Verbena, Pink.
..Family union.
Verbena, Scarlet.
..Unite against evil, or
Church unity.
Verbena, White.
..Pray for me.
Vernal Grass.
..Poor, but happy.
Veronica.
..Fidelity.
Veronica Speciosa.
..Keep this for my sake.
Vervain..
.. Enchantment.
Vine..
.. Intoxication.
Violet, Blue .
. Faithfulness.
Violet, Dame .
. Watchfulness.
Violet, Sweet .
. . Modesty.
Violet, Yellow .
. Rural happiness.
Virginia Creeper .
. I cluig to you both in
sunshine and shade.
Virgin’s Bower .
. Filial love.
Viscaria Oculata .
.. Will you dance with
me ?
Volkamenia .
. May you be happy !
Walnut ..
. Intellect. Stratagem.
Wall-flower .
.. Fidelity in adversity.
Watcher by the Wayside .
.. Never despair.
Water Lily .
Water Melon .
. Bulkiness.
Wax Plant .
Wheat Stalk .
Whin .
. Anger.
White Jasmine ...
White Fily .
.. Purity and modesty.
White Mullein .
. Good nature.
White Oak .
. Independence.
White Pink .
. Talent.
White Poplar .
. Time.
White Rose (dried) .
of innocence.
Whortleberrv ..
Willow, Creeping . .
Willow, Water .
Willow, Weeping .
. Mourning.
Willow Herb .
Willow, French.
. Bravery and humanity.
Winter Cherry.
Wisteria.
Witch Hazel.
Woodbine.
Wood Sorrel.
....foy. Maternal tender-
ness.
Wormwood.
Xanthium.
Xerantemum .
versity.
Yew..
Zephyr Flower.
Zinnia.
friends.
| LIQUID AIR. |
^ THE COLDEST SUBSTANCE KNOWN TO MAN. THE MOST MAR- *£
V VELOUS DISCOVERY IN THE REALM OF SCIENCE. ^
* 4
^■4*4*4*4*4*4*4*44*^*^4*4*4*4*4*444**^4*444*4*4*4*4*443*
NE of the most interesting dis¬
coveries in the realm of sci¬
ence in late years has been
that of liquid air. It was
long ago observed that when a gas was
compressed so as greatly to reduce its
volume, it became hot. This was called
the heat of compression, and, strangely
enough, was thought to be generated by
the act of compression. It is now under¬
stood, however, that the rise in temper¬
ature is not caused by an increase in heat,
but rather by the concentration of the
manifest heat of a large volume into a
small space. Experiments that proved
this also suggested that the discovery
could be turned to profit by cooling the
heated gas down while under pressure,
and then allowing it again to expand to
its original volume, which would make it
fall greatly in temperature. It was soon
learned that gas could be compressed and
then cooled and allowed to expand until
its temperature dropped 200 degrees.
For some time it had been held by scien¬
tists that air was a permanent gas, and
could not be changed in its form, but
gradually with experiments the idea arose
that if air could be brought to a suffi¬
ciently low temperature it could be lique¬
fied. All means known were used
without success until, in 1877, Raoul
Pictet submitted oxygen gas to an enor¬
mous pressure combined with intense
cold. The result was a few drops of
clear, bluish liquid that bubbled violently
for a few moments, and then evaporated
into the air again. In 1892, a Polander
named Olzewski succeeded in performing
a similar experiment with nitrogen, the
other constituent of air. And about the
same time Professor Dewar, of England,
not only performed both of these experi¬
ments, but also succeeded in producing a
small quantity of air in a mushy form—
in fact, air-ice.
The Cost
of this first ounce of liquid air was more
than $3,000. While being a very in¬
teresting discovery for laboratory use,
such a production and at such an ex¬
pense was out of the question for com¬
mercial purposes. So it remained for
Charles E. Tripler, of New York City, to
invent a method whereby this wonderful
agent can be brought forth with ease and
at the cost of about 20 cents a gallon.
He saw at once, upon the discovery that
air could be liquefied, that it might be a
great power generator, and accordingly
commenced experiments to simplify the
method for procuring it. He investigated
the various means by which refrigeration
was developed, such as the immense
ammonia plants used in breweries and
the like. The principle of cooling by
expansion, he learned, was the basis to
work upon, and the result of his studies
was the following system:
701
702
LIQUID AIR.
At present a fifty-horse power plant
operating an air compressor, and a barrel¬
like arrangement about fifteen feet high,
full of small pipes and valves, and pro¬
tected by wrappings so as to keep out the
heat, are the machines by means of which
this new discovery is brought forth.
Tripler uses compressed air to cool the
other air that he is liquefying. Lender
the very principle that expanding air
grows cooler, if he could so arrange his
ALCOHOL FROZEN IN A GLASS OF
LIQUID AIR.
apparatus that air which was rapidly
growing cooler could pass about pipes
containing his working material, he would
have his problem solved. And so it is.
Air under a pressure of 2,500 pounds
to the square inch, and cooled to about
50 degrees Fahrenheit by being passed in
pipes through a bath of running water
while thus compressed, is carried through
coils of pipe to the large felt-and-canvas-
covered tube or receiver spoken of. Two
sets of pipes lead from the compressor to
the receiver: one contains the air to be
liquefied, the other the air that does the
work of liquefying, but both are under
the same heavy pressure. By turning a
tap in the receiver, the air that does the
work rushes forth and up the sides and
around the pipes in the chimney-like
space of the receiver. This reduces the
pressure, and since air in expanding takes
up heat wherever it can be found, the air
confined in the pipes is coolec^. As the
released air now grows warmer and
climbs to the top of the receiver, it gradu¬
ally returns to the compressor. Here it
is again brought under pressure and
cooled again, only to be released once
more in the receiver to lick up more
warmth from the air in the pipes. Since
the temperature of the air under treat¬
ment is going down in jumps of 100 de¬
grees every time it is treated to this
chilling process, it takes but about fifteen
minutes till a tap at the bottom may be
turned, and drops of liquid air at the
temperature of 312 degrees below zero
drip out from the pipes in the receiver.
These at once evaporate in great billowy
clouds of vapor.
But it is not intended that such an
operation shall be devoid of results, so
devices have been invented for holding
the air after its production. One of these
receptacles is the
Dewar Bulb.
It consists of two vessels of glass, one
within the other, having a high vacuum
between the walls, and joined in a common
neck at the top. The vacuum prevents the
passage of heat, so that the evaporation of
the liquid in the inner tube is reduced to
a minimum. The neck of the bulb is left
open, for liquid air is of such an expand¬
ing nature that it would otherwise
explode. The cold, heavy mist of evap¬
oration that is always present at the
mouth of the bulb acts, however, as a
LIQUID AIR.
703
shield to some extent. Lately, Dewar
tried putting a few drops of mercury be¬
tween the walls of the two bottles, with
the result that in a vacuum the mercury
vaporized and spread itself over the walls
of the bottles. This acted as a mirror,
and still more effectually kept out the
heat. Tripler has arranged a set of cans
of similar nature, which are covered with
felt and canvas so that the liquid air may
be shipped. The mouth of the can is also
covered with felt, but this is safe, as it
allows the gases to escape somewhat. Air
thus packed loses less than one-third in a
nine hours’ ride.
The Uses and Experiments
to which this wonderful discovery may be
placed are as odd and interesting as the
method of its production. The following
are a few of its uses:
It is eleven and one-half times as power¬
ful as compressed air, and may be carried
in a pasteboard box, while as much energy
in compressed air would need the strong¬
est steel cans. It may supplant some
forms of fuel, for, when mixed with any
form of carbon, it burns rapidly or ex¬
plodes. Thus it may be used in interior
combustion engines—for instance, the gas
engine. When a proper motor has been
developed, it will no doubt be used to
help solve the question of aerial naviga¬
tion, for something that combines great
power with lightness seems to be the only
reason why air-ships are not a complete
reality. The same may be said of sub¬
marine navigation. Here liquid air would
supply the motive power, and the air
for the crew to breathe as well, for a
small quantity contains as much air as
can be compressed into many great tanks.
An automobile is now being made to run
by this power. Deep-sea diving would
also be aided by the use of casks of this
air attached to the diving apparatus of the
diver, thus doing away in a great measure
with the pumps. In mines where water
is likely to rush in at any time, it might
be used to freeze the surrounding earth,
thus preventing great catastrophes. In
making such vacuum bulbs as those used
for electric lights, liquid air would be very
useful. After the air has been pumped
out as much as possible, the remainder
can be frozen into a solid drop at one
LIQUID AIR BOILING ON A BLOCK
OF ICE.
The temperature of Liquid Air being 312 0 below
zero and the Ice 32 0 above, the latter is like a fur¬
nace in comparison.
•
end, and then the bulb may be closed
above it by an ordinary blow-pipe, thus
giving an absolute vacuum. The most
frightful explosives can be produced with
the combination of combustibles and
liquid air, for oxygen is necessary to
combustion, and this air contains it in
vast quantities. Of late months, physi¬
cians and surgeons are singing the praises
of this discovery, for by its aid a wound
may be cauterized, or an excrescence
“burned” away entirely. Odd experi¬
ments, such as freezing a rose in all its
color and loveliness, or reducing an egg to
a frozen solid that when handled will
break up into a thousand fragments and
the yolk scatter as the pollen of a flower,
show what may be done in the laboratory.
704
LIQUID AIR.
When a potato is frozen it becomes as
hard as stone, and when fractured shows
as beautiful a surface as ivory. Frozen
butter may be pounded in a mortar until
it is as fine as powder, and a raw beef¬
steak becomes pale and then breaks like
petrified wood.
We have generally considered mercury
and alcohol non-freezable, but when
brought into contact with this queer
liquid, mercury becomes as hard as rock,
and alcohol a white, stringy substance
like molasses candy. Steel in bars may
be readily reduced to flame by dipping it
in a glass of this air and lighting it.
Tripler has already succeeded in perfect¬
ing a machine by which he makes liquid
air produce itself. And though it is
scoffed at by scientists, who say some¬
thing cannot be made from nothing, yet
Tripler maintains that when his machine
has once been cooled down he can make
almost ten gallons of fresh supply with
the use of but three gallons. If this be
so, ere long we shall have steamships and
locomotives running themselves from
nothing but air—in fact, almost perpetual
motion. However, just as it is this new
property is a marvel, and to see Trip-
ler’s engine running without a vestige of
heat, in fact, with ice on her firebox, and
yet the wheels revolving and producing
power, is, to say the least, weird and awe¬
inspiring.
THE HORSELESS AGE.
AUTOMOBILES, MOTO-CARS AND OTHER
AUTOMATIC VEHICLES.
The speed of an average railroad train made possible, with only good roads
and clear right of way necessary. A vehicle that is destined to take the
place, to a great extent, of horses, electric and cable cars, and
cheapen as well as add comfort to conveyances.
HOUGH the manufacture
and use of self-propelling
vehicles are yet in their
infancy, the industry is
growing to such an enor¬
mous size that it is tak¬
ing in half the carriage and wagon
factories in this country. For many years
attempts have been made to solve the
problem of propelling wagons, carriages
and other vehicles along the highways
without the use of rails to run upon, and
by some such motive power as steam,
compressed air or electricity. Five j^ears
ago a few very expensive locomotive-like
affairs had been turned out that operated
with great fuss and feather, but were suc¬
cessful to the extent that large manufac¬
turers employed skilled inventors to work
out new ideas. Now we have the
industry growing to great size, and such
self-moving cars, wagons, trucks and car¬
riages being used universally in the large
cities, with the prospect of their invading
the realm of the horse in the country
before many years.
France at present leads in the use of
these contrivances, and has a fashionable
automobile club numbering 1,700. Re¬
cently an exposition was held in which
1,100 vehicles were shown, representing
every sort and kind from a fashionable
brougham to a milk-peddler’s cart. The
motive power in most of these machines
is gasoline or naphtha, while those Eng¬
land has been putting out run mostly by
steam. It has been left to America, as in
most other things, to bring forth the per¬
fect electric carriage. And this latter
kind seems to give better satisfaction than
any other, by reason of its safety, endur¬
ance and speed, extensive orders from
Europe being proof of acceptance of the
American models abroad.
To be worthy of consideration, the
modern motor vehicle, no matter what its
method of propulsion, should be odorless,
almost noiseless, and free from jolting.
Methods that are likely to result in ex¬
plosions are being cast aside, and the
weight of the motor, which is at present
rather great, is being reduced as much as
possible. Most of the carriages look odd
to one seeing them for the first time, for,
having no shafts or poles, they appear
“bobbed” off in front. They are also
rather too high for self-propelled vehicles,
but soon they will have more graceful
outlines and by having smaller wheels and
less gearing the body of the vehicle will
be nearer the ground. Of course, when a
horse was attached to draw the wagon, it
45
705
TOG
THE HORvSELESS AGE
was necessary that the wheels be high
enough so that the rider could see over
the horse’s back. And when these new
methods for travel were first attempted,
the carriage as it had been was made
have been applied with success; the others
are in their infancy, while the new power
generator, liquid air, is expected to bring
forth great power ere long, in a compact
and very light form. The
'■
■ ■ \
j imS i• £ <
AN ELECTRIC AUTOMOBILE ON
use of without much change in appear¬
ance.
In America, altogether there are six
motive powers employed: electricity,
steam, gasoline, compressed air, carbonic-
acid gas and alcohol. The hist three
ONE OF OUR CITY STREETS.
Electric Mobile
is the one in most common use in this
country, and possibly has the combined
qualities of being more rapid, cleaner,
and more nearly ‘Tool-proof” than any
other. The method employed for its con-
THE HORSELESS AGE.
707
struction is similar to that used on any
electrically-driven apparatus: namely, a
strong motor attached to the wheels, and
propelled by electricity from storage bat¬
teries carried on the vehicle. Such a
motor is odorless, almost without vibra¬
tion, and is practically noiseless. It can
run with great speed and climb almost
any hill road so long as it is smooth. Of
course, it is very heavy, owing to the use
of storage batteries, and it can run only a
ceitain distance without being recharged
with electricity. These batteries weigh
from 500 to 1,500 pounds each, the vehicle
weighing from 900 to 4,000 pounds. An
ordinary lady’s phaeton weighs about a
ton, and carries a battery of 900 pounds.
When the battery is empty it may be
recharged again at electrical stations
maintained for the purpose, after which
the carriage is ready for its journey once
more. The current not only operates the
motor at the wheels, but also lights the
lamps, rings the alarm gong, and, in cabs,
actuates a push-button bell for communi¬
cation between the passenger and driver.
Aside from the device for supplying
power to the wheels, there are numerous
others for guiding and controlling the
machine when it is under way. Near the
seat of the driver are a number of
switches and levers, which to one just
learning how they operate are rather
bewildering. In fact, schools are main¬
tained where persons are taught how to
manage these roadsters. In France a
special highway is prepared with dummy
figures in the path where the beginner is
learning, the object being to become so
proficient that none will be knocked down
by the carriage running away. The
driver must keep his eyes wide open and
both his feet and hands busy. With his
left hand he grasps the power lever which
controls the speed, while with the right
he manages the steering lever. He has
one heel all the time on an emergency
switch that cuts off the current, and at the
same time must ring a gong to warn
people of the approach of his pneumatic-
tired conveyance. With the other foot
he manages a reversing-switch that will
back the carriage, while with his toes he
applies a quick brake. When he wishes
to turn on the lights he presses a button
under the seat. So it may be seen that he
is rather busy, and can never go to sleep
and let the old horse carry him home.
In all the large cities lines of these elec¬
tric cabs are being established. Most of
them run from twenty to thirty miles
without new current. It is a simple
matter to recharge
The Storage Batteries,
it being necessary only to put in a plug
connecting it with the generator, some¬
what after the fashion of a bicycle pump.
This may be done at almost any electrical
plant, and in some places, Belgium for
instance, regular posting stations are
being established, while coin-in-the-slot
“pumps” will soon be arranged on the
corners of city streets where a broken-
down battery may be refilled.
The gasoline motors are in some ways
inferior to those run by electricity; though
all the long-distance races in Europe
have been made in vehicles thus pro¬
pelled. This motor is lighter than the
other kind and needs no recharging sta¬
tion, gasoline being procurable at any
crossroads at a small price. On the
other hand, these engines are not self¬
starting, a push on the piston rod being
necessary, and then the carriage throbs
under the motion of the machinery. The
ins and outs of all the machinery must be
thoroughly learned, and one really be¬
comes an experienced engineer before he
masters the art of guiding this sort of
automobile. When one has learned, how-
708
THE HORSELESS AGE.
ever, he is master of the sit¬
uation, for he may travel up
to fifty miles an hour on
smooth roads, and through
mud and other difficulties at
less speed, with the aid only
of a can of gasoline
The process of
Power Generation by
Gasoline
is very simple. It is known
that this liquid mixed with
certain quantities of air and
confined will, when ignited,
explode with violence. A
cylinder is devised which ad¬
mits this combination at one
end, the gas is exploded at
the proper time and drives
out the piston red, which in
turn causes the fly-wheel to
revolve, drawing the piston
back to its old place once
more, after which the opera¬
tion is repeated. Most of
these engines operate under
four cycles or impulses.
During the first the vapor
is drawn into the cylinder;
during the second it is com¬
pressed by the return piston;
during the third it is ex¬
ploded, and in the fourth
the products of the explosion
are driven out, and the cyl¬
inder is ready for the new
charge. In most engines
the explosion is caused by
an electric spark, there be¬
ing no fire on the vehicle.
Owing to the heat generated
by the explosions going on
all the time, the machinery
must be kept cool by being
cased in water jackets. In
THE HORSELESS AGE.
709
some cases the spark is done away with by
having - the compression of the gasoline so
great that it explodes of its own heat.
Different devices are made for mixing the
proper quantities of gasoline and air, and
many improvements are going on in gen¬
eral to do away with odors, vibrations and
the like.
The cost of owning and operating auto¬
mobiles for a period of several years is
really considerably less than that of
horses and carriage, and especially is this
true of the gasoline kind. Many of the
gasoline vehicles will run ioo miles on a
half-dollar’s worth of liquid.
Steam engines have been used to some
extent for both trucks and pleasure
vehicles with success. For the latter, how¬
ever, they are not as yet in the stage
where they are desirable, there being a
great deal of complicated machinery to
run which requires a regularly licensed
engineer; and then there is generally a
puffing sound and escaping steam at the
exhaust pipe. However, for traction
engines, trucks, fire-engines and omni¬
buses, they have proved eminently suc¬
cessful, because of the ease with which
fuel and water may be had. As yet,
Compressed Air
is rather cumbersome to handle. One
truck has been constructed which has a
set of cylinders operated by this method
somewhat after the style of steam. The
compressed air is held in huge steel
storage bottles or tubes, which are carried
under the wagon. Difficulty has been
had from the freezing of the valves when
the air is turned on and escapes rapidly.
This is because of the great reduction
of the temperature about the pipes when
the air expands and sucks up latent heat.
To avoid this a system of hot-water pipes
heated by a gasoline flame is arranged,
that keeps the valves from cooling too
much. Because of the great weight of
these trucks they are as yet not much
used. However, improvements are being
made daily. One inventor has arranged
a small gasoline engine that generates
electricity in the front of a truck and
stores it in batteries at the back. From
these storage batteries the current is
drawn which runs an electrical motor.
This truck weighs, however, over 9,000
pounds, and when loaded about 25,000
pounds, making it a serious question for
good pavements.
The Uses
to which automobiles are being put are
numerous and varied. All sorts of pleas¬
ure vehicles are already in use, together
with cab and omnibus lines in competition
with street-car lines. A railway hand-car
has recently been put in use, of the gas¬
oline velocipede type, capable of carrying
three persons at the rate of thiity-two
miles an hour. The Parisian fire depart¬
ment uses an electric automobile the bat¬
tery of which is only one-fifth the weight of
the whole apparatus including the crew.
It is capable of traveling four or five
hours at the rate of twelve miles an hour.
In other fire departments many of the
light buggies of the chiefs and marshals
are driven by electricity, and run from
forty to fifty miles per day. The post
offices of several of the larger cities are
now using autowagons for delivering and
picking up mail, while nearly all the
great department stores use electric
wagons exclusively in their delivery
business. The War Department at
Washington has recently taken official
cognizance of the automobile by ordering
several wagons for the Signal Corps, and
soon it is expected ambulance and ammu¬
nition wagons will be ordered of the
same kind.
It may readily be imagined what will be
710
THE HORSELESS AGE.
the outcome of these marvelous strides in
perfecting self-propelling vehicles. It
means better pavements and roads all
over the country, and in the city before
long the noises from the harsh rumbling
of wheels and the crash of the horses’
have become necessary for their regula¬
tion. In France they must be licensed,
and the driver must have a certificate of
proficiency. Speed must not exceed
miles an hour in open country, or 12 y 2
miles in passing houses, while in narrow
(Courtesy of the Woods Motor Vehicle Co.)
A TRIP INTO THE COUNTRY IN AN AUTOMOBILE OF THE ENGLISH
TRAP DESIGN.
hoofs will be replaced by the rapid swish
of the pneumatic tires.
Already capital to the amount of $400,-
000,000 has been invested in the manufac¬
ture of these vehicles in New York,
Chicago, Boston and Philadelphia. Laws
thoroughfares it must be reduced to walk-
ing pace. All sorts of names are being pro¬
posed for this style of vehicle, from “horse¬
less wagon” to “self-propeller” and “auto¬
car.” It seems, however, that the French
“automobile” has come to stay.
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
GREAT WEBS OF STEEL BRIDGING VAST CONTINENTS,
Giving the North the fruits of the tropics fresh from the trees and vines, the
South the grains and other products of the colder climes. Uniting
the East and West by shortening the time, making travel
a luxury and lessening expense.
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
to 1850 progress in rail¬
way building was very slow,
but shortly after came a great
“boom” in stocks, and the
years succeeding 1865 were noted for
their vast strides in railway improvements
and construction. Seventy years ago
there were not twenty-five miles of rail in
the whole country; to-day the total mile¬
age of the United States
is 184,000. This is
about half the number
of miles in the whole
world.
In 1850 nearly all the
roads were confined to
the North Atlantic
States, but in the next
decade a number of
lines were pushed west
to the Mississippi, and
shortlv after came the
■/
first great transconti¬
nental system to the
Pacific. The railroads
guard to keep off the attacks of the
Indians, it was not to be expected that
construction would be other than cheap.
Towns did not have to be consulted as to
rights-of-way, for towns followed rather
than preceded the railroad. As years
went on, however, this cheap method of
building was thrown out for new and
modern improvements, and to-day every-
built in the west were
necessarily forerunners
of civilization, and
where the engine had (Courtesy of c., b. & Q. Ry.)
to o-o under armed MODERN A LA CARTE DINING CAR.
711
712
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
where old wooden culverts are being re¬
placed by steel bridges, secure rock bal¬
last is taking the place of the bedding
that was formerly so easily washed out,
and heavy and continuous steel rails now
form even and smooth tracks, instead of
the old warped iron affairs. Curves have
been straightened, steep and dangerous
grades have been abandoned for cuts and
tunnels, and instead of the murderous
grade-crossings we are now being supplied
with elevated systems and block signals.
All this takes enormous wealth, but the
roads are constantly increasing in that
direction. It is true that many improve¬
ments are yet to be expected, even with
our “lightning flyers,’’ ere travel will be¬
come perfect, but these improvements will
be along the lines of the already existing
roads, rather than along new lines yet to
be laid out.
If construction in the number of miles
laid out has been great, even greater has
been the development in the
Luxury and Ease of Traveling.
Some forty years ago the continuous steel
rail had not been invented, and the link-
connected cars clattered along over the
disjointed rails with a rattle and bang
that was nerve destroying. The only con¬
veniences then provided for, even on the
“through trains’’ across the country, were
a few telegraph blanks,
a separate s m ok i n g
apartment, and, in some
cases, a buffet from
which were served food
and drink of poor qual¬
ity and enormous price.
The night train was a
thing unheard of and
the Pullman sleeper
had not yet made its
appearance. To-day
one journeying from
coast to coast need
hardly give a thought
as to his comforts after
he has boarded the
modern cross - country
“flyer.’’ Trains are
now really almost
smooth - running, and
are equipped with every
device for comfort that
man can imagine.
Drawing-room, observation, dining, and
sleeping cars arranged with an eye to
artistic effect as well as to luxurious com¬
fort, are ever being improved upon by the
companies, while electric and gas lights,
vestibules between cars to keep out noise
and dust, barber shops, buffet smoking
cars, card rooms, and libraries and music
rooms, with waiters and porters at every
turn, are daily adding to the ease of
travel, as well as to the pocketbooks of
the railway magnates.
(.By Courtesy of the “Burlington Route.")
A GENTLEMEN’S CLUB ON WHEELS.
Interior view of a modern buffet and smoking car.
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
713
Now Construction.
To think, then, that all these devices
will soon be applied to trains of cars run¬
ning’ regularly across every continent on
the globe is to wonder what will be the
limit of man’s power. To-day there are
in course of construction two marvelous
lines: one, the Trans-Siberian route,
being laid by the Russian government
from St. Petersburg, Russia, to Port
Arthur, China, thus taking in all the
resources of unknown Siberia and China;
running along the gulf coast to Guate¬
mala, then along the border and down
through the South American states to the
Pacific coast, thus making a thread line
from North to South America.
Trans-Siberian and Chinese Eastern
Railways.
Had Russia imagined in 1867 that she
could ever have accomplished such a work
of engineering skill as that of the con¬
struction of the Trans-Siberian and the
Chinese Eastern Railways, she never
St. Petersburg
Moscow,
PERM
Cheliai
Samara
KRASNOYARSK
lAKEi! Baikal
IISHRlUOINSK
JVofeA'ACOVESCi'.ENSK
M /jSfHETINSKi
U 9 jA
fK. Chita .»«m*£,
JpSOYAGA ! [/'.—■
iMABAROVKA,
I'.IRKUTllO
"•.JSITSIKAR A
Harbin / *
LA01V0ST0K
Mukden
Newchwai
PEKIN
'Port Arthur
A MAP OF THE TRANS-SIBERIAN AND CHINESE EASTERN RAILWAY,
Showing the entire route from Port Arthur to St. Petersburg. The dotted line marks the course
where work is not yet completed.
the other, the “Cape to Cairo” route, as
yet only partly built and partly on paper,
but a marvel in imagination, extending
from the Cape of Good Hope, at the most
southern extremity of Africa, up through
unknown savage lands to its northern
terminal at the old capital of the Pharaohs,
Cairo, Egypt. Besides these two great
undertakings, there is one of similar
nature being promoted by .American cap¬
ital that is to be called the Interconti¬
nental Railway, or the Pan-American
Road. At the expense of $25,000,000
it is to connect this country with the
South American states, starting from
Matamoras, on the Rio Grande border,
would have sold to the United States for
the paltry sum of of $7,000,000 the great
territory of Alaska. Instead she would
have been our neighbor, with a sea¬
port at Fort Wrangell, almost at our
doors on Puget Sound, and England, with
ever-watchful eyes, would turn from
Russia at the gate of Herat to Russia
within a day’s march of Vancouver. * But
•the first work of building this great thread
across a continent full of superstitious
semi-savages was not commenced till May
30, 1891, when the present Emperor, then
Czarovitch, on his way around the
world, visited Vladivostok and drove the
first spike. It was then thought that the
714
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
Trans-Siberian could not be completed
till 1905 or 1907. That was before the
Chino-Japanese War, and a route had
already been mapped out along the south¬
ern border of Siberia to Vladivostok, a
port on the Pacific just north of Korea
that is ice-bound all winter. This port
was practically the only outlet for Russia
on the Pacific, and accordingly great out¬
lay was made for piers, ice-breakers, etc.
But after Russia's aid to the Chinese in
the war with Japan, China felt very grate¬
ful, and as a mark of esteem gave her
benefactor great privileges in Manchuria,
among which were the rights to build the
Chinese Eastern Railway and to lease
Port Arthur as its eastern terminus.
This port is open the year round, so
Russia at once gave up her other surveys
along the Amur River, and instead began
to throw out a line of roads to the south¬
east through the most fertile part of
China, to end at Port Arthur, and with
branches to Pekin and Vladivostok.
The Trans-Siberian Road
itself is practically complete, and after an
expenditure of $150,000,000 has a through
line from Irkutsk, on Lake Baikal, ex¬
tending 4,000 miles to St. Petersburg.
Across the lake to Missoyaga trains are
being carried on great steel barges or fer¬
ryboats. Beyond this point the road runs
in more or less complete state in an east¬
erly direction to Stretinsk, and from the
port at Vladivostok directly northward to
Khabarovka. The country lying between
this latter point and Stretinsk was to have
been covered by a line that would have
directly connected St. Petersburg with
Vladivostok. But with the donation from
China, as said before, this line was aban¬
doned, and now the eastern terminus of
the Trans-Siberian route is at Stretinsk,
while a little to the south and west of this
point, at Kidalova, the main Russian line
is tapped by the Chinese Eastern Railway.
The work across Siberia was full of
difficulties, much of the land never hav¬
ing been traversed by white men before.
Convict labor has been used to a great
extent, thereby cutting down expense.
Expense has not been spared in the least,
however, to give good construction, and
above all else is considered safety.
Bridges that are marvels in civil engi¬
neering span numerous rivers between
Stretinsk and St. Petersburg, twenty mil¬
lions having been expended in this line
alone. The largest and most costly of
these is the great iron and stone affair
that spans a distance of 3,150 feet over
the Yenisei at Krasnoyarsk. It stands on
five colossal circular stone piers, with
matching stone abutments, and is thrown
over the river in five spans. The cost
was $2,300,000; the work was designed
by Knorre, once a German, but now a
naturalized Russian. Another great
bridge, costing $2,000,000, extends over
the Obi River at Kolivan. During the
winter, when the rivers are deeply frozen,
such parts of the road as yet have no
bridges are strung temporarily across on
the thick ice, and later are replaced by
steel culverts.
The work of most interest at present,
however, is that upon the
Chinese Eastern Railway.
which, though in direct conjunction with
the Trans-Siberian road, is yet kept
entirely separate in its finances and out¬
ward dealings with the public. In 1896
Russia contracted with China to build a
road through Manchuria, guaranteeingthat
the president should be a Chinaman, and
that at the end of eighty years the entire
ownership of the road was to pass to China
upon payment. The route was at once
mapped out, and for rapidity of construc¬
tion this line holds the record. The work
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
715
is being done by both Siberian convicts
and Chinese coolies, while almost every
tool and modern means of equipment
is of American manufacture. The
guards along the route are mainly Cos¬
sacks, and they dress half in Chinese and
half in Russian costume. The flag of the
company is likewise half of one country
and half of the other. Of course, the en¬
terprise is wholly Rus¬
sian ; and the result of
this enterprise is start¬
ling. Cities have
grown up all along the
country that was for¬
merly wilderness. To
think of the wonderful
civilizing effect of this
railway is startling.
The road covers like a
hand 400,000 square
miles of rich Chinese
territory. The main
line extends southwest
from Kidalova to Vladi¬
vostok, while about mid¬
way it is tapped by a di¬
rectly southern branch
at a new town called
Habin. From this point
it runs to Port Arthur
and to Pekin.
Work on the new
route is continued
throughout the winter, aided by the use
of American tools and supplies. Euro¬
pean methods are in the main crude along
engineering lines, and American enter¬
prise supplies this work with nearly
everything from steel for bridges to pick-
axes and cross-ties. Rock drills caused a
great deal of trouble, however, among the
native Chinese and also to some extent
among the convicts. It was impossible
for these ignorant people to understand
the workings of such an engine without
visible motive power, and they at once
came to the conclusion that the work was
done by the white man’s “slave devil.”
The result was that 10,000 workmen
struck, and it was only with the greatest
difficulty that they were induced to re¬
turn to work. Eventually they became
amused at the workings of the machines,
though they still think them controlled
by evil spirits. What has already been
accomplished by the construction of such
a great railway may be shown by noting
that Habin, the junction of the two great
railways, as well as headquarters of their
officers, was not on the map at the close
of 1899, and yet it is destined to be the
Chicago of northern Asia, Already in
this city are magnificent office buildings
and dwellings, and broad and electrically
lighted streets are to-day being paved in
the most improved methods. Palatial
A CONVICT CAMP ON THE TRANS-SIBERIAN RAILWAY.
A Cossack guard is about to conduct a body of convict laborers to
their daily task. This class of labor was largely used in the construc¬
tion of the Trans-Siberian Railway.
716
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY
LATEST MAP OF THE ROUTE OF THE
“CAPE TO CAIRO” RAILWAY,
Showing also southern countries now involved
in war with Great Britain.
steamships arrive and depart daily, and
machine shops, banks, ice-factories and
other enterprises are numerous. To sum
up the gigantic effort,, a trip of 10,000
miles, or nearly half-way round the world,
can soon be made without changing cars!
The Cape to Cairo Railway.
Were English capital being invested for
the building of the Trans-Siberian and
Chinese Eastern railways, we might see
the value of the speculation, for it is only
that nation that has colonies scattered all
over the globe that will greatly benefit by
easy means of communication between
them. Russia, however, is not building
these great distance-bridging webs of
steel for the money there is in it; rather
for the purpose of bringing her great
domains together. But if Russia is out¬
laying millions of capital in a costly
venture, England is risking still more in
the scheme to build a railway throughout
the length of Africa from the Cape of
Good Hope to Cairo, Cecil Rhodes,
the genius of South Africa, promulgated
the idea, and though capital has been
scarce for the purpose, yet the time is not
more than ten years off when the most
gigantic of all daring feats will have been
completed. From point to point the
distance to be covered is about 6,600
miles. Of this over 3,000 miles is already
constructed, but the remaining portion,
3,200 miles, is yet to be strung across the
most difficult stretches of land in all
Africa. The total cost of the whole
enterprise is estimated at $125,000,000, but
as the northern and southern extremities
are already laid, it will need only about
$75,000,000 more.
And there really seems no reason for
building this middle section now either.
In the south from Cape Town to Bula¬
wayo, and on the southeastern coast from
Durban, Delagoa Bay, and Beira into the
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
717
interior where the lines have already
been built, there was some reason for an
outlay of capital, because of the great
resources of the country, especially the
gold and diamond fields. Likewise on
the north it has been necessary to run
lines to the south because of their value
for the military in subduing the Mahdi.
But from Khartum or Berber south along
the White Nile and through the malarious
lake regions, where the underbrush has
yet no trail of the white man, it seems
folly thus to put up a road over which
there is no likelihood of traffic. At the
best, the time of travel from Cape Town
to Cairo and then by water to London,
will take fourteen or fifteen days, at a
heavy expense and with discomfort across
the deserts, while the whole trip can now
be made cheaply by steamer around the
west coast of Africa in but two days more.
However, the road is being built, and as
such merits admiration.
The English government is not the
pusher in this enterprise; whatever ma¬
tures of the marvelous scheme will be due
to the domineering pluck of
Cecil Rhodes.
When he first conceived the idea he
figured on making a forerunner of a tele¬
graph line. This had money in it, and
though set upon by great obstacles,
Rhodes has the line well under way and
is endangering the revenues of the sub¬
marine cable lines to the Cape. The only
place that he had great difficulty in secur¬
ing right of way for the telegraph was
through German East Africa. Here, for
the privilege of running his own wires, he
must also at his own expense run other
wires for the German government, which
they will keep up at his expense for forty
years, and then they go to Germany
without compensation.
From a point on the Zambesi River in
Rhodesia it is planned to run the railroad
north to Abercorn, then along Lake Tan¬
ganyika to Ujiji. From this point it will
cross to Mengo in British East Africa, and
then probably skirt the western edge of
Abyssinia, avoiding as much as possible
the malarious districts. Completed roads
to Assuan in Egypt existed before the
recent trouble with the Mahdi, and when
General, now Lord, Kitchener, Sirdar of
the Egyptian army, started from Wady
Haifa towards Khartum, other lines were
thrown out to transport the army and its
supplies. As it is, completed lines now
practically cover the district to Berber,
and a road is being run to Khartum.
January 20, 1909, is set as the day for
the laying of the last rail in this great
stretch of track. This gigantic enterprise
is likely to add greatly to the domain of
Great Britain in that part of the world.
Ninety Miles an Hour.
Speed on railway trains has been
developed to at least ninety miles an hour
between stops on level road. This has
been done in actual work of carrying
mails, and was the outcome of a race
against time that took place January
1, 1899, on both the C., B. & Q. and the
Northwestern railways on their respect¬
ive lines running from Chicago to Omaha.
With our new possessions in the Pacific
Ocean any time saved on the way to the
coast is of importance, and it was to
secure mail contracts to these points that
such speed was shown. It is no uncom¬
mon event to-day to travel at the rate of
over fifty miles an hour, including stops,
but extremely high rates of speed are not
usually developed on passenger trains.
When ninety miles are whizzing past in
sixty minutes it taxes to the utmost the
nerves of the engineer. All sorts of
sights and noises are magnified in the
night, and even if engines are improved
718
MARVELS OF THE RAILWAY.
(Courtesy of C < B. & Q. Ry .)
NINETY MILES AN HOUR.
“Burlington Route,” Denver Limited Express Train.
before he would be a physical wreck.
With the improved headlights shadows
are increased, and though the long stream
of light aids in detecting breaks on the
track at night, such a thing as a small fly
miles an hour from an opposite direction
passes by, the two are coming together
at the rate of 180 miles an hour. With all
these strains, the engineer wishes to re¬
duce rather than to increase the speed.
to fly at the rate of 150 miles an hour,—
which it is said will before long be pos¬
sible,—the driver of the engine would be
able to run his train only a few years
traveling over the face of the lamp is
enlarged to great size in a shadow on the
track. The wind whizzes by, and when
another train at an equal speed of ninety
\tr
tr
f
<•
f
f
f
f
rt*
4j
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4J . .
^^TTYTYTTft11T " v fY^f^TTYV4
Wireless Telegraphy.
MESSAGES SENT ACROSS SPACE, OVER WATER AND THROUGH
MOUNTAINS WITHOUT THE AID OF WIRES.
Bridling one of the most delicate forces of nature, and making it do marvels
in the service of man.
,INCE the perfection of the
telegraph and telephone
for commercial purposes,
and the laying of cables
across the ocean for the transmission
of messages, electrical experts have been
studying the problem of transmission of
electrical energy for messages without
wires. Gray devised a method of send¬
ing signals along light waves, and others
tried transmitting telegrams to moving
trains by means of the rails. These
methods, however, were not successful
in the main, and it was left for
M. Guiglielmo Marconi,
a Florentine yet in his twenties, to dis¬
cover that Hertzian waves could be
generated from electricity and sent across
space without the means of intervening
wires.
In 1895, while yet quite young, Mar¬
coni made experiments across his father s
fields in Bologna, Italy, and by the use of
tin boxes, called “capacities,” set upon
poles of varying height, and connected to
separate instruments by insulated wires,
he sent and received by a crude trans¬
mitter and receiver electrical signals with¬
out the aid of intervening wires. He soon
learned that certain distances could be
covered only by having the poles for his
boxes of certain height, and the height of
the poles had to be increased with the dis¬
tance. He experimented with the aid of
several other scientists for some time, and
then the world was startled early in 1899 by
the news that messages had been sent by
this wireless method across the English
Channel from Dover to Boulogne. Little
had been known up to that time of the
process, but enthusiasm was now ex¬
pressed everywhere, and when, in October
of the same year, the young wizard came
across to America to report the great
international yacht races between the
Columbia and the Shamrock, for the New
York papers, and succeeded so admirably
that messages were flashed across space
when both yachts and sending ship were
enveloped by fogs and out of sight of
land, it was manifest that another epoch-
making discovery had been made.
The method employed by Marconi
seems quite simple when it is known.
Hertzian Waves
are strange undulations generated by
electric impulse that travel through the
atmosphere and have the peculiar prop¬
erty of jumping from the Marconi trans¬
mitter and fleeing through space at the
speed of light, or seven times around the
719
720
WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.
earth in a second. When Marconi under¬
stood that these beams could be sent and
received by his first crude method, he at
sending and one at the receiving station.
From these poles are supported sprits,
alono; each of which runs an ordinary
o
M. GUIGLIELMO MARCONI
Discoverer and inventor of the Wireless
Telegraph.
once set to work on improvements, and
the following system has been the result:
Two tall poles are erected, one at the
copper wire extending vertically from the
telegraph instruments into the air. The
upper portion of the wire is bare, so that
WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.
721
the waves of energy may leap off into
space as they are sent up the wire by the
operation of the instrument below. This
instrument is simply a large induction
coil connected with a strong battery. To
the coil are also attached two brass knobs
(some distance apart), from the space be¬
tween which, when the current is on,
leaps a stream of sparks, the same as
those produced in experiments with the
X-ray. Now, when a
message is being sent,
the transmitting wire
is charged with a cur¬
rent of electricity at
high tension, which nat¬
urally rushes toward
the earth. This dis¬
charge causes a rapid
oscillation in the wire
as long as the current
continues. This oscil¬
lation must have an
outlet, and, according¬
ly, leaves the wire for
its journey across space.
This agitation, when it
reaches the receiving
instrument, produces an
opening and closing of
the circuit accordingly
as the waves are con¬
tinuous or cut short.
To use a simple exam¬
ple, let us suppose we have a string hang¬
ing loose from the ceiling. Now take a
fan and wave the air. The result is the
string is blown back. Make several mo¬
tions with the fan at short intervals, and
the string will respond to the air waves.
This is similar to what occurs in Marconi’s
telegraphing process. He has a switch
connected with the sending instrument,
and as he opens or closes this a stream of
electrical sparks follows. It may readily
be seen, then, that as these sparks impart
46
the waves to the transmitting wire, a short
one would send a short wave across to the
receiver, and a long stream would produce
a long set of waves. That is just what
happens.
When this much of the system was per¬
fected, it was necessary to arrange some
device whereby the gentle oscillations
might be received and interpreted into
messages. Here was a hard task, but it
was successfully wrought out. In a
metal box, that keeps out to a great ex¬
tent the Hertzian waves, is a relay instru¬
ment, two devices called a “coherer” and
a “tapper,” and a Morse instrument for
printing dots and dashes connected to a
home battery. The
‘Coherer”
is the principal and most delicate of all
these instruments, and upon its actions
depends the success of the sending opera-
A WIRELESS TELEGRAPH STATION.
Showing operator in the act of sending a message. The large box on
the table near the operator contains receiving instrument; the adjoining
cylinder with the two rods ending in knobs is the sender; while in upper
right-hand corner is the copper reflector used for directing the waves.
WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.
722
tion. It consists of a tiny glass tube
about as thick as that of a thermometer
and two inches long. In either end is a
small plug of silver, attached to the aerial
wire on the pole outside and to a wire
connected with the relay instrument. It
must be understood that a wave so deli-
EXTERIOR VIEW OF A WIRELESS TEL¬
EGRAPH STATION.
From the sprit at the top of the mast is suspended
the copper reflector which sends the Hertzian waves
shooting across space. The wires attached to the
mast are only for support in heavy winds.
cate in its impulse would not be able to
operate a machine of itself; it is only
strong enough to give the impulse that
Will complete the circuit of the home
battery, and the latter then works the
writing machine.
But how can this impulse be given in
dots and dashes of the Morse telegraph
code? Simply enough, when one knows
how; and here came in Marconi’s great¬
est discovery. He learned that nickel
and silver were alternately good and bad
conductors of the Hertzian waves: good
when welded together by a continuous
current, but bad when severed into par¬
ticles by a blow from his little “tapper.”
Hence, he contrived an arrangement of
very tiny particles of nickel and silver
dust,—siftings through silk,—and placed
them between the silver plugs of his
“coherer.” Now, when a wave impelled
by a single spark from the transmitter is
received by the vertical wire hanging in
space from the pole of the receiving sta¬
tion, it comes down through the “co¬
herer,” and the tiny particles of nickel
and silver cohere (hence the name), the
current is imparted to the battery that
sets the Morse instrument to printing a dot.
To explain more clearly just the uses of
the “coherer” and the “tapper,” we must
remember that the power of the Hertzian
wave is very slight; in fact, it could create
no electrical disturbance were it not for
its property of welding together the
nickel and silver filings in the “coherer.”
What it can do, however, is to complete
the circuit that will operate the relay
instrument. Let us imagine the circuit
of the relay is like an electric door-bell.
Well, the coherer is in the place of the
push-button. As long as the filings are
separate there is no sound, for the circuit
is not complete. But let a Hertzian wave
strike the coherer and the filings are
welded together, the circuit is completed,
and the relay instrument gives the suffi¬
cient electrical energy to operate the
writing machine or ticker. But so long
as the filings in the coherer are in cohe¬
sion the instrument will keep up one con¬
tinuous buzz; hence no intelligible signals
could be sent. Here is where Marconi
made use of his
WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY.
Decoherer or “Tapper.”
It is no more than a little hammer
attached to an electro-magnet, which,
when operated by electricity, will tap
against the coherer the same as the tap¬
per of an electric bell; and this blow
decoheres the filings. Now, when the
Hertzian wave reaches the receiving sta¬
tion it rushes down to the coherer, the
filings are welded together, the circuit is
completed, and the instrument ticks off
its dot. At this instant the relay instru¬
ment has also sent a current to the elec¬
tro-magnet of the tapper. The magnet
draws back the little hammer and lets it
strike the coherer, the filings are sepa¬
rated, and the station is ready to receive
the next flash.
Each succession of waves produces
the same effect, and the operation is
repeated, the result being an intelligi¬
ble series of dots and dashes which
are readily translated into their proper
meaning.
Messages by wireless telegraphy have
already been sent with accuracy up to
no miles, of which sixty were over water
and the rest over land. Messages are
not lost by the curvature of the earth,
which is about 1,000 feet in eighty miles,
and they work all right from a wire 130
feet high. Weather conditions cannot
interfere, nor can the messages be stolen,
for the reason that the transmitters and
receivers must be. in “tune,”—that is,
they must work in harmony. This makes
it almost impossible for the receiver to
take a message not intended for him.
The electric waves do not seem to be im¬
peded by buildings or hills in the inter¬
vening space, for experiments have shown
that messages sent to given destina¬
tions, between which and the sender
were high hills, buildings, etc., have
been accurately received. Whether the
Hertzian waves go through or around
"/23
the intercepting object has not yet been
ascertained.
The Principal Cost
of installing a wireless telegraph plant is
that of the poles, the receivers costing
only about $60. The expense of main¬
taining the electrical current is nominal.
Each station has both a sending and a
receiving instrument, one being turned
off when the other is in operation. Mes¬
sages can now be sent at the rate of
twenty-five words a minute, so it may
readily be seen that when the system is
still more perfect, it may threaten the
established telegraph lines. Imagine
another Eiffel tower on this side of the
Atlantic, with sending and receiving sta¬
tions here and at Paris. The expense of
laying and operating the great submarine
cables would be entirely done away with.
Already the system is in use on light¬
ships, connecting them with the life-sav¬
ing stations on shore, and many lives and
much property have been saved by its
use. What, then, if every ship or train
had these instruments? Accidents might
be avoided, news imparted without stop¬
ping, directions given for war vessels’
manoeuvres, and countless other similar
uses. Marconi thinks some of the great¬
est improvements in this line are yet to
come. He has already devised a sort of
reflector that concentrates the waves and
shoots them in one direction, like a
search-light, so that they may be directed
at will, and only to certain spots. He
is also working upon an arrangement that
will tell from what direction a message
comes. He speaks of possibly arranging
a set of senders and receivers and so
manipulating them for subscribers that
The News of the Day
can be telegraphed all over the country,
thus doing away with newspapers.
modern wonders of l|e Electrical worn
RAPID TELEGRAPHY, PICTURES BY WIRE, STIMULATING THE
GROWTH OF PLANTS BY ELECTRICITY, ETC.
The marvelous strides taken by American genius in the perfection of new devices
and inventions which harness this weird fluid of the air and
make it do service in the aid of man.
SIDE from such marvelous
discoveries as the wireless
telegraph, the X-rays and
the uses to which electricity.
has been put as a motive
power, there are many minor experiments
that are daily being made which are
rapidly bringing this weird fluid nearer
and nearer to our daily life, both for com¬
fort and for money-making. A directory
recently published gives the names of
25,464 firms carrying on electrical busi¬
ness throughout the world. The United
States, as in most other things, is taking
the lead in this important work. Daily
we are shipping to Europe and the Orient
motors and electrical storage outfits in
great numbers.
While in many instances the American
trolley system for street cars has proved
dangerous, it is, nevertheless, being
rapidly taken up in Europe. Electrical
plows are being installed on the larger
farms, and lighting by electricity is now
almost universal. The success of using
water power at Niagara and elsewhere
for generating this force is remarkable,
and the use of the tides about Manhattan
Island, upon which New York City is situ¬
ated, for this purpose has been advanced
as tenable
Telegraphing 100,000 Words
an Hour.
In telegraphing many improvements
have been made, among others being one
724
system whereby the wires are attached to
a sort of electrical typewriter, which,
upon being operated, sets in motion a
similar machine at the other end. The
benefit of this system is that the operator
does not need to be acquainted with any
particular method, any one who is able to
spell being competent to work the ma¬
chine. Another recent invention in this
line is a method of perforating strips of
paper with a machine similar to a type¬
writer, and then placing these strips into
the sending device, which transmits the
messages at the rate of 100,000 words an
hour. This is a marvelous speed, and
where the time is saved is that a number
of men can be set to work at one time
perforating the strips before using the
wire for sending. The benefit to be
derived from such a system is that thei e
would be a great saving in laying addi¬
tional lines, for once the strips are pre¬
pared the sending occupies the line but a
few moments.
Picture Telegraphy.
Sending pictures by wire has at last
come so near to perfection that it is being
used to some extent in detective work.
The method used is called telepan-
tography. By it an engraving or artist’s
sketch may be sent over almost any dis¬
tance by common telegraph communica¬
tion. If a picture is to be transmitted it
must first be treated to a process similar
to that for a half-tone engraving. A
INSTANTANEOUS PHOTOGRAPH OF AN ELECTRIC \ L DISCHARGE DURING A THUNDERSTORM
THIS IS CONVINCING EVIDENCE THAT THE ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE DOES NOT MOVE IN A STRAIGHT LINE BUT TAKES A VERY IRREGULAR
COURSE, FOLLOWING THE LINE OF LEAST RESISTANCE
■
.
'
.
MODERN WONDERS OF THE ELECTRICAL WORLD.
725
metal plate is made, very thin so that it
may be bent round like the cylinder of a
phonograph. The plate is slipped on the
transmitting machine, and a tiny needle
on this device traces over all the lines in
the metal plate, in this way sending im¬
pressions to a cylinder at the other end of
the line, about which is wrapped a coil of
paper. An inked needle at the receiving
end traces the lines as they are tele¬
graphed, and a complete reproduction of
the original picture is the result. The
device is yet rather crude, but practical
results have been obtained.
Electrical Plant Growth.
The qualities of electricity, though
when in the form of lightning and strong
direct currents readily take life, are such
that in other forms as readily give life.
Recently experiments have been made on
seeds, and in one-half the time it takes
Nature to turn out her work by ordinary
processes, the application of electricity has
brought out mature plants.
The first experiment was made on an
egg that was being hatched. An electric
current strong enough to kill a fowl did
not destroy the germ of vitality, but the
chicken when hatched was of most abnor¬
mal size and monstrous in shape. This
proved, however, what might be done
with this marvelous agent.
In plant stimulation the apparatus con¬
sists of two glass cylinders, a larger one
about two inches in diameter for the
larger seeds, and one about three-fourths
of an inch for those of less size. Within
these receptacles the seeds are placed,
thoroughly moistened, and the openings
closed with copper disks having wires
attached. By these wires the disks are
connected with the poles of an induction
coil, and then the current is passed
through the moist seeds, which are good
conductors. After this treatment the
seeds are placed in germinating pans.
These consist of two plates one within
the other, the inner being of porous clay.
The seeds are sown between two sheets
of filter paper, and water passing through
the porous plate is absorbed by the paper,
thus keeping the seeds moist at all times.
The temperature is kept at about 48 de¬
grees all the time by aid of electrical
devices, and the growth of the plants is
30 per cent quicker by this method than
otherwise, while, at the same time, many
seeds not perfect enough to grow under
ordinary climatic conditions are saved by
this electrical treatment.
Wireless Light.
Nikola Tesla, one of the greatest of
electrical wizards, has been at work some
time perfecting several devices by means
of which he can send wave impulses at
great distances through the ether, but in
different manner from the Marconi sys¬
tem. He has made the assertion that if
Mars is inhabited he can create a great
enough current to be felt there. He is
also at work on wireless light. But both
these inventions are as yet void of com¬
mercial value. Some time ago, at an
exhibition in Chicago, he conducted a
series of experiments in throwing his
waves across space and directing minia¬
ture war vessels in a tank of water with¬
out the aid of connecting wires. Waves
were sent across to a receiver, which
opened currents that turned switches and
set in motion the machinery. It is
claimed for these inventions that, when
perfected, torpedo boats can be more
effectually directed toward the enemy’s
vessels.
*
*
<1
«
New Studies of the Starry Skies.
ASTRONOMICAL PROBLEMS AND RECENT DISCOVERIES.
THE WORLD'S GREATEST TELESCOPE.
&
*
#>
*
£t||L Achievements of the world’s greatest star-gazers, and the latest and most delicate
devices used by them, giving to the student new facts concerning orbits,
seasons, atmospheres, and climatic and general conditions *11*
existing on the planets, moons and suns.
ROF. SIMON NEWCOMB, the
well-known astronomer, uses
a very startling method of
comparing the size of the uni¬
verse, so that we may judge its size by
things earthy. Imagine the United
States as the extent of the whole known
creation, and compare to it a lady’s fin¬
ger-ring as the earth’s orbit around the
sun. The nearest fixed star would then
be about a mile and a half away from the
ring, and all the space from the Atlantic
to the Mississippi would be studded with
other stars, planets and constellations. It
has recently been learned that the whole
solar system, with the sun, earth and all
the other planets, is traveling toward the
constellation Lyra at the rate of three
hundred millions of miles a year. When
we think of this constellation as being
about ten miles away from the finger-ring
spoken of, we can readily see what enor¬
mous distances we are traveling, and little
wonder is it that great minds are trying
to solve the problem of where and when
this vast and furious race began, and
where it will end. An astronomer who
might watch the heavens for ten thousand
years might gain some faint suggestion
of the answer to the riddle. But our sun
72fi
and its system are not the only moving
bodies in the universe.
Thousands Upon Millions
of other stars like our sun are traveling in
some direction, and with greater or less
force. A greater question, then, is what
means the motion of all these other
bodies, and where will they end? Some
astronomers suggest that each system ; s
shooting off on a curve that thousands
of centuries will complete into orbits.
Others say that if the laws of motion bt
true for all space and all time, it may be
that each moving star will go on in an
unbending career forever, unless attracted
aside by others. In that case, after ab¬
sorbing many smaller stars, a few of the
larger bodies would gradually drift apart,
and the inhabitants of each would then
behold only black and starless skies. All
this is amazing in its proportions and
grandeur, but as yet theories only exist,
for with millions of bodies flying in
different directions and at such frightful
speed as 200 miles a second, calculations
are at best but weak.
Another problem that presents itself to
star-gazers is that of the
NEW STUDIES OF THE STARRY SKIES.
727
Size of the Whole Universe.
With the latest improved telescopes we
are able to see only what is considered a
very small portion of the vast extent of
star-filled space. We
are able at present to
count, by means of pho-
tographic telescopes,
some hundred millions
of these bodies, but it
is not supposed that we
have reached anywhere
near the edge of the
limits of their confines.
In fact, astronomers
hardly think they will
be able ever to know
when they have found
a limit, for even then
there might be a great
intervening empty
space, but farther on
possibly another vast
field full of these spark¬
ling lights. It is said
that it is not probable
that these stellar sys¬
tems go on infinitely,
for mathematicians
have figured out that if
such were the case, the
light thrown off from
such a number of lumi¬
nous bodies would light
up the whole heavens
as brightly as at noon¬
day. What the solu¬
tion of this question is
must remain in doubt,
it seems, forever.
Following close upon
this comes the thought,
Whence Comes the Heat
from the sun and other stars? and where
does it go? We have decided quite accur¬
ately that meteors and other falling stars
do not start out on their voyage through
space on fire, but rather are solid bodies
which, when they pass so rapidly through
the air, are burned up by the heat of
friction. Similarly it is thought that the
contraction of the bodies of these stars
through the gravitation of their parts
A PHOTOGRAPH OF THE MILKY WAY.
Showing a portion of the myriads of nebulous bodies that make up that
great path through the heavens.
728
NEW STUDIES OF THE STARRY SKIES.
creates heat so great that combustion is
the result, and when the bodies finally
become dense as the earth they grow
cold. This theory is pretty well founded
upon observations of the sun, and while
the conclusion is that this is the proper
solution of the problem, yet the process
is very slow,—so slow that it would have
to go on for thousands of years before
astronomers could find by comparing
sizes that it had grown any smaller
AN ECLIPSE OF THE SUN.
Caused by the passage of the moon between
the sun and the earth.
Though this problem is solved to an
extent, where does the heat vanish? is
altogether a harder question. What be¬
comes of the flood of heat and light that
has gone on at the rate of 180,000 miles a
second since the dawn of creation? Sci¬
ence of to-day might say that it continues
through space forever. But at such a
marvelous velocity it seems that in a few
thousand years it should have reached
the confines of space, if there be any, and
there is no reason why it should stop
there. There is a law of conservation of
energy that maintains that nothing is
lost here on earth: no gas that escapes
but that it returns to nature in some form.
May it not be true that the heat so long
thrown off from our burning worlds may
return? We cannot say; it remains a
problem unanswered.
If there are these greater questions
relative to the whole universe, there are
still as interesting ones regarding the
worlds we can behold. The question of
whether there are inhabitants on any of
the planets is still indeed doubtful. We
are not sure yet what bodies have atmos¬
pheres about them such as that which
makes a part of our earth. The moon has
been well studied and with many good
results, though they cannot apply to the
planets and stars. We can see that she
has no atmosphere and that there are
traces of mountains and craters of extinct
volcanoes, but the largest telescopes made
will hardly ever be able to aid us suffi¬
ciently to discern these qualities with ac¬
curacy on the farther planets. It is said
that Mars is inhabited, that Venus turns
on an axis and has an atmosphere, though
cloudy and not transparent like ours.
Mars was for a long time thought to re¬
semble the earth very closely, but after
years of study, the only resemblance
thought to be accurate is what is sup¬
posed to be a cap of snow that appears to
form over one of its poles in the Martian
winter.
The Sun.
With the sun there are still many ques¬
tions about which the astronomers are
worrying themselves. We know a great
deal about this body, but when it comes
down to facts, the study is still full of
wonders. We should like to know what
is the cause and what the nature of the
spots on the sun; why the sun seems so
NEW STUDIES OF THE STARRY SKIES.
729
calm when the raging fire that is consum¬
ing it is beyond our thought. What is
the corona, and has it magnetic proper¬
ties? And is the hazy patch of light in
the sky that follows the counterglow of
the sun at its setting in the western
horizon the tail of the earth, the same as
that to a comet?
It seems wonderful that the astronomers
can map out so well the time of the occur¬
rence for eclipses and showers of meteors
and the like, and to the one not versed in
the wisdom of the science it seems as
though there were but little more to
learn, but such is far from the case. All
calculations are not exact: the earth does
not always perform its rotations in the
same time; sometimes it is faster, some¬
times a little slower, though very slight.
For half a century the moon will jump
ahead of her regular rate, and then again
she will drop behind.
Forces Are At Work
here and there that we cannot under¬
stand, pulling this planet toward another
and vice versa. In all it is a science the
most exact and beautiful, but far from
finished.
Recent photographs of the moon, taken
by means of the elbow telescope at the
Paris observatory, have led scientists to
believe that the moon has still about it
730
NEW STUDIES OF THE STARRY SKIES.
the remains of what was once an atmos¬
phere. Faint traces of this can be found,
and when the shape of the moon shows
such a similarity to the earth in the for¬
mation of its mountains and craters,
ocean-beds and streams of lava, it is
thought by some that very likely the same
conditions once existed there as do at
present upon the earth: hence that the
moon was once inhabited. Among the
recent discoveries in astronomy the novel
assertion is made by Professor See that
the color of a star varies with its age,
being yellow in its youth, and in
its old age blue, the tint being a
matter of temperature. The bluer
it becomes the hotter it is, be¬
cause great heat causes blue light¬
waves. Thus, Sirius is a very
blue star, and gives out about one
hundred times as much heat as
the sun, though only perhaps four
times as big. When the sun be¬
comes hotter with age, it is argued,
it will be bluer, and we shall have
blue instead of nearly white light.
The Largest Known Meteor.
Lieutenant Peary, the great arc¬
tic explorer, in tramping through
Greenland recently found the
largest known meteor, which, in
honor of his voyage north, he
called the “Northward.” It
contains much iron, and from this
substance the native Esquimaux
made many knives and fishing im¬
plements. It is many times as
large as a man, and weighs one
hundred tons.
Yerkes* Great Telescope.
With all the studies that are
being conducted in astronomy, let
us look at a monster telescope by
means of which we are brought
nearer the starry skies. Charles T.
Yerkes, the street-railway king of
Chicago and New York, recently
gave to the University of Chicago
the newest of the great telescopes. In its
observatory on the shores of Lake
Geneva, near Williams Bay, Wis., it
gives to students the opportunity of mak¬
ing the best examinations of the stellar
YERKES’ TELESCOPE: THE LARGEST AND MOST
POWERFUL INSTRUMENT IN THE WORLD.
(Tube sixty-five feet long; lens forty inches wide.)
Interior view of Yerkes Observatory, showing the great
“lifting-floor” at its lowest point. By means of electric motors
this floor can be brought up even with the eye-piece of the
instrument; electric motors also turn the tube and the observa¬
tory dome in any desired direction.
NEW STUDIES OF THE STARRY SKIES.
731
systems possible. The huge forty-inch
lens of the great refractor is the largest in
existence, and it probably marks the limit
of size to be attained in the manufacture
of the instruments, because any larger
size might not give so distinct visions,
besides being of such great weight that
the large steel tube which holds the sev¬
eral lenses would very likely sag and not
be accurately steady. The large glasses
in the lenses of this telescope were ground
by Alvan Clark, who came from a family
of lens makers. The glass proper is com¬
posed of two lenses, one of crown glass,
the other of flint glass, ranging in thick¬
ness from three-quarters of an inch to
two inches, and placed eight inches
apart. They weigh 500 pounds, and
were four years in polishing, the final
touches being done by the maker’s finger¬
tips. Contrary to common thought, dust
does not hinder in the use of the tele¬
scope, and no protection from it is placed
over the glass. Even a small scratch
would not greatly hurt the glass, though
of course this is avoided with as much
care as possible.
The length of the great tube is sixty-
five feet, its weight twenty tons, yet the
whole instrument is so evenly poised that
it can with ease be moved to any angle or
position by the hand. Under the ninety-
foot dome, where this monster eye is
housed, is a large lifting floor of forty tons
weight, that can be brought, by means
of electric motors, up to a height even
with the eye-piece of the telescope. The
great dome is also movable, being placed
on car wheels which rest on a circular
track, and at the will of the operator the
whole affair may be revolved about so
that the large opening in the roof may be
brought opposite any star. The motive
power for the dome is electricity, as it
also is for the great sliding shutters for
the roof of the dome. Inside the base of
the tube is a clock-like arrangement that
adjusts various parts of its workings, as
well as keeps it moving steadily in the
path of the star being studied. The total
cost of the huge glass and observatory
was a half million dollars, but the outlay
produced the most perfect seeing appa¬
ratus yet devised by man.
A peculiar incident about the history
of the glass is that after Alvan Clark, the
maker, had superintended the setting of
the lens, he returned to his home in
Massachusetts and died the next day.
With this instrument many interesting
facts are being learned. It has been
learned that a layer of carbon, hitherto
unknown, surrounds the sun; the fifth
satellite of Jupiter, discovered with the
Lick telescope, has now been measured
by means of the small spider webs drawn
across the eye-piece of this new glass.
It has also been ascertained that the earth
receives a small amount of heat from the
stars. Excellent photographs of the moon
have been made, and at frequent intervals
scientists assemble there from all over
the world to make special observations.
Arrangements for photographing with
this gigantic camera are numerous. One
of the oddest to the uninitiated is that of
a set of lenses attached to the outside of
the great tube and about forty feet apart.
It is naturally supposed that light must
be shut off from between the glasses, but
such is not the case this time, for all that
is wished to be photographed is the
object that appears at the focussing point
on the eye-piece. Therefore, the only
place the light shutter is used is at the end
nearest the sky.
A word might be well about the dainty
little spider webs used in making meas¬
urements with such a telescope. Spiders
are kept for the purpose, and in little
boxes arranged like lantern slides the
webs are strung before the eye-piece, so
i
732
NEW STUDIES OF THE STARRY SKIES.
that when a star is brought into view a
delicate shadow is thrown across its image
by these film-like threads. Knowing the
space between the meshes of the webs
and the distance of the stars, their sizes
are computed. These webs are used in
preference to any threads that might be
manufactured, because of their extremely
delicate nature. Another arrangement of
interest is a series of colored lights that
may be thrown on these webs for telling
what the stars are made of. It is well
known that certain minerals burn with a
certain color, so that by turning on a
given light, the light that still shows up
from the star can readily be classified and
the make-up of the body under observa¬
tion easily decided.
Z CD
— tr
£ £
< 2
z
u X
LU I-
C/3 ^
CD
~ Q
Q UJ
Z - 1
3 d
3
o
tr
X
(-
Q
tr
<
o.
c D
LU CJ
0 - z
21
u- 3
o O
CD CD
-I CD
-J UJ
O QC
a: o.
UJ X
O o
=> <
I UJ
i The Great Canals of the World. I
PANAMA, NICARAGUA, KEIL, CHICAGO DRAINAGE.
Artificial waterways that will save millions of dollars and make it possible for
gigantic ocean vessels to make direct voyages to inland cities
and towns which have heretofore been beyond
the limits of navigation.
R nearly a century after the
discovery of America, explor¬
ations were made to find the
straits that were supposed to
exist between the northern and southern
halves of the continent. At last, when
the Isthmus of Panama was found, en¬
gineers at once began to dream of an
artificial waterway to link the Atlantic
and Pacific oceans. The canal routes
that have received the most publicity are
those of Panama and Nicaragua. Both
of these are under way, though the
Panama has expended the more money
and is nearer completion. The United
States government has interested itself
in the Nicaragua plan, and has authorized
an expenditure of $115,000,000 on that
route.
The Panama Route
is already cut two-fifths of the way across
the Isthmus from Colon on the Atlantic
side to Panama on the Pacific, and the
cost of completing it will be about $102,-
000,000. The route at first lay over
twenty-five miles of river, eight miles of
the Cordilleras mountains that had to be
cut down from 100 to 325 feet, and a
great part in bottom lands. Great floods
of the Chagres River and the opening up
of the damp soil causing sickness necessi¬
tated the change of route. Estimates
now show $87,000,000 to be necessary for
completion, and eight or ten years’ time
in which to do the work. The route as
now laid out is forty-six miles long with
the same ports as before, only the Cha¬
gres River is not used and in its place
canals are to be dug. From Colon fifteen
miles is straight cut canal; after that
comes a dam which by controlling the
waters of the Chagres will flood the
country for 1^/2 miles, with an artificial
lake. This lake is to be used as a chan¬
nel of the canal, and at the other end
follows a section of canal five miles long
which is the highest of the whole route,
sixty-eight feet above the sea. Six
locks altogether control the water be¬
tween the sections, while another arti¬
ficial lake nine miles north of the main
route, caused by another dam, will supply
water in dry season.
The Nicaragua Canal,
while well indorsed, is a great deal more
difficult task than the Panama, and but a
small part of the work has been done.
It is to extend from Greytown on the
Atlantic, to Brito on the Pacific, using as
main channels Lake Nicaragua and the
San Tuan River. Six locks control the
733
734
THE GREAT CANALS OF THE WORLD.
water, and the hardest part of the plan is
to build a series of dams, some of them
6,000 feet long, to check the flow of the
San Juan River so that the whole valley
will be flooded and make an immense
artificial stream connecting with the lake.
Short and steep canals are built at each
end of the route and connect the lake
and river with the oceans. The route
is 169 miles long as compared to forty-
six on the Panama, while the summit
level, or highest point, is 154 miles long,
with one end but thirteen miles and the
other two miles from the oceans. Should
a break occur in one of the Nicaragua
locks, half this stretch would be emptied
of water and the vessels in transport would
be stranded. With both these routes
in construction a waterway across the
Isthmus is assured before 1910.
The Keil Ship Canal.
The great ship canal which is des¬
tined to connect the Baltic with the
Black Sea, work on
which was begun in
1898 by the Russian
government, is being
pushed forward with
the greatest zeal and at
the same time with a
quietness amounting
almost to secrecy.
When finished, the
work, on account of its
immensity and the al¬
most insuperable diffi¬
culties to be overcome,
will be worthy of a
place beside such mod¬
ern wonders as the St.
Gothard Tunnel and the
Suez Canal.
The route unites the
River Dnieper, which
flows into the Black
Sea, with the Dwina,
which empties into the
Baltic Sea at Riga. It
starts at Riga, follow¬
ing the course of the
Duna River as far as
Duneberg, where it is
united to the Beresina
by means of an immense course cut right
through the country. The Beresina and
the Dnieper are then used to complete
the connection. The total length of the
line is 1,600 kilometers, or about 1,000
English miles, 200 kilometers of the en¬
tire distance being artificially cut through
the land. The work is to be finished in
OUTLET OF A MODERN CANAL LOCK.
Here is controlled and put to use the enormous power developed by the
flow of these great artificial streams.
THE GREAT CANALS OF THE WORLD.
five years, if all goes well and a sufficient
number of men are kept at work during
that period.
The canal is about 307 feet wide, and
about thirty feet deep, thus allowing the
largest vessels means of passing from
one sea to the other. Seventeen large
ports, or artificial bays, are to be con¬
structed along the line as well, each
capable of containing a large number of
ships, so that a Russian vessel, however
large it may be, may make the entire
transit in six days without hindrance of
any kind.
The Cost
of the work, at the lowest estimate, and
taking into consideration the means at
the disposal of the Russian government
as to the adoption of unpaid labor, will
amount to about $120,000,000. The
whole passage is kept within the limits of
the Russian Empire, thus allowing Rus¬
sia absolute sovereignty over the entire
course. Putting aside the great political
advantages given to Russia by the new
enterprise, the gain commercially and
economically will be an incalculable one.
Chicago Drainage Canal.
One of the greatest enterprises in the
line of canal building has just been fin¬
ished by the Sanitary District of Chicago,
and consists of an artificial waterway con¬
necting the waters of the Chicago River
with those of the Mississippi. For years
the filth of the Chicago River has been
such as to give the stream the name of
“sewer.” The refuse from numerous
factories emptied into it, and in heavy
weather or after a thaw these waters
flowed far out into Lake Michigan, from
which Chicago gets its water supply, thus
being a great menace to the health of the
inhabitants. The opening of this canal
effectually turned back the waters of the
river from its mouth and made the stream
flow towards its source. Virtually Lake
Michigan thus has an outlet to the Gulf of
Mexico, the water flowing steadily up the
river and out through the cut that joins
the river at its south branch, and over a
rocky bed and between stone walls to
Lockport, Illinois, where a great con¬
trolling dam is situated that lets the water
into the Des Plaines River. From this
point the water runs by way of the Des
Plaines, through the town of Joliet, to the
Illinois River, and thence into the Mis¬
sissippi. The canal is 160 feet wide, is
made of six-foot thick masonry, and is
deep enough to admit ocean vessels, while
it has a capacity of 600,000 cubic feet of
water a minute. Part of the route lay
along clay beds, and here the work of
construction was the easiest; elsewhere it
lay along solid rock, and here blasting had
to be done; another part lay along a
prairie, and there a wall of stone thirteen
miles long had to be built.
To remedy the sewage problem of Chi¬
cago the whole sewer system had to be
reversed, and the refuse matter made to
flow out to the canal instead of into the
lake as heretofore. To do this large
intercepting sewers were constructed
underground, connecting the larger sewer
mains and emptying into the south branch
of the river. It took seven years to
construct the canal, and about $32,000,000
were expended. The money for this
was raised by taxes, but a large income
will be derived from the use of the power
developed by the fall of the water over
the dam at the big controlling works at
Lockport.
Stupendous Power 01 Niagara
FIFTY THOUSAND HORSE POWER DEVELOPED FROM THE
WORLD’S GREATEST CATARACT.
HE Niagara Falls are now being
used to operate great electric
dynamos for generating power
for many factories in their
neighborhood. The waters of lakes Su¬
perior, Michigan, Huron and Erie empty
into the Niagara River, which after leav¬
ing Lake Erie flows swiftly for two miles
and then widens and separates above
Grand Island into two branches. These
come together again below the island, and
flow slowly about several islands till their
combined waters reach the “rapids”
about a mile above the falls. The flow of
water here is 275,000 cubic feet a second,
or half a million tons per minute. This
enormous flood was first utilized for
power in 1725, when a small saw-mill was
erected near the falls and run by its force.
The Niagara Falls Power Company
recently made cuts in the river a mile
above the American Falls. Water is led
in from the “rapids” by a canal 12 feet
wide and 180 feet long, with capacity of
100,000 horse power, to a wheel pit 30 feet
wide by 200 feet long and 180 feet deep.
Eight steel penstocks restrain the water in
its plunge down to the bottom of the wheel
pit, and at the base of each is a 5,500-
horse power vertical turbine. The shaft
of each turbine is attached at the upper
end to a 5,000-horse power generator,
which gives the plant a total capacity of
736
40,000 Horse Power.
Provision has been made for two more
turbines and for another house to be built
on the Canadian side. From the wheel
pit the water runs through a tail-race
7,000 feet long directly under the town of
Niagara Falls to an outlet at the base of
the cliffs.
The Niagara Falls Paper Company uses
7,200 hydraulic horse power from this
same point, taking it from the canal be¬
fore it reaches the penstock.
Another plant, operated by the Niagara
Falls Hydraulic Power Company, takes in
water from the rapids 2,000 feet below the
other intake, and runs a canal through the
town to the edge of the gorge, where two
penstocks, eight and eleven feet in
diameter, take the water to a power
house 200 feet below at the edge of the
river. Here horizontal turbines develop
energy to about 20,000 horse power. An
old canal built in 1858 also supplies about
7,500 horse power. On the Canadian
side the Niagara Falls Park and River
Railway operates a power house with
two turbines, and generates 2,000 horse
power.
The theoretical power that is possible
from the Falls is that of 7,500,000 horses,
of which, however, less than 50,000 is
being developed and put to useful
account.
THE STUPENDOUS POWER OF NIAGARA FALLS.
737
The Turbines
that do the work of generating power are
arranged in pairs. Each is attached to a
13-foot diameter inlet tube. Two large
revolving bronze wheels receive the
water, which has first been governed by
pressure gates, and led into the wheels
by draught tubes, which are so arranged
as to keep the dampness out of the ma¬
chinery. The turbines are 70 inches in
diameter, and have 36 blades, each one of
142 square inches and highly polished so
as not to give resistance to the water.
The axis of each of the great wheels is
11 *4 inches in diameter, and they are all
47
mounted on ball bearings. Each turbine
revolves 250 times a minute.
Industries using electric power for
manufacturing paper, aluminum, car¬
borundum, calcium carbide, and other
chemical industries, street railways of
Niagara and a railway of twenty-two
miles to Buffalo, are all being operated
by this great power generator. Buffalo
alone takes 6,000 horse' power. It was at
first thought that the electricity thus
generated would sometime be taken great
distances for power purposes, but the
tendency is more for industries to move
near Niagara than to transmit the power.
THe Cinematopiili-Plovi Pictures.
Reproducing, by means of the camera, the motion of moving objects as well
as the objects themselves. A wonderful accomplishment which
science in the time of our fathers would have scoffed at as
impossible,—to-day an absolute fact.
O THE person viewing for the
first time the flitting pictures
projected from a moving-pic¬
ture machine to the large
magic-lantern screen where they repro¬
duce accurately every phase of life in
rapid motion, there is something very
weird and fascinating. When one knows,
however, the means by which this ex¬
tremely odd and interesting feat is accom¬
plished, he simply learns that another
great improvement has come about in
this age of invention.
The first phase of the moving-picture
study was that of the invention of the
“Zeotrope.”
This was a toy in the shape of a wheel¬
like disk. On the back were painted a
number of figures, each one in a stage of
motion a little farther advanced than the
one before it. Under each picture was a
narrow slit, so that when a pin was run
through the center of the disk and the
picture side of the zeotrope held nearest a
mirror, the person using the toy might
squint through the slits as they passed by
when the disk was whirled around. The
general effect thus seen through the slits
reflected on the glass was that of the
object going forward by jumps, a great
738
deal like real life. Since the artist had
to draw upon his imagination in painting
the pictures, they were often incorrect in
attitude, therefore as the disk spun around
some very grotesque methods of locomo¬
tion were the result.
This, however, was but the start of a
series of experiments which later brought
to perfection the present motion pictures.
Some years later there appeared an inven¬
tion which brought to light the main prin¬
ciple now used in the best machines,
namely, the passing of a strip of pictures
behind the lens of a lantern, the device
having a shutter which cut off the light
for a short interval, as a new picture was
moving into place, and again opened to
allow the passage of light as the picture
paused an instant before the lens. All
experiments have since been conducted
upon this system of jerking pictures
through on strips, letting them pause
for a moment before the light, then shut¬
ting off the light and then again going
through the same operation.
The question now came as to how cor¬
rect pictures might be obtained to place
on these strips. When instantaneous
photography became a fact, a man named
Muybridge, of California, tried the scheme
of placing a number of cameras in a row
THE CINEMATOGRAPH—MOVING PICTURES.
along a road where he trotted a horse,
and as the horse was in front of each
camera the respective shutters were set
off automatically. The result was his
famous “Trotting Horse,” which for
some time astonished the public in its
lifelike motions. But it is apparent that
the cameras had to be placed so far apart
that the jump from one picture to the
next was too great, especially if the ma¬
chine reproducing the pictures was moved
very rapidly.
The Kinetoscope.
Then came Edison with his famous
kinetoscope, by which he took series of
photographs on long strips of film at the
rate of some thirty a second. After this
process the rest of the work of perfection
was simply that of mechanical contriv¬
ances, the principle remaining the same.
The systems in all the different motion-
picture machines are very similar, though
there are nearly as many names as ma¬
chines. First, photographic films are
prepared on strips of gelatine, varying in
length from seventy feet to six hundred
feet. These strips are sensitized the
same as a photographic plate, and are
wound in convenient spools. The object
is to pass this strip of film through a
camera at the point where the plate is
usually placed, or the focal point, unwind
the roll bit by bit, have a tiny section an
inch long stop still in front of the lens of
the camera for a short fraction of a
second, then have a shutter cut off the
light, and the roll proceed till the next
inch is before the lens. When the light
is on again, another exposure is made,
and so on till the whole strip of film is
used up and about a thousand pictures
have been made, all in the space of a
little over a minute. This process re¬
quires a delicate mechanism, for the film
must stop before the lens just during that
fraction of a second that the shutter is
739
open, and the shutter must remain closed
while the next bit of film is moving into
place.
After a series of pictures have been ex¬
posed, the strip of film is taken to the
dark-room and developed. To handle a
roll of flimsy gelatine seventy, a hundred,
or perhaps several hundred feet in length
is no small task, but devices have been
arranged for keeping it on a windlass and
unwinding and developing a short length
at a time, or winding it on frames with
pegs on them, so that the whole piece
can be developed at one time. After the
film is dried another film is placed over
it and another exposure is made, only
this one is a positive, whereas the other
was a negative,—that is, in the negative
all the white objects were black, and the
black objects white, but in the positive
they are their proper colors. Now, after
the positive has been dried, it is ready
to be passed again through the machine,
which is, however, this time fitted with
a powerful light of some kind, similar to
that in a magic lantern. The film is un¬
wound and the shadow is cast by the light
through the lens upon the white screen;
then the shutter cuts off the light, the next
picture moves into place, and the light
throws another picture. The pictures
move about fifteen to the second, that is,
almost the same as the animal moves in
real life. By a peculiar phenomenon,
called “persistence of vision,” we retain
upon the retina of the eye the image of
what we have seen for even a short fraction
of a second after we have shut our eyes, or
the light has been cut off. This may be
explained by looking through the fly¬
wheel of some large engine. The spokes
keep cutting off the vision, yet the only
result is a haze over the object beyond.
Well, this is what enables us to view
these motion pictures, for as we gaze at
one picture it becomes firmly impressed
740 THE WHITE MAN’S GREED FOR THE LAND OF THE BLACKS.
upon the retina of the eye, and stays
there long enough for the next picture to
be moved into place. Thus we experience
the effect of a continuous motion instead
of a series of pictures, though there is a
jerky sensation that it will take sometime
before the inventors can do away with.
Pictures may be colored and made more
lifelike, though this is not often done.
As yet these motion pictures have not
been placed to much use beyond that of
amusement. It is helping in some
studies, however, such as that of anatomy.
Pictures of operations may be made and
afterwards shown to the class. At pres¬
ent we have all sorts of subjects, from
athletic contests to naval and land bat¬
tles; from scenes in the nursery to the
flight of birds or the thundering advance
of the fast locomotive.
Tp8 wuite Plan’s Greed lor me Land el tpe Blacks.
CIVILIZATION IN AFRICA.
HE scramble for land in Africa
by the nations of Europe is
of comparatively recent date.
Earliest explorations were
begun in 1553, and while the continent
has held more of romance and danger for
the explorer than possibly any other, it
has been a hard task to colonize it.
France and England, as in other things,
have been constant rivals here, with Eng¬
land in the lead. Country after country
has pushed into the interior at different
points along the coast, and gained control
of the native chiefs. Generally the parti¬
tion went on gradually and peacefully,
and it was not till after the Brussels Con¬
ference in 1878 that the unrestrained
scramble began that has since resulted in
the division of the whole continent among
the great powers. In 1876, while Great
Britain, France, Spain and Portugal had
located colonies on the coast, the interior
was largely held by wild tribes, but since
then the work of division has been so
energetic, that in 1890, of the 11,900,000
square miles of territory on the continent,
only some 1,500,000 remained open for
further conquest. Conflicting claims
have existed all along between the
powers, and it was through these mainly
that France had trouble with England at
Fashoda, in which the latter country came
out victorious, and which keeps England’s
army in the Soudan. The recent trouble
with the Boers in South Africa will very
likely add to the possessions of Great
Britain, while France is daily getting a
stronger hold on Madagascar. The follow¬
ing is the area as controlled by the different
powers, omitting such as has over it only
a protectorate government: Great Britain,
2,250,000 square miles; France, 3,500,-
000; Germany, 890,000; Portugal, 900,000;
Italy, 600,000; and Spain, 250,000. Besides
these possessions there, the Congo Free
State controls 850,000 square miles; Li¬
beria, 37,000; the Boer republics, 162,640,
and unappropriated territory, 1,500,000.
tTTTTTTVTtTTTTTTTT* *PtTTtTTftfTTtfTTftTtTTTTTTTVTTVTTtttvtftttff
ScieRtific FarmiRg.
FOREST WASTE: IRRIGATION: PREVENTION OF FROSTS:
Congress investigating and assisting in agricultural expansion, making it possible
to grow grains and fruits in what was formerly a barren waste.
*st» 'J/* “vjr* "vl/* M/* •\f/ % *\tr •Jf* •Jr’ "Jr 'A’ *4/* M/* *\!/* *\J/» M/* *\f/* »\|/» a!/*
*j* * j* ^^ if* if* tj* 4$* ifk *{* 4^ *j* *+fi if* if* if* if* if* if* if* if* if* if* if* if*
AR by year the United States
government is striving to aid
the farmer and land-owner by
scientific work through the
Agricultural Department. One of the
greatest problems before the department,
and before the whole country in fact, is
the waste of timber, the denudation of
forest land and the resulting floods that
ravish the countryside in the spring, only
to be followed by long droughts in the hot
season. The making of paper is of course
a necessity, but the rate at which timber
cutting is going on for building and for
making paper pulp is astounding. The
people of Maine have complained, but
they are not the only ones who are be¬
coming anxious over the depletion of our
great forest lands. The devastation is
enormous, and the waste is equal almost
to the amount used. A substitute is de¬
sired for paper pulp, and the Legislatures
are taking up the question. Cornstalks
have been used with some success, and
some relief seems in sight.
Congress, in the fall of 1899, sent a
Commission to the Head-Waters of
the Mississippi
which looked over the ground in Minne¬
sota for the purpose of establishing a
national forest reserve and game park.
The possibility that the vast cuttings of
timber at the head of these waters might
threaten this mighty stream has caused
this action of Congress. The forests keep
the moisture under their roots and allow
it gradually to seep through continuously
in all seasons. When trees are cut down
it leaves a barren tract of land, over
which in rainy seasons the waters pour in
gullies to the rivers. Disastrous floods
follow, but as soon as the rain ceases, as
harmful droughts take their place.
While forestry has become a living
issue in the fertile Atlantic and Northern
States through the depletion of perennially
flowing springs and streams and increased
flood action, and probably by greater and
increasingly injurious extremes of frost
and heat arising from forest destruction,
in the West and Southwest successful
forestry is to be the saving of the country.
Vast stretches of arid land await develop¬
ment, and what good timber land there is
will be saved at all hazards. The cover¬
ing of the mountain sides must be re¬
spected, though of course old trees may
be cut as young ones grow up.
Another method for
Reclaiming the Bad Lands
is to find crops that will grow in arid soil.
Brome grass and broom-corn millet are
741
742
SCIENTIFIC FARMING.
being tried with great success. This pos¬
sibly is an easier way for the individual
farmer than irrigation ditches. After
fairly good crops of these grasses are
raised for some time, the conditions
naturally improve greatly. In many
cases springs are developed, the grass
sod holding the water in the hillsides.
Another method for helping the agri¬
culturist is through the Weather Bureau.
Daily signals are sent all over the country
warning against approaching storms. It
is the study of this department to avoid as
much as possible the bad effect of drought
and flood, and particularly of frost.
The most effective prevention against
A CALIFORNIA JACK-RABBIT DRIVE—RABBITS ENTERING CORRAL.
In the west the country is so infested with jack-rabbits that the whole community rises to drive the
pests in an ever - narrowing circle that at last ends in a corral. Here they are leisurely shot or
killed with clubs.
Kaffir corn is an example of what can be
done in this line. Ten years ago this
plant was an experiment in the United
States. It was said to thrive in ground
too dry for Indian corn, and was tested in
western Kansas. In 1898 Kansas raised
corn of this kind to the value of $5,688,-
380,—a reclamation of half a million acres
of land in a single State.
heat radiation that induces frost is by
means of glass screens, which possess the
peculiar properties of allowing the heat
to come in from the sun, but are almost
impervious to the “dark” heat rays re¬
flected from the earth and plants.
Lately, in California, muslin screens
stretched on poles above the tops of the
trees have protected whole orchards. In
SCIENTIFIC FARMING.
743
Florida, houses of laths are made with
openings at the top the width of a slat.
When placed in the proper direction so as
to receive the sun but gradually in the
morning, the fruit trees thrive, for at
night only partial radiation of heat takes
place. Sometimes crude petroleum or tar
is burned near the trees, so that great
clouds of smoke are produced that rival
atmospheric clouds. This produces con¬
ditions that will not allow frost. To
quote Professor Garriot of the Weather
Bureau, “The amount of heat produced
from burning one sack of wet straw
weighing fifty pounds, and condensing
water vapor near the earth, would be
sufficient to raise the temperature twenty
degrees in a space of seventy-five feet
square and twenty-five feet high. If only
one quarter of this heat remained within
the region to be protected, which would
seem to be a reasonable estimate, it would
afford ample protection for almost any
ordinary conditions.”
Spraying and Sprinkling Plants
has been effectual in preventing frosts.
In California, during threatening seasons,
sprinklers are placed at the top of fifty-
foot poles, which fill the air with fine mist.
The owners of the ranch using these claim
they have proved very successful in sav¬
ing crops. In France frost bells are rung
to warn the vine growers when frost is
expected, and they immediately pour tar
on the ground near the vines and set fire
to it. In Louisiana and Florida water
ditches are run between rows of trees.
During threatening weather the water
gives off heat as it passes along, thus
warming the surrounding atmosphere and
saving severe freezes.
a
DISCOVERIES in the
g
ART OF HEALING medicine
Curing by Light Rays; Artificial Skin and Bone,
Germicide, Etc.
ANY diseases and injuries
which a few years ago were
considered incurable and al¬
ways resulted in death are to¬
day successfully treated by the masters of
medical science. Thousands of persons
to-day owe their lives and healthy phys
ical condition to the last decade’s progress
in surgery.
With the recent experiments in treat¬
ments for disease by electricity, X-rays,
the Finsen violet light, and Pasteur se¬
rums for plague microbes, the world of
science is fast advancing upon the diseases
that flesh is heir to. Most scientists are
coming around to the belief that a vast
number of ailments commonly attributed
to various or unknown causes all have
their origin in microbes or bacilli,—
tiny animal natures that feast themselves
upon the tissues of the human body. With
this thought in view, they have steadily
sought out the particular germs of certain
diseases, with the result that many have
been classified The next study was to
find some remedy that would effectually
chase these intruders out of the system.
At present scores of microbes have been
found, some that cause one disease, others
that cause others. Thus tuberculosis, or
consumption of the lungs, diphtheria,
plagues, cancers, and yellow fever, each
has its own peculiar bacillus, and phy¬
sicians are daily searching for more and
surer enemies to these little pests,
744
Light in almost any form and pure air
are very beneficial in these diseases, being
deadly enemies to most microbic organ¬
isms. Consequently scientists are search¬
ing through these media for the desired
remedies, and yet in some cases air on a
sore surface aggravates the trouble. Dr.
Murphy has recently invented a process
for the treatment for consumption in
which he pierces one lung by means of a
small hollow needle. Through the
aperture of the needle he admits a quan¬
tity of gas which collapses that lung in its
diseased part. When the tissues of the
lung come together they scarify or grow
into one piece, and though the lung is
smaller than at first, it is cured; and
after a few years the constant exercise of
the lungs tends to develop them to their
former size Dr. Murphy was also the
inventor of the famous “Murphy button’*
for piecing together severed intestines.
Cures by Liquid Air.
Liquid air, though in its crude stages
for surgical uses, is yet hailed as a great
boon to man. There is not to be found
any other means of producing such in¬
tense cold, and the effect upon animal
tissue of this strange property of air is
nearly the same as intense heat, though
no blister is occasioned. In cauterizing
wounds, in removing foreign growths
and killing putrid flesh, this method is
sure and has few evil after effects. It
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING.
745
cures corns, warts, boils, ring-worms, ivy¬
poisoning and ulcers, forms of rheuma¬
tism and neuralgia, kills typhoid fever
germs, as well as diphtheria, and in part
supplants the surgical knife. It has been
used with success for eating out ulcers,
and recently a case of facial erysipelas
was treated by rolling a glass bulb filled
light. It is well known that such mala¬
dies are caused by bacteria, and when
light in concentrated violet hues is cast
upon diseased tissue it has been found
that the bacilli are killed and the skin
becomes healthy again.
The bactericidal property of light had
previously been proved. Investigations
A HUGE STATIC ELECTRICAL MACHINE FOR X-RAY WORK.
Diameter of revolving plate, 6 feet; of fixed plate, 6 feet 4 inches.
with liquid air over the inflamed tissues,
with the result that the heat subsided
and the patient was entirely recovered.
Finsen Light Cure.
Probably one of the greatest discover¬
ies of recent years in medicine has been
that of Dr. Finsen of Copenhagen for the
cure of skin disease by subjecting the
affected parts to strong violet ravs of
at the Finsen Laboratory showed that
that property, instead of residing in light
as a whole, was peculiar to the chemical
rays. These rays have a power to irritate
the skin and to penetrate it. He exposed
a specimen bacillus to bright sunshine in
July, and found that the rays killed it in
an hour and a half. The light from an
electric lamp did the same work in about
eight hours. It was learned that when
746
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING.
the skin was full of blood it was harder
for the light to penetrate. This was
proved by fastening a piece of sensitized
photographic paper behind a man’s ear
and placing him in the sunlight. After
a considerable exposure the paper was
unaffected. When the ear was after¬
wards pressed so as to squeeze the blood
from it an exposure of twenty seconds
turned the paper black.
Now, as soon as Finsen had learned that
the blue rays of light had the properties
of killing disease germs, he set about
devising a method for its practical use.
The result has been a set of lenses be¬
tween which is a bright blue, weak, am-
moniacal solution of copper sulphate.
This water absorbs the red or heat waves
and some of the yellow, but allows the
blue, violet and ultra-violet rays to pass.
To the surface of the skin to be treated is
attached by rubber bands a lens between
the glasses of which is run a stream of
water to cool the surface and keep from
blistering the skin, while at the same
time the weight of the glass presses out
most of the blood. When the rays are
turned on, they at once penetrate to the
spot where the germs are feeding upon
the tissue and destroy them. It is said
the treatment has been very efficient in
smallpox, lupus or tuberculosis of the
skin, baldness in small spots, and other
epidermic ailments, and the patients say
there is little or no pain, and are quite
ready to undergo the treatment.
Pasteur Serum.
M. Pasteur of Paris, the inventor of the
Pasteur water filter, and discoverer of
hydrophobia serum, has recently been
giving his attention to other methods for
bacteria killing. In Portugal recently
the plague broke out in a most frightful
manner, and daily took off scores of vic¬
tims. At Oporto all experiments with
the Pasteur serum were completely suc¬
cessful, and in China, where the plague
seemed to originate, cases have been re¬
ported where life was saved. The work,
however, is extremely difficult, since the
natives are very suspicious of the French
and English doctors. The treatment con¬
sists of injection into the blood of serum
prepared especially for its deadly effects
upon the plague bacilli. When the treat¬
ment is undergone in time, it is rare that
the patient is not saved.
In the Pasteur institute for rabies in
Paris all the persons treated in 1898 were
cured with the exception of three. For
the thirteen years since the foundation of
the institute to the end of 1898, 13,183
persons were treated in Paris, and out of
this number only ninety-nine died.
Anti-Toxin.
A serum called anti-toxin has recently
been put into use as a cure for diph¬
theria. It is a brownish liquid prepared
from the serum taken from the glands
in the neck of a horse inoculated
with the disease to fever point. The
serum is allowed to stand and the anti¬
toxin comes to the surface and is skimmed
off. By injecting the anti-toxin into the
blood of the subject there is at once sent
through the system a most deadly enemy
to the diphtheria germs, j One well-
known physician in two years’ practice
with this remedy treated 2,100 cases in
malignant form without losing one
patient. The after effects are somewhat
weakening, however, as the action of the
anti-toxin tends to retard the heart’s
motions.
The X-Ray.
Brain specialists have hailed with joy
the X-ray as a medium for learning
whether clots of blood are pressing on
certain parts of the brain, thereby causing
insanity, or inaction of some of the facul-
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING.
747
ties. One well-known lawyer in a fight
with burglars received a severe blow on
the head which rendered him insane at
times. By means of a skiagraph or X-ray
picture a shadow was seen that indicated
a pressure on one of the brain convolu¬
tions. A cleft was made in the skull, the
pressure removed, small bone particles
taken which resulted in remarkable dis¬
coveries. Other uses for these rays are
constantly coming before the public.
Some time ago a Chicagoan suffered great
agony from what seemed to be an abscess
behind the base of the nose. By means
of the Roentgen rays a skiagraph showed
that the sufferer had in the cavity back of
VT' ■ • -
, 4 , '
Hplp;
mm-
•• if
A SO-CALLED X-RAY EXHIBITION.
A reflection from the man in the coffin appears on the screen at the same spot that the reflection from
a skeleton in the coffin is seen at the back of illustration. By turning on one set of lights and lower¬
ing the other, the man appears to be transformed into a skeleton, and the skeleton into a man, at the will
of the operator.
placed over the cleft and the skin re¬
placed. Apparently the lawyer’s reason
was restored.
In stomach diseases it has been very
difficult to locate enlargements or to indi¬
cate conditions of the membranes. Re¬
cently saturated chemical solutions
impervious to the X-rays have been
poured into the stomach, and skiagraphs
his nose a small sack containing thirty-
two miniature teeth. An operation was
performed successfully, but for which the
patient might have died. It is hinted
that mental conditions are expected to be
discovered by the aid of this remarkable
light, certainly nearly every other malady
has been treated with a measure of suc¬
cess. The heart can be seen beating in
748
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING.
one’s breast, and enlargements or diseases
can be promptly treated. Consumption
of the lungs is discernible before it reaches
its last stages, and ruptures, fractures
and the presence of foreign substances
can at once be noted.
Apart from medical use the X-ray was
recently employed to explore the interior
of a mummy casket that had never been
opened since the time some old Egyptian
Pharaoh had been wrapped in his burial
clothes. Also mummified animals, so dried
up that the family to which they belonged
could not be ascertained, were easily clas¬
sified after skiagraphs had been made of
their bones and skulls.
Hydrophobia.
t
Because of the apparent cruelty of the
Pasteur treatment for prevention of
hydrophobia, resulting from inoculation
of small animals like the rabbit with
rabies in order to procure the virus neces¬
sary to inject into the patient, many sci¬
entists have been studying other methods
for curing or preventing this frightful
malady, with the result that the Buisson
system has quite a following. Many
persons imagine yet that M. Pasteur
undertakes to cure hydrophobia; this is a
mistake, for from the point of view of this
school of scientists, the disease is incur¬
able; the only thing they claim for their
treatment is that it would prevent rabies
if given soon enough after the bite. This
was considered weak by many physicians,
and though the Pasteur institutes have
been in a wonderful degree successful, the
followers of the Buisson method assert
that theirs is the more simple, humane
and curative system.
For many years the vapor and Turkish
baths have been considered of great bene¬
fit in relieving many ailments. Natives of
Australia, and also of India, have a success¬
ful habit of at once taking violent exercise
on beginning to feel ill, upon the grounds
that the sweat produced thereby will
cleanse the body of impurities. It is
stated that years ago the Arabs knew of
sweating as a cure for hydrophobia and
other poisoning. The patient was
swathed in woolen covering till all but
smothered, placed in a small tent of
camel’s hair and almost air-tight, and
then left to sweat it out. This treatment
has been found effective even for snake
bites. The Buisson treatment is of the
same nature.
A good many years ago, Dr. Buisson, a
French physician, was called to attend a
woman attacked by hydrophobia. In
bleeding her, as was the custom at the
time, he cut his finger, and incautiously
wiped it upon her handkerchief covered
with her saliva. He cauterized the
wound when he reached home, but to no
effect, for he was taken down with the
rabies almost a month after. His pain
was so acute and his death so certain that
he sought for the easiest method to die.
For some time he had considered a vapor
bath preventative but not a cure for hydro¬
phobia. He now thought of this as possibly
the least painful way to die, hoping that
the warm vapor might produce a languor¬
ous feeling, letting him peacefully sink
off into a death slumber. Accordingly he
went to a vapor bath, desired a very high
temperature, and at 127 degrees Fahren¬
heit was cured.
He at once commenced to experiment
with his discovery, with the result that he
soon claimed cures for the disease even in
its last stages, and prevention positively
in its early forms, without the danger of
the use of possibly fatal methods. Since
the time of his work his followers have
gone on establishing branches all over
the world. Marvelous cures have been re¬
ported from every quarter and sometimes
with the aid of only the crudest appli-
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING.
749
ances. Recently a keeper of a Turkish
bath establishment in Milwaukee, Wis.,
learned that his dog had the rabies. In
trying to coax him into a bath room, he
was bitten in the hand. It has been
always considered impossible to cure a
dog of the rabies, but after several hours’
with the patient sitting in the vapor and
covered by heavy blankets, has effected
cures.
Two theories are advanced for the
curative properties of the vapor bath: one
is that it opens the pores and allows the
impurities to escape; the other, that the
METHOD OF MAKING A SKIAGRAPH EXAMINATION.
In the box on the patient’s chest is a sensitive photographic plate. Below, on the floor, is the tube which
develops the X-ray. The light passes through the patient’s body and prints a shadow on the plate.
treatment to a vapor bath, during which
time the dog snapped and bit at every¬
thing in the room, he finally went to sleep
and awoke cured. The keeper took a
similar treatment at a high temperature
and never felt any evil effects from the
bite. For country use it is maintained
that simply a pan of water over a lamp,
intense heat to which the body is sub¬
jected kills the poisonous germs. When
medical aid cannot be summoned, life
may often be saved simply by reverting to
an old-time sweat.
Appendicitis.
Operations for appendicitis, or inflam¬
mation of the vermiform appendix, have in
750
DISCOVERIES IN THE ART OF HEALING.
recent days been brought down nearly to
perfection. In the old days of crude
surgery, when one had peritonitis (intense
inflammation of the bowels) he generally
died, for this was not considered a case
for surgery. But to-day, on the least
sign of inflammation of the appendix, care
is taken that medical aid is at once called
to reduce if possible the swelling, and as
a last means surgery is resorted to. The
appendix is a long, narrow, worm-like
tube attached to the caecum (one of the
bowels) on the right side of the abdomen
near the hip. It is from three to six
inches long, has a diameter about equal to
that of a goose quill, and opens into the
bowel by a rather imperfect valve.
Inflammation of this tiny organ,—which,
by the way, has no known use,—is rare in
infants, and occurs in both males and
females, though more commonly in the
latter. It occasionally happens without
the action of mechanical injury, and then
it is supposed to result from the action of
very small organisms, though it is due
mostly from fecal concretions and foreign
bodies such as grape and other fruit seeds,
buttons, bits of bitten finger nails, and
worms. It has also been caused by ex¬
tension of catarrh of the intestines.
These foreign bodies produce inflamma¬
tion, which is generally attended by
ulceration. If the poisonous matter is
not gotten rid of, it will soon form a coat¬
ing around the appendix a nd neighbor¬
ing bowels; then the appendix is grad¬
ually eaten away, and when the abscess
breaks it lets all the poisons into the
abdominal cavity, which at once causes
peritonitis, and frequently soon results
in death. The most characteristic symp¬
toms are pains, swelling, tenderness and
rigidity of the abdominal wall on the
lower right side. Experience has taught
that almost without exception sudden
pain in this region, with fever and
tenderness, with or without a swelling
(tumor), means appendicitis.
The Surgical Operation
starts with an incision from four to six
inches long over the inflamed part. The
deeper tissues or muscles are drawn back
and held away from the opening by
clamps. Occasionally an exploration
needle is used to probe for the abscess
before the operation, but this is generally
condemned; however, after or during the
operation, this needle may be used to a
good advantage. As soon as the abcess
is reached, the contents are washed out
with a weak antiseptic solution, and
search made for fecal concretions or for¬
eign bodies. Then the bowel is drawn
out, and the appendix removed, if it has
not already been so perforated as to be
nearly gone. After cleansing and sew¬
ing up the bowel it is replaced in the
abdomen, and the incision in the wall of
the latter is closed by sewing. Some¬
times, when an abscess occurs, the incision
must be kept open to allow impurities to
pass out; in this case the stitches are
made but not drawn close at first.
Skin and Bone Grafting.
Improvement along the line of skin-
grafting and bone-making is going on
rapidly. It is no uncommon occurrence
to-day to graft over burned or diseased
spots large pieces of flesh and skin, taken
from the body of a healthy person. In
bone-growing, animal bone has practically
supplanted the insertion of foreign sub¬
stances, such as plates of silver and the
like. Decalcified bone chips (that is,
bone with the lime taken out) are pre¬
pared from the fresh tibia or femur of an
ox by being kept in a weak solution of
hydrochloric acid for about a week. The
periosteum, or outer skin of the bone,
and the medullary tissue (marrow) are
VOYAGING AT BOTTOM OF THE SEA
751
removed and the flimsy bone is cut into
long strips about one-eighth of an inch
wide. These, when they are to be used,
may be cut into smaller pieces, and laid
in the cavity of the patient left by the old
bone being taken out. The skin of the
wound is replaced, and gradually the
grafted bone grows into the bone of the
patient and performs its new functions as
well as that with which he was born. For
cranial defects, larger bones must be
sought out and used in the same way.
Voyaging at Bottom of the Sea
Wonderful Boats that Navigate below the Surface
of the Deep.
'ICE the day when Jules
Verne wrote his famous
“Twenty Thousand Leagues
under the Sea,” there has
constantly been some inventor experi¬
menting to solve the problem of traveling
by a boat submerged under the surface of
the water. Verne’s boat, the “Nautilus,”
was a marvel of imagination, but others
as wonderful in their reality have ap¬
peared, which, though not perfect in all
things desired, yet do operate at the bot¬
tom of the sea, float under the surface for
several hours, and come up again safely.
Such boats are being constantly studied
by the war departments of the great
powers perhaps more than by any one
else, for reason of the uses to which they
may be put during war. Such a sub¬
marine traveler, supplied with a number
of torpedoes and with an air supply to
last the crew a few hours, could send to
everlasting rest a whole navy, equipped
though it might be with the most modern
methods for protection and attack.
France, as much as any other nation,
has been interested in this subject,
and the result of her studies has been
several boats brought forth by the skill
and inventive genius of Gustave Zede.
This clever man, in 1886, built at Toulon
'an experimental vessel,
The “Gymnote,”
so as to test the principles he held with a
view to embodying them in a larger and
more complete war vessel. This boat
was not much more than a large White-
head torpedo, made of sheet steel in the
shape of a cigar, being 56.7 feet long by
5.9 feet in diameter, and with displace¬
ment of thirty tons. To this shell were
attached horizontal and upright rudders,
so that she might be steered straight
ahead by using the usual rudder, or might
be made to dive or rise by use of the
horizontal rudder. Electric motors with
storage batteries supplied the power for
the screw propeller, and a speed of seven
knots an hour submerged and of nine knots
752
VOYAGING AT BOTTOM OF THE SEA
on the surface were secured, while the
batteries would run constantly for from
four to five hours. Buoyancy was
secured by a watertight compartment fore
and aft, and sufficient compressed air
was stored to supply the crew of five men
when submerged. Besides these con¬
trivances there was a heavy ballast at¬
tached to the bottom of the boat on the
keel, that could be detached at a moment’s
notice in case of accident, thus allowing
the vessel to rise. A long tube with re¬
flecting lens and mirrors rose from the
boat like a mast. This could be bent at
an elbow at right angle and made to turn
about, so that the image of any object at
any point of the horizon could be reflected
to the cabin of the boat when it was sub¬
merged. Without this “prismscope” it
would be almost impossible to keep track
of the enemy when on a cruise under the
surface.
The experiments with the “Gymnote”
were so wonderfully successful that the
French government at once set Zede to
work making a large one for practical use.
The result was the vessel about which all
the countries are talking, and which, in
honor of the inventor, has been named the
“Gustave Zede.”
The length of this boat is 147 feet, diam¬
eter 10.75 feet, and displacement 260 tons.
The hull follows the general lines of the
former model, being cigar shaped with
very sharp ends. The speed has been
increased to 8*4 knots an hour below and
14 knots on the surface. Ten men con¬
stitute the crew, and enough stored air is
carried to last them while below. In the
nose of the boat is an opening for dis¬
charging an ordinary torpedo. She has
already operated in deep and shallow
water with remarkable
success, and trips aver-
aging between seventy
and eighty miles are her
average runs, thus giv¬
ing her power to make
a fighting dash at any
enemy within a radius
of thirty-five miles, and
return in safety.
Various boats having
the same general prin¬
ciples have been made
and operated with much
the same success, among
others the Nordenfeldt,
the Peral, Goubet, and
the Holland, the latter a remarkable
vessel built by an American and used
to some extent by the United States
government.
Of a different sort altogether, however,
is Simon Lake’s invention,
The “Argonaut.”
Knowing the difficulties that beset the
path of the inventor who tries to keep his
boat floating under the surface in equilib¬
rium with the water, he set about to con¬
trive one that would travel on wheels at
the sea bottom. In all types of floating
boats, there is great danger of misplacing
the ballast and thus tipping the boat over
THE “GYMNOTE” TRAVELING AT THE SURFACE.
Showing conning-tower and prismscope just in front of the captain.
VOYAGING AT BOTTOM OE THE SEA
753
on her side. This was what Lake figured
against, and accordingly he brought out a
boat that would float on the surface pro¬
pelled by a screw, yet when closed and
loaded with its water ballast, would sink
to the bottom and advance along the un¬
known highways by means of large
wheels, after the style of a locomotive.
There are three of these wheels, one at
either side, and one at the
back that can be moved like
the front wheel of a tricycle
for steering. This back wheel
is also the rudder when the
boat is sailing on the sur¬
face. The oddest principle
about the “Argonaut” is that
though of heavy steel and
weighing many tons, never¬
theless, she rests on her
wheels at the bottom with
a weight of but a few
hundred pounds, generally
just enough to keep her
from deviating, by conflict¬
ing currents, from the course
laid out. This is done in
two ways: by letting in
water ballasts, and by the
use of two iron anchor
weights weighing 1,000 pounds each.
When it is necessary to go
Below the Surface,
the hatches are closed tight, the two
weights, which are attached by cables to
a windlass, are released and at once fall
to the bottom. Then the water is let
into the ballast compartments till the
buoyancy is less than the two
weights, say, 1,500 pounds. The
boat is still floating with just a
little of her conning tower and
spars above the water, but when
the weights are tugged at, it is
found that the boat slowly falls
below the surface and at last
rests on the bottom. The two
weights weigh together 2,000
pounds, and since the buoyancy
would stand only 1,500 pounds
before the boat would sink, with
the two weights she now rests
on her wheels on the bottom
with but the pressure of the
difference between these two
figures, or 500 pounds. Now
her gasoline engines are started,
the two side wheels revolve, and
the “Argonaut” is on her voyage
THE “ARGONAUT” FLOATING AT THE SURFACE.
Near the center is seen the open conning-tower with a man’s head appearing. From this tower the
boat is operated when below the surface. The man behind is steering by means of the submerged third
wheel of the boat. Down one of the tall, hollow, steel masts, when nearly submerged, comes the supply of
fresh air, and out at the other goes the exhaust steam.
48
754
VOYAGING AT BOTTOM OF THE SEA
among the queer sea monsters, aged
wrecks and untold treasures.
The vessel is thirty-six feet long, cigar¬
shaped, with blunt nose and pointed stern,
and is fitted with a thirty-horse power
gasoline engine which operates the screw
propeller, driving wheels, the electric
A WEIRD SUBMARINE VOYAGE OF THE “ARGONAUT.”
At the prow of the boat is seen a diver at work on a sunken vessel. He has just emerged from the
open trap-door, and, with the aid of the powerful electric search-light in the nose of the vessel, is about to
explore the unknown interior of a long-lost treasure-ship. About him, in all their glory, thrive the marvel¬
ous exotic plants of the deep sea, while, attracted and dazed by the fierce lights of the vessel, swarm the
man-hunting shark and other queer ocean fauna.
dynamo, the air compressor, and derricks
for hoisting the weights. Like many
other submarine boats, she is supplied
with air when all but below the surface,
by a steel tube reaching up in the air in
the shape of a mast. Down this comes a
fresh supply of air, and out at another
similar one goes the exhaust steam from
entirely practicable below as well as above
water, only it must be kept high above the
machinery, which would otherwise affect
her needle. Compressed air is resorted
to for breathing supply when the boat is
so far below the surface that the engine
has to be stopped and the masts are
entirely submerged. Then the elec-
the engine. In her nose is a searchlight
that shoots out rays far ahead into the
water; on her bottom is a heavy false keel
that may be released in case of accident,
allowing her to rise because of added
buoyancy. The vessel is guided by a
compass, and it is found that this is
755
Voyaging at bottom of the ska
tricity, stored up by the dynamo while
the engine was working, is used to oper¬
ate the machinery. Trips of 1,000 miles
have been made in the “Argonaut” with¬
out landing, a great part of which was
spent below. Air supply sufficient for
five men for twenty-four hours is easily
stored, and with occasionally running up
near enough to the surface to let the steel
tubes send down more air, these trips can
last as long as gasoline and food hold out.
But simply to go below the surface and
not be able to leave the boat would be of
little avail. The “Argonaut” is therefore
fitted with
Diving Apparatus,
so that men may leave the boat at any
time, explore a wreck fasten a torpedo
to an enemy’s war ship, pick up a cable
and cut it, or go a-fishing after sharks.
This is all done by means of a hole in the
bottom of the boat near the forward end.
When a diver wishes to leave the boat, he
puts on a diving suit and goes into the
diving compartment, which has a great
heavy door with rubber packing. This
A, gasoline engine, 30-horse power, which supplies all the power in moving and operating boat. BB, two
anchor weights used in sinking boat. C, one of the two driving wheels. E, rudder and guiding wheel. FFFF,
living room, in which are placed the engine and all other machinery and apparatus for operating boat. G,
airlock; this affords a passage to and from diver’s room without reducing air pressure. H, diver’s room,
whence is had free passage into the sea. K, bow compartment where searchlight is placed. L, forward
lookout compartment. MM, gasoline tanks. NN, compressed-air reservoirs. OOOO, water-ballast com¬
partments. PP, permanent keel. PQ, drop keel. R, dynamo. S, conning-tower. T, binnacle; the
compass in this binnacle is in direct view of the outside steering gear, but from the conning-tower is read
by reflection. U, outside steering gear. In general form the “Argonaut” is cylindrical, or cigar-shaped,
with a very bluff bow, a pointed stern, and is 36 feet long.
Sectional view of “Argonaut”submerged, showing
man in conning-tower making observations; also
man steering with third wheel, which rests on the
ocean bottom. Water tanks are filled when de¬
scending, and pumped dry when ready to cdme up.
UNIVERSAL DISARMAMENT.
756
door he closes, and cuts off the diving
compartment from the living rooms and
machinery. Then he turns on the com¬
pressed air till the pressure in the room is
greater than that of the water that wants
to come in. He then lets drop the heavy
iron door to the hole in the bottom of the
boat, and steps out, and not so much as a
drop of water enters the vessel. Or sup¬
pose in time of war the telegraph cables
of the enemy are to be cut. Instead of
putting on a diving suit, the man to do
the work simply goes into the diving
room, turns on the air pressure, lets the
trap door drop, and by means of a short
wooden stick with a hook in the end
reaches down and picks up the cable and
cuts it.
The possibilities of such a boat are very
great, both in time of peace and war. In
salvaging wrecked ships and treasures a
submarine boat would do marvels, as well
as in pearl, sponge and coral fishing.
The work of laying foundations for light¬
houses, piers and breakwaters would be
wonderfully facilitated, as well as in land¬
ing armies during a blockade, and blow¬
ing up war ships.
a niuersal Disarmament.
THE PEACE CONFERENCE OF THE CZAR.
UGUST 24, 1898, by order of
Nicholas, the emperor of Rus¬
sia, Count Muravieff, the
Russian minister of foreign
affairs, handed to all the foreign diplomats
at St. Petersburg a note calling for a meet¬
ing the next year of all the countries
interested to discuss the question of de¬
creasing the armed forces of the world,
with a view to an universal peace some¬
time in the near future. It held that
recent expansion of the governments and
armed forces of the world were to be
deplored, both from a humanitarian and
an economic point of view, and that the
czar held it his duty to help ward off the
calamities that must soon threaten the
whole world. After a session of some six
weeks at The Hague, capital of the
Netherlands, on July 24, 1899, the final
acts of the conference thus called together
were embodied in a final act. This act
held that there should be a permanent
Court of Arbitration
for the pacific settlement of all interna¬
tional disputes; that asphyxiating and
deleterious gases should not be used in
projectiles from balloons in war; that
dum-dum bullets, or those made of soft
material that will easily expand in the
human body, should be prohibited in
war; and that it was desirable that all
countries limit their great military forces
which so burden their own people and
threaten the world. It also held that it
was the right and duty of neutrals to offer
their services toward the peaceable set¬
tlement of difficulties between other
nations; and that all private property on
land should be inviolable in war, and that
in naval war towns and villages should
not be bombarded.
THE LINOTYPE AND “MAKEUP-ROOM” OF A GREAT DAILY NEWSPAPER
IN THE BACKGROUND ARE SEEN THE LINOTYPE OR TYPESETTING MACHINES AND THEIR OPERATORS. IN THE FOREGROUND TO THE RIGHT
ARE THE TYPESET PAGES OR “FORMS” OF THE PAPER
‘
■
Our New Possessions.
THE UNITED STATES AT THE EQUATOR AND EXTENDING
NEARLY HALF-WAY AROUND THE GLOBE.
New territory to the extent of 170,000 square miles, with populations
numbering over ten millions, now under the protecting
folds of the American flag.
HE Philippine Islands lie just
east of Cochin China, being
separated from it by the
China Sea, and are between
the fourth and twentieth degrees north
latitude, and 116 and 126 east longi¬
tude. There are thought to be about
2,000 islands in the group, though this is
not certain. A recent writer says: “The
number of islands which form the Philip¬
pine archipelago will astonish many read¬
ers. It is said to approach 2,000. There
are among them two which are larger
than Ireland, namely, Luzon, with 42,000,
and Mindanao, with 38,000 square miles.
There are other islands with 5,500, 5,000,
4,500, 4,000, 3,500, and 3,000 square
miles.” Of the whole number some 600
are inhabited. The estimates of the
population vary from 6,000,000 to 9,000,-
000, the fair estimate being about 7,500,-
000. Nearly half this number inhabit the
principal island of Luzon, on which is the
capital, Manila, and where nearly all
the fighting of the Filipino war has taken
place.
As many races almost as islands people
this odd archipelago. Most important are
the
Tagals of Luzon,
who number about 2,000,000 souls, and
who are leading in the rebellion against
the United States government, headed by
their chief, Aguinaldo. They are a short,
copper-colored people of the Malay race,
and of exceptional cleverness. Next to
them in point of intelligence are the
Vicols, or BiCols, who occupy the Camar-
ines peninsula and the islands of Catan-
duanes, Burias, Ticao, and half of
Masbate. They resemble the Tagals, and
number about 400,000. The third divi¬
sion of the people are the Visayas, or
Bisayas, who occupy the islands between
Luzon and Mindanao, and are estimated
at 2,500,000. Besides these are the Moros
of Sulu, the Negritos and some others of
the Malay race. Little is needed or
desired by these natives. The soil of the
islands is rich, and the rivers teem with
fish; so that with a fighting cock, which
every Filipino dearly loves, and scanty
attire, he leads a happy-go-lucky life.
The islands were discovered by Magel¬
lan, who landed on the island of Cebu in
March, 1521, and soon after lost his life in
a skirmish with the natives. In 1565 a
fleet from Mexico took possession of the
islands, and in 1570 a settlement was
established on the Manila River, which
place became the capital of the Spanish
possessions in the Philippines, and con¬
tinued such till the late war. Before the
arrival of the Spaniards the place bad
757
758
OUR NEW POSSESSIONS.
been under the dominion of the Chinese.
The Dutch made an unsuccessful attempt
to capture Manila in 1606, and the British
succeeded in a capture in 1762. The
Philippines would probably have been
British to-day, had not Spain promised to
ransom them for $5,000,000, which, how¬
ever, remains unpaid to this day. Rebel¬
lions have been frequent in the islands
ever since Spanish rule, those of 1822,
1841, 1842, 1872, 1896 and 1897 being the
most important. The revolts have all had
a common cause, that of freedom from
Spanish tyranny. When the United
States went to war with Spain, the Fili¬
pinos, under several chiefs and headed by
Aguinaldo, assisted the Americans in
hopes of gaining their freedom from
Spain. But after the treaty of Paris,
which ceded these islands to the United
States pending the establishment of a
government for and of the native inhabit¬
ants, the Filipinos rose in
Revolt
against seeming annexation to the United
States, and since that time have con¬
ducted a sort of guerrilla warfare against
the American troops. An actually estab¬
lished government is claimed to exist by
the natives, but the capital seems to
travel with the fleeing president. At
present the government of these islands
is that of martial law, aided to a degree
with civil courts maintained by the
natives, who likewise aid in the govern¬
ment of the municipalities.
There are
Two Seasons,
a wet and a dry; the first from June to
November, the dry season from Novem¬
ber to June. In the wet season the
country is inundated, the roads are im¬
passable, and the bridges disappear. The
annual rainfall is from seventy-five to
ninety-one inches. The hottest months
are April and May; the droughts are
then long, and the ants and mosquitoes
troublesome. The coolest months are
December to February. The average
temperature is 80 degrees. Cyclones,
typhoons and hurricanes visit the coast,
and earthquakes are frequent. Many
craters of extinct volcanoes are found, and
some active ones are in operation. The
highest mountain of the group is that of
Apo on Mindanao, which is 9,000 feet
high, while Halcon, in Mindoro, reaches
nearly 8,900 feet, and Majon, in Luzon,
exceeds 8,200 feet.
The soil of the islands is very fertile, and
the products are sugar, hemp, tobacco,
rice, coffee, gums, cotton, indigo, cochi¬
neal, and cocoanuts. In the forests grow
rattan, bamboo, ebony, logwood and
numerous other hard woods and gum-
yielding trees. The celebrated Manila
hemp is not made from hemp, but is the
fiber of a species of banana. The Philip¬
pines are fabulously rich in gold, and cop¬
per and coal have been discovered in large
veins. We had exported to these islands
before the war merchandise amounting to
about $100,000 yearly, and imported about
$5,000,000, but since the islands are now
American dependencies, this commerce
has been greatly increased.
Sultan of Sulu and His Island
Domain.
Mohammed Tamajamalu Kiran, Sultan
of Sulu, the monarch who is now, or who
will be, something of an issue in Ameri¬
can politics, because of his recent treaty
acknowledging American supremacy, is
the ruler of 140 islands in the Philippines,
of 120,000 subjects and a dozen wives.
The sultan, his people, his wives and the
75,000 slaves in his islands are now sub¬
jects of the United States. He is known
by many titles other than sultan, for
example, “The Stainless One.” “The
Spotless One” and “The Mountain of
OUR NEW POSSEvSSIONS.
759
Light.” His dress is simple, consisting
of one garment, after the fashion of a
modern night shirt. He is a short, fat
man, with a round, boyish face and big,
saucer-like eyes. Kiran lives in a small
house protected by a stone wall ten feet
high and quite thick. The first floor con¬
tains only one room, a large, bare apart¬
ment. The sleeping - rooms of the
“palace” are on the second story. The
Moros—that is the name of the sultan’s
subjects—have the reputation of being an
innocent, harmless people, but when
General Bates visited the islands on the
Charleston he found that most of the
inhabitants went about armed. The
mother of the sultan is regarded as the
most beautiful woman among her people.
THE MARIANA OR LADRONE
ISLANDS.
The Mariana archipelago is a chain of
islands in the Pacific stretching north and
south a winding distance of about 600
miles, and embraces some seventeen
islands, having an area of about 500
square miles. The islands were discov¬
ered in 1521 by Magellan, and were
named in honor of Mariana of Austria,
wife of Philip IV. king of Spain, though in
the later days of piracy they were dubbed
the “Ladrones” or “robbers,” because
they were supposed to be the stronghold
of those pests of Asiatic waters. They are
almost directly east of the Philippines, at
a distance of about 1,200 miles. The
principal island of the group is Guam, or
Guahn, which covers nearly one-half the
area of the archipelago. Formerly, when
Spain first took control of the islands, the
natives numbered about 120,000, but the
oppressions were so great that one-half
that number were killed off, and the
greater part of the rest fled to the Caroline
Islands. Colonization was tried from the
Philippines, but these emigrants died of
epidemics. In 1760 the population had
been reduced to 1,600, and in 1875 but
600 survived.
The climate is very moist, several rain
squalls occurring every day, which, how¬
ever, the natives do not seem to mind, for
it keeps the air cool. The natives grow
sugar cane, rice, corn and melons. The
soil is well adapted to coffee growing, but
this is done only to a limited extent,
while all sorts of tropical fruits abound.
Commercially the group is of little im¬
portance, for the natives need little, and
no trade is done. However, the posses¬
sion of Guam by the United States, which
came about by the treaty of Paris, is of
some political value for a coaling station,
and as a near neighbor to the Philippines
in case of war.
THE SAMOAN OR NAVIGA¬
TOR’S ISLANDS.
The Samoan group consists of thir¬
teen islands, of which nine are inhab¬
ited, lying in the south Pacific Ocean,
between 13 and 14 degrees of south lati¬
tude, and 169 and 173 west longitude.
They are about midway on a line drawn
southwest from the Sandwich Islands to
New Zealand. A population of about
40,000 people, including, besides natives,
Americans, Germans and English, covers
the area of some 1,125 square miles.
Upolu, Savaii, Tutuila and Manua are the
islands of most importance. Apia, on
Upolu, is the chief town, and a good sea¬
port, while Pango-Pango, or Pago-Pago,
on Tutuila, is possibly the best harbor in
any of the Pacific islands, and being in
direct route from San Francisco, is de¬
veloping into an important port.
The climate of the islands is equable,
averaging about 82 degrees, while the
rain is rather evenly distributed through-
760
OUR NEW POSSESSIONS.
out the whole year. Tropical plants of
all kinds abound, and while the com¬
merce of the group is small, exports of
cotton and the dried meat of the cocoa-
nut are made to Hamburg and San Fran¬
cisco. The natives are well developed
and intelligent.
The government by chiefs was unsatis¬
factory, so that in 1873 they desired the
protection of the United States. In 1875
a native was elected king again, but with
an American for prime minister. In 1878
a treaty between the islands and the
United States was effected which gave us
great powers, and later on similar treaties
were made with Great Britain and Ger¬
many which led to a tripartite protectorate
over the islands by these two governments
in conjunction with that of the United
States. A chief justice appointed by the
three powers to some extent controlled
the courts and advised the king, while the
consuls of the three countries took a
prominent part in the government. From
time to time jealousies arose between
these three countries, and annexation to
one or another of them was proposed. In
1898 and 1899 a serious difficulty was in¬
curred because of the death of the reign¬
ing king, and American forces were
landed at Apia with threats of bombard¬
ment. Trouble between the German and
American officials was at last patched up,
and a division of the islands among the
three countries will be the result.
Tutuila,
the island that will come to the United
States as the issue of the Anglo-German
treaty, gives us the finest harbor of the
south seas, Pago-Pago. The island has
an area of 55 square miles, being nearly
17 miles long and from 3 to 5 miles wide.
It is well wooded and fertile, and has
some rivers of fair size. The harbor has
been held by the United States since 1872,
and from a strategic point is very desir¬
able, especially as a naval base of opera¬
tions in the Pacific. The harbor is a
natural one, and well sheltered, and may
be easily fortified. It is 2,000 miles from
Australia, twice that distance from the
Philippines, and 5,000 nautical miles from
San Francisco. With the Philippines in
the possession of the United States, this
new dependency is invaluable.
PORTO RICO.
The island of Porto Rico, or, according
to the Spanish spelling, Puerto Rico,
meaning “rich port,” is fourth in size of
the Greater Antilles, being exceeded by
Cuba, Santo Domingo and Jamaica. It
lies between the seventeenth and nine¬
teenth parallels of north latitude, and the
sixty-sixth and sixty-seventh degrees of
longitude, and contains about 3,668 square
miles, being about 35 miles broad and 95
miles long. The island was discovered
by Columbus on his second voyage,
November 16, 1493. Ponce de Leon, the
celebrated explorer, was one of the first
Spanish governors, and the wrongs
heaped upon the natives by his arbitrary
rule led to revolts. Several attacks upon
the island by English and Dutch forces
met with no success. The last one prior
to that of our late war was by the cele¬
brated British commander, Sir Ralph
Abercromby, who laid siege to San Juan
in 1797 for about two weeks. Owing to
insufficient forces, he had to withdraw,
and from that time until the bombard¬
ment of May 12, 1898, by Admiral Samp¬
son, that city had had a century’s respite
from the enemies of Spain.
Several rebellions by the people oc¬
curred with the hope of throwing off the
galling Spanish yoke and establishing a
republic. One of these was in 1820, an¬
other in 1867, the latter being broken up by
OUR NEW POSSESSIONS.
761
the eruption of a volcano, which so scared
the people that they again gave in to Spain.
When General Miles, with the
American Forces,
landed on the island in the summer
of 1898, he was greeted everywhere as
the benefactor of the down - trodden
natives, and from town to town his vic¬
torious troops were met by the officials
of the provinces, who gladly turned over
the government to that of the United
States. October 18, the flag of the United
States was raised over San Juan, the
Spanish evacuation having been com¬
pleted, and January 1, 1899, the entire
government, according to the Treaty of
Paris, was placed in our hands.
The island has a population of 815,000,
of whom about 300,000 are negroes, the
remainder being mostly Spanish, besides
some Americans, English, Germans, and
others of European nationality. The sur¬
face of the island is broken by hills and
low mountains, one range of which passes
through it from east to west. The high¬
est point of this range is El Yunque,
which is about 3,700 feet above sea level.
There are some 1,300 streams of remark¬
ably pure water running into the sea, of
which forty-seven are rivers of consider¬
able size. Thus the island has abundant
water supply for large herds of cattle.
The Climate
is exceptionally salubrious, mainly on
account of there being little stagnant
water. Heavy rains occur in the north
from May to September, sometimes
amounting to seventy inches. In the
south there is little rain at all, while over
the whole island in the winter the air
and sea breezes are delightful. Coffee,
tobacco, and sugar cane are grown in
profusion, while exceptionally fine cotton
is cultivated. Besides these staples the
island exports annually large quantities
of cattle, hides, timber and molasses,
while flax, ginger, rice, maize,, citrons,
lemons, oranges and other tropical fruits
abound. Traces of some ores have been
discovered, including gold, iron, copper
and lead.
No portion of the West India Islands is
lovelier or in better condition than Porto
Rico. The climate draws many foreign¬
ers there for the winter; the people are
self-suStaining and hospitable, though
somewhat ignorant and superstitious.
Slavery was abolished in 1873, and the
island is remarkably free from disorder.
At present the government is temporary
in nature, awaiting the decision of Con¬
gress as to the best methods of governing
a race of people so different in all things
from the average American.
The /Modern Newspaper.
94AAiiiiAlAUiAAUAlAAAAAiUAAiilAiAAIiiliUAiiiliUlMAUAAUniAAiililliiiiAUJAAiiiAliAAlAAiAUAAlliAAJAlAiilAiAAAUiAmAiAMl£
1 *
3 *
*S>
H-
l 4 ^
Snmmn'iTTiTumnnmmnmmfimmnmnmmnmmmmmnnTTmmmnmmmmmtTnnmmnmTnis
A GLIMPSE OF THE WORKINGS OF THE GREATEST AGENT
MODERN CIVILIZATION AND EDUCATION—HOW A DAILY
PAPER IS WRITTEN, PRINTED AND CIRCULATED.
OF
Including Descriptions of
Photo - Engraving, Stereotyping,
Monster Presses.
and Printing by
IME was when the owner of a
newspaper was editor, re¬
porter, typesetter, “devil,”
presshand, and circulator,
ides the duties incumbent on
these positions he had to see to the odds
and ends belonging to no one in partic¬
ular. But the day of the old Franklin
hand press, and of setting up his articles in
type before his case as the inspiration
came to him, has passed, and now, with
the division of labor, and the marvels of
machinery, it is possible for the sub¬
scriber a hundred miles away to read in
comfort at his breakfast table the metro¬
politan daily paper at the same time that
other subscribers are reading it in the
city where it is printed. To the persons
who go to bed at nine o’clock and rise at
five it is amazing that thousands of men
and women are working while they sleep,
and the sight of a large newspaper plant
in full swing of operation would be still
more wonderful.
Every well organized paper is divided
pnto a number of departments, just like a
government, with a head or ruler over
each. In most papers there are three
main departments: Business, Editorial,
and Mechanical, and each of these has
numerous subdivisions.
762
Upon the business departments de¬
volve the duties of managing the capital
invested, paying the salaries, etc., and the
two greatest of all duties upon any paper
that is expected to make money: the get¬
ting of advertisements, and the circula¬
tion of the paper to the subscribers.
The editorial department has control of
the reading matter and its preparation,
while to the mechanical departments are
left the duties of setting the stories, edi¬
torials and advertisements into type, the
molding of the stereotype impressions of
this type into great half-cylinders that are
to be placed upon the monster presses,
and the work of bringing forth from
these presses the folded paper ready for
its reader, at the astonishing rate of from
thirty to fifty thousand copies per hour.
The Editorial Staff
of a paper is divided into several parts:
the managing editor is head over every
one in his department, and to some ex¬
tent is consulted in other things than
those pertaining to his own department;
the city editor is directly under the manag¬
ing editor, and controls a staff of reporters
whose duties are to gather up the news
about town and present it in readable and
interesting form. Besides these two editors
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
763
and the staff pf reporters, there are a num¬
ber of men who write editorial comments
on the great events of passing interest to
the public; on them to a marked degree
falls the lot of shaping a community’s opin¬
ion on political or public questions. Then
The modern city editor almost knows the
news before it happens, and therefore has
men suitable for the occasion on the spot
waiting for it.
At 12:30 p. m. the reporters of a morn¬
ing paper congregate in the “local” room
(Courtesy of the Chicago Record .)
A LINOTYPE MACHINE AND OPERATOR.
The operator is at work setting “rush” copy. At the top of the machine is the fan-shaped magazine
which holds the matrices of the letters. At the left, in the box and on the floor, are seen blocks of metal
to be melted and used in casting the “line o’ type,” while at the left, near the top, is the large arm that
reaches down and picks up the matrices for distribution after the line has been cast in metal.
there are the special writers who write
dramatic criticisms, sporting news, liter¬
ary, art and musical notes and criticism,
and last, but not least, on the up-to-date
paper, the funny story man. Contrary to
general opinion, the reporter does not go
aimlessly about town looking for news.
and wait for the summons of their chief.
For weeks ahead every event of impor¬
tance is pigeon-holed, every article in any
paper noting an incident of interest is cut
out and kept on a spindle with the date
marked when it is likely to be available.
Then there is a whistle at the speaking
764
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
tube in the local room; a man jumps to
answer it; the city editor is calling for
“Brown” or “Jones.” That man hies
himself to his superior’s office, and here
is given a definite “assignment” or job to
go to this or that place and find out
a particular thing. Sometimes some
well-known man is in town; then he
is told to “get a story out of him.”
There is no such word as fail when
the city editor tells a man to do thus
or so; failure means forfeiture of his
position, and even though the city editor
has been a reporter once himself and
knows how impossible are some of the
tasks set, yet he is never-relenting, and
no excuses go.
When the man comes back from his
assignment, he reports to his chief and is
told to write so many words, to “play it
up strong,” or to “make it funny.”
After this is done, the reporter waits
about the office for another assignment or
the good news that he may go home.
His “copy” or manuscript is sent up to
the printer, and after being set in type is
“proved” and copies of the proof come
down to men experienced in correcting
according to the particular style of the
paper. Some phrases are never used on
one paper that are of habitual occurrence
on others. These “desk men” must see
that all copy conforms to the paper’s
“style,” and that nothing libelous is
printed. After the proof is corrected, it
goes back to the printer, who makes the
correction in type, and then the article, or
“story,” as the reporters call it, is ready
for its trip down to the stereotypers.
Photo-Engraving.
But possibly the story is of sufficient
importance to need illustrating. No
newspaper is complete without a corps of
artists and a photo-engraving plant.
Suppose the story is that of a great fire.
At once the city editor on hearing the tap
of the fire alarm in his office calls for
reporters and artists to write up and illus¬
trate the fire. The reporters get the
news, while the artists with paper and
pencil sketch the most interesting sights
at the fire. This must be done in light¬
ning-like hurry, for time is a great factor
in newspaper work. On coming back to
his office, the artist redraws in India ink
the crude sketch he has made. This
sketch is generally several times larger
than it will appear in the paper, for the
process of engraving reduces the size
somewhat.
Zinc Etching
is the process generally employed in en¬
graving illustrations for newspapers,
because of the rapidity with which cuts
made by this method may be turned out.
The first operation after the picture has
been drawn in black and white by the
artist is to photograph it by means of a
great camera on a “wet” plate. The
camera and rack to which is fastened
the picture when being photographed
are both placed on a long board and
hung by ropes or chains from the ceil¬
ing, a good deal after the manner of a
painter’s horizontal ladder hung by ropes
from the roof of a house. This is done
so that they will hold the same relative
positions to each other, and if there is
any jarring it will not affect the ex¬
posure. The exposures are generally
made by the light of an electric arc lamp
placed just back and to one side of the
lens of the camera.
After a number of plates have thus
been exposed, they are developed by ordi¬
nary photographic silver process. The*
use of “wet” plates is most important, for
by this process the gelatine film which is
wet may be stripped off from the lighter
MODERN OFFICE BUILDING IN COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION
SHOWING THE FRAMEWORK NOT QUITE COMPLETE, WITH DERRICKS AT THE TOP FOR HOISTING INTO PLACE THE
GREAT STEEL BEAMS. NEAR THE CENTRE ARE SEEN THE WO D KMEN ON THE SCAFFOLDING
BUSILY LAYING ON THE OUTER WALLS
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
765
glass used in the camera and pasted on a
heavier glass for printing, several pictures
on one plate. This heavy plate glass is
then dried over a gas stove till the gela¬
tine is perfectly hard. Now a sheet of
sensitized zinc is placed behind this
plate, and is exposed to an electric light,
that shows up the lines of the picture.
After this there is a treatment of
Nitric Acid
that eats away the exposed surface of the
zinc plate and leaves the inked lines
standing out. The plate is then treated
{Courtesy of the Chicago Record.)
STEREOTYPING ROOM OF A LARGE DAILY NEWSPAPER.
Showing the metal plates being prepared for the printing presses.
the same as one would print an ordinary
photograph. The negative, being dark
except in the places where the black lines
of the drawing show in white lines, ad¬
mits light to the sensitive zinc only along
these lines. The zinc plate is now taken
to the dark-room, where it is coated with
ink and treated by a developing process
to a shower of red dust called “dragon’s
blood,” which is burned into it by plac¬
ing the plate on top of a hot gas stove.
The plate would now be almost good
enough to produce a fair impression, but
acid and burning are repeated four times,
once for each side of every line. Then
the eaten-out portion is made still deeper
766
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
by the “routing” machine, which con¬
sists principally of a little drill-like tool,
driven rapidly by electricity, which bores
down and scrapes away such parts as are
likely to blur in printing. After this
process, the etching is ready to be
mounted on a metal base and sent to the
printing form.
Other methods such as half-tones and
color-processes are used at times on news¬
papers, but for general work the above-
described process is in the main adopted.
The time used in preparing an illustration
from the moment the artist returns to
make his final drawing till the cut is
placed in the form is often less than an
hour.
The Linotype Machine.
One of the greatest machines ever in¬
vented is that which does away with the
old method of setting type by hand, sub¬
stituting instead a device that performs
with mathematical precision every act
necessary for typesetting except thinking.
Ottomar Mergenthaler, an inventor who
recently died a millionaire, brought about
this revolution by inventing the “lino¬
type” machine, which, as the name would
indicate, sets automatically a “line o’
type.” This machine, which looks like a
huge typewriter, has for its essential fea¬
ture the “matrix,” while the keyboard,
triggers, rollers, pistons, elevators,
sprocket wheels, and levers work with
such accuracy that the line of “matrices”
is carried down to the box for the molten
metal, there is flooded by the metal, and
then each separate matrix is carried back
to its respective little box, waiting for the
next tap on the keyboard that will call it
into use again. The matrix is a mold of
a particular letter made of sheet brass,
and varying in thickness according to the
width of that letter. If you were to press
a type into some wax or putty, there
would be the reverse of that letter; just
so with the matrix. At the top is a
V-shaped cut made up of little steps, and
at the side of the matrix is the imprint of
the letter to be used. Each of the little
steps in the V plays an important part, for
they are different in each matrix, and
after the line has been molded, these
steps help in the automatic sorting of the
matrices back to their proper places in
the magazine. The operator sits before
his keyboard something like the type¬
writer girl; he lightly taps a certain key,
and there at once drops down from the
magazine and falls into place near the
metal box the matrix of the particular
letter wanted. The keyboard is laid out
the same a’s the type case of the old days,
the “lower case” or small letters being
on white keys, the “upper case” or cap¬
itals on black, and the punctuation marks
on blue keys; separate letters not much
used are kept in a little rack at the side,
and may be put in by hand. The “typo”
taps away on his keyboard until a bell
rings that tells him a line is completed.
He then pushes down a lever at his right
side, and the line of matrices is picked up
bodily, carried to a set of clamps,
splashed over with hot metal, and then
carried up by an elevating arm to the dis¬
tributing part at the top of the machine.
Here, by means of the little step-like
grooves, each matrix is sorted out to its
proper compartment by a machine some¬
what on the principle of a sieve.
The Distributing Bar
extends along the whole length of the
magazine, which is fan-shaped and
divided into tubes all ending at the bot¬
tom in the little runway where the
matrices come out. Beside the bar is a
long revolving screw, and as the row of
matrices come up from the elevating arm
this screw pushes them along the bar.
In front of the compartment allotted for
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
767
each letter is a special set of notches. As
was said before, each letter has a set of
little steps on the V-cut;* these notches
and steps agree for each particular letter,
so that as the matrix of the letter “A ” is
carried along the distributing bar it can
enter no compartment but that whose
notches its little steps fit—just like the
key that fits only one door.
ioo letters.) There are men who can set
even 10,000 ems per hour. Mistakes, of
course, occur as in setting by hand, and
the proofreader must send the matter
back to be corrected.
In setting
Large Advertisements
and headlines only is the old method of
hand setting now used. This is necessi-
(Courtesy of the Chicago Record )
FOUR O’CLOCK A. M.
A crowd of newsboys waiting for their papers.
Hot Type Mstal
is always kept in the metal box, heated by
a gas flame. Knives trim the edges of
the molded line of type to the exact size
necessary. After the metal has been
used once it is again melted up for more
type. Typesetters can set as high as
7,000 ems, or matter to the amount of
one newspaper column, in an hour,
whereas it formerly took six hours.
(The “em” is the standard of type meas¬
urement; 100 ems is equal to the average
tated by the use of large and odd-sized
type. And still the “ad” room of a paper
is not the least interesting part of its
plant. Here, on nights preceding a great
“bargain day” of some of the leading
stores of the city, many men, expert in
style of setting up fancy advertisements,
are kept busy arranging the most attract¬
ive displays of type for the reader on the
morrow.
After all the advertisements and
articles are set up in type, they are sent
768
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
to stone tables where men called “make¬
ups” see that each “ad” or story finds its
proper position in large, square steel
frames called “forms.” In these the
type is securely locked by screws so that
the “form” maybe sent down an elevator
to the stereotyping room, where another
process is gone through with before the
press gets the work.
Stereotyping.
Each page is made up separately, and
as the “chase” containing the type
reaches the stereotyping room on the
elevator it is at once placed upon the
steam table to dry, for the “make-up” has
used a wet sponge to dampen the type
and make each line stick against the
other, to facilitate in handling. From
.. ,
THE FOUNDRY.
To the left, the electric battery; to the right the men are making an impression of the type in wax,
and after the wax receives the coating of copper in the battery they take the copper shell and pour the
metal into it—this is called casting.
Time was when we printed by simply
bringing a heavy weight to bear upon the
flat surface of the paper spread on the
inked type. That was when printing was
done by hand. When the style improved
and great cylinder presses came into use,
type in its ordinary form would not do,
but great circular molds had to be made
that could be placed around the cylinders.
This process is called
the steam table, after the type is dry, the
chase goes to a table where a “matrix”
is made, only this matrix is not in brass,
but in a sort of papier-mache. Sheets of
tissue paper specially prepared are kept
damp over night, and a sheet of this is
now placed over the type. This is pressed
into every little crack in the type and
forms a reverse impression, which can
easily be read. Then “backing” powder,
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
78fl
Consisting of lime, flour and charcoal, is
spread over the back and into the impres¬
sions, after which other paper is spread
over and the whole affair is covered with
heavy blankets and shoved under a heavy
press heated by steam. Here it is
allowed to remain until the paper has
become hard and dry, when it forms a
light, almost fire-proof mold that can
easily be bent into the shape of a half-
the rough edges, and chisel out any im¬
perfections. After this the plate is run
under water to cool, and we have ready
for the press a mass of metal the size of a
page of a newspaper, seven-eighths of an
inch thick, and curved exactly to fit the
cylinder of the press.
Monster Presses.
The Hoe press is possibly the largest
and best of the monster printing machines
ENGRAVING HALF-TONES.
To the left of the picture are the finishers; to the right are the men that rout out the portion of the
plate that isn’t to print.
cylinder. Then the matrix is placed in
the
Casting-box,
which is semi-cylindrical in form, consist¬
ing of two parts, one of which opens.
The matrix is laid on the face of the
casting-box, which bends it into the shape
desired; the box is closed, the metal run
in, and allowed partly to cool. While
still hot to the touch, men with heavy
gloves seize the cast plate and trim off
49 1
of to-day. They are quadruple in form,
and are so ingeniously arranged that they
take in paper in enormous rolls on spin¬
dles on one side of the press, print the
pages, paste the pages together, cut each
paper off at the proper time from the rest
that is being fed from the spindle, fold
the papers, count them, and deliver them
at the rate of 48,000 four, six, or eight
page papers an hour, 24,000 ten, twelve,
fourteen or sixteen page papers an hour,
770
THE MODERN NEWSPAPER.
or 12,000 twenty, twenty-four or thirty-
two page papers an hour. Each press
needs floor space 22 feet long by 12 feet
wide, and stands over nine feet high.
The press is really two presses in one,
paper being fed in from two rolls at a
time, while the folder is really a separate
machine connected and operated by the
press. Each press has four 14-inch plate
cylinders to which are attached by
screws the stereotype plates. The cyl¬
inders revolve in the opposite direction
to the impression roll, which is a heavy
iron cylinder that presses against the
plate and is covered with cloth. After
a roll of
Hundreds of Pounds of Paper
is adjusted at the back of the press the
paper web is run over a roller which
smooths it out. Next it is grasped by
the first impression roll, and it passes over
the plate, receiving its first impression.
Then the web runs downward to the
second impression roll, where more is
printed. Carrying tapes which guide the
paper then run it up over the top of the
press, where it is slit by a circular knife,
and two wheels apply paste to the edges
of the paper. Now the web is led
to the folder over an angle - bar, and
the mechanism is so perfect that the
pages are all brought out in their prop¬
er position and the leaves cut. The
other half of the press has been work¬
ing in the same manner, either to make
a complete paper like the other, or a
supplement that is “stuffed” into the
other part.
The Greatest Care
must be taken in operating the gigantic
press, both to protect its delicate parts
and the hands and legs of the men in
attendance. One man holds a lever that
starts and stops the press, others run
about with oil-cans, lubricating every
part, while others see that the ink is
properly fed, and that the paper does not
break or that a fresh supply is on hand.
The cost of a Hoe press above described
is $40,000.
From the maw of this great giant the
papers are run in on little electric trolley
cars to
The Mailing and Delivery Rooms.
In “newsboys’ alley” has congregated a
crowd of urchins with their pennies ready
to lay in a supply for their morning trade.
Each has bought a check from a cashier
which bears upon it the number of papers
to which he is entitled. With this check
he falls into line at the delivery window,
and as his turn comes, he yells out the
number. The man behind the window
rapidly counts out that number, takes his
check, and throws the bundle of papers
at him. So quick is the whole process
from writer to street boys that “hot”
news brought in at half-past two in the
morning is in the hands of the early riser
at four o’clock. But there is yet the
subscriber living at a distance who must
be supplied with his particular morning
favorite. As soon as his name is entered
on the subscription list, this list is sent to
the printer, who sets it up in type. From
this is printed upon long strips of yellow
paper the names of every subsciiber who
is to receive a paper by mail. The print¬
ing includes with each name the post-
office and street address, together with
date of expiration of the subscription.
These strips are set into still larger strips,
and sometimes pasted together, so that
by a clever little device called a “mailing”
machine, in the hands of skilled “mail¬
ers,” each little label is carefully gummed,
cut off from the strip, and with a slap is
pasted on the outside of the paper, thus
telling the postmasters its destination.
THE FINISHING DEPARTMENT OF AN ELECTROTYPE FOUNDRY.
once, hurriedly roll up the bundle and
throw it into the sack for a particular
train.
All the “galleys” of printed lists of
subscribers and dealers out of town
have been arranged in geographical
order, that is, all those going to one town
are on the same list. This greatly aids
in sending out to the trains, for as soon
as one strip is done, that bunch of
papers is put in a bag ready for that
town or train.
that will increase the reputation of the
paper; correspondents abroad hired and
paid; press associations formed with
other papers for the protection of their
general interests. And when one stops
to consider how vast are some of the
American journals, with several issues
each day, and great magazine-like editions
on Sunday, with circulations that run
nearly to a half million copies daily, the
nature of such stupendous business enter¬
prises may be imagined.
NEWSPAPER. 771
i * ' ' . > } ' *
Business Departments
of the newspaper are where all other de¬
tails are thought out. Advertising must
be obtained which will bring in money to
support the plant and make money for its
owners. Schemes must be worked out to
induce customers to buy this particular
paper instead of some competitor. Enor¬
mous contracts for buildings and machin¬
ery must be let; new devices developed
THE MODERN
This process is, however, only for the
single subscribers; for the dealers there
have been prepared early the evening
before large wrappers with their proper
labels for sending, together with the
number of papers to be sent, plainly
marked on the outside. So when the
time comes for wrapping, each mailer can
rapidly count out the desired number,
appty paste to a number of wrappers at
Death=Dealing Machines of War.
#
#
as m
t
m
HOW THE ARMIES AND NAVIES OF THE WORLD FIGHT TO-DAY
COMPARED WITH METHODS USED ONE HUNDRED YEARS AGO. ^
^ Huge Floating Arsenals; Shells Fired Eight Miles; Smokeless Powder; Torpedoes m
and Submarine Mines.
T has been said that improve¬
ments in deadly war missiles
will before long put a stop to
war altogether. One would
almost think so when it is considered
what marvelous strides invention has
taken along this line. Time was, and not
long ago either, when the round cannon
shot was aimed at the tough oak side of the
frigate; when the grappling chain and
cutlass for hand-to-hand conflicts were
necessary on all war vessels, and the
bayonet and cavalry charge played great
parts in land battles. Most of this is now
changed. The iron shot gave way to
steel projectiles, as the wooden hulls were
replaced with steel. The completeness of
victories, however, is no less than in cen¬
turies past; distances are only greater.
And each increase in the power of im¬
proved explosives and projectiles will be
met with greater defensive devices, and
with greater distances between the firing
lines. It will be the brotherhood of
man, not the deadliness and fear of
weapons, that will bring about universal
peace.
To-day, in land forces there are such
improvements as the far-reaching rifle,
with its nickel-capped bullets, the Gatling,
Maxim and Hotchkiss guns, smokeless
powders, and such explosives as cordite,
dynamite, lyddite and nitro-glycerine.
Charges play some part, as in the gallant
fight of San Juan Hill, but, in the main,
artillery and long-distance firing prevail.
772
With the navy more marvelous improve¬
ments have been made. Nearly every¬
thing on board ship can now be operated by
electricity. Ships are lighted, torpedoes,
guns and mines fired, searchlights are
operated, torpedo-boats propelled, and a
hundred other devices all controlled by
this weird agent.
The armor plates of the modern vessel
are thick and of the hardest steel known,
yet they are readily pierced by the enor¬
mous shells thrown at the distance of
several miles from the throats of great
dynamite and compressed air guns.
Among the numerous
Explosives of High Power
that are coming into use, the newest and
possibly the most powerful is lyddite.
Like others of its class, such as dynamite,
melinite, cordite,, maxinite, etc., it is
picric acid brought into a dense state of
fusion. Picric is obtained by the action
of nitric acid on carbolic acid. When
lyddite shells explode they grind their
outer coverings into small fragments, and
with a noise like the downfall of the
heavens, tear everything to pieces for
yards around. This explosive is being
used now by the English in the war with
the Boers, though the latter have com¬
plained that such is against the codes of
civilized warfare. General Kitchener
also used it in his campaign of the Sou¬
dan with tremendous effect. A shell was
dropped into a mosque at Omdurman,
<
GREAT NAVAL DEMONSTRATION IN PHILADELPHIA DURING THE PEACE JUBILEE
A STRIKING EFFECT WAS PRODUCED BY SEARCHLIGHTS ON THE WAR VESSELS AND ON THE CITY HALL
THE BALLOON USED IN MODERN WARFmRE
v
DEATH - DEALING MACHINES OF WAR.
773
where 120 Mahdists were worshiping.
The mosque and its inmates were
Blown Into Pieces,
and only twelve of the worshipers
escaped alive. In the war between China
and Japan, cordite, a similar though in¬
ferior explosive, was thrown in a twelve-
inch shell into the Japanese flagship
Matsushima with the effect of hurling a
4.7-inch gun from its mounting, firing a
heap of ammunition, disabling two more
4.7-inch guns, and killing and wounding
ninety officers and men.
Smokeless powder is another deadly ex¬
plosive, having for its main peculiarity
the quality of exploding without smoke,
giving off only a slight violet vapor, that
is not sufficient to betray the ambush of
the gun. This kind of powder is made in
long cylindrical strings and then cut up
into small pieces. In the United States
war supply factories, it is coated with
plumbago by being placed in receptacles
with the powdered black lead or plum¬
bago and shaken up. This coating, being
rather oily, keeps the powder from ignit¬
ing by friction in case of rough handling.
Cordite looks a great deal as its name
would signify, something like brown jelly
pressed into long strings from one-six¬
teenth to one-half inch in diameter, and
dried. Some kinds of smokeless powder
look for all the world like carefully cut
strips of slippery elm bark. It is made in
slabs about one-fourth inch thick and a
foot and a half to two feet long. This
powder is much safer to handle than com¬
mon black or brown powder, and will bear
quite a blow provided no sparks are
struck. Like all smokeless powder, it
will burn without special danger if a
match is applied, to it, with a clear, steady
flame, not flashing with a big s-s s-s like
the old sort. Some of these explosives
are cut into pieces just like Saratoga
chips, and it is. a rather blood-curdling job
for one not informed to watch shell-load¬
ers hammer home this stuff into the big
shells as though in truth it were only so
much potato.
Nitro-GIycerine,
which is used in some of its forms for war
purposes, but more especially for blasting
oil-wells and the like, is one of the most
difficult of all explosives to manufacture.
It is generally pale yellow in color, is
odorless, and has a sweet, pungent taste,
though when touched to the skin will
cause severe headache. It is made in a
large tank called an agitator, which has a
set of revolving paddles. Into this are
poured equal quantities of nitric and sul¬
phuric acids, and after a mixture of 250
pounds is secured, sweet glycerine to the
amount of 1,500 pounds is added. The
chemicals naturally tend to come to great
heat, but since ninety degrees explodes
the mixture, water pipes are arranged
about the vat to keep down the temper¬
ature. In carrying this explosive there is
great danger of jarring. Makers of the
stuff generally live only about five years
at their work. As in all other factories of
powders and the like, no metals are
allowed, and the shoes and clothing of the
workmen must be changed to suit their
employment. Canvas shoes are used,
and the men may not turn their trousers
at the bottom for fear of bringing in grit
and gravel that might strike a spark.
Projectiles
have improved in weight and hardness so
that now in battles tons of metal are fired
through great granite fortifications and
steel clad ships with greater ease than the
old-time round shot could pierce an oak
side. Early in the present century
methods for throwing hollow shells filled
with powder or small shot were invented.
From canister, grape and chain shot,
there have evolved heavier shells, gener-
DEATH-DEALING MACHINES OF WAR.
774
ally explosive, but also of such hard and
sharply pointed steel that no armor can
withstand them. Most of the smaller
rifles are equipped with balls that pierce
the object aimed at cleanly and without
jagged edges. Cases have been known
where such a ball passing through a per¬
son did not even inflict a severe wound.
Such is really the result aimed at in civil¬
ized war; either to kill a man outright,
or simply temporarily to disable him.
Some kinds of shells, however, are dia¬
bolical in their intent. Among these is
the
Dum-dum Bullet
recently declared barbarous by the Peace
Convention at The Hague. Some small
shot explode after entering the body;
THE ENGLISH DUM-DUM BULLET.
The recess in the point of the bullet allows the soft
lead, of which the interior of the bullet is made, to
expand on striking the victim’s body; while the
nickel sheath breaks into jagged edges and makes
frightful wounds.
others, like the dum-dum bullet, flatten
out when they strike any object of resist¬
ance, because of their soft material, being
only partly covered by a nickel envelope,
and these at once make fearful, jagged
wounds, and are hard to extract. The
British are now using in South Africa an
awful affair partly covered with copper,
but bare at the end, and with a slight
opening sawed down into the bullet.
When this strikes a victim, the cut closes
because of its softness, and the bullet
then assumes the shape of a mushroom,
as a result making terrible and painful
wounds. One of the new inventions
along the line of projectiles is what is
called
The “Base” Shell.
The bottom or blunt end of the shell,
which is large and for cannon use, is
separate from the rest of the shell. This
“base” rests on ball-bearings, and, while
the upper portion revolves, it is station¬
ary. Attached to the base and folding
up into grooves along the upper part are
four murderous scythes. When the shell
is thrown from its gun, the rifling of the
core starts the point of the shell revolv¬
ing, the knives, pushed by springs, jump
out from the sides of the base, and as
they go through the ranks of the enemy
cut and maim every man in their course.
Then, after its work is nearly complete, it
explodes and works more havoc. The
knives when outspread cover a diameter
of forty-five inches, and it may be imag¬
ined what carnage such a missile will cre¬
ate in a rank of closely lined infantry.
Searchlights
have brought about a great revolution in
warfare. By their means lights and sig¬
nals can be thrown many miles, and the
work of the enemy in the night detected.
The average searchlight is made up of
lenses and reflectors so as to condense or
diffuse the light of a 25,000 candle-power
electric arc lamp. They are made in the
shape of a cylinder about thirty inches
deep and from two-to three feet in diam¬
eter. In the back is a silver-backed re¬
flecting lens, and at the front is a glass
door. Within is an electric lamp placed
at the focusing point of the lens. Be¬
tween the glass door and the lamp is a
smaller reflecting lens that throws the
light of the electric lamp into the large
lens, and that lens in turn throws the
concentrated rays out through the glass
door miles and miles into the night. The
whole affair is mounted on a pedestal,
and can be moved in any direction at will.
The rays of light are generally kept to¬
gether so that a beam 3,000 feet away
DEATH - DEALING MACHINES OF WAR.
775
covers only the width of fifty feet. This,
however, can be changed at will if de¬
sired.
Torpedoes
are the dread of all war vessels, and work
as much havoc as any other weapon.
They are shaped like a cigar, with pro¬
peller at the rear and an awful load of
dynamite or gun-cotton at the nose. In¬
side is an electric storage battery attached
to a motor that operates the propeller.
When ready to be discharged at the
enemy, a torpedo is placed in a com¬
pressed-air device that shoots it out into
the water, aimed in a certain direction.
The electric battery has been turned on
and the rudders so arranged that the tor¬
pedo will travel in a given angle. It
drives forward at a great speed, the cap
on the nose strikes the side of the ship
and discharges the explosive, and the ship
is torn into pieces.
Mines are used nowadays for protection
of the harbors against an incoming
enemy. These are big bombs placed at
the bottom of the harbor or straits and
connected by electricity so that they may
be fired off at will. Charts are made of
the harbor, and so figured out that the
attendant several miles away can look
through a telescope at the approaching
enemy, and can tell at just what moment
the intruder is over a given mine. He
then turns a switch, and the great vessel
of steel and iron is blown into the air with
a vast volume of water, and rapidly sinks.
Some mines are fast to buoys which float
at the surface, so that when a vessel com¬
ing into the forbidden waters strikes one,
an electric spark is carried down to the
mine and it explodes.
Among
Machine Guns
the Gatling, Hotchkiss and Maxim are the
deadliest because of their rapid fire. The
Gatling has a .number of barrels joined
together side by side, and at a distance
looks like a big stubby cannon. There
are generally about ten barrels, which
revolve upon a pivot. Each chamber has
a separate lock which is discharged auto¬
matically when the barrel reaches its
proper position. The machine is worked
by a crank; the cartridges are placed in a
rack with grooves that let them slide down
into their proper chambers as soon as the
fired shells have been ejected. As many
as 1,200 shots a minute have been fired
by the Gatling gun.
The Maxim differs in that it is wholly
automatic; after each recoil of a previous
discharge the shock opens the breech,
extracts the empty shell, takes a fresh
cartridge, cocks the gun, pushes the shell
into its chamber and fires the gun. The
cartridges are loaded into the gun in a
belt, and all the operator has to do is to
pull the trigger the first time, and the
belt is ground through the machine at the
rate of 600 shots a minute.
The Armstrong gun is the largest of
the rapid-fire guns. It is for large caliber
shells, using 4 y 2 pounds of smokeless
powder, and throwing six-inch projectiles
weighing 100 pounds with enough force
to penetrate fifteen inches of wrought
iron. -A smaller gun of the same order
fires forty-five pound shells at the rate of
fifteen per minute.
The Driggs-Schroeder and Hotchkiss
rapid-fire guns are inventions of Ameri¬
cans, and are used largely on our battle
ships, especially in the “fighting tops.”
These swing on pivots, so that they may
be directed to any quarter. They fire
one shot at a time, and to aim the gun an
arm-piece similar to that of a rifle is
attached. The gunner presses this against
his shoulder and steadies it, while his two
hands remain free to open the chamber,
insert a shell, pull the trigger, and re¬
load. It fires still projectiles with great
776
DEATH-DEALING MACHINES OF WAR.
CARING FOR THE WOUNDED.
A scene in a modern U. S. field hospital during the late war with Spain.
battleship class the effectiveness of our
fighting ships has been prodigiously in¬
creased. Six new monsters of the finest
type are under way: the Kearsarge, Ken¬
tucky, Alabama, ( Illinois, Wisconsin, and
the new Maine. The measurements of
the Kearsarge and Kentucky are: Water¬
line length, 368 feet; displacement, 11,525
tons; speed, 16 knots; horse power,
10,000; water-line armor belt, 16*4
tiles thrown from the main-battery guns
weigh 1,100 pounds, leave the muzzle
with 33,627 foot tons energy, and have
the power of penetrating 34^4 inches of
wrought iron.
Besides the heavy war vessels, the navy
is being equipped with ‘ a new class of
peace ships. Six cruisers are soon to be
built that are not intended for battle with
war ships of the enemy. Their duties
inches; side armor above belt, 6 inches;
turret armor, 17 and 15 inches; conning
tower, 10 inches; protective deck, 2^
inches. Armament: Main battery, 4 thir¬
teen-inch guns; submain battery, 4 eight-
inch guns; secondary battery, 14 five-
inch rapid-fire guns, and 20 six-pound
rapid-fire guns. The enormous projec-
force and at the rate of thirty-six shots a
minute.
Enormous strides have been made in
the upbuilding of the
American Navy
since the Spanish-American war. Many
new craft have been added, but in the
DEATH-DEALING MACHINES OF WAR.
777
will lie in capturing or annoying the
merchantmen and unprotected harbor
towns of the enemy, and policing the sea.
They are especially adapted to tropical
waters, carry plenty of coal, and are light
enough to enter shallow water. They
are to be built of steel, but their bottoms
and sides up to a minimum of two feet
above the water line are to be sheathed
with heavy planking, which in turn is to
be covered with copper. This copper
covering is to avoid barnacles and the
like which grow on the bottoms and sides,
and materially hamper marine move¬
ments. Very little wood is to be used on
the vessels, for it has been found that
breaking beams splinter and cause more
wounds than bullets. They will measure
308 feet 2 inches over all, 53 feet wide;
full draft when loaded, 16 feet 8 inches;
displacement, 3,400 tons; horse power,
4,500; coal capacity, 700 tons, and speed
. i 6}4 knots. All the latest methods of
electric lighting, heavy engines and the
like will enable them to carry crews of
290 men 9,800 miles without other supply.
The Largest Searchlight
ever made is the one that was exhibited
on the roof of the Manufactures Building
at the World’s Columbian Exposition, and
which is now installed in the observatory
on the summit of Mt. Lowe, California.
It has the power of 3,000,000 candles and
throws a strong light 150 miles. Its re¬
flecting lens weighs 800 pounds, is three-
fourths of an inch thick at the edges and
one-sixteenth in the center, and is encased
in metal rings weighing 750 pounds.
The whole light is 11 feet high and
weighs 6,000 pounds, yet is so delicatety
poised that a child can move it in any
direction.
THE MODERN PUEBLO VILLAGE; WHOLE TOWNS IN THE TALL
BUILDING OF TO-DAY.
EN years ago, when the first
“skyscraper,” the Tacoma
building, was begun in Chi¬
cago, it was supposed that
the Pyramids and a few of the great
cathedrals were the largest buildings that
were likely ever to be erected. To-day
we have tall bridge-like edifices that almost
overtop these landmarks and seem to brush
the skies. The development of the tall
building generally known as the “sky¬
scraper” came about in the natural course
of improvements in building, but it has
wrought one of the greatest revolutions,
though peaceful, that has ever been wit¬
nessed.
When land values in the great cities
began to go up several figures at a jump,
the question was asked, “Where are we
going to conduct our business?” Land
was occupied in the mercantile centers,
and since the buildings could not spread
out they must increase in height. This
went on in a meager sort of way, for
people did not like climbing up several
stories to their offices. Then came the
elevator, and with it the study of how
best to increase the height of the office
buildings.
It had always been supposed that the
walls were the main support for the floors
and the rest of the structure, but one day
an engineer came along who reversed this
method. He argued that by making the
framework of steel and fastened together
like a cantilever bridge, there ought to be
778
strength enough to support the outside
covering. And such has been the method
o-f building since, called
“Chicago Construction.”
But the problem was not nearly worked
out, for with increased height there must
be increased strength in the foundations.
This meant a study of the soil to see if it
would bear such great weights, and what
would be the best method of keeping the
structure from leaning out of plumb.
The result has been that building has
now become almost a branch of civil
engineering.
Let us observe the rearing of one of
these cities in miniature, with its railway¬
like elevators carrying thousands of pas¬
sengers and freight daily, with its own
electric light and power plants, its restau¬
rants and hotels, its libraries for the
tenants, its telephone “central” and tele¬
graph lines, its laundries, fire apparatus
and trained fire departments, barber
shops, postoffices, superintendents, de¬
tectives, and corps of workmen.
The Tallest Building
of to-day is the Park Row, in New York
city, designed by R. H. Robertson. It is
twenty-nine stories in height and meas¬
ures from the bottom of its foundation to
the top of its flag pole 501 feet, or nearly
one-tenth of a mile. Its weight is about
20,000 tons, and when loaded with its
“live” weight of tenants, furniture, etc.,
the total pressure upon the foundation
SKYSCRAPERS.
piles is about 61,400 tons. It may well be
imagined what is the amount of steel,
stone, bricks, cement, glass, etc., that is
needed in the construction of such a
monster, and yet the rapidity
with which these buildings
are erected is still more
amazing.
First the soil is probed to
see of what nature it is. In
Chicago,—which, by the way,
is almost a floating city be¬
cause of the thin crust of
earth that rests on a large
bed of ooze,—the building
problem is different from
that in New York, where the
ground is largely sandy with
rock bottom.
would seem no force o*r time could con¬
quer. Resting on this sub-foundation are
huge blocks of granite, and above them the
brick piers of the building. The weight of
Great Pile-Drivers
with hundred-ton hammers,
pound down into the ground
to great depths long pine
piles, sometimes, as in the
Park Row building, forty feet
long, and as many as 1,200
in number. The piles are
placed about two feet apart
and in rows that will be di¬
rectly under the great ver¬
tical columns that are to
support the great weight of
the completed building. On
top of these piles and about
their upper ends is ponred
concrete, which hardens and
becomes a solid rock-like sub¬
stance, resting securely upon
the piles. Sometimes criss¬
cross arrangements of steel
rails are imbedded in the
concrete, and, when it has
hardened, there is presented
as a first foundation a mass
of steel and rock that it
A MODERN “SKYSCRAPER.”
Showing the framework tip, and several floors laid. Ready to put
on the wallo of the lower stories.
780
SKYSCRAPERS.
the building- is not allowed to come directly
on the granite, but huge steel beams,
some of them eight by fifty feet, and
weighing more than fifty tons, are placed
between the foundations and the bases of
the upright steel girders about which the
“skyscraper” is to be built. This dis¬
tributes the weight to every part of the
foundation. Above the surface a great
steel framework rises, which, before the
walls are on, looks a great deal like an
immense house of cards.
The enormous steel girders that make
up the frame are all riveted together in
every available place. It is said that if a
storm great enough to disturb one of
these skyscrapers came along the building
would hang together, even if it were
blown entirely over. The outer walls of
this great box-like frame are very thin
when compared to its height. If the old
method of using the walls as support for
the floors were used, the walls at the bot¬
tom would have to be so thick that there
would be no open space for use, while the
weight would be so great that no founda¬
tion would support it. The material varies;
often it is of terra cotta, and sometimes of
brick and stone. It is fastened securely
upon the framework, and the lower walls
give but little support to those above.
The floors are made, as are also the
walls, entirely of hollow,
Fireproof Brick;
and some buildings have not even wooden
laths, but rather arrangements of thin
steel or tin upon which the plaster is laid.
Thus a fire may burn out the fittings of
one room, yet not spread to another.
The cost of the Park Row building was
$2,400,000, but the income from its rents
is more every year than the taxes of a
small city. It contains 950 rooms, and
will accommodate tens of thousands of
people. The elevators carry over 50,000
people daily.
The question whether the “skyscraper”
has reached its limit is not as yet
answered. Cities are enacting building
laws regulating the height of buildings.
Fires disastrous in their results have
recently broken out in New York, which
threatens the increase of height. It re¬
mains to be seen whether steel will last
long enough without rusting, though at
present, examinations of steel girders
erected ten years ago show no such
decay. Whatever the future of the tall
buildings is, all modern improvements in
buildings take on the aspect of the “sky¬
scraper. ’ ’
s
3
a
< o
1 i
® <
3 °
§ S
$
2 QJ
w it
03
Z
o
co
co
O
o
B
Ul
H
Z
O
s
a
D
Ul
cr
O
z
UJ
CO
O
cr
UJ
cr
g 9
£
<
i
£
<
IM
D
M
<
ac
<
CD
<
UJ
o
<
cr
D
b
z
UJ
>
<
z
UJ
D
CD
cr
O
>
<
cr
o
UJ
o
cr
O
UJ
o
cr
O
b
<
z
UJ
00
UJ
o
>
cr
2
*
cr
O
b
<
Z
u
t
h-
<
UJ
cr
h-
UJ
I
H
0
a “• —
Z
0
CO
CO
QC
UJ
Z
o
co
co
O
o
UJ
a
<
UJ
cl
I
CO
<
CL
CO
Q
Z
<
<
o
cc
UJ
«
♦
*
9
*
*
*
Compressed Air and Pneumatic Tubes.
9
9
9
*
*
HOW MAIL AND EXPRESS PACKAGES ARE SENT MILES
9
9
*
9
9
UNDERGROUND BY AIR ALONE.
9
9
9
IR compressed into a smaller
space than it normally occu¬
pies exerts a powerful pres¬
sure, for being a gas of a
certain density it needs a certain amount
of room. When, then, by means of a
compressor or pump we force air into a
small receiver the tendency is for the tiny
atoms that make it up to push one against
the other for more room and try to get
away. This powerful agent is easily
obtained, and when stored up in tanks
may be used in any one of some hundreds
of ways. When conducted through a
pipe with a faucet nozzle the air may be
used for blowing dust out of carpets and
upholstery, as well as for applying paint
to high ceilings. Chemical experiments
are made daily with its aid. Power is
applied for running cars, elevators, auto¬
mobiles, electric dynamos, and many
other such affairs. Liquid air was dis¬
covered only by its aid, and the great
system of sending packages in pneumatic
tubes from floor to floor of the great de¬
partment stores, mail from city to city,
and messages underground from the great
press associations to the newspapers,
saves much time and expense. Recently
a pneumatic tube system was opened be¬
tween the New York City postoffice in
the city hall at New York with that of
Brooklyn. A tube eight inches in
diameter and over a half-mile long pass¬
ing over the Brooklyn Bridge thus hourly
saves the use of many wagons and mes¬
sengers. Possibly as fine a system as any
is that which was recently installed in the
Waldorf-Astoria Hotel in New York City,
though the placing of the tubes in the
walls of the building is a great deal easier
than running them under the ground in
conduits, as are those that connect all the
great newspaper offices with the tele -
graph companies.
This great hotel has 1,200 rooms, and
on an average entertains 1,500 guests; it
is sixteen floors high, so that it may
readily be seen what an army of pages
and clerks it would take to sort and de¬
liver 6,000 pieces of mail and 2,000 news¬
papers that are received every day,
without the aid of some such device as its
pneumatic tube system. In the basement
of the hotel is a
Pump-Like Engine
that compresses the air to a pressure of
from two to three pounds to the square
inch. The compressed air is stored in a
large tank, from which run two large
mains or pipes, one to the “central” sta¬
tion on the main floor, where the boxes
are shot up to the different floors, and
another that leads up to the top of
the building. The latter has fourteen
781
782
MODERN ILLUSTRATING.
branches, one leading to each of the first
fourteen floors, each one ending in receiv¬
ers specially adapted to the system.
These two mains and their branches
supply air under pressure to the other
tubes that are to carry the messages.
Now, leading from each station on the
upper floors down to the “central” on the
main floor are separate transmission
tubes made of seamless brass tubing
three inches in diameter, which do the
carrying. Thus, at the main station
there is a long row of receivers, fourteen
in all, each numbered and leading to its
respective floor. Little boxes to fit the
tubing, and having fur on the ends so as
not to stand still and let the air pass
around them when in the tube, are em¬
ployed to shoot through these pipes,
while longer ones ten inches in length
are used for carrying newspapers. When
it is desired to send up mail or a visitor’s
card to an occupant on an upper floor the
attendant at “central” places the message
in one of the boxes, shoves the box into
the receiver, and then pushes a rod which
in turn actuates machinery that lets a
little air into the tube. This causes a cur¬
rent sufficient to carry the box up to the
end of its tube, where it is dumped out.
The attendant at this station hands the
message to a page in waiting, who carries
it to the proper room.
Some systems have two sets of pipes
through which all the time there is flow¬
ing a strong current of air, one pipe lead¬
ing up, the other down. This, however,
is done away with by the system just
described, one tube sufficing for messages
either way. On election nights when
newspapers are rushed to get the news,
and thousands of telegrams are being
sent and received hourly, this is the only
method which could be used.
Modern Illustrating.
HALF-TONE AND COLORTYPE ENGRAVING.
SIDE from the method known
as zinc-etching (see article on
Modern Newspaper) there are
several other processes, such
as wood-cuts, half-tones and colortypes.
Wood-cuts, as their name implies, are
engravings on blocks of wood, and are of
the earlier method of engraving. With
these very fine detail in lights and shad¬
ows can be obtained, but for rapid and
inexpensive work the photo-engraving
processes are used in the main. The zinc
method for outline cuts, or cuts where
there are no other tones or colors other
than black with the blank space white,
is as good a process as could be desired,
but it can readily be noticed that in repro¬
ducing photographs there are some shad¬
ows more intense than others and some
lights brighter. Zinc etching cannot
MODERN ILLUSTRATING.
possibly bring out anything .but white
and black, so the half-tones or lighter
shadows had to be produced by some
other method.
It was found that by photographing the
object desired through a fine screen of
muslin or
Wire Gauze
or lines scratched on a glass plate and
then filled up with ink, the little squares
in the screen would separate the rays of
light according to the strength of the light
or shadow of the picture. Where the
shadows are intense the rays run together
so that the effect on the plate is of the
black shadow running all together, but
where they are lighter the rays come
upon the plate differently and form little
dots, while in the high lights or white
places the plate is still more dotted. If
you will take a magnifying glass and
examine a half-tone you will see that the
whole picture is made up of little cross¬
bars. This is the effect of the screen, and
is called ‘ ‘ stippling. ’ ’ The screen is placed
just in front of the plate to be photo¬
graphed upon in the camera, and as the
rays of light come in through the lens
they are diffused according to the inten¬
sity of the light or shadows in the object
being photographed. The screen is ruled
in little bars with lines from 80 to 150 to
the inch. These are so small that they
hardly appear as lines when the cut is
viewed a little ways off, yet they accom¬
plish the work of collecting the different
grades of half-tones, and produce a pic¬
ture after being etched on copper or brass
plates almost a counterpart of the photo¬
graph.
The Colortype
is worked out on the same line, that is,
with a screen to stipple or grain the plate,
but a further process of using different
colored inks is used which in the end gives
783
the effect of photographs in color. The
process consists in having three different
half-tone plates made of the same subject,
which are used respectively with three dif¬
ferent inks: red, yellow, and blue. These
three colors when combined in proper
amounts by printing one on top of the
other will give any shade of color desired.
The subject to be printed is carefully
studied as to its color, and the proper
combination of the inks to produce the
desired colors is decided. Then one plate
is arranged for printing, let us say, in
blue. All that portion of the picture that
is to appear in heavy blue has a heavy
surface on the engraving; the lighter
shades are stippled more, o-r eaten out;
while that portion which needs blue in
combination with one or both of the other
colors is shaded in proportion. This
plate, after being “blocked” with color
thus, is marked near the edges with-
“Register Marks”
which aid in printing the next color ex¬
actly on top of the other at the proper
place. Then the yellow plate is prepared
in the same manner, and then the red.
Proofs of each plate are taken separately
and together, to see if the right color scale
has been worked out. If the final proof
is correct, all the register marks on the
several plates should print exactly one
over the other and not blur, forming a
single mark. When this is done, we have
as a result a perfect colortype or picture
resembling a photographic half-tone, only
in natural colors. The greatest difficulty
in this kind of engraving is that the oper¬
ator must thoroughly understand the
effects of one color upon the other, and
be able to know what degrees of intensity
of the primary colors must be used to
combine at last into the perfect and
natural shade.
me Meat Market oi me world.
The Union Stock Yards, of Chicago, Where Millions of Dollars, Worth of
Cattle, Hogs, and Sheep are Slaughtered Daily and Shipped
To Every Quarter of the Globe.
HICAGO supplies the world
with meat. Daily there passes
through the great Stock Yards
on the southwest side of the
city millions of dollars, worth
of cattle, hogs, and sheep, beside vast num¬
bers of horses, to be shipped to all parts
of the globe. These yards gain their name
by reason of the numerous railway lines
that surround them in a square, and which
bring here from all parts of the stock-
raising country vast herds to be slaugh¬
tered and packed.
The Union Stock Yards is a corpora¬
tion, virtually a monopoly, and has many
of the powers of a municipal^. Within
784
its gates enter every morning, between
4:30 a. m. and 9 a. m., some 28,000 per¬
sons, while there are employed in both
the yards proper and “Packington,”
which is always considered a part of the
yards, about 35,000 people. In 1899 the
total receipts of animals were about 2,500,-
000 cattle, 140,000
calves, 9,200,000 hogs,
3,700,00c sheep, and
120,000 horses (for this
yard is also the greatest
horse market in the
world). To bring this
stock to market re¬
quired nearly 300,000
cars, or a train over 300
miles long. The Stock
Yards Company con¬
trols all manner of in-
d u s t r i e s within its
grounds, from water
plants and fire depart¬
ments to restaurants and boot-blacking
stands.
When a load of stock is run in on the
side track, the cattle or hogs are run into
chutes by the company and locked up
until the man to whom they are consigned
sends for them. Then a “key-man” opens
the chute and gives the animals into the
care of the consignee. This man may be
THE MEAT MARKET OF THE WORLD.
785
KILLING “KOSHER" CATTLE.
For Jewish customers meat must be dressed with especial religious rites.
The Pens
are divided into blocks
and divisions just like
a township, to facilitate
in locating stock. The
yards cover no less than
475 acres, 320 of which
are covered with plank
flooring. There are 13,-
000 pens, 8,500 of which are covered for
housing hogs and sheep. The divisions and
blocks lay out the place with twenty-five
miles of streets, while there are thirty-
eight miles of water troughs for watering
stock, ninety miles of water pipe and fif¬
teen miles of sewers Six artesian wells
furnish the water supply, and in summer
time the tanks and reservoirs hold water
for emergency to the amount of 8,000,000
50
of inspection for disease by government
officials makes it almost impossible for
unhealthy stock to be sold. And when
one considers that in one year $230,000,-
000 worth of stock is yarded by the com¬
pany and it seldom occurs that a single
head is lost, one can possibly understand
the magnitude of this great buying and
selling center.
But aside from the simple handling of
a packer or a commission man. From the
chutes the animals are driven to pens that
custom has given to each particular firm.
Here they are inspected and sold. As they
go to the scales and are weighed govern¬
ment inspectors throw out poor stock,
while a public shrinker docks some ani¬
mals that are not in the best condition from
forty to eighty pounds.
Condemned animals
have a tag fastened in
their ears. Three main
sections in the yards are
laid off for cattle, sheep,
and hogs. The cattle
pens are large, roomy
places which will hold
several car-loads, and
are brick paved. The
pens for hogs are
double-decked, that is,
like a two-story house,
one pen over the other.'
The sheep are all taken
to a roofed place called
the “sheep-house.”
gallons. Owners are put to no trouble in
the handling of stock, for all kinds of feed
are delivered to the pens by the com¬
pany, and the watering, feeding and yard¬
ing is all conducted under its care at
reasonable cost. Two hundred commis¬
sion firms located at this market make
competition acute. A thorough system
786
THE MEAT MARKET OF THE WORLD.
stock by commission men and speculators,
the Stock Yards are noted for the latest
and fastest methods for killing, packing
and shipping to all points of the globe
the meat supply of all humanity. The
largest packers at Chicago include Armour
& Co., Swift & Co., Nelson Morris & Co.,
Libby, McNeil & Libby, and the Cud-
ahys. All these firms are capitalized in
the millions, and nearly all have branch
yards and packing houses at Kansas City,
Omaha, St. Louis, and several other
points, while they are represented by
salesmen and markets all over the world.
To give an idea of the immensity of one
of these concerns the following figures
are given: One company in 1898 pur¬
chased live stock to the aggregate of
1,437,844 cattle, 2,658,951 sheep, and
3,928,659 hogs. Sales the same year
amounted to $150,000,000, and the total
number of cars needed to carry the meats
was 107,684. From this number of live
stock there were made 196,244,585 pounds
of lard, 6,472,857 pounds of wool, 3,888,-
983 pounds of neatsfoot oil, 5,487,540
pounds of glue, 8,116,338 pounds of
butterine, 26,009,453 pounds of tallow
and grease, 61,635,047 pounds of oil,
90,079,748 pounds of hides, and 86,226,-
586 pounds of fertilizer. This same
company’s plant at Chicago extends over
forty acres of land, of which thirty-
eight acres are covered by buildings, the
latter having floor space to the area of
sixty- seven acres.
Twenty - five engines
with eighty-one boilers
and 12 dynamos supply
the plant with power
and light, while seven
refrigerating machines
with 125 miles of pipe
have a capacity of cool¬
ing 1,400 tons of meat
daily. The storage and
cooling rooms have a
capacity of 5,000 cattle,
7,500 sheep, and 12,000
hogs. Six thousand and
eighty - five employes
that carry on this gi¬
gantic enterprise neces¬
sitate a weekly pay roll
of $70,000.
Numerous methods
are used for
Killing
and preparing the stock for consumption.
The cattle are driven from the buying
pens over long runways to pens near the
slaughter houses. From these they are
run one by one into pens within the house,
each just large enough for one animal.
Platforms run along the side of these
pens and level with the top. Along these
platforms walk men with small sledge¬
hammers, and when just above a steer,
one of them will suddenly swing the ham-
IN THE HOG “STICKING-PEN.”
Showing a sticker in the act of killing.
787
THE MEAT MARKET OF THE WORLD.
mer with stunning force upon the head of
the animal just between the horns. The
animal drops to the floor, and then a gate
is swung up, the floor turns upward on
one side upon a pivot, and the animal
rolls out, only to be quickly jerked to the
ceiling by a chain fastened about one
hoof. At once the throat is cut, and the
head removed; the animal is drained of
blood, and then in quick stages the hide,
hoofs, shanks and inwards are removed,
and sorted to their various departments.
The “splitter” comes
along and splits the ani¬
mal down the back¬
bone. All this time the
carcass has been trav¬
eling upon an endless
trolley; and now, after
it has been washed and
cooled, it is ready to be
stored in the great re-
frigerating rooms,
whence it comes later
wrapped in cloth and
is shipped away in spe¬
cially prepared refriger¬
ator cars all over the
world. For Jewish cus¬
tomers a special killing
is necessarv because of
j
the tenets of their re¬
ligion that will not allow them to eat
meat other than that killed by an ordained
rabbi, or which has ever had a broken
limb. Instead of using the hammer for
stunning, the animal is first tied by the
feet, then raised in the air by the one
hind foot. A killer appointed by a rabbi
comes along murmuring a prayer, and
with a quick slash cuts the animal’s throat.
This process is called
Killing “Kosher,”
and is very rapid, in one plant 250 being
killed and dressed an hour.
With sheep the process is similar to
other killings, only the sheep are sus¬
pended two by two on hooks that run
along a continuous trolley line. As each
set passes a certain station a certain part
of the process is completed. The killer
sticks the knife in their throats at the
rate of twenty a minute; then the animal
moves along to each specialist until the
carcass appears at the end of the trolley
held apart with wooden sticks, ready for
the chilling room. With this branch of
slaughtering as with others, the Jewish
method necessitates a special slayer, who
places the edge of the knife between his
lips and mutters a prayer before every
death stroke.
With
Hogs
an odd device like a great drum, with six
hooks at intervals on each side, revolves
by machinery. Each hook is so arranged
with a little wheel that, when a hog is
fastened to one as the drum revolves, the
hog is jerked with it till it reaches its
highest point, when the little wheel slips
UNITED STATES INSPECTORS MARKING HOGS TO BE
SHIPPED.
788
THE MEAT MARKET OF THE WORLD.
on to the rail of a trolley and the hog is
quickly run down to the killer. This
man makes the quickest killing of any,
numbering about twenty-five strokes per
minute, while 550 wholly dressed hogs
are turned out from one plant each hour.
From the killer the hogs go to the “gut¬
ter,” and then to the scalding trough,
where in boiling hot water and with the
aid of a scraping machine most of their
hair is removed. Next in a cooler bath
the last vestige of hair is scraped away by
hand. From here the carcass goes
through the general process of cutting
up, only with hogs the cutting is in
smaller pieces. The leaf lard is sent to
markets or to the refinery; the sides are
pressed into shape for bacons by hy¬
draulic presses, while odd bits and cut¬
tings are sliced off here and there and
shot through tin chutes hundreds of feet
long to other parts of the building,
where they are packed in boxes ready for
shipment.
The process of killing must for facility
be divided so that each man does but one
part of the work; thus, one man kills, one
man “guts,” another removes the hide,
another chops off the hocks, while still
others split and divide the carcass into
marketable shape. The animal is always
yet warm ere the process is complete, and
in from three to five minutes after the
live animal is driven into the pen, the
meat is ready for cooling. It is remark¬
able that not an ounce of a slaughtered
animal goes to waste. Every part that
cannot be used directly for food, wool,
leather or oil goes to the “tank” and is
refined into glue.
CHICKEN KILLING.
With a corps of eighty men, 10,000 chickens, 8,000 ducks or 6,000 turkeys are killed and dressed by the
above illustrated process every day. Each operator has his certain work to do; one man fastens the fowl’s
legs to the hooks on the endless chain, and also hangs a little can to its neck just below the bill. The
chain moves on, a man sticks an awl through the neck of the fowl, and the blood drips out into the can
whence it is sent to the “tank” for fertilizer. Then as the chain goes on each man plucks his part of the
feathers till all is done.
UJ
CD
UJ
I
\-
O
h
¥
o
o
h
)
UJ
X
o
z
E
CO
O
h
CC
<
UJ
>-
<
o
u
<
o
I
o
I
CO
Q
CC
<
>
*
O
o
H
CO
Z
o
z
z>
Q
UJ
a:
cc
cd
CD UJ
cr _i
O
cc
UJ
CO
5
3
Z
UJ
X
I-
Q
UJ
cc
Q
z
3
I
UJ
UJ
cc
X
H
CD
UJ
CD
3
o
X
0
Z
Z
o
<
0.
Q
z
<
CD
Q
UJ
I
CD
<
cr
H
3
o
£
CD
Q
CC
<
>
UJ
CD
z
UJ
5
5
CD
z
Uj
0.
UJ
I
I-
UJ
_»
H
h-
<
o
UJ
I
h-
0
z
i
o
I
CD
STEEL PLATE MILL
SHOWING IN THE BACKGROUND THE IMMENSE ROLLERS THAT PRESS THE WHITE-HOT STEEL INGOTS OR
SLABS INTO IMMENSE STEEL PLATES TOR THE HULLS OF VESSELS, LOCOMOTIVES AND OTHER USES
CONTINUOUS TRAIN-ROD MILL SHOWING THE IMMENSE ROLLER THAT PRESS THE IRON INTO LONG RODS
Great Governments of the World
HOW THE NATIONS OF TO-DAY GOVERN
THEIR PEOPLE.
OVERNMENT has existed
since the birth of man. Opin¬
ions differ with people and
nations as to the goal to be
reached by this or that
method, but the intelligent person watches
with interest the growth in any form of
the great science of politics and govern¬
ment. The entire human family has un¬
dergone, or is still undergoing, vital
changes of government and mutual rela¬
tionship. A glance at the various gov¬
ernments in operation throughout the
world at the present time will reveal
the important fact that few, if any, of
the methods familiar in the pages of
history are absent from the list. We still
have the savage communities, which in¬
volve almost an obliteration of the family
relation rather than the existence of one
large family; there are the nomadic
hordes and camp-followers, grazing their
herds on the edges of the desert at one
time, and threatening to overthrow the
world at another. Some countries still
think the individual exists for the benefit
of the government rather than the gov¬
ernment for the governed. Let us glance
at some of the larger nations with their
most improved and enlightened methods
of government, as well as their errors.
FRANCE.
In France, as much possibly as in any
other great government, we have the ex¬
tremes democracy and monarchy com¬
bined. When the old monarchy went to
pieces under Louis XVI., the masses were
afraid to trust any of the aristocracy with
the reins of government, and, accord¬
ingly, boards were appointed to manage
the different departments. When Napo¬
leon assumed control, however, it was an
easy matter to place trusty tools or single
officers in charge. After him came
changes of republics and empires until
to-day, under the third republic, we have
a system of government combining the
features gained from the advanced repub¬
lican thinkers of France (the country most
advanced in theoretical republicanism)
with those of a strongly centralized mili¬
tary rule. One cannot study the govern¬
ment of this powerful republic without
taking into consideration the enormous
power wielded by the army, and the
almost implicit confidence placed by the
common people in that body.
A national assembly, elected to treat
with Germany after the Franco-Prussian
War in 1871, found itself in control of the
government, and while the members were
largely monarchists, the general tendency
789
790
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
of France as a whole was toward the re¬
publican form of government, therefore
the assembly dared do nothing but draw
up a republican constitution. To be
sure, the constitution was rather meager,
and tended strongly towards the monar¬
chical, and it was not submitted to the
people for approval, nor is such now
necessary. We have, therefore, these
two tendencies of monarchy and republi¬
canism struggling for supremacy.
The divisions of France for electoral and
administrative purposes are eighty-six de¬
partments, which are divided into smaller
districts,—362 in all,—which are in turn
divided into still smaller cantons, 2,899 in
number, while the smallest subdivision is
the commune, of which France has 36,170.
Three sides of government exist, the legis¬
lative, executive and judicial, though all
are so centralized that a comparison to
the government of the United States would
be entirely out of place.
The Legislative Department
is divided into a chamber of deputies and
a senate, members of the first to the num¬
ber of 584 being elected for four years,
while those of the senate are elected for
nine years, one-third retiring every three
years. Each male citizen of twenty-one
years who has resided six months in a
commune, and who is not disqualified, may
vote. Deputies must be citizens twenty-
five years old, and receive $1,800 a year
and free transportation on all railways.
As a rule they are men of ordinary cal¬
iber, being retired business men, doctors
and farmers. Senators are forty years
old or more, and average sixty-three
years, with salary the same as the depu¬
ties. The deputies are elected directly
from the districts, though some of these
are so large that two or more constitu¬
encies are made from them. Election
day is set by government and not by law,
and always comes on Sunday. If no
candidate receives an absolute majority
of all the votes cast, and at least one-
fourth of the registered voters in his con¬
stituency, another election is held in two
weeks, in which a simple plurality elects,
and if a tie occurs, the oldest man is
chosen. Senators are chosen from de¬
partments by electoral colleges (bodies
of men elected for the purpose) composed
of three classes: first, of delegates chosen
from the municipal councils of the differ¬
ent Communes in the Department; sec-
ond, of senators and Deputies of the De¬
partment; third, of members of the coun¬
cil general of the Department, and of the
members of the different councils in the
Districts of the Department. The sen¬
ators are not often men of national
reputation, but retired professional men
from the country towns. The work of
the senate is not much beyond that of
deciding with the president when the
chamber of deputies shall be dissolved,
and that of sitting as high court for im¬
peachments and trials of persons who
threaten the existence of the state. In gen¬
eral it is a body inferior to the chamber.
The President of France
is elected by a majority of the chamber
and senate sitting in joint session, and
no member of the royal family may hold
the office. The president’s salary is $125,-
000 yearly, with a great retinue of serv¬
ants and the free use of the palace (Palais
d’Elysees) in Paris. He has no veto on
legislation, though he may return a bill
for a second vote. He may adjourn the
houses, though only for a month; may
close a session over five months old,
and with the consent of the senate may
dissolve the chamber of deputies. The
president has for his advisers a cabinet of
eleven ministers of the different portfolios
of finance, war, marine and the colonies,
foreign affairs, etc., whose salaries are
each $12,000 a year. These ministers are
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD
791
chosen by the president with a view to
their influence in the respective house of
which they may be members, and gener¬
ally with the advice of the presidents of
the two houses. They really frame the
legislation of the administration, and
must sanction the acts of the president
ere they are effective. They speak in
both houses, whether they are members
or not, but when they cannot control the
bodies in legislation they are forced to
resign, and a new cabinet is chosen. The
smallest factional fight will defeat a cabi¬
net, the average life of the cabinet being
about eight or ten months. And yet the
government is largely that of the cabinet
rather than of the president, for the
latter really has no very great powers,
and is more a luxurious figurehead than
anything else.
Legislative Methods
begin with a choice of eleven bureaus in
the chamber by lot at the start of each
annual session, while nine are selected in
the same manner by the senate. These
bureaus choose from their numbers a
monthly committee on parliamentary
initiative, to which all bills are first re¬
ferred, when presented, to decide if they
are worthy of consideration. This com¬
mittee practically passes all serious bills,
and after printing them refers them to
their respective bureaus. The bureau
selects a sub-committee for study of the
bill, though this is generally on party
lines. After the bill has been amended
to suit the committee, it is presented be¬
fore the chamber by a commissioner, who
does not speak from his seat, but from a
“tribune” above and behind the chair of
the president of the house. The speaker
(president of the chamber) has nothing of
the great power wielded by the same
officer of the United States, though he is
elected by party rule. French parlia¬
mentary practice differs greatly from that
of almost any other country, it being
nothing uncommon for members to shout
out their opinions of disapproval of the
person speaking, and even the Speaker
will stoop to trivial criticisms of members
and speeches.
Another body, the “council of state,” a-
relic of the days of Napoleon, performs
the function of advising the president and
ministers on matters of public impor¬
tance. The members are, in many cases,
men of learning, and do considerable
good in preparing rules for administra¬
tion, though, as far as legislation is con¬
cerned, they are of little avail, for they
are not generally consulted.
Since the cabinet is dependent upon
the chamber for support, it must naturally
deal out favors to the deputies. These
are largely in the shape of offices for
friends and political aids. Public opinion
is largely felt in France, and to avoid
censure of the press, it is a well-known
fact that the great sums of money at the
hands of the cabinet for secret service
are largely spent in subsidizing the news¬
papers.
The System of Courts
starts with the usual local justices of
the peace, ascending through courts of
appeal to a final supreme court. The
president of the republic appoints the
judges, with the aid of the minister of
justice, and with the exception of the
justices of the peace the tenure of office
is permanent. A special court also ex¬
ists, composed of judicial officers and men
of administrative training, whose duty it
is to decide disputes arising over admin¬
istrative questions or between officers of
the administration and citizens. The
methods of procedure in French courts
are entirely different from those in Amer¬
ica or England, and while there is not so
much chance for a guilty criminal to avoid
/
792 GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
sentence, at the same time, the system
lacks the security of personal liberty.
One judge in secret does the work of
examining cases instead of a grand jury,
and he may dismiss the case or commit it
to trial at his own discretion. Many
courts which sentence but for three or
four years consist of three judges who
act without a jury. A prisoner may be
kept for days without communication
with his friends, and if the judge so wills
it, all the evil effects of the old “lettres
de cachet” of the days of the Bastile can
be reproduced. In the higher courts
twelve jurors generally assist the judges
and decide by a simple majority. In
commercial cases there are special courts
and councils made up of experts.
In Local Government
each district has a prefect, or sort of
governor, appointed by the president for
an indefinite term and responsible to the
cabinet. A general council of the de¬
partment, elected by general vote for six
years, one from each canton, assists him.
These carry on the general work of the
department, such as management of
schools, local courts, railroads, asylums
and the poor. Likewise the district
(arrondissement), the next smaller divis¬
ion, has a sub-prefect appointed by the pre¬
fect, responsible to him and really act¬
ing as his agent. A council, one mem¬
ber elected from each canton, has the
work of dividing the taxes among the
communes. The canton is simply a
small election district and judicial district
for justices of the peace, muster district
for the army, etc. The commune (still
smaller) is self-governing, and is the
unit of all government. Each elects a
municipal council according to its popula¬
tion, and this council elects its mayor.
The mayor, however, when once elected,
becomes the agent of the central govern¬
ment at Paris, and may be suspended or
removed if so desired. By the system of
appointments and removals from office
the government can for a time be abso¬
lutely despotic in its decrees, though when
this happens new elections shortly remove
the real offenders. Thus we have really
two extremes of government, yet the
great centralized power is plainly shown
for the good in the great roads, bridges,
expositions, public improvements and
educational institutions of France.
GERMANY.
After the ravages of Napoleon upon the
German states, their rulers naturally
sought a defensive alliance. Till after
the war of 1866 Austria was the natural
leader of the union, but at that time
Prussia came forward and Austria was
thrust out. Three forces set to work to
bring about what is now the German Em¬
pire, namely: first, the necessity of union
of the several states; second, the great
Bismarck of victorious Prussia, wishing
order more than freedom; and, third, the
princes of the different states, desiring to
perpetuate their thrones, and wishing a
degree of states’ rights.
History.
After the victories of the Prussian
army against the French, the king of
Prussia was elected the president of the
union with the title of “emperor,” and
the first coronation—that of Emperor
William—took place in the palace of
Louis XVI. at Versailles, near Paris,
which was still besieged, January 18, 1871.
Shortly afterward a diet was called and
the new constitution was drawn up. This
has not distinctly marked in it the three-
sided form of government so familiar to
Americans.
The Imperial Government
consists of the emperor and his adminis¬
tration, a federal council (or bundesrath)
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
793
similar to our senate, and a diet (or
reichstag) similar to our house of repre¬
sentatives. The latter is composed of 397
members elected by popular vote for five
years. Any German twenty-five years
old can vote or be a candidate. The
members are not paid, but receive free
transportation. Bills cannot be intro¬
duced in the diet without support of at
least fifteen members, and when a bill
concerns only a certain state, either in the
federal council or in the diet, the whole
house does not vote, but rather only that
portion affected by the bill. The diet
must be consulted on war, the senate on
treaties, and neither house can adjourn
for more than from day to day, the em¬
peror having the right to fix the dates of
adjournment. He is also empowered to
dissolve the diet and order a new election
within sixty days. The federal council is
almost a counterpart of our senate, being
composed of ambassadors from the differ¬
ent states of the union, selected by the
head of the state, aided in a measure by
the legislature. They vote according to
the number from their respective states,
and votes are cast in a lump by one
spokesman for each state. The council is
a perpetual body, and the emperor must
convoke it upon the request of one-third
of the members. The imperial chancellor
presides over the council, and in case of
a tie, his vote produces the necessary ma¬
jority for legislation. The council must
concur in the legislation of the diet
before it becomes a law, and accepts
or rejects treaties. In case a state
of the union shall not obey commands,
the council may enforce its edicts with
arms. The council is also empowered
by the constitution to execute laws
whenever no other provision has been
made by law, thus giving, it is said,
the actual sovereignty of the empire to
this body.
The Emperor
at first glance would be thought to have
no more power than that of our president,
but it must be remembered that the con¬
stitution makes the ruler of Prussia its
emperor. The Prussian crown descends
to the oldest male, hence a man is always
in power. This allows customs to grow
up, and privileges are granted the ruler
that would never be the case if a presi¬
dent governed, or if the emperor came
from a different state each time. Also
the German people have a great re¬
spect for the glory and grandeur of the
imperial throne; the emperor repre¬
sents the empire in all its foreign affairs,
appoints ambassadors without confirma¬
tion, and receives those of other courts.
Besides this, he is almost absolute lord
over an army of 500,000 thoroughly
trained soldiers, always ready for the
field. As king of the Prussians, he con¬
trols their seventeen delegates in the
federal council, and it would mean almost
revolution if he could not secure the other
fourteen votes necessary for a majority.
And then Prussia has absolute veto power
on questions relating to the army, the
navy, and the imperial taxes. This gives
the emperor power enough to whip any
faction into line.
Bills
are generally prepared by experts and
submitted first to the council, and if
passed here sent through the chancellor
to the diet. Amendments of the consti¬
tution are not referred to the people, but
are enacted by the council. If fourteen
votes are cast against such a measure it
cannot pass; hence, it can be seen that no
group of smaller states can force on
Prussia, with her seventeen votes, a dis¬
tasteful amendment, and yet neither can
Prussia so work against the smaller states
that they cannot secure fourteen votes to
quash measures harmful to them.
794
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
The Chancellor
is the emperor’s right-hand man, ap¬
pointed by him and removed at pleasure.
He generally controls politics, is head of
the Prussian delegation in the council, and
presides over that body. All acts must
be signed by him before they become law.
Bismarck was the greatest of the chan¬
cellors.
Local laws of the different kingdoms of
the empire govern mostly in the courts.
There is the usual system of local, district
and superior courts in the various king¬
doms, the j udges being appointed instead of
elected. From the superior courts appeal
is had to the imperial supreme court,
which consists of eighteen judges who sit
for life and are appointed by the emperor.
The empire has a code of criminal law,
another for commercial, and recently a
civil code that governs the judiciary of all
the kingdoms. The powers of the su¬
preme court do not reach to declaring
acts unconstitutional, for there is no dis¬
tinction between constitution and statute.
In fact, the judiciary of Germany is only
a branch of her political administration.
The nature of the empire, while
Not Strictly Democratic,
is yet as much as can be expected of
monarchical states, and very well fits the
people it governs. It is no loose con¬
federation, but a firm pact,—an “indis¬
soluble union of• indestructible states.”
Its laws take precedence over those of its
states, and a revolting state would be
brought to terms by arms. The taxing
power is limited to customs and excises
on salt, tobacco, beer, brandy, beet sugar
and sirup. Pro rata contributions can be
called for from the kingdoms to meet
emergencies. The empire controls the
coinage, railways and telegraph, though
the states are allowed to operate mints,
and to some extent own railways.
The main defect of this government
is that it has no bill of rights in its con¬
stitution that guarantees to the individual
certain rights against the encroachments
of the government when in the hands of
unscrupulous agents.
GREAT BRITAIN.
The government of Great Britain is that
of a limited monarchy in name only, for,
though the oldest member of the reigning
family holds the crown and title, as well
as the honors of a monarch, yet the power
is so limited that were the ruler to attempt
to coerce the representative branches of
the eovernment, revolution would result
in dethronement. The government is
that of a cabinet under constitutional
control as worked out by a house of com¬
mons and house of lords, influenced to
some extent by the queen and to a great
extent by public opinion. Unlike the
constitution of the United States, that of
England is unwritten, being a mass of
customs of gradual growth which it has
taken years to be brought out from pub¬
lic acts of the parliament against the
reigning sovereign.
In Early Times
in England the power of the monarch was
nearly absolute, but gradually, by hard
fights, the people gained rights in repre¬
sentation in parliament, some monarchs
were deposed, others executed, and still
others judged insane or incompetent and
regents were appointed. The house of
commons deposed Charles I., appointed
Cromwell president of the Common¬
wealth, and later called a monarch back
to the throne. James II. attempted later
to enforce edicts distasteful to parliament
and was deposed, to be succeeded by
William and Anne. Since these rulers a
cabinet has always played an important
part in English government. When
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
795
George I. came to the crown he did not
understand English, and necessarily
leaned a great deal upon his cabinet.
Later, George III. tried to do away with
this institution, but he eventually had to
come around to its use again. Since that
time
The Cabinet
has grown into a permanent branch of the
government, though not mentioned legally
as such, it being simply a growth by cus¬
tom for convenience* sake.
This cabinet is of from fifteen to twenty
of the chief ministers of the various de¬
partments or portfolios of the government.
A state of affairs that brings about two
political parties is necessary for such a
form of government, for each party
must strive for supremacy, and criticise
the acts of the other. The ministers
naturally have control of the parliament
so as to influence the passage of impor¬
tant measures, or they are of no power
and have to resign. When a great issue
is at stake, the party that is defeated must
of necessity resign the ministry and with
it the cabinet positions, for without sup¬
port of parliament a dead-lock would
result. The alternative is had of dissolv¬
ing the house of commons and appealing
by elections to the spirit of the public.
If members in sympathy with the measure
at stake are returned to the house, the
administration is vindicated and the bill
is passed, for if the house of lords refuses
to agree in the legislation, which by law
is necessary, the house, with the queen,
can create more new peers to take seats in
the house of lords, and thus effect a pas¬
sage. It is to be seen, therefore, that
The House of Commons
is the direct representative and servant of
the public, that it is superior in power to
the lords when really supported by the
people at large, and that the reigning
sovereign must to a great measure coin¬
cide with the wishes of the government of
the house of commons in order to avoid a
revolution. If, then, the commons is so
powerful and the direct agent of the
people, what is the office of the cabinet,
and why is the government at all a mon¬
archy? First, the cabinet is not recog¬
nized as such by law. As said before, it
was of gradual growth, a secret body of
advisers to the sovereign. The party
having control of the parliament, and
hence most directly representing the
people, is the one that the sovereign must
consult in order to have any legislation
passed. Therefore, when one ministry
and cabinet has resigned through lack of
support in parliament, the queen calls to
her aid the leaders of the victorious party
in both houses, appoints them to the
offices in the ministry (the privy council),
and from the officers of the ministry
selects the cabinet that is to originate and
influence legislation and administrative
acts. Having no standing according to
law, the cabinet may act not as the cabi¬
net but as the privy council. The head
of the cabinet is the premier, but neither
is he recognized bylaw; he is generally
the minister of foreign affairs.
As to the second point,
The Government is Monarchical
because the queen, though not having
veto power, yet exerts a powerful check
on the cabinet, lords and commons, and
though the people are largely democratic,
yet they have a great respect for their
sovereign, and would not return to parlia¬
ment members that would willfully set at
naught her rule.
The method of administration and
legislation, then, is that the cabinet of
leaders of a certain party, backed by an
influential force in the commons and
lords, in secret session discusses and
796
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
frames plans of action. The advice and
consent of the sovereign is gained,
and the measure sent through both
houses of parliament. If the houses con¬
cur, it is legal; if they disagree, the cabi¬
net (as privy council) and queen may dis¬
solve the commons and trust to an elec¬
tion to vindicate their ideas; or the cabinet
may resign their positions in the ministry,
whereupon a new ministry and cabinet is
formed from leaders of the victorious
party. Altogether, the system of checks
and balances is admirable, the main fea¬
ture being that though the queen can do
no wrong, her ministers, as guided by her,
can, and they are directly responsible for
bad management, being forced to resign
at the lack of public approval.
Since the
Constitution is Not Written
the courts do not sit upon the constitu¬
tionality of an act; the parliament is all
powerful, and any legislation passed by it
is presumably constitutional. Thus, if
the judiciary, which is entirely separate
from the legislative and executive
branches, though appointive in some
degree, should judge laws contrary to the
opinions and wishes of parliament, acts
would be passed that would nullify the
old laws. The judiciary holds office for
life, and cannot be removed except for
cause. This gives a great degree of
liberty to their acts, and tends toward
justice in the main. The
House of Lords
has power almost collateral with that of
the house in making legislation, except
that it cannot introduce or amend money
bills. The privy council, which is the
legal body of the ministers in session,
does the official negotiating with the
queen and signs acts. Altogether, there
are five sources of influence that bring
about English government: First, the
queen legally and formally appoints;
second, the cabinet cannot continue to
exist unless it has the support of a ma¬
jority of parliament—thus the commons is
said to choose the cabinet; third, when a
new house is elected, the voters determine
who shall be next prime minister, for the
leader of each particular party is in mind
when the ballot for members is cast;
fourth, parties must exist to keep the
system of cabinet up—that is, one party
must always be ready to take the place of
the one in power, thus making all acts
open in the light of publicity; and, lastly,
the man himself must develop into a
leader in order to give a possibility for
cabinet rule over the sovereign and lords.
RUSSIA.
Autocracy, or government imposed upon
a people rather than created by them, is
the principle upon which Russia is ruled.
And yet in the home life of the Russian
villagers democracy is pre-eminent. Thus
the worst and the best form of govern¬
ments occur in the same land, at opposite
ends. The land of Russia is one-seventh
of that of the whole globe, covers the cold
sides of both Europe and Asia, and is
inhabited by about 130,000,000 people.
Three-fourths of this nation are people of
the Slavic race,—people who for centuries
have threatened the southern countries of
Europe, and who, it is feared, will one
day dominate the earth. They are
admirably adapted to colonizing, and
when in their early history robber chiefs
arose who oppressed them, they simply
moved to another quarter of their country
where, in their “mir” or village, they
could have some degree of freedom in the
ownership of land. They did not dread
slavery, but while being owned bodily,
they still persevered in the customs of the
“mir.”
BARTHOLDI STATUE OF LIBERTY
ERECTED ON BEDLOE’S ISLAND, NEW YORK HARBOR. HEIGHT FROM GROUND, 220 FEET; STONE
PEDESTIAL 82 FEET HIGH; FOREFINGER 8 FEET LONG; HEAD 14 FEET
HIGH AND 40 PERSONS CAN STAND IN IT
THE AUTOMOBILE IN WA R—R A PI D-FIR E GUNS USED BY THE ENGLISH TROOPS AT THE DEFENCE
OF LADYSMITH
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
797
History.
When all the rest of Europe was being
freed from the feudal system by the upris-
ing of commoners, Russian nobles were
just beginning to see the richness of the
prize that lay before them in the shape of
innocent villagers who knew not the terrors
of robbery or slavery. At once the poorer
classes were forced to carry out the will
of the noble; law was unknown as the
offspring of the people, and commands
and edicts took its place.
Peter the Great,
who died in 1725, was the power that first
began to bring order out of chaos, and
the autocracy that he organized has re¬
mained for almost two hundred years to
the present time. A great part of his
work lay through the church. Russians
had long been of the Greek orthodox
church. A patriarch existed and the
church owned its lands. Peter at once
dispensed with the patriarch, confiscated
the lands, and appointed a
Holy Synod
to do the bidding of the czar in matters
ecclesiastical. Since the church is thus
under the direct will of the czar, it must
follow that any belief not to his way of
thinking must be persecuted and perish.
High-mindedness must needs soon dwin¬
dle, and instead of exposition of religion
and teachings for the goodness of the
belief, there is in reality nothing but vast
ceremonials and endless doings. Thus,
through the church, the czar wields an
enormous influence over the minds and
souls of the common people.
Three Agents.
Besides the holy synod, the czar has
three other methods of executing his will:
a committee of ministers, a council of
state, and a senate. With these divisions
one would suppose some division would
be made of legislative, executive, and
judicial duties, but such is not the case.
That would be an approach to democracy,
and we are here dealing with autocracy.
All these bodies exert the functions of all
branches of government, though each has
its particular duties. However, the
executive, instead of having a check put
upon him by the people or any other
branch of the government, is absolute;
he issues orders instead of laws. Thus
there is no legislative branch, the usual
bodies simply aiding in suggestions for
the executive and in seeing that they are
properly issued. Neither is there such a
thing as a branch of justice, for since
there are no laws, there must needs be no
interpretation of them; simply the en¬
forcement of the commands of the execu¬
tive. In short, the czar w r ills, the czar
sees that his will is obeyed, and the czar
punishes arbitrarily any disobedience.
. For convenience’ sake there are
Twelve Departments,
such as state, navy, justice, foreign
affairs, and the like, and the heads of
each, appointed by the czar, form the
committee of ministers. Their duties are
to aid in conducting the affairs of admin¬
istration, and issuing explanations of the
so-called laws. They may not resign
without the consent of the czar, for then
he would not be having implicit obedi¬
ence. The council of state consists of
some sixty members appointed by the
czar, of which twelve are the ministers of
the various bureaus. The duties of the
council are principally those of consulta¬
tion and information. Reports of the
departments are read here and discussed,
and special commissioners appointed by
the czar look into the details of recom¬
mendations of the ministers. The coun¬
cil also considers the annual budget, or
expense account.
798
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
The Senate
is the body through which the so-called
laws are patched up in shape to dupe the
people. It is composed of high digni¬
taries, also appointed by the czar, and
these men have in charge the putting into
effect of all commands. Ministers or
governors of provinces are also here called
to account for their conduct. The senate
is regarded as the last court of resort in
the feeble judicial system, though the
council of state may review its acts.
Thus, there are four main agencies for
the execution of the will of the imperious
czar: the holy synod, for church matters;
and for matters of state, through twelve
departments or bureaus and the commit¬
tee of ministers, the council of state, and
the senate. All sorts of work are done in
all bodies, and the sole object aimed at is
the union of every phase of government
into the single person of the czar.
Yet, while this autocratic method is
pursued with cruelness over the great
needs of the state, in the family life
democracy is triumphant. Entire free¬
dom of will is expressed in the
Government of the Town Meetings
by the heads of families, custom having
gone so far that decisions must be unani¬
mous to be effective. The “mir,” or
town, is all-powerful in all matters that
pertain directly to its domestic life;
its officers are responsible to the peo¬
ple at large, and it is no branch of the
rule of the czar. All the czar wishes is
obedience to laws, especially in the mat¬
ters of taxation. Here the “mir" is
willing to submit; the people are simply
victims of the higher government, but
complain little if let alone in their home
life and ownership of land.
It is not to be wondered at that such a
government by one powerful and possibly
unscrupulous man should cause uprisings
and plots. In fact, the government uses
such methods, and the people copy after
them. It is said that assassination is a
frequent method of meting out so-called
justice to the czar’s subjects. After a
time such a rule must needs dwarf the
sensibilities of the people, and then worse
punishments must be prescribed to arouse
dread.
Flogging
and exile to the mines in Siberia are of
daily occurrence. Without warning, the
government lays hold on those who have
broken no law, and subjects them to the
severest penalties. What wonder, then,
if the government that uses the sword in
the place of law must in the law of nature
sometime perish by the sword?
THE UNITED STATES
OF AMERICA.
It is a common and erroneous saying
that the constitution of the United States
is the most marvelous instrument ever
struck off by the brain of man. This
would lead people to think that our fore¬
fathers simply sat down to the task of
writing a constitution, and produced a
paper at first thought that has since
proved almost perfect. Such was not the
case. For generations before, both the
colonists in America and their British
cousins across the water had been fighting
the domineering power of the English
crown, and as a result many concessions
were made to the
Representatives of the People.
Though we were oppressed by governors
not our own, and by foreign-made laws,
yet we had in every colony some form of
democratic government as expressed in
the councils and assemblies. In most
cases there had been grants or charters,
given by the sovereign, enumerating cer¬
tain privileges. These were in reality
little constitutions. All the colonies
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
71)0
were in the habit of sending complaints
to England, sometimes even rebelling if
the governors did not acknowledge the
proper powers of the people. What
wonder, then, that upon throwing off the
English yoke the different colonies should
at once frame constitutions democratic in
nature, somewhat improving upon their
old forms, and later that the colonies
Jtpon uniting into the common union
should combine all their various forms
into one instrument? Many clauses in
Our Present Constitution
were deemed decidedly undemocratic by
some of the colonies, and vice versa.
Thus the great central system of our
government is built about an instrument
that was in every sense the outcome of
simple experience, and one of compro¬
mises and concessions.
In 1787 a body of men framed this con¬
stitution, and referred it to the various
colonies for ratification. The instrument
stipulated that upon the adoption by nine
colonies it was to be effective, and was to
be permanent. In 1788 nine colonies had
signed, and in 1789 George Washington
was installed as the first president, with
the capital at New York. The govern¬
ment thus laid down in writing, and
which by common consent is supreme,
consists of three main departments: legis¬
lative, executive, and judicial. The first
comprises two representative bodies: the
senate, or upper house, consisting of two
members from each state elected for six
years each and so divided that one-third
of the house is new every two years; and
the house of representatives, consisting of
members from each state in number
according to the population, and each
elected for two years. The senators are
chosen generally by the legislatures of
the states, and if a vacancy occurs during
vacation, the governor of the state tem¬
porarily fills the vacancy. The repre¬
sentatives are elected directly by the
people of the congressional districts of
each state. These two houses are almost
co-ordinate in their powers, though only
the representatives can introduce money
bills, and only the senate can ratify
treaties with the president, and agree to
appointments made by him.
The President of the United States
is the main executive, elected by an elec¬
toral college, and serves for four years,
with the privilege of re-election. The
electoral college consists of members
chosen from each state, equaling in num¬
ber the representatives and senators of
that state. These electors are chosen at
large by the people of the state, and at
the capital of their state on a day ap¬
pointed by law they cast their votes for
president and vice-president. The votes
thus cast are forwarded to Washington,
where they are all counted together and
the decision made as to the man elected.
All the electors of one pai ty in any state
may be elected by a bare majority,
especially if election districts are so
marked out as to favor that party. Thus,
while the popular vote of the whole
country might favor a president of one
party, the system of electors may result
in placing a man in the chair who has the
less number of votes of the people behind
him, as when Harrison was elected over
Cleveland in 1889. As far as law is con¬
cerned, the elector is not bound to vote
for any particular candidate, but custom
has arisen by which they pledge their
votes for the leader of their respective
parties.
The Duties of the President
are to see that the laws of the land are
duly carried out, to send a message to
each congress suggesting needed legisla¬
tion, and to sign or reject bills for legisla-
800
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
tion. He has the veto power, but the two
houses of congress may pass a bill over
his veto by a two-thirds vote. He is com¬
mander-in-chief of the land and naval
forces of the United States, is the official
representative of this country in dealings
with foreign powers, and is the general
adviser for the welfare of the government.
Assisting, though not called for by the
constitution, are a number of officers who
head the different departments of state,
navy, war, interior, treasury, etc., and
who together form his cabinet. With
these men, who, by the way, are selected
by him with the consent of the senate
from the greatest men in the country, he
consults on matters of administration.
They are directly responsible to him for
their acts, and censure would lead to
resignation, though not necessarily with¬
out the demand of the senate. Each of
the department heads sees that the work
in his particular province is carried on;
for instance, the postmaster-general con¬
trols in a great measure the post-offices
all over the country.
When
Legislation
is proposed in one of the houses it is sent
over to the other for confirmation. Here
it is either refused or passed. In the
latter case it goes to the president for his
approval. If he signs it, it is at once a
law; or if he allows it to remain unsigned
ten days there is the same effect. As
before said, he has the veto power, but he
cannot block legislation that has the sup¬
port of two-thirds of congress. The
senate is the more conservative of the
two houses, for it represents not the
people directly, but rather the individual
states of the Union. Here are brought to
naught many of the bills from the house
of representatives that are considered too
radical. The legislation in the house of
representatives is carried on largely by
committees. A speaker elected by the
house appoints a number of standing com¬
mittees for various subjects to be consid¬
ered. When a bill is presented, it is at
once referred to a committee, which
refers it to a sub-committee. If the bill
is in favor with the party in power the
committee reports favorably, and a vote
is cast. But if otherwise, the committee
never lets it see the light of day again.
Thus it may be seen what a power resides
in the speaker.
The Judicial Department
consists of a supreme court and various
lower courts, entirely independent of the
other two departments, though generally
somewhat in sympathy with them.
The federal courts, which are courts of
the United States as a whole, in distinc¬
tion from those of state power, pertain only
to the laws of congress and the constitu¬
tion, with the exception of the supreme
court, which is the court of last resort for
any legal question, be it of state or fed¬
eral law. To understand just the distinc¬
tion between the federal and state oowers
A
one must know that in their local govern¬
ments the states are absolutely supreme,
that is, of course, where they do not
come into contact or conflict with the
powers given by the constitution to the
federal government. The federal authori¬
ties govern only such questions as interest
the whole union of states. The minor
matters of the states, such as police, civil
and criminal laws, schools, etc., are in the
domain of the states alone. These have
assemblies consisting of two houses
elected by the people, and a governor, for
the enactment of state laws and the execu¬
tion thereof. Whenever the federal gov¬
ernment attempts to encroach upon the
rights of the states, they at once appeal to
the constitution, which is the supreme
law of the land. The judiciary decides
GREAT GOVERNMENTS OF THE WORLD.
801
what is the proper construction of the
constitution, and declares the law valid
or void as the case may be. Thus we
have a system of checks and balances as
good as almost any government. The
president cannot act without the aid of
the houses, the houses cannot enact legis¬
lation, unless by great majorities, without
the consent of the president, and after the
law is enacted, if it is questioned, the
judiciary must also be in accord with the
other branches of the government before
the law is legal.
The tendency all the while is for the
Supreme Court
to uphold the acts of congress and the
president, for it considers that the con¬
gressmen are serious in their intents, and
not merely passing laws to hold their posi¬
tions. This leads the federal government
more and more to control the states, and
tends toward a centralized government.
But if the people do not like this method,
they at once resort to the ballot, a new
president soon takes the chair, and new
senators and representatives govern more
in accord with the sentiments of their
constituents.
51
Colonial Government
of the United States.
SfiSRRrV *»^V=r *. •
~-~ — - - --- ■■■ = — ~ ~ = - ^~ ~~~ — -
'•i*v
#:•:::
g*g
:V!«.
;r#
• w**
“X**
• «•* •
— — _ _ ___ . _ _ __ ...
m
£;•••*.•
• •*• •
•v..;-»
HE president is giving careful
attention to the selection of
civil governors for Puerto
Rico, Cuba and the Philip¬
pines. As commander-in-chief of the
army it is within his authority to desig¬
nate civil governors to act under the
direction of the secretary of war.
In administration circles it is not ex¬
pected that congress will take hasty action
concerning Cuba, Puerto Rico or the
Philippines. Until congress relieves him
the president will remain in supreme con¬
trol of affairs in the islands, and he is
proceeding under the conviction that the
welfare of the people will be in his charge
at least during the remainder of his pres¬
ent term.
PUERTO RICO.
The problem of civil government in the
islands yielded or ceded by Spain presents
itself in the simplest form in the case of
Puerto Rico. That island is fully and
without question under the sovereignty of
the United States. It came to ns not only
by legal right, but with the cheerful and
unanimous desire of its people, who are
peaceful and loyal, and eager for the
benefits to be derived from the applica¬
tion of American ideas of government.
In determining the question as to the
form of government and the participation
of the people of the island therein, the
802
most important fact to be considered is
that the people have not yet been edu
cated in the art of self-government or any
really honest government. The difficulty
does not consist merely of a lack of
familiarity with the methods and proc¬
esses of government; it lies deeper than
that, in the fact that the Puerto Ricans,
as a people, have never learned the
fundamental and essential lesson of obedi¬
ence to the decision of the majority. In
the experiments which have already been
tried in municipal elections and toward
government by municipal boards, the
minority which is voted down almost
invariably refuses to participate further
in the business of government.
The attitude of the defeated party is
precisely that which causes the continual
revolutions in the government of other
West Indian islands and the Central
American states in the same latitude. It
would be of no use to present to the
people of Puerto Rico now a written
constitution or frame of laws, however
perfect, and tell them to live under it.
They would inevitably fall unless they had
a course of tuition under a strong and guid¬
ing hand. With that tuition for a time
their natural capacity will, it is hoped,
make them a self-governing people.
Plan of Government.
Some such provision should be made
for future government as the following:
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES.
803
That we should first declare definitely, by
statute, what general laws of the United
States are to be extended to the Puerto
Ricans, such as, for instance, the postal
laws, the banking laws, the customs,
navigation and internal-revenue laws
with such modifications as may be
deemed advisable, the laws against
counterfeiting, the anti-trust laws, etc.,
and provide for federal officers to execute
these laws just as they are executed in the
various states and territories of the Union.
That there should be a provision for a
federal judiciary in the island, with the
same kind of jurisdiction which is exer¬
cised by the circuit and district courts of
the United States, and that jurisdiction to
review their determinations should be
vested in the Supreme Court of the
United States, or in a designated circuit
court of appeals and the Supreme Court
of the United States. That there should
be a form of local insular government
provided which shall have complete con¬
trol over the rights, property and obliga¬
tions of the people of the island, substan¬
tially covering the field covered by the
government of our respective states, and
subject to limitations prescribed by con¬
gress of the same character as the consti¬
tutional limitations generally imposed
upon our state legislatures.
Framework of the Plan.
The framework of this government
should be substantially as follows: A gov¬
ernor, to be appointed by the president of
the United States, with the advice and
consent of the senate; the chief officers of
state customary under our system, such as
secretary of state, attorney-general, treas¬
urer, auditor or comptroller, superintend¬
ent of public works, and superintendent
of education, to be appointed in like
manner, and a legislative council, to
be composed of the chief officers of state
and a minority selected from the people
of the island by the president. That all
acts of the council should be subject to
the veto power of the governor and to be
passed over the veto by a two-thirds vote,
and no law should take effect until it has
remained without disapproval for thirty
days after presentation to congress, or to
the president of the United States if
passed when congress in not in session.
That there should be a supreme court of
the island, composed of judges appointed
by the president with the advice and
consent of the senate, and having appel¬
late jurisdiction only; trial courts in
separate districts, having general original
jurisdiction, with judges and officers to
be appointed by the governor, and a petty
court in each municipality; that the sev¬
eral municipalities now existing in the
island, with such consolidations and alter¬
ations of boundaries as the council shall
prescribe, shall be governed by mayors
and municipal councils, to be elected by
the people of the municipalities, each
municipality to be free from control in
the exercise of the powers of local gov¬
ernment, except as it shall be controlled
by statute, and except as its officers shall
be liable to removal by the governor in
case of failure to faithfully perform their
duties, and with power in the governor,
in case of such failure, to order a new
election and to fill vacancies in the mean¬
time.
Legislature.
The question whether there might not
now be provision made for a legislature
elected by the people of the island is not
free from doubt, but in view of their pres¬
ent inexperience it would be better to
postpone such a provision until the people
can have had an opportunity for exercise
in municipal government, and until the
first formative period of adapting the laws
and procedure of the island to the new
804
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES.
conditions shall have passed under the
direction of a council composed of Puerto
Ricans selected for their known capacity
and wisdom, and Americans from the
states competent and experienced in
dealing with legislative and admin¬
istrative problems. The constitution
of such a legislature should be contem¬
plated as a step to be taken in the near
future.
Wherever it is necessary to employ
Americans, except in the chief offices,
a system of civil-service examination
should be provided, under which re¬
quests from the governor of Puerto Rico
for suitable persons to be appointed may
be filled.
The answer to the question, “What
shall be the treatment of the municipal
law of the island, and how far shall the
laws which now regulate the rights and
conduct of the people be changed to con¬
form to ideas which prevail among the
people of the United States?” presents
little real difficulty. The civil code estab¬
lished by Spain for Cuba, Puerto Rico and
the Philippines, and in force at the time
of the cession, is an excellent body of
laws, adequate in the main and adapted
to the customs and conditions of the
people. It should be continued in force
with such gradual modification as ex¬
perience from time to time suggests to
those who are actually engaged in en¬
forcing it.
Congress has the legal right to regulate
the customs duties between the United
States and Puerto Rico as it pleases; but
the highest considerations of justice and
good faith demand that we should not
disappoint the confident expectation of
sharing in our prosperity with which the
people of Puerto Rico so gladly trans¬
ferred their allegiance to the United
States, and that we should treat the inter¬
ests of this people as our own.
CUBA.
The object of the present government
is to give protection to the people of
Cuba, security to person and property, to
restore confidence, to encourage the
people to resume the pursuits of peace, to
build up waste plantations, to resume
commercial traffic, and to afford full pro¬
tection in the exercise of all civil and
religious rights. To this end the United
States has endeavored to work through
the channels of civil administration, with
the preservation of the civil and criminal
laws of Spain, modified from time to time
as the interest of good government de¬
manded. Immediately upon assuming
his control of the island, General Brooke
began the formation of a civil govern¬
ment—not such as we Americans might
choose, but one suited to the character
and customs of the people. At the same
time he confirmed in office all the Spanish
appointees. This was a disappointment
to Cubans, but it was necessary, for it
prevented a scramble for office and a
tangle in administrative affairs that would
have been hopelessly confusing.
With his civil government formed, the
Military Governor
began, slowly, and with a conservatism
that was utterly incomprehensible to the
fiery Cuban character, to reach out upon
all sides, perfecting his system, as out¬
lined by himself and his advisers, and
rectifying wrongs as they came to his
notice. Civil governors for the various
provinces were appointed, and the pro¬
vincial deputations, which had been
advisory to the governors, were abol¬
ished. The first act was a concession to
what might be called the province or
states rights idea, made because it had
been part of the old system. The second
was a step in counter action, in order that
f
REVOLVING GUNS USED FOR COAST DEFENSE
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES.
805
the spirit of sectionalism might not grow
too strong in so small a country.
The question of
Taxation
was taken up, and a complete revision of
all assessments was made, at the cost of
immense labor. The outrageous imposts
of the Spaniards were in many cases
entirely abolished, and in others so
lowered as to come within the range of
right and reason. Municipalities which
were hampered by suits for debts saddled
upon them by the Spaniards for war pur¬
poses were relieved by an order prevent¬
ing civil action, until some plan of
settlement could be determined upon,
and many taxes which had formerly gone
to the state were turned over to the
municipalities, that they might meet their
obligations as they occurred under the
new regime.
Courts
were stopped from prosecuting persons
charged with committing crimes during
the war while in actual military service,
for no sooner did the Americans come
into power than all sorts of private re¬
venges were plotted by both Spaniards
and Cubans through the instrumentality
of corrupt courts.
The control which we are exercising in
trust for the people of Cuba should not
be, and of course will not be, continued
any longer than is necessary to enable
that people to establish a suitable govern¬
ment to which the control shall be trans¬
ferred, which shall really represent the
people of Cuba and be able to maintain
order and discharge its international obli¬
gations. When that government is estab¬
lished it will be its duty and right to solve
i
The Problems
for Cuba. Our present duty is limited to
giving every assistance in our power to
the establishment of such a government,
and to maintaining order and promoting
the welfare of the people of Cuba during
the period necessarily required for that
process.
Before long it is believed that, the
results of the census having been com¬
puted and tabulated, we shall be ready to
provide for municipal elections, which
will place all the local governments of the
island in the hands of representatives
elected by the people, and that when
these local governments thus elected are
established they will be ready to proceed
to the formation of a representative con¬
vention to frame a constitution and pro¬
vide for a general government of the
island, to which the United States will
surrender the reins of government.
When that government is established the
relations which exist between it and the
United States will be matter for free and
uncontrolled agreement between the two
parties.
It cannot be doubted that when the
question of
Future Relations
between this country and Cuba comes
to be considered by the represent¬
atives of the two countries the United
States will deal generously in all respects
with the people for whom she has made
such great sacrifices. It does not seem
that, so long as we retain control of Cuba
and preclude her people from making
trade agreements or treaties on their own
account, we ought to treat her sugar pro¬
ducers less favorably than we do their
competitors in the West Indian islands
which are subject to other powers, and it
has been recommended that during the
period of our occupation of the island the
duties imposed upon the importation
into the United States from Cuba of the
products of that island be reduced to the
same rates which will be imposed upon
806
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES.
the goods imported from Jamaica in case
the senate shall ratify the pending reci¬
procity treaties.
Since the Spanish evacuation there have
been no strictly military operations, and
the officers of the army in Cuba have been
largely occupied in conducting, under the
direction of the military governor and the
department commanders, a general civil
administration, for which no other gov¬
ernmental machinery existed, and in aid¬
ing the existing municipal governments
in the performance of their duties.
THE PHILIPPINES.
Claim to government by insurgents in
the Philippines can be made no longer
under any fiction. Its treasurer, secre¬
tary of the interior, and president of con¬
gress are in our hands; its president and
remaining cabinet officers in hiding, evi¬
dently in different central Luzon prov¬
inces; its generals and troops in small
bands scattered through these provinces,
acting as banditti, or dispersed, playing the
role of “amigos,” with arms concealed.
Since that time our troops have been
actively pursuing the flying and scattered
bands of insurgents, further dispersing
them, making many prisoners, and releas¬
ing many Spanish prisoners who had been
in the insurgents’ hands.
It is gratifying to know that as our
troops got away from the immediate
vicinity of Manila they found the natives
of the country exceedingly friendly, and
both men and animals were able to live
upon the country and for considerable
periods leave their supply trains behind.
Wherever the
Permanent Occupation
of our troops has extended in the Philip¬
pine Islands, civil law has been imme¬
diately put in force. The courts have
been organized, and the most learned
and competent native lawyers have been
appointed to preside over them. A sys¬
tem of education has been introduced and
numerous schools have been established.
It is believed that in the city of Manila a
greater number of good schools, affording
better facilities for primary instruction,
exists to-day than at any previous time in
the history of the city.
The commissioners appointed by the
president to study the government of the
Philippines have returned, and ere long
congress will take up the question of
replacing the military with a civil govern¬
ment.
THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
For a considerable time after the queen
of the Hawaiian Islands had been deposed
from her throne the liberal party in the
islands, made up largely of Americans
and Europeans, repeatedly petitioned the
government of the United States for
annexation. Early in 1898 the provisional
government sent to this country a com¬
mission to bring about the desired junc¬
tion of the two governments. Debate
was hot in congress for some time, and
several treaties were drawn up and pend¬
ing. Upon the explosion of the Maine in
the harbor of Havana, however, the
administration was so aroused that as a
war measure it was decided to annex the
islands. Accordingly, June 11, 1898, the
house passed a resolution by a vote of 209
to 91 to take
Possession of the Islands
ceded by the provisional government, the
senate concurring July 6, by a vote of 42
to 21. August 12, this government
officially lowered the old Hawaiian flag
and set our own stars and stripes over
the government buildings, and adminis¬
tered the oath of allegiance to the national
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES.
807
guard. The resolution under which the
islands were annexed stipulates that
“until congress shall provide for the gov¬
ernment of such islands, all the civil and
judicial and military powers exercised by
the officers of the existing government in
said island shall be vested in such person
or persons and shall be exercised in such
manner as the president of the United
States shall direct. ” The existing treaties
with foreign powers were to cease, and
be replaced by those of the United States;
municipal legislation not inconsistent
with the resolution or with the constitu¬
tion of the United States was to remain
in force until congress acts; customs
duties were to remain in full force; the
public debt was to be assumed by the
United States, not, however, to a sum
greater than $4,000,000. The Chinese
were at once barred from further immi¬
gration.
A Joint Commission
was to be appointed by the president to
study the laws and customs of the islands,
and report to the congress of the United
States for legislation. For this purpose
$100,000 was appropriated by our govern¬
ment, and President McKinley appointed
Senator Cullom of Illinois, John T. Mor¬
gan of Alabama, Representative Robert
H. Hitt of Illinois, Ex-President Dole of
Hawaii, and W. F. Frear of Hawaii, as
the joint commission. This commission
studied the nature of the islands, and
from their reports congress will soon
enact new methods of governing our new
possessions.
£
►
►
|
i
►
\h
^
►
►
t
TRAVELING
IN THE AIR
MODERN SCIENTIFIC
KITES AND FLYING
MACHINES.
1
Wonderful development toward solving the problem of Aerial Navigation.
through space at enormous speed assured in the near future.
Travel
m
m |
m *
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
9
9
m
9
9
ENTISTS and mechanical
engineers are looking for
some one to bring to perfec¬
tion a pactical flying machine
or air ship. They no longer laugh at the
idea that earial flight is a possibility, but
instead say that it is not only a possi¬
bility but a strong probability. The
reason for this is that a number of men
have been steadily experimenting for the
last decade upon kites, aeroplanes and
balloons, with the idea in view of being
able sometime to direct them at will.
Otto Lilienthal, a German inventor, came
as near, perhaps, to perfection as any
one yet, while Maxim, the gun inventor,
has been to some extent successful. The
latter built a machine eight feet wide and
forty feet long, which by propulsion by
screws made a number of flights.
Lilienthars Method
not only was successful in propelling to
some distance a machine through the air,
but also carried its inventor. His outfit
consisted of several large “planes” made
of light wooden frames covered with cot¬
ton cloth, the whole apparatus much like
four outspread wings of a huge bird.
808
They were in two sets, one above the other,
connected by vertical rods, and at the
back between the two extended a large,
cloth-covered rudder, which also had
horizontal planes. The operator held
on to the lower set, clasping levers to the
wings by his hands, while at the same
time he was supported by cushions under
his arms, thus leaving his legs free and
dangling in the air. The affair weighed
from thirty-five to fifty-five pounds, and
was intended for jumping from a high
tower, somewhat after the style of a para¬
chute, only as the flyer started off into
space he might work the levers, which in
turn manipulated the planes, and sent him
shooting out at an angle, or soaring up
again or around in circles, just like a bird.
Near Berlin, Lilienthal built a tower
about fifty feet high on a hill, and from
this he sailed as far as six hundred feet in
easy winds, sometimes against heavy
winds, and on several occasions he
reached a height greater than that from
which he started. These experiments,
though they advanced the science of aero¬
nautics, at last resulted in the inventor’s
death by collapse of his machine.
Professors Chanute and William Paul
TRAVELING IN THE AIR.
809
some years ago conducted a series of
aeroplane flights at Dunne Park, Indiana,
on the shores of Lake Michigan, which
were in the main successful. No motive
power was used, the principle being that
a slide down hill would lift the plane a
distance into the air, and then by other
planes and rudders, the machine was
kept in the air for some time.
Paul has also invented one of the most
perfect tailless kites of late years. It is
called
The “Fin” Kite,
and consists of two planes, one intersect¬
ing the other at right
angles, so that there are
presented to the wind
four fins, two lateral,
one at either side, and
two perpendicular, one
above and one below.
The connecting band is
attached at the ends of
the perpendicular fins,
and when the kite is
raised it exerts a very
powerful pull, and has
hardly any wavering
motion. Heavy logs
have been pulled across
Lake Michigan in tow
of the kite, and the
inventor contemplates a
voyage himself in a
small iron open boat.
Probably the best experiments, or
those that have borne the most useful
results, are those made by the war de¬
partments of this country and Europe.
The use of the kite has been remarkable
in past years. Franklin by its aid drew
electricity from the clouds; Peacock
dragged a little carriage by one, and
others have suggested life-saving appa¬
ratus with kite connection. But it has
really been only in recent years that huge |
kites have been constructed with the sole
purpose of experiment.
The great variance in wind pressure
under different conditions makes it rather
difficult to figure accurately on flights.
Tails for a long time were considered
necessary, but of late years this hin¬
drance was done away with. The fact
that tails were not necessary was discov¬
ered purely by accident. A famous kite-
flyer had built a huge affair of 500 square
feet with an immense tail of brush. At
the first attempt at flight the tail became
entangled in a tree. The kite came to
ground, and the disgusted maker resolved
to try another tail, when a gust of wind
came along and took it up in the air,
where it flitted about unsteadily, but
rather successfully, though without an
appendage.
The material for building is varied, some¬
times the frames are made of bamboo,
sometimes of metal, while the sails are
often made from silk or cambric cloth,
and sometimes even heavier material..
The most successful flyers operate several
A GAS-KITE BEING PROPELLED THROUGH MID-AIR.
810
TRAVELING IN THE AIR.
kites from one rope, thus giving great
lifting power. Captain Baden-Powell, of
the Scotts Guards, rigged up a series of
five kites and attached a balloon basket
to them which would lift two men to the
height of ioo feet. Photographic appa¬
ratus has been attached to kites and bird’s-
eye views of the earth taken by manip¬
ulating strings from the ground. Pictures
of birds in flight have also been
made in this way. In large cities flags
and advertising banners are flown from
the supporting string, and in signal serv¬
ice corps occasionally signals are sent to
distant camps by their means.
For years,—in fact, ever since the bal¬
loon was developed into a man-carrying
flyer,—plans have been laid to make it so
that it can be propelled and directed at
the will of the operator. Huge cigar¬
shaped bags filled with gas have been
floated to which were attached baskets of
• some sort containing propelling machin¬
ery and rudders. The general plans that
seem to be followed the most are those
which call for large planes or wings so
constructed that they will help to support
the ship, and also guide it by extending
great enough surfaces so that conflicting
winds will not beat them about. Screw
propellers above and at the rear are
generally used to draw the ship about.
The latest improvement in the line of
War Balloons
comes from Germany. That country
took no interest in ballooning till 1884,
whereas her traditional
enemy, France, began
investigations in the
science of aeronautics
at once after the war of
1870. However, Ger¬
many has made rapid
strides in her experi¬
ments, with the result
that the United States
government is now buy¬
ing one of the recent
productions of her skill.
The balloon in question
is the invention of Cap¬
tain von Parsval, a
Bavarian, and First
Lieutenant Sigsfeld, a
Prussian. Hitherto the
wind has been the great¬
est difficulty to over¬
come in this science.
Even a moderate wind was sufficient to
depress the ordinary bullet-shaped ship,
the result being that it could not mount
high, and was thus practically useless for
military purposes. To surmount the
wind difficulty, therefore, this ship has
been made of great length, and of such
nature that it rises in the air on a slant,
somewhat like a kite. This odd feature
has given the device the name of the
“dragon” balloon. The main bag is
filled with a buoyant gas which keeps the
DANILEWSKY’S DIRIGIBLE FLYING MACHINE.
Showing wings and the bag inflated ready for a flight.
TRAVELING IN THE AIR.
I
ship afloat, while at the rear and below it
is a sack-like arrangement which is open
to the wind, allowing it to pass through
an aperture in the back, thus steadying in
a great measure the balloon against
heavy gusts of wind. The basket is hung
to the rear end, and from it are run cable
and telephone wires, thus weighting that
end and keeping the whole ship in the air
at an angle of 20 degrees to the horizon¬
tal. Ingenious devices are arranged in¬
side the bag for keeping the pressure the
same upon the sides at all times, this
having been one of the greatest diffi¬
culties to overcome. At the sides of the
bag are fins which in a great measure
protect it from upward wind currents.
A cable through which run insulated
copper wires for telephone and telegraph
communication, holds the balloon to earth
and is reeled from a cylinder on a wagon.
When the huge ship rises in the air, it can
stand steadily in almost any direction
desired, and in the face of heavy gales
does not fly about. The benefits to
accrue from such a contrivance are many:
battles may be viewed from a distance;
explosives dropped on the enemy, though
81
this is prohibited in civilized warfare;
fortifications inspected and photographed,
and similar manoeuvres.
With the help of the motive power of
FLYING.
The wings raised in mid-air and being pro¬
pelled by occupant of the ship.
the newly-discovered liquid air we may
expect to have some sort of a dirigible air
ship before long.
STEEL ROLLING HILLS.
From crude iron ore to shining steel rails. How work is done in one of America’s
greatest industries. Millions made and invested
in nature’s great product.
IGHT is the time when one
should watch the process of
converting crude iron ore
into the long black steel rails
that are destined to span the country.
No display of fireworks can equal the
grandeur of the great crucibles vomiting
men love it and take a pride in the fine
little scars that seam their breasts, the
result of their working stripped to the
waist in a shower of sparks.
When a load of ore arrives from the
mines it is brought up on side tracks
where men with wheelbarrows can easily
BLAST FURNACES.
The towers with the cupolas are the blast furnaces. Between the blast furnaces are seen the hot-air
furnaces, of bottle-like appearance. Inside the four buildings (each one connected with a blast furnace)
are cast the steel billets and ingots, which are later run through the mills and rolled into plates, rails or rods
forth their masses of fiery metal. Many
times the glow on the sky from these great
mills can be seen great distances, and the
reflection on the clouds often resembles a
mountain on fire. The work in these
rolling mills is hard in its nature, and
to some degree dangerous, yet the work-
812
cart it down to the melting room. This
is a great roomy place with no walls to
speak of, and nothing but a sand floor.
In one end of the room, reaching high up
in the air, is the “cupola.” In some
mills this is fifty feet high. It is cylin¬
drical in shape, like an enormous boiler
-
STUDENTS OF DECORATIVE PAINTING AT WORK-SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL ART, PHILADELPHIA.
STEEL ROLLING MILLS.
813
set up on end, and is lined with firebrick.
The bottom has a sand bed, and just
above this enters a blast pipe through
which rushes the current of air that is to
make the fire “blow.” At the top of the
cupola is a stack out of which the smoke
and gases escape, and a little lower down,
out, and just above these and running
around the base are a number of holes or
slits, called “tuyeres,” surrounded by a
wind box. This wind box is attached to
the blast pipe and aids in the “blow.”
The Cupola
man starts a fire of kindling wood and
UNLOADING IRON ORE.
This picture shows the trams over which the ore is carried in large buckets from the ships and dumped
into the ore pile within the yards of the steel works. From these great heaps the ore is later taken to the
blast furnaces for conversion into pig iron.
running around the cupola, is a platform
called the “charging floor.” An opening
in the cupola even with this floor is called
the charging “door,” and it is here that
the ore, coke and lime are dumped in
when a melting is to take place. At the
bottom of the cupola are a tap hole and a
spout at which the molten metal runs
coke, and when he has it going well he
dumps down through the charging door
alternate loads of coke, lime and iron ore.
When the cupola is nearly full and the
blast is working well, the cupola man sits
down with his pipe, to watch. Gradually
the ore is heated through and begins to
yield; and here conies in the use of the
814
STEEL ROLLING MILLS.
lime. Many impurities, especially sulphur,
are in the ore, which, if not removed, would
make the iron too hard or too soft. The
lime seems to have an affinity for these sub¬
stances, and as the ore melts it takes them
up, together with particles of the coke,
and lets the melting iron run down to the
sand bed at the bottom. At the tap hole,
just above the wind box, is an opening
covered with mica, where the process of
melting can be watched by the cupola
A STEEL RAIL MILL.
man. When he sees the first sign of
dripping, he plugs the tap-hole up with
clay, and then waits a little longer till he
is ready to unload.
In the meantime men have been pre¬
paring the sand floor of the room into
long troughs, one leading from the other,
and all joining in one main trough that
ends just under the spout of the cupola.
Now the charge is full, and a man with a
big mallet strikes the plug of the spout a
blow. Out rushes the stream of fiery
metal into the troughs to cool. Men with
great wooden sabots for shoes, or boards
on their feet, run about among the
troughs and cover the iron with sand.
As it cools somewhat by streams of water
being thrown on the sand, these men run
along over the iron and break it into
short lengths or “pigs.” These pigs
may be shipped to foundries or other
mills for casting.
At the steel mills, however, much of the
iron is not cooled into
pigs, but drawn off into
little brick cars and car¬
ried at once to the
steel - converting cruci¬
bles, thus saving a sec¬
ond heating. The cars
run along rails that
carry them right up to
the top of another cu¬
pola-like affair. Here
the iron is poured in,
and a
Tremendous Blast
set going. Sometimes
oil is used to get the
desired heat. Then a
man comes along with
a ladle full of “spiegel-
eisen,” which is a com¬
bination of carbon,
manganese and other
chemicals that works
the great process of changing iron into
steel. There are three grades of iron
product: malleable or wrought iron, which
is simply iron as we know it in pigs;
steel, which is iron with an addition of
i to percent of carbon; and cast iron,
which contains about 4 per cent of carbon.
The more carbon added the harder and
more brittle the substance becomes.
When the carbon has been poured in, the
blast spouts up for a while longer, and
then the cupola, which is hinged, tips
The steel ingot passes back and forth between the sets of immense rollers
until it is finally delivered, at the left of the picture, a perfect steel rail,
ready to do its part in the transportation of the world’s products.
STEEL ROLLING MILLS.
815
FIFTEEN THOUSAND TONS OF STEEL RAILS.
In this one pile are enough rails to build a double track railroad from New York to Philadelphia, or
nearly enough to build a single track from New York City to Washington.
over and with a shower of sparks the
bright red steel flows out about as thick
as tar into big oblong molds set on the
sand floor, which, however, have only
four sides and no top or bottom. There
are generally a dozen or so of these molds
full of glowing steel arranged in a circle
on the floor waiting to cool. When their
contents are sufficiently cool to handle,
the molds are picked up by great cranes
and tongs, and swung over to brick-
covered cars. Here the steel “ingot,” as
the lump is called, is knocked out of the
mold, and sent on its way to the rollers,
while the mold is dropped back to iL
place to receive another charge.
In Making Steel Rails,
numerous rollers, each a little smaller
than the one before it, are arranged in
successive rooms. The red-hot ingot is
dumped from its car on to a continuously
traveling bed with arms sticking up from
its chains. These pick up the ingot, and
with the aid of a man who pushes with a
crowbar, the mass of metal is run between
two great rollers and reduced in width
and thickness but greatly lengthened.
MAGNETIC TRAVELING CRANES.
Some steel plates are so large that they cannot be carried by hand; consequently, powerful electro¬
magnets are so arranged that—by the simple push of an electric button—they descend, and, grasping the
huge plates, convey them to any part of the mill desired.
816
ACETYLENE GAS.
This process is repeated again and again,
each time the size diminishing one way
but increasing another. Finally the rail
begins to take on a shape, with flanges at
the bottom and T-shaped head. Then
the name of the mill is stamped in and
holes are punched in the sides, so that
they may be handled better when laid on
the tracks. Then comes the sawing
apart, by highly tempered saws lubricated
with oil. The rail is gradually cooling all
this time, and as it cools it warps. To
overcome this it is placed in vises and
straightened. The time occupied from
the moment the hot iron metal leaves the
ore-refining cupola till it is formed into
heavy, perfect rails is, in a rush season,
but a few hours.
Lj
IS
Acetylene Gas: The New Illummant.
BRIGHTER THAN ALL OTHER LIGHTS.
I
' J!I l
J 1 I 1 I L
1_1 I L
ECENTLY a most successful
illuminating gas has appeared
to which has been given the
name “acetylene.” It is
generated by dampening cal¬
cium carbide. This calcium or calcium
carbide is a hard, porous, grayish material
produced by fusing in an electric furnace
pulverized coke and air-slaked lime. One
ton of this material will make i i,ooo cubic
feet of acetylene gas, which is said to be
the equivalent of 264,000 cubic feet of
ordinary coal gas; that is, 1 cubic foot of
acetylene is equal to 24 cubic feet of coal
gas. The following is the process for
making the calcium:
The lime is crushed and pulverized by
suitable machinery and allowed slowly to
air-slake, after which it is mixed with a
certain amount of powdered coke and
placed in a specially prepared furnace for
fusing. This furnace is built of fire¬
brick, and in it is a cast-iron crucible.
The bottom of this crucible is connected
with an electrical generating apparatus
and above it is suspended a “pencil,”
specially prepared, which forms the other
end of the electrical circuit. To prevent
the crucible from melting when the cur¬
rent is on, a thick layer of powdered car¬
bon is strewn on the bottom of the cruci¬
ble, which acts as a good conductor of
electricity but a poor one of heat.
When the furnace is ready to be
charged, the carbon pencil is lowered till
it touches the bottom plate, or “elec¬
trode,” and the mass of powdered coke
and lime is shoveled in around it. The
doors of the furnace are now closed and
the current turned on. So long as the
pencil touches the bottom there is no
effect, for the current simply runs off to the
earth; but the minute it is slightly raised,
the current is broken, and to gain the
earth the electricity must jump across the
intervening space. This makes a big
spark, and the fusing together of the lime
and coke is soon accomplished by means
ACETYLENE GAS.
817
of the great heat thus generated. Gradu¬
ally the pencil is raised as the process
goes on, for the calcium is an excellent
conductor of electricity. At last, when
the current is turned off, we have a cone
of calcic carbide in the middle of the
crucible, where the electricity operated
on the two crude materials.
When dampened, this calcium throws
off a thick, heavy gas, which has a very
disagreeable, pungent odor, and which
burns with a steady, brilliant, greenish-
white light. Lamps have been invented
for burning this gas, and those for bicycle
use have small compartments in which
the calcide and water are kept separate,
the water being allowed to drip through a
very small hole, one drop at a time, and
as the gas is generated it flows out
through a jet at which it may be lighted.
A lamp thus charged with a few cents’
worth of calcide will burn all night.
Plants for the manufacture of this gas
for use on farms and country estates
have recently been built, with the result
that far away from the city a very
superior gas for illuminating may be had,
and at a very reasonable cost. The light
is many times as powerful as that from
52
coal gas, but it needs more careful hand¬
ling, cases having been reported of dis¬
astrous explosions from careless use of
damp carbide.
ACETYLENE GAS LAMP.
In the upper chamber is held a quantity of
water, the flow of which is controlled by the
thumbscrew at the top. As the water drips down
to the bottom chamber where the calcium carbide
is stored, the acetylene gas is generated, and flows
up into the central gas chamber; then through the
filter above the coil spring and out at the jet, where
it burns.
m
•:-v
1
PHOTOGRAPHY
IN 1900.
|S-
PICTURES OF LIGHTNING,
ELECTRIC SPARKS, OBJECTS L
TOO SMALL TO BE SEEN, O' (
AND OBJECTS AT A DISTANCE FAR 111
BEYOND THE REACH OF THE HUMAN EYE.
the last few years many
important inventions
have been made in
photographic circles.
The X-rays are used in
methods peculiar to the
realms of photography. New sensitive
papers have been introduced, especially
the rough gray platinum kinds that give
the effect of steel engravings. More im¬
proved plates for making exposures have
given results never before dreamed of.
Beautiful pictures of the heavens and
nature are the result. Among other odd
subjects for the camera are the lightning-
flash and electric sparks. Meteorologists
have been much interested in the results
of pictures of lightning, and among other
conclusions arrived at regarding these
familiar electrical discharges is that they
are crooked as they appear, and not, as
some would have us believe, straight with
VIEW OF A COCOANUT-TREE TAKEN WITH AN ORDINARY
CAMERA AT A DISTANCE OF 200 FEET,
818
a crooked effect from
the background of
clouds.
PHOTOGRAPHY IN 1900.
819
Electographs,
or pictures of electric
sparks, are of great
interest to scientists.
These are produced by
exposing a sensitive
photographic plate to
the path of a spark
jumping from the poles
of a static machine.
The plate is enclosed
in a dark envelope, and
placed between the
poles of the machine
at right angles to a
line that would con¬
nect them. The spark
leaps out, punctures the
envelope, exposes the
plate, and rushing over
One of the latest snap-shot cameras, arranged for
arrying twelve plates without reloading. A pres-
ure on the bulb operates the shutter which exposes
he plate. Then the little screw at the upper left
land corner is turned one notch, and the plate is
Iropped down on the bottom of the camera, leaving
l fresh one at the proper place ready for another ex-
>osure.
COCO^.NUTS ON THE TREE. VIEW TAKEN WITH TELE¬
PHOTO LENS, SAME DISTANCE.
the edge of the plate, leaps across through
the air to the other pole.
Some peculiar properties of electricity
are thus learned; among others that elec¬
tricity follows the line of least resistance
through its conductor, whether it be air
or of another sort, but in so doing it
selects a number of special paths mutually
divergent from each other, and hence does
not travel in a mass through its conductor.
From these experiments laws are ex¬
pected soon to be formulated which gov¬
ern this freakish fluid.
The Telephotograph.
Many instances arise where, because of
the remoteness of the subject to be photo¬
graphed, the operator secures very poor
pictures, with only faint outlines, or at
the best very small reproductions. To
do away with this difficulty a new process,
called telephotography, has come into use.
It came about partly through the use of
820
PHOTOGRAPHY IN 1900.
ordinary field glasses and telescope for
observing with the naked eye, and later
on with photographic attachments to the
great glasses in observatories. Now,
however, cameras are made that may be
carried around from place to place, and
yet so arranged that if the view to be
photographed is across a wide river, the
far-seeing lens is simply adjusted, and the
telephotograph made.
lens, back of which is a small negative or
concave lens. The negative lens is the
one that does the far-seeing work, for it
magnifies the object. This lens may be
taken out if desired and the camera used
for ordinary exposures. After a common
picture has been taken, the operator may
replace the negative lens, and upon his
ground-glass screen will be seen the same
subject, only a great deal nearer and
AN ELECTROGRAPH OR PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTION OF THE
LEAP OF AN ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE BETWEEN
THE POLES OF A STATIC MACHINE.
Dwight L. Elmendorf has been as sue- *
cessful, perhaps, as any one in taking
views of this kind, and it has been largely
due to his work in experimenting with
telescopes that a good camera has been
developed. An arrangement that he has
perfected consists of a rack and pinion
lens tube, 3^ inches long and 1 inches
in diameter, enclosing a fine rectilinear
larger. If the outline is not quite dis¬
tinct, by using the rack and pinion the
regular lens may be moved forward or
backward similar to an opera glass, and a
perfect focus is obtained. Exposures
with this kind of camera must necessarily
be increased in length of time, for the
reason that fewer light rays pass through
the negative lens to the sensitive plate.
0
a
a :
O
£
u
x
H
z
CO
HI
D.
o
o
co
UJ
_J
HI
h- co
o:
« <
co
CO _J
UJ
i
1- O
< O
HI
CE Z
<
C5 O
>
HI —!
LU
X =J
z
1- 2
LU
H. <
u
° Ll.
HI _l
LU
Z <
*
o x
<
CO £T
_l
Z HI
QC
< ^
h °
Z U_
<
o o
LU
O
Z
Q co
Z O
co
< o
u_
- <
Ll
>
D
_l
1- h-
co ^
LU
Z £E
I
=> UJ
H
O >
O , •
Z
< *“
O rr.
O x ^
>
HI
or
<
oc
X
X
O
1-
o
H
H.
>
<
o
CO
>
1-
>
QC
Z
t-
LU
HJ
co
CO
1 X
OJ
HJ
O
£E
<
0.
>
Z
co
HJ
:z>
LU
Q
HJ
*
_l
I
(X
<
o
h-
LU
o
>
2
O
z
H
Q
LU
o
HJ
I
.
Cuba. ..
Cuba, Government of.
Cuba, Military Governor of.
Curls and Ribbons.
Culture, Physical.
D
Dates of First Occurrences.
Day Book .
Dahlias .
Dawson City.
Death-Dealing Machines of War.
“ Decoherer ”.
Desert World, A.
Democratic Party, The.
Deed, Warranty with Covenants.
Deeds.
Delsarte, Birth of .
Delsarte What He Thought.
Delsarte System, The.
839
PAGE
Debt, Avoid.682
Department Stores.832
Diamonds, Great. 830
Diamonds in South Africa.830
Distances, Amazing.555
Dirt in the Eye.328
Dixey.617
Disease, Infectious.277
Dinner Giving.344
Dinner Dress.346
Diet, Avoid Bad.174
Diseases of Birds, Proper Remedies.207
Diffidence.172
Dianthus.191
Discretion.171
Divorces, Great Number of,.136
Discipline, Mental. 94
Discoveries in Medicine.744
Diphthongs. 55
Diamond-cutting.•.595
Digestion, Periods of.688
Dominion of Canada, The .457
Dogs.• . . . . 213
Domestic Bliss, Receipt for.159
Dollars, Weight of a Million.682
Dollar, How Much One Saved Will Earn Each
Day.683
Dress for Riding.360
Dress for Dinner.• . . 356
Dress for Gentleman.360
Driggs-Schredner Gun.775
Drowning . . ..322
Drainage, Good.265
Dumb Bells, Exercises With.295
Duck, Roast - . ..240
Dwellings, Healthful.264
Dysentery.209
E.
Earth’s Satellite, The.546
Earth’s Centre.617
Eclipse of the Sun.728
Editors.761
Education. 17
Egypt.488
Egg Dumplings for Soup.219
Egg Bound.210
Egg, Food in an ..689
Eggs, Weight of.688
El Dorado.618
Electric Cab.706
Electric Light, The.580
Electricity. 573-744
Electrical Plant Growth.725
Electrographs.819
PAGE
559
439
773
832
367
524
375
358
333
261
260
261
137
172
245
453
221
221
221
215
209
205
174
168
118
118
55
681
679
679
554
392
250
225
225
509
804
804
355
79
433
633
102
829
772
723
548
449
662
662
79
82
79
840
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
PAGE
Elocution, Principles of. 73
Elocution. 53
Elocution Illustrated. 73
Emergencies, What to Do in.320
Emphasis, Exercises in. 78
Emphasis, Errors in. 62
Emphasis. 62
English Language. 21
England.461
Encyclopedia of Valuable Information .... 673
Endurance, Power of.294
English Language, The. 45
Engagements, Breaking.148
England, Sovereigns of.685
Engraving, Colortype.783
Engraving, Half-tone.782
Epilepsy in Birds. 210
Errors of Gesture. 66
Errors in Writing and Speaking ....... 47
Etiquette of Polite Society.331
Evening Parties.350
Exercise, Wrong Modes of.306
Expansion, American.826
Explosives of High Power.772
Extravagance, The Curse of.134
Exercises, Elementary. 55
Execution, Mode of . 687
Exports of Various Countries.684
F
Face Reading.612
Fainting.324
Facts, Curious.616
Face Veil, The.356
Fac-simile of National Hymn.451
Feathers, To Cleanse.256
Feet, Movement of. 67
Feet, Position of. 65
Filipino Revolt.758
Finsen Light Rays.745
Fish Supper, A.353
Fire, Accidents by.323
Fish, Boiled Cod.221
Fish, Croquettes of.221
Fish.221
Fish, White, Baked.• . 223
Fish, Chowder.221
Figures, Remembering. 96
Flowers, Language of.691
“ Flying Dutchman ”.618
Flying Machines.810
Flowers, The Beautiful.180
Flowers, Language and Sentiment.691
Flower Language.691
Flower Vocabulary.692
PAGE
Flies, To Keep from Horses.689
Flies, To Drive from Stables.689
Foot Racing.405
Food, Angels’.251
Forest Waste.741
Fowl, Boiled.240
Fowl, How to Cook.239
Fowl with Oysters, Boiled.240
Food for Birds. 212
Force, Impassioned. 74
Force, Declamatory. 73
Force, Moderate. 73
Force. 57
Fortunes, Foundations of.682
Food, Percentage of Nutrition. 688
France.466
France, Depredations by.448
France, Chamber of Deputies.791
France, Courts of.791
France, Government of.789
France, President of.790
French Gem, Famous.594
Frosts, Prevention of.741
Frugality.175
Full Dress, Occasions for.360
Furniture, To Clean Dirty or Stained.259
Furniture, Receipts for Renovating.258
G
Game Supper, A.353
Game, How to Cook ....... .238
Gasoline Mobile.708
Gatling Gun. 775
Gems, Wheat. 249
Gems, Graham.249
German Empire, The.468
Germany, Chancellor of. 794
Germany, Diet of .... .. 793
Germany, Emperor of. 793
Germany, Government of.792
Gems, Rye.249
Gems, Famous. 593
Gentleman, The True.132
Germicides. 744
Germs. 744
Gesture, Rules for. 72
Gesture. 53
Gloves and Shoes.356
Gladiolus.188
Good Manners, Charm of. 331
“ Go to Halifax ”.618
Gold .829
Gold, Greatest Nugget of.829
Gold, Cripple Creek.829
Gold in South Africa.830
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS
PAGE
“Golden Age”.618
Good Health, How to Preserve.262
Goldfinch, The American.201
Gold, Refined. 20
Grammar, General Principles of. 39
Grumbler, A Despicable.164
Gravel for Birds.212
Great Britain, Government of.794
Great Britain, Cabinet of. . ..795
Great Britain, Constitution of.796
Great Britain, House of Lords of.796
Great Britain, House of Commons of.795
Great Canals of the World.733
Great Governments of the World.789
Green Linnet, The.203
Gymnastics, Free.280
Gravy. 227
Greece.485
Gymnote, The.751
H
Hand-Book of Law.659
Halos, Magnificent.530
Ham, How to Boil.336
Ham, Baked.235
Ham Toast.236
Haddock, Baked.221
Hauled Over the Coals.617
Hand, Position and Movement of. 71
Hawaiian Islands.806
Hawaii.510
Hemorrhage.323
Heat, Inconceivable.520
Heat, Phenomena of.529
Head-Cheese.•.236
Health, A Means of Good.214
Head aud Countenance, Movement of ... . 70
Heads of Governments, Salaries Paid to . . . 685
Hertzian Waves.719
Historic Ten Circles, The.470
Holland—The Netherlands.477
Horseless Age.705
Hotchkiss Gun. 775
House Beautiful, The.361
“Hobson's Choice”.618
House Decorations.342
How to Remember. 90
Housekeeper, Helps for the.214
House Plants and Flowers.180
Husband, The Model.162
How to Do Business.655
Hydraulic Power.736
Hydrophobia.327
Hydrophobia, Buisson Care for.748
841
PAGE
I
Ideas, Association of. 93
Invoice Book..634
Interrogation Marks. 33;
Inflection. 60
Indigo Bird, The.202
Industry.176
Indoor Amusements.604
Information, Valuable.673
Insult, A Conjugal.163
Invitation, Notes of.363
Income Tax, Decision on the. 449 '
Insects, Stings of.330
Introductions. 332:
“Iron Age”...618.
Ireland.465
Irrigation.741
J
Jameson, Dr.
Japonica, Camelia....
Japan .
Jewels, When to Wear . .
John Bull.
Jupiter.
835.
194
491
356
618
541
K
Keil Canal.734
Kites, Scientific.809
Kings and Queens of England, Table of . . . 463
Kinetoscope, Edison’s. 583-739
“ Kick the Bucket ”.618
Klondike.828
L
Ladies’ Handwriting. 28 -
Ladrone Islands.759
Lamp, Acetylene Gas.817
Language and Sentiment of Flowers.691
Landlords and Tenants.664
Largest Things in the World, The.415-
Lard, How to Make.237
Lawn Tennis.383
Lace, To Whiten.256
Lamb, Roast Forequarter of.233
Letters, Forms for.367
Lease of Farm and Buildings.664
Letters, Business.377
Legal Forms.659
Letters of Congratulation.373
Letters, Signs Used by Deaf and Dumb .... 34
Lime in the Eye.328
Light, Phenomena of.5S9
Limbs, Broken ..209
Linnet, The. 202:
842
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
PAGE
Lily, The.180
Limbs, Movement of the. 68
Lies Never Pay.146
Liberty Bell.618
Liberia.500
Light, Reflection of.589
Linotype Machines.776
Liquors, Percentage of Alcohol in.688
Limitations, Statutes of.666
Lightning Calculator.668
Luncheons.347
Love Letters.370
Lunar Mountains.547
Loisette Memory System, The. 90
Love Making, How to be Conducted.135
Love, How Blighted.• . • 139
Love Killed by Quarrels.143
Love Begets Love.148
Loreys, The.205
Lobster, Deviled.224
Love and Marriage.119
Lyddite.772
M
Mars.539
Machine Guns. 775
Man in the Moon.620
Macaroni.244
Marconi, Guiglielmo.719
Marriages, Unfortunate.129
Maiden, The Coquettish.137
Marrying, Loving Involves.142
Married Life Happy, How to Make.155
Manhood, True. ••*... 161
Mariano Islands. 759
Marriage.118
Marrying, Lady’s Chance of.* . . 687
Marvels of the Railway.711
Maxim Gun.775
Meat Market of the World. 784
Mexico.460
Metals, Value of.683
Men and Animals, Likeness Between.612
Melody. 58
Mercury...536
Meteors.729
Meteor, Largest Known.730
Mimeograph, Edison’s.582
Mile Racing.405
Microbes.744
Microscopic Photography. 522-821
Mignonette.186
Milky Way.727
Mind, How It Works ’. 91
Mines.775
PAGE
Monroe Doctrine. 620
Mortgages.663
Mortgage, General Form of.663
Moulting.209
Mocking Birds, Food for the.200
Modem Illustrating.782
Modern Newspaper.762
Modern Wonders of Electricity.724
Modesty.• •.171
Money, Crazy to Make.167
Monster Presses.769
Mothers, Healthy.178
Movement. 61
Movement, Exercises in. 76
Moving Pictures.738
Money, Results of Saving Small Amounts . . . 683
Months, How they get their Names.684
Money.682
Mortality, Tables of. 686
Muffins, Com Meal.250
Muffins, Plain.250
Mutton Chop, Fried.233
Mutton, Roast Loin of.232
Mutton Chops, Broiled.233
Mutton, Boiled Leg of.232
N
Nations, Wealth of.681
Names of the Months, Derivations of.684
Name, Engraving the.336
Navy, American.*. . .776
Nervous People, Whom to Marry.128
Neptune. 544
New Possessions. 757
New Railway Construction.713
New Studies of the Sky.726
New Testament, Originals of.679
Niagara Falls, Power of.736
Nicaragua Canal.733
Nikola Tesla.725
Ninety Miles an Hour.717
Nitro-Glycerine. 773
Norway and Sweden. 475
Nightmares and Headaches.215
Nightingale, The. 202
Nonpareil, The. 202
O
Oar and Paddle, The.305
Oceanica. 503
Old Legend, An. 18
Omelet, Cauliflower.246
Oil Gland, The.. . 209
Ostrich-farming.501
Opera Dress. 358
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
843
Orion.
Oriental Women, Arts of . . .
Ornamental Penmanship . . . .
Ornamental Pen Flourishes . .
Orange Free State.
Oyster Toast.
Oysters, Shell.
Oysters, Canned.
Oysters, Broiled.
Oysters, Stewed a la Delmonico
Oysters, Deviled.
Oysters, Escalloped.
Oyster Stew.
Oysters, Green Corn.
P
Partnership, Laws of.
Paint, To Clean.
Parties, Evening.
Panama Canal.
Pansies..
Pasteur Serum.
Partridges, How to Cook . . .
Palestine .
Parrot, Cuban.
Parrot, The Gray.
Parrots, The.
Parents, Consent of, in Marriage ,
Pauses, Exercises in.
Pauses .
Parenthesis, Bracket, Hyphen, etc
Peace Conference.
Pen Flourishes.
Peru.
Persons Who are Frozen . . . .
Persia..
Pen, How to Hold..
Perch, The.
Pea, Sweet.
Penmanship, Specimen of ... .
Pen Flourish.
Philippines, The.
Philippines, Government of . . .
Phonograph, The.
Phrenology.
Photography, Wonderful.
Photo-Engraving.
Photographs of Lightning . . . .
Pheasants, How to Cook.
Portugal.
Picture Telegraphy.
Pilgrims, Arrival of the.
Poison, Cutting out the.
Poisons.
Pipes and Ventilation.
PAGE
. 563
. 124
. 38
. 30
. 835
. 223
. 224
. 224
. 224
. 224
. 223
. 223
. 223
. 245
. 661
. 256
. 350
. 733
. 184
. 746
. 241
. 489
. 204
. 204
Potatoes, Scalloped.
Potato Chips.
Potatoes, Candied.
Pigeon Pie.
Pone, Sweet Potato.
Potatoes in Cases.
Pig’s Cheek.
Pork Chops, Steaks and Cutlets
Pork and Beans.
Pigeons, Stewed.
Pork Sausages.. . .
Pork Fritters.
Pork, How to Select.
Pigs in Blanket.. . . .
Poultry and Game.
Pike, Boiled.
Pigeons.
Pitch, Exercises on.
Pitch, Very Low.
Pitch.
Pitch, Middle.
Pitch, Very High.
Pitch, High.
Pneumatic Tubes.
Poisons, Antidotes for.
Porto Rico.
204 j Poultry, Management of
. . 150
. . 77
. . 60
. . 35
. . 756
. . 26
. . 506
. . 326
. . 497
. . 25
. . 211
. . 186
. . 24
. . 36
. . 757
. . 806
. . 574
. . 613
586-818
. . 764
. . 820
. . 241
. . 484
. . 724
. . 444
. . 330
. . 327
. . 265
Planets, King of the.
Plum-cake, Old-fashioned.
Puritans, The.
Pudding, Yorkshire.
Punctuation, Rules of.
Punctuation Marks.
Punctuate, How to, Correctly.
Pulse, The.
Presidents, Education, Marriage, etc. . . .
Presidents, Popular Vote for, by States . .
Presidents, Politics of .
Presidents, How they Died . . .
President’s Salary .
Presidents of France.
Presidents, Autographs of.
Presidents, Religion of.
Presses, Printing.
Projectiles of War.
Proposal, Acceptance and Vow.
Pronunciation.
Q
Queen of Jewels.
Quail on Toast.
R
Rabies.
Rabbit, Broiled.
Railroad Signalling.
PAGE
. . 243
. . 244
. . 244
. . 241
. . 245
. . 243
. . 235
. . 235
. . 234
. . 241
. . 234
. . 235
. . 233
. . 234
. . 238
. . 223
. . 206
. . 75
. . 59
. . 58
. . 59
. . 60
. . 60
. . 781
. . 687
760-802
. . 689
. . 541
. . 250
. . 442
. . 228
. . 31
. . 31
. . 31
. . 688
. . 674
. . 676
. . 676
. . 621
. . 677
. . 467
. . 452
. . 678
. . 769
. . 773
. . 151
. . 56
593
241
748
241
598
844
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
PAGE
Rats, White.213
Rabbits.212
Rain-fall, Annual Average.684
Republics in South Africa.500
Ready Reckoner.668
Revolution, Events Preceding the.446
Red Men, Extinction of the.441
Recent Historic Events.822
Recesses, Cosy.362
Reception Day, A.337
Red Bird, The.200
Refreshments, Serving...353
Receptions.350
Receipts for Everyday Use.214
Reclaiming Bad Lands.741
Red Front Parrot, The.205
Religious Beliefs, Different.130
Reporters.762
Republic in Europe, The Smallest.685
Riches Greater than King Solomon’s.828
Rowing.407
Rouge, Oriental.261
Rolls, Light.249
Rolls, French.250
Rolls, Bakers’.250
Roast Quail or Woodcock.241
Robin, The.201
Robin, The Japanese.204
Roentgen Rays.. . 586
Rose, The.. 196
Royalty, What it Costs England.685
Rural Postal Delivery.822
Russian Empire, The.472
Russia, Government of.796
Russia, Czar of.797
Russia, Holy Synod of.797
Russia, Senate of.798
Rubbish and Disease.264
S
Samonan Islands.759
Sandwich Islands...510
Saturn.542
Salutations.332
Sales Book ..634
Satin, How to Wash.252
Salad, Potato.246
Salad, Chicken.247
Salad, Fruit.247
Salad, Sardine.247
Salad, Banana.247
Salad, Beet.247
Salad, Cucumber.247
Salad, Lobster.247
Salad, Salmon.248
PAGE
Salad, Tomato.248
Salad, Veal. 248.
Salad, Orange.248
Salad Dressing.248
Sauerkraut.246
Sauce, Chili.242
Sauce, Roast Beef.242
Sauce, Current.242
Sauce, Bread.242
Sauce, Egg.242
Sauce, Celery.242
Sauce, Lemon.243
Sauce, Mint.243
Sausage, Mississippi.235
Salmon or Halibut, Baked.223
Salmon, Thick Cream Sauce for.221
Salmon, Puree of.221
Salaries Paid to Heads of Governments .... 685
Scientific Farming.741
Scotland.464
Scab, in Birds.210
Scalds and Burns.328
Search Lights.* *.777
Self-Culture. 19
Self-Command, Perfect. 173
Self-Sacrifice, Examples of.169
Sentences, Construction of. 42
Sections and Paragraphs. 37
Semi-colons, Colons and Periods. 33
Shadow-pictures. 591
Shortcake, Strawberry . ..251
Shell Parakeet, The.205
Sparrow, The Java. 203-
Signs and Abbreviations in Business.630
Silver Question, The.621
Signalling, Railroad.598
Silver. 259'
Siam. 496-
Siskin, The.202
Simpletons, Conceited.164
Size of Universe.727
Skin and Bone Grafting.750
Skylark, The.203
“ Sky Scrapers”.778
Slaw, Cold. 247
Slaw, Cabbage.246
Smelts, How to Fry.221
Smokeless Powder. 773 :
Snakes, Bites of. 330
Sneezing.. . 210
Snow-Drop, The.183
Smallest Republic .... 685
Small Inventions, Getting Rich by . . . . . . 683
Solar System, Our. 536
Sounds of English Language, Table of ... . 55
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
Soup, Philadelphia Pepper Pot.
Soup, Dried Bean.
Soup, Corn .
Soup, Green Pea.
Soup, Vermicelli.
Soup, Bisque.
Soup, Julienne.
Soup, Mock Turtle.
Soup, Clam .• . . .
Soup, Wine.
Soup, White.
Soup, Bean .
Soup, Gumbo.
Soup, Rice.
Soup, Friar’s Duck.
Soup, Noodle .
Soup, Macaroni.
Soup, Vegetable.
Soup, Potato .
Soup, French Tomato.
Soups .
Soup, Ox-Tail.
Soup, Turtle.
Soup, Celery and Potato .
Soup, Beef Heart..
Soup, Beef.
Soup, White Stock.
Soup, Tomato .
Soup, Oyster.
Soup, Cream Celery.
South Africa and the Boers.
Sovereigns of England.
Spell, How to, Correctly.
Sporting Boat, Pneumatic.
Spain.
Sports and Pastimes.
Spare-rib, Roast . ..
Speaker, The Graceful.
Speaker, The Awkward.
Statutes of Limitations.
States and Territories, Fictitious Names of . .
Steel Rolling Mills.
Stereotyping . . • .
Stockbrokers’ Technicalities.
Stock Yards at Chicago.
Stars, Infinite Clusters of.
Star Spangled Banner, Fac-simile of.
Strawberry Shortcake.
Strength, Feats of.
Stones, How to Cleanse Precious.
Stew, Brunswick.
Stew, Irish.
Starling, European.
Stress. Vanishing.
Style of Composition, The Best.
845
PAGE
Sub-Marine Navigation.752
Sulu, Sultan of.758
Sun’s Eternal Day, The.518
Sunstroke . ’.324
Sun’s Form, The.530
Sun-Spots, Rapid Movement of.517
Sun, Vast Size of.514
Sun, Eclipse of the.523
Supper Parties.353
Sun, The.728
Sun Eruptions.525
Swing and Stirrups, The.• 303
Swimming and Climbing.305
Synopsis, Make a . 96
Synonyms and Anonyms. 98
T.
Table Decorations.345
Tagalas, The.757
Tallest Building.778
Tennis Court.383
Temperaments, Balance of.126
Telephone, The.578
Tea, Five O’Clock.349
I Telegraphing, Swift.724
Telephotography. 819
Telescope, Yerkes.730
Terrapins, How to Cook Maryland Style . . . 225
Temperaments Adapted to Each Other .... 127
Temperament, The Mental.127
Temperaments, The.121
Temperament, The Motive.122
Temperature, Annual Average.684
Thumb, Dislocated.329
Things Not Generally Known.616
Thrush, The Brown.201
Thrush, The English.202
Time, Exercises on. 75
Tomato Toast.245
Tomato Relish. 245
Tomatoes, Fried.245
Tomatoes, Stuffed.246
Tomatoes and Onions, Green.245
Torpedoes.775
Trans-Siberian Railway . ..713
Transvaal Government.834
Traveling in the Air.808
True Motto, The. 18
Troopial, The.204
Trunk, Movement of the. 69
Trusts.832
Training of Mind and Body. 17
Turkey or Chicken, Roast.238
Tulips.190
Turbines of Niagara Falls.73?
PAGE
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
218
218
218
218
218
216
217
217
218
217
217
216
216
216
218
883
685
27
620
483
382
235
57
57
666
622
812
768
623
784
558
450
251
284
259
238
233
201
74
43
846
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
PAGE
Tutuila.760
Type Setting..776
U
Ushers at Weddings.342
United States.440
Uranus. 543
United States of Colombia.508
Uncle Sam.623
United States officers, Salaries of.677
United States of America, Government of . . .
United States, President of.798
United States, Constitution of.799
United States, Congress of.800
United States, Senate of.800
United States, House of Representatives of . . 800
United States Supreme Court.801
Uitlanders.835
V
Varnish, Furniture ,.258
Venus.537
Venison, Roast.237
Venezuela.504
Ventilation, Best Methods of.268
Velvet, How to Wash.257
Vegetables, How to Cook.243
Veal, To Roast.229
Veal Cutlets. 229
Veal Chops.229
Veal, Fillet of.230
Veal, Loin of, Roasted.230
Veal Pot-Pie.230
Vermin on Birds.211
Vice-Presidents, Birth, Election, Death, etc. . . 675
Violets.184
Visiting Cards, Specimens of. 40
Votes for Presidents.675
Voice, Loss of, in Birds.210
Vocal Culture. 53
Voyaging at the Sea Bottom.751
Vowel Sounds. 55
W
Wanderers in Space.
War with Spain .
Water Supply, The.. . .
Wax Plant.
Water for Birds.
Washington, D. C., Facts About . .
Weddings.
Weather Signals.
Weather, The.
Wedding Anniversaries.
Weddings, Home.
Wedding Tour, The.
Wedding, A Home.
Week Days, Names of.
Weight of a Million Dollars . . . .
Wealth of Principal Nations . . . .
White Man’s Greed for Land . . . .
Will, General Form of.
Wireless Light.
Wireless Telegraphy.
Writing, Plain, the Best.
Write and Speak, How to Correctly
Winds and Storms.
Wills and Testaments.
Wives, How Good, are Spoiled . ,
Writer, Position of ..
White Mice.
Women, Arts of.
Worlds, Brotherhood of.
Women, Masculine
WorM, Political Divisions of . . .
White House.
Wife, The Model.
X-Rays in Surgery
X
Yeast, Potato
Yeast, Apple
Yeast. Hop .
Zeotrope
Y
Z
PAGE
564
, 827
. 272
. 186
. 212
„ 678
. 341
. 596
. 596
. 343
. 342
. 161
. 156
. 684
. 682
. 681
. 746
. 665
. 725
. 719
. 27
. 21
. 597
. 665
. 133.
. 23
. 213
. 124
. 516
. 129
. 681
. 678
. 176
746
248
249
248
738